S-1
Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 23, 2024.

Registration No. 333–   

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

 

MBX Biosciences, Inc.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

Delaware   2834   84-1882872

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(Primary Standard Industrial

Classification Code Number)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification No.)

MBX Biosciences, Inc.

11711 N. Meridian Street, Suite 300

Carmel, Indiana 46032

(317) 659-0200

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)

 

 

P. Kent Hawryluk

President and Chief Executive Officer

MBX Biosciences, Inc.

11711 N. Meridian Street, Suite 300

Carmel, Indiana 46032

(317) 659-0200

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

 

 

Copies to:

 

Mitchell S. Bloom

Edwin O’Connor

Daniel Hughes

Goodwin Procter LLP

100 Northern Avenue

Boston, Massachusetts 02210

(617) 570-1000

 

Richard D. Truesdell, Jr.

Yasin Keshvargar

Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP

450 Lexington Avenue

New York, New York 10017

(212) 450-4000

 

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after the effective date of this registration statement.

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, check the following box. 

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. 

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. 

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

 

Large Accelerated filer      Accelerated filer  
Non-accelerated filer      Smaller reporting company  
     Emerging growth company  

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Exchange Act. 

The registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant files a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or until the registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 


Table of Contents

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the Securities and Exchange Commission declares our registration statement effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

Subject to completion, dated August 23, 2024

PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS

   Shares

 

LOGO

Common Stock

This is an initial public offering of shares of common stock of MBX Biosciences, Inc.

We are offering      shares of our common stock. We expect that the initial public offering price will be between $     and $     per share.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. We have applied to list our common stock on the Nasdaq Global Select Market under the symbol “MBX.” We believe that upon the completion of this offering, we will meet the standards for listing on the Nasdaq Global Select Market, and the closing of this offering is contingent upon such listing.

We are an “emerging growth company” and a “smaller reporting company” under the federal securities laws and, as such, we have elected to comply with certain reduced public company reporting requirements for this prospectus and for future filings.

Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. Before buying any shares, you should read carefully the discussion of the material risks of investing in our common stock under the heading “Risk factors” starting on page 16 of this prospectus.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities, or passed upon the adequacy or accuracy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 

     
      Per share      Total  

Initial public offering price

   $           $       

Underwriting discounts and commissions(1)

   $        $    

Proceeds, before expenses, to MBX Biosciences, Inc.

   $        $    

 

(1)   See “Underwriting” beginning on page 210 of this prospectus for additional information regarding underwriting compensation.

We have granted the underwriters an option for a period of 30 days to purchase an additional      shares of our common stock from us at the initial public offering price, less underwriting discounts and commissions.

At our request, the underwriters have reserved up to    % of the shares offered by this prospectus for sale, at the initial public offering price, to our directors, officers, certain employees and certain other persons associated with us. See “Underwriting—Directed share program.”

The underwriters expect to deliver the shares against payment in New York, New York on     , 2024.

 

 

 

J.P. Morgan    Jefferies    Stifel    Guggenheim Securities

Prospectus dated    , 2024.


Table of Contents

Table of contents

 

    Page  

Prospectus summary

    1  

The offering

    12  

Summary financial data

    14  

Risk factors

    16  

Special note regarding forward-looking statements

    94  

Use of proceeds

    96  

Dividend policy

    98  

Capitalization

    99  

Dilution

    101  

Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations

    104  

Business

    122  

Management

    168  

Executive compensation

    178  

Certain relationships and related person transactions

    190  

Principal stockholders

    195  

Description of capital stock

    198  

Shares eligible for future sale

    204  

Material U.S. federal income tax considerations for non-U.S. holders

    206  

Underwriting

    210  

Legal matters

    224  

Experts

    224  

Where you can find more information

    224  

Index to financial statements

    F-1  

We have not, and the underwriters have not, authorized anyone to provide any information or to make any representation other than those contained in this prospectus, any amendment or supplement to this prospectus or any free writing prospectuses prepared by or on behalf of us or to which we have referred you. We and the underwriters take no responsibility for, and can provide no assurance as to the reliability of, any other information that others may give you. This prospectus is an offer to sell only the shares of common stock offered hereby, but only under circumstances and in jurisdictions where it is lawful to do so. The information contained in this prospectus, any amendment or supplement to this prospectus or any applicable free writing prospectus is current only as of its date, regardless of its time of delivery or any sale of shares of our common stock. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may have changed since that date.

For investors outside the United States: We have not, and the underwriters have not, done anything that would permit this offering or possession or distribution of this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required, other than in the United States. Persons outside the United States who come into possession of this prospectus must inform themselves about, and observe any restrictions relating to, the offering of the shares of common stock and the distribution of this prospectus outside the United States.

 

i


Table of Contents

Market data and certain other statistical information used throughout this prospectus are based on independent industry publications, governmental publications, reports by market research firms, or other independent sources that we believe to be reliable sources. Industry publications and third-party research, surveys, and studies generally indicate that their information has been obtained from sources believed to be reliable, although they do not guarantee the accuracy or completeness of such information. We are responsible for all of the disclosure contained in this prospectus, and we believe that these sources are reliable; however, we have not independently verified the information contained in such publications. While we are not aware of any misstatements regarding any third-party information presented in this prospectus, their estimates, in particular, as they relate to projections, involve numerous assumptions, are subject to risks and uncertainties, and are subject to change based on various factors, including those discussed under the section entitled “Risk factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus. Some data are also based on our good faith estimates.

We intend to apply for various trademarks that we use in connection with the operation of our business. This prospectus may also contain trademarks, service marks and trade names of third parties, which are the property of their respective owners. Our use or display of third parties’ trademarks, service marks, trade names or products in this prospectus is not intended to, and does not imply a relationship with, or endorsement or sponsorship by us. Solely for convenience, the trademarks, service marks and trade names referred to in this prospectus may appear without the ®, TM or SM symbols, but the omission of such references is not intended to indicate, in any way, that we will not assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, our rights or the right of the applicable owner of these trademarks, service marks and trade names.

 

ii


Table of Contents

Prospectus summary

This summary highlights information contained in greater detail elsewhere in this prospectus and does not contain all of the information that you should consider in making your investment decision. Before investing in our common stock, you should carefully read this entire prospectus, including our financial statements and the related notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus. You should also consider, among other things, the information set forth under the sections entitled “Risk factors,” “Special note regarding forward-looking statements,” and “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations,” in each case included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Overview

We are a clinical-stage biopharmaceutical company focused on the discovery and development of novel precision peptide therapies for the treatment of endocrine and metabolic disorders. Our company was founded by global leaders with a transformative approach to peptide drug design and development. Leveraging this expertise, we designed our proprietary Precision Endocrine Peptide, or PEPTM, platform to overcome the key limitations of unmodified and modified peptide therapies and to improve clinical outcomes and simplify disease management for patients. Our PEPs are selectively engineered to have optimized pharmaceutical properties, including extended time-action profiles and consistent drug concentrations with low peak-to-trough concentration ratios, consistent exposure to target tissues, and less frequent dosing. We are advancing a pipeline of novel candidates for endocrine and metabolic disorders with clinically validated targets, established endpoints for regulatory approval, significant unmet medical needs and large potential market opportunities. Our product candidates and programs include:

 

 

MBX 2109: Our lead product candidate, MBX 2109, is a parathyroid hormone peptide prodrug that is designed as a potential long-acting hormone replacement therapy for the treatment of chronic hypoparathyroidism, or HP. Leveraging our proprietary PEP platform, we designed MBX 2109 to treat the underlying pathophysiology of HP by providing a continuous, infusion-like exposure to parathyroid hormone, or PTH, with convenient once-weekly administration. In a Phase 1 clinical trial, MBX 2109 demonstrated a low ratio between the highest concentration of active drug observed after a dose and the concentration of active drug observed immediately prior to the next dose, or peak-to-trough ratio, which is consistent with a continuous, infusion-like profile, and an extended half-life, potentially enabling the first once-weekly PTH dosing regimen for patients with HP. MBX 2109 was generally well-tolerated with no drug-related severe or serious adverse effects. We are currently evaluating MBX 2109 in a Phase 2 clinical trial in patients with HP and dosed our first patient in this trial in August 2024. We anticipate reporting topline data in the third quarter of 2025.

 

 

MBX 1416: We are advancing MBX 1416, which is designed to be a long-acting glucagon-like peptide-1, or GLP-1, receptor antagonist, as a potential therapy for post-bariatric hypoglycemia, or PBH, a chronic complication of bariatric surgery. MBX 1416 is designed as a convenient once-weekly therapy to reduce insulin secretion and increase blood glucose to reduce the frequency and severity of hypoglycemic events. In our ongoing Phase 1 clinical trial, preliminary data regarding the way the compound is absorbed, distributed, metabolized and excreted, or pharmacokinetics, from the single ascending dose portion demonstrated that weekly subcutaneous injections resulted in dose-proportional increases in MBX 1416 exposure and a half-life supporting a once-weekly dosing regimen. We anticipate additional single ascending dose and multiple ascending dose data from our ongoing Phase 1 clinical trial in the fourth quarter of 2024.

 

 

Obesity portfolio: Our lead obesity product candidate, MBX 4291, is designed to be a long-acting and highly potent GLP-1 and glucose-dependent insulinotropic polypeptide, or GIP, receptor co-agonist prodrug with the goal of reducing dosing frequency and improving efficacy and tolerability relative to existing standards of

 

1


Table of Contents
 

care. In our preclinical studies, the active component of MBX 4291 demonstrated a similar activity profile and body weight loss in mice as tirzepatide, an approved weekly GLP-1/GIP co-agonist, and an extended duration of action of the active component of MBX 4291, supporting the potential for once-monthly administration. During our preclinical studies, the concentration of the active component of MBX 4291 was significantly lower than the concentration of tirzepatide during the comparison period. Although we believe MBX 4291 has the potential to be dosed less frequently, less frequent dosing would necessarily require a higher dose of MBX 4291. The results observed from our preclinical studies may not necessarily be predictive of the results of later-stage clinical trials that we may conduct. In addition, the study supporting potential duration of MBX 4291 was conducted separately from studies evaluating its effects. MBX 4291 is currently in IND-enabling studies with an anticipated investigational new drug, or IND, submission in the second quarter of 2025. Beyond MBX 4291, we have a robust discovery pipeline including multiple programs in the lead optimization stage of development.

Endocrine organs secrete peptide hormones into the blood stream that act on distant organs to calibrate their function and maintain homeostasis, which impact metabolism, growth, reproduction and other bodily functions. Underproduction of a hormone, known as a hormonal deficiency, can lead to endocrine diseases, such as diabetes and HP. In addition to using peptides as hormone replacement therapies, peptide-based drugs have been developed as pharmacologic agents to treat endocrine and other diseases. However, whether as replacement therapies or novel pharmacological actions, these therapeutic peptides often have significant drawbacks. Unmodified peptides often have short half-lives, and are rapidly degraded by enzymes and swiftly cleared within minutes to hours by the liver and kidney. This often necessitates frequent, daily injections of these peptides, which can result in wide fluctuations of the peptide concentration in the bloodstream leading to diminished effectiveness of the therapy or side effects caused by high levels of the peptide.

Modified peptide therapies have been developed to allow less frequent once-daily and once-weekly dosing regimens. Although these convenient, patient-friendly therapies could increase compliance and result in improved effectiveness in the real-world setting, they can still produce significant fluctuations in peptide blood levels or high peak-to-trough ratios, which can lead to side effects and limit potential efficacy. Therefore, there remains a significant unmet need to develop modified peptide therapies with extended time-action profiles and low peak-to-trough ratios that allow for less frequent injections and have the potential to provide improved efficacy, tolerability and convenience. Leveraging the proprietary technologies in our PEP platform, we are designing and developing novel peptide therapeutics with the goal of achieving four key, distinct attributes: 1) high potency, 2) high target selectivity, 3) half-lives that allow for dosing at weekly or less frequent intervals, and 4) low or flat peak-to-trough ratios to improve tolerability, thereby facilitating higher dosing and greater potential efficacy.

Our platform

We have built our proprietary PEP platform to develop innovative precision peptide therapies that are designed to overcome key limitations of current peptide therapies. We were founded by leaders in the field of peptide discovery and development with the goal of transforming the treatment landscape for endocrine and metabolic diseases with novel, efficacious, safe and convenient treatments. Our PEP platform builds upon the expertise and chemical technologies originally discovered at the Indiana University laboratory of our scientific co-founder, Dr. Richard DiMarchi, who is globally recognized for translational breakthroughs in endocrine pharmacology, including the discovery of the first GLP-1/GIP co-agonist as well as other dual and triple incretin agonists. Our state-of-the-art, proprietary PEP platform has enabled us to engineer novel product candidates that are designed to have optimized pharmaceutical properties, including a longer duration of action, consistent drug concentrations with low peak-to-trough ratios, and less frequent dosing, which support our goals of improved tolerability, efficacy

 

2


Table of Contents

and potency. We currently rely on the discovery capabilities of Dr. DiMarchi through the Indiana University laboratory, but are continuing to grow and develop our internal discovery and development capacity, including having hired an experienced cross-functional discovery team and building a peptide synthesis laboratory that will fully launch in the third quarter of 2024. We have developed a proprietary platform of tools that we believe will allow us to continually design transformative therapies. These proprietary tools and know-how include:

 

 

Advanced chemical modifications with a goal to provide enhanced physical properties including stability and solubility, increased potency, and multiple mechanisms of action in a single peptide

 

 

Programmable prodrug technologies that are designed to precisely time the chemical conversion of the prodrug into an active form to reduce peak-to-trough ratios and improve clinical outcomes

 

 

Fatty acylation that aims to provide increased duration of action for more convenient dosing regimens and compatibility with non-injectable formulations

Our PEP platform is designed to improve clinical outcomes and simplify disease management for patients. Our PEPs are engineered to potentially optimize pharmaceutical properties yielding peptides with extended time-action profiles, convenient dosing regimens and the potential to enhance compliance and improve treatment effectiveness in a real-world setting. PEPs may improve efficacy and reduce adverse events by providing a more continuous, infusion-like exposure to the peptide. We believe that our PEP technology, along with our significant know-how in the synergistic application of these tools, provides the opportunity to discover novel, highly selective and efficacious peptides with extended time-action profiles and low peak-to-trough ratios that may improve on the shortcomings of existing peptide therapies.

Our pipeline

We are leveraging our PEP platform to advance a pipeline of programs to treat both endocrine and metabolic disorders with clinically validated targets, established endpoints for regulatory approval, significant unmet needs and large potential market opportunities. Developing product candidates, including conducting preclinical studies and clinical trials, is a time consuming, expensive and uncertain process. We have not yet demonstrated an ability to obtain regulatory approvals. We retain exclusive, worldwide development and commercialization rights to all of our product candidates and discovery programs.

 

LOGO

Beyond MBX 4291, we have a robust discovery pipeline including multiple obesity programs in the lead optimization stage of development.

 

3


Table of Contents

MBX 2109: Potential treatment for chronic hypoparathyroidism

Our lead product candidate, MBX 2109, is a parathyroid hormone peptide prodrug that is designed as a potential long-acting hormone replacement therapy for the treatment of HP. HP is a rare endocrine disease where parathyroid glands fail to produce sufficient amounts of PTH, which is a hormone that regulates calcium levels in the blood through its effects on bone, kidneys and intestines. We estimate that HP affects approximately 120,000 people in the United States and more than 250,000 in the United States and Europe. HP is caused by damage to or removal of the parathyroid glands during neck surgery in approximately 75% of cases or, less commonly, from an autoimmune disease or a genetic disorder. A deficiency of PTH results in lower blood calcium levels, or hypocalcemia, which can result in a variety of acute symptoms, such as muscle cramping or spasm, tingling, and neurological symptoms such as depression, confusion and cognitive impairment.

To avoid hypocalcemia and its symptoms, patients are treated with high dose calcium supplements and prescription strength active vitamin D therapy, which can require the daily ingestion of approximately seven or more pills taken at multiple times throughout the day. This treatment does not address PTH deficiency and symptom relief can be suboptimal. Once-daily injectable PTH therapies have been shown in clinical studies to reduce the need for high doses of calcium and active vitamin D supplements, decrease urinary calcium excretion and, by patient-reported-outcome assessments, result in improvements in patients’ quality of life. However, these therapies can have significant fluctuations in drug concentrations that require daily subcutaneous injections, which impacts the potential outcomes for patients.

Leveraging our proprietary PEP platform, we designed MBX 2109 to treat the underlying pathophysiology of HP. MBX 2109 is a prodrug, which is a compound engineered to be biologically inactive at the time of subcutaneous injection that then converts to an active peptide in an intrinsically controlled, time-dependent fashion. The prodrug design is supplemented by fatty acylation, the addition of fatty acids to the compound, which facilitates binding to proteins and extends the time of the compound in circulation. This combination is meant to provide an extended time-action profile that allows a once-weekly administration and provides a continuous, infusion-like PTH exposure with lower daily peak-to-trough ratios than observed with daily PTH dosing regimens. This continuous, infusion-like exposure to MBX 2109 may reduce the frequency and severity of events of excessive blood calcium, or hypercalcemia, and insufficient blood calcium, or hypocalcemia. The once-weekly MBX 2109 dosing regimen may improve compliance relative to daily PTH dosing regimens, which we believe improves effectiveness in a real-world setting.

In a Phase 1 clinical trial in 76 healthy adults, weekly subcutaneous injections of MBX 2109 led to sustained and dose-dependent elevations of serum calcium and the suppression of endogenous PTH. The half-life of the MBX 2109 active drug across all doses was approximately 7.7 to 8.9 days, supporting a once-weekly dosing regimen. MBX 2109 was generally well-tolerated with no drug-related severe or serious adverse effects. We are currently evaluating the safety, tolerability and efficacy of three fixed doses of MBX 2109 in a randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled Phase 2 clinical trial in approximately 48 patients with HP. The primary endpoint of the Phase 2 clinical trial is the proportion of patients who can discontinue active vitamin D and reduce calcium supplements after 12 weeks of treatment while maintaining normal serum calcium levels. We expect to report topline data from our Phase 2 clinical trial in the third quarter of 2025.

MBX 1416: Potential treatment for post-bariatric hypoglycemia

MBX 1416, our potential treatment for PBH, is designed to be a long-acting GLP-1 receptor antagonist, which is a molecule that binds to the applicable receptor to prevent the native molecule that would otherwise activate the receptor from binding. PBH is a rare, serious and chronic complication of bariatric surgery typically occurring

 

4


Table of Contents

six months or later after surgery. We estimate PBH affects more than 90,000 people in the United States. In PBH, pathologic increases in GLP-1 are released following a meal leading to hyperinsulinemia, or excessive levels of insulin, that may result in hypoglycemia, or low blood glucose. Hypoglycemic symptoms may include confusion, weakness, dizziness, blurred vision, loss of consciousness and seizures. While GLP-1-based therapies have been recently approved to treat obesity and its co-morbidities, people with severe obesity, defined as a BMI 40 kg/m2, often can require a greater degree of weight loss than these current therapies can achieve. According to the CDC, the prevalence of severe obesity in the United States in adults over 20 years increased from 4.7% in 2000 to 9.2% in 2018. Bariatric surgery still remains the most efficacious means of treating severe obesity, with bariatric surgeries increasing by approximately 23% since 2017 to approximately 280,000 in the United States in 2022, according to the American Society for Metabolic and Bariatric Surgery.

There are currently no U.S. Food and Drug Administration, or FDA, approved pharmacologic therapies for PBH. The current treatment options to reduce the frequency and severity of hypoglycemic episodes focus on dietary interventions and, secondarily, on the use of off-label medications with significant side effect profiles and unproven effectiveness in patients with PBH. While glucagon is used as a rescue therapy to treat severe hypoglycemic events, it does not prevent hypoglycemia from occurring. In certain patients with severe, intractable hypoglycemia, surgical reversal of the bariatric procedure may be considered.

MBX 1416 is designed as a long-acting GLP-1 receptor antagonist to prevent GLP-1 from augmenting insulin release to cause hyperinsulinemia following a meal and thereby prevent the occurrence of severe hypoglycemia in patients with PBH. Leveraging our PEP platform, we aim to improve the pharmaceutical properties of the GLP-1 sequence required to inhibit GLP-1 action by chemically modifying the amino acid backbone to achieve enhanced potency, stability and solubility, relative to the corresponding, unmodified GLP-1 sequence. We are evaluating the safety, tolerability, pharmacokinetics and the effects that the drug has on the body, or pharmacodynamics, of MBX 1416 in an ongoing randomized double-blind, placebo-controlled single- and multiple- ascending dose, first-in-human Phase 1 clinical trial in healthy adults. Preliminary pharmacokinetic data from the single ascending dose portion of our ongoing Phase 1 clinical trial demonstrated that subcutaneous injections resulted in dose-proportional increases in MBX 1416 exposure and a half-life supporting once-weekly dosing. We anticipate topline results from our Phase 1 clinical trial in the fourth quarter of 2024.

Our obesity portfolio

Leveraging our PEP platform, we are discovering and developing candidates with optimized pharmacokinetic profiles and pharmacologic attributes to potentially improve on the current treatments for obesity and related co-morbidities. We are engineering our candidates to extend the time-action profile and to potentially improve tolerability, thereby providing the potential for higher doses leading to greater weight loss than can be achieved with existing therapies. We are prioritizing candidates targeting clinically validated mechanisms for weight loss and are focusing on discovering peptides that target multiple unique receptors. Our obesity portfolio currently includes one product candidate, MBX 4291, in IND-enabling studies, and a robust discovery pipeline with multiple development programs in lead optimization.

MBX 4291: Long-acting and highly potent potential treatment for obesity

Our lead obesity product candidate, MBX 4291, is designed to be a long-acting and highly potent GLP-1/GIP receptor co-agonist prodrug. Obesity is a common and costly chronic condition leading to significant morbidity and mortality. According to the CDC, an estimated 42% of U.S. adults aged 20 and over have obesity, or BMI30 kg/m2, as of 2018, including 9% of adults with severe obesity, and another 31% of adults who are overweight, or

 

5


Table of Contents

BMI between 25.0 and 29.9 kg/m2. Based on the CDC’s 2018 prevalence rates, we estimate that at least 190 million adults in the United States are obese or overweight. While the current, approved GLP-1-based agonists represent significant and clinically meaningful advances in the treatment of obesity, they require weekly injections and can be associated with significant gastrointestinal, or GI, side effects. These side effects often lead to reduced adherence and increased discontinuation, thereby limiting a patient’s ability to lose weight.

We believe MBX 4291 has the potential to be a safe and efficacious therapy that will help people achieve their weight loss goals and improve their overall health. MBX 4291 is designed to achieve the extended time-action profile using two of our proprietary technologies, programmable prodrug and fatty acylation. In our preclinical studies, the active component of MBX 4291 demonstrated a similar activity profile and body weight loss in mice as tirzepatide, an approved weekly GLP-1/GIP co-agonist, and an extended duration of action of the active component of MBX 4291 supporting the potential for once-monthly administration. We believe that our proprietary PEP platform and know-how also provide significant optionality in devising dosing regimens that could lead to clinically meaningful improvements in tolerability and increase the maximally attained weight loss, relative to existing, approved GLP-1-based therapies. MBX 4291 is currently in IND-enabling studies with an IND submission in the second quarter of 2025.

Our company and team

MBX was founded by pioneers in the endocrine drug development field and is led by a team of seasoned industry veterans with a common goal to transform the treatment of endocrine and metabolic disorders and improve patients’ lives. Members of our leadership team have collaborated successfully over several decades on the discovery, development and commercialization of endocrine therapeutics including Forteo®, Humalog®, and Byetta®. Our co-founders, Dr. DiMarchi and Kent Hawryluk, were central to the success of MB2 and Marcadia Biotech in advancing multiple GLP-1- and glucagon-based product candidates in clinical development through strategic transactions with Eli Lilly, Merck, Novo Nordisk, and Roche.

Our team is led by executives who have deep experience in drug development and company-building in the biopharmaceutical industry. Key members of our executive and leadership team include:

 

 

Kent Hawryluk, President, Chief Executive Officer and Co-Founder, has spent more than 20 years as a life sciences entrepreneur, leader and investor, and prior to co-founding MBX held biopharma executive leadership roles at Avidity Biosciences, MB2, and Marcadia Biotech.

 

 

Salomon (Sam) Azoulay, M.D., Chief Medical Officer, has over 35 years of experience in drug development and operations, including as the Chief Medical Officer at Sumitovant Biopharma and Pfizer Essential Health.

 

 

Richard Bartram, Chief Financial Officer, has over 15 years of financial leadership experience spanning strategic and operational finance roles, including serving as the Chief Financial Officer of Esperion Therapeutics and as a public accountant at PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP.

 

 

Michelle Graham, Chief Human Resources Officer, has over 25 years of experience in human resources, talent management, and organizational development across various sectors of the healthcare industry, including as the Chief Human Resources Officer at Albireo Pharma, Tesaro, and Parexel.

 

 

Steven J. Prestrelski, Ph.D., Chief Scientific Officer, is a seasoned biopharmaceutical executive with over 30 years of scientific and operational expertise who has led successful endocrine and metabolism product development programs from discovery through regulatory approval, including Byetta, Bydureon® and Gvoke®.

Our platform technology includes patent rights and proprietary technology exclusively licensed from Indiana University and developed in the Indiana University laboratory of our scientific founder, Dr. DiMarchi.

 

6


Table of Contents

Dr. DiMarchi developed the original PEP technology, and is the inventor of the first dual and triple incretin agonists. Dr. DiMarchi is known as a world class innovator and inventor, a member of the National Inventor Hall of Fame and the National Academy of Medicine, and one of the world’s leading peptide chemists. He is a former decade-long chairman of the Peptide Therapeutics Foundation and is widely recognized as an international spokesperson for macromolecular medicines. He has an extensive track record of drug development in big pharma, early-stage biotech, and academia, and is a successful repeat entrepreneur. In particular, he is recognized for his contributions to the discovery and development of rDNA-derived Humalog, rGlucagon, and Forteo, which he shepherded through development and commercialization. His research has broadened the understanding of glucagon physiology and the discovery of single molecule multimode agonists for the treatment of diabetes and obesity. A former officer and director, Dr. DiMarchi is not currently an employee of the Company, but acts as the principal investigator under our research agreement with the Trustees of Indiana University, pursuant to which we have the option to license intellectual property developed on our behalf by Dr. DiMarchi. Dr. DiMarchi is not required to devote any specified number of hours to the Company.

Since our inception, we have raised approximately $214 million in funding from leading healthcare investors, including Deep Track Capital, Driehaus Capital Management, Frazier Life Sciences, New Enterprise Associates, Norwest Venture Partners, OrbiMed, RA Capital Management, and Wellington Management. Prospective investors should not rely on the investment decisions of our existing investors, as these investors may have different risk tolerances and in certain cases received their shares in prior offerings at prices lower than the price offered to the public in this offering. See the sections titled “Certain relationships and related person transactions” and “Principal stockholders” for more information.

Our strategy

We are building a leading biopharmaceutical company with a focus on endocrine and metabolic disorders. Our mission is to enable patients with these disorders to live fuller and healthier lives through the discovery and development of transformative precision peptide therapies. We are leveraging our propriety PEP platform to significantly improve clinical outcomes by discovering novel treatments that overcome key limitations of current peptide therapies. The key pillars of our business strategy to achieve this mission include:

 

 

Advance MBX 2109, a potential PTH peptide prodrug therapy, through clinical development to improve outcomes for patients with HP.

 

 

Advance MBX 1416, a long-acting GLP-1 receptor antagonist, through clinical development to potentially address the unmet medical need in patients with PBH.

 

 

Advance our obesity portfolio, including our lead obesity candidate, MBX 4291, with a focus on improving efficacy, tolerability and dosing frequency compared to existing GLP-1-based therapies.

 

 

Leverage our proprietary PEP technology platform and the capabilities of our experienced discovery team to expand our pipeline in endocrine, metabolic and other disease areas.

 

 

Build a fully-integrated biopharmaceutical company and selectively evaluate strategic opportunities to maximize the value of our pipeline.

 

 

Maintain an entrepreneurial, scientifically rigorous, and inclusive corporate culture where employees are fully engaged and strive to bring improved therapeutic options to patients.

Risks associated with our business

 

 

We have incurred significant losses since inception. We expect to incur losses for the foreseeable future and may never achieve or maintain profitability.

 

7


Table of Contents
 

The results observed from preclinical studies or early-stage clinical trials of our product candidates, including, but not limited to, our preclinical studies of MBX 4291, may not necessarily be predictive of the results of later-stage clinical trials that we may conduct. Similarly, positive results from such preclinical studies or early-stage clinical trials may not be replicated in our subsequent preclinical studies or clinical trials.

 

 

We have never generated revenue from product sales and may never become profitable.

 

 

We will need substantial additional funding in addition to the net proceeds we receive from this offering. If we are unable to raise additional capital when needed on acceptable terms, or at all, we may be forced to delay, reduce, or terminate certain of our research and product development programs, future commercialization efforts or other operations.

 

 

Our business is highly dependent on the success of our product candidates. If we are unable to successfully complete clinical development, obtain regulatory approval for or commercialize one or more of our product candidates, or if we experience delays in doing so, our business will be materially harmed.

 

 

If we fail to discover, develop and commercialize other product candidates, or successfully build out our own internal discovery capacities, we may be unable to grow our business and our ability to achieve our strategic objectives would be impaired.

 

 

We may incur unexpected costs or experience delays in completing, or ultimately be unable to complete, the development and commercialization of our product candidates.

 

 

Our product candidates may cause undesirable side effects or have other properties that could delay or prevent their regulatory approval, limit the commercial profile of an approved label, or result in significant negative consequences following regulatory approval, if obtained.

 

 

We may find it difficult to enroll patients in our future clinical trials given the limited number of patients who have the diseases some of our product candidates are intended to target. Additionally, we also compete for trial participants with other clinical trials for product candidates that are in the same areas as our product candidates. If we experience delays or difficulties in the enrollment of patients in clinical trials, our clinical development activities and our receipt of necessary regulatory approvals could be delayed or prevented.

 

 

Our estimates as to prevalence may not be accurate, and the actual prevalence or addressable patient population for some or all of those indications, or any other indication that we elect to pursue, may be significantly smaller than our estimates. The actual number of patients with these disease indications may, however, be significantly lower than we believe, which may delay enrollment in our clinical trials and delay or prevent development of our product candidates.

 

 

Even if any of our product candidates receives regulatory approval, it may fail to achieve the degree of market acceptance by physicians, patients, third-party payors and others in the medical community necessary for commercial success, in which case we may not generate significant revenues or become profitable.

 

 

We may be unsuccessful in obtaining or may be unable to maintain the benefits associated with Orphan Drug Designation, including the potential for market exclusivity. Furthermore, Orphan Drug Designation does not shorten the development time or regulatory review time of a product candidate and does not provide any guarantee of approval in the regulatory review or approval process.

 

 

We face significant competition in an environment of rapid change, and there is a possibility that our competitors may achieve regulatory approval before us or develop therapies that are safer or more advanced or effective than ours, or that we are unable to compete with existing entities that have made substantial investment into novel treatments for disease, which may harm our financial condition and our ability to successfully market or commercialize any product candidates we may develop.

 

8


Table of Contents
 

The regulatory approval processes of the FDA and comparable foreign authorities are lengthy, time-consuming and inherently unpredictable, and if we are ultimately unable to obtain regulatory approval for our product candidates, our business will be substantially harmed. We have not yet demonstrated an ability to obtain regulatory approvals.

 

 

Unless we can demonstrate that MBX 2109 is either not a similar medicinal product to Yorvipath®, a once-daily PTH replacement therapy that is approved in the European Union, or EU, for the treatment of HP, or, if it is, that MBX 2109 is safer, more effective or otherwise clinically superior, we may not be able to gain approval for MBX 2109 in the European Union until expiry of the market exclusivity period for Yorvipath. The exclusivity period could run until 2035 at the latest. Yorvipath is approved in the United States for the treatment of HP in adults.

 

 

We may in the future conduct clinical trials for drug candidates outside the United States, and the FDA and comparable foreign regulatory authorities may not accept data from such trials.

 

 

We may seek to establish collaborations and, if we are not able to establish them on commercially reasonable terms, we may have to alter our development and commercialization plans.

 

 

We rely on third parties to assist in conducting our clinical trials. If they do not perform satisfactorily, we may not be able to obtain regulatory approval or commercialize our product candidates, or such approval or commercialization may be delayed, and our business could be substantially harmed.

 

 

Our use of third parties to manufacture our product candidates may increase the risk that we will not have sufficient quantities of our product candidates, raw materials, active pharmaceutical ingredients, or APIs, or drug products when needed or at an acceptable cost.

 

 

We are dependent on the services of our management and other clinical and scientific personnel, and if we are not able to retain these individuals or recruit additional management or clinical and scientific personnel, our business will suffer.

 

 

Our commercial success depends on our ability to obtain, maintain, enforce, and otherwise protect our intellectual property and proprietary technology, and if the scope of the intellectual property protection obtained is not sufficiently broad, our competitors or other third parties could develop and commercialize products and product candidates similar to ours and our ability to successfully develop and commercialize our product candidates may be adversely affected.

 

 

If we fail to comply with our obligations in the agreements under which we license intellectual property rights from third parties or otherwise experience disruptions to our business relationships with our current and future licensors, we could lose license rights that are important to our business.

 

 

We will need to continue to significantly increase the size of our organization and we may have difficulties in managing our growth and expanding our operations successfully.

 

 

We do not know whether a market will develop for our common stock or what the market price of our common stock will be, and, as a result, it may be difficult for you to sell your shares of our common stock.

Corporate information

We were founded as MBX Biosciences LLC, an Indiana limited liability company, in August 2018. We converted to a Delaware corporation in April 2019 and incorporated under the name MBX Biosciences, Inc. Our principal executive offices are located at 11711 N. Meridian Street, Suite 300, Carmel, Indiana 46032, and our telephone number is (317) 659-0200. Our website address is https://www.mbxbio.com. The information contained in or accessible from our website is not incorporated into this prospectus, and you should not consider it part of this prospectus. We have included our website address in this prospectus solely as an inactive textual reference.

 

9


Table of Contents

Implications of being an emerging growth company and a smaller reporting company

We qualify as an “emerging growth company” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, as amended, or the JOBS Act. As an emerging growth company, we may take advantage of specified reduced disclosure and other requirements that are otherwise applicable generally to public companies. These provisions include:

 

 

being permitted to present only two years of audited financial statements, in addition to any required unaudited interim financial statements, with correspondingly reduced “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” disclosure in this prospectus;

 

 

reduced disclosure about our executive compensation arrangements;

 

 

not being required to hold advisory votes on executive compensation or to obtain stockholder approval of any golden parachute arrangements not previously approved;

 

 

an exemption from the auditor attestation requirement in the assessment of our internal control over financial reporting pursuant to the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002; and

 

 

an exemption from compliance with the requirements of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board regarding the communication of critical audit matters in the auditor’s report on the financial statements.

We may take advantage of these exemptions for up to five years or such earlier time that we are no longer an emerging growth company. We would cease to be an emerging growth company on the date that is the earliest of (i) the last day of the fiscal year in which we have total annual gross revenues of $1.235 billion or more; (ii) the last day of our fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the date of the completion of this offering; (iii) the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion in nonconvertible debt during the previous three years; or (iv) the date on which we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer under the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission, or the SEC. We may choose to take advantage of some but not all of these exemptions. We have taken advantage of reduced reporting requirements in this prospectus. Accordingly, the information contained herein may be different from the information you receive from other public companies in which you hold stock. Additionally, the JOBS Act provides that an emerging growth company can take advantage of an extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards. This allows an emerging growth company to delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We have elected to avail ourselves of this exemption and, therefore, while we are an emerging growth company we will not be subject to new or revised accounting standards at the same time that they become applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies. As a result of this election, our financial statements may not be comparable to those of other public companies that comply with new or revised accounting pronouncements as of public company effective dates. We may choose to early adopt any new or revised accounting standards whenever such early adoptions is permitted for private companies.

We are also a “smaller reporting company,” meaning that the market value of our shares held by nonaffiliates plus the proposed aggregate amount of gross proceeds to us as a result of this offering is less than $700 million and our annual revenue was less than $100 million during the most recently completed fiscal year. We may continue to be a smaller reporting company after this offering if either (i) the market value of our shares held by non-affiliates is less than $250 million or (ii) our annual revenue was less than $100 million during the most recently completed fiscal year and the market value of our shares held by nonaffiliates is less than $700 million. If we are a smaller reporting company at the time we cease to be an emerging growth company,

 

10


Table of Contents

we may continue to rely on exemptions from certain disclosure requirements that are available to smaller reporting companies. Specifically, as a smaller reporting company, we may choose to present only the two most recent fiscal years of audited financial statements in our Annual Report on Form 10-K and, similar to emerging growth companies, smaller reporting companies have reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation.

 

11


Table of Contents

The offering

 

Shares of common stock offered by us

     shares.

 

Underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares

We have granted the underwriters a 30-day option to purchase up to     additional shares of our common stock at the initial public offering price, less underwriting discounts and commissions on the same terms as set forth in this prospectus.

 

Shares of our common stock to be outstanding after this offering

    shares (or     shares if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full).

 

Use of proceeds

We estimate that the net proceeds to us from the sale of     shares of our common stock in this offering will be approximately $     million, or $     million if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full, assuming an initial public offering price of $     per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We intend to use the net proceeds of this offering, together with our existing cash and cash equivalents and short-term investments, to fund the continued development of MBX 2109 and MBX 1416, our two clinical stage programs, and MBX 4291, our preclinical stage program, fund our discovery research and development activities and additional clinical development and for general corporate purposes and working capital. See “Use of proceeds.”

 

Directed share program

At our request, the underwriters have reserved up to  % of the shares of common stock being offered by this prospectus for sale at the initial public offering price to our directors, officers, certain employees and certain other persons associated with us. The sales will be made by J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, an underwriter of this offering, through a directed share program. We do not know if these persons will choose to purchase all or any portion of these reserved shares, but any purchases they do make will reduce the number of shares of common stock available to the general public. Any reserved shares not so purchased will be offered by the underwriters to the general public on the same terms as the other shares of

 

12


Table of Contents
 

common stock. Except for reserved shares purchased by our executive officers and directors, these reserved shares will not be subject to the lock-up restrictions described elsewhere in this prospectus.” See “Underwriting—Directed share program”.

 

Proposed Nasdaq Global Select Market symbol

We have applied to list our common stock on the Nasdaq Global Select Market under the symbol “MBX.” The closing of this offering is contingent upon such listing.

 

Risk factors

Investment in our common stock involves substantial risks. You should read this prospectus carefully, including the section entitled “Risk factors” and the financial statements and the related notes to those statements included in this prospectus, before investing in our common stock.

The number of shares of our common outstanding after this offering is based on 260,323,917 shares of our common stock (which includes 429,304 shares underlying unvested restricted stock awards subject to a repurchase option by us) outstanding as of June 30, 2024, after giving effect to the conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible Series A preferred stock, Series B preferred stock, and Series C preferred stock, or the preferred stock, into an aggregate of 244,489,099 shares of our common stock, which will occur immediately upon the closing of this offering, or the Preferred Stock Conversion, and excludes:

 

 

34,436,621 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options outstanding as of June 30, 2024, with a weighted-average exercise price of $0.56 per share under our 2019 Stock Option and Grant Plan, or the 2019 Plan;

 

 

4,298,500 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options granted after June 30, 2024, with a weighted-average exercise price of $0.87 per share under the 2019 Plan;

 

 

9,416,761 shares of common stock reserved for issuance under the 2019 Plan, as amended, as of August 15, 2024, which shares will cease to be available for issuance at the time our 2024 Stock Option and Incentive Plan, or the 2024 Plan, becomes effective;

 

 

     shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2024 Plan, which will become effective upon the date immediately preceding the date on which the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part is declared effective by the SEC; and

 

 

     shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2024 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, or the 2024 ESPP, which will become effective upon the date immediately preceding the date on which the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part is declared effective by the SEC.

Except as otherwise noted, all information in this prospectus assumes:

 

 

no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase up to      additional shares of common stock in this offering;

 

 

no vesting of the restricted common stock described above;

 

 

no exercise of the outstanding options described above;

 

 

no purchases by existing stockholders or their affiliates pursuant to the directed share program;

 

 

a      -for-     reverse stock split of our common stock effected on     , 2024; and

 

13


Table of Contents
 

the filing and effectiveness of our fourth amended and restated certificate of incorporation immediately prior to the closing of this offering and the adoption of our amended and restated bylaws upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

Summary financial data

You should read the following summary financial data together with our financial statements and the related notes appearing at the end of this prospectus and the “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations” section of this prospectus. We have derived the statement of operations and comprehensive loss data for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2023 from our audited financial statements appearing at the end of this prospectus. We have derived the statement of operations and comprehensive loss data for the six months ended June 30, 2023 and 2024 and the summary balance sheet data as of June 30, 2024, except for pro forma amounts, from our unaudited condensed interim financial statements and related notes as of and for the six months ended June 30, 2023 and 2024 appearing at the end of this prospectus. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected in any future period.

 

     
     Years Ended December 31,     Six Months Ended June 30,  
(in thousands, except per share and per share data)    2022     2023     2023     2024  

Statement of operations:

        

Operating expenses

        

Research and development

   $ 21,397     $ 28,534     $ 11,734     $ 25,445  

General and administrative

     3,764       6,777       2,640       4,527  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     25,161       35,311       14,374       29,972  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (25,161     (35,311     (14,374     (29,972

Interest and other income, net

     372       2,748       817       1,778  

Interest expense

     (374                  

Change in derivative liability

     (73                  

Loss on extinguishment of debt

     (899                  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (26,135   $ (32,563   $ (13,557   $ (28,194

Unrealized gain (loss) on marketable securities

     3       60       (3     (75

Reclassification of net (gains) losses included in net loss

           (3            
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other comprehensive income (loss)

     3       57       (3     (75
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive loss

   $ (26,132   $ (32,506   $ (13,560   $ (28,269
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per common share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted(1)

   $ (3.26   $ (2.66   $ (1.22   $ (1.91
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average number of common shares outstanding used in computation of net loss per common share, basic and diluted

     8,018,990       12,247,625       11,104,792       14,780,874  

 

 

 

14


Table of Contents
   
As of June 30, 2024       
(in thousands)    Actual     Pro forma(2)    

Pro forma, as

adjusted(3)

 

Balance sheet data:

      

Cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities

   $ 55,262     $ 118,762     $        

Working capital(4)

     50,603       114,103    

Total assets

     62,882       126,382    

Total liabilities

     8,410       8,410    

Convertible preferred stock

     152,357          

Accumulated deficit

     (103,777     (103,777  

Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)

     (97,885     117,972    

 

 

 

(1)   See notes 2 and 15 to our audited financial statements and note 14 to our unaudited condensed interim financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus for an explanation of the method used to calculate the net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted, and the weighted average number of shares used in the computation of the per share amounts.

 

(2)   The pro forma column above gives effect to (i) our issuance in August 2024 of an aggregate of 61,650,480 shares of Series C preferred stock for gross proceeds of $63.5 million, or the Series C Financing, (ii) the filing and effectiveness of our fourth amended and restated certificate of incorporation in Delaware immediately prior to the closing of this offering and the adoption of our amended and restated bylaws upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part and (iii) the automatic conversion of all of our convertible preferred stock into an equal number of shares of common stock.

 

(3)   The pro forma, as adjusted column gives effect to the pro forma adjustments set forth in footnote (2) above and gives further effect to the sale of     shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $     per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting fees and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. This pro forma as adjusted information is illustrative only and will depend on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing. Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $     per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease the pro forma as adjusted amount of each of cash and cash equivalents, working capital, total assets and total stockholders’ equity by $     , assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Each increase or decrease of 1,000,000 in the number of shares we are offering would increase or decrease the pro forma as adjusted amount of each of cash and cash equivalents, working capital, total assets and stockholders’ equity by $     , assuming no change in the assumed initial public offering price per share and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

(4)   Working capital is defined as total current assets less total current liabilities. See our financial statements and the related notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus for further details regarding our current assets and current liabilities.

 

15


Table of Contents

Risk factors

Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the risks and uncertainties described below together with all of the other information contained in this prospectus, including our financial statements and related notes appearing at the end of this prospectus, before deciding to invest in our common stock. If any of the events or developments described below were to occur, our business, prospects, operating results and financial condition could suffer materially, the trading price of our common stock could decline and you could lose all or part of your investment. The risks and uncertainties described below are not the only ones we face. Additional risks and uncertainties not presently known to us or that we currently believe to be immaterial may also adversely affect our business.

Risks related to financial position and need for capital

We have incurred significant losses since inception. We expect to incur losses for the foreseeable future and may never achieve or maintain profitability.

Since inception, we have incurred significant operating losses. Our net loss was $26.1 million and $32.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2023, respectively. Our net loss was $28.2 million for the six months ended June 30, 2024. As of December 31, 2023, we had an accumulated deficit of $75.6 million. As of June 30, 2024, we had an accumulated deficit of $103.8 million. We have financed our operations primarily through issuing convertible preferred stock and convertible promissory notes. Substantially all of our losses have resulted from expenses incurred in connection with our research and development and from general and administrative costs associated with our operations. We expect to continue to incur significant expenses and increasing operating losses for the foreseeable future. Our ability to generate revenue sufficient to achieve profitability will depend heavily on the successful development and eventual commercialization of our current product candidates and potential future product candidates. The net losses we incur may fluctuate significantly from quarter to quarter. We anticipate that our expenses will increase substantially for the foreseeable future if and as we:

 

 

advance our current research activities and further develop our platform;

 

 

continue preclinical development and progress clinical trials for our product candidates and any future product candidates we may identify;

 

 

seek regulatory approval for any product candidates for which we successfully complete clinical trials;

 

 

establish our manufacturing capacity capabilities to supply our clinical trials in our pipeline and eventually for commercialization;

 

 

commercialize our product candidates, if approved, which will require significant marketing, sales, and distribution infrastructure expenses;

 

 

hire additional research and development, clinical, commercial, and general and administration personnel;

 

 

develop, maintain, expand, protect, and enforce our intellectual property portfolio;

 

 

acquire or in-license product candidates, intellectual property and technologies;

 

 

confirm, maintain or obtain freedom to operate for any of our owned or licensed technologies and product candidates;

 

 

establish and maintain collaborations;

 

 

add operational, financial and management information systems and personnel; or

 

16


Table of Contents
 

incur additional legal, audit, accounting, compliance, insurance, investor relations and other expenses to operate as a public company that we did not incur as a private company.

As a result, we will need substantial additional funding to support our continuing operations and pursue our growth strategy. Until such time as we can generate significant revenue from product sales, if ever, we expect to finance our operations through the sale of equity, debt financings, or other capital sources, which may include collaborations with other companies or other strategic transactions. We may be unable to raise additional funds or enter into such other agreements or arrangements when needed on favorable terms, or at all. If we fail to raise capital or enter into such agreements as and when needed, we may have to significantly delay, reduce or eliminate the development and commercialization of our platform, product candidates or delay our pursuit of potential in-licenses or acquisitions.

We have not yet demonstrated an ability to successfully complete any pivotal clinical trials, advance any product candidate beyond Phase 2, obtain regulatory approvals, manufacture our product candidates at commercial scale, or arrange for a third party to do so on our behalf, or conduct sales and marketing activities necessary for successful product commercialization. To become and remain profitable, we must develop and, either directly or through collaborators, eventually commercialize a therapy or therapies with market potential. This will require us to be successful in a range of challenging activities, including completing preclinical studies and clinical trials of product candidates, obtaining regulatory approval for these product candidates, manufacturing, marketing and selling those therapies for which we may obtain regulatory approval and satisfying any post-marketing requirements. We may never succeed in these activities and, even if we do, may never generate revenues that are significant or large enough to achieve profitability.

Because of the numerous risks and uncertainties associated with developing our technology, platform and our product candidates, we are unable to predict the extent of any future losses or when we will become profitable, if at all. If we do achieve profitability, we may not be able to sustain or increase profitability on a quarterly or annual basis. Our failure to become and remain profitable would decrease the value of our company and could impair our ability to raise capital, maintain our research and development efforts, expand our business or continue our operations. A decline in the value of our company could also cause you to lose all or part of your investment.

We have never generated revenue from product sales and may never become profitable.

Our ability to generate revenue from product sales and achieve profitability depends on our ability, alone or with collaborative partners, to successfully complete the development of, and obtain the regulatory approvals necessary to commercialize, our product candidates. We may not generate revenues from product sales for many years, if ever. Our ability to generate future revenues from product sales depends heavily on our or our collaborators’ ability to successfully:

 

 

complete research and development of our product candidates;

 

 

identify new product candidates;

 

 

seek and obtain regulatory approvals for any product candidates for which we successfully complete clinical trials;

 

 

launch and commercialize any product candidates for which we may obtain regulatory approval by establishing a sales force, marketing and distribution infrastructure, or alternatively, collaborating with a commercialization partner;

 

 

qualify for adequate coverage and reimbursement by government and third-party payors for any product candidates for which we may obtain regulatory approval;

 

17


Table of Contents
 

establish and maintain supply and manufacturing relationships with third parties that can provide adequate, in both amount and quality, products and services to support clinical development and the market demand for any product candidates for which we obtain regulatory approval;

 

 

develop, maintain and enhance a sustainable, scalable, reproducible and transferable manufacturing process for the product candidates we may develop;

 

 

address competing technological and market developments;

 

 

negotiate favorable terms in any collaboration, licensing or other arrangements into which we may enter and performing our obligations in such collaborations;

 

 

receive market acceptance by physicians, patients, healthcare payors, and others in the medical community;

 

 

maintain, protect, enforce, defend and expand our portfolio of intellectual property and other proprietary rights, including patents, trade secrets and know-how;

 

 

defend against third-party intellectual property claims of infringement, misappropriation or other violation; and

 

 

attract, hire and retain qualified personnel.

Our expenses could increase beyond expectations if we are required by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration, or the FDA, or other regulatory authorities to perform preclinical studies or clinical trials in addition to those that we currently anticipate. Even if one or more of our product candidates are approved for commercial sale, we anticipate incurring significant costs associated with commercializing any approved product candidate. Additionally, such products may become subject to unfavorable pricing regulations, third-party reimbursement practices or healthcare reform initiatives. Even if we are able to generate revenues from the sale of any approved product candidates, we may not become profitable and may need to obtain additional funding to continue operations.

We will need substantial additional funding in addition to the net proceeds we receive from this offering. If we are unable to raise additional capital when needed on acceptable terms, or at all, we may be forced to delay, reduce, or terminate certain of our research and product development programs, future commercialization efforts or other operations.

Developing product candidates, including conducting preclinical studies and clinical trials, is a very time-consuming, expensive and uncertain process that takes years to complete. Our operations have consumed substantial amounts of cash since inception, and we expect our expenses to increase in connection with our ongoing activities, particularly as we continue the research and development of, continue, initiate and conduct clinical trials of, and seek regulatory approval for, our product candidates. In addition, if we obtain regulatory approval for our product candidates, we expect to incur significant commercialization expenses related to product sales, marketing, manufacturing, and distribution to the extent that such sales, marketing, manufacturing, and distribution are not the responsibility of a collaborator. Other unanticipated costs may also arise. Furthermore, upon the closing of this offering, we expect to incur additional costs associated with operating as a public company. Accordingly, we will need to obtain substantial additional funding in connection with our continuing operations. If we are unable to raise capital when needed or on acceptable terms, we would be forced to delay, reduce, or eliminate our research and product development programs, future commercialization efforts or other operations.

As of June 30, 2024, our cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities were $55.3 million, exclusive of approximately $63.5 million in gross proceeds from the Series C Financing received in August 2024. We expect that the net proceeds from this offering, together with our existing cash, cash equivalents, and marketable

 

18


Table of Contents

securities, including the proceeds from our Series C Financing, will enable us to fund our operating expenses and capital expenditure requirements into    . However, our operating plan may change as a result of factors currently unknown to us, and we may need to seek funding sooner than planned. Our future capital requirements will depend on many factors, including:

 

 

the timing and progress of research and development, preclinical and clinical development activities;

 

 

the number, scope and duration of clinical trials required for regulatory approval of our product candidates;

 

 

the costs, timing, and outcome of regulatory review of any of our product candidates;

 

 

the costs of manufacturing clinical and commercial supplies of our product candidates;

 

 

the costs and timing of future commercialization activities, including product manufacturing, marketing, sales and distribution, for any of our product candidates for which we receive regulatory approval;

 

 

the costs of preparing, filing and prosecuting our patent applications, maintaining and enforcing our patents and other intellectual property rights and defending intellectual property-related claims;

 

 

our ability to maintain existing, and establish new, strategic collaborations, licensing or other arrangements, and the financial terms of any such agreements, including the timing and amount of any future milestone, royalty or other payments due under any such agreement;

 

 

the extent to which we acquire or in-license other product candidates and technologies;

 

 

any product liability or other lawsuits related to our product candidates;

 

 

our implementation of various computerized informational systems and efforts to enhance operational systems;

 

 

expenses incurred to attract, hire and retain skilled personnel;

 

 

the costs of operating as a public company;

 

 

our ability to establish a commercially viable pricing structure and obtain approval for coverage and adequate reimbursement from third-party and government payers;

 

 

the extent to which we acquire or invest in businesses, products, and technologies;

 

 

the effect of competing technological and market developments; and

 

 

the impact of economic uncertainty, global health crises and geopolitical tensions, which may exacerbate the magnitude of the factors discussed above.

Identifying potential product candidates and conducting preclinical testing and clinical trials is a time-consuming, expensive, and uncertain process that takes years to complete, and we may never generate the necessary data or results required to obtain regulatory approval and achieve product sales. In addition, our product candidates, if approved, may not achieve commercial success. Our commercial revenues, if any, will be derived from sales of products that we do not expect to be commercially available for many years, if at all. Accordingly, we will need to continue to rely on additional financing to achieve our business objectives. Adequate additional financing may not be available to us on acceptable terms, or at all. In addition, we may seek additional capital due to favorable market conditions or strategic considerations even if we believe we have sufficient funds for our current or future operating plans. To the extent that we raise additional capital through the sale of equity or convertible debt securities, your ownership interest will be diluted, and the terms of these securities may include liquidation or other preferences that adversely affect your rights as a common stockholder. Debt financing, if available, may involve agreements that include covenants limiting or restricting our ability to take specific actions, such as incurring additional debt, making capital expenditures, declaring dividends, and possibly other restrictions.

 

19


Table of Contents

Any additional fundraising efforts may divert our management from their day-to-day activities, which may adversely affect our ability to develop and commercialize our product candidates. We have no committed sources of additional capital and, if we are unable to raise additional capital in sufficient amounts or on terms acceptable to us, we may have to significantly delay, scale back or discontinue the development or commercialization of our future product candidates or other research and development initiatives. Without sufficient funding, our license agreements and any future collaboration agreements may also be terminated if we are unable to meet the payment or other obligations under such agreements.

If we are unable to raise additional funds through equity or debt financings when needed, we may be required to delay, limit, reduce, or terminate our product development or future commercialization efforts or grant rights to develop and market product candidates that we would otherwise prefer to develop and market ourselves. Additionally, if we raise funds through additional collaborations, strategic alliances, or licensing arrangements with third parties, we may have to relinquish valuable rights to our technologies, future revenue streams, research programs, or product candidates, or we may have to grant licenses on terms that may not be favorable to us and/or that may reduce the value of our common stock.

Our short operating history may make it difficult for you to evaluate the success of our business to date and to assess our future viability.

We are an early-stage company. We commenced our operations in August 2018. Our operations to date have been limited to organizing and staffing our company, business planning, raising capital, and research and development activities such as developing our platform and technology and identifying and beginning to advance preclinical and clinical testing of our product candidates. Two of our product candidates, MBX 2109 and MBX 1416 are in clinical development, while MBX 4291 is in the IND-enabling phase and our other development programs in our obesity portfolio remain in the research or lead optimization stage of development. We have not yet demonstrated an ability to complete any large-scale, pivotal clinical trials, advance any product candidate beyond Phase 2, obtain regulatory approvals, manufacture our product candidates at commercial scale, arrange for a third party to do so on our behalf or conduct sales and marketing activities necessary for successful commercialization.

Our limited operating history, particularly in light of the evolving field of peptide therapies, may make it difficult to evaluate our platform, technology and industry and predict our future performance. Our short history as an operating company makes any assessment of our future success or viability subject to significant uncertainty. We will encounter risks and difficulties frequently experienced by very early stage companies in rapidly evolving fields. If we do not address these risks successfully, our business will suffer.

In addition, as a new business that is rapidly growing, we may encounter other unforeseen expenses, difficulties, complications, and delays in our product development. We will need to transition from a company with a focus on research and conducting clinical trials to a company capable of supporting commercial activities if any of our product candidates are approved. We may not be successful in such a transition.

Our future ability to utilize our net operating loss carryforwards and certain other tax attributes may be limited.

Since our inception, we have incurred losses and we may never achieve profitability. As of December 31, 2023, we had U.S. federal net operating loss carryforwards of $30.1 million which are not subject to expiration and state net operating loss carryforwards of $71.3 million which begin to expire in various amounts in 2039, and $4.7 million of U.S. federal research and development carryforwards which begin to expire in various amounts in 2039, and $1.2 million of research credit carryforwards for state income tax purposes which begin to expire in various amounts in 2029. To the extent that we continue to generate taxable losses, under current law, our unused U.S. federal net operating losses, or NOLs, may be carried forward to offset a portion of future taxable

 

20


Table of Contents

income, if any. Additionally, we continue to generate business tax credits, including research and development tax credits, which generally may be carried forward to offset a portion of future taxable income, if any, subject to expiration of such credit carryforwards. Under Sections 382 and 383 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, if a corporation undergoes an “ownership change,” generally defined as one or more shareholders or groups of shareholders who own at least 5 percent of the corporation’s equity increasing their equity ownership in the aggregate by more than 50 percentage points (by value) over a three-year period, the corporation’s ability to use its pre-change NOLs and other pre-change tax attributes (such as research and development tax credits) to offset its post-change income or taxes may be limited. Similar rules may apply under state tax laws. To date, we have not completed an analysis under Section 382 of the Code. It is possible that our prior equity offerings and other changes in our stock ownership could have resulted in such ownership changes in the past. In addition, we may experience ownership changes in the future as a result of this offering or subsequent shifts in our stock ownership, some of which are outside of our control. As a result, if we earn net taxable income, our ability to use our pre-change NOLs or other pre-change tax attributes to offset U.S. federal taxable income may be subject to limitations, which could potentially result in increased future tax liability to us. There is a risk that due to changes under the tax law, regulatory changes or other unforeseen reasons, our existing NOLs or business tax credits could expire or otherwise be unavailable to offset future income tax liabilities. At the state level, there may also be periods during which the use of NOLs or business tax credits is suspended or otherwise limited, which could accelerate or permanently increase state taxes owed. For these reasons, we may not be able to realize a tax benefit from the use of our NOLs or tax credits, even if we attain profitability.

Changes in tax laws or in their implementation or interpretation may adversely affect our business and financial condition.

The rules dealing with U.S. federal, state and local income taxation are constantly under review by persons involved in the legislative process and by the Internal Revenue Service and the U.S. Treasury Department. Changes to tax laws (which changes may have retroactive application) could adversely affect our business and our financial condition. In recent years, many such changes have been made and changes are likely to continue to occur in the future. For example, under Section 174 of the Code, currently, in taxable years beginning after December 31, 2021, expenses that are incurred for research and development in the U.S. are capitalized and amortized, which may have an adverse effect on our cash flow. More recently, however, there have been proposals to retroactively reinstate deductibility under Section 174 of the Code. In addition, it is unclear how changes in U.S. federal income tax laws will affect state and local taxation. We cannot predict whether, when, in what form or with what effective dates, tax laws, regulations and rulings may be enacted, promulgated or decided or whether they could increase our or our shareholders’ tax liability or require changes in the manner in which we operate in order to minimize any adverse effects of changes in tax laws or in the interpretation thereof.

Risks related to our business and industry

Our business is highly dependent on the success of our product candidates. If we are unable to successfully complete clinical development, obtain regulatory approval for or commercialize one or more of our product candidates, or if we experience delays in doing so, our business will be materially harmed.

We are in the early stages of our development efforts and have only two product candidates, MBX 2109 and MBX 1416, in clinical development. All of our other development programs are still in the preclinical or drug discovery stage. To date, as an organization, we have not completed the development of any product candidates. Our future success and ability to generate revenue from our product candidates is dependent on our ability to successfully develop, obtain regulatory approval for and commercialize one or more of our

 

21


Table of Contents

product candidates. All of our product candidates will require substantial additional investment for clinical development, regulatory review and approval in one or more jurisdictions. If any of our product candidates encounters safety or efficacy problems, development delays or regulatory issues or other problems, our development plans and business would be materially harmed.

We may not have the financial resources to continue development of our product candidates if we experience any issues that delay or prevent regulatory approval of, or our ability to commercialize, our product candidates, including:

 

 

our inability to demonstrate to the satisfaction of the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities that our product candidates are safe and effective;

 

 

insufficiency of our financial and other resources to complete the necessary clinical trials and preclinical studies;

 

 

negative or inconclusive results from our clinical trials, preclinical studies or the clinical trials of others for product candidates similar to ours, leading to a decision or requirement to conduct additional clinical trials or preclinical studies or abandon a program;

 

 

product-related adverse events experienced by subjects in our clinical trials, including unexpected toxicity results or drug-drug interactions, or by individuals using drugs or therapeutic biologics similar to our product candidates;

 

 

delays in submitting an Investigational New Drug, or IND, application or comparable foreign applications or delays or failure in obtaining the necessary approvals from regulators to commence a clinical trial or a suspension or termination, or hold, of a clinical trial once commenced;

 

 

conditions imposed by the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities regarding the scope or design of our clinical trials;

 

 

poor effectiveness of our product candidates during clinical trials;

 

 

better than expected performance of control arms, such as placebo groups, which could lead to negative or inconclusive results from our clinical trials;

 

 

delays in enrolling or inability to enroll subjects in our clinical trials;

 

 

high drop-out rates of subjects from our clinical trials;

 

 

inadequate supply or quality of product candidates or other materials necessary for the conduct of our clinical trials;

 

 

higher than anticipated clinical trial or manufacturing costs;

 

 

our inability to timely or adequately finalize the design or formulation of any product candidate or demonstrate that a formulation of any product candidate will be stable for commercially reasonable time periods;

 

 

unfavorable FDA or comparable regulatory authority inspection and review of our clinical trial sites;

 

 

failure of our third-party contractors or investigators to comply with regulatory requirements or the clinical trial protocol or otherwise meet their contractual obligations in a timely manner, or at all;

 

 

failure to acquire patent rights over our product candidates;

 

22


Table of Contents
 

delays and changes in regulatory requirements, policies and guidelines, including the imposition of additional regulatory oversight around clinical testing generally or with respect to our therapies in particular; or

 

 

varying interpretations of data by the FDA and comparable foreign regulatory authorities.

If we fail to discover, develop and commercialize other product candidates, or successfully build out our own internal discovery capacities, we may be unable to grow our business and our ability to achieve our strategic objectives would be impaired.

Although the development and commercialization of MBX 2109, MBX 1416 and MBX 4291 and the other development candidates in our obesity portfolio are our initial focus, as part of our longer-term growth strategy, we plan to continue to develop our additional assets in earlier stages of development and to build fully functional internal discovery capabilities to develop other product candidates. We intend to evaluate internal opportunities from our existing product candidates or other potential product candidates. We have historically relied on the discovery capabilities of our co-founder, Dr. Richard DiMarchi, but we are currently continuing to build fully functional internal discovery capabilities, including laboratory space, and internalizing our ability to develop other product candidates. Dr. DiMarchi is a current consultant to the Company, as well as the principal investigator under our research agreement with the Trustees of Indiana University, under which we retain intellectual property developed on our behalf by Dr. DiMarchi, but the consulting agreement and research agreement are both terminable by either party. We have leased laboratory and office space at a research facility suitable for peptide chemistry, in vitro pharmacology and bioanalytical chemistry. We have built a team devoted to peptide chemistry and in vitro pharmacology, and are continuing to expand that team. The peptide chemistry lab will be based around a state-of-the-art peptide synthesizer capable of synthesizing up to 106 peptides of variable scales and chemistries simultaneously. We are equipping the laboratories currently and expect to have our internal discovery efforts established in the third quarter of 2024. If we are unable to complete this expansion and internalization, we may not be able to add internally-developed product candidates to our pipeline and will have to rely on our existing product candidates, additional product candidates we may in-license, or additional candidates we may develop through third-party research partners.

We also may choose to in-license or acquire other product candidates to treat patients suffering from other disorders with significant unmet medical needs and limited treatment options. These in-licensed or internally developed potential product candidates will require additional, time-consuming development efforts prior to commercial sale, including preclinical studies, clinical trials and approval by the FDA and applicable foreign regulatory authorities. All product candidates are prone to the risks of failure that are inherent in pharmaceutical product development, including the possibility that the product candidate will not be shown to be sufficiently safe and effective for approval by regulatory authorities. In addition, we cannot assure you that any such products that are approved will be manufactured or produced economically, successfully commercialized or widely accepted in the marketplace or be more effective than other commercially available alternatives.

These research programs to discover and identify additional product candidates require substantial technical, financial and human resources, whether or not any product candidates are ultimately identified, and all efforts are as of now completed externally as we continue our efforts to internalize certain of our discovery capabilities. Our research programs may initially show promise in identifying potential product candidates, yet fail to yield product candidates for clinical development for many reasons, including the following:

 

 

the research methodology used may not be successful in identifying potential product candidates;

 

 

competitors may develop alternatives that render our product candidates obsolete;

 

23


Table of Contents
 

product candidates that we develop may nevertheless be covered by third parties’ patents or other exclusive rights;

 

 

a product candidate may, on further study, be shown to have harmful side effects, interactions with other drugs, or other characteristics that indicate it is unlikely to be effective or otherwise does not meet applicable regulatory criteria;

 

 

a product candidate may not be sufficiently differentiated or offer substantial improvement over the currently available treatment options or standard of care in a given therapeutic category;

 

 

a product candidate may not be capable of being produced in commercial quantities at an acceptable cost, or at all; and

 

 

a product candidate may not be accepted as safe and effective by patients, the medical community or third-party payors.

In the future, we may also seek to in-license or acquire product candidates or the underlying technology. The process of proposing, negotiating and implementing a license or acquisition is lengthy and complex. Other companies, including some with substantially greater financial, marketing and sales resources, may compete with us for the license or acquisition of product candidates. We have limited resources to identify and execute the acquisition or in-licensing of third-party products, businesses and technologies and integrate them into our current infrastructure. Moreover, we may devote resources to potential acquisitions or in-licensing opportunities that are never completed, or we may fail to realize the anticipated benefits of such efforts. We may not be able to acquire the rights to additional product candidates on terms that we find acceptable, or at all.

In addition, future acquisitions may entail numerous operational and financial risks, including:

 

 

exposure to unknown liabilities;

 

 

disruption of our business and diversion of management’s time and attention to develop acquired products or technologies;

 

 

incurrence of substantial debt, dilutive issuances of securities or depletion of cash to pay for acquisitions;

 

 

higher than expected acquisition and integration costs;

 

 

difficulty assimilating or integrating acquired or licensed technologies, products, employees or business operations;

 

 

issues maintaining uniform standards, procedures, controls and policies;

 

 

unanticipated costs associated with acquisitions or strategic alliances, including the assumption of unknown or contingent liabilities and the incurrence of debt or future write-offs of intangible assets or goodwill;

 

 

increased amortization expenses;

 

 

risks associated with entering new markets in which we have limited or no experience;

 

 

potential losses related to investments in other companies;

 

 

impairment of relationships with key suppliers or customers of any acquired businesses due to changes in management and ownership; and

 

 

inability to motivate key employees of any acquired businesses.

 

24


Table of Contents

If we are unsuccessful in identifying and developing additional product candidates, either through internal development or licensing or acquisition from third parties, our potential for growth and achieving our strategic objectives may be impaired and we may not be able to increase our revenues in future periods, which could harm our business, results of operations and prospects, and the value of our shares.

The successful development of pharmaceutical products is highly uncertain.

Successful development of pharmaceutical products is highly uncertain and is dependent on numerous factors, many of which are beyond our control. Product candidates that appear promising in the early phases of development may fail to reach the market for several reasons, including:

 

 

clinical trial results may show the product candidates to be less effective than expected (for example, a clinical trial could fail to meet its primary or key secondary endpoint(s)) or have an unacceptable safety or tolerability profile;

 

 

failure to receive the necessary regulatory approvals or a delay in receiving such approvals, which, among other things, may be caused by patients who fail the trial screening process, slow enrollment in clinical trials, patients dropping out of trials, patients lost to follow-up, length of time to achieve trial endpoints, additional time requirements for data analysis or New Drug Application, or NDA, preparation, discussions with the FDA, an FDA request for additional preclinical or clinical data (such as long-term toxicology studies) or unexpected safety or manufacturing issues;

 

 

preclinical study results may show the product candidate to be less effective than desired or to have harmful side effects;

 

 

post-marketing approval requirements; or

 

 

the proprietary rights of others and their competing products and technologies that may prevent our product candidates from being commercialized.

The length of time necessary to complete clinical trials and submit an application for marketing approval for a final decision by a regulatory authority varies significantly from one product candidate to the next and from one country or jurisdiction to the next and may be difficult to predict.

Even if we are successful in obtaining marketing approval, commercial success of any approved products will also depend in large part on the availability of coverage and adequate reimbursement from third-party payors, including government payors such as the Medicare and Medicaid programs and managed care organizations in the United States or country-specific governmental organizations in foreign countries, which may be affected by existing and future healthcare reform measures designed to reduce the cost of healthcare. Third-party payors could require us to conduct additional studies, including post-marketing studies related to the cost effectiveness of a product, to qualify for reimbursement, which could be costly and divert our resources. If government and other healthcare payors were not to provide coverage and adequate reimbursement for our products once approved, market acceptance and commercial success would be reduced.

In addition, if any of our product candidates receive marketing approval, we will be subject to significant regulatory obligations regarding the submission of safety and other post-marketing information and reports and registration, and will need to continue to comply (or ensure that our third-party providers comply) with current Good Manufacturing Practices, or cGMPs, and Good Clinical Practices, or GCPs, for any clinical trials that we conduct post-approval. In addition, there is always the risk that we, a regulatory authority or a third-party might identify previously unknown problems with a product post-approval, such as adverse events of unanticipated severity or frequency. Compliance with these requirements is costly, and any failure to comply or other issues with our product candidates post-approval could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

25


Table of Contents

We may incur unexpected costs or experience delays in completing, or ultimately be unable to complete, the development and commercialization of our product candidates.

To obtain the requisite regulatory approvals to commercialize any of our product candidates, we must demonstrate through extensive preclinical studies and clinical trials that our product candidates are safe and effective in humans. We may experience delays in completing our clinical trials or preclinical studies and initiating or completing additional clinical trials or preclinical studies, including as a result of regulators not allowing or delay in allowing clinical trials to proceed under an IND, or not approving or delaying approval for any clinical trial grant or similar approval we need to initiate a clinical trial. We may also experience numerous unforeseen events during our clinical trials that could delay or prevent our ability to receive marketing approval or commercialize the product candidates we develop, including:

 

 

regulators, institutional review boards, or IRBs, or other reviewing bodies may not authorize us or our investigators to commence a clinical trial, or to conduct or continue a clinical trial at a prospective or specific trial site;

 

 

we may not reach agreement on acceptable terms with prospective contract research organizations, or CROs, and clinical trial sites, the terms of which can be subject to extensive negotiation and may vary significantly among different CROs and trial sites;

 

 

we may experience challenges or delays in recruiting principal investigators or study sites to lead our clinical trials;

 

 

the number of subjects or patients required for clinical trials of our product candidates may be larger than we anticipate, enrollment in these clinical trials may be insufficient or slower than we anticipate, including because of the small number of patients for certain of our rare disease indications, and the number of clinical trials being conducted at any given time may be high and result in fewer available patients for any given clinical trial, or patients may drop out of these clinical trials at a higher rate than we anticipate;

 

 

our third-party contractors, including those manufacturing our product candidates or conducting clinical trials on our behalf, may fail to comply with regulatory requirements or meet their contractual obligations to us in a timely manner, or at all;

 

 

we may have to amend clinical trial protocols submitted to regulatory authorities or conduct additional studies to reflect changes to incorporate adjustments in our planned analysis or in regulatory requirements or guidance, which may be required to resubmit to an IRB and regulatory authorities for re-examination;

 

 

regulators or other reviewing bodies may find deficiencies with, fail to approve or subsequently find fault with the manufacturing processes or facilities of third-party manufacturers with which we enter into agreements for clinical and commercial supplies, or the supply or quality of any product candidate or other materials necessary to conduct clinical trials of our product candidates may be insufficient, inadequate or not available at an acceptable cost, or we may experience interruptions in supply; and

 

 

the potential for approval policies or regulations of the FDA or the applicable foreign regulatory agencies to significantly change in a manner rendering our clinical data insufficient for approval.

Regulators or IRBs of the institutions in which clinical trials are being conducted may suspend, limit or terminate a clinical trial, or data monitoring committees may recommend that we suspend or terminate a clinical trial, due to a number of factors, including failure to conduct the clinical trial in accordance with regulatory requirements or our clinical protocols, inspection of the clinical trial operations or trial site by the FDA or other regulatory authorities resulting in the imposition of a clinical hold, safety issues or adverse side effects, failure to demonstrate a benefit from using a drug, changes in governmental regulations or administrative actions or lack of adequate funding to continue the clinical trial. Negative or inconclusive results

 

26


Table of Contents

from our clinical trials or preclinical studies could mandate repeated or additional clinical trials and, to the extent we choose to conduct clinical trials in other indications, could result in changes to or delays in clinical trials of our product candidates in such other indications. We do not know whether any clinical trials that we conduct will demonstrate adequate efficacy and safety to result in regulatory approval to market our product candidates for the indications that we are pursuing. If later-stage clinical trials do not produce favorable results, our ability to obtain regulatory approval for our product candidates will be adversely impacted.

Our failure to successfully initiate and complete clinical trials and to demonstrate the efficacy and safety necessary to obtain regulatory approval to market our product candidates would significantly harm our business. Our product candidate development costs will also increase if we experience delays in testing or regulatory approvals and we may be required to obtain additional funds to complete clinical trials. We cannot assure you that our clinical trials will begin as planned or be completed on schedule, if at all, or that we will not need to restructure or otherwise modify our trials after they have begun. For instance, we have adjusted our protocol for MBX 2109 to take into account feedback from our CRO. Significant clinical trial delays also could shorten any periods during which we may have the exclusive right to commercialize our product candidates or allow our competitors to bring products to market before we do and impair our ability to successfully commercialize our product candidates, which may harm our business and results of operations. In addition, many of the factors that cause, or lead to, delays of clinical trials may ultimately lead to the denial of regulatory approval of our product candidates.

Even if we complete the necessary preclinical studies and clinical trials, the marketing approval process is expensive, time-consuming and uncertain and may prevent us from obtaining approvals for the commercialization of our product candidates.

Any product candidate we develop and the activities associated with its development and commercialization, including its design, testing, manufacture, safety, efficacy, recordkeeping, labeling, storage, approval, advertising, promotion, sale, and distribution, are subject to comprehensive regulation by the FDA and other regulatory authorities in the United States and by comparable authorities in other countries. Failure to obtain marketing approval for a product candidate will prevent us from commercializing the product candidate in a given jurisdiction. We have not received approval to market any product candidates from regulatory authorities in any jurisdiction and it is possible that none of the product candidates we are developing or may seek to develop in the future will ever obtain regulatory approval.

We have no experience in submitting and supporting the applications necessary to gain marketing approvals and expect to rely on third-party CROs or regulatory consultants to assist us in this process. Securing regulatory approval requires the submission of extensive preclinical and clinical data and supporting information to the various regulatory authorities for each therapeutic indication to establish the product candidate’s safety and efficacy. Securing regulatory approval also requires the submission of information about the product manufacturing process to, and inspection of manufacturing facilities by, the relevant regulatory authority. Any product candidates we develop may not be effective, may be only moderately effective, or may prove to have undesirable or unintended side effects, toxicities or other characteristics that may preclude its obtaining marketing approval or prevent or limit commercial use.

The process of obtaining marketing approvals, both in the United States and abroad, is expensive, may take many years if additional clinical trials are required, if approval is obtained at all, and can vary substantially based upon a variety of factors, including the type, complexity, and novelty of the product candidates involved. Changes in marketing approval policies during the development period, changes in or the enactment of additional statutes or regulations, or changes in regulatory review for each submitted product application, may cause delays in the approval or rejection of an application. The FDA and comparable authorities in other countries have substantial discretion in the approval process and may refuse to accept any application or may decide that our data are insufficient for approval and require additional preclinical, clinical or other studies. In

 

27


Table of Contents

addition, varying interpretations of the data obtained from preclinical and clinical testing could delay, limit, or prevent marketing approval of a product candidate. Any marketing approval that we may ultimately obtain could be limited or subject to restrictions or post-approval commitments that render the approved product not commercially viable.

If we experience delays in obtaining approval or if we fail to obtain approval of any product candidates we may develop, the commercial prospects for those product candidates may be harmed, and our ability to generate revenues will be materially impaired.

Our product candidates may cause undesirable side effects or have other properties that could delay or prevent their regulatory approval, limit the commercial profile of an approved label, or result in significant negative consequences following regulatory approval, if obtained.

Undesirable side effects caused by any of our product candidates could cause us or regulatory authorities to interrupt, delay or halt clinical trials and could result in a more restrictive label or the delay or denial of regulatory approval by the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities.

Certain side effects and potential drug-drug interactions have been observed in our product candidates to date. For example, in our Phase 1 clinical trial of MBX 2109, injection site adverse events were the most common treatment-related adverse event, and events of hypercalcemia were observed at the top doses in three subjects each in the single and multiple ascending dose cohort. Although these events were not serious adverse events and resolved without intervention, if we were unable to identify a dose with a tolerable side-effect profile, or were limited in our ability for our product candidates to be used with certain other drugs, the commercial success of our product candidates, if approved, could be limited. Injection site adverse events were observed in the single and multiple ascending dose cohorts of the Phase 1 clinical trial of MBX 1416 and we have added a drug interaction cohort to our Phase 1 clinical trial of MBX 1416 to evaluate interactions between MBX 1416 and certain other common drugs, which could be costly and time-consuming.

We may also observe additional safety or tolerability issues with our product candidates in ongoing or future clinical trials. Many compounds that initially showed promise in clinical or earlier-stage testing are later found to cause undesirable or unexpected side effects that prevented further development of the compound. Results of future clinical trials of our product candidates could reveal a high and unacceptable severity and prevalence of side effects or unexpected characteristics, despite a favorable tolerability profile observed in earlier-stage testing.

If unacceptable side effects arise in the development of our product candidates, we, the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities, the IRBs, or independent ethics committees at the institutions in which our trials are conducted, could suspend, limit or terminate our clinical trials, or the independent safety monitoring committee could recommend that we suspend, limit or terminate our trials, or the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities could order us to cease clinical trials or deny approval of our product candidates for any or all targeted indications. Treatment-emergent side effects that are deemed to be drug-related could delay recruitment of clinical trial subjects or may cause subjects that enroll in our clinical trials to discontinue participation in our clinical trials. In addition, these side effects may not be appropriately recognized or managed by the treating medical staff. We may need to train medical personnel using our product candidates to understand the side effect profiles for our clinical trials and upon any commercialization of any of our product candidates. Inadequate training in recognizing or managing the potential side effects of our product candidates could result in harm to patients that are administered our product candidates. Any of these occurrences may adversely affect our business, financial condition and prospects significantly.

Moreover, clinical trials of our product candidates are conducted in carefully defined sets of patients who have agreed to enter into clinical trials. Consequently, it is possible that our clinical trials may indicate an apparent

 

28


Table of Contents

positive effect of a product candidate that is greater than the actual positive effect, if any, or alternatively fail to identify undesirable side effects.

If our clinical trials fail to replicate positive results from earlier preclinical studies or clinical trials conducted by us or third parties, we may be unable to successfully develop, obtain regulatory approval for or commercialize our product candidates.

The results observed from preclinical studies or early-stage clinical trials of our product candidates may not necessarily be predictive of the results of later-stage clinical trials that we conduct. Similarly, positive results from such preclinical studies or early-stage clinical trials may not be replicated in our subsequent preclinical studies or clinical trials. Furthermore, our product candidates may not be able to demonstrate similar activity or adverse event profiles as other product candidates that we believe may have similar profiles. For example, our future preclinical or clinical trials for our existing and future product candidates may not continue to demonstrate the extended half lives and low peak-to-trough ratios that we have seen so far in our product candidates.

In addition, in our planned future clinical trials, we may utilize clinical trial designs or dosing regimens that have not been tested in prior clinical trials.

There can be no assurance that any of our clinical trials will ultimately be successful or support further clinical development of any of our product candidates. There is a high failure rate for drugs proceeding through clinical trials. Many companies in the pharmaceutical and biotechnology industries have suffered significant setbacks in late-stage clinical trials after achieving positive results in early-stage development, and we cannot be certain that we will not face similar setbacks. These setbacks have been caused by, among other things, preclinical findings made while clinical trials were underway or safety or efficacy observations made in preclinical studies and clinical trials, including previously unreported adverse events.

Additionally, we may utilize an “open-label” clinical trial design. An “open-label” clinical trial is one where both the patient and investigator know whether the patient is receiving the investigational product candidate or either an existing approved drug or placebo. Most open-label clinical trials test only the investigational product candidate and sometimes may do so at different dose levels. Open-label clinical trials are subject to various limitations that may exaggerate any therapeutic effect as patients in open-label clinical trials are aware when they are receiving treatment. Open-label clinical trials may be subject to a “patient bias” where patients perceive their symptoms to have improved merely due to their awareness of receiving an experimental treatment. In addition, open-label clinical trials may be subject to an “investigator bias” where those assessing and reviewing the physiological outcomes of the clinical trials are aware of which patients have received treatment and may interpret the information of the treated group more favorably given this knowledge. The results from an open-label trial may not be predictive of future clinical trial results of a product candidate when studied in a controlled environment with a placebo or active control.

Moreover, preclinical and clinical data are often susceptible to varying interpretations and analyses and many companies that believed their product candidates performed satisfactorily in preclinical studies and clinical trials nonetheless failed to obtain FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authority approval.

Interim, topline and preliminary data from our clinical trials that we announce or publish from time to time may change as more patient data becomes available and are subject to audit and verification procedures that could result in material changes in the final data.

From time to time, we may publish interim, topline or preliminary data from our clinical trials. Interim data from clinical trials that we may complete are subject to the risk that one or more of the clinical outcomes may materially change as patient enrollment continues and more patient data become available. Preliminary or topline data also remain subject to audit and verification procedures that may result in the final data being

 

29


Table of Contents

materially different from the preliminary data we previously published. As a result, interim and preliminary data should be viewed with caution until the final data are available. Adverse differences between preliminary or interim data and final data could significantly harm our reputation and business prospects.

We may find it difficult to enroll patients in our future clinical trials given the limited number of patients who have the diseases some of our product candidates are intended to target. Additionally, we also compete for trial participants with other clinical trials for product candidates that are in the same areas as our product candidates. If we experience delays or difficulties in the enrollment of patients in clinical trials, our clinical development activities and our receipt of necessary regulatory approvals could be delayed or prevented.

As we progress our programs, we may not be able to initiate or continue clinical trials for our product candidates if we are unable to locate and enroll a sufficient number of eligible patients to participate in these trials as required by the FDA or other comparable regulatory authorities outside the United States, or as needed to provide appropriate statistical power for a given trial. Enrollment may be particularly challenging for some of the rare diseases we are targeting in our programs such as MBX 2109 and MBX 1416. For instance, in our Phase 1 trial of MBX 2109, we added one new site to the trial following slow enrollment at the originally selected sites, in order to meet our enrollment requirements. Enrollment may also be challenging for product candidates targeting prevalent diseases, such as MBX 4291 or other product candidates in our obesity portfolio, due to the intense competition in the field. In addition, if patients are unwilling to participate in our trials because of negative publicity from adverse events, competitive clinical trials for similar patient populations, clinical trials in competing product candidates or for other reasons, the timeline for recruiting patients, conducting studies and obtaining regulatory approval of our product candidates may be delayed. Moreover, some of our competitors may have ongoing clinical trials for product candidates that would treat the same indications as our product candidates, and patients who would otherwise be eligible for our future clinical trials may instead enroll in clinical trials of our competitors’ product candidates.

Patient enrollment is also affected by other factors, some of which may include:

 

 

severity of the disease under investigation;

 

 

size of the patient population and process for identifying patients, including proximity and availability of clinical trial sites for prospective patients with conditions that have small patient pools;

 

 

effects of global health crises, such as those related to COVID-19, on enrollment and/or completion of a trial;

 

 

design of the trial protocol, including efforts to facilitate timely enrollment in clinical trials;

 

 

availability and efficacy of approved medications for the disease under investigation;

 

 

ability to monitor patients adequately during and after treatment;

 

 

ability to obtain and maintain patient informed consent;

 

 

risk that enrolled patients will drop out before completion of the trial;

 

 

eligibility and exclusion criteria for the trial in question;

 

 

perceived risks and benefits of the product candidate; and

 

 

patient referral practices of physicians.

 

30


Table of Contents

In addition, if we are unable to enroll a sufficient number of eligible patients in these trials in the United States, we may look to enroll in sites outside of the United States. Our ability to successfully initiate, enroll and complete a clinical trial in any foreign country is subject to numerous risks unique to conducting business in foreign countries, some of which may include:

 

 

difficulty in establishing or managing relationships with CROs and physicians;

 

 

different standards for the conduct of clinical trials;

 

 

different standard-of-care for patients with a particular disease;

 

 

difficulty in locating qualified local consultants, physicians and partners; and

 

 

potential burden of complying with a variety of foreign laws, medical standards and regulatory requirements, including the regulation of pharmaceutical and biotechnology products.

Enrollment delays in our clinical trials may result in increased development costs for our product candidates, which would cause the value of our company to decline and limit our ability to obtain additional financing. If we or our collaborators have difficulty enrolling a sufficient number of patients to conduct our clinical trials, we may need to delay, limit or terminate ongoing or planned clinical trials or entire clinical programs, any of which would have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

The number of patients with the diseases and disorders for which we are developing our product candidates has not been established with precision. If the actual number of patients with the diseases or disorders we elect to pursue with our product candidates is smaller than we anticipate, we may have difficulties in enrolling patients in our clinical trials, which may delay or prevent development of our product candidates. Even if such product candidates are successfully developed and approved, the markets for our products may be smaller than we expect and our revenue potential and ability to achieve profitability may be materially adversely affected.

Our pipeline includes product candidates for both endocrine and metabolic diseases, with our lead product candidates targeting chronic hypoparathyroidism, or HP, post-bariatric hypoglycemia, or PBH, and obesity. There is no precise method of establishing the actual number of patients with any of these disorders in any geography over any time period. With respect to many of the indications in which we have developed, are developing, or plan to develop our product candidates, we have estimates of the prevalence of the disease or disorder. The process we have used in developing an estimated incidence and prevalence for the indications we are targeting has involved collating limited data from multiple sources. Our estimates as to prevalence may not be accurate, and the actual prevalence or addressable patient population for some or all of those indications, or any other indication that we elect to pursue, may be significantly smaller than our estimates. For example, the estimated patient population for HP, a rare endocrine disease, already tends to be small, and may be even smaller than our current estimates. Moreover, the patient population for PBH may decrease due to the development of novel treatments for obesity, reducing the potential need for bariatric surgery, and the patient population for obesity may decrease as novel treatments for obesity are introduced. In estimating the potential prevalence of indications we are pursuing, or may in the future pursue, including our estimates as to the prevalence of HP, PBH and obesity, we apply assumptions to available information that may not prove to be accurate. In each case, there is a range of estimates in the published literature and in marketing studies, which include estimates within the range that are lower than our estimates. The actual number of patients with these disease indications may, however, be significantly lower than we believe. Even if our prevalence estimates are correct, our product candidates may be developed for only a subset of patients with the relevant disease or

 

31


Table of Contents

disorder or our products, if approved, may be indicated for or used by only a subset. In the event the number of patients with the diseases and disorders we are studying is significantly lower than we expect, we may have difficulties in enrolling patients in our clinical trials, which may delay or prevent development of our product candidates. If any of our product candidates are approved and our prevalence estimates with respect to any indication or our other market assumptions are not accurate, the markets for our product candidates for these indications may be smaller than we anticipate, which could limit our revenues and our ability to achieve profitability or to meet our expectations with respect to revenues or profits.

Even if any of our product candidates receives regulatory approval, it may fail to achieve the degree of market acceptance by physicians, patients, third-party payors and others in the medical community necessary for commercial success, in which case we may not generate significant revenues or become profitable.

We have never commercialized a product, and even if any of our product candidates is approved by the appropriate regulatory authorities for marketing and sale, it may nonetheless fail to achieve sufficient market acceptance by physicians, patients, third-party payors and others in the medical community. Many of the indications for our product candidates have well-established standards of care that physicians, patients and payors are familiar with. Even if our product candidates are successful in registrational clinical trials, they may not be successful in displacing these current standards of care if we are unable to demonstrate superior efficacy, safety, ease of administration and/or cost-effectiveness. For example, physicians may be reluctant to take their patients off their current medications and switch their treatment regimen to our product candidates. Further, patients often acclimate to the treatment regimen that they are currently taking and do not want to switch unless their physicians recommend switching products or they are required to switch due to lack of coverage and adequate reimbursement. Even if we are able to demonstrate our product candidates’ safety and efficacy to the FDA and other regulators, safety or efficacy concerns in the medical community may hinder market acceptance.

Efforts to educate the medical community and third-party payors on the benefits of our product candidates may require significant resources, including management time and financial resources, and may not be successful. If any product candidate is approved but does not achieve an adequate level of market acceptance, we may not generate significant revenues and we may not become profitable. The degree of market acceptance of our product candidates, if approved for commercial sale, will depend on a number of factors, including:

 

 

the efficacy and safety of the product;

 

 

the potential advantages of the product compared to competitive therapies;

 

 

the prevalence and severity of any side effects;

 

 

whether the product is designated under physician treatment guidelines as a first-, second- or third-line therapy;

 

 

our ability, or the ability of any future collaborators, to offer the product for sale at competitive prices;

 

 

the product’s convenience and ease of administration compared to alternative treatments;

 

 

the willingness of the target patient population to try, and of physicians to prescribe, the product;

 

 

limitations or warnings, including interactions with other drugs or distribution or use restrictions contained in the product’s approved labeling;

 

 

the strength of sales, marketing and distribution support;

 

 

changes in the standard of care for the targeted indications for the product; and

 

32


Table of Contents
 

availability and adequacy of coverage and reimbursement from government payors, managed care plans and other third-party payors.

Any failure by one or more of our product candidates that obtains regulatory approval to achieve market acceptance or commercial success would adversely affect our business prospects.

We face significant competition in an environment of rapid change, and there is a possibility that our competitors may achieve regulatory approval before us or develop therapies that are safer or more advanced or effective than ours, or that we are unable to compete with existing entities that have made substantial investment into novel treatments for disease, which may harm our financial condition and our ability to successfully market or commercialize any product candidates we may develop.

The development and commercialization of new drug products is highly competitive. We will face competition with respect to our product candidates and any product candidates that we may seek to develop or commercialize in the future from major pharmaceutical companies, specialty pharmaceutical companies and biotechnology companies worldwide. Potential competitors also include academic institutions, government agencies and other public and private research organizations that conduct research, seek patent or other intellectual property protection and establish collaborative arrangements for research, development, manufacturing and commercialization. There are a number of large pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies that currently market and sell products or are pursuing the development of products for the treatment of the disease indications for which we have research programs. Some of these competitive products and therapies are based on scientific approaches that are the same as or similar to our approach, while others are based on entirely different approaches. For more information, see “Business–Competition.”

Any product candidates that we successfully develop and commercialize will compete with existing therapies and new therapies that may become available in the future that are approved to treat the same diseases for which we may obtain approval for any product candidates we may develop. This may include other types of therapies, such as small molecule, antibody and/or protein therapies.

Many of our current or potential competitors, either alone or with their collaboration partners, may have significantly greater financial resources and expertise in research and development, manufacturing, conducting preclinical studies and clinical trials, obtaining regulatory approvals and marketing approved products than we do. Mergers and acquisitions in the pharmaceutical and biotechnology industries may result in even more resources being concentrated among a smaller number of our competitors. Smaller or early-stage companies may also prove to be significant competitors, particularly through collaborative arrangements with large and established companies. These competitors also compete with us in recruiting and retaining qualified scientific and management personnel and establishing clinical trial sites and patient registration for clinical trials, as well as in acquiring technologies complementary to, or necessary for, our programs. Our commercial opportunity could be reduced or eliminated if our competitors develop and commercialize product candidates that are safer, more effective, have fewer or less severe side effects, are more convenient, or are less expensive than any product candidates that we may develop or that would render any product candidates that we may develop obsolete or non-competitive. Our competitors also may obtain FDA or other regulatory approval for their product candidates more rapidly than we may obtain approval for ours, which could result in our competitors establishing a strong market position before we are able to enter the market. Additionally, technologies developed by our competitors may render our product candidates uneconomical or obsolete, and we may not be successful in marketing any product candidates we may develop against competitors.

In addition, as a result of the expiration or successful challenge of our patent or other intellectual property rights, we could face risks relating to our ability to successfully prevent or delay launch of competitors’ products. The availability of our competitors’ products could limit the demand and the price we are able to charge for any product candidates that we may develop and commercialize.

 

33


Table of Contents

Due to the significant resources required for the development of our pipeline, and depending on our ability to access capital, we must prioritize the development of certain product candidates over others. Moreover, we may fail to expend our limited resources on product candidates or indications that may have been more profitable or for which there is a greater likelihood of success.

We currently have three product candidates as well as several other programs at various stages of discovery and development. We seek to advance discovery and development for product candidates with an initial focus on both endocrine and metabolic disorders with high unmet need.

Due to the significant resources required for the development of our product candidates, we must decide which product candidates and indications to pursue and advance and the amount of resources to allocate to each. Our decisions concerning the allocation of research, development, collaboration, management and financial resources toward particular product candidates, therapeutic areas or indications may not lead to the development of viable commercial products and may divert resources away from better opportunities. For instance, we have elected to evaluate MBX 1416 as a treatment for PBH, but there may be better indications for which to evaluate MBX 1416, and this decision may divert resources away from better opportunities for MBX 1416. If we make incorrect determinations regarding the viability or market potential of any of our product candidates or misread trends in the pharmaceutical industry, in particular for the rare diseases we are pursuing, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected. As a result, we may fail to capitalize on viable commercial products or profitable market opportunities, be required to forego or delay pursuit of opportunities with other product candidates or other diseases and disease pathways that may later prove to have greater commercial potential than those we choose to pursue, or relinquish valuable rights to such product candidates through collaboration, licensing or royalty arrangements in cases in which it would have been advantageous for us to invest additional resources to retain sole development and commercialization rights.

We currently have no commercial marketing and sales organization and have no experience as a company in commercializing products, and we may have to invest significant resources to develop these capabilities. If we are unable to establish marketing and sales capabilities or enter into agreements with third parties to market and sell our products, we may not be able to generate product revenue.

We have no internal sales, marketing or distribution capabilities, nor have we commercialized a product. If any of our product candidates ultimately receives regulatory approval, we expect to establish a marketing and sales organization with technical expertise and supporting distribution capabilities to commercialize each such product in major markets, which will be expensive and time consuming. We have no prior experience as a company in the marketing, sale and distribution of pharmaceutical products and there are significant risks involved in building and managing a sales organization, including our ability to hire, retain and incentivize qualified individuals, generate sufficient sales leads, provide adequate training to sales and marketing personnel and effectively manage a geographically dispersed sales and marketing team. Any failure or delay in the development of our internal sales, marketing and distribution capabilities would adversely impact the commercialization of these products. We may also choose to collaborate with third parties that have direct sales forces and established distribution systems, either to augment our own sales force and distribution systems or in lieu of our own sales force and distribution systems. We may not be able to enter into collaborations or hire consultants or external service providers to assist us in sales, marketing and distribution functions on acceptable financial terms, or at all. In addition, our product revenues and our profitability, if any, may be lower if we rely on third parties for these functions than if we were to market, sell and distribute any products that we develop ourselves. We likely will have little control over such third parties, and any of them may fail to devote the necessary resources and attention to sell and market our products effectively. If we are not successful in commercializing our products, either on our own or through arrangements with one or more

 

34


Table of Contents

third parties, we may not be able to generate any future product revenue and we would incur significant additional losses.

If we do not achieve our projected development and commercialization goals in the timeframes we announce and expect, the development and commercialization of our product candidates may be delayed, and our business and results of operations may be harmed.

For planning purposes, we sometimes estimate the timing of the accomplishment of various scientific, clinical, regulatory and other product development objectives. These milestones may include our expectations regarding the commencement or completion of scientific studies and clinical trials, the submission of regulatory filings or commercialization objectives. From time to time, we may publicly announce the expected timing of some of these milestones, such as the completion of an ongoing clinical trial, the initiation of other clinical programs, receipt of marketing approval or a commercial launch of a product. The achievement of many of these milestones may be outside of our control. All of these milestones are based on a variety of assumptions which, if not realized as expected, may cause the timing of achievement of the milestones to vary considerably from our estimates, including:

 

 

our available capital resources or capital constraints we experience;

 

 

the rate of progress, costs and results of our clinical trials and research and development activities, including the extent of scheduling conflicts with participating clinicians and collaborators;

 

 

our ability to identify and enroll patients who meet clinical trial eligibility criteria;

 

 

our receipt of approvals by the FDA and other regulatory authorities and the timing thereof;

 

 

other actions, decisions or rules issued by regulators;

 

 

our ability to access sufficient, reliable and affordable supplies of materials used to manufacture our product candidates;

 

 

the efforts of our collaborators with respect to the commercialization of our product candidates; and

 

 

the securing of, costs related to, and timing issues associated with, product manufacturing as well as sales and marketing activities.

If we fail to achieve announced milestones in the timeframes we expect, the development and commercialization of our product candidates may be delayed, and our business and results of operations may be harmed.

Risks related to regulatory, legal, and clinical trials

The regulatory approval processes of the FDA and comparable foreign authorities are lengthy, time-consuming and inherently unpredictable, and if we are ultimately unable to obtain regulatory approval for our product candidates, our business will be substantially harmed.

We are not permitted to commercialize, market, promote or sell any product candidate in the United States without obtaining regulatory approval from the FDA. Foreign regulatory authorities impose similar requirements. The time required to obtain approval by the FDA and comparable foreign authorities is inherently unpredictable, but typically takes many years following the commencement of clinical trials and depends upon numerous factors, including substantial discretion of the regulatory authorities. In addition, approval policies, regulations, or the type and amount of clinical data necessary to gain approval may change during the course of a product candidate’s clinical development and may vary among jurisdictions. Jurisdictions

 

35


Table of Contents

outside of the United States, such as the European Union or Japan, may have different requirements for regulatory approval, which may require us to conduct additional clinical, nonclinical or chemistry, manufacturing and control studies. To date, we have not submitted an NDA to the FDA or similar drug approval submissions to comparable foreign regulatory authorities for any product candidate. We must complete additional preclinical studies and clinical trials to demonstrate the safety and efficacy of our product candidates in humans before we will be able to obtain these approvals.

In addition, a product known as Yorvipath has received orphan medicine designation for hypoparathyroidism in the EU and was granted a marketing authorization in November 2023. In the EU, orphan medicines benefit from 10 years of market exclusivity once they receive a marketing authorization in the EU (which may be extended by two additional years when the results of specific studies are reflected in the summary of product characteristics, or SmPC, addressing the paediatric population and completed in accordance with a fully compliant paediatric investigation plan). This market exclusivity prevents the EMA and all EU Member States from accepting an application or granting a marketing authorization for a “similar medicinal product” for the same therapeutic indication as the authorized orphan medicine, subject to certain specific derogations. Regulation (EC) 847/2000 defines a “similar medicinal product” as one which contains a similar active substance or substances as contained in an authorized orphan medicinal product and which is intended for the same therapeutic indication. A “similar active substance” is defined in the same Regulation as an identical active substance, or an active substance with the same principal molecular structural features (but not necessarily all of the same molecular structural features) and which acts via the same mechanism. There are some limited derogations to the market exclusivity granted to orphan medicinal products in the EU. Specifically, a company may be able to market a similar medicinal product to an authorized orphan product if: (i) the marketing authorization holder for the authorized orphan product consents to the grant of a marketing authorization for the similar product; (ii) the marketing authorization holder for the authorized orphan product is unable to supply sufficient quantities of its product; or (iii) the later applicant can establish that its product, although similar to the authorized orphan product, is safer, more effective or otherwise clinically superior. Regulation (EC) 847/2000 provides details on what would constitute clinical superiority in this context, including that direct comparative clinical trials may be required to demonstrate greater efficacy or safety to the authorized orphan product. As a result, we may not be able to gain approval for MBX 2109 in the EU until expiry of the market exclusivity period for Yorvipath (which could run until 2035 at the latest), unless we can demonstrate that MBX 2109 is either not a similar medicinal product to Yorvipath (i.e. the active substance in MBX 2109, if not identical to Yorvipath, does not have the same principal molecular structural features and act via the same mechanism as Yorvipath) or, if it is, that MBX 2109 is safer, more effective or otherwise clinically superior. Any comparative studies required to demonstrate clinical superiority could be costly and time-consuming, and there is no certainty that we would succeed in adequately demonstrating that our product is clinically superior to Yorvipath.

Our current and future product candidates could fail to receive regulatory approval for many reasons, including the following:

 

 

the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities may disagree as to the design or implementation of our clinical trials;

 

 

we may be unable to demonstrate to the satisfaction of the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities that a product candidate is safe and effective for its proposed indication;

 

 

the results of clinical trials may not meet the level of statistical significance required by the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities for approval;

 

 

we may be unable to demonstrate that a product candidate’s clinical and other benefits outweigh its safety risks;

 

36


Table of Contents
 

the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities may disagree with our interpretation of data from clinical trials or preclinical studies;

 

 

the data collected from clinical trials of our product candidates may not be sufficient to support the submission of an NDA to the FDA or other submission or to obtain regulatory approval in the United States or elsewhere;

 

 

the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities may find deficiencies with or fail to approve the manufacturing processes or facilities of third-party manufacturers with which we contract for clinical and commercial supplies;

 

 

the approval policies or regulations of the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities may significantly change in a manner rendering our clinical data insufficient for approval; and

 

 

another company may benefit from market exclusivity for their product which prevents us from obtaining marketing authorization for our product in the same indication during such exclusivity period (as described above).

This lengthy approval process as well as the unpredictability of clinical trial results and market exclusivity issues described above may result in our failing to obtain regulatory approval to market any product candidate we develop, which would substantially harm our business, results of operations and prospects. The FDA and other comparable foreign authorities have substantial discretion in the approval process and determining when or whether regulatory approval will be granted for any product candidate that we develop. Even if we believe the data collected from future clinical trials of our product candidates are promising, such data may not be sufficient to support approval by the FDA or any other regulatory authority.

In addition, even if we were to obtain approval, regulatory authorities may approve any of our product candidates for fewer or more limited indications than we request, may not approve the price we intend to charge for our products, may grant approval contingent on the performance of costly post-marketing clinical trials or may approve a product candidate with a label that does not include the labeling claims necessary or desirable for the successful commercialization of that product candidate. Any of the foregoing scenarios could materially harm the commercial prospects for our product candidates.

Our product candidates require specific shipping, storage, handling and administration, which in some cases, may require cold-chain logistics and subject our product candidates to risk of loss or damage if failures occur.

Our product candidates are sensitive to temperature, storage and handling conditions. They must be stored at very low temperatures in specialized freezers or specialized shipping containers until immediately prior to use. The handling and administration of the therapy product, if approved, may need to be performed according to specific instructions and in some steps within specific time periods. Failure to correctly handle our product could negatively impact the efficacy and or safety of our product, or cause a loss of product. In addition, if approved, certain of our products may need to be frozen using specialized equipment and maintained following specific procedures in order to be stored without damage in a cost-efficient manner and without degradation. We will need to scale-up a cost-effective and reliable cold-chain distribution and logistics network, which we may be unable to accomplish. Failure to effectively scale-up our cold-chain supply logistics, by us or third parties, could in the future lead to additional manufacturing costs and delays in our ability to supply required quantities for commercial supply. For these and other reasons, we may not be able to manufacture our current or future product candidates at commercial scale or in a cost-effective manner. Even if we are able to manufacture and distribute the product candidates, if our products require specific procedures to maintain and use them, we may be limited in commercial opportunity.

 

37


Table of Contents

Any drug delivery device that we potentially use to deliver our product candidates may have its own regulatory, development, supply and other risks.

We expect to deliver our product candidates via a drug delivery device, such as an injector or other delivery system. There may be unforeseen technical complications related to the development activities required to bring such a product to market, including primary container compatibility and/or dose volume requirements. Our product candidates may not be approved or may be substantially delayed in receiving approval if the devices that we choose to utilize or develop do not gain and/or maintain their own regulatory approvals or clearances, if required. Where approval of the drug product and device is sought under a single application, the increased complexity of the review process may delay approval. In addition, some drug delivery devices are provided by single-source unaffiliated third-party companies. We may be dependent on the sustained cooperation and effort of those third-party companies both to supply the devices and, in some cases, to conduct the studies required for approval or other regulatory clearance of the devices. Even if approval is obtained, we may also be dependent on those third-party companies continuing to maintain such approvals or clearances once they have been received. Failure of third-party companies to supply the devices, to successfully complete studies on the devices in a timely manner, or to obtain or maintain required approvals or clearances of the devices could result in increased development costs, delays in or failure to obtain regulatory approval and delays in product candidates reaching the market or in gaining approval or clearance for expanded labels for new indications.

The FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities may disagree with our regulatory plan for our product candidates.

The general approach for FDA approval of a new drug is dispositive data from two or more adequate and well-controlled clinical trials of the product candidate in the relevant patient population. Adequate and well-controlled clinical trials typically involve a large number of patients, have significant costs and take years to complete. The FDA or other regulatory authorities may disagree with us about whether a clinical trial is adequate and well-controlled or may request that we conduct additional clinical trials prior to regulatory approval. In addition, there is no assurance that the doses, endpoints and trial designs that we intend to use for our planned clinical trials, including those that we have developed based on feedback from regulatory agencies or those that have been used for the approval of similar drugs, will be acceptable for future approvals. For instance, if our ongoing Phase 1 trial of MBX 1416 is successful, we plan to run a combined Phase 2/3 to evaluate MBX 1416 in PBH. If the FDA disagrees with our approach, we may have to evaluate MBX 1416 in two separate trials, which would be costly and time-consuming.

Our clinical trial results may not support approval of our product candidates. In addition, our product candidates could fail to receive regulatory approval, or regulatory approval could be delayed, for many reasons, including the following:

 

 

the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities may not file or accept our NDA or marketing application for substantive review;

 

 

the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities may disagree with the dosing regimen, design or implementation of our clinical trials;

 

 

we may be unable to demonstrate to the satisfaction of the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities that our product candidates are safe and effective for any of their proposed indications;

 

 

the results of our clinical trials may not meet the level of statistical significance required by the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities for approval;

 

38


Table of Contents
 

we may be unable to demonstrate that our product candidates’ clinical and other benefits outweigh their safety risks;

 

 

the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities may disagree with our interpretation of data from our preclinical studies or clinical trials;

 

 

the data collected from clinical trials of our product candidates may not be sufficient to the satisfaction of the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities to support the submission of an NDA or other comparable submission in foreign jurisdictions or to obtain regulatory approval in the United States or elsewhere;

 

 

the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities may find deficiencies with or fail to approve the manufacturing processes or facilities of third-party manufacturers with which we contract for clinical and commercial supplies; and

 

 

the approval policies or regulations of the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities may significantly change in a manner rendering our clinical data insufficient for approval.

We may in the future conduct clinical trials for drug candidates outside the United States, and the FDA and comparable foreign regulatory authorities may not accept data from such trials.

We may in the future choose to conduct one or more additional clinical trials outside the United States, including, among other places, in the EU, South America, Australia and/or Asia. The acceptance of study data from clinical trials conducted outside the United States or another jurisdiction by the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authority may be subject to certain conditions or may not be accepted at all. In cases where data from foreign clinical trials are intended to serve as the basis for regulatory approval in the United States, the FDA will generally not approve the application based on foreign data alone unless: (i) the data is applicable to the U.S. population and U.S. medical practice; and (ii) the trials were performed by clinical investigators of recognized competence and pursuant to GCP regulations. Additionally, the FDA’s clinical trial requirements, including sufficient size of patient populations and statistical powering, must be met. Many foreign regulatory authorities have similar approval requirements. In addition, such foreign trials would be subject to the applicable local laws of the foreign jurisdictions where the trials are conducted. There can be no assurance that the FDA or any comparable foreign regulatory authority will accept data from trials conducted outside of the United States or the applicable jurisdiction. If the FDA or any comparable foreign regulatory authority does not accept such data, it would result in the need for additional trials, which could be costly and time-consuming, and which may result in drug candidates that we may develop not receiving approval for commercialization in such jurisdiction.

Obtaining and maintaining regulatory approval of our product candidates in one jurisdiction does not mean that we will be successful in obtaining regulatory approval of our product candidates in other jurisdictions.

Obtaining and maintaining regulatory approval of our product candidates in one jurisdiction does not guarantee that we will be able to obtain or maintain regulatory approval in any other jurisdiction, while a failure or delay in obtaining regulatory approval in one jurisdiction may have a negative effect on the regulatory approval process in others. For example, even if the FDA grants marketing approval of a product candidate, comparable foreign regulatory authorities must also approve the manufacturing and marketing of the product candidate in those countries. Approval procedures vary among jurisdictions and can involve requirements and administrative review periods different from, and greater than, those in the United States, including additional preclinical studies or clinical trials, as clinical trials conducted in one jurisdiction may not be accepted by regulatory authorities in other jurisdictions. In many jurisdictions outside the United States, a product candidate must be approved for reimbursement before it can be approved for sale in that jurisdiction. In some cases, the price that we intend to charge for our products is also subject to approval.

 

39


Table of Contents

We may also submit marketing applications in other countries. Regulatory authorities in jurisdictions outside of the United States have requirements for approval of product candidates with which we must comply prior to marketing in those jurisdictions. Obtaining foreign regulatory approvals and compliance with foreign regulatory requirements could result in significant delays, difficulties and costs for us and could delay or prevent the introduction of our products in certain countries.

While we may in the future seek designations for our product candidates with the FDA and comparable foreign regulatory authorities that are intended to confer benefits such as a faster development process, an accelerated regulatory pathway or regulatory exclusivity, there can be no assurance that we will successfully obtain such designations. In addition, even if one or more of our product candidates are granted such designations, we may not be able to realize the intended benefits of such designations.

The FDA and comparable foreign regulatory authorities offer certain designations for product candidates that are designed to encourage the research and development of product candidates that are intended to address conditions with significant unmet medical need. These designations may confer benefits such as additional interaction with regulatory authorities, a potentially accelerated regulatory pathway and priority review. However, there can be no assurance that we will successfully obtain such designations for our product candidates. In addition, while such designations could expedite the development or approval process, they generally do not change the standards for approval. Even if we obtain such designations for our product candidates, there can be no assurance that we will realize their intended benefits.

For example, we may seek a Fast Track Designation for future product candidates we develop. If a product is intended for the treatment of a serious or life-threatening condition and preclinical or clinical data demonstrate the potential to address an unmet medical need for this condition, the product sponsor may apply for Fast Track Designation. The FDA has broad discretion whether or not to grant this designation, so even if we believe a particular product candidate is eligible for this designation, we cannot assure you that the FDA would decide to grant it. Even if we do receive Fast Track Designation, we may not experience a faster development process, review or approval compared to conventional FDA procedures. The FDA may rescind the Fast Track Designation if it believes that the designation is no longer supported by data from our clinical development activities.

We may seek Breakthrough Therapy Designation for any product candidate that we develop. A breakthrough therapy is defined as a drug that is intended, alone or in combination with one or more other drugs, to treat a serious or life-threatening disease or condition, and preliminary clinical evidence indicates that the drug may demonstrate substantial improvement over currently approved therapies on one or more clinically significant endpoints, such as substantial treatment effects observed early in clinical development. For drugs that have been designated as breakthrough therapies, interaction and communication between the FDA and the sponsor of the trial can help to identify the most efficient path for clinical development while minimizing the number of patients placed in ineffective control regimens. Drugs designated as breakthrough therapies by the FDA are also eligible for accelerated approval and priority review.

Designation as a breakthrough therapy is within the discretion of the FDA. Accordingly, even if we believe a product candidate we develop meets the criteria for designation as a breakthrough therapy, the FDA may disagree and instead determine not to make such designation. In any event, the receipt of Breakthrough Therapy Designation for a product candidate may not result in a faster development process, review or approval compared to drugs considered for approval under conventional FDA procedures and does not assure ultimate approval by the FDA. In addition, even if any product candidate we develop qualifies as a breakthrough therapy, the FDA may later decide that the drug no longer meets the conditions for qualification and rescind the designation.

Even in the absence of obtaining Fast Track and/or Breakthrough Therapy Designations, a sponsor can seek priority review at the time of submitting a marketing application. The FDA may designate a product for priority

 

40


Table of Contents

review if it is a product that treats a serious condition and, if approved, would provide a significant improvement in safety or effectiveness when compared with other available therapies. Significant improvement may be illustrated by evidence of increased effectiveness in the treatment of a condition, elimination or substantial reduction of a treatment-limiting adverse reaction, documented enhancement of patient compliance that may lead to improvement in serious outcomes, or evidence of safety and effectiveness in a new subpopulation. A priority review designation is intended to direct overall attention and resources to the evaluation of such applications, and to shorten the FDA’s goal for taking action on a marketing application from ten months to six months. Priority review designation may be rescinded if a product no longer meets the qualifying criteria.

We may be unsuccessful in obtaining or may be unable to maintain the benefits associated with Orphan Drug Designation, including the potential for market exclusivity.

Under the Orphan Drug Act, the FDA may designate a drug as an orphan drug if it is a drug intended to treat a rare disease or condition, which is generally defined as a patient population of fewer than 200,000 individuals annually in the U.S., or a patient population greater than 200,000 in the U.S. where there is no reasonable expectation that the cost of developing the drug will be recovered from sales in the U.S. In the U.S., Orphan Drug Designation entitles a party to financial incentives such as opportunities for grant funding towards clinical trial costs, tax advantages and user fee waivers. In July 2022, the FDA granted MBX 2109 Orphan Drug Designation for the treatment of hypoparathyroidism.

Similarly, in the EU, the EC grants orphan medicinal product designation after receiving the opinion of the EMA’s Committee for Orphan Medicinal Products on an orphan medicinal product designation application. Orphan medicinal product designation is intended to promote the development of medicinal products that are intended for the diagnosis, prevention or treatment of life threatening or chronically debilitating conditions affecting not more than five (5) in ten thousand (10,000) persons in the EU or for products intended for the diagnosis, prevention, or treatment of a life threatening, seriously debilitating or serious and chronic condition when, without incentives, it is unlikely that sales of the product in the EU would generate sufficient return to justify the necessary investment in developing the product. In each case, there must be no satisfactory method of diagnosis, prevention, or treatment authorized for marketing in the EU (or, if such a method exists, the product would be of significant benefit to those affected by the condition). In the EU, orphan medicinal product designation entitles a party to financial incentives such as reduction of fees or fee waivers.

Generally, if a drug with an Orphan Drug Designation subsequently receives the first marketing approval for the indication for which it has such designation, the drug is entitled to a period of marketing exclusivity, which precludes the EC or the FDA from approving another marketing application for the same drug and indication for that time period, except in limited circumstances. The applicable period is seven years in the U.S. and ten years in the EU. The EU exclusivity period can be reduced to six years if a drug no longer meets the criteria for orphan medicinal product designation or if the drug is sufficiently profitable so that market exclusivity is no longer justified.

Even if we obtain orphan drug exclusivity for a drug, that exclusivity may not effectively protect the designated drug from competition because different drugs can be approved for the same condition. Even after an orphan drug is approved, the FDA can subsequently approve the same drug for the same condition if the FDA concludes that the later drug is clinically superior in that it is shown to be safer, more effective or makes a major contribution to patient care.

 

41


Table of Contents

Where appropriate, we plan to secure approval from the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities through the use of expedited approval pathways, such as accelerated approval. If we are unable to obtain such approvals, we may be required to conduct additional preclinical studies or clinical trials beyond those that we contemplate, which could increase the expense of obtaining, and delay the receipt of, necessary marketing approvals. Even if we receive accelerated approval from the FDA or comparable regulatory authorities, if our confirmatory trials do not verify clinical benefit, or if we do not comply with rigorous post-marketing requirements, the FDA or such other regulatory authorities may seek to withdraw the accelerated approval.

Where possible, we plan to pursue accelerated development strategies in areas of high unmet need. We may seek an accelerated approval pathway for one or more of our therapeutic candidates from the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities. Under the accelerated approval provisions in the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act, and the FDA’s implementing regulations, the FDA may grant accelerated approval to a therapeutic candidate designed to treat a serious or life-threatening condition that provides meaningful therapeutic benefit over available therapies upon a determination that the therapeutic candidate has an effect on a surrogate endpoint or intermediate clinical endpoint that is reasonably likely to predict clinical benefit. The FDA considers a clinical benefit to be a positive therapeutic effect that is clinically meaningful in the context of a given disease, such as irreversible morbidity or mortality. For the purposes of accelerated approval, a surrogate endpoint is a marker, such as a laboratory measurement, radiographic image, physical sign, or other measure that is thought to predict clinical benefit, but is not itself a measure of clinical benefit. An intermediate clinical endpoint is a clinical endpoint that can be measured earlier than an effect on irreversible morbidity or mortality that is reasonably likely to predict an effect on irreversible morbidity or mortality or other clinical benefit. The accelerated approval pathway may be used in cases in which the advantage of a new drug over available therapy may not be a direct therapeutic advantage, but is a clinically important improvement from a patient and public health perspective. If granted, accelerated approval is usually contingent on the sponsor’s agreement to conduct, in a diligent manner, additional post-approval confirmatory studies to verify and describe the drug’s clinical benefit. Under the Food and Drug Omnibus Reform Act, or FDORA, the FDA is permitted to require, as appropriate, that a post-approval confirmatory study or studies be underway prior to approval or within a specified time period after the date of approval for a product granted accelerated approval. FDORA also gives the FDA increased authority to withdraw approval of a drug or biologic granted accelerated approval on an expedited basis if the sponsor fails to conduct such studies in a timely manner, send status updates on such studies to the FDA every 180 days to be publicly posted by the agency, or if such post-approval studies fail to verify the drug’s predicted clinical benefit. The FDA is empowered to take action, such as issuing fines, against companies that fail to conduct with due diligence any post-approval confirmatory study or submit timely reports to the agency on their progress.

Prior to seeking accelerated approval, we would seek feedback from the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities and would otherwise evaluate our ability to seek and receive such accelerated approval. There can be no assurance that after our evaluation of the feedback and other factors we will decide to pursue or submit an NDA or BLA for accelerated approval or any other form of expedited development, review or approval. Similarly, there can be no assurance that after subsequent feedback from the FDA, or comparable foreign regulatory authorities, we will continue to pursue or apply for accelerated approval or any other form of expedited development, review or approval, even if we initially decide to do so. Furthermore, if we decide to submit an application for accelerated approval, there can be no assurance that such application will be accepted or that any approval will be granted on a timely basis, or at all. The FDA or other comparable foreign regulatory authorities could also require us to conduct further studies prior to considering our application or granting approval of any type, including, for example, if other products are approved via the accelerated pathway and subsequently converted by FDA to full approval. A failure to obtain accelerated approval or any other form of expedited development, review or approval for our therapeutic candidate would result in a longer

 

42


Table of Contents

time period to commercialization of such therapeutic candidate, could increase the cost of development of such therapeutic candidate and could harm our competitive position in the marketplace.

Our relationships with healthcare providers and physicians and third-party payors will be subject to applicable anti-kickback, fraud and abuse and other healthcare laws and regulations, which could expose us to criminal sanctions, civil penalties, contractual damages, reputational harm and diminished profits and future earnings.

It is possible that governmental and enforcement authorities will conclude that our business practices may not comply with current or future statutes, regulations or case law interpreting applicable fraud and abuse or other healthcare laws and regulations. Healthcare providers, physicians and third-party payors in the United States and elsewhere play a primary role in the recommendation and prescription of pharmaceutical products. Arrangements with third-party payors and customers can expose pharmaceutical manufacturers to broadly applicable fraud and abuse and other healthcare laws and regulations that may constrain the business or financial arrangements and relationships through which we conduct research and would sell, market and distribute our products. As a pharmaceutical company, even though we do not and will not control referrals of healthcare services or bill directly to Medicare, Medicaid or other third-party payors, federal and state healthcare laws and regulations that may affect our ability to operate may apply. See the section titled, “Business–Government regulation–Other healthcare laws.”

The scope and enforcement of each of these laws is uncertain and subject to rapid change in the current environment of healthcare reform, especially in light of the lack of applicable precedent and regulations. Federal and state enforcement bodies have recently increased their scrutiny of interactions between healthcare companies and healthcare providers, which has led to a number of investigations, prosecutions, convictions and settlements in the healthcare industry. Ensuring business arrangements comply with applicable healthcare and privacy laws, as well as responding to possible investigations by government authorities, can be time and resource-consuming and can divert a company’s attention from the business.

Ensuring that our internal operations and future business arrangements with third parties comply with applicable healthcare laws and regulations will involve substantial costs. It is possible that governmental authorities will conclude that our business practices do not comply with current or future statutes, regulations, agency guidance or case law involving applicable fraud and abuse or other healthcare laws and regulations. If our operations are found to be in violation of any of these laws or any other governmental laws and regulations that may apply to us, we may be subject to significant penalties, including administrative, civil and criminal penalties, damages, fines, disgorgement, the exclusion from participation in federal and state healthcare programs, individual imprisonment, reputational harm and the curtailment or restructuring of our operations, as well as additional reporting obligations and oversight if we become subject to a corporate integrity agreement or other agreement to resolve allegations of non-compliance with these laws. Further, defending against any such actions can be costly and time consuming, and may require significant financial and personnel resources. Therefore, even if we are successful in defending against any such actions that may be brought against us, our business may be impaired. If any of the physicians or other providers or entities with whom we expect to do business is found to not be in compliance with applicable laws, they may be subject to criminal, civil or administrative sanctions, including exclusions from government funded healthcare programs and imprisonment. If any of the above occur, our ability to operate our business and our results of operations could be adversely affected.

Coverage and reimbursement may be limited or unavailable in certain market segments for our product candidates, if approved, which could make it difficult for us to sell any product candidates profitably.

The success of our product candidates, if approved, depends on the availability of coverage and adequate reimbursement from third-party payors. We cannot be sure that coverage and reimbursement will be available

 

43


Table of Contents

for, or accurately estimate the potential revenue from, our product candidates or assure that coverage and reimbursement will be available for any product that we may develop. See the section titled, “Business–Government regulation–Coverage and reimbursement.”

Patients who are provided medical treatment for their conditions generally rely on third-party payors to reimburse all or part of the costs associated with their treatment. Coverage and adequate reimbursement from governmental healthcare programs, such as Medicare and Medicaid, and commercial payors is critical to new product acceptance.

In the United States, no uniform policy of coverage and reimbursement for products exists among third-party payors. As a result, obtaining coverage and reimbursement approval of a product from a government or other third-party payor is a time-consuming and costly process that could require us to provide to each payor supporting scientific, clinical and cost-effectiveness data for the use of our products on a payor-by-payor basis, with no assurance that coverage and adequate reimbursement will be obtained. In the United States, the principal decisions about reimbursement for new medicines are typically made by the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services, or CMS. CMS decides whether and to what extent a new medicine will be covered and reimbursed under Medicare and private payors tend to follow CMS to a substantial degree. Even if we obtain coverage for a given product, the resulting reimbursement payment rates might not be adequate for us to achieve or sustain profitability or may require co-payments that patients find unacceptably high. Additionally, third-party payors may not cover, or provide adequate reimbursement for, long-term follow-up evaluations required following the use of product candidates, once approved. Patients are unlikely to use our product candidates, once approved, unless coverage is provided and reimbursement is adequate to cover a significant portion of their cost. There is significant uncertainty related to insurance coverage and reimbursement of newly approved products. It is difficult to predict at this time what third-party payors will decide with respect to the coverage and reimbursement for our product candidates.

Net prices for drugs may be reduced by mandatory discounts or rebates required by government healthcare programs or private payors and by any future relaxation of laws that presently restrict imports of drugs from countries where they may be sold at lower prices than in the United States. Increasingly, third-party payors are requiring that drug companies provide them with predetermined discounts from list prices and are challenging the prices charged for medical products. We cannot be sure that reimbursement will be available for any product candidate that we commercialize and, if reimbursement is available, the level of reimbursement. In addition, many pharmaceutical manufacturers must calculate and report certain price reporting metrics to the government, such as average sales price and best price. Penalties may apply in some cases when such metrics are not submitted accurately and timely. Further, these prices for drugs may be reduced by mandatory discounts or rebates required by government healthcare programs. Payment methodologies may be subject to changes in healthcare legislation and regulatory initiatives.

Moreover, increasing efforts by governmental and other third-party payors in the United States and abroad to cap or reduce healthcare costs may cause such organizations to limit both coverage and the level of reimbursement for newly approved products and, as a result, they may not cover or provide adequate payment for our product candidates. There has been increasing legislative and enforcement interest in the United States with respect to specialty drug pricing practices. Specifically, there have been several recent U.S. Congressional inquiries and proposed and enacted federal and state legislation designed to, among other things, bring more transparency to drug pricing, reduce the cost of prescription drugs under Medicare, review the relationship between pricing and manufacturer patient programs and reform government program reimbursement methodologies for drugs.

At the state level, legislatures have increasingly passed legislation and implemented regulations designed to control pharmaceutical and biological product pricing, including price or patient reimbursement constraints,

 

44


Table of Contents

discounts, restrictions on certain product access and marketing cost disclosure and transparency measures, and, in some cases, designed to encourage importation from other countries and bulk purchasing.

We expect that healthcare reform measures that may be adopted in the future may result in more rigorous coverage criteria and in additional downward pressure on the price that we receive for any approved product. The implementation of cost containment measures or other healthcare reforms may prevent us from being able to generate revenue, attain profitability, or commercialize our products. Legislative and regulatory proposals have been made to expand post-approval requirements and restrict sales and promotional activities for pharmaceutical products. We cannot be sure whether additional legislative changes will be enacted, or whether the FDA regulations, guidance or interpretations will be changed, or what the impact of such changes on the marketing approvals or clearances of our product candidates, if any, may be.

In addition, in some foreign countries, the proposed pricing for a drug must be approved before it may be lawfully marketed. The requirements governing drug pricing vary widely from country to country. For example, the European Union provides options for its Member States to restrict the range of medicinal products for which their national health insurance systems provide reimbursement and to control the prices of medicinal products for human use. To obtain reimbursement or pricing approval, some of these countries may require the completion of clinical trials that compare the cost effectiveness of a particular product candidate to currently available therapies. A Member State may approve a specific price for the medicinal product or it may instead adopt a system of direct or indirect controls on the profitability of the company placing the medicinal product on the market. There can be no assurance that any country that has price controls or reimbursement limitations for pharmaceutical products will allow favorable reimbursement and pricing arrangements for any of our product candidates. Historically, products launched in the European Union do not follow price structures of the United States and generally prices tend to be significantly lower.

Ongoing healthcare legislative and regulatory reform measures may have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

Changes in regulations, statutes or the interpretation of existing regulations could impact our business in the future by requiring, for example, (1) changes to our manufacturing arrangements, (2) additions or modifications to product labeling, (3) the recall or discontinuation of our products or (4) additional record-keeping requirements. If any such changes were to be imposed, they could adversely affect the operation of our business. See the sections titled, “Business–Government regulation–Current and future U.S. healthcare reform.”

The containment of healthcare costs has become a priority of federal, state and foreign governments, and the prices of products have been a focus in this effort. There have been a number of federal and state proposals during the last few years regarding the pricing of pharmaceutical products, limiting coverage and the amount of reimbursement for drugs and other medical products, government control and other changes to the healthcare system in the United States. Governments have shown significant interest in implementing cost-containment programs, including price controls, restrictions on reimbursement and requirements for substitution of generic products. Adoption of price controls and cost-containment measures, and adoption of more restrictive policies in jurisdictions with existing controls and measures, could further limit our revenue generated from the sale of any approved products. Even if we do receive a favorable coverage determination for our products by third-party payors, coverage policies and third-party payor reimbursement rates may change at any time.

Moreover, payment methodologies may be subject to changes in healthcare legislation and regulatory initiatives. For example, CMS may develop new payment and delivery models, such as bundled payment models. In addition, recently there has been heightened governmental scrutiny over the manner in which manufacturers set prices for their commercial products, which has resulted in several Congressional inquiries and proposed and enacted state and federal legislation designed to, among other things, bring more transparency to product

 

45


Table of Contents

pricing, review the relationship between pricing and manufacturer patient programs, and reform government program reimbursement methodologies for pharmaceutical products. Congress has indicated that it will continue to seek new legislative measures to control drug costs.

We cannot predict the initiatives that may be adopted in the future. The continuing efforts of the government, insurance companies, managed care organizations and other payors of healthcare services to contain or reduce costs of healthcare and/or impose price controls may adversely affect:

 

 

the demand for our product candidates, if we obtain regulatory approval;

 

 

our ability to set a price that we believe is fair for our approved products;

 

 

our ability to generate revenue and achieve or maintain profitability;

 

 

the level of taxes that we are required to pay; and

 

 

the availability of capital.

These laws, and future state and federal healthcare reform measures may be adopted in the future, any of which may result in additional reductions in Medicare and other healthcare funding and otherwise affect the prices we may obtain for any of our product candidates for which we may obtain regulatory approval or the frequency with which any such product candidate is prescribed or used.

Off-label use or misuse of our product candidates may harm our reputation in the marketplace or result in injuries that lead to costly product liability suits.

If our product candidates are approved by the FDA, we may only promote or market our product candidates in a manner consistent with their FDA-approved labeling. We will train our marketing and sales force against promoting our product candidates for uses outside of the approved indications for use, known as “off-label uses.” We cannot, however, prevent a physician from using our product candidates off-label, when in the physician’s independent professional medical judgment he or she deems it appropriate. Furthermore, the use of our product candidates for indications other than those approved by the FDA may not effectively treat such conditions. Any such off-label use of our product candidates could harm our reputation in the marketplace among physicians and patients. There may also be increased risk of injury to patients if physicians attempt to use our product candidates for these uses for which they are not approved, which could lead to product liability suits that might require significant financial and management resources and that could harm our reputation.

Inadequate funding for the FDA or other government agencies could hinder their ability to hire and retain key leadership and other personnel, prevent new products and services from being developed or commercialized in a timely manner or otherwise prevent those agencies from performing normal business functions on which the operation of our business may rely, which could negatively impact our business.

The ability of the FDA to review and approve new products can be affected by a variety of factors, including government budget and funding levels, ability to hire and retain key personnel and accept the payment of user fees, and statutory, regulatory, and policy changes. Average review times at the agency have fluctuated in recent years as a result. In addition, government funding of other government agencies on which our operations may rely, including those that fund research and development activities, is subject to the political process, which is inherently fluid and unpredictable. Disruptions at the FDA or other government agencies may also slow the time necessary for new drugs to be reviewed and/or approved by necessary government agencies, which would adversely affect our business. For example, over the last several years, the U.S. government has shut down several times and certain regulatory agencies, such as the FDA, have had to furlough critical employees and stop critical activities. If a prolonged government shutdown occurs, including as a result of

 

46


Table of Contents

reaching the debt ceiling, it could significantly impact the ability of the FDA to timely review and process our regulatory submissions, which could have a material adverse effect on our business. Further, future government shutdowns could impact our ability to access the public markets and obtain necessary capital in order to properly capitalize and continue our operations.

Failure to access or a significant delay in accessing animal research models may materially adversely affect our ability to advance our preclinical programs and successfully develop any product candidates, which could result in significant harm to our business.

Consistent with various rules, regulations and cGMP, our ability to advance our preclinical and clinical programs for our product candidates requires access to animal research models sufficient to assess safety and in some cases to establish the rationale for therapeutic use. Failure to access or a significant delay in accessing animal research models that meet our needs or that fulfill regulatory requirements may materially adversely affect our ability to advance our preclinical programs and successfully develop any product candidates and this could result in significant harm to our business. During the COVID-19 pandemic, researchers and CROs (including those engaged by us) experienced significant limitations in their access to animal research models, specifically including a sharp reduction in the availability of non-human primates, or NHPs, originating from breeding farms in Southeast Asia and limited access to the generation of genetically-modified rodent models used in efficacy evaluations. Prior to the pandemic, China was the leading exporter of NHPs employed in basic and applied research; however, early in 2020, China ceased exportation of cynomolgus monkeys, the species most commonly involved in pharmaceutical product development. This change in the world supply of a critical research model has resulted in increased demand from breeding farms principally located in Cambodia, Vietnam, and Mauritius Island, with a resultant marked increase in unit pricing. Consequently, this has further exacerbated an already constrained NHP supply for research purposes. If we are unable to obtain NHPs in sufficient quantities and in a timely manner to meet the needs of our preclinical research programs, if the price of NHPs that are available increases significantly, or if our suppliers are unable to ship the NHPs in their possession that are reserved for us, our ability to advance our preclinical programs and successfully develop any additional preclinical candidates we may identify may be materially adversely affected or significantly delayed.

Even if we receive regulatory approval of any product candidates, we will be subject to ongoing regulatory obligations and continued regulatory review, which may result in significant additional expense and we may be subject to penalties if we fail to comply with regulatory requirements or experience unanticipated problems with our product candidates.

If any of our product candidates are approved, they will be subject to ongoing regulatory requirements for manufacturing, labeling, packaging, storage, advertising, promotion, sampling, record-keeping, conduct of post-marketing studies and submission of safety, efficacy and other post-market information, including both federal and state requirements in the United States and requirements of comparable foreign regulatory authorities. In addition, we will be subject to continued compliance with cGMP and GCP requirements for any clinical trials that we conduct post-approval.

Manufacturers and manufacturers’ facilities are required to comply with extensive FDA and comparable foreign regulatory authority requirements, including ensuring that quality control and manufacturing procedures conform to cGMP regulations and applicable product tracking and tracing requirements. As such, we and our contract manufacturers will be subject to continual review and inspections to assess compliance with cGMP and adherence to commitments made in any NDA, other marketing application and previous responses to inspection observations. Accordingly, we and others with whom we work must continue to expend time, money and effort in all areas of regulatory compliance, including manufacturing, production and quality control.

 

47


Table of Contents

Any regulatory approvals that we receive for our product candidates may be subject to limitations on the approved indicated uses for which the product may be marketed or to the conditions of approval, or contain requirements for potentially costly post-marketing testing, including Phase 4 clinical trials and surveillance to monitor the safety and efficacy of the product candidate. Certain endpoint data we hope to include in any approved product labeling also may not make it into such labeling, including exploratory or secondary endpoint data such as patient-reported outcome measures. The FDA may also require a risk evaluation and mitigation strategies, or REMS, program as a condition of approval of our product candidates, which could entail requirements for long-term patient follow-up, a medication guide, physician communication plans or additional elements to ensure safe use, such as restricted distribution methods, patient registries and other risk minimization tools. In addition, if the FDA or a comparable foreign regulatory authority approves our product candidates, we will have to comply with requirements including submissions of safety and other post-marketing information and reports and registration.

The FDA may impose consent decrees or withdraw approval if compliance with regulatory requirements and standards is not maintained or if problems occur after the product reaches the market. Later discovery of previously unknown problems with our product candidates, including adverse events of unanticipated severity or frequency, or with our third-party manufacturers or manufacturing processes, or failure to comply with regulatory requirements, may result in revisions to the approved labeling to add new safety information, imposition of post-market studies or clinical trials to assess new safety risks or imposition of distribution restrictions or other restrictions under a REMS program. Other potential consequences include, among other things:

 

 

restrictions on the marketing or manufacturing of our products, withdrawal of the product from the market or voluntary product recalls;

 

 

fines, warning letters or holds on clinical trials;

 

 

refusal by the FDA to approve pending applications or supplements to approved applications filed by us or suspension or withdrawal of approvals;

 

 

product seizure or detention or refusal to permit the import or export of our product candidates; and

 

 

injunctions or the imposition of civil or criminal penalties.

Additionally, under FDORA, sponsors of approved drugs and biologics must provide 6 months’ notice to the FDA of any changes in marketing status, such as the withdrawal of a drug, and failure to do so could result in the FDA placing the product on a list of discontinued products, which would revoke the product’s ability to be marketed. The FDA strictly regulates marketing, labeling, advertising and promotion of products that are placed on the market. Products may be promoted only for the approved indications and in accordance with the provisions of the approved label. The policies of the FDA and comparable foreign regulatory authorities may change and additional government regulations may be enacted that could prevent, limit or delay regulatory approval of our product candidates. We cannot predict the likelihood, nature or extent of government regulation that may arise from future legislation or administrative action, either in the United States or abroad. If we are slow or unable to adapt to changes in existing requirements or the adoption of new requirements or policies, or if we are not able to maintain regulatory compliance, we may lose any marketing approval that we may have obtained and we may not achieve or sustain profitability.

 

48


Table of Contents

We are and will continue to be subject to U.S. and certain foreign export and import controls, sanctions, embargoes, anti-corruption laws, and anti-money laundering laws and regulations. Compliance with these legal standards could impair our ability to compete in domestic and international markets. We can face criminal liability and other serious consequences for violations, which can harm our business.

We are subject to export control and import laws and regulations, including the U.S. Export Administration Regulations, U.S. Customs regulations, various economic and trade sanctions regulations administered by the U.S. Treasury Department’s Office of Foreign Assets Control, the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended, or the FCPA, the U.S. domestic bribery statute contained in 18 U.S.C. § 201, the U.S. Travel Act, the USA PATRIOT Act, and other state and national anti-bribery and anti-money laundering laws in the countries in which we conduct activities. Anti-corruption laws are interpreted broadly and prohibit companies and their employees, agents, contractors, and other collaborators from authorizing, promising, offering, or providing, directly or indirectly, improper payments or anything else of value to recipients in the public or private sector. We may engage third parties to sell our products outside the United States, to conduct clinical trials, and/or to obtain necessary permits, licenses, patent registrations, and other regulatory approvals. We have direct or indirect interactions with officials and employees of government agencies or government-affiliated hospitals, universities, and other organizations. We can be held liable for the corrupt or other illegal activities of our employees, agents, contractors, and other collaborators, even if we do not explicitly authorize or have actual knowledge of such activities. Any violations of the laws and regulations described above may result in substantial civil and criminal fines and penalties, imprisonment, the loss of export or import privileges, debarment, tax reassessments, breach of contract and fraud litigation, reputational harm, and other consequences.

If we or any contract manufacturers and suppliers we engage fail to comply with environmental, health, and safety laws and regulations, we could become subject to fines or penalties or incur costs that could have a material adverse effect on the success of our business.

We and any contract manufacturers and suppliers we engage are subject to numerous federal, state, and local environmental, health, and safety laws, regulations, and permitting requirements, including those governing laboratory procedures; the generation, handling, use, storage, treatment, and disposal of hazardous and regulated materials and wastes; the emission and discharge of hazardous materials into the ground, air, and water; and employee health and safety. We cannot eliminate the risk of contamination or injury from hazardous materials, including chemical and biological materials. In the event of contamination or injury resulting from our use of hazardous materials, we could be held liable for any resulting damages, and any liability could exceed our resources. Under certain environmental laws, we could be held responsible for costs relating to any contamination at our current or past facilities and at third-party facilities. We also could incur significant costs associated with civil or criminal fines and penalties.

In addition, we may incur substantial costs in order to comply with current or future environmental, health, and safety laws, regulations, and permitting requirements. These current or future laws, regulations, and permitting requirements may impair our research, development, or production efforts. Failure to comply with these laws, regulations, and permitting requirements also may result in substantial fines, penalties, or other sanctions or business disruption, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects.

Any third-party contract manufacturers and suppliers we engage will also be subject to these and other environmental, health, and safety laws and regulations. Liabilities they incur pursuant to these laws and regulations could result in significant costs or an interruption in operations, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects.

 

49


Table of Contents

Our employees, principal investigators, consultants and commercial partners may engage in misconduct or other improper activities, including non-compliance with regulatory standards and requirements and insider trading.

We are exposed to the risk of fraud or other misconduct by our employees, consultants and commercial partners, and, if we commence clinical trials, our principal investigators. Misconduct by these parties could include intentional failures to comply with FDA regulations and other jurisdictions, provide accurate information to the FDA and other regulatory authorities, comply with healthcare fraud and abuse laws and regulations in the United States and abroad, report financial information or data accurately or disclose unauthorized activities to us. In particular, sales, marketing and business arrangements in the healthcare industry are subject to extensive laws and regulations intended to prevent fraud, misconduct, kickbacks, self-dealing and other abusive practices. These laws and regulations restrict or prohibit a wide range of pricing, discounting, marketing and promotion, sales commission, customer incentive programs and other business arrangements. Such misconduct also could involve the improper use of information obtained in the course of clinical trials or interactions with the FDA or other regulatory authorities, which could result in regulatory sanctions and cause serious harm to our reputation. We are also exposed to risks in connection with any insider trading violations by employees or others affiliated with us. Upon the effectiveness of this registration statement, we will adopt a code of conduct and an insider trading policy applicable to all of our employees, but it is not always possible to identify and deter employee misconduct, and the precautions we take to detect and prevent this activity may not be effective in controlling unknown or unmanaged risks or losses or in protecting us from government investigations or other actions or lawsuits stemming from a failure to comply with these laws or regulations. If any such actions are instituted against us, and we are not successful in defending ourselves or asserting our rights, those actions could have a significant impact on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects, including the imposition of significant fines or other sanctions.

Product liability lawsuits against us could cause us to incur substantial liabilities and could limit commercialization of any product candidates that we may develop.

We will face an inherent risk of product liability exposure related to the testing of our product candidates in human clinical trials and will face an even greater risk if we commercially sell such product candidates. If we cannot successfully defend ourselves against claims that our product candidates caused injuries, we could incur substantial liabilities. Regardless of merit or eventual outcome, liability claims may result in:

 

 

decreased demand for any of our product candidates;

 

 

injury to our reputation and significant negative media attention;

 

 

withdrawal of clinical trial participants;

 

 

significant costs to defend the related litigation;

 

 

substantial monetary awards to trial participants or patients;

 

 

loss of revenue; and

 

 

the inability to commercialize any of our product candidates.

We anticipate that we will need to increase our insurance coverage when we begin clinical trials and if we successfully commercialize any product candidate. Insurance coverage is increasingly expensive. We may not be able to maintain insurance coverage at a reasonable cost or in an amount adequate to satisfy any liability that may arise.

 

50


Table of Contents

Our internal computer and information technology systems, or those of our third-party vendors, collaborators, contractors, consultants or other third parties, may fail, become unavailable, or suffer security incidents, compromises, or data breaches, loss or leakage of data and other disruptions, which could result in a material disruption of our product development programs, compromise confidential, sensitive or personal information related to our business or prevent us from accessing critical information, potentially exposing us to liability or otherwise adversely affecting our business.

Our internal computer and information technology systems and those of our current and any future third-party vendors, collaborators, contractors, consultants or other third parties, are vulnerable to damage or interruption from, among other things, computer viruses, computer hackers, phishing attacks, ransomware, malware, social engineering, service interruptions, system malfunction, malicious code, employee theft, fraud, misconduct or misuse, denial-of-service attacks, sophisticated nation-state and nation-state-supported actors, unauthorized access, natural disasters, terrorism, war and telecommunication and electrical failures. While we seek to protect our information technology systems from system failure, accident and security breach, we have in the past and may in the future experience phishing and other security incidents which could result in a disruption of our development programs and our business operations, whether due to a loss of our trade secrets or other proprietary, personal or confidential information or other disruptions. For example, the loss of clinical trial data from future clinical trials could result in delays in our regulatory approval efforts and significantly increase our costs to recover or reproduce the data.

While we have implemented cybersecurity measures designed to protect our information technology systems as well as the confidential and sensitive data in our possession, there can be no assurance that these measures will be adequate to detect, prevent, or adequately address any cybersecurity incident or data breach that we may face. Controls employed by our information technology department and other third parties could prove inadequate, and our ability to monitor such third parties’ data security practices is limited. Due to applicable laws, rules, regulations and standards or contractual obligations, we may be held responsible for any information security failure or cybersecurity incident or compromise attributed to our third-party vendors as they relate to the information we share with them.

If we were to experience a cybersecurity incident, breach, compromise or other security event relating to our information systems or data, the costs, time and effort associated with the investigation, remediation and potential notification of the breach to counterparties, regulators and data subjects could be material. We may incur significant costs in an effort to detect and prevent security incidents or compromises, and we may face increased costs and requirements to expend substantial resources in the event of an actual or perceived security incident or compromise. In addition, techniques used to sabotage or to obtain unauthorized access to networks in which data is stored or through which data is transmitted change frequently, become more complex over time and generally are not recognized until launched against a target. The risk of a cybersecurity breach, incident, compromise or disruption, particularly through cyberattacks including supply chain attacks or cyber intrusion, including by computer hackers, foreign governments, and cyber terrorists, has generally increased as the number, intensity, and sophistication of attempted attacks and intrusions from around the world have increased. As a result, we and our third-party vendors may be unable to anticipate these techniques or implement adequate preventative measures quickly enough to prevent either an electronic intrusion into our systems or services or a compromise of critical information. We cannot guarantee that we will be able to detect or prevent any such incidents, and, our remediation efforts may not be successful or timely. Our efforts to improve our cybersecurity and protect data from compromise may also identify previously undiscovered instances of data breaches, compromises or other cybersecurity incidents. If we do not allocate and effectively manage the resources necessary to build and sustain the proper technology and cybersecurity infrastructure, we could suffer significant business disruption, including transaction errors, supply chain or manufacturing interruptions, processing inefficiencies, data loss or the loss of or damage to intellectual property or other

 

51


Table of Contents

proprietary, personal or confidential information. Although we currently maintain cybersecurity insurance, the insurance we maintain against the risk of this type of loss may not be sufficient to cover actual losses, or may not apply to the circumstances relating to any particular loss.

To the extent that any disruption or security breach were to result in a loss of, or damage to, our or our third-party vendors’, collaborators’, contractors’, employees’, consultants’ or other third parties’ data, including personal data, or applications or inappropriate disclosure, loss, destruction or alteration of, or access to, confidential, personal or proprietary information, we could incur significant liability including litigation exposure, substantial penalties and fines, we could become the subject of regulatory action, inquiry or investigation, our competitive position could be harmed, we could incur significant reputational damage and the further development and commercialization of any product candidates we may develop could be delayed. Any of the above could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or prospects.

Laws and regulations governing any international operations we may have in the future may preclude us from developing, manufacturing and selling certain product candidates we may identify outside of the United States and require us to develop and implement costly compliance programs.

We will be subject to numerous laws and regulations in each jurisdiction outside the United States in which we operate in the future. The creation, implementation and maintenance of international business practices compliance programs is costly and such programs are difficult to enforce, particularly where reliance on third parties is required.

The FCPA prohibits any U.S. individual or business from paying, offering, authorizing payment or offering of anything of value, directly or indirectly, to any foreign official, political party or candidate for the purpose of influencing any act or decision of the foreign entity in order to assist the individual or business in obtaining or retaining business. The FCPA also obligates companies whose securities are listed in the United States to comply with certain accounting provisions requiring the company to maintain books and records that accurately and fairly reflect all transactions of the corporation, including international subsidiaries, and to devise and maintain an adequate system of internal accounting controls for international operations. The anti-bribery provisions of the FCPA are enforced primarily by the Department of Justice. The SEC is involved with enforcement of the books and records provisions of the FCPA.

Similarly, the U.K. Bribery Act 2010 has extra-territorial effect for companies and individuals having a connection with the United Kingdom. The U.K. Bribery Act prohibits inducements both to public officials and private individuals and organizations. Compliance with the FCPA and the U.K. Bribery Act is expensive and difficult, particularly in countries in which corruption is a recognized problem. In addition, the FCPA presents particular challenges in the pharmaceutical industry, because, in many countries, hospitals are operated by the government, and doctors and other hospital employees are considered foreign officials. Certain payments to hospitals in connection with clinical trials and other work have been deemed to be improper payments to government officials and have led to FCPA enforcement actions.

Various laws, regulations and executive orders also restrict the use and dissemination outside of the United States, or the sharing with certain non-U.S. nationals, of information classified for national security purposes, as well as certain products and technical data relating to those products. Our expansion outside of the United States has required, and will continue to require, us to dedicate additional resources to comply with these laws, and these laws may preclude us from developing, manufacturing or selling certain drugs and drug candidates outside of the United States, which could limit our growth potential and increase our development costs. The failure to comply with laws governing international business practices may result in substantial penalties, including suspension or debarment from government contracting. Violation of the FCPA can result in significant

 

52


Table of Contents

civil and criminal penalties. Indictment alone under the FCPA can lead to suspension of the right to do business with the U.S. government until the pending claims are resolved. Conviction of a violation of the FCPA can result in long-term disqualification as a government contractor. The termination of a government contract or relationship as a result of our failure to satisfy any of our obligations under laws governing international business practices would have a negative impact on our operations and harm our reputation and ability to procure government contracts. The SEC also may suspend or bar issuers from trading securities on U.S. exchanges for violations of the FCPA’s accounting provisions.

We are subject to stringent and often unsettled laws, rules, regulations, policies, standards and contractual obligations related to data privacy and security and changes in such laws, rules, regulations, policies, standards and contractual obligations could adversely affect our business.

We are subject to data privacy and protection laws, rules, regulations, policies, standards and contractual obligations that apply to the collection, transmission, storage, use, disclosure, transfer, maintenance and other processing of sensitive, personal and personally-identifying information, which, among other things, impose certain requirements relating to the privacy, security, transmission and other processing of personal information. The legislative and regulatory landscape for privacy and data protection continues to evolve in jurisdictions worldwide, and there has been an increasing focus on privacy and data protection issues with the potential to affect our business. However, our data privacy program is in its early stages and we have not yet assessed the applicability of and our compliance with data privacy-related laws, rules and regulations. As a result, we cannot guarantee that we are and have been in compliance with all applicable data privacy and protection laws, rules, regulations, policies and standards, and we may need to expend significant resources to implement privacy compliance measures. Additionally, we rely on certain third-party vendors to process certain confidential, sensitive or personal information on our behalf. Failure by us or our third-party vendors to comply with any of these laws, rules, regulations, contractual obligations or standards could result in notification obligations, enforcement actions, regulatory investigations or inquiries, significant fines, imprisonment of company officials and public censure, litigation and claims for damages by affected individuals, customers or business partners, damage to our reputation and loss of goodwill, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or prospects.

There are numerous U.S. federal and state laws, rules and regulations related to the privacy and security of personal information. In particular, regulations promulgated pursuant to the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, or HIPAA, establish privacy and security standards that limit the use and disclosure of individually identifiable health information, or protected health information, and require the implementation of administrative, physical and technological safeguards to protect the privacy of protected health information and ensure the confidentiality, integrity and availability of electronic protected health information. The Genetic Information Nondiscrimination Act of 2008, or GINA, which clarified that genetic information is protected under HIPAA and restricts the use and disclosure of genetic information.

Additionally, laws in all 50 states require businesses to provide notice to customers whose personally identifiable information has been disclosed as a result of a cybersecurity incident or data breach. These laws are not consistent, and compliance in the event of a widespread cybersecurity incident or data breach is difficult and may be costly. Moreover, states have been frequently amending existing laws, requiring attention to changing regulatory requirements. We also may be contractually required to notify patients or other counterparties of a cybersecurity breach, incident, or compromise. Although we may have contractual protections with our service providers, any actual or perceived security breach, cybersecurity incident, or other information system compromise could harm our reputation and brand, expose us to potential liability or require us to expend significant resources on data security and in responding to any such actual or perceived breach, incident, or compromise. Any contractual protections we may have from our service providers may not be sufficient to adequately protect us from any such liabilities and losses, and we may be unable to enforce any

 

53


Table of Contents

such contractual protections. In addition to government regulation, privacy advocates and industry groups have and may in the future propose self-regulatory information technology system standards from time to time. These and other industry standards may legally or contractually apply to us, or we may elect to comply with such standards. Determining whether personal information has been handled in compliance with applicable privacy standards and our contractual obligations can be complex and may be subject to changing interpretation.

If we are unable to properly protect the privacy and security of personal information, we could be alleged or actually found to have breached our contracts. Furthermore, if we fail to comply with applicable privacy laws, we could face significant administrative, civil and criminal penalties. We cannot be sure how these laws, rules and regulations will be interpreted, enforced or applied to our operations. In addition to the risks associated with enforcement activities and potential contractual liabilities, our ongoing efforts to comply with evolving laws, rules and regulations at the international, federal and state level may be costly and require ongoing modifications to our policies, procedures and systems.

We make public statements about our use, collection, disclosure and other processing of personal information through our privacy policies and information provided on our website. Although we endeavor to comply with our public statements and documentation, we may at times fail to do so or be alleged to have failed to do so. The publication of our privacy policies and other statements that provide promises and assurances about data privacy and security can subject us to potential government or legal action if they are found to be deceptive, unfair or misrepresentative of our actual practices.

Data privacy remains an evolving landscape at both the domestic and international level, with new laws, rules and regulations coming into effect and continued legal challenges. At the state level, numerous states have enacted or are in the process of enacting or considering comprehensive data privacy and security laws, rules and regulations while other states have focused on more narrow aspects of privacy.

For example, Washington state passed a health privacy law that will regulate the collection and sharing of health information, and the law also has a private right of action, which further increases the relevant compliance risk. Connecticut and Nevada have also passed similar laws regulating consumer health data. In addition, other states have proposed and/or passed legislation that regulates the privacy and/or security of certain specific types of information. For example, a number of states have passed laws that regulate biometric data specifically. These various privacy and security laws may impact our business activities, including our identification of research subjects, relationships with business partners and ultimately the marketing and distribution of our products. State laws are changing rapidly and there is discussion in the U.S. Congress of a new comprehensive federal data privacy law to which we may likely become subject, if enacted. The existence of different privacy laws in various jurisdictions in the country would make our compliance obligations more complex and costly and may increase the likelihood that we may be subject to enforcement actions or otherwise incur liability for noncompliance. Although many of the existing state privacy laws exempt clinical trial information and health information governed by HIPAA, future privacy and data protection laws may be broader in scope.

To the extent that these laws are or become applicable, all of these evolving compliance and operational requirements may impose significant costs, such as costs related to organizational changes, implementing additional protection technologies, training employees and engaging consultants and legal advisors, which are likely to increase over time. In addition, such requirements may require us to modify our data processing practices and policies, utilize management’s time and/or divert resources from other initiatives and projects. Our efforts to comply with these evolving data protection laws, rules and regulations may be unsuccessful. It is possible that these laws, rules and regulations may be interpreted and applied in a manner that is inconsistent with our practices and our efforts to comply with the evolving data protection rules may be unsuccessful. The

 

54


Table of Contents

laws are not consistent, and compliance in the event of a widespread cybersecurity incident or data breach is costly and time-consuming. States are also frequently amending existing laws, requiring attention to frequently changing regulatory requirements. We must devote significant resources to understanding and complying with this changing landscape.

Any failure or perceived failure by us or our third-party vendors to comply with laws, rules and regulations regarding data privacy and protection could result in damage to our reputation or expose us to risk of enforcement actions taken by data protection authorities and/or other third parties, including class action privacy litigation in certain jurisdictions, which carry the potential for significant penalties if we are found to be non-compliant. Similarly, failure to comply with federal and state laws, rules and regulations in the United States regarding privacy and security of personal information could expose us to penalties under such laws, rules and regulations. Any such failure, or perceived failure, by us or our third-party vendors to comply with data protection and privacy laws, rules and regulations could result in significant government-imposed fines or orders requiring that we change our practices, claims for damages or other liabilities, regulatory investigations and enforcement action, litigation and significant costs for remediation, any of which could adversely affect our business. Even if we are not determined to have violated these laws, rules or regulations, government investigations into these issues typically require the expenditure of significant resources and generate negative publicity, which could harm our business, financial condition, results of operations or prospects. Any of the foregoing could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

The use of new and evolving technologies, such as artificial intelligence, or AI, in our operations may require us to expend material resources and may present risks and challenges that can impact our business including by posing security and other risks to our confidential information, proprietary information and personal information, any of which may result in reputational harm and liability, or otherwise adversely affect our business.

We may choose to integrate AI into our operations, and this innovation presents risks and challenges that could affect its adoption, and therefore our business. There are significant risks involved in utilizing AI and no assurance can be provided that the usage of AI will enhance our business or assist our business in becoming more efficient or profitable. The use of certain AI technology can give rise to intellectual property risks, including compromises to proprietary intellectual property and intellectual property infringement and misappropriation. Other known risks of AI currently include inaccuracy, bias, toxicity, data privacy and cybersecurity issues, and data provenance disputes. In addition, AI may have errors or inadequacies that are not easily detectable. AI may also be subject to data herding and interconnectedness (i.e., multiple market participants utilizing the same data), which may adversely impact our business. If the data used to train AI or the content, analyses, or recommendations that AI applications assist in producing are or are alleged to be deficient, inaccurate, incomplete, overbroad or biased, our business, financial condition, and results of operations may be adversely affected. Additionally, we expect to see increasing government and supranational regulation and ethical concerns related to AI use which may also significantly increase the burden and cost of research, development and compliance in this area. For example, the EU’s Artificial Intelligence Act, or AI Act — the world’s first comprehensive AI law — entered into force on August 1, 2024 and, with some exceptions, will become fully applicable 24 months thereafter. This legislation imposes significant obligations on providers and deployers of high risk AI systems, and encourages providers and deployers of AI systems to account for certain ethical principles in their design, development and use of these systems. The rapid evolution of AI will require the application of significant resources to design, develop, test and maintain our technology and products to help ensure that AI is implemented in accordance with applicable laws and regulations and in a socially responsible manner and to minimize any real or perceived unintended harmful impacts. The legal landscape and subsequent legal protection for the use of AI remains uncertain, and development of the law in this area

 

55


Table of Contents

could impact our ability to enforce our proprietary rights or protect against infringing uses. If we do not have sufficient rights to use the data on which AI relies or to the outputs produced by AI applications, we may incur liability through the violation of certain laws, third-party privacy or other rights or contracts to which we are a party. Our use of AI applications may also, in the future, result in cybersecurity incidents that implicate the personal data of customers or patients. Any such cybersecurity incidents related to our use of AI applications could adversely affect our reputation and results of operations.

Our vendors may also incorporate AI tools into their own offerings, and the providers of these AI tools may not meet existing or rapidly evolving regulatory or industry standards, including with respect to intellectual property, privacy and data security. Further, bad actors around the world use increasingly sophisticated methods, including the use of AI, to engage in illegal activities involving the theft and misuse of personal information, confidential information and intellectual property. Any of these effects could damage our reputation, result in the loss of valuable property and information, cause us to breach applicable laws and regulations, and adversely impact our business.

Risks related to third-party relationships

We are reliant on a license agreement with Indiana University Research and Technology Corporation.

We are reliant on a License Agreement, or the IURTC License Agreement, with Indiana University Research and Technology Corporation, or IURTC, pursuant to which we have been granted an exclusive, royalty-bearing license to certain IURTC patent rights, or the Licensed Intellectual Property, developed by Dr. DiMarchi and other collaborators to further scientific research, for new product development, and for other applications in public interest. In particular, we have been granted an exclusive, royalty-bearing license to make, have made, use, have used, offer to sell, have offered for sale, sell, have sold, import and have imported products that are covered by the Licensed Intellectual Property. Termination of our IURTC License Agreement or reduction or elimination of our licensed rights may require us to negotiate new or reinstated licenses with less favorable terms or to cease all development and commercialization of our current product candidates. In addition, delay in appointing or finding a suitable replacement provider, if one exists, could make it difficult for us to operate our business for that period. If any such events were to occur, they could have a material adverse effect on our business prospects, financial condition and results of operations. For more information, see “Business—License agreement”.

We are dependent on third parties having accurately generated, collected, interpreted and reported data from certain preclinical studies and clinical trials that were previously conducted for our product candidates.

We have relied on third parties, including Indiana University, to conduct certain preclinical studies and clinical trials. Therefore, we are dependent on these third parties having conducted their research and development in accordance with the applicable protocols, legal and regulatory requirements, and scientific standards; having accurately reported the results of all preclinical studies and clinical trials conducted with respect to such product candidates and having correctly collected and interpreted the data from these studies and trials. These risks also apply to any additional product candidates that we may acquire or in-license in the future. If these activities were not compliant, accurate or correct, the clinical development, regulatory approval or commercialization of our product candidates will be adversely affected.

If conflicts arise between us and our collaborators or strategic partners, these parties may act in a manner adverse to us and could limit our ability to implement our strategies.

If conflicts arise between our collaborators and corporate or strategic partners and us, the other party may act in a manner adverse to us and could limit our ability to implement our strategies. Some of our collaborators

 

56


Table of Contents

and strategic partners are conducting multiple product development efforts within each area that is the subject of the collaboration with us. Our collaborators or strategic partners, however, may develop, either alone or with others, products in related fields that are competitive with the product candidates we may develop that are the subject of these collaborations with us. Competing products, either developed by the collaborators or strategic partners or to which the collaborators or strategic partners have rights, may result in the withdrawal of partner support for any product candidates we may develop.

Additionally, some of our collaborators or strategic partners could also become our competitors in the future. Our collaborators or strategic partners could develop competing products, preclude us from entering into collaborations with their competitors, fail to obtain timely regulatory approvals, prevent us from obtaining timely regulatory approvals, terminate their agreements with us prematurely or fail to devote sufficient resources to the collaboration efforts, including development, delivery, manufacturing and commercialization of products. Any of these developments could harm our company and product development efforts.

We may seek to establish collaborations and, if we are not able to establish them on commercially reasonable terms, we may have to alter our development and commercialization plans.

The advancement of our product candidates and development programs and the potential commercialization of our current and future product candidates will require substantial additional cash to fund expenses. For some of our programs, we may decide to collaborate with other pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies with respect to development and potential commercialization. Likely collaborators may include large and mid-size pharmaceutical companies, regional and national pharmaceutical companies and biotechnology companies. In addition, if we are able to obtain regulatory approval for product candidates from foreign regulatory authorities, we may enter into collaborations with international biotechnology or pharmaceutical companies for the commercialization of such product candidates.

We face significant competition in seeking appropriate collaborators. Whether we reach a definitive agreement for a collaboration will depend, among other things, upon our assessment of the collaborator’s resources and expertise, the terms and conditions of the proposed collaboration and the proposed collaborator’s evaluation of a number of factors. Those factors may include the potential differentiation of our product candidate from competing product candidates, design or results of clinical trials, the likelihood of approval by the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities and the regulatory pathway for any such approval, the potential market for the product candidate, the costs and complexities of manufacturing and delivering the product to patients and the potential of competing products. The collaborator may also consider alternative product candidates or technologies for similar indications that may be available for collaboration and whether such a collaboration could be more attractive than the one with us for our product candidate. If we elect to increase our expenditures to fund development or commercialization activities on our own, we may need to obtain additional capital, which may not be available to us on acceptable terms or at all. If we do not have sufficient funds, we may not be able to further develop our product candidates or bring them to market and generate product revenue.

Collaborations are complex and time-consuming to negotiate and document. Further, there have been a significant number of recent business combinations among large pharmaceutical companies that have resulted in a reduced number of potential future collaborators. Any collaboration agreements that we enter into in the future may contain restrictions on our ability to enter into potential collaborations or to otherwise develop specified product candidates. We may not be able to negotiate collaborations on a timely basis, on acceptable terms, or at all. If we are unable to do so, we may have to curtail the development of the product candidate for which we are seeking to collaborate, reduce or delay its development program or one or more of our other development programs, delay its potential commercialization or reduce the scope of any sales or marketing activities, or increase our expenditures and undertake development or commercialization activities at our own expense.

 

57


Table of Contents

We rely on third parties to assist in conducting our clinical trials. If they do not perform satisfactorily, we may not be able to obtain regulatory approval or commercialize our product candidates, or such approval or commercialization may be delayed, and our business could be substantially harmed.

We have relied upon and plan to continue to rely on third parties, such as CROs, clinical data management organizations, medical institutions and clinical investigators, to conduct our clinical trials and expect to rely on these third parties to conduct clinical trials of any other product candidate that we develop. Our ability to complete clinical trials in a timely fashion depends on a number of key factors. These factors include protocol design, regulatory and IRB approval, patient enrollment rates and compliance with GCPs. We have opened clinical trial sites and may in the future enroll patients in a number of countries where our experience is limited. In most cases, we use the services of third parties, including CROs, to carry out our clinical trial-related activities and rely on such parties to accurately report their results. Our reliance on third parties for clinical development activities may impact or limit our control over the timing, conduct, expense and quality of our clinical trials. Moreover, the FDA requires us to comply with GCPs for conducting, recording and reporting the results of clinical trials to assure that data and reported results are credible and accurate and that the rights, integrity and confidentiality of trial participants are protected. The FDA enforces these GCPs through periodic inspections of clinical trial sponsors, principal investigators, clinical trial sites and IRBs. For certain commercial prescription drug products, manufacturers and other parties involved in the supply chain must also meet chain of distribution requirements and build electronic, interoperable systems for product tracking and tracing and for notifying the FDA of counterfeit, diverted, stolen and intentionally adulterated products or other products that are otherwise unfit for distribution in the United States.

We remain responsible for ensuring that each of our trials is conducted in accordance with the applicable protocol, legal and regulatory requirements and scientific standards. Our failure or the failure of third parties to comply with the applicable protocol, legal and regulatory requirements and scientific standards can result in rejection of our clinical trial data or other sanctions. If we or our third-party clinical trial providers or third-party CROs do not successfully carry out these clinical activities, our clinical trials or the potential regulatory approval of a product candidate may be delayed or be unsuccessful. Additionally, if we or our third-party contractors fail to comply with applicable GCPs, the clinical data generated in our clinical trials may be deemed unreliable and the FDA may require us to perform additional clinical trials before approving our product candidates, which would delay the regulatory approval process. We cannot be certain that, upon inspection, the FDA will determine that any of our clinical trials comply with GCPs. We are also required to register certain clinical trials and post the results of completed clinical trials on a government-sponsored database, ClinicalTrials.gov, within certain timeframes. Failure to do so can result in fines, adverse publicity and civil and criminal sanctions.

Furthermore, the third parties conducting clinical trials on our behalf are not our employees, and except for remedies available to us under our agreements with such contractors, we cannot control whether or not they devote sufficient time, skill and resources to our ongoing development programs. Moreover, many CROs, including some of those that we have engaged to conduct our clinical trials, are experiencing enrollment challenges as a result of, among other things, high employee turnover driven by the post-COVID macroeconomic environment and the inexperience of new employees. Furthermore, at clinical trial sites, the availability of staff and trial participants has been limited due to a decrease in the number of clinical investigative sites across the globe. These contractors may also have relationships with other commercial entities, including our competitors, for whom they may also be conducting clinical trials or other drug development activities, which could impede their ability to devote appropriate time to our clinical programs. If these third parties, including clinical investigators, do not successfully carry out their contractual duties, meet expected deadlines or conduct our clinical trials in accordance with regulatory requirements or our stated protocols, we may not be able to obtain, or may be delayed in obtaining, regulatory approvals for our product

 

58


Table of Contents

candidates. If that occurs, we will not be able to, or may be delayed in our efforts to, successfully commercialize our product candidates. In such an event, our financial results and the commercial prospects for any product candidates that we seek to develop could be harmed, our costs could increase and our ability to generate revenues could be delayed, impaired or foreclosed.

We also rely on other third parties to store and distribute drug supplies for our clinical trials. Any performance failure on the part of our distributors could delay clinical development or regulatory approval of our product candidates or commercialization of any resulting products, producing additional losses and depriving us of potential product revenue.

Any of the third-party organizations we utilize may terminate their engagements with us under certain circumstances. The replacement of an existing CRO or other third party may result in the delay of the affected trials or otherwise adversely affect our efforts to obtain regulatory approvals and commercialize our product candidates. For example, although we believe there are a number of other CROs we could engage, we may not be able to enter into alternative arrangements or do so on commercially reasonable terms. In addition, while we believe there may be suitable replacements for one or more of these service providers, there is a natural transition period when a new service provider begins work. As a result, delays may occur, which could negatively impact our ability to meet our expected clinical development timelines and harm our business, financial condition and prospects.

Changes in methods of product candidate manufacturing or formulation may result in additional costs or delay.

As product candidates proceed through preclinical studies to late-stage clinical trials towards potential approval and commercialization, it is common that various aspects of the development program, such as the vendors used to manufacture drug product or manufacturing methods and formulation, are altered along the way in an effort to optimize processes and results. Such changes carry the risk that they will not achieve these intended objectives. Any of these changes could cause our product candidates to perform differently and affect the results of planned clinical trials or other future clinical trials conducted with the materials manufactured using altered processes. Such changes may also require additional testing, FDA notification or FDA approval. Moreover, if the formulation of our product candidates requires the use of delivery methods such as cold-chain distribution provided by third parties, whereby the product must be maintained between specified temperatures, we will be subject to reliance on our distribution partners to maintain the temperature of the formulation or else risk it being adulterated and rendered unusable. Any of the above could delay or prevent completion of clinical trials, require conducting bridging clinical trials or the repetition of one or more clinical trials, increase clinical trial costs, delay or prevent approval of our product candidates and jeopardize our ability to commence sales and generate revenue.

Our use of third parties to manufacture our product candidates may increase the risk that we will not have sufficient quantities of our product candidates, raw materials, active pharmaceutical ingredients, or APIs, or drug products when needed or at an acceptable cost.

We do not own or operate manufacturing facilities for the production of clinical or commercial quantities of our product candidates, and we lack the resources and the capabilities to do so. Our current strategy is to outsource all manufacturing of our product candidates to third parties.

We currently rely on and engage third-party manufacturers to provide all of the API and the final drug product formulation of all of our product candidates that are being used in our clinical trials and preclinical studies. Although we believe that there are several potential alternative manufacturers who could manufacture our product candidates, we may incur added costs and delays in identifying and qualifying any such replacement. In addition, we typically order raw materials, API and drug product and services on a purchase order basis and do not enter into long-term dedicated capacity or minimum supply arrangements with any commercial

 

59


Table of Contents

manufacturer. We may not be able to timely secure needed supply arrangements on satisfactory terms, or at all. Our failure to secure these arrangements as needed could have a material adverse effect on our ability to complete the development of our product candidates or, to commercialize them, if approved. We may be unable to conclude agreements for commercial supply with third-party manufacturers or may be unable to do so on acceptable terms. There may be difficulties in scaling up to commercial quantities and formulation of our product candidates, and the costs of manufacturing could be prohibitive.

If our manufacturers have difficulty or suffer delays in successfully manufacturing material that meets our specifications, it may limit supply of our product candidates and could delay our clinical trials. Even if we are able to establish and maintain arrangements with third-party manufacturers, reliance on third-party manufacturers entails additional risks, including:

 

 

the failure of the third-party manufacturer to comply with applicable regulatory requirements and reliance on third parties for manufacturing process development, regulatory compliance and quality assurance;

 

 

manufacturing delays if our third-party manufacturers give greater priority to the supply of other products over our product candidates or otherwise do not satisfactorily perform according to the terms of the agreement between us;

 

 

limitations on supply availability resulting from capacity and scheduling constraints of third parties;

 

 

the possible breach of manufacturing agreements by third parties because of factors beyond our control;

 

 

the possible termination or non-renewal of the manufacturing agreements by the third party, at a time that is costly or inconvenient to us; and

 

 

the possible misappropriation of our proprietary information, including our trade secrets and know-how.

If we do not maintain our key manufacturing relationships, we may fail to find replacement manufacturers or develop our own manufacturing capabilities, which could delay or impair our ability to obtain regulatory approval for our product candidates. If we do find replacement manufacturers, we may not be able to enter into agreements with them on terms and conditions favorable to us and there could be a substantial delay before new facilities could be qualified and registered with the FDA and other foreign regulatory authorities.

Additionally, if any third-party manufacturer with whom we contract fails to perform its obligations, we may be forced to manufacture the materials ourselves, for which we may not have the capabilities or resources, or enter into an agreement with a different manufacturer. In either scenario, our clinical trials supply could be delayed significantly as we establish alternative supply sources. In some cases, the technical skills required to manufacture our product candidates may be unique or proprietary to the original manufacturer and we may have difficulty, or there may be contractual restrictions prohibiting us from, transferring such skills to a back-up or alternate supplier, or we may be unable to transfer such skills at all. In addition, if we are required to change third-party manufacturers for any reason, we will be required to verify that the new manufacturer maintains facilities and procedures that comply with quality standards and with all applicable regulations. We will also need to verify, such as through a manufacturing comparability study, that any new manufacturing process will produce our product candidate according to the specifications previously submitted to the FDA or another regulatory authority. We may be unsuccessful in demonstrating the comparability of clinical supplies, which could require the conduct of additional clinical trials. The delays associated with the verification of a new third-party manufacturer could negatively affect our ability to develop product candidates or commercialize our products in a timely manner or within budget. Furthermore, a third-party manufacturer may possess technology related to the manufacture of our product candidate that such third party owns independently. This would increase our reliance on such third-party manufacturer or require us to obtain a license from such third-party manufacturer in order to have another third party manufacture our product candidates.

 

60


Table of Contents

If any of our product candidates is approved by any regulatory agency, we intend to utilize arrangements with third-party contract manufacturers for the commercial production of those products. This process is difficult and time consuming and we may face competition for access to manufacturing facilities as there are a limited number of contract manufacturers operating under cGMPs that are capable of manufacturing our product candidates. Consequently, we may not be able to reach agreement with third-party manufacturers on satisfactory terms, which could delay our commercialization.

Some of our manufacturers may be located outside of the United States. There is currently significant uncertainty about the future relationship between the United States and various other countries, including China, with respect to trade policies, treaties, government regulations and tariffs. Increased tariffs could potentially disrupt our existing supply chains and impose additional costs on our business. Additionally, it is possible further tariffs may be imposed that could affect imports of APIs used in our product candidates, or our business may be adversely impacted by retaliatory trade measures taken by China or other countries, including restricted access to such raw materials used in our product candidates. Given the unpredictable regulatory environment in China and the United States and uncertainty regarding how the U.S. or foreign governments will act with respect to tariffs, international trade agreements and policies, further governmental action related to tariffs, additional taxes, regulatory changes or other retaliatory trade measures in the future could occur with a corresponding detrimental impact on our business and financial condition.

Our failure, or the failure of our third-party manufacturers, to comply with applicable regulations could result in sanctions being imposed on us, including clinical holds, fines, injunctions, civil penalties, delays, suspension or withdrawal of approvals, seizures or voluntary recalls of product candidates, operating restrictions and criminal prosecutions, any of which could significantly affect supplies of our product candidates. The facilities used by our contract manufacturers to manufacture our product candidates must be evaluated by the FDA. We do not control the manufacturing process of, and are completely dependent on, our contract manufacturing partners for compliance with cGMPs. If our contract manufacturers cannot successfully manufacture material that conforms to our specifications and the strict regulatory requirements of the FDA or others, we may not be able to secure and/or maintain regulatory approval for our product candidates manufactured at these facilities. In addition, we have no control over the ability of our contract manufacturers to maintain adequate quality control, quality assurance and qualified personnel. If the FDA finds deficiencies or a comparable foreign regulatory authority does not approve these facilities for the manufacture of our product candidates or if it withdraws any such approval in the future, we may need to find alternative manufacturing facilities, which would significantly impact our ability to develop, obtain regulatory approval for or market our product candidates, if approved. Contract manufacturers may face manufacturing or quality control problems causing drug substance production and shipment delays or a situation where the contractor may not be able to maintain compliance with the applicable cGMP requirements. Any failure to comply with cGMP requirements or other FDA and comparable foreign regulatory requirements could adversely affect our clinical research activities and our ability to develop our product candidates and market our products, if approved.

The FDA and other foreign regulatory authorities require manufacturers to register manufacturing facilities. The FDA and corresponding foreign regulators also inspect these facilities to confirm compliance with cGMPs.

Contract manufacturers may face manufacturing or quality control problems causing drug substance production and shipment delays or a situation where the contractor may not be able to maintain compliance with the applicable cGMP requirements. Any failure to comply with cGMP requirements or other FDA and comparable foreign regulatory requirements could adversely affect our clinical research activities and our ability to develop our product candidates and market our products following approval, if obtained.

 

61


Table of Contents

If any third-party manufacturer of our product candidates is unable to increase the scale of its production of our product candidates or increase the product yield of its manufacturing, then our manufacturing costs may increase and commercialization may be delayed.

In order to produce sufficient quantities to meet the demand for clinical trials and, if approved, subsequent commercialization of our product candidates, our third-party manufacturers will be required to increase their production and optimize their manufacturing processes while maintaining the quality of our product candidates. The transition to larger scale production could prove difficult. In addition, if our third-party manufacturers are not able to optimize their manufacturing processes to increase the product yield for our product candidates, or if they are unable to produce increased amounts of our product candidates while maintaining the same quality then we may not be able to meet the demands of clinical trials or market demands, which could decrease our ability to generate profits and have a material adverse impact on our business and results of operations.

We may need to maintain licenses for APIs from third parties to develop and commercialize some of our product candidates, which could increase our development costs and delay our ability to commercialize those product candidates.

Should we decide to use any APIs in any of our product candidates that are proprietary to one or more third parties, we would need to maintain licenses to those APIs from those third parties. If we are unable to gain or continue to access rights to these APIs prior to conducting preclinical toxicology studies intended to support clinical trials, we may need to develop alternate product candidates from these programs by either accessing or developing alternate APIs, resulting in increased development costs and delays in commercialization of these product candidates. If we are unable to gain or maintain continued access rights to the desired APIs on commercially reasonable terms or develop suitable alternate APIs, we may not be able to commercialize product candidates from these programs.

Risks related to personnel, operations, and growth

We are dependent on the services of our management and other clinical and scientific personnel, and if we are not able to retain these individuals or recruit additional management or clinical and scientific personnel, our business will suffer.

Our success depends in part on our continued ability to attract, retain and motivate highly qualified management, clinical and scientific personnel. We are highly dependent upon our senior management, including our President and Chief Executive Officer, as well as our senior scientists and other members of our senior management team. The loss of services of any of these individuals could delay or prevent the successful development of our product pipeline, initiation or completion of our planned clinical trials or the commercialization of our product candidates. Although we have executed employment agreements or offer letters with each member of our senior management team, these agreements are terminable at will with notice and, therefore, we may not be able to retain their services as expected. We do not currently maintain “key person” life insurance on the lives of our executives or any of our employees. This lack of insurance means that we may not have adequate compensation for the loss of the services of these individuals.

We will need to continue to significantly increase the size of our organization and we may have difficulties in managing our growth and expanding our operations successfully.

As of August 15, 2024, we had 36 full-time employees. As we advance our products and product candidates through the development and commercialization process, we will need to expand managerial, operational, financial, sales and marketing and other resources to manage our operations, preclinical and clinical trials,

 

62


Table of Contents

research and development activities, regulatory filings, manufacturing and supply activities, and any marketing and commercialization activities or contract with other organizations to provide these capabilities for us. As operations expand, we expect that we will need to manage additional relationships with various suppliers and other organizations. Our ability to manage our operations and growth requires us to continue to improve our operational, financial and management controls, reporting systems and procedures across a global organization. Such growth could place a strain on our administrative and operational infrastructure.

Further, we may not be successful in maintaining our unique company culture and continuing to attract or retain qualified management and scientific and clinical personnel in the future due to the intense competition for qualified personnel among pharmaceutical, biotechnology and other businesses. Our industry has experienced a high rate of turnover of management personnel in recent years.

Additionally, we may not be able to make improvements to our management information and control systems in an efficient or timely manner and may discover deficiencies in existing systems and controls. Our management, personnel, systems and facilities currently in place may not be adequate to support this future growth. Our need to effectively execute our growth strategy requires that we either internally, together with collaboration partners or through third-party contractors, as applicable:

 

 

expand our general and administrative functions;

 

 

identify, recruit, screen, retain, incentivize and integrate additional employees;

 

 

manage our internal development efforts effectively while carrying out our contractual obligations to third parties;

 

 

establish and build a marketing and commercial organization; and

 

 

continue to improve our operational, legal, financial, compliance and management controls, reporting systems and procedures.

If we are not able to attract, retain and motivate necessary personnel to accomplish our business objectives, we may experience constraints that will significantly impede the achievement of our development objectives, our ability to raise additional capital and our ability to implement our business strategy.

Risks related to our intellectual property

Our commercial success depends on our ability to obtain, maintain, enforce, and otherwise protect our intellectual property and proprietary technology, and if the scope of the intellectual property protection obtained is not sufficiently broad, our competitors or other third parties could develop and commercialize products and product candidates similar to ours and our ability to successfully develop and commercialize our product candidates may be adversely affected.

Our commercial success depends, in large part, on our ability to obtain and maintain intellectual property rights protection through patents, trademarks, and trade secrets in the United States and other countries with respect to our technology and product candidates. If we do not adequately protect our intellectual property rights, competitors or other third parties may be able to erode, negate or preempt any competitive advantage we may have, which could harm our business and ability to achieve profitability. To protect our proprietary position, we have filed patent applications and may file other patent applications in the United States or abroad related to our product candidates that are important to our business; we also license and may purchase patents or patent applications filed by others. In particular, we are heavily reliant on patent rights we have exclusively in-licensed from IURTC pursuant to the IURTC License Agreement. The patent application process is expensive, time-consuming and complex. We may not be able to file, prosecute, maintain, enforce or license all necessary or

 

63


Table of Contents

desirable patent applications at a reasonable cost or in a timely manner. Our owned and in-licensed patent portfolio is generally at a very early stage. In particular, we do not currently own or in-license any issued patents relating to any of our product candidates and we also do not own or in-license any issued U.S. patents relating to our PEP technology or otherwise. Further, the only pending patent applications we currently own are two U.S. provisional patent applications relating to one of our product candidates.

We may not be able to obtain patents on certain inventions if those inventions are publicly disclosed prior to our filing a patent application covering them. We enter into nondisclosure and confidentiality agreements with parties who have access to confidential information, including confidential information regarding inventions not yet disclosed in patent applications. We cannot guarantee that any of these parties will not breach these confidentiality agreements and publicly disclose any of our inventions before a patent application is filed covering such inventions. If such confidential information is publicly disclosed, we may not be able to successfully patent it and consequently, we may not be able to prevent third parties from using such inventions.

Composition of matter patents for pharmaceutical and biological product candidates can provide a strong form of intellectual property protection for those types of products, as such patents provide protection without regard to any method of use. We cannot be certain that the claims in our or our licensors’ pending patent applications directed to the composition of matter of our product candidates will be considered patentable by the United States Patent and Trademark Office, or USPTO, or by patent offices in foreign countries, or that the claims in any of the issued patents we may own or license will be considered valid and enforceable by courts in the United States or foreign countries. Method of use patents protect the use of a product for the specified method. This type of patent does not prevent a competitor from making and marketing a product that is identical to our product for an indication that is outside the scope of the patented method. Moreover, even if competitors do not actively promote their product for our targeted indications, physicians may prescribe such products “off-label.” Although off-label prescriptions may infringe or contribute to the infringement of method of use patents, the practice is common and such infringement is difficult to prevent or prosecute.

If the scope of the patent protection we obtain is not sufficiently broad, we may not be able to prevent others from developing and commercializing technology and products similar or identical to ours. The degree of patent protection we require to successfully compete in the marketplace may be unavailable or severely limited in some cases and may not adequately protect our rights or permit us to gain or keep any competitive advantage. We cannot provide any assurances that any of our in-licensed patents have, or that any of our owned or in-licensed pending patent applications that mature into issued patents will include claims with a scope sufficient to protect our product candidates or otherwise provide any competitive advantage. Other parties have developed or may develop technologies that may be related or competitive with our approach, and may have filed or may file patent applications and may have been issued or may be issued patents with claims that overlap or conflict with our patent portfolio, either by claiming the same compounds, formulations or methods or by claiming subject matter that could dominate our patent position. In addition, the laws of foreign countries may not protect our rights to the same extent as the laws of the United States. Furthermore, patents have a limited lifespan. In the United States, the natural expiration of a patent is generally twenty years after it is filed. Various extensions may be available; however, the life of a patent, and the protection it affords, is limited. Given the amount of time required for the development, testing and regulatory review of product candidates, patents protecting such product candidates might expire before or shortly after such product candidates are commercialized. As a result, our patent portfolio may not provide us with adequate and continuing patent protection sufficient to exclude others from commercializing products similar or identical to ours.

Even if they are unchallenged, our owned and in-licensed patents and pending patent applications, if issued, may not provide us with any meaningful protection or prevent competitors from designing around our patent claims to circumvent our patent portfolio by developing similar or alternative product candidates in a non-infringing manner. For example, a third party may develop a product candidate that provides benefits

 

64


Table of Contents

similar to one of our product candidates but falls outside the scope of our patent protection or license rights. If the patent protection provided by the patent and patent applications we hold or pursue with respect to such product candidate is not sufficiently broad to impede such competition, our ability to successfully commercialize our product candidate could be negatively affected, which would harm our business.

We, or any future partners, collaborators, or licensees, may fail to identify patentable aspects of inventions made in the course of development and commercialization activities before it is too late to obtain patent protection on them. Therefore, we may miss potential opportunities to strengthen our patent position.

It is possible that defects of form in the preparation or filing of our patent portfolio may exist, or may arise in the future, for example with respect to proper priority claims, inventorship, claim scope, or requests for patent term adjustments. If we or our partners, collaborators, or licensees whether current or future, fail to establish, maintain or protect such patents and other intellectual property rights, such rights may be reduced or eliminated. If our partners, collaborators, or licensees are not fully cooperative or disagree with us as to the prosecution, maintenance or enforcement of any patent rights, such patent rights could be compromised. If there are material defects in the form, preparation, prosecution, or enforcement of our patent portfolio, such patents may be invalid and/or unenforceable, and such applications may never result in valid, enforceable patents. Periodic maintenance fees, renewal fees, annuity fees and various other government fees on patents and/or applications will be due to be paid to the USPTO and various government patent agencies outside of the United States over the lifetime of our owned or licensed patents and patent applications. We rely on our outside counsel or our licensing partners to pay these fees due to U.S. and non-U.S. patent agencies. The USPTO and various non-U.S. government patent agencies require compliance with several procedural, documentary, fee payment and other similar provisions during the patent application process. While an inadvertent lapse can, in many cases, be cured by payment of a late fee or by other means in accordance with the applicable rules, there are situations in which non-compliance can result in abandonment or lapse of the patent or patent application, resulting in partial or complete loss of patent rights in the relevant jurisdiction. Non-compliant events that could result in abandonment or lapse of a patent or patent application include, but are not limited to, failure to respond to official actions within prescribed time limits, non-payment of fees and failure to properly legalize and submit formal documents. Any of these outcomes could impair our ability to prevent competition from third parties, which may have an adverse impact on our business.

The patent position of biotechnology and pharmaceutical companies carries uncertainty. As a result, the issuance, scope, validity, enforceability and commercial value of our patent rights are characterized by uncertainty.

Pending patent applications cannot be enforced against third parties practicing the technology claimed in such applications unless and until a patent issues from such applications. Assuming the other requirements for patentability are met, currently, the first to file a patent application is generally entitled to the patent. However, prior to March 16, 2013, in the United States, the first to invent was entitled to the patent. Publications of discoveries in the scientific literature often lag behind the actual discoveries, and patent applications in the United States and other jurisdictions are not published until 18 months after filing, or in some cases not at all. Therefore, we cannot be certain that we were the first to make the inventions claimed in our patent portfolio, or that we were the first to file for patent protection of such inventions. If third parties have filed prior patent applications on inventions claimed in our patent portfolio that were filed on or before March 15, 2013, an interference proceeding in the United States can be initiated by such third parties to determine who was the first to invent any of the subject matter covered by our patent portfolio. If third parties have filed such prior applications after March 15, 2013, a derivation proceeding in the United States can be initiated by such third parties to determine whether our invention was derived from theirs.

 

65


Table of Contents

Moreover, because the issuance of a patent is not conclusive as to its inventorship, scope, validity or enforceability, any patents we may own or license may be challenged in the courts or patent offices in the United States and abroad. There is no assurance that all the potentially relevant prior art relating to our patent portfolio has been found. Publications of discoveries in the scientific literature often lag behind the actual discoveries, and patent applications in the United States and other jurisdictions are typically not published until 18 months after filing or, in some cases, not at all. Therefore, we cannot know with certainty whether we were the first to make the inventions claimed in our patent portfolio, or that we were the first to file for patent protection of such inventions. If such prior art exists, it may be used to invalidate a patent, or may prevent a patent from issuing from a pending patent application. For example, such patent filings may be subject to a third-party submission of prior art to the USPTO, or to other patent offices around the world. Alternately or additionally, we may become involved in post-grant review procedures, oppositions, derivation proceedings, ex parte reexaminations, inter partes review, supplemental examinations, or interference proceedings or challenges before the USPTO or in district court in the United States, or similar proceedings in various foreign jurisdictions, including both national and regional, challenging patents or patent applications in which we have rights, including patents on which we rely to protect our business. An adverse determination in any such challenges may result in loss of the patent or claims in the patent portfolio being narrowed, invalidated or held unenforceable, in whole or in part, or in denial of the patent application or loss or reduction in the scope of one or more claims of the patent portfolio, any of which could limit our ability to stop others from using or commercializing similar or identical technology and products, or limit the duration of the patent protection of our technology and products.

Our or our licensors’ pending and future patent applications may not result in patents being issued that protect our business, in whole or in part, or which effectively prevent others from commercializing competitive products. For example, our or our licensors’ provisional applications may never result in issued patents. A provisional patent application is not eligible to become an issued patent until, among other things, we or our licensors file a non-provisional patent application within 12 months of filing the related provisional patent application. If we or our licensors do not timely file non-provisional patent applications, we or our licensors may lose the priority dates with respect to such provisional patent applications and any patent protection on the inventions disclosed in such provisional patent applications. While we intend to timely file non-provisional patent applications relating to our current and future provisional patent applications, we cannot predict whether any of our or our licensors’ patent applications for our technology and product candidates will result in the issuance of patents that effectively protect our technology and product candidates. Further, competitors may be able to design around our patents. Changes in either the patent laws or interpretation of the patent laws in the United States and other countries also may diminish the value of our patents or narrow the scope of our patent protection. In addition, the laws of foreign countries may not protect our rights to the same extent or in the same manner as the laws of the United States. For example, patent laws in various jurisdictions, including jurisdiction covering significant commercial markets, such as the European Patent Office, China, and Japan, restrict the patentability of methods of treatment of the human body more than United States law does. If these developments were to occur, they could have a material adverse effect on our ability to generate revenue.

The patent application process is subject to numerous risks and uncertainties, and there can be no assurance that we or any of our future development partners will be successful in protecting our product candidates by obtaining and defending patents. These risks and uncertainties include the following:

 

 

the USPTO and various foreign governmental patent agencies require compliance with a number of procedural, documentary, fee payment and other provisions during the patent process. There are situations in which noncompliance, whether intentional or not, can result in abandonment or lapse of a patent or patent application, resulting in partial or complete loss of patent rights in the relevant jurisdiction. In such an event, competitors might be able to enter the market earlier than would otherwise have been the case;

 

66


Table of Contents
 

patent applications may not result in any patents being issued;

 

 

company-owned or in-licensed patents that have been issued or may be issued in the future may be challenged, invalidated, modified, revoked, circumvented, found to be unenforceable or otherwise may not provide any competitive advantage;

 

 

our competitors, many of whom have substantially greater resources and many of whom have made significant investments in competing technologies, may seek or may have already obtained patents that will limit, interfere with or eliminate our ability to make, use, and sell our product candidates, if approved;

 

 

there may be significant pressure on the U.S. government and international governmental bodies to limit the scope of patent protection both inside and outside the United States for disease treatments that prove successful, as a matter of public policy regarding worldwide health concerns;

 

 

countries other than the United States may have patent laws less favorable to patentees than those upheld by U.S. courts, allowing foreign competitors a better opportunity to create, develop and market competing products; and

 

 

countries other than the U.S. may, under certain circumstances, force us to grant a license under our patents to a competitor, thus allowing the competitor to compete with us in that jurisdiction or forcing us to lower the price of our drug in that jurisdiction.

Issued patents that we may own or license may not provide us with any meaningful protection, prevent competitors from competing with us or otherwise provide us with any competitive advantage. Our competitors may be able to circumvent our patents by developing similar or alternative technologies or products in a non-infringing manner. Our competitors may also seek approval to market their own products similar to or otherwise competitive with our products. In these circumstances, we may need to defend or assert our patents, or both, including by filing lawsuits alleging patent infringement. In any of these types of proceedings, a court or other agency with jurisdiction may find our patents invalid or unenforceable, or that our competitors do not infringe our patents. Thus, even if we have valid and enforceable patents, these patents still may not provide protection against competing products or processes sufficient to achieve our business objectives.

We maintain certain information as company trade secrets. This information may relate to inventions that are not patentable or not optimally protected with patents. We use commercially acceptable practices to protect this information, including, for example, limiting access to the information and requiring passwords for our computers. Additionally, we execute confidentiality agreements with any third parties to whom we may provide access to the information and with our employees, consultants, scientific advisors, collaborators, vendors, contractors, and advisors. We cannot provide any assurances that all such agreements have been duly executed, and third parties may still obtain this information or may come upon this or similar information independently. It is possible that technology relevant to our business will be independently developed by a person who is not a party to such a confidentiality or invention assignment agreement. If any of our trade secrets were to be independently developed by a competitor or other third party, we would have no right to prevent such competitor or third party, or those to whom they communicate such independently developed information, from using that information to compete with us. We may not be able to prevent the unauthorized disclosure or use of our technical knowledge or trade secrets by contract manufacturers, consultants, collaborators, vendors, advisors, former employees and current employees. Monitoring unauthorized uses and disclosures is difficult and we do not know whether the steps we have taken to protect our proprietary technologies will be effective. Furthermore, if the parties to our confidentiality agreements breach or violate the terms of these agreements, we may not have adequate remedies for any such breach or violation, and we could lose our trade secrets as a consequence of such breaches or violations. Our trade secrets could otherwise become known or be independently discovered by our competitors. Additionally, if the steps taken to maintain

 

67


Table of Contents

our trade secrets are deemed inadequate, we may have insufficient recourse against third parties for misappropriating our trade secrets. If any of these events occurs or if we otherwise lose protection for our trade secrets, our business, financial condition, results of operation and prospects may be materially and adversely harmed.

If we fail to comply with our obligations in the agreements under which we license intellectual property rights from third parties or otherwise experience disruptions to our business relationships with our current and future licensors, we could lose license rights that are important to our business.

We are heavily reliant upon the IURTC License Agreement pursuant to which we have been granted an exclusive, royalty-bearing license to certain patent rights that are important or necessary to the development of our proprietary technology and product candidates. Termination of the IURTC License Agreement or reduction or elimination of our licensed rights could lead to the loss of our ability to develop and commercialize our proprietary technology and product candidates. Further development of our proprietary technology and product candidates may require us to enter into additional license or collaboration agreements. Our future licenses may not provide us with exclusive rights to use the licensed intellectual property and technology, or may not provide us with exclusive rights to use such intellectual property and technology in all relevant fields of use and in all territories in which we may wish to develop or commercialize our product candidates and proprietary technology in the future. Additionally, the IURTC License Agreement imposes, and future agreements may impose, various development, diligence, commercialization and other obligations on us and require us to meet development timelines, or to exercise commercially reasonable efforts to develop and commercialize licensed products, in order to maintain the licenses.

Disputes may arise between us and our current or future licensors regarding intellectual property subject to a license agreement, including:

 

 

the scope of rights granted under the license agreement and other interpretation-related issues;

 

 

our financial or other obligations under the license agreement;

 

 

whether and the extent to which our technology and processes infringe, misappropriate or otherwise violate intellectual property of the licensor that is not subject to the licensing agreement;

 

 

our right to sublicense patents and other rights to third parties;

 

 

our diligence obligations under the license agreement and what activities satisfy those diligence obligations;

 

 

our right to transfer or assign the license;

 

 

the inventorship and ownership of inventions and know-how resulting from the joint creation or use of intellectual property by our current or future licensors and us and our partners; and

 

 

the priority of invention of patented technology.

In addition, the agreements under which we license intellectual property or technology from third parties are complex, and certain provisions in such agreements may be susceptible to multiple interpretations. The resolution of any contract interpretation disagreement that may arise could narrow what we believe to be the scope of our rights to the relevant intellectual property or technology or increase what we believe to be our financial or other obligations under the relevant agreement, either of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects. Moreover, if disputes over intellectual property that we have licensed, or license in the future, prevent or impair our ability to maintain our licensing arrangements on commercially acceptable terms, we may be unable to successfully develop and commercialize the affected product candidates, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects.

 

68


Table of Contents

Despite our best efforts, our current or future licensors might conclude that we materially breached our license agreements and might therefore terminate the license agreements, thereby removing our ability to develop and commercialize products, if approved, and technology covered by these license agreements. As a result, we may be required to cease our development and commercialization of our product candidates and use of our proprietary technologies covered by the patent rights owned by the licensors. Furthermore, if the in-licensed patent rights fail to provide the intended exclusivity, competitors will have the freedom to seek regulatory approval of, and to market, products identical to ours. These events could have a material adverse effect on our competitive position, business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects.

It is difficult and costly to protect our intellectual property and our proprietary technologies, and we may not be able to ensure their protection.

Our commercial success will depend in part on obtaining and maintaining patent protection and trade secret protection for our product candidates, as well as on successfully defending these patents against potential third-party challenges. Our ability to protect our product candidates from unauthorized making, using, selling, offering to sell or importing by third parties is dependent on the extent to which we have rights under valid and enforceable patents that cover these activities.

The patent positions of pharmaceutical, biotechnology and other life sciences companies can be highly uncertain and involve complex legal and factual questions for which important legal principles remain unresolved and have in recent years been the subject of much litigation. Changes in either the patent laws or in interpretations of patent laws in the United States and other countries may diminish the value of our intellectual property. Over the past decade, U.S. federal courts have increasingly invalidated pharmaceutical and biotechnology patents during litigation often based on changing interpretations of patent law. Further, the determination that a patent application or patent claim meets all the requirements for patentability is a subjective determination based on the application of law and jurisprudence. The ultimate determination by the USPTO or by a court or other trier of fact in the United States, or corresponding foreign national patent offices or courts, on whether a claim meets all requirements of patentability cannot be assured. Although we have conducted searches for third-party publications, patents and other information that may affect the patentability of claims in our patent portfolio, we cannot be certain that all relevant information has been identified. Accordingly, we cannot predict the breadth of claims that may be allowed or enforced in our own patent portfolio.

Although we exclusively in-license pending patent applications relating to our MBX 2109, MBX 1416, and MBX 4291 product candidates and we own two pending provisional patent applications relating to our MBX 2109 product candidate, we cannot provide assurances that any of our patent applications will be found to be patentable, including over our own prior art publications or patent literature, or will issue as patents. Neither can we make assurances as to the scope of any claims that may issue from our pending and future patent applications nor to the outcome of any proceedings by any potential third parties that could challenge the patentability, validity or enforceability of our patent portfolio in the United States or foreign jurisdictions. Any such challenge, if successful, could limit patent protection for our product candidates and/or materially harm our business.

In addition to challenges during litigation, third parties can challenge the validity of our patents in the United States using post-grant review and inter partes review proceedings, which some third parties have been using to cause the cancellation of selected or all claims of issued patents of competitors. For a patent filed March 16, 2013 or later, a petition for post-grant review can be filed by a third party in a nine-month window from issuance of the patent. A petition for inter partes review can be filed immediately following the issuance of a patent if the patent has an effective filing date prior to March 16, 2013. A petition for inter partes review can be filed after the nine-month period for filing a post-grant review petition has expired for a patent with an effective filing date of March 16, 2013 or later. Post-grant review proceedings can be brought on any ground of

 

69


Table of Contents

invalidity, whereas inter partes review proceedings can only raise an invalidity challenge based on published prior art and patents. These adversarial actions at the USPTO review patent claims without the presumption of validity afforded to U.S. patents in lawsuits in U.S. federal courts and use a lower burden of proof than used in litigation in U.S. federal courts. Therefore, it is generally considered easier for a competitor or third party to have a U.S. patent invalidated in a USPTO post-grant review or inter partes review proceeding than invalidated in a litigation in a U.S. federal court. If any of our patents are challenged by a third party in such a USPTO proceeding, there is no guarantee that we will be successful in defending the patent, which may result in a loss of the challenged patent right to us.

The degree of future protection for our proprietary rights is uncertain because legal means afford only limited protection and may not adequately protect our rights or permit us to gain or keep our competitive advantage. For example:

 

 

we may not be able to generate sufficient data to support full patent applications that protect the entire breadth of developments in one or more of our programs;

 

 

it is possible that one or more of our pending patent applications will not become an issued patent or, if issued, that the patent claims will not have sufficient scope to protect our technology, provide us with commercially viable patent protection or provide us with any competitive advantages;

 

 

if our pending applications issue as patents, they may be challenged by third parties as invalid or unenforceable under United States or foreign laws;

 

 

we may not successfully commercialize our product candidates, if approved, before our relevant patents expire;

 

 

we may not be the first to file patent applications for the inventions covered by our patent portfolio; or

 

 

we may not develop additional proprietary technologies that are separately patentable.

In addition, to the extent that we are unable to obtain and maintain patent protection for our product candidates, or in the event that such patent protection expires, it may no longer be cost-effective to extend our portfolio by pursuing additional development of any of our product candidates for follow-on indications.

Patent terms may be inadequate to protect our competitive position on our products for an adequate amount of time.

Patents have a limited lifespan. In the United States, if all maintenance fees are timely paid, the natural expiration of a patent is generally 20 years from its earliest U.S. non-provisional filing date. The patent term of a U.S. patent may be lengthened by patent term adjustment, which compensates a patentee for administrative delays by the United States Patent and Trademark Office in granting a patent, or may be shortened if a patent is terminally disclaimed over another patent having an earlier expiration date.

Various extensions may be available, but the life of a patent, and the protection it affords, is limited. Given the amount of time required for the development, testing and regulatory review of product candidates, patents protecting such product candidates might expire before or shortly after such product candidates are commercialized.

In the United States, the Drug Price Competition and Patent Term Restoration Act of 1984 permits a Patent Term Extension, or PTE, of up to five years beyond the normal expiration of the patent to compensate patent owners for loss of enforceable patent term due to the lengthy regulatory approval process. A PTE grant cannot extend the remaining term of a patent beyond a total of 14 years from the date of the product approval. Further, PTE may only be applied once per product, and only with respect to an approved indication—in other

 

70


Table of Contents

words, only one patent (for example, covering the product itself, an approved use of said product, or a method of manufacturing said product) can be extended by PTE. Moreover, the scope of protection during the period of the PTE does not extend to the full scope of the claim, but instead only to the scope of the product as approved. We anticipate applying for PTE in the United States. Similar extensions may be available in other countries where we are prosecuting patents and we likewise anticipate applying for such extensions.

The granting of such patent term extensions is not guaranteed and is subject to numerous requirements. We might not be granted an extension because of, for example, failure to apply within applicable periods, failure to apply prior to the expiration of relevant patents, failure to exercise due diligence during the testing phase or regulatory review process or any other failure to satisfy any of the numerous applicable requirements. In addition, to the extent we wish to pursue patent term extension based on a patent that we in-license from a third party, we would need the cooperation of that third party. Moreover, the applicable authorities, including the FDA and the USPTO in the United States, and any equivalent regulatory authority in other countries, may not agree with our assessment of whether such extensions are available, and may refuse to grant extensions to our patents, or may grant more limited extensions than we request. If this occurs, our competitors may be able to obtain approval of competing products following our patent expiration by referencing our clinical and preclinical data and launch their product earlier than might otherwise be the case. If this were to occur, it could have a material adverse effect on our ability to generate revenue.

Changes in the interpretation of patent law in the United States and other jurisdictions could diminish the value of patents in general, thereby impairing our ability to protect our products.

The United States Congress is responsible for passing laws establishing patentability standards. As with any laws, implementation is left to federal agencies and the federal courts based on their interpretations of the laws. Interpretation of patent standards can vary significantly within the USPTO, and across the various federal courts, including the U.S. Supreme Court. Recently, the Supreme Court has ruled on several patent cases, generally limiting the types of inventions that can be patented. Further, there are open questions regarding interpretation of patentability standards that the Supreme Court has yet to decisively address. Absent clear guidance from the Supreme Court, the USPTO has become increasingly conservative in its interpretation of patent laws and standards.

In addition to increasing uncertainty with regard to our ability to obtain patents in the future, the legal landscape in the U.S. has created uncertainty with respect to the value of patents. Depending on any actions by Congress, and future decisions by the lower federal courts and the U.S. Supreme Court, along with interpretations by the USPTO, the laws and regulations governing patents could change in unpredictable ways and could weaken our ability to obtain new patents or to enforce our existing patents and patents that we might obtain in the future.

Patent reform legislation in the United States and other countries, including the Leahy-Smith America Invents Act, or the Leahy-Smith Act, signed into law on September 16, 2011, could increase those uncertainties and costs surrounding the prosecution of our patent applications and the enforcement or defense of our future issued patents. The Leahy-Smith Act included a number of significant changes to U.S. patent law. These include provisions that affect the way patent applications are prosecuted, redefine prior art and provide more efficient and cost-effective avenues for competitors to challenge the validity of patents. These include allowing third-party submission of prior art to the USPTO during patent prosecution and additional procedures to attack the validity of a patent by USPTO administered post-grant proceedings, including post-grant review, inter partes review, and derivation proceedings. Further, because of a lower evidentiary standard in these USPTO post-grant proceedings compared to the evidentiary standard in United States federal courts necessary to invalidate a patent claim, a third party could potentially provide evidence in a USPTO proceeding sufficient for the USPTO to hold a claim invalid even though the same evidence would be insufficient to invalidate the claim if first

 

71


Table of Contents

presented in a district court action. Accordingly, a third party may attempt to use the USPTO procedures to invalidate our patent claims that would not have been invalidated if first challenged by the third party as a defendant in a district court action. Thus, the Leahy-Smith Act and its implementation could increase the uncertainties and costs surrounding the prosecution of our patent applications and the enforcement or defense of our future issued patents, all of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

After March 16, 2013, under the Leahy-Smith Act, the United States transitioned to a first inventor to file system in which, assuming that the other statutory requirements are met, the first inventor to file a patent application will be entitled to the patent on an invention regardless of whether this inventor was the first to invent the claimed invention. As a result, a third party that files a patent application in the USPTO on or after March 16 2013, but before we file an application covering the same invention, could therefore be awarded a patent covering an invention of ours even if we had made the invention before it was made by such third party. This will require us to be cognizant going forward of the time from invention to filing of a patent application. Since patent applications in the United States and most other countries are confidential for a period of time after filing until publication or issuance, we cannot be certain that we or our licensors were the first to file any patent application related to our product candidates and other proprietary technologies we may develop. Even where we have a valid and enforceable patent, we may not be able to exclude others from practicing the claimed invention where the other party can show that they used the invention in commerce before our filing date. Accordingly, the Leahy-Smith Act and its implementation could increase the uncertainties and costs surrounding the prosecution of our patent applications and the enforcement or defense of our future issued patents, all of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

Depending on future actions by the U.S. Congress, the U.S. courts, the USPTO and the relevant law-making bodies in other countries, the laws and regulations governing patents could change in unpredictable ways that would weaken our ability to obtain new patents or to enforce our existing patents and patents that we might obtain in the future. The U.S. Supreme Court has ruled on several patent cases in recent years; these cases often narrow the scope of patent protection available to inventions in the biotechnology and pharmaceutical spaces. For example, in Amgen Inc. v. Sanofi, or Amgen, the U.S. Supreme Court held that certain of Amgen’s patent claims defined a class of antibodies by their function of binding to a particular antigen. The U.S. Supreme Court further wrote that because the patent claims defined the claimed class of antibodies only by their function of binding to a particular antigen, a skilled artisan would have to use significant trial and error to identify and make all of the molecules in that class. The U.S. Supreme Court ultimately held that Amgen failed to properly enable its patent claims. In the 2013 case Assoc. for Molecular Pathology v. Myriad Genetics, Inc., the U.S. Supreme Court held that certain claims to DNA molecules are not patentable. While we do not believe that any of the patents owned or licensed by us will be found invalid based on this decision, we cannot predict how future decisions by the courts, the U.S. Congress or the USPTO may impact the value of our patents. In 2023, the Federal Circuit issued a decision in In re Cellect, LLC involving the interaction of patent term adjustment, or PTA, terminal disclaimers, and obviousness-type double patenting which may affect the patent term of any issued patents that rely on any PTA. In 2022, Congress passed the Inflation Reduction Act, or IRA, which authorizes the Secretary of the Department of Health and Human Services, or HHS, to negotiate prices directly with participating manufacturers for selected medicines covered by Medicare even if these medicines are protected by an existing patent. For small molecule medicines, the process begins seven years after initial approval by the FDA. While we do not believe that the IRA or its effects will impact our ability to obtain patents in the near future, we cannot be certain that it will not affect our patent strategy in the long run.

 

72


Table of Contents

Further, a new court system recently became operational in the European Union. The Unified Patent Court, or UPC, began accepting patent cases on June 1, 2023. The UPC is a common patent court with jurisdiction over patent infringement and revocation proceedings effective for multiple member states of the European Union. The broad geographic reach of the UPC could enable third parties to seek revocation of any of our European patents in a single proceeding at the UPC rather than through multiple proceedings in each of the individual European Union member states in which the European patent is validated. Under the UPC, a successful revocation proceeding for a European Patent under the UPC would result in loss of patent protection in those European Union countries. Accordingly, a single proceeding under the UPC could result in the partial or complete loss of patent protection in numerous European Union countries. Such a loss of patent protection could have a material adverse impact on our business and our ability to commercialize our technology and product candidates and, resultantly, on our business, financial condition, prospects and results of operations. Moreover, the controlling laws and regulations of the UPC will develop over time and we cannot predict what the outcomes of cases tried before the UPC will be. The case law of the UPC may adversely affect our ability to enforce or defend the validity of our European patents. Patent owners have the option to opt-out their European Patents from the jurisdiction of the UPC, defaulting to pre-UPC enforcement mechanisms. We have decided to opt out certain European patents and patent applications from the UPC. However, if certain formalities and requirements are not met, our European patents could be subject to the jurisdiction of the UPC. We cannot be certain that our European patents will avoid falling under the jurisdiction of the UPC, if we decide to opt out of the UPC.

We may not be able to seek or obtain patent protection throughout the world or enforce such patent protection once obtained.

Filing, prosecuting, enforcing, and defending patents protecting our product candidates in all countries throughout the world would be prohibitively expensive, and our intellectual property rights in some countries outside the United States can be less extensive than those in the United States. The requirements for patentability may differ in certain countries, particularly in developing countries; thus, even in countries where we do pursue patent protection, there can be no assurance that any patents will issue with claims that cover our products.

Moreover, our ability to protect and enforce our intellectual property rights may be adversely affected by unforeseen changes in foreign intellectual property laws. Additionally, laws of some countries outside of the United States and Europe do not afford intellectual property protection to the same extent as the laws of the United States and Europe. Many companies have encountered significant problems in protecting and defending intellectual property rights in certain foreign jurisdictions. This could make it difficult for us to stop the infringement of our patents or the misappropriation of our other intellectual property rights. For example, many foreign countries have compulsory licensing laws under which a patent owner must grant licenses to third parties. Consequently, we may not be able to prevent third parties from practicing our inventions in certain countries outside the United States and Europe or from selling or importing products made from our inventions in and into the United States or other jurisdictions. Competitors may use our technologies in jurisdictions where we have not obtained patent protection to develop and market their own products and, further, may export otherwise infringing products to territories where we have patent protection, if our ability to enforce our patents to stop infringing activities is inadequate. These products may compete with our products, and our patents or other intellectual property rights may not be effective or sufficient to prevent them from competing.

Proceedings to enforce our patent rights, whether successful or not, could result in substantial costs and divert our efforts and resources from other aspects of our business. Further, such proceedings could put our patents at risk of being invalidated, held unenforceable or interpreted narrowly; put our pending patent applications at risk of not issuing; and provoke third parties to assert claims against us. We may not prevail in any lawsuits that we initiate, and the damages or other remedies awarded, if any, may not be commercially meaningful.

 

73


Table of Contents

Furthermore, while we intend to protect our intellectual property rights in major markets for our products, we cannot ensure that we will be able to initiate or maintain similar efforts in all jurisdictions in which we may wish to market our products, if approved. Accordingly, our efforts to protect our intellectual property rights in such countries may be inadequate.

Geopolitical actions in the United States and in foreign countries could increase the uncertainties and costs surrounding the prosecution or maintenance of our patent applications or those of any current or future licensors and the maintenance, enforcement or defense of our issued patents or those of any current or future licensors. For example, further to the United States and foreign government actions related to Russia’s invasion of Ukraine, the Kremlin issued Decree 299 stating that Russian companies and individuals can use patented inventions without the owner’s permission or compensation, if the patent is held by owners from “unfriendly countries,” which include the United States. As a result, we would not be able to enforce our otherwise valid patent rights against an infringer in Russia.

Further, the standards applied by the USPTO and foreign patent offices in granting patents are not always applied uniformly or predictably. As such, we do not know the degree of future protection that we will have on our technologies, products and product candidates. While we will endeavor to try to protect our technologies, products and product candidates with intellectual property rights such as patents, as appropriate, the process of obtaining patents is time consuming, expensive and unpredictable.

In order to protect our competitive position around our product candidates, we may become involved in lawsuits to enforce our patents or other intellectual property, which could be expensive, time consuming and unsuccessful and which may result in our patents being found invalid or unenforceable.

Competitors may seek to commercialize competitive products to our product candidates. In order to protect our competitive position, we may become involved in lawsuits asserting infringement of our patents, or misappropriation or other violations of other of our intellectual property rights. Litigation is expensive and time consuming and would likely divert the time and attention of our management and scientific personnel. There can be no assurance that we will have sufficient financial or other resources to file and pursue such infringement claims, which typically last for years before they are concluded. Even if we ultimately prevail in such claims, the monetary cost of such litigation and the diversion of the attention of our management and scientific personnel could outweigh any benefit we receive as a result of the proceedings.

If we file a patent infringement lawsuit against a perceived infringer, such a lawsuit could provoke the defendant to counterclaim that we infringe their patents and/or that our patents are invalid and/or unenforceable. In patent litigation in the United States, it is commonplace for a defendant to counterclaim alleging invalidity and/or unenforceability. In any patent litigation there is a risk that a court will decide that the asserted patents are invalid or unenforceable, in whole or in part, and that we do not have the right to stop the defendant from using the invention at issue. With respect to a counterclaim of invalidity, we cannot be certain that there is no invalidating prior art of which we and the patent examiner were unaware during prosecution. There is also a risk that, even if the validity of such patents is upheld, the court will construe the patent claims narrowly or decide that we do not have the right to stop the other party from using the invention at issue on the grounds that our patent claims do not cover the invention. If any of our patents are found invalid or unenforceable, or construed narrowly, our ability to stop the other party from launching a competitive product would be materially impaired. Further, such adverse outcomes could limit our ability to assert those patents against future competitors. Loss of patent protection would have a material adverse impact on our business.

 

74


Table of Contents

Even if we establish infringement of any of our patents by a competitive product, a court may decide not to grant an injunction against further infringing activity, thus allowing the competitive product to continue to be marketed by the competitor. It is difficult to obtain an injunction in U.S. litigation and a court could decide that the competitor should instead pay us a “reasonable royalty” as determined by the court, and/or other monetary damages. A reasonable royalty or other monetary damages may or may not be an adequate remedy. Loss of exclusivity and/or competition from a related product would have a material adverse impact on our business.

Litigation often involves significant amounts of public disclosures. Such disclosures could have a materially adverse impact on our competitive position or our stock prices. During U.S. litigation we would be required to produce voluminous records related to our patents and our research and development activities in a process called discovery. The discovery process may result in the disclosure of some of our confidential information. There could also be public announcements of the results of hearings, motions or other interim proceedings or developments. If securities analysts or investors perceive these results to be negative, it could adversely affect the price of our common shares.

Litigation is inherently expensive, and the outcome is often uncertain. Any litigation likely would substantially increase our operating costs and reduce our resources available for development activities. Further, we may not have sufficient financial or other resources to adequately conduct such litigation or proceedings. Some of our competitors may be able to sustain the costs of such litigation or proceedings more effectively than we can because of their substantially greater financial resources. As a result, we may conclude that even if a competitor is infringing any of our patents, the risk-adjusted cost of bringing and enforcing such a claim or action may be too high or not in the best interest of our company or our stockholders. In such cases, we may decide that the more prudent course of action is to simply monitor the situation or initiate or seek some other non-litigious action or solution.

If in the future, we in-license any patent rights, we may not have the right to file a lawsuit for infringement and may have to rely on a licensor to enforce these rights for us. If we are not able to directly assert our licensed patent rights against infringers or if a licensor does not vigorously prosecute any infringement claims on our behalf, we may have difficulty competing in certain markets where such potential infringers conduct their business, and our commercialization efforts may suffer as a result.

Concurrently with an infringement litigation, third parties may also be able to challenge the validity of our patents before administrative bodies in the United States or abroad. Such mechanisms include re-examination, post grant review and equivalent proceedings in foreign jurisdictions, e.g., opposition proceedings. Such proceedings could result in revocation or amendment of our patents in such a way that they no longer cover our products, potentially negatively impacting any concurrent litigation.

If we are sued for infringing intellectual property rights of third parties, such litigation could be costly and time consuming and could prevent or delay us from developing or commercializing our product candidates.

Our commercial success depends, in part, on our ability to develop, manufacture, market and sell our product candidates without infringing, misappropriating or otherwise violating the intellectual property and other proprietary rights of third parties. However, our research, development and commercialization activities may be subject to claims that we infringe, misappropriate or otherwise violate patents or other intellectual property rights owned or controlled by third parties. Third parties may have U.S. and non-U.S. issued patents and pending patent applications relating to compounds, methods of manufacturing compounds and/or methods of use for the treatment of the disease indications for which we are developing our product candidates. If any third-party patents or patent applications are found to cover our product candidates, or their methods of use or manufacture, we may not be free to manufacture or market such product candidates as planned without obtaining a license, which may not be available on commercially reasonable terms, or at all.

 

75


Table of Contents

There is a substantial amount of intellectual property litigation in the biotechnology and pharmaceutical industries, and we may become party to, or threatened with, litigation or other adversarial proceedings regarding intellectual property rights with respect to our product candidates, including patent infringement lawsuits in the U.S. or abroad. There may be third-party patents or patent applications with claims to materials, formulations, methods of manufacture or methods for treatment related to the composition, use or manufacture of our product candidates. Third parties may assert infringement claims against us based on existing patents that they own or in-license or patents that may grant to them (or which they may in-license) in the future, regardless of the merit of such patents or infringement claims. If our defenses to such assertions of infringement were unsuccessful, we could be liable for a court-determined reasonable royalty on our existing sales and further damages to the patent owner (or licensee), such as lost profits. Such royalties and damages could be significant. If we are found to have willfully infringed the claims of a third party’s patent, the third party could be awarded treble damages and attorney’s fees. Further, unless we obtain a license to such patent, we may be precluded from commercializing the infringing product candidate. Any of the aforementioned could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

While we perform periodic searches for relevant patents and patent applications with respect to our product candidates, including MBX 2109, MBX 1416, and MBX 4291, we cannot guarantee the completeness or thoroughness of any of our patent searches or analyses including, but not limited to, the identification of relevant patents, the scope of patent claims or the expiration of relevant patents, nor can we be certain that we have identified each and every patent and pending application in the United States and abroad that is relevant to or necessary for the commercialization of any of our product candidates in any jurisdiction. Patent applications in the United States and elsewhere are typically published approximately 18 months after the earliest filing for which priority is claimed, with such earliest filing date being commonly referred to as the priority date. Certain U.S. applications that will not be filed outside the U.S. can remain confidential until patents issue. As a result, we may be unable to identify such patents or patent applications despite our best efforts. In addition, patent applications can take many years to issue, there may be currently pending patent applications which may later result in issued patents that any of our product candidates may be accused of infringing. In addition, third parties may obtain patents in the future and claim that use of our technologies infringes upon these patents. Accordingly, third parties may assert infringement claims against us based on intellectual property rights that exist now or arise in the future. The outcome of intellectual property litigation is subject to uncertainties that cannot be adequately quantified in advance. The pharmaceutical and biotechnology industries have produced a significant number of patents, and it may not always be clear to industry participants, including us, which patents cover various types of products or methods of use or manufacture. The scope of protection afforded by a patent is subject to interpretation by the courts, and the interpretation is not always uniform. If we were sued for patent infringement, we would need to demonstrate that the relevant product or methods of using the product either do not infringe the patent claims of the relevant patent or that the patent claims are invalid or unenforceable, and we may not be able to do this. Proving invalidity is difficult. For example, in the United States, proving invalidity requires a showing of clear and convincing evidence to overcome the presumption of validity enjoyed by issued patents. Even if we are successful in these proceedings, we may incur substantial costs and the time and attention of our management and scientific personnel could be diverted in pursuing these proceedings, which could significantly harm our business and operating results. In addition, parties making claims against us may be able to sustain the costs of complex patent litigation more effectively than we can because they have substantially greater resources, and we may not have sufficient resources to bring these actions to a successful conclusion.

If we are found to infringe, misappropriate or otherwise violate a third party’s intellectual property rights, we could be forced, including by court order, to cease developing, manufacturing or commercializing the infringing product. Alternatively, we may be required to obtain a license from such third party in order to use the infringing technology and continue developing, manufacturing or marketing the infringing product. If we were

 

76


Table of Contents

required to obtain a license to continue to manufacture or market the affected product, we may be required to pay substantial royalties or grant cross-licenses to our patents. Even if we were able to obtain a license, it could be nonexclusive, thereby giving our competitors and other third parties access to the same technologies licensed to us. We cannot assure you that any such license will be available on acceptable terms, if at all. Ultimately, we could be prevented from commercializing a product, or be forced to cease some aspect of our business operations as a result of claims of patent infringement or violation of other intellectual property rights, Further, the outcome of intellectual property litigation is subject to uncertainties that cannot be adequately quantified in advance, including the demeanor and credibility of witnesses and the identity of any adverse party. This is especially true in intellectual property cases that may turn on the testimony of experts as to technical facts upon which experts may reasonably disagree. Furthermore, we may not be able to obtain any required license on commercially reasonable terms or at all. Even if we were able to obtain a license, it could be non-exclusive, thereby giving our competitors access to the same technologies licensed to us; alternatively or additionally it could include terms that impede or destroy our ability to compete successfully in the commercial marketplace. In addition, we could be found liable for significant monetary damages, including treble damages and attorneys’ fees if we are found to have willfully infringed a patent. A finding of infringement could prevent us from commercializing a product or force us to cease some of our business operations, which could harm our business. Claims that we have misappropriated the confidential information or trade secrets of third parties could have a similar negative impact on our business. Furthermore, because of the substantial amount of discovery required in connection with intellectual property litigation or administrative proceedings, there is a risk that some of our confidential information could be compromised by disclosure. There could also be public announcements of the results of hearings, motions or other interim proceedings or developments, and if securities analysts or investors perceive these results to be negative, it could adversely affect the price of our common shares. In addition, any uncertainties resulting from the initiation and continuation of any litigation could have material adverse effect on our ability to raise additional funds or otherwise have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and prospects.

Others may challenge inventorship or claim an ownership interest in our intellectual property which could expose it to litigation and have a significant adverse effect on its prospects.

We may be subject to claims that former employees, collaborators or other third parties have an interest in our patents or other intellectual property as an inventor or co-inventor. The failure to name the proper inventors on a patent application can result in the patents issuing thereon being unenforceable. Inventorship disputes may arise from conflicting views regarding the contributions of different individuals named as inventors or the effects of foreign laws where foreign nationals are involved in the development of the subject matter of the patent. Furthermore, ownership disputes may arise from alleged contributions of third parties involved in developing our product candidates and may result in joint ownership of our inventions. Litigation may be necessary to resolve these and other claims challenging inventorship and/or ownership. Any disagreement over inventorship could result in our being forced to defend our determination of inventorship in a legal action which could result in substantial costs and be a distraction to our senior management and scientific personnel. Alternatively, or additionally, we may enter into agreements to clarify the scope of our rights in such intellectual property. If we fail in defending any such claims, in addition to paying monetary damages, we may lose valuable intellectual property rights, such as exclusive ownership of, or right to use, valuable intellectual property. Such an outcome could have a material adverse effect on our business. Even if we are successful in defending against such claims, litigation could result in substantial costs and be a distraction to management and other employees.

While we typically require employees, consultants and contractors who may develop intellectual property on our behalf to execute agreements assigning such intellectual property to us, we may be unsuccessful in obtaining execution of assignment agreements with each party who in fact develops intellectual property that

 

77


Table of Contents

we regard as our own. Moreover, even when we obtain agreements assigning intellectual property to us, the assignment of intellectual property rights may not be self-executing or the assignment agreements may be breached. In either case, we may be forced to bring claims against third parties, or defend claims that they may bring against us, to determine the ownership of what we regard as our intellectual property. Furthermore, individuals executing agreements with us may have preexisting or competing obligations to a third party, such as an academic institution, and thus an agreement with us may be ineffective in perfecting ownership of inventions developed by that individual. If we are unsuccessful in obtaining assignment agreements from an employee, consultant or contractor who develops intellectual property on our behalf, the employee, consultant or contractor may later claim ownership of the invention. Any disagreement over ownership of intellectual property could result in our losing ownership, or exclusive ownership, of the contested intellectual property, paying monetary damages and/or being enjoined from clinical testing, manufacturing and marketing of the affected product candidate(s). Even if we are successful in prosecuting or defending against such claims, litigation could result in substantial costs and be a distraction to our senior management and scientific personnel.

We may be subject to claims that we have wrongfully hired an employee from a competitor or by third parties asserting that our employees or we have misappropriated their intellectual property or claiming ownership of what we regard as our own intellectual property.

Many of our current and former employees and our licensors’ current and former employees, including our senior management, were previously employed at universities or at other biotechnology or pharmaceutical companies, including some which may be competitors or potential competitors. Although we take commercially reasonable steps to ensure that our employees do not use the proprietary information, know-how or trade secrets of others in their work for us, including incorporating such intellectual property into our product candidates, we may be subject to claims that we or these employees have misappropriated the intellectual property of a third party.

If we or any of our employees are accused of misappropriating the proprietary information, know-how or trade secrets of a third party, we may be forced to defend such claims in litigation. If we are found to have misappropriated the intellectual property rights of a third party, we may be forced to pay monetary damages, sustain reputational damage, lose key personnel, or lose valuable intellectual property rights. Further, it may become necessary for us to obtain a license from such third party to commercialize any of our product candidates. Such a license may not be available on commercially reasonable terms or at all. Any of the aforementioned could materially affect the commercialization of any of our product candidates. Even if we are successful in defending against such claims, litigation could result in substantial costs and be a distraction to management.

We may rely on trade secrets and proprietary know-how which can be difficult to trace and enforce and, if we are unable to protect the confidentiality of our trade secrets, our business and competitive position would be harmed.

We consider proprietary trade secrets or confidential know-how and unpatented know-how to be important to our business. We may rely on trade secrets or confidential know-how to protect our technology, especially where patent protection is believed by us to be of limited value. We expect to rely on third parties for future manufacturing of our product candidates. We also expect to collaborate with third parties on the development of our product candidates and as a result must, at times, share trade secrets with our collaborators. We also conduct joint research and development programs that may require us to share trade secrets under the terms of our research and development partnerships or similar agreements.

Trade secrets or confidential know-how can be difficult to maintain as confidential. To protect this type of information against disclosure or appropriation by competitors, our policy is to require our employees,

 

78


Table of Contents

consultants, contractors and advisors to enter into confidentiality agreements and, if applicable, material transfer agreements, consulting agreements or other similar agreements with us prior to beginning research or disclosing proprietary information. These agreements typically limit the rights of the third parties to use or disclose our confidential information, including our trade secrets. However, current or former employees, consultants, contractors and advisers may unintentionally or willfully disclose our confidential information to competitors, and confidentiality agreements may not provide an adequate remedy in the event of unauthorized disclosure of confidential information. The need to share trade secrets and other confidential information, including with future business partners, collaborators, contractors and others located in countries at heightened risk of theft of trade secrets, increases the risk that such trade secrets become known by our competitors, are inadvertently incorporated into the technology of others, or are disclosed or used in violation of these agreements. Given that our proprietary position is based, in part, on our know-how and trade secrets, a competitor’s discovery of our trade secrets or other unauthorized use or disclosure would impair our competitive position and may have an adverse effect on our business and results of operations. Enforcing a claim that a third party obtained illegally and is using trade secrets or confidential know-how is expensive, time consuming and unpredictable. In addition, some courts inside and outside the United States are less willing or unwilling to protect trade secrets and know-how. The enforceability of confidentiality agreements may vary from jurisdiction to jurisdiction.

In addition, these agreements typically restrict the ability of our advisors, employees, third-party contractors and consultants to publish data potentially relating to our trade secrets, although our agreements may contain certain limited publication rights. Despite our efforts to protect our trade secrets, our competitors may discover our trade secrets, either through breach of our agreements with third parties, independent development or publication of information by any of our third-party collaborators and we would have no right to prevent them from using that technology or information to compete with us. A competitor’s discovery of our trade secrets would impair our competitive position and have an adverse impact on our business.

We may need to acquire or license additional intellectual property from third parties, and such licenses may not be available or may not be available on commercially reasonable terms.

A third party may hold intellectual property, including patent rights that are important or necessary to the development of our product candidates. It may be necessary for us to use the patented or proprietary technology of one or more third parties to commercialize our current and future product candidates.

The licensing and acquisition of third-party intellectual property rights is a competitive area, and a number of more established companies may pursue strategies to license or acquire third-party intellectual property rights that we may consider attractive. These established companies may have a competitive advantage over us due to their size, cash resources and greater clinical development. If we are unable to acquire such intellectual property outright, or obtain licenses to such intellectual property from such third parties when needed or on commercially reasonable terms, our ability to commercialize our product candidates, if approved, would likely be delayed or we may have to abandon development of that product candidate and our business and financial condition could suffer.

If we in-license other product candidates in the future, we might become dependent on proprietary rights from third parties with respect to those product candidates. Any termination of such licenses could result in the loss of significant rights and would cause material adverse harm to our ability to develop and commercialize any product candidates subject to such licenses. Even if we are able to in-license any such necessary intellectual property, it could be on nonexclusive terms, including with respect to the use, field or territory of the licensed intellectual property, thereby giving our competitors and other third parties access to the same intellectual property licensed to us. In-licensing IP rights could require us to make substantial licensing and royalty payments. Patents licensed to us could be put at risk of being invalidated or interpreted narrowly in litigation

 

79


Table of Contents

filed by or against our licensors or another licensee or in administrative proceedings. If any in-licensed patents are invalidated or held unenforceable, we may not be able to prevent competitors or other third parties from developing and commercializing competitive products.

We may not have the right to control the prosecution, maintenance, enforcement or defense of patents and patent applications that we license from third parties. In such cases, we would be reliant on the licensor to take any necessary actions. We cannot be certain that such licensor would act with our best interests in mind, or in compliance with applicable laws and regulations, or that their actions would result in valid and enforceable patents. For example, it is possible that a licensor’s actions in enforcing and/or defending a patent licensed by us may be less vigorous than had we conducted them ourselves. Any of the foregoing could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

Our present or future licensors may have relied upon or may rely upon third-party consultants or collaborators or on funds from third parties such that our present or future licensors may not be the sole and exclusive owners of the patents we in-license. If other third parties have ownership rights to our present or future in-licensed patents, they may be able to license such patents to our competitors, and our competitors could market competing products and technology. This could have a material adverse effect on our competitive position, business, financial conditions, results of operations, and prospects.

Disputes may also arise between us and our licensors regarding intellectual property subject to a license agreement, including:

 

 

the scope of rights granted under the license agreement and other interpretation-related issues;

 

 

our financial or other obligations under the license agreement;

 

 

whether and the extent to which our technology and processes infringe intellectual property of the licensor that is not subject to the licensing agreement;

 

 

our right to sublicense patent and other rights to third parties under collaborative development relationships;

 

 

our diligence obligations with respect to the use of licensed technology in relation to our development and commercialization of our product candidates and what activities satisfy those diligence obligations;

 

 

the ownership of inventions and know-how resulting from the joint creation or use of intellectual property by our licensors and us and our partners; and

 

 

the priority of invention of patented technology.

If disputes over intellectual property that we have licensed prevent or impair our ability to maintain our current licensing arrangements on acceptable terms, we may be unable to successfully develop and commercialize the affected product candidates.

The risks described elsewhere pertaining to our intellectual property rights also apply to the intellectual property rights that we may own or in-license now or in the future, and any failure by us or our licensors to obtain, maintain, defend and enforce these rights could have an adverse effect on our business. In some cases we may not have control over the prosecution, maintenance or enforcement of the patents that we license, and may not have sufficient ability to provide input into the patent prosecution, maintenance and defense process with respect to such patents, and potential future licensors may fail to take the steps that we believe are necessary or desirable in order to obtain, maintain, defend and enforce the licensed patents.

 

80


Table of Contents

If our trademarks and trade names are not adequately protected, then we may not be able to build name recognition in our trademarks of interest and our business may be adversely affected.

We do not currently own any registered trademarks and we have not filed any trademark applications to date. While we may have common law protection for certain of our trademarks and trade names, it may be harder for us to rely on any such common law protection to prevent third parties from copying or using our trademarks or trade names without our permission. Our current or future trademarks or trade names may be challenged, infringed, circumvented or declared generic or determined to be infringing on other marks. As a means to enforce our trademark rights and prevent infringement, we may be required to file trademark claims against third parties or initiate trademark opposition proceedings. This can be expensive and time-consuming, particularly for a company of our size. We may not be able to protect our rights to our trademarks and trade names or may be forced to stop using these names, which we need for name recognition by potential partners or customers in our markets of interest. At times, competitors may adopt trade names or trademarks similar to ours, thereby impeding our ability to build brand identity and possibly leading to market confusion. In addition, there could be potential trade name or trademark infringement claims brought by owners of other registered trademarks or trademarks that incorporate variations of our registered or unregistered trademarks or trade names. Over the long term, if we are unable to establish name recognition based on our trademarks and trade names, then we may not be able to compete effectively and our business may be adversely affected. During trademark registration proceedings, we may receive rejections. Although we would be given an opportunity to respond to those rejections, we may be unable to overcome such rejections. In addition, in the USPTO and in comparable agencies in many foreign jurisdictions, third parties are given an opportunity to oppose pending trademark applications and to seek to cancel registered trademarks. Opposition or cancellation proceedings may be filed against our trademarks, and our trademarks may not survive such proceedings. Moreover, any name we propose to use for our products in the United States must be approved by the FDA, regardless of whether we have registered it, or applied to register it, as a trademark. Similar requirements exist in Europe. The FDA typically conducts a review of proposed product names, including an evaluation of potential for confusion with other product names. If the FDA (or an equivalent administrative body in a foreign jurisdiction) objects to any of our proposed product names, we may be required to expend significant additional resources in an effort to identify a usable substitute name that would qualify under applicable trademark laws, not infringe the existing rights of third parties and be acceptable to the FDA. Furthermore, in many countries, owning and maintaining a trademark registration may not provide an adequate defense against a subsequent infringement claim asserted by the owner of a senior trademark. If we are unable to establish name recognition based on our trademarks and trade names, we may not be able to compete effectively and our business may be adversely affected.

Intellectual property rights do not necessarily address all potential threats to our business.

The degree of future protection afforded by our intellectual property rights is uncertain because intellectual property rights have limitations, and may not adequately protect our business, or permit us to maintain our competitive advantage. The following examples are illustrative:

 

 

others may be able to make products that are competitive to our product candidates or any of our future product candidates that are not covered by the claims of our patent rights;

 

 

others may independently develop similar or alternative technologies or otherwise circumvent any of our technologies without infringing our patent portfolio;

 

 

we or any of our collaborators might not have been the first to invent the inventions covered by our patent portfolio;

 

81


Table of Contents
 

we or any of our collaborators might not have been the first to file patent applications covering certain of the patents or patent applications that we or they own or have obtained a license, or will own or will have obtained a license;

 

 

it is possible that our owned and in-licensed pending patent applications or those that we or our collaborators may file in the future will not lead to issued patents;

 

 

others may have access to the same intellectual property rights licensed to us on a non-exclusive basis in the future;

 

 

issued patents that we may own or in-license may not provide us with any competitive advantage, or may be held invalid or unenforceable, including as a result of legal challenges by our competitors;

 

 

our competitors might conduct research and development activities in countries where we do not have patent rights, or in countries where research and development safe harbor laws exist, and then use the information learned from such activities to develop competitive products for sale in our major commercial markets;

 

 

we may not develop additional proprietary technologies that are patentable;

 

 

we cannot predict the scope of protection of any patent issuing based on our owned or in-licensed patent applications, including whether the patent applications that we may own or in-license will result in issued patents with claims that are directed to our product candidates or uses thereof in the United States or in other foreign countries;

 

 

the claims of any patent issuing based on our owned or in-licensed patent applications may not provide protection against competitors or any competitive advantages, or may be challenged by third parties;

 

 

if enforced, a court may not hold that our owned or in-licensed patents are valid, enforceable and infringed;

 

 

we may need to initiate litigation or administrative proceedings to enforce and/or defend our patent rights which will be costly whether we win or lose;

 

 

ownership of our patent portfolio may be challenged by third parties;

 

 

the patents of third parties or pending or future applications of third parties, if issued, may have an adverse effect on our business;

 

 

patent enforcement is expensive and time-consuming and difficult to predict; thus, we may not be able to enforce any of our patents against a competitor;

 

 

the patents of others may have an adverse effect on our business, including if others obtain patents claiming subject matter similar to or improving that covered by our patents and patent applications; and

 

 

we may choose not to file a patent application for certain inventions, instead choosing to rely on trade secret protection, and a third party may subsequently file a patent application covering such intellectual property.

Should any of these or similar events occur, they could significantly harm our business, results of operations and prospects.

Risks related to the offering, our common stock, and operating as a public company

You will incur immediate and substantial dilution as a result of this offering.

If you purchase common stock in this offering, you will incur immediate and substantial dilution of $     per share, representing the difference between the assumed initial public offering price of $     per

 

82


Table of Contents

share, the estimated midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share as of June 30, 2024 after giving effect to this offering. To the extent the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares, you will incur further dilution. For a further description of the dilution you will experience immediately after this offering, see “Dilution.”

The market price of our common stock may be volatile, which could result in substantial losses for investors purchasing shares in this offering.

The initial public offering price for our common stock was determined through negotiations with the underwriters. This initial public offering price may vary from the market price of our common stock after the offering. As a result, you may not be able to sell your common stock at or above the initial public offering price. The market price for our common stock may be influenced by those factors discussed in this “Risk factors” section and many others, some of which may include:

 

 

the success of existing or new competitive product candidates or technologies;

 

 

the timing and results of preclinical studies and clinical trials for our current or future product candidates;

 

 

failure or discontinuation of any of our development and research programs;

 

 

results of any preclinical studies, clinical trials or regulatory approvals of product candidates of our competitors, or announcements about new research programs or product candidates of our competitors;

 

 

commencement or termination of collaborations for our product development and research programs;

 

 

regulatory or legal developments in the United States and other countries;

 

 

developments or disputes concerning patent applications, issued patents or other intellectual property or proprietary rights;

 

 

the recruitment or departure of key personnel;

 

 

the results of efforts and level of expenses related to any of our research programs, clinical development programs or current or future product candidates;

 

 

actual or anticipated changes in estimates as to financial results, development timelines or recommendations by securities analysts, if any, that cover our stock;

 

 

announcement or expectation of additional financing efforts;

 

 

sales of our common stock by us, our insiders or other stockholders;

 

 

expiration of market stand-off or lock-up agreements;

 

 

variations in our financial results or those of companies that are perceived to be similar to us;

 

 

changes in the structure of healthcare payment systems;

 

 

market conditions in the pharmaceutical and biotechnology sectors;

 

 

general economic, industry and market conditions, including the ongoing geopolitical conflict in Ukraine and the Israel-Hamas war, tensions in U.S.-China relations, rising interest rates and inflation; and

 

 

the other factors described in this “Risk factors” section.

 

83


Table of Contents

In recent years, the stock market in general and the market for pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies in particular, has experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations that have often been unrelated or disproportionate to changes in the operating performance of the companies whose stock is experiencing those price and volume fluctuations. In particular, in relation to uncertainty around inflation and the U.S. Federal Reserve’s measures to slow inflation, the stock market has been exceptionally volatile. Market and industry factors may seriously affect the market price of our common stock, regardless of our actual operating performance. These fluctuations may be even more pronounced in the trading market for our stock shortly following this offering. Following periods of such volatility in the market price of a company’s securities, securities class action litigation has often been brought against that company. Because of the potential volatility of our stock price, we may become the target of securities litigation in the future. Securities litigation could result in substantial costs and divert management’s attention and resources from our business.

We have wide discretion in the use of the net proceeds from this offering and may not use them effectively.

We cannot specify with certainty the particular uses of the net proceeds we will receive from this offering. Our management will have wide discretion in the application of the net proceeds, including for any of the purposes described in “Use of proceeds.” Accordingly, you will have to rely upon the judgment of our management with respect to the use of the proceeds, with only limited information concerning management’s specific intentions. Our management may spend a portion or all of the net proceeds from this offering in ways that our stockholders may not desire or that may not yield a favorable return. The failure by our management to apply these funds effectively could harm our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. Pending their use, we may invest the net proceeds from this offering in a manner that does not produce income or that loses value.

We will incur increased costs as a result of operating as a public company, and our management will be required to devote substantial time to new compliance initiatives and corporate governance practices.

As a public company, and particularly after we are no longer an “emerging growth company,” we will incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or SOX, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, the listing requirements of the Nasdaq Global Select Market and other applicable securities rules and regulations impose various requirements on public companies, including establishment and maintenance of effective disclosure and financial controls and corporate governance practices. We expect that we will need to hire additional accounting, finance and other personnel in connection with our becoming, and our efforts to comply with the requirements of being, a public company. Our management and other personnel will need to devote a substantial amount of time towards maintaining compliance with these requirements. These requirements will increase our legal and financial compliance costs and will make some activities more time-consuming and costly. For example, we expect that the rules and regulations applicable to us as a public company may make it more difficult and more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance, which could make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified members of our board of directors. We are currently evaluating these rules and regulations and cannot predict or estimate the amount of additional costs we may incur or the timing of such costs. These rules and regulations are often subject to varying interpretations, in many cases due to their lack of specificity, and, as a result, their application in practice may evolve over time as new guidance is provided by regulatory and governing bodies. This could result in continuing uncertainty regarding compliance matters and higher costs necessitated by ongoing revisions to disclosure and governance practices.

Pursuant to SOX Section 404, we will be required to furnish a report by our management on our internal control over financial reporting beginning with our second filing of an Annual Report on Form 10-K with the SEC after we become a public company. However, while we remain an emerging growth company, we will not be

 

84


Table of Contents

required to include an attestation report on internal control over financial reporting issued by our independent registered public accounting firm. To achieve compliance with SOX Section 404 within the prescribed period, we will be engaged in a process to document and evaluate our internal control over financial reporting, which is both costly and challenging. In this regard, we will need to continue to dedicate internal resources, potentially engage outside consultants, adopt a detailed work plan to assess and document the adequacy of internal control over financial reporting, continue steps to improve control processes as appropriate, validate through testing that controls are functioning as documented and implement a continuous reporting and improvement process for internal control over financial reporting. Despite our efforts, there is a risk that we will not be able to conclude, within the prescribed timeframe or at all, that our internal control over financial reporting is effective as required by SOX Section 404. This could result in an adverse reaction in the financial markets due to a loss of confidence in the reliability of our financial statements.

We do not know whether a market will develop for our common stock or what the market price of our common stock will be, and, as a result, it may be difficult for you to sell your shares of our common stock.

Before this offering, there was no public trading market for our common stock. Although we have applied to list our common stock on the Nasdaq Global Select Market, an active trading market for our shares may never develop or be sustained following this offering. If a market for our common stock does not develop or is not sustained, it may be difficult for you to sell your shares of common stock at an attractive price or at all. We cannot predict the prices at which our common stock will trade. It is possible that in one or more future periods our results of operations may be below the expectations of public market analysts and investors, and, as a result of these and other factors, the price of our common stock may fall.

We may not be able to satisfy listing requirements of Nasdaq or obtain or maintain a listing of our common stock on Nasdaq.

If our common stock is listed on Nasdaq, we must meet certain financial and liquidity criteria to maintain such listing. If we violate Nasdaq’s listing requirements, our common stock may be delisted. If we fail to meet any of Nasdaq’s listing standards, our common stock may be delisted. In addition, our board of directors may determine that the cost of maintaining our listing on a national securities exchange outweighs the benefits of such listing. A delisting of our common stock from Nasdaq may materially impair our stockholders’ ability to buy and sell our common stock and could have an adverse effect on the market price of, and the efficiency of the trading market for, our common stock. The delisting of our common stock could significantly impair our ability to raise capital and the value of your investment.

If securities analysts do not publish research or reports about our business or if they publish negative evaluations of our stock, the price of our stock could decline.

The trading market for our common stock will rely in part on the research and reports that industry or financial analysts publish about us or our business. We do not currently have and may never obtain research coverage by industry or financial analysts. If no or few analysts commence coverage of us, the trading price of our stock would likely decrease. Even if we do obtain analyst coverage, if one or more of the analysts covering our business downgrade their evaluations of our stock, the price of our stock could decline. If one or more of these analysts cease to cover our stock, we could lose visibility in the market for our stock, which in turn could cause our stock price to decline.

Future sales of our common stock in the public market could cause our stock price to fall.

Our stock price could decline as a result of sales of a large number of shares of our common stock after this offering or the perception that these sales could occur. These sales, or the possibility that these sales may occur, also might make it more difficult for us to sell equity securities in the future at a time and at a price that we deem appropriate.

 

85


Table of Contents

Upon completion of this offering,     shares of our common stock will be outstanding (or      shares of common stock will be outstanding assuming exercise in full of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares), based on our shares outstanding as of    . All shares of common stock expected to be sold in this offering will be freely tradable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act, unless held by our “affiliates,” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. The resale of     , or approximately 100% of our outstanding shares of common stock, after giving effect to the conversion of convertible preferred stock into shares of common stock, but before giving effect to this offering, is currently prohibited or otherwise restricted as a result of securities law provisions, market standoff agreements entered into by our stockholders with us, stock option agreements entered into by our employees with us, or lock-up agreements entered into by our directors, officers and stockholders with the underwriters. However, subject to applicable securities law restrictions and excluding shares of restricted common stock that will remain unvested, these shares will be able to be sold in the public market beginning 180 days after the date of this prospectus. The lock-up agreements with the underwriters are subject to certain exceptions and the representatives of the underwriters may, in their sole discretion, release all or some portion of the shares subject to such lock-up agreements at any time and for any reason. See “Underwriting” for more information on lock-up agreements with the underwriters. Shares of unvested restricted common stock that were issued and outstanding as of the date of this prospectus will become available for sale immediately upon the vesting of such shares, as applicable, and the expiration of any applicable market stand-off or lock-up agreements. Shares issued upon the exercise of stock options pursuant to future awards that may be granted under our equity incentive plans or pursuant to future awards granted under those plans will become available for sale in the public market to the extent permitted by the provisions of applicable vesting schedules, any applicable market stand-off and lock-up agreements and Rule 144 and Rule 701 under the Securities Act. For more information see the section entitled “Shares eligible for future sale” included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Upon completion of this offering, the holders of approximately      shares, or approximately     %, of our common stock, will have rights, subject to some conditions, to require us to file registration statements covering the sale of their shares or to include their shares in registration statements that we may file for ourselves or other stockholders. We also intend to register the offer and sale of all shares of common stock that we may issue under our equity compensation plans. Once we register the offer and sale of shares for the holders of registration rights and shares to be issued under our equity incentive plans, they can be freely sold in the public market upon issuance, subject to the lock-up agreements described in the section entitled “Underwriting” included elsewhere in this prospectus.

In addition, in the future, we may issue additional shares of common stock or other equity or debt securities convertible into common stock in connection with a financing, acquisition, litigation settlement, employee arrangements or otherwise. Any such issuance could result in substantial dilution to our existing stockholders and could cause our stock price to decline.

We are an “emerging growth company” and a “smaller reporting company,” and the reduced disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies and smaller reporting companies may make our common stock less attractive to investors.

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or the JOBS Act. We could be an emerging growth company for up to five years following the completion of this offering, although circumstances could cause us to lose that status earlier, including if we are deemed to be a “large accelerated filer,” which occurs when the market value of our common stock that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the prior June 30, or if we have total annual gross revenue of $1.235 billion or more during any fiscal year before that time, in which cases we would no longer be an emerging growth company as of the following December 31, or if we issue more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt during any three-

 

86


Table of Contents

year period before that time, in which case we would no longer be an emerging growth company immediately. For so long as we remain an emerging growth company, we are permitted and plan to rely on exemptions from certain disclosure requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies. These exemptions include not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of SOX Section 404, not being required to comply with any requirement for a supplement to the auditor’s report providing additional information about the audit and the financial statements, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. As a result, the information we provide stockholders will be different than the information that is available with respect to other public companies. In this prospectus, we have not included all of the executive compensation related information that would be required if we were not an emerging growth company.

In addition, the JOBS Act provides that an emerging growth company can take advantage of an extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards. This allows an emerging growth company to delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We have elected to avail ourselves of this exemption, and, therefore, while we are an emerging growth company we will not be subject to the new or revised accounting standards at the same time that they become applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies. As a result of this election, our financial statements may not be comparable to those of other public companies that comply with new or revised accounting pronouncements as of public company effective dates. We may choose to early adopt any new or revised accounting standards whenever such early adoption is permitted for private companies.

We are also a “smaller reporting company,” meaning that the market value of our stock held by non-affiliates plus the proposed aggregate amount of gross proceeds to us as a result of this offering is less than $700 million and our annual revenue is less than $100 million during the most recently completed fiscal year. We may continue to be a smaller reporting company after this offering if either (i) the market value of our stock held by non-affiliates is less than $250 million or (ii) our annual revenue is less than $100 million during the most recently completed fiscal year and the market value of our stock held by non-affiliates is less than $700 million. If we are a smaller reporting company at the time we cease to be an emerging growth company, we may continue to rely on exemptions from certain disclosure requirements that are available to smaller reporting companies. Specifically, as a smaller reporting company we may choose to present only the two most recent fiscal years of audited financial statements in our Annual Report on Form 10-K and, similar to emerging growth companies, smaller reporting companies have reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation.

We cannot predict whether investors will find our common stock less attractive if we rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our common stock less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our common stock and our stock price may be more volatile.

Insiders will continue to have substantial influence over us after this offering, which could limit your ability to affect the outcome of key transactions, including a change of control.

After this offering, our directors and executive officers and their affiliates will beneficially own shares representing approximately     % percent of our outstanding common stock. As a result, these stockholders, if they act together, will be able to influence our management and affairs and all matters requiring stockholder approval. For example, these stockholders may be able to control elections of directors, amendments of our organizational documents or approval of any merger, sale of assets or other major corporate transaction. This concentration of ownership may have the effect of delaying or preventing a change in control of our company and might affect the market price of our common stock.

 

87


Table of Contents

We do not expect to pay any dividends for the foreseeable future. Investors in this offering may never obtain a return on their investment.

You should not rely on an investment in our common stock to provide dividend income. We do not anticipate that we will pay any dividends to holders of our common stock in the foreseeable future. Instead, we plan to retain any earnings to maintain and expand our existing operations. In addition, any future credit facility may contain terms prohibiting or limiting the amount of dividends that may be declared or paid on our common stock. Accordingly, investors must rely on sales of their common stock after price appreciation, which may never occur, as the only way to realize any return on their investment. As a result, investors seeking cash dividends should not purchase our common stock.

If we fail to establish and maintain proper and effective internal control over financial reporting, our operating results and our ability to operate our business could be harmed.

Ensuring that we have adequate internal financial and accounting controls and procedures in place so that we can produce accurate financial statements on a timely basis is a costly and time-consuming effort that needs to be re-evaluated frequently. Our internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. In connection with this offering, we intend to begin the process of documenting, reviewing and improving our internal controls and procedures for compliance with SOX Section 404, which will require annual management assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting starting with our second filing of an Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Implementing any appropriate changes to our internal controls may distract our officers and employees, entail substantial costs to modify our existing processes and take significant time to complete. These changes may not, however, be effective in maintaining the adequacy of our internal controls, and any failure to maintain that adequacy or consequent inability to produce accurate financial statements on a timely basis could increase our operating costs and harm our business. In addition, investors’ perceptions that our internal controls are inadequate or that we are unable to produce accurate financial statements on a timely basis cause investors to lose confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports and could cause the market price of our common stock to decline significantly.

Our disclosure controls and procedures may not prevent or detect all errors or acts of fraud.

Upon the closing of this offering, we will become subject to the periodic reporting requirements of the Exchange Act. We designed our disclosure controls and procedures to reasonably assure that information we must disclose in reports we file or submit under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to management, and recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the rules and forms of the SEC. We believe that any disclosure controls and procedures or internal controls and procedures, no matter how well-conceived and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the objectives of the control system are met.

These inherent limitations include the facts that judgments in decision-making can be faulty and that breakdowns can occur because of simple error or mistake. Additionally, controls can be circumvented by the individual acts of some persons, by collusion of two or more people or by an unauthorized override of the controls. Accordingly, because of the inherent limitations in our control system, misstatements due to error or fraud may occur and not be detected.

 

88


Table of Contents

Our amended and restated bylaws that will become effective upon the effectiveness of our registration statement designate specific courts as the exclusive forum for certain litigation that may be initiated by our stockholders, which could limit stockholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us.

Pursuant to our amended and restated bylaws that will become effective upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware is the sole and exclusive forum for any state law claims for (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf; (ii) any action asserting a claim of or based on a breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any director, officer or other employee of ours to us or our stockholders; (iii) any action asserting a claim pursuant to any provision of the Delaware General Corporation Law, or DGCL, our fourth amended and restated certificate of incorporation or our amended and restated bylaws or as to which the DGCL confers jurisdiction on the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware; or (iv) any action asserting a claim governed by the internal affairs doctrine, or the Delaware Forum Provision. The Delaware Forum Provision will not apply to any causes of action arising under the Securities Act or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act. Our amended and restated bylaws further provide that unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the federal district courts of the United States shall be the sole and exclusive forum for resolving any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, the respective rules and regulations promulgated thereunder or the Federal Forum Provision. In addition, our amended and restated bylaws will provide that any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of our capital stock is deemed to have notice of and consented to the Delaware Forum Provision and the Federal Forum Provision; provided, however, that stockholders cannot and will not be deemed to have waived our compliance with the federal securities laws and the rules and regulations thereunder.

We recognize that the Delaware Forum Provision and the Federal Forum Provision in our amended and restated bylaws may impose additional litigation costs on stockholders in pursuing any such claims, particularly if the stockholders do not reside in or near the State of Delaware. Additionally, the forum selection clauses in our amended and restated bylaws may limit our stockholders’ ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum that they find favorable for disputes with us or our directors, officers or employees, which may discourage the filing of lawsuits against us and our directors, officers and employees, even though an action, if successful, might benefit our stockholders. In addition, while the Delaware Supreme Court and other state courts have upheld the validity of federal forum selection provisions purporting to require claims under the Securities Act be brought in federal court, there is uncertainty as to whether other courts will enforce our Federal Forum Provision. If the Federal Forum Provision is found to be unenforceable, we may incur additional costs associated with resolving such matters. The Federal Forum Provision may also impose additional litigation costs on stockholders who assert that the provision is not enforceable or invalid. The Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware and the federal district courts of the United States may also reach different judgments or results than would other courts, including courts where a stockholder considering an action may be located or would otherwise choose to bring the action, and such judgments may be more or less favorable to us than our stockholders.

Provisions in our fourth amended and restated certificate of incorporation that will become effective immediately prior to the closing of this offering and amended and restated bylaws that will become effective upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part and Delaware law may have anti-takeover effects that could discourage an acquisition of us by others, even if an acquisition would be beneficial to our stockholders, and may prevent attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current management.

Our fourth amended and restated certificate of incorporation that will become effective immediately prior to the closing of this offering and amended and restated bylaws that will become effective upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part and Delaware law contain provisions that

 

89


Table of Contents

may have the effect of discouraging, delaying or preventing a change in control of us or changes in our management that stockholders may consider favorable, including transactions in which you might otherwise receive a premium for your shares. Our fourth amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws will include provisions that:

 

 

authorize “blank check” preferred stock, which could be issued by our board of directors without stockholder approval and may contain voting, liquidation, dividend and other rights superior to our common stock;

 

 

create a classified board of directors whose members serve staggered three-year terms;

 

 

specify that special meetings of our stockholders can be called only by our board of directors;

 

 

prohibit stockholder action by written consent;

 

 

establish an advance notice procedure for stockholder approvals to be brought before an annual meeting of our stockholders, including proposed nominations of persons for election to our board of directors;

 

 

provide that vacancies on our board of directors may be filled only by a majority of directors then in office, even though less than a quorum;

 

 

provide that our directors may be removed only for cause;

 

 

specify that no stockholder is permitted to cumulate votes at any election of directors;

 

 

expressly authorized our board of directors to make, alter, amend or repeal our amended and restated bylaws; and

 

 

require supermajority votes of the holders of our common stock to amend specified provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws.

These provisions, alone or together, could delay or prevent hostile takeovers and changes in control or changes in our management. These provisions could also limit the price that investors might be willing to pay in the future for shares of our common stock, thereby depressing the market price of our common stock.

In addition, because we are incorporated in the State of Delaware, we are governed by the provisions of Section 203 of the DGCL, which prohibits a person who owns in excess of 15 percent of our outstanding voting stock from merging or combining with us for a period of three years after the date of the transaction in which the person acquired in excess of 15 percent of our outstanding voting stock, unless the merger or combination is approved in a prescribed manner.

Any provision of our fourth amended and restated certificate of incorporation, amended and restated bylaws or Delaware law that has the effect of delaying or deterring a change in control could limit the opportunity for our stockholders to receive a premium for their shares of our common stock and could also affect the price that some investors are willing to pay for our common stock.

Adverse developments affecting the financial services industry could adversely affect our current and projected business operations and our financial condition and results of operations.

Adverse developments that affect financial institutions, such as events involving liquidity that are rumored or actual, have in the past and may in the future lead to market-wide liquidity problems. For example, on March 10, 2023, Silicon Valley Bank was closed by the California Department of Financial Protection and Innovation, which appointed the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation as receiver. Although we assess our banking relationships as we believe necessary or appropriate, our access to funding sources and other credit arrangements in amounts adequate to finance or capitalize our current and projected future business

 

90


Table of Contents

operations could be significantly impaired by factors that us, the financial institutions with which we have credit agreements or arrangements directly, or the financial services industry or economy in general. These factors could include, among others, events such as liquidity constraints or failures, the ability to perform obligations under various types of financial, credit or liquidity agreements or arrangements, disruptions or instability in the financial services industry or financial markets, or concerns or negative expectations about the prospects for companies in the financial services industry.

Other general risks

We may become involved in securities class action litigation that could divert management’s attention and harm our business, and insurance coverage may not be sufficient to cover all costs and damages.

In the past, securities class action litigation has often followed certain significant business transactions, such as the sale of a company or announcement of any other strategic transaction, or the announcement of negative events, such as negative results from clinical trials. These events may also result in or be concurrent with investigations by the SEC. We may be exposed to such litigation or investigation even if no wrongdoing occurred. Litigation and investigations are usually expensive and divert management’s attention and resources, which could adversely affect our business and cash resources and our ability to consummate a potential strategic transaction or the ultimate value our stockholders receive in any such transaction.

Unfavorable global economic conditions could adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.

Our results of operations could be adversely affected by general conditions in the global economy, geopolitical tensions and in the global financial markets. A severe or prolonged economic downturn or additional global financial and political crises could result in a variety of risks to our business, including weakened demand for any product candidates we develop or our ability to raise additional capital when needed on acceptable terms, if at all. A weak or declining economy could also strain our suppliers or other third parties and create import and export issues, possibly resulting in supply disruption. Any of the foregoing could harm our business and we cannot anticipate all of the ways in which the current economic climate and financial market conditions could adversely impact our business.

We face risks related to health epidemics, pandemics and other widespread outbreaks of contagious diseases, which could significantly disrupt our operations, impact our financial results or otherwise adversely impact our business.

Significant outbreaks of contagious diseases and other adverse public health developments could have a material impact on our business operations and operating results. For example, the spread of COVID-19 affected segments of the global economy and our operations. As a result of similar public health crises that may arise, we may experience disruptions that could adversely impact our operations, research and development, and as we continue developing, any preclinical studies, clinical trials and manufacturing activities we may conduct, some of which may include:

 

 

delays or disruptions in research programs, preclinical studies, clinical trials or IND-enabling studies that we or our collaborators may conduct;

 

 

interruption or delays in the operations of the FDA and comparable foreign regulatory agencies;

 

 

interruption of, or delays in receiving and distributing, supplies of drug substance and drug product from our contract development manufacturing organizations, or CDMOs, to preclinical or clinical research sites or delays or disruptions in any preclinical studies or clinical trials performed by CROs;

 

91


Table of Contents
 

limitations imposed on our business operations by local, state or federal authorities to address a pandemic or similar public health crises; and

 

 

business disruptions caused by potential workplace, laboratory and office closures and an increased reliance on employees working from home, disruptions to or delays in ongoing laboratory experiments and operations, staffing shortages, travel limitations, and cybersecurity and data accessibility or security issues.

In addition, the trading prices for biopharmaceutical companies have been highly volatile and we may face similar volatility in our stock price after we complete this public offering. We cannot predict the scope and severity of any economic recovery of health epidemics, pandemics and other widespread outbreaks of contagious diseases, including following any additional “waves” or other intensifying of a pandemic. If we or any of the third parties with whom we engage were to experience shutdowns or other business disruptions, our ability to conduct our business in the manner and on the timelines presently planned could be materially and negatively affected, which could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition, our results of operations and prospects. Furthermore, such pandemics could exacerbate the other risks described in this section.

We or the third parties upon whom we depend may be adversely affected by climate change, earthquakes, outbreak of disease, or other natural disasters and our business continuity and disaster recovery plans may not adequately protect us from a serious disaster.

Climate change, earthquakes, outbreak of disease, or other natural disasters, including extreme weather events and changing weather patterns such as storms, flooding, droughts, fires and temperature changes, which have become more common, could severely disrupt our operations, and have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and prospects. If a natural disaster, extreme weather risk, power outage, cybersecurity attack or other event occurred that prevented us from using all or a significant portion of our headquarters, that damaged critical infrastructure, such as the manufacturing facilities of our third-party CDMOs, or that otherwise disrupted operations, it may be difficult or, in certain cases, impossible for us to continue our business for a substantial period of time. For example, we may experience delays in the supply of drug product for our clinical trials as a result of disruptions to the operations of the manufacturing facilities of some of our third-party CDMOs. The disaster recovery and business continuity plans we have in place currently are limited and are unlikely to prove adequate in the event of a serious disaster or similar event. In addition, cybersecurity liability insurance is difficult to obtain and may not cover any damages we would sustain based on any breach or compromise of our computer security protocols or other cybersecurity attack. We may incur substantial expenses as a result of the limited nature of our disaster recovery and business continuity plans, which, particularly when taken together with our lack of earthquake insurance, could have a material adverse effect on our business.

Our ability to effectively monitor and respond to the rapid and ongoing developments and expectations relating to environmental, social and governance matters, including related social expectations and concerns, may impose unexpected costs on us or result in reputational or other harm to us that could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

There is an increasing focus and rapid and ongoing developments and changing expectations from certain investors, customers, consumers, employees and other stakeholders concerning environmental, social and corporate governance, or ESG matters. Additionally, public interest and legislative pressure related to public companies’ ESG practices continue to grow, which may result in increased regulatory, social or other scrutiny on us.

A variety of organizations measure the performance of companies on ESG topics, and the results of these assessments are widely publicized. In addition, investment in funds that specialize in companies that perform

 

92


Table of Contents

well in such assessments are increasingly popular, and major institutional investors have publicly emphasized the importance of such ESG measures to their investment decisions. Topics taken into account in such assessments include, among others, the company’s efforts and impacts on climate change and human rights, ethics and compliance with law, and the role of the company’s board of directors in supervising various sustainability issues.

We may be required to make investments in matters related to ESG, which could be significant. Our failure or perceived failure to meet the standards set by various constituencies could damage our reputation and our relationships with investors, governments, customers, employees, third parties and the communities in which we operate and expose us to increased regulatory risk, put us at a commercial disadvantage relative to our peers and materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, ability to participate in debt and equity markets and the value of our shares.

 

93


Table of Contents

Special note regarding forward-looking statements

This prospectus, including the sections entitled “Prospectus summary,” “Risk factors,” “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations,” and “Business,” contains express or implied forward-looking statements that are based on our management’s belief and assumptions and on information currently available to our management. Although we believe that the expectations reflected in these forward-looking statements are reasonable, these statements relate to future events or our future operational or financial performance, and involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that may cause our actual results, performance or achievements to be materially different from any future results, performance or achievements expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements in this prospectus include, but are not limited to, statements about:

 

 

the initiation, timing, progress and results of our current and future research and development programs, preclinical studies and clinical trials;

 

 

our ability to successfully complete our clinical trials;

 

 

our ability to finalize the design or formulation of any product candidate;

 

 

the ability of our platform to optimize pharmacokinetic and/or pharmacologic properties;

 

 

our ability to advance any product candidates that we may identify and successfully complete any clinical studies, including the manufacture of any such product candidates;

 

 

our ability to quickly leverage programs within our initial target indications and to progress additional programs to further develop our pipeline;

 

 

our ability to internalize certain of our discovery capabilities;

 

 

the prevalence of certain diseases and conditions we intend to treat and the size of the market opportunity for our product candidates;

 

 

estimates of the number of patients with certain diseases and conditions we intend to treat and the number of patients that we will enroll in our clinical trials;

 

 

the likelihood of our clinical trials demonstrating safety and efficacy of our product candidates;

 

 

the timing of our investigational new drug applications submissions;

 

 

the timing of announcement of interim and final results from clinical trials;

 

 

our projected operating expenses and capital expenditure requirements;

 

 

the implementation of our strategic plans for our business, programs and technology;

 

 

the scope of protection we are able to establish and maintain for intellectual property rights covering our technology and platform;

 

 

developments related to our competitors and our industry;

 

 

the success of competing therapies that are or may become available;

 

 

our ability to leverage the clinical, regulatory, and manufacturing advancements to accelerate our clinical trials and approval of product candidates;

 

 

our ability to meet future regulatory standards with respect to our product candidates, if approved;

 

94


Table of Contents
 

our ability to identify and enter into future license agreements and collaborations;

 

 

our reliance on third parties to conduct clinical trials of our product candidates;

 

 

our reliance on third parties for the manufacture of our product candidates;

 

 

developments related to our technology and platform;

 

 

regulatory developments in the United States and foreign countries;

 

 

our commercialization, marketing and manufacturing capabilities;

 

 

our expectations regarding the period during which we will qualify as an emerging growth company under the JOBS Act or a smaller reporting company;

 

 

our ability to attract and retain key scientific and management personnel; and

 

 

our use of proceeds from this offering, our financial performance, estimates of our expenses, capital requirements, and needs for additional financing.

In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by terminology such as “may,” “should,” “expects,” “intends,” “plans,” “anticipates,” “believes,” “estimates,” “predicts,” “potential,” “continue” or the negative of these terms or other comparable terminology. These statements are only predictions. You should not place undue reliance on forward-looking statements because they involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties, and other factors, which are, in some cases, beyond our control and which could materially affect results. Factors that may cause actual results to differ materially from current expectations include, among other things, those listed under the section entitled “Risk factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus. If one or more of these risks or uncertainties occur, or if our underlying assumptions prove to be incorrect, actual events or results may vary significantly from those implied or projected by the forward-looking statements. No forward-looking statement is a guarantee of future performance. You should read this prospectus and the documents that we reference in this prospectus and have filed with the SEC as exhibits to the registration statement, of which this prospectus forms a part, completely and with the understanding that our actual future results may be materially different from any future results expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements.

The forward-looking statements in this prospectus represent our views as of the date of this prospectus. We anticipate that subsequent events and developments will cause our views to change. However, while we may elect to update these forward-looking statements at some point in the future, we have no current intention of doing so except to the extent required by applicable law. You should therefore not rely on these forward-looking statements as representing our views as of any date subsequent to the date of this prospectus.

This prospectus also contains estimates, projections and other information concerning our industry, our business and the markets for our product candidates. Information that is based on estimates, forecasts, projections, market research or similar methodologies is inherently subject to uncertainties and actual events or circumstances may differ materially from events and circumstances that are assumed in this information. Unless otherwise expressly stated, we obtained this industry, business, market, and other data from our own internal estimates and research as well as from reports, research surveys, studies, and similar data prepared by market research firms and other third parties, industry, medical and general publications, government data and similar sources. While we are not aware of any misstatements regarding any third-party information presented in this prospectus, their estimates, in particular, as they relate to projections, involve numerous assumptions, are subject to risks and uncertainties and are subject to change based on various factors, including those discussed under the section entitled “Risk factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

95


Table of Contents

Use of proceeds

We estimate that the net proceeds to us from the sale of      shares of our common stock in this offering will be approximately $    million, or approximately $     million if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares, assuming an initial public offering price of $    per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $     per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering by $    million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. An increase (decrease) of 1,000,000 shares in the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) net proceeds to us from this offering by $     million, assuming no change in the assumed initial public offering price per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We do not expect that a change in the offering price or the number of shares by these amounts would have a material effect on our intended uses of the net proceeds from this offering, although it may impact the amount of time prior to which we may need to seek additional capital.

As of June 30, 2024, we had cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities of $55.3 million, exclusive of approximately $63.5 million in gross proceeds from the Series C Financing received in August 2024. We currently intend to use the net proceeds from this offering, together with our existing cash and cash equivalents and marketable securities, as follows:

 

 

approximately $    million to advance development of our two clinical-stage programs, MBX 2109 through Phase 2 topline data and into Phase 3 development, and MBX 1416 through Phase 1 topline data and into Phase 2 development;

 

 

approximately $    million to advance development of MBX 4291 through preclinical development and into clinical development; and

 

 

the remainder to fund our discovery research and development activities and additional clinical development, and for general corporate purposes, working capital and capital expenditures.

We may also use a portion of the remaining net proceeds and our existing cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities to in-license, acquire, or invest in complementary businesses, technologies, products or assets. However, we have no current commitments or obligations to do so.

Based on our current plans, we believe our existing cash and cash equivalents and marketable securities, including the proceeds from our Series C Financing, together with the net proceeds from this offering, will be sufficient to fund our operations and capital expenditure requirements into      .

We have multiple programs in preclinical and clinical development, including one product candidate in a Phase 2 trial and one product candidate in a Phase 1 trial. The expected use of the net proceeds from this offering represents our intentions based upon our current plans and business conditions, which could change in the future as our plans and business conditions evolve. As of the date of this prospectus, we cannot predict with certainty all of the particular uses for the net proceeds to be received upon the closing of this offering or the amounts that we will actually spend on the uses set forth above. The amounts and timing of our actual expenditures may vary significantly depending on numerous factors, including the progress of our research and development, the status of and results from preclinical studies or clinical trials, as well as any collaborations

 

96


Table of Contents

that we may enter into with third parties for our product candidates or strategic opportunities that become available to us, and any unforeseen cash needs. As a result, our management will retain broad discretion over the allocation of the net proceeds from this offering. We expect the net proceeds from this offering, together with our existing cash and cash equivalents, and short-term investments, will not be sufficient for us to advance any of our programs through regulatory approval, and we will need to raise additional capital to complete the development and potential commercialization of any of our programs.

Pending our use of proceeds from this offering, we intend to invest the net proceeds in a variety of capital preservation instruments, including short-term, investment-grade, interest-bearing instruments and U.S. government securities.

 

97


Table of Contents

Dividend policy

We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our capital stock. We currently intend to retain any future earnings to fund the development and expansion of our business, and therefore we do not anticipate paying cash dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future. Any future determination to pay dividends will be at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on our results of operations, financial condition, capital requirements and other factors deemed relevant by our board of directors.

 

98


Table of Contents

Capitalization

The following table sets forth our cash and cash equivalents and our capitalization as of June 30, 2024:

 

 

on an actual basis;

 

 

on a pro forma basis to give effect to (i) the Series C Financing, (ii) the filing and effectiveness of our fourth amended and restated certificate of incorporation immediately prior to the closing of this offering in each case as if such events had occurred on June 30, 2024 and (iii) the conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock into an aggregate of 244,489,099 shares of common stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering; and

 

 

on a pro forma as adjusted basis to give further effect to our issuance and sale of    shares of our common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $    per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

The pro forma as adjusted information below is illustrative only, and our capitalization following the completion of this offering will be adjusted based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing. You should read the information in this table together with our financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus and “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations” section of this prospectus.

 

   
     As of June 30, 2024  
(in thousands, except share and per share data)    Actual    

Pro

forma

   

Pro forma

as adjusted

 

Cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities

   $ 55,262     $ 118,762     $  
  

 

 

 

Convertible preferred stock (Series A and B), $0.0001 par value; 182,838,619 shares authorized; 182,838,619 shares issued and outstanding, actual; no shares authorized, issued and outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

     152,357          

Stockholders’ equity (deficit):

      

Preferred stock, $0.0001 par value; no shares authorized, issued or outstanding, actual;     shares authorized and no shares issued or outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

              

Common stock, $0.0001 par value; 237,000,000 shares authorized, 15,834,818 shares issued and outstanding, and treasury stock     shares, actual;     shares authorized, 260,323,917 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma;     shares authorized,     shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted

     2       26    

Additional paid-in capital

     5,905       221,738    

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

     (15     (15  

Accumulated deficit

     (103,777     (103,777  
  

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)

     (97,885     117,972    
  

 

 

 

Total capitalization

   $ 54,472     $ 117,972     $  

 

 

Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $    per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) the pro forma as adjusted amount of each of cash and cash equivalents, total stockholders’ equity and total

 

99


Table of Contents

capitalization by $    million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Each increase (decrease) of 1,000,000 shares in the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) the pro forma as adjusted amount of each of cash and cash equivalents, total stockholders’ equity and total capitalization by $    million, assuming no change in the assumed initial public offering price per share and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

The number of shares of our common stock in the table above is based on 260,323,917 shares of our common stock (which includes 429,304 shares underlying unvested restricted stock awards subject to a repurchase option by us) outstanding as of June 30, 2024, after giving effect to the Preferred Stock Conversion, and excludes:

 

 

34,436,621 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options outstanding as of June 30, 2024, with a weighted-average exercise price of $0.56 per share under the 2019 Plan;

 

 

4,298,500 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options granted after June 30, 2024, with a weighted-average exercise price of $0.87 per share under the 2019 Plan;

 

 

9,416,761 shares of common stock reserved for issuance under the 2019 Plan, as amended, as of August 15, 2024, which shares will cease to be available for issuance at the time our 2024 Plan becomes effective;

 

 

   shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2024 Plan, which will become effective upon the date immediately preceding the date on which the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part is declared effective by the SEC; and

 

 

    shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2024 ESPP, which will become effective upon the date immediately preceding the date on which the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part is declared effective by the SEC.

 

100


Table of Contents

Dilution

If you invest in our common stock in this offering, your ownership interest will be diluted immediately to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per share of our common stock and the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our common stock immediately after this offering.

Our historical net tangible book value (deficit) as of June 30, 2024 was $(97.9) million, or $(6.18) per share of our common stock. Our historical net tangible book deficit per share is the amount of our total tangible assets less our total liabilities and the carrying values of our convertible preferred stock, which is not included within stockholders’ deficit. Our historical net tangible book value (deficit) per share represents historical net tangible book value (deficit) divided by the 15,834,818 shares of our common stock outstanding as of June 30, 2024.

Our pro forma net tangible book value as of June 30, 2024 was $118.0 million, or $0.45 per share of our common stock. Pro forma net tangible book value represents the amount of our total tangible assets less our total liabilities, after giving effect to (i) the Series C Financing, (ii) the filing and effectiveness of our fourth amended and restated certificate of incorporation immediately prior to the closing of this offering in each case as if such events had occurred on June 30, 2024 and (iii) the conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock into an aggregate of 244,489,099 shares of common stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering. Pro forma net tangible book value per share represents pro forma net tangible book value divided by the total number of shares outstanding as of June 30, 2024, after giving effect to the pro forma adjustments described above.

After giving further effect to our issuance and sale of shares of our common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $    per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value as of June 30, 2024 would have been $    million, or $    per share. This amount represents an immediate increase in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of $    to our existing stockholders and immediate dilution of $    in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share to new investors purchasing common stock in this offering.

Dilution per share to new investors is determined by subtracting pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering from the initial public offering price per share paid by new investors. The following table illustrates this dilution on a per share basis (without giving effect to any exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase additional shares):

 

Assumed initial public offering price per share

              $        

Historical net tangible book value (deficit) per share as of June 30, 2024

   $ (6.18  

Increase per share attributable to the pro forma adjustments described above

   $ 6.63    
  

 

 

   

Pro forma net tangible book value per share as of June 30, 2024

   $ 0.45    

Increase in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share attributable to new investors participating in this offering

    
  

 

 

   

Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share immediately after this offering

    
    

 

 

 

Dilution per share to new investors participating in this offering

     $    

 

 

The dilution information discussed above is illustrative only and will change based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing. Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $    per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth

 

101


Table of Contents

on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering by $    and dilution per share to new investors purchasing common stock in this offering by $    , assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Each increase of 1,000,000 shares in the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering by $    and decrease dilution per share to new investors purchasing common stock in this offering by $    , assuming no change in the assumed initial public offering price per share and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Each decrease of 1,000,000 shares in the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would decrease our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering by $    and increase dilution per share to new investors purchasing common stock in this offering by $    , assuming no change in the assumed initial public offering price and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering would be $    , representing an immediate increase in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of $    to existing stockholders and immediate dilution in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of $    to new investors purchasing common stock in this offering, based on the assumed initial public offering price of $    per share and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

The following table summarizes on the pro forma as adjusted basis described above, the total number of shares of common stock purchased from us on an as converted to common stock basis, the total consideration paid or to be paid, and the average price per share paid or to be paid by existing stockholders and by new investors in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $    per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, before deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. As the table shows, new investors purchasing common stock in this offering will pay an average price per share substantially higher than our existing stockholders paid.

 

       
     Shares Purchased      Total Consideration      Average
price per
share
 
      Number      Percent      Amount      Percent  

Existing stockholders

         $           $       

Investors participating in this offering

              
  

 

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

 

Total

        100%      $             100%     

 

 

The table above assumes no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares in this offering. If the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares is exercised in full, the number of shares of our common stock held by existing stockholders would be reduced to   percent of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering, and the number of shares of common stock held by new investors purchasing common stock in this offering would be increased to   percent of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering.

 

102


Table of Contents

The discussion and tables above are based on 260,323,917 shares of our common stock (which includes 429,304 shares underlying unvested restricted stock awards subject to a repurchase option by us) outstanding as of June 30, 2024, after giving effect to the Preferred Stock Conversion, and excludes:

 

 

34,436,621 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options outstanding as of June 30, 2024, with a weighted-average exercise price of $0.56 per share under the 2019 Plan;

 

 

4,298,500 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options granted after June 30, 2024, with a weighted-average exercise price of $0.87 per share under the 2019 Plan;

 

 

9,416,761 shares of common stock reserved for issuance under the 2019 Plan, as amended, as of August 15, 2024, which shares will cease to be available for issuance at the time our 2024 Plan becomes effective;

 

 

    shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2024 Plan, which will become effective upon the date immediately preceding the date on which the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part is declared effective by the SEC; and

 

 

    shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2024 ESPP, which will become effective upon the date immediately preceding the date on which the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part is declared effective by the SEC.

To the extent that new stock options are issued or any outstanding options are exercised, or we issue additional shares of common stock in the future, there will be further dilution to new investors. In addition, we may choose to raise additional capital because of market conditions or strategic considerations, even if we believe that we have sufficient funds for our current or future operating plans. If we raise additional capital through the sale of equity or convertible debt securities, the issuance of these securities could result in further dilution to our stockholders.

 

103


Table of Contents

Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations

You should read the following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations together with our audited financial statements and the related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. This discussion and other parts of this prospectus contain forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties, such as statements regarding our plans, objectives, expectations, intentions and projections. Our actual results could differ materially from those discussed in these forward-looking statements. Factors that could cause or contribute to such differences include, but are not limited to, those discussed in the “Risk factors” section of this prospectus. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for any period in the future.

Overview

We are a clinical-stage biopharmaceutical company focused on the discovery and development of novel precision peptide therapies for the treatment of endocrine and metabolic disorders. Our company was founded by global leaders with a transformative approach to peptide drug design and development. Leveraging this expertise, we designed our proprietary Precision Endocrine Peptide, or PEP, platform to overcome the key limitations of unmodified and modified peptide therapies and to improve clinical outcomes and simplify disease management for patients. Our PEPs are selectively engineered to have optimized pharmaceutical properties, including extended time-action profiles and consistent drug concentrations with low peak-to-trough concentration ratios, consistent exposure to target tissues, and less frequent dosing. We are advancing a pipeline of novel candidates for endocrine and metabolic disorders with clinically validated targets, established endpoints for regulatory approval, significant unmet medical needs and large potential market opportunities.

Since our inception, we have devoted substantially all of our resources to drug discovery and development of our product candidates, MBX 2109, MBX 1416 and MBX 4291, and other preclinical programs, building our intellectual property portfolio, organizing and staffing our company, business planning, raising capital and providing general and administrative support for these operations. We do not have any products approved for sale and have not generated any revenue from product sales. We have historically funded our operations primarily through sales of our convertible preferred stock and convertible notes, which generated approximately $214.1 million in aggregate gross proceeds, including the proceeds received from the Series C Financing in August 2024.

We have incurred significant operating losses since inception and we expect to continue to incur substantial losses for the foreseeable future. Our ability to generate revenue sufficient to achieve profitability will depend heavily on the successful development and eventual commercialization of one or more of our product candidates. Our net losses were $13.6 million and $28.2 million for the six months ended June 30, 2023 and 2024, respectively. Our net losses were $26.1 million and $32.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2023, respectively. We had an accumulated deficit of $75.6 million and $103.8 million as of December 31, 2023 and June 30, 2024, respectively.

We anticipate that our expenses and operating losses will increase substantially for the foreseeable future as we:

 

 

advance the development of our lead product candidates, MBX 2109, MBX 1416 and MBX 4291, and future product candidates;

 

 

advance our current research activities and further develop our platform;

 

 

continue preclinical development and discover and develop future product candidates we may identify;

 

104


Table of Contents
 

seek regulatory approval for any product candidates for which we successfully complete clinical trials;

 

 

establish either internally or through contract manufacturing organizations manufacturing capacity capabilities to supply our clinical trials in our pipeline and eventually for commercialization;

 

 

transition from a company with a research focus to a company capable of supporting commercial activities, including establishing sales, marketing, and distribution infrastructure;

 

 

attract, hire and retain additional research and development, clinical, commercial, general and administrative personnel;

 

 

develop, maintain, expand, protect and enforce our intellectual property portfolio;

 

 

defend against any claims by third parties that we have infringed, misappropriated or otherwise violated any intellectual property of any such third party;

 

 

acquire or in-license product candidates, intellectual property and technologies;

 

 

confirm, maintain or obtain freedom to operate for any of our owned or licensed technologies and product candidates;

 

 

establish and maintain collaborations;

 

 

add operational, financial and management information systems and personnel; or

 

 

incur additional legal, audit, accounting, compliance, insurance, investor relations and other expenses to operate as a public company that we did not incur as a private company.

We will not generate revenue from product sales unless and until we successfully complete clinical development and obtain regulatory approval for one or more product candidates. If we obtain regulatory approval for any product candidate and do not enter into a commercialization partnership, we expect to incur significant expenses related to developing our commercialization capability to support product sales, manufacturing, marketing, and distribution. As a result, we will need substantial additional funding to support our continuing operations and pursue our growth strategy. Until such time as we can generate significant revenue from product sales, if ever, we expect to finance our operations through a combination of equity offerings, debt financings, collaborations, strategic alliances, and marketing, distribution or licensing arrangements with third parties. We may be unable to raise additional funds or enter into such other agreements or arrangements when needed on favorable terms, or at all. If we fail to raise capital or enter into such agreements as and when needed, we may have to significantly delay, reduce or eliminate the development and commercialization of our platform or delay our pursuit of potential in-licenses or acquisitions.

We had cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities of $80.7 million and $55.3 million as of December 31, 2023 and June 30, 2024, exclusive of approximately $63.5 million in gross proceeds from the Series C Financing received in August 2024, respectively. We believe that the anticipated net proceeds from this offering, together with our existing cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities, including the proceeds from our Series C Financing, will be sufficient to fund our operating expenses and capital expenditure requirements through    . We have based this estimate on assumptions that may prove to be wrong, and we could exhaust our available capital resources sooner than we expect. See “Liquidity and capital resources” and “Risk factors—Risks related to financial position and need for capital.”

License agreement

Below is a summary of the key terms for our license agreement. For a more detailed description of this agreement, see the section titled “Business—License agreement.”

 

105


Table of Contents

Indiana University Research And Technology Corporation Exclusive License Agreement

In June 2020, we entered into an Exclusive License Agreement with Indiana University Research and Technology Corporation, or IURTC, a non-profit corporation organized under the laws of the State of Indiana, represented by The Trustees of Indiana University, or IU, pursuant to which we have been granted an exclusive, royalty-bearing license to certain IURTC patent rights, or the Licensed Intellectual Property, developed by Dr. DiMarchi and other collaborators to further scientific research, for new product development, and for other applications in public interest, such license, the IURTC License Agreement. In particular, we have been granted an exclusive, royalty-bearing license to make, have made, use, have used, offer to sell, have offered for sale, sell, have sold, import and have imported products that are covered by the Licensed Intellectual Property, or Licensed Products, with the right to sublicense to third parties. IURTC and IU have retained the right to (i) practice and use the Licensed Intellectual Property for non-commercial educational, research, and patient care and treatment purposes, and (ii) permit other non-profit and academic entities to practice and use the Licensed Intellectual Property for the same non-commercial purposes. Under the IURTC License Agreement, we agreed to use commercially reasonable efforts to develop, promote and sell Licensed Products in accordance with the IURTC License Agreement and any applicable laws. The IURTC License Agreement leverages IURTC’s expertise in peptide therapies as well as our scientific, clinical, and regulatory capabilities to accelerate the development of peptide treatments for people with endocrine and metabolic disorders. MBX 2109, MBX 1416 and MBX 4291 are Licensed Products under the IURTC License Agreement. Any future product candidates developed pursuant to our sponsored research agreement with IU or otherwise covered by the Licensed Intellectual Property may be subject to the IURTC License Agreement.

As initial consideration for the license, we paid IURTC an immaterial issue fee. As additional consideration for the license, we are required to pay IURTC: (i) royalties with a rate based on net sales per calendar year; (ii) an annual maintenance fee of up to $0.1 million beginning in the first year in which the first commercial sale occurs; (iii) a mid-single digits percentage of any sublicensing revenue; and (iv) milestone payments in the event of successful achievement of specified development milestones up to an aggregate of $0.4 million. IURTC is also entitled to receive reimbursement for all patent prosecution and maintenance related expenses. Our tiered royalties are in the low single-digits on annual net sales of the Licensed Products. In the event that we are required to pay a non-affiliate third party consideration for intellectual property owned or controlled by such non-affiliate third party that we or a sublicensee licensed for the development of Licensed Products, we can deduct such amounts from the royalty payments up to a certain amount of the running royalties owed that year. The royalty term will terminate on a country-by-country basis as to each Licensed Product, until the expiration or termination of the last valid claim within the patent rights covering such Licensed Product in that country.

On January 5, 2024, we and IURTC entered into a fourth amendment to the IURTC License Agreement, or the Fourth Amendment. The Fourth Amendment specifies IURTC is entitled to the receipt of additional clinical and regulatory milestones, as defined in the Fourth Amendment, up to an aggregate of $9.0 million. Following the execution of the Fourth Amendment, future remaining clinical and regulatory milestone payments in the IURTC License Agreement and all amendments total up to $9.3 million.

The IURTC License Agreement will expire at the expiration of the last of the patent rights covered in the IURTC License Agreement, unless terminated earlier by mutual agreement or by one of the parties. We may terminate the IURTC License Agreement with or without cause upon ninety (90) days prior written notice to IURTC. IURTC may terminate the IURTC License Agreement if we commit a material breach of the IURTC License Agreement and fail to cure the breach within the respective cure period after receipt of the notice of material breach or upon our failure to undertake certain activities in furtherance of commercial development goals. Upon termination of the IURTC License Agreement, all rights granted by IURTC will terminate and automatically revert to IURTC.

 

106


Table of Contents

Components of results of operations

Operating expenses

Our operating expenses consist of (i) research and development expenses and (ii) general and administrative expenses.

Research and development

The largest component of our total operating expenses since our inception has been research and development activities. Research and development expenses are expensed as incurred and consist primarily of:

 

 

external research and development expenses incurred under agreements with contract research organizations, or CROs, consultants and other third parties to conduct our clinical trials;

 

 

costs related to manufacturing our product candidates for preclinical studies and clinical trials, including agreements with contract development and manufacturing organizations, or CDMOs;

 

 

license fees, including any milestone-based payments;

 

 

compensation and benefits, including stock-based compensation expense, for research and development personnel;

 

 

the costs of acquiring research and development supplies and services;

 

 

manufacturing process development costs;

 

 

costs associated with regulatory activities;

 

 

costs incurred in development of intellectual property;

 

 

other outside services and consulting costs; and

 

 

an allocated portion of facilities and other infrastructure costs associated with our research and development activities.

We expect our research and development expenses to increase substantially for the foreseeable future as we continue to invest in research and development activities to advance our programs and conduct clinical trials. The process of conducting the necessary clinical research to obtain regulatory approval is costly and time-consuming, and the successful development of our product candidates is highly uncertain. As a result, expenses may vary significantly based on factors such as:

 

 

the timing and progress of research and development, preclinical and clinical development activities;

 

 

the number, scope and duration of clinical trials required for regulatory approval of our existing or future product candidates;

 

 

the costs, timing, and outcome of regulatory review of any of our existing or future product candidates by the FDA and comparable foreign regulatory authorities, including the potential for such authorities to require that we perform more preclinical studies or clinical trials than those that we currently expect or for such authorities to change their requirements on studies that had previously been agreed to;

 

 

the costs of manufacturing clinical and commercial supplies of our existing or future product candidates;

 

 

107


Table of Contents
 

our ability to maintain existing, and establish new, strategic collaborations, licensing or other arrangements, and the financial terms of any such agreements, including the timing and amount of any future milestone, royalty or other payments due under any such agreement;

 

 

our implementation of various computerized informational systems and efforts to enhance operational systems;

 

 

expenses incurred to attract, hire and retain skilled research and development personnel;

 

 

per subject clinical trial costs;

 

 

the number of sites included in our clinical trials;

 

 

the countries in which our clinical trials are conducted;

 

 

length of time required to enroll subjects and initiate our clinical trials;

 

 

the number of subjects that participate in our clinical trials;

 

 

the drop-out and discontinuation rate of subjects;

 

 

potential additional safety monitoring requested by regulatory agencies;

 

 

the duration of subject participation in our clinical trials and follow-up, including the duration of open label extensions;

 

 

the timing of license agreement milestone payments related to development, regulatory and commercial events;

 

 

manufacturing success with patient materials;

 

 

mitigation/responses to potential health authority questions and/or inspections;

 

 

the degree to which we obtain, maintain, defend and enforce our intellectual property rights; and

 

 

the extent to which we establish collaboration, licensing or similar arrangements and the performance of any related third parties.

A change in the outcome of any of these variables with respect to the development of any of our existing or future product candidates could significantly change the costs and timing associated with the development of that product candidate.

General and administrative

General and administrative expenses consist primarily of compensation and benefits, including stock-based compensation expense, for general and administrative personnel; other expenses for outside professional services, including legal fees relating to intellectual property and corporate matters; professional fees for accounting, auditing, consulting and tax services; insurance costs; administrative travel expenses; website development costs; marketing and public relations costs; and facilities, information technology and other allocated overhead costs.

We anticipate that our general and administrative expenses will increase in the future as we increase our headcount to support continued growth of our research and development activities. We also anticipate that we will incur increased accounting, audit, legal, regulatory, compliance and director and officer insurance costs as well as investor and public relations expenses associated with being a public company. We also expect our intellectual property expenses to increase as we expand our intellectual property portfolio.

 

108


Table of Contents

Other income (expense)

Interest expense

Interest expense related to the issuance of our 2022 convertible notes and subsequent conversion to Series B Convertible Preferred Stock.

Interest and other income, net

Total other income, net, is comprised of interest income earned on our cash and cash equivalents and marketable securities and amortization expense and accretion income on our marketable securities.

Change in derivative liability and loss on extinguishment debt

Change in derivative liability and loss on extinguishment of debt related to the issuance of our 2022 convertible notes and subsequent conversion to Series B Convertible Preferred Stock.

Results of operations

Comparison of the six months ended June 30, 2023 and 2024

The following table summarizes our results of operations for the six months ended June 30, 2023 and 2024 (in thousands):

 

     
     Six months ended June 30,     Change  
      2023     2024     $  

Operating expenses:

      

Research and development

   $ 11,734     $ 25,445     $ 13,711  

General and administrative

     2,640       4,527       1,887  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     14,374       29,972       15,598  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (14,374     (29,972     (15,598

Other income (expense)

      

Interest and other income, net

     817       1,778       961  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other income, net

     817       1,778       961  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (13,557   $ (28,194   $ (14,637

Research and development expenses

The following table summarizes our research and development expenses for the periods indicated (in thousands):

 

     
     Six months ended June 30,      Change  
      2023      2024      $  

Direct research and development program expenses:

        

MBX 2109

   $ 4,676      $ 8,963      $ 4,287  

MBX 1416

     3,250        7,744        4,494  

Preclinical and other

     1,307        2,719        1,412  

Indirect research and development costs:

        

Personnel related costs (including stock-based compensation)

     2,241        4,690        2,449  

Facility-related and other

     260        1,329        1,069  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total research and development expense

   $ 11,734      $ 25,445      $ 13,711  
        

 

109


Table of Contents

Research and development expenses increased by $13.7 million from $11.7 million for the six months ended June 30, 2023 to $25.4 million for the six months ended June 30, 2024, as detailed below.

Direct research and development program expenses related to MBX 2109 increased by $4.3 million, primarily due to the initiation of the Phase 2 clinical trial and costs associated with conducting preclinical studies. Direct program expenses related to MBX 1416 increased by $4.5 million, primarily due to the ongoing Phase 1 clinical trial and costs associated with conducting preclinical studies and manufacturing. Direct program expenses for preclinical and other programs increased by $1.4 million primarily due to pipeline candidate development activities. Personnel-related costs (including stock-based compensation), increased by $2.4 million, primarily due to increased headcount and stock-based compensation expense. Facility-related and other, which include allocated overhead, including rent, repairs and maintenance costs, common facilities and information technology-related expenses allocated to research and development increased by $1.1 million, primarily due to a one-time cash gift to Indiana University to support research in macromolecular chemistry and peptide therapeutics and related areas in the Department of Chemistry, and other infrastructure costs to support organizational growth.

General and administrative expenses

General and administrative expenses increased by $1.9 million, from $2.6 million for the six months ended June 30, 2023 to $4.5 million for the six months ended June 30, 2024. The increase was primarily due to higher professional fees related to legal and accounting services and higher personnel-related costs, including compensation, benefits and stock-based compensation, as we expanded our infrastructure to support growth in our operations.

Interest and other income, net

Interest and other income, net, which includes interest income and amortization of premiums and discounts on our investments in marketable securities, increased by $1.0 million from $0.8 million for the six months ended June 30, 2023 to $1.8 million for the six months ended June 30, 2024, due to increased interest on our cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities, which increased primarily due to the closing for the Series B Convertible Preferred Stock financing in August 2023.

Comparison of the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2023

The following table summarizes our results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2023 (in thousands):

 

     
     Years Ended December 31,     Change  
      2022     2023     $  

Operating expenses:

      

Research and development

   $ 21,397     $ 28,534     $ 7,137  

General and administrative

     3,764       6,777       3,013  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     25,161       35,311       10,150  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (25,161     (35,311     (10,150

Other income (expense)

      

Interest expense

     (374           374  

Interest and other income, net

     372       2,748       2,376  

Change in derivative liability

     (73           73  

Loss on extinguishment of debt

     (899           899  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other income, net

     (974     2,748       3,722  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (26,135   $ (32,563   $ (6,428

 

 

 

110


Table of Contents

Research and development expenses

The following table summarizes our research and development expenses for the periods indicated (in thousands):

 

     
     Years Ended
December 31,
     Change  
      2022      2023      $  

Direct research and development program expenses:

        

MBX 2109

   $ 12,622      $ 9,840      $ (2,782

MBX 1416

     4,002        10,166        6,164  

Preclinical and other

     1,297        2,220        923  

Indirect research and development costs:

        

Personnel related costs (including stock-based compensation)

     3,166        5,646        2,480  

Facility-related and other

     310        662        352  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total research and development expense

   $ 21,397      $ 28,534      $ 7,137  

 

 

Research and development expenses increased by $7.1 million from $21.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2022 to $28.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2023, as detailed below.

Direct research and development program expenses related to MBX 2109 decreased by $2.8 million, primarily due to the completion of the Phase 1 clinical trial in 2023. Direct program expenses related to MBX 1416 increased by $6.2 million, primarily due to the initiation of a Phase 1 clinical trial, costs associated with conducting preclinical trials and costs associated with manufacturing drug supply. Direct program expenses for preclinical and other programs increased by $0.9 million primarily due to pipeline candidate development activities. Personnel-related costs (including stock-based compensation), increased by $2.5 million, primarily due to increased headcount and stock-based compensation expense. Facility-related and other, which include allocated overhead, including rent, repairs and maintenance costs, common facilities and information technology-related expenses allocated to research and development increased by $0.4 million, primarily due to increases in rent expense and other infrastructure costs to support organizational growth.

General and administrative expenses

General and administrative expenses increased by $3.0 million, from $3.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2022 to $6.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2023. The increase was primarily due to higher professional fees related to legal and accounting services and higher personnel-related costs, including compensation, benefits and stock-based compensation, as we expanded our infrastructure to support growth in our operations.

Interest expense

Interest expense decreased by $0.4 million, from $0.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2022 to $0 for the year ended December 31, 2023 due to our convertible notes issuance and subsequent conversion to Series B Convertible Preferred Stock in 2022. There were no similar activities for the year ended December 31, 2023.

Interest and other income, net

Interest and other income, net, which includes interest income and amortization of premiums and discounts on our investments in marketable securities, increased by $2.4 million from $0.4 million for the year ended

 

111


Table of Contents

December 31, 2022 to $2.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2023, due to increased interest on our cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities, which increased primarily due to the closing for the Series B Convertible Preferred Stock financing.

Change in derivative liability and loss on extinguishment debt

Change in derivative liability and loss on extinguishment of debt decreased by $1.0 million, from $1.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2022 to $0 for the year ended December 31, 2023 due to our convertible notes issuance and subsequent conversion to Series B Convertible Preferred Stock in 2022. There were no similar activities for the year ended December 31, 2023.

Liquidity and capital resources

Sources of liquidity

Since our inception, we have incurred significant operating losses. We have historically funded our operations primarily through sales of our convertible preferred stock and convertible notes, which generated approximately $214.1 million in aggregate gross proceeds, including the proceeds received from the Series C Financing in August 2024. As of December 31, 2023 and June 30, 2024, we had $80.7 million and $55.3 million in cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities, respectively, exclusive of the proceeds from the Series C Financing. We have not yet generated any revenue from product sales and do not expect to in the foreseeable future as our product candidates are in various phases of clinical and preclinical development.

Future funding requirements

We expect our expenses to increase substantially in connection with our ongoing activities, particularly as we advance the development of our product candidates. In addition, upon the completion of this offering, we expect to incur additional costs associated with operating as a public company. The timing and amount of our operating expenditures will depend largely on:

 

 

the timing and progress of research and development, preclinical and clinical development activities;

 

 

the number, scope and duration of clinical trials required for regulatory approval of our existing or future product candidates;

 

 

the costs, timing, and outcome of regulatory review of any of our existing or future product candidates by the FDA and comparable foreign regulatory authorities, including the potential for such authorities to require that we perform more preclinical studies or clinical trials than those that we currently expect or for such authorities to change their requirements on studies that had previously been agreed to;

 

 

the costs of manufacturing clinical and commercial supplies of our existing or future product candidates;

 

 

the costs and timing of future commercialization activities, including product manufacturing, marketing, sales and distribution, for any of our existing or future product candidates for which we receive regulatory approval;

 

 

the cost of filing and prosecuting our patent applications, and maintaining and enforcing our patents and other intellectual property rights;

 

 

our ability to maintain existing, and establish new, strategic collaborations, licensing or other arrangements, and the financial terms of any such agreements, including the timing and amount of any future milestone, royalty or other payments due under any such agreement;

 

112


Table of Contents
 

any product liability or other lawsuits related to our existing or future product candidates;

 

 

our implementation of various computerized informational systems and efforts to enhance operational systems;

 

 

expenses incurred to attract, hire and retain skilled personnel;

 

 

the costs of operating as a public company;

 

 

our ability to establish a commercially viable pricing structure and obtain approval for coverage and adequate reimbursement from third-party and government payers;

 

 

the extent to which we acquire or invest in businesses, products, and technologies;

 

 

the effect of competing technological and market developments; and

 

 

the impact of other factors, including inflation, economic uncertainty and geopolitical tensions, which may exacerbate the magnitude of the factors discussed above.

We had $80.7 million and $55.3 million in cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities as of December 31, 2023 and June 30, 2024, respectively. In August 2024, we completed the Series C Financing and received approximately $63.5 million in gross proceeds. We believe that our existing cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities, including proceeds from our Series C Financing, will be sufficient to fund our current operating plan for at least the next 12 months from the date of this prospectus. Based on our current operating plan, we estimate that our existing cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities, together with the estimated net proceeds from this offering, will be sufficient to fund our projected operating expenses and capital expenditure requirements into    . We have based this estimate on assumptions that may prove to be wrong, and we could exhaust our available capital resources sooner than we expect.

Until such time, if ever, as we can generate substantial product revenue, we expect to finance our cash needs through a combination of equity offerings, debt financings, collaborations, strategic alliances, and marketing, distribution or licensing arrangements with third parties. To the extent that we raise additional capital through the sale of equity or convertible debt securities, ownership interest for existing investors may be materially diluted, and the terms of such securities could include liquidation or other preferences that adversely affect existing investors’ rights as a stockholder. Debt financing and preferred equity financing, if available, may involve agreements that include restrictive covenants that limit our ability to take specified actions, such as incurring additional debt, making capital expenditures or declaring dividends. If we raise funds through collaborations, strategic alliances or marketing, distribution or licensing arrangements with third parties, we may have to relinquish valuable rights to our technologies, future revenue streams, research programs or product candidates or grant licenses on terms that may not be favorable to us. If we are unable to raise additional funds through equity or debt financings or other arrangements when needed, we may be required to delay, reduce or eliminate our product development or future commercialization efforts, or grant rights to develop and market product candidates that we would otherwise prefer to develop and market ourselves.

 

113


Table of Contents

Cash flows

The following table summarizes our sources and uses of cash for the periods presented (in thousands):

 

     
     Years ended December 31,     Six months ended June 30,  
         2022        2023        2023        2024  

Net cash used in operating activities

   $ (23,122   $ (31,978   $ (13,106   $ (23,980

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

     (11,411     (30,927     16,633       7,538  

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

     46,063       69,218       703       (1,578
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash

   $ 11,530     $ 6,313     $ 4,230     $ (18,020

 

 

Cash flows from operating activities

Net cash used in operating activities for the six months ended June 30, 2024 was $24.0 million. This was primarily due to our net loss of $28.2 million, partially offset by net cash provided by changes in our operating assets and liabilities of $2.5 million and non-cash charges of $1.8 million. The changes in our net operating assets and liabilities primarily consisted of a $3.3 million increase in accounts payable and accrued expenses primarily related to balances with CDMOs, partially offset by a $0.8 million increase in our prepaid expenses and other current assets related to prepaid balances with CROs. Non-cash charges primarily consisted of $2.5 million of stock-based compensation expense, partially offset by $0.9 million of net amortization and accretion of marketable securities.

Net cash used in operating activities for the six months ended June 30, 2023 was $13.1 million. This was primarily due to our net loss of $13.6 million, partially offset by net cash provided by changes in our operating assets and liabilities of $0.4 million and non-cash charges of $0.1 million. The changes in our net operating assets and liabilities primarily consisted of a $0.2 million decrease in our prepaid expenses and other current assets and a $0.2 million increase in accounts payable and accrued expenses.

Net cash used in operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2023 was $32.0 million. This was primarily due to our net loss of $32.6 million and net cash used by changes in our operating assets and liabilities of $0.7 million, partially offset by non-cash charges of $1.3 million. The changes in our net operating assets and liabilities primarily consisted of a $1.1 million increase in our prepaid expenses and other current assets and other assets related to prepaid balances with CROs and CDMOs and a $0.1 million increase in our operating lease liability, offset by a $0.5 million increase in accounts payable and accrued expenses related to timing. Non-cash charges primarily consisted of $2.0 million of stock-based compensation expense, $0.2 million of depreciation expense on fixed assets, and $0.1 million of non-cash operating lease expense, offset by $1.0 million of net amortization and accretion of marketable securities.

Net cash used in operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2022 was $23.1 million. This is primarily due to our net loss for the period of $26.1 million, partially offset by non-cash charges of $1.7 million and net cash provided by changes in our operating assets and liabilities of $1.3 million. Non-cash charges primarily consisted of $0.9 million in loss on extinguishment of convertible notes, $0.4 million of non-cash interest expense, $0.3 million of stock-based compensation expense, and $0.1 million of change in derivative liability. The changes in our net operating assets and liabilities primarily consisted of a $2.1 million increase in accounts

payable and accrued expenses related to timing, offset by a $0.8 million increase in prepaid expenses and other current assets driven by an increase in our prepaid balances with CROs and CDMOs.

 

114


Table of Contents

Cash flows from investing activities

Net cash provided by investing activities for the six months ended June 30, 2024 was $7.5 million, which consisted of maturities of marketable securities of $32.5 million, partially offset by purchases of marketable securities of $24.2 million and purchases of property and equipment of $0.7 million.

Net cash provided by investing activities for the six months ended June 30, 2023 was $16.6 million, which consisted of maturities of marketable securities of $26.0 million, partially offset by purchases of marketable securities of $9.3 million and purchases of property and equipment of $0.1 million.

Net cash used in investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2023 was $30.9 million, which consisted of purchases of marketable securities of $63.8 million and purchases of property and equipment of $0.1 million, partially offset by maturities of marketable securities of $33.0 million.

Net cash used in investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2022 was $11.4 million, which consisted of purchases of marketable securities of $20.2 million and purchases of property and equipment of $0.4 million, partially offset by maturities of marketable securities of $9.2 million.

Cash flows from financing activities

Net cash used in financing activities for the six months ended June 30, 2024 was $1.6 million, which primarily consisted of payments related to initial public offering costs of $1.8 million, partially offset by proceeds from the exercise of common stock options of $0.2 million.

Net cash provided by financing activities for the six months ended June 30, 2023 was $0.7 million, which consisted of proceeds from the exercise of common stock options of $0.7 million.

Net cash provided by financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2023 was $69.2 million, which primarily consisted of proceeds from the issuance of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock of $68.5 million and proceeds from the exercise of common stock options of $0.7 million.

Net cash provided by financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2022 was $46.1 million, which primarily consisted of proceeds from the issuance of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock of $36.5 million and proceeds from issuance of convertible notes of $10.0 million, partially offset by preferred stock issuance costs of $0.4 million.

Contractual obligations and commitments

Leases

We have entered into two separate lease agreements for corporate office space and laboratory space, with terms extending through December 2025. As of December 31, 2023, our future remaining operating lease payments were $0.4 million, with $0.2 million payable within the next twelve months, with respect to leases already commenced as of such date. As of June 30, 2024, our future remaining operating lease payments were $0.3 million, with $0.2 million payable within the next twelve months, with respect to leases already commenced as of such date.

Refer to Note 8 in our audited financial statements and Note 9 in our unaudited financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for more information on our lease obligations.

License agreement and other agreements

Under the IURTC License Agreement, we have payment obligations that are contingent upon future events, such as the achievement of specified development, regulatory and commercial milestones, and in some cases, we are

 

115


Table of Contents

required to make royalty payments in connection with the sales of products developed under those agreements. Although we could be required to make milestone payments under the IURTC License Agreement, we are unable to estimate the timing or likelihood of achieving the milestones or making future product sales. For additional details regarding the IURTC License Agreement, see the section titled “Business—License Agreement.”

We enter into contracts in the normal course of business with clinical trial sites and clinical supply manufacturers and with vendors for preclinical studies and clinical trials, research supplies and other services and drugs for operating purposes. These contracts generally provide for termination after a notice period, and, therefore, are cancelable contracts. In addition, certain of our supply agreements contain minimum purchase commitments in certain situations, the timing and likelihood of which we cannot estimate at this time.

Recently issued accounting pronouncements

A description of recently issued accounting pronouncements that may potentially impact our financial position, results of operations or cash flows is disclosed in Note 2 to our financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Critical accounting policies and significant judgments and estimates

Our management’s discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations is based on our financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, or GAAP. The preparation of these financial statements requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, as well as the reported expenses incurred during the reporting periods.

On an ongoing basis, we evaluate our estimates and judgments, including but not limited to those related to accrued research and development costs, the fair value of common stock and stock-based compensation expense and other fair value measurements. These estimates and assumptions are monitored and analyzed by us for changes in facts and circumstances, and material changes in these estimates and assumptions could occur in the future. Our estimates are based on our historical experience and on various other factors that we believe are reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying value of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Changes in estimates are reflected in reported results for the period in which they become known. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions.

While our significant accounting policies are described in more detail in Note 2 to our audited financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus, we believe that the following accounting policies are those most critical to the judgments and estimates used in the preparation of our financial statements.

Accrued research and development expenses

Research and development expenses are recognized as services are performed and as costs occur. As part of our process of preparing our financial statements, we are required to estimate our research and development expenses as of each balance sheet date. Research and development expense accruals are estimated based on the level of services performed, progress of the work orders, including the phase or completion of events, and contracted costs. This process involves reviewing open contracts and purchase orders and communicating with our personnel to identify the level of services that have been performed. We then make estimates of levels of service performed when we have not yet been invoiced or otherwise notified of actual costs incurred as of the balance sheet date. We make significant judgments and estimates in determining the accrual balance at each reporting period based on the facts and circumstances known to us at that time.

 

116


Table of Contents

There may be instances in which vendors will require nonrefundable advance payments for goods or services to be received in the future. Such advance payments for use in research and development activities are capitalized and recorded in prepaid expenses and other current assets, and then expensed as the related goods are delivered or the services are performed.

Although we do not expect our estimates to be materially different from amounts actually incurred, if our estimates of the level of services and timing of services performed differ from actual status and timing of services performed, it could result in us reporting amounts that are too high or too low in any particular reporting period. To date, there have been no material differences between estimates of such expenses and the amounts actually incurred.

Stock-based compensation expense

Stock-based compensation expense represents the cost of the grant date fair value of equity awards recognized over the requisite service period of the awards (usually the vesting period) on a straight-line basis. We estimate the fair value of all stock option grants using the Black-Scholes option pricing model and recognize forfeitures as they occur. Estimating the fair value of equity awards as of the grant date using valuation models, such as the Black-Scholes option pricing model, is affected by assumptions regarding a number of variables, including the risk-free interest rate, the expected stock price volatility, the expected term of stock options, the expected dividend yield and the fair value of the underlying common stock on the date of grant. Changes in the assumptions can materially affect the fair value and ultimately how much stock-based compensation expense is recognized. These inputs are subjective and generally require significant analysis and judgment to develop. See Note 12 to our audited financial statements and unaudited condensed interim financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for information concerning certain of the specific assumptions we used in applying the Black-Scholes option pricing model to determine the estimated fair value of our stock options granted for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2023, respectively, and the six months ended June 30, 2023 and 2024, respectively. The majority of our stock option program allows for early exercise of granted options, before vesting requirements have been satisfied. Shares acquired through the early exercise of options which have not vested at the time of any employee’s termination may be purchased by us at the lower of the original exercise price or the then current fair market value. As of June 30, 2024, the unrecognized stock-based compensation expense related to stock options was $11.2 million and is expected to be recognized as expense over a weighted-average period of approximately 3.1 years. The intrinsic value of all outstanding stock options as of June 30, 2024 was approximately $    million, based on the assumed initial public offering price of $     per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), of which approximately $    million related to vested options and approximately $    million related to unvested options.

Determination of the fair value of common stock

We are required to estimate the fair value of the common stock underlying our stock-based awards when performing fair value calculations. As there has been no public market for our common stock to date, we develop an estimate of the fair value of our common stock on each grant date of options to purchase common stock. The fair value of our common stock has been determined by our board of directors on each grant date of options to purchase common stock, taking into account input from management, results from independent third-party valuations and our board of directors’ assessment of additional objective and subjective factors that it believed were relevant and which may have changed from the date our most recent valuation through the date of the grant. These objective and subjective factors include:

 

 

the prices of our convertible preferred stock sold to investors in arm’s length transactions and the rights, preferences and privileges of our convertible preferred stock relative to those of our common stock;

 

117


Table of Contents
 

our stage of development and business strategy and the material risks related to our business and industry;

 

 

the progress of our research and development programs, including the status of preclinical studies and clinical trials for our drug candidates;

 

 

our results of operations and financial position, including our levels of available capital resources;

 

 

the valuation of publicly traded companies in the life sciences and biotechnology sectors, as well as recently completed mergers and acquisitions of peer companies;

 

 

the lack of marketability of our common stock as a private company;

 

 

the likelihood of achieving a liquidity event for the holders of our common stock, such as an initial public offering or a sale of our company, given prevailing market conditions;

 

 

trends and developments in our industry;

 

 

external market conditions affecting the life sciences and biotechnology industry sectors; and

 

 

the economy in general.

Our determinations of the fair value of our common stock were made using methodologies, approaches and assumptions consistent with the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Accounting and Valuation Guide: Valuation of Privately Held Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation, or the Practice Aid.

The Practice Aid prescribes several valuation approaches for setting the value of an enterprise, such as the cost, income and market approaches, and various methodologies for allocating the value of an enterprise to its common stock. The cost approach establishes the value of an enterprise based on the cost of reproducing or replacing the property less depreciation and functional or economic obsolescence, if present. The income approach establishes the value of an enterprise based on the present value of future cash flows that are reasonably reflective of our future operations, discounting to the present value with an appropriate risk adjusted discount rate or capitalization rate. The market approach is based on the assumption that the value of an asset is equal to the value of a substitute asset with the same characteristics. Each valuation methodology was considered in our valuations.

The various methods for allocating the enterprise value across our classes and series of capital stock to determine the fair value of our common stock in accordance with the Practice Aid include the following:

 

 

Current value method. Under the current value method, once the fair value of the enterprise is established, the value is allocated to the various series of preferred and common stock based on their respective seniority, liquidation preferences or conversion values, whichever is greatest.

 

 

Option pricing method, or OPM. Under the OPM, shares are valued by creating a series of call options with exercise prices based on the liquidation preferences and conversion terms of each equity class. The values of the preferred and common stock are inferred by analyzing these options.

 

 

Probability-weighted expected return method, or PWERM. The PWERM is a scenario-based analysis that estimates the value per share based on the probability-weighted present value of expected future investment returns, considering each of the possible outcomes available to us, as well as the economic and control rights of each share class.

Based on our early stage of development, the complexity of our capital structure, the difficulty in predicting the likelihood and range of specific outcomes, including uncertainty related to the timing and type of an exit event, and other relevant factors, the OPM was considered most appropriate for valuations prior to August 2023.

 

118


Table of Contents

For options granted after April 19, 2023, a hybrid method between the PWERM and OPM was used, where the equity value was probability-weighted across multiple scenarios. The value of the shares under an initial public offering event scenario was determined according to the PWERM and the OPM scenario, using an appropriate time to a liquidity event, was used to estimate the fair value of the share class assuming the initial public offering event does not occur. The resulting share values under each scenario are weighted by their respective probabilities. This method was determined to be the most appropriate valuation methodology based on our stage of development and other relevant factors. In determining the estimated fair value of our common stock, our board of directors also considered the fact that our stockholders could not freely trade our common stock in the public markets. Accordingly, discounts were applied to reflect the lack of marketability of our common stock based on the weighted-average expected time to liquidity.

There are significant judgments and estimates inherent in the determination of the fair value of our common stock. These judgments and estimates include assumptions regarding our future operating performance, the time to complete an initial public offering or other liquidity event, and the determination of the appropriate valuation methods.

Once a public trading market for our common stock has been established in connection with the completion of this offering, it will no longer be necessary for our board of directors to estimate the fair value of our common stock in connection with our accounting for granted stock options or for any other such awards we may grant, as the fair value of our common stock will be determined based on the closing price of our common stock as reported on the date of grant on the primary stock exchange on which our common stock is traded.

The following table summarizes information related to stock options we granted from January 1, 2023 through August 23, 2024:

 

Grant date    Number of
shares subject
options granted
     Per share
exercise price
of options
     Fair value per
common share
on grant date
     Per share
estimated fair
value of options
 

January 18, 2023

     35,000      $ 0.27      $ 0.34      $ 0.25  

April 19, 2023

     1,404,250      $ 0.27      $ 0.34      $ 0.25  

August 15, 2023

     17,057,250      $ 0.65      $ 0.65      $ 0.50  

November 2, 2023

     2,571,360      $ 0.65      $ 0.65      $ 0.50  

January 31, 2024

     3,675,056      $ 0.76      $ 0.76      $ 0.58  

April 24, 2024

     2,205,455      $ 0.87      $ 0.87      $ 0.71  

August 2, 2024

     4,298,500      $ 0.87      $ 0.87      $ 0.73  

 

 

We utilize a third-party valuation firm to assist in determining the grant date fair market value of our common stock. On November 7, 2022, our board of directors, with the assistance of a third-party valuation firm, determined the fair market value of our common stock to be $0.27, or the Initial Valuation. The fair market value of our common stock was subsequently reassessed as of November 7, 2022, solely for financial reporting purposes, to appropriately bifurcate upside and downside scenarios in accordance with the Practice Aid. As a result, the fair value of common stock as of November 7, 2022 was determined to be $0.34, as compared to the $0.27 determined by the Initial Valuation for tax reporting purposes. This revaluation resulted in recognition of additional stock-based compensation expense. The exercise price for stock options granted from November 7, 2022 through April 19, 2023 was derived from the Initial Valuation.

Off-balance sheet arrangements

During the periods presented we did not have, nor do we currently have, any off-balance sheet arrangements as defined in the rules and regulations of the SEC.

 

119


Table of Contents

Quantitative and qualitative disclosures about market risks

Interest rate risk

The primary objectives of our investment activities are to ensure liquidity and to preserve capital. We are exposed to market risks related to changes in interest rates of our cash equivalents and marketable securities. However, due to the nature of these cash equivalents and marketable securities, we do not believe that a hypothetical 10% increase or decrease in interest rates during any of the periods presented would have had a material effect on our business, results of operations, or financial condition, or on our audited financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Effects of inflation

Inflation generally affects us by increasing our cost of labor and research and development costs. We do not believe that inflation had a material effect on our business, results of operations, or financial condition, or on our audited financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Emerging growth company and smaller reporting company status

We qualify as an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the JOBS Act. As an emerging growth company, we may take advantage of specified reduced disclosure and other requirements that are otherwise applicable generally to public companies. These provisions include: (i) being permitted to present only two years of audited financial statements, in addition to any required unaudited interim financial statements, with correspondingly reduced “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations” disclosure in this prospectus; (ii) reduced disclosure about our executive compensation arrangements; (iii) not being required to hold advisory votes on executive compensation or to obtain stockholder approval of any golden parachute arrangements not previously approved; (iv) an exemption from the auditor attestation requirement in the assessment of our internal control over financial reporting pursuant to the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002; and (v) an exemption from compliance with the requirements of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board regarding the communication of critical audit matters in the auditor’s report on the financial statements.

We may take advantage of these exemptions for up to five years or such earlier time that we are no longer an emerging growth company. We would cease to be an emerging growth company on the date that is the earliest of (i) the last day of the fiscal year in which we have total annual gross revenues of $1.235 billion or more; (ii) the last day of our fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the date of the completion of this offering; (iii) the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion in nonconvertible debt during the previous three years; or (iv) the date on which we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer under the rules of the SEC. We may choose to take advantage of some but not all of these exemptions. We have taken advantage of reduced reporting requirements in this prospectus. Accordingly, the information contained herein may be different from the information you receive from other public companies in which you hold stock. Additionally, the JOBS Act provides that an emerging growth company can take advantage of an extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards. This allows an emerging growth company to delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We have elected to avail ourselves of this exemption and, therefore, while we are an emerging growth company we will not be subject to new or revised accounting standards at the same time that they become applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies. As a result of this election, our audited financial statements and unaudited condensed financial statements may not be comparable to those of other public companies that comply with new or revised accounting pronouncements as of public company effective dates.

 

120


Table of Contents

We may choose to early adopt any new or revised accounting standards whenever such early adoption is permitted for private companies.

We are also a “smaller reporting company,” meaning that the market value of our shares held by nonaffiliates plus the proposed aggregate amount of gross proceeds to us as a result of this offering is less than $700 million and our annual revenue was less than $100 million during the most recently completed fiscal year. We may continue to be a smaller reporting company after this offering if either (i) the market value of our shares held by nonaffiliates is less than $250 million or (ii) our annual revenue was less than $100 million during the most recently completed fiscal year and the market value of our shares held by nonaffiliates is less than $700 million. If we are a smaller reporting company at the time we cease to be an emerging growth company, we may continue to rely on exemptions from certain disclosure requirements that are available to smaller reporting companies. Specifically, as a smaller reporting company, we may choose to present only the two most recent fiscal years of audited financial statements in our Annual Report on Form 10-K and, similar to emerging growth companies, smaller reporting companies have reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation.

 

121


Table of Contents

Business

Overview

We are a clinical-stage biopharmaceutical company focused on the discovery and development of novel precision peptide therapies for the treatment of endocrine and metabolic disorders. Our company was founded by global leaders with a transformative approach to peptide drug design and development. Leveraging this expertise, we designed our proprietary Precision Endocrine Peptide, or PEP, platform to overcome the key limitations of unmodified and modified peptide therapies and to improve clinical outcomes and simplify disease management for patients. Our PEPs are selectively engineered to have optimized pharmaceutical properties, including extended time-action profiles and consistent drug concentrations with low peak-to-trough concentration ratios, consistent exposure to target tissues, and less frequent dosing. We are advancing a pipeline of novel candidates for endocrine and metabolic disorders with clinically validated targets, established endpoints for regulatory approval, significant unmet medical needs and large potential market opportunities. Our product candidates and programs include:

 

 

MBX 2109: Our lead product candidate, MBX 2109, is a parathyroid hormone peptide prodrug that is designed as a potential long-acting hormone replacement therapy for the treatment of chronic hypoparathyroidism, or HP. Leveraging our proprietary PEP platform, we designed MBX 2109 to treat the underlying pathophysiology of HP by providing a continuous, infusion-like exposure to parathyroid hormone, or PTH, with convenient once-weekly administration. In a Phase 1 clinical trial, MBX 2109 demonstrated a low ratio between the highest concentration of active drug observed after a dose and the concentration of active drug observed immediately prior to the next dose, or peak-to-trough ratio, which is consistent with a continuous, infusion-like profile, and an extended half-life, potentially enabling the first once-weekly PTH dosing regimen for patients with HP. MBX 2109 was generally well-tolerated with no drug-related severe or serious adverse effects. We are currently evaluating MBX 2109 in a Phase 2 clinical trial in patients with HP and dosed our first patient in this trial in August 2024. We anticipate reporting topline data in the third quarter of 2025.

 

 

MBX 1416: We are advancing MBX 1416, which is designed to be a long-acting glucagon-like peptide 1, or GLP-1, receptor antagonist, as a potential therapy for post-bariatric hypoglycemia, or PBH, a chronic complication of bariatric surgery. MBX 1416 is designed as a convenient once-weekly therapy to reduce insulin secretion and increase blood glucose to reduce the frequency and severity of hypoglycemic events. In our ongoing Phase 1 clinical trial preliminary data regarding the way the compound is absorbed, distributed, metabolized and excreted, or pharmacokinetics, from the single ascending dose portion demonstrated that weekly subcutaneous injections resulted in dose-proportional increases in MBX 1416 exposure and a half-life supporting a once-weekly dosing regimen. We anticipate additional single ascending dose and multiple ascending dose data from our ongoing Phase 1 clinical trial in the fourth quarter of 2024.

 

 

Obesity portfolio: Our lead obesity product candidate, MBX 4291, is designed to be a long-acting and highly potent GLP-1 and glucose-dependent insulinotropic polypeptide, or GIP, receptor co-agonist prodrug with the goal of reducing dosing frequency of and improving efficacy and tolerability relative to existing standards of care. In our preclinical studies, the active component of MBX 4291 demonstrated a similar activity profile and body weight loss in mice as tirzepatide, an approved weekly GLP-1/GIP co-agonist, and an extended duration of action of the active component of MBX 4291 supporting the potential for once-monthly administration. During our preclinical studies, the concentration of the active component of MBX 4291 was significantly lower than the concentration of tirzepatide during the comparison period. Although we believe MBX 4291 has the potential to be dosed less frequently, less frequent dosing would necessarily require a higher dose of MBX 4291. The results observed from our preclinical studies may not necessarily be predictive of the results of later-stage clinical trials that we may conduct. In addition, the study supporting potential duration of MBX 4291 was conducted separately from studies evaluating its effects. MBX 4291 is currently in IND-enabling

 

122


Table of Contents
 

studies with an anticipated investigational new drug, or IND, submission in the second quarter of 2025. Beyond MBX 4291, we have a robust discovery pipeline including multiple programs in the lead optimization stage of development.

Endocrine organs secrete peptide hormones into the blood stream that act on distant organs to calibrate their function and maintain homeostasis, which impact metabolism, growth, reproduction and other bodily functions. Underproduction of a hormone, known as a hormonal deficiency, can lead to endocrine diseases, such as diabetes and HP. In addition to using peptides as hormone replacement therapies, peptide-based drugs have been developed as pharmacologic agents to treat endocrine and other diseases. However, whether as replacement therapies or novel pharmacological actions, these therapeutic peptides often have significant drawbacks. Unmodified peptides often have short half-lives, and are rapidly degraded by enzymes and swiftly cleared within minutes to hours by the liver and kidney. This often necessitates frequent, daily injections of these peptides, which can result in wide fluctuations of the peptide concentration in the bloodstream leading to diminished effectiveness of the therapy or side effects caused by high levels of the peptide.

Modified peptide therapies have been developed to allow less frequent once-daily and once-weekly dosing regimens. Although these convenient, patient-friendly therapies could increase compliance and result in improved effectiveness in the real-world setting, they can still produce significant fluctuations in peptide blood levels or high peak-to-trough ratios, which can lead to side effects and limit potential efficacy. Therefore, there remains a significant unmet need to develop modified peptide therapies with extended time-action profiles and low peak-to-trough ratios that allow for less frequent injections and have the potential to provide improved efficacy, tolerability and convenience. Leveraging the proprietary technologies in our PEP platform, we are designing and developing novel peptide therapeutics with the goal of achieving four key, distinct attributes: 1) high potency, 2) high target selectivity, 3) half-lives that allow a dosing at weekly or less frequent intervals, and 4) low or flat peak-to-trough ratios to improve tolerability, thereby facilitating higher dosing and greater potential efficacy.

Our platform

We have built our proprietary PEP platform to develop innovative precision peptide therapies that are designed to overcome key limitations of current peptide therapies. We were founded by leaders in the field of peptide discovery and development with the goal of transforming the treatment landscape for endocrine and metabolic diseases with novel, efficacious, safe and convenient treatments. Our PEP platform builds upon the expertise and chemical technologies originally discovered at the Indiana University laboratory of our scientific co-founder, Dr. Richard DiMarchi, who is globally recognized for translational breakthroughs in endocrine pharmacology, including the discovery of the first GLP-1/GIP co-agonist as well as other dual and triple incretin agonists. Our state-of-the-art, proprietary PEP platform has enabled us to engineer novel product candidates that are designed to have optimized pharmaceutical properties, including a longer duration of action, consistent drug concentrations with low peak-to-trough ratios, and less frequent dosing, which support our goals of improved tolerability, efficacy and potency. We currently rely on the discovery capabilities of Dr. DiMarchi and the Indiana University laboratory, but are continuing to grow and develop our internal discovery and development capacity, including having hired an experienced cross-functional discovery team and building a peptide synthesis laboratory that will fully launch in the third quarter of 2024. We have developed a proprietary platform of tools that we believe will allow us to continually design transformative therapies. These proprietary tools and know-how include:

 

 

Advanced chemical modifications with a goal to provide enhanced physical properties including stability and solubility, increased potency, and multiple mechanisms of action in a single peptide

 

 

Programmable prodrug technologies that are designed to precisely time the chemical conversion of the prodrug into an active form to reduce peak-to-trough ratios and improve clinical outcomes

 

123


Table of Contents
 

Fatty acylation aims to increase duration of action for more convenient dosing regimens and compatibility with non-injectable formulations

Our PEP platform is designed to improve clinical outcomes and simplify disease management for patients. Our PEPs are engineered to potentially optimize pharmaceutical properties yielding peptides with extended time-action profiles, convenient dosing regimens and the potential to enhance compliance and improve treatment effectiveness in a real-world setting. PEPs may improve efficacy and reduce adverse events by providing a more continuous, infusion-like exposure to the peptide. We believe that our PEP technology, along with our significant know-how in the synergistic application of these tools, provides the opportunity to discover novel, highly selective and efficacious peptides with extended time-action profiles and low peak-to-trough ratios that may improve on the shortcomings of existing peptide therapies.

Our pipeline

We are leveraging our PEP platform to advance a pipeline of programs to treat both endocrine and metabolic disorders with clinically validated targets, established endpoints for regulatory approval, significant unmet needs and large potential market opportunities. Developing product candidates, including conducting preclinical studies and clinical trials, is a time consuming, expensive and uncertain process. We have not yet demonstrated an ability to obtain regulatory approvals. We retain exclusive, worldwide development and commercialization rights to all of our product candidates and discovery programs.

 

LOGO

Beyond MBX 4291, we have a robust discovery pipeline including multiple obesity programs in the lead optimization stage of development.

MBX 2109: Potential treatment for chronic hypoparathyroidism

Our lead product candidate, MBX 2109, is a parathyroid hormone peptide prodrug that is designed as a potential long-acting hormone replacement therapy for the treatment of HP. HP is a rare endocrine disease where parathyroid glands fail to produce sufficient amounts of PTH, which is a hormone that regulates calcium levels in the blood through its effects on bone, kidneys and intestines. We estimate that HP affects approximately 120,000 people in the United States and more than 250,000 in the United States and Europe. HP is caused by damage to or removal of the parathyroid glands during neck surgery in approximately 75% of cases, or, less commonly, from an autoimmune disease or a genetic disorder. A deficiency of PTH results in lower blood calcium levels, or hypocalcemia, which can result in a variety of acute symptoms, such as muscle cramping or spasm, tingling, and neurological symptoms such as depression, confusion and cognitive impairment.

To avoid hypocalcemia and its symptoms, patients are treated with high dose calcium supplements and prescription strength active vitamin D therapy, which can require the daily ingestion of approximately seven or

 

124


Table of Contents

more pills taken at multiple times throughout the day. This treatment does not address PTH deficiency and symptom relief can be suboptimal. Once-daily injectable PTH therapies have been shown in clinical studies to reduce the need for high doses of calcium and active vitamin D supplements, decrease urinary calcium excretion and, by patient-reported-outcome assessments, result in improvements in patients’ quality of life. However, these therapies can have significant fluctuations in drug concentrations that require daily subcutaneous injections, which impacts the potential outcomes for patients.

Leveraging our proprietary PEP platform, we designed MBX 2109 to treat the underlying pathophysiology of HP. MBX 2109 is a prodrug, which is a compound engineered to be biologically inactive at the time of subcutaneous injection that then converts to an active peptide in an intrinsically controlled, time-dependent fashion. The prodrug design is supplemented by fatty acylation, the addition of fatty acids to the compound, which facilitates binding to proteins and extends the time of the compound in circulation. This combination is meant to provide an extended time-action profile that allows a once-weekly administration and provides a continuous, infusion-like PTH exposure with lower daily peak-to-trough ratios than observed with daily PTH dosing regimens. This continuous, infusion-like exposure to MBX 2109 may reduce the frequency and severity of events of excessive blood calcium, or hypercalcemia, and insufficient blood calcium, or hypocalcemia. The once-weekly MBX 2109 dosing regimen may improve compliance relative to daily PTH dosing regimens, which we believe improves effectiveness in a real-world setting.

In a Phase 1 clinical trial in 76 healthy adults, weekly subcutaneous injections of MBX 2109 led to sustained and dose-dependent elevations of serum calcium and the suppression of endogenous PTH. The half-life of the MBX 2109 active drug across all doses was approximately 7.7 to 8.9 days, supporting a once-weekly dosing regimen. MBX 2109 was generally well-tolerated with no drug-related severe or serious adverse effects. We are currently evaluating the safety, tolerability and efficacy of three fixed doses of MBX 2109 in a randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled Phase 2 clinical trial in approximately 48 patients with HP. The primary endpoint of the Phase 2 clinical trial is the proportion of patients who can discontinue active vitamin D and reduce calcium supplements after 12 weeks of treatment while maintaining normal serum calcium levels. We expect to report topline data from our Phase 2 clinical trial in the third quarter of 2025.

MBX 1416: Potential treatment for post-bariatric hypoglycemia

MBX 1416, our potential treatment for PBH, is designed to be a long-acting GLP-1 receptor antagonist, which is a molecule that binds to the applicable receptor to prevent the native molecule that would otherwise activate the receptor from binding. PBH is a rare, serious and chronic complication of bariatric surgery typically occurring six months or later after surgery. We estimate PBH affects more than 90,000 people in the United States. In PBH, pathologic increases in GLP-1 are released following a meal leading to hyperinsulinemia, or excessive levels of insulin, that may result in hypoglycemia, or low blood glucose. Hypoglycemic symptoms may include confusion, weakness, dizziness, blurred vision, loss of consciousness and seizures. While GLP-1-based therapies have been recently approved to treat obesity and its co-morbidities, people with severe obesity, defined as a BMI 40 kg/m2, often can require a greater degree of weight loss than these current therapies can achieve. According to the CDC, the prevalence of severe obesity in the United States in adults over 20 years increased from 4.7% in 2000 to 9.2% in 2018. Bariatric surgery still remains the most efficacious means of treating severe obesity, with bariatric surgeries increasing by approximately 23% since 2017 to approximately 280,000 in the United States in 2022, according to the American Society for Metabolic and Bariatric Surgery.

There are currently no U.S. Food and Drug Administration, or FDA, approved pharmacologic therapies for PBH. The current treatment options to reduce the frequency and severity of hypoglycemic episodes focus on dietary interventions and, secondarily, on the use of off-label medications with significant side effect profiles and unproven effectiveness in patients with PBH. While glucagon is used as a rescue therapy to treat severe hypoglycemic events, it does not prevent hypoglycemia from occurring. In certain patients with severe, intractable hypoglycemia, surgical reversal of the bariatric procedure may be considered.

 

125


Table of Contents

MBX 1416 is designed as a long-acting GLP-1 receptor antagonist to prevent GLP-1 from augmenting insulin release to cause hyperinsulinemia following a meal and thereby prevent the occurrence of severe hypoglycemia in patients with PBH. Leveraging our PEP platform, we aim to improve the pharmaceutical properties of the GLP-1 sequence required to inhibit GLP-1 action by chemically modifying the amino acid backbone to achieve enhanced potency, stability and solubility, relative to the corresponding, unmodified GLP-1 sequence. We are evaluating the safety, tolerability, pharmacokinetics and the effects that the drug has on the body, or pharmacodynamics, of MBX 1416 in an ongoing randomized double-blind, placebo-controlled single-and multiple-ascending dose, first-in-human Phase 1 clinical trial in healthy adults. Preliminary pharmacokinetic data from the single ascending dose portion of our ongoing Phase 1 clinical trial demonstrated that weekly subcutaneous injections resulted in dose-proportional increases in MBX 1416 exposure and a half-life supporting once-weekly dosing. We anticipate topline results from our Phase 1 clinical trial in the fourth quarter of 2024.

Our obesity portfolio

Leveraging our PEP platform, we are discovering and developing candidates with optimized pharmacokinetic profiles and pharmacologic attributes to potentially improve on the current treatments for obesity and related co-morbidities. We are engineering our candidates to extend the time-action profile and to potentially improve tolerability, thereby providing the potential for higher doses leading to greater weight loss than can be achieved with existing therapies. We are prioritizing candidates targeting clinically validated mechanisms for weight loss and are focusing on discovering peptides that target multiple unique receptors. Our obesity portfolio currently includes one product candidate, MBX 4291, in IND-enabling studies, and a robust discovery pipeline with multiple development programs in lead optimization.

MBX 4291: Long-acting and highly potent potential treatment for obesity

Our lead obesity product candidate, MBX 4291, is designed to be a long-acting and highly potent GLP-1/GIP receptor co-agonist prodrug. Obesity is a common and costly chronic condition leading to significant morbidity and mortality. According to the CDC, an estimated 42% of U.S. adults aged 20 and over have obesity, or BMI30 kg/m2, as of 2018, including 9% of adults with severe obesity, and another 31% of adults who are overweight, or BMI between 25.0 and 29.9 kg/m2. Based on the CDC’s 2018 prevalence rates, we estimate that at least 190 million adults in the United States are obese or overweight. While the current, approved GLP-1-based agonists represent significant and clinically meaningful advances in the treatment of obesity, they require weekly injections and can be associated with significant gastrointestinal, or GI, side effects. These side effects often lead to reduced adherence and increased discontinuation, thereby limiting a patient’s ability to lose weight.

We believe MBX 4291 has the potential to be a safe and efficacious therapy that will help people achieve their weight loss goals and improve their overall health. MBX 4291 is designed to achieve the extended time-action profile using two of our proprietary technologies, programmable prodrug and fatty acylation. In our preclinical studies, MBX 4291 demonstrated a similar activity profile and body weight loss in mice as tirzepatide, an approved weekly GLP-1/GIP co-agonist, and an extended duration of action of the active component of MBX 4291 supporting the potential for once-monthly administration. We believe that our proprietary PEP platform and know-how also provide significant optionality in devising dosing regimens that could lead to clinically meaningful improvements in tolerability and increase the maximally attained weight loss, relative to existing, approved GLP-1-based therapies. MBX 4291 is currently in IND-enabling studies with an anticipated IND submission in the second quarter of 2025.

Our company and team

MBX was founded by pioneers in the endocrine drug development field and is led by a team of seasoned industry veterans with a common goal to transform the treatment of endocrine and metabolic disorders and

 

126


Table of Contents

improve patients’ lives. Members of our leadership team have collaborated successfully over several decades on the discovery, development and commercialization of endocrine therapeutics including Forteo®, Humalog®, and Byetta®. Our co-founders, Dr. DiMarchi and Kent Hawryluk, were central to the success of MB2 and Marcadia Biotech in advancing multiple GLP-1-and glucagon-based product candidates in clinical development through strategic transactions with Eli Lilly, Merck, Novo Nordisk, and Roche.

Our team is led by executives who have deep experience in drug development and company-building in the biopharmaceutical industry. Key members of our executive and leadership team include:

 

 

Kent Hawryluk, President, Chief Executive Officer and Co-Founder, has spent more than 20 years as a life sciences entrepreneur, leader and investor, and prior to co-founding MBX held biopharma executive leadership roles at Avidity Biosciences, MB2, and Marcadia Biotech.

 

 

Salomon (Sam) Azoulay, M.D., Chief Medical Officer, has over 35 years of experience in drug development and operations, including as the Chief Medical Officer at Sumitovant Biopharma and Pfizer Essential Health.

 

 

Richard Bartram, Chief Financial Officer, has over 15 years of financial leadership experience spanning strategic and operational finance roles, including serving as the Chief Financial Officer of Esperion Therapeutics and as a public accountant at PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP.

 

 

Michelle Graham, Chief Human Resources Officer, has over 25 years of experience in human resources, talent management, and organizational development across various sectors of the healthcare industry, including as the Chief Human Resources Officer at Albireo Pharma, Tesaro, and Parexel.

 

 

Steven J. Prestrelski, Ph.D., Chief Scientific Officer, is a seasoned biopharmaceutical executive with over 30 years of scientific and operational expertise who has led successful endocrine and metabolism product development programs from discovery through regulatory approval, including Byetta, Bydureon® and Gvoke®.

Our platform technology includes patent rights and proprietary technology exclusively licensed from Indiana University and developed in the Indiana University laboratory of our scientific founder, Dr. DiMarchi. Dr. DiMarchi developed the original PEP technology, and is the inventor of the first dual and triple incretin agonists. Dr. DiMarchi is known as a world class innovator and inventor, a member of the National Inventor Hall of Fame and the National Academy of Medicine, and one of the world’s leading peptide chemists. He is a former decade-long chairman of the Peptide Therapeutics Foundation and is widely recognized as an international spokesperson for macromolecular medicines. He has an extensive track record of drug development in big pharma, early-stage biotech, and academia, and is a successful repeat entrepreneur. In particular, he is recognized for his contributions to the discovery and development of rDNA-derived Humalog, rGlucagon, and Forteo, which he shepherded through development and commercialization. His research has broadened the understanding of glucagon physiology and the discovery of single molecule multimode agonists for the treatment of diabetes and obesity. A former officer and director, Dr. DiMarchi is not currently an employee of the Company, but acts as the principal investigator under our research agreement with the Trustees of Indiana University, pursuant to which we have the option to license intellectual property developed on our behalf by Dr. DiMarchi. Dr. DiMarchi is not required to devote any specified number of hours to the Company.

Since our inception, we have raised approximately $214 million in funding from leading healthcare investors, including Deep Track Capital, Driehaus Capital Management, Frazier Life Sciences, New Enterprise Associates, Norwest Venture Partners, OrbiMed, RA Capital Management, and Wellington Management. Prospective investors should not rely on the investment decisions of our existing investors, as these investors may have different risk tolerances and in certain cases received their shares in prior offerings at prices lower than the price offered to the public in this offering. See the sections titled “Certain relationships and related person transactions” and “Principal stockholders” for more information.

 

127


Table of Contents

Our strategy

We are building a leading biopharmaceutical company with a focus on endocrine and metabolic disorders. Our mission is to enable patients with these disorders to live fuller and healthier lives through the discovery and development of transformative precision peptide therapies. We are leveraging our propriety PEP platform to significantly improve clinical outcomes by discovering novel treatments that overcome key limitations of current peptide therapies. The key pillars of our business strategy to achieve this mission include:

 

 

Advance MBX 2109, a potential PTH peptide prodrug therapy, through clinical development to improve outcomes for patients with HP. MBX 2109 leverages our PEP platform and is designed as a long-acting PTH replacement therapy for HP, a rare endocrine disorder that we estimate affects more than 250,000 people throughout the United States and Europe. MBX 2109 is precisely engineered to treat the underlying pathophysiology of HP by achieving a continuous, infusion-like exposure to PTH with a convenient once-weekly dosing regimen. We believe MBX 2109 has the potential to transform the HP treatment paradigm by providing dependable control to normalize serum and urinary calcium levels and simplifying treatment through once-weekly dosing that could significantly improve patient outcomes and quality of life. In a Phase 1 clinical trial, MBX 2109 demonstrated a low peak-to-trough ratio, which is consistent with a continuous, infusion-like profile, and an extended half-life, potentially enabling the first once-weekly PTH dosing regimen for patients with HP. MBX 2109 was generally well-tolerated with no drug-related severe or serious adverse effects. We are currently evaluating MBX 2109 in a Phase 2 clinical trial in patients with HP and dosed our first patient in this trial in August 2024. We anticipate reporting topline data in the third quarter of 2025.

 

 

Advance MBX 1416, a long-acting GLP-1 receptor antagonist, through clinical development to potentially address the unmet medical need in patients with PBH. There are currently no FDA-approved therapies for patients who suffer from hypoglycemia after bariatric surgery. We estimate PBH affects more than 90,000 people in the United States, representing a large unmet medical need and significant commercial opportunity. We are developing MBX 1416 to be a long-acting GLP-1 receptor antagonist, a clinically validated mechanism, which is designed to reduce the frequency and severity of hypoglycemic events. Preliminary pharmacokinetic data from the single ascending dose portion of our ongoing Phase 1 clinical trial demonstrated that weekly subcutaneous injections resulted in dose-proportional increases in MBX 1416 exposure and a half-life supporting a once-weekly dosing regimen. We anticipate additional single ascending dose and multiple ascending dose data from our ongoing Phase 1 clinical trial in the fourth quarter of 2024.

 

 

Advance our obesity portfolio, including our lead obesity candidate, MBX 4291, with a focus on improving efficacy, tolerability and dosing frequency compared to existing GLP-1-based therapies. While there have been significant advances in the treatment of obesity, there is a need for better tolerated, more convenient and efficacious treatment options. Our lead obesity product candidate, MBX 4291, is designed as a long-acting GLP-1/GIP receptor co-agonist prodrug. We also have a robust discovery pipeline with multiple development candidates in lead optimization. In our preclinical studies, the active component of MBX 4291 demonstrated a similar activity profile and body weight loss in mice as tirzepatide, an approved weekly GLP-1/GIP receptor co-agonist, and an extended duration of action of the active component of MBX 4291, supporting the potential for once-monthly administration. In addition to providing a less frequent and more convenient dosing regimen, the extended time-action profile and lower peak-to-trough ratio provide the opportunity to identify an optimal dosing regimen to improve tolerability and potentially increase the maximally attained weight loss, relative to existing, approved GLP-1-based therapies. MBX 4291 is currently in IND-enabling studies with an anticipated IND submission in the second quarter of 2025.

 

 

Leverage our proprietary PEP technology platform and the capabilities of our experienced discovery team to expand our pipeline in endocrine, metabolic and other disease areas. Our focus is on diseases with

 

128


Table of Contents
 

unmet medical need and clinically validated targets with established endpoints for regulatory approval and large potential market opportunities to allow us to minimize our risk profile and efficiently advance our programs through development and regulatory approval. We are continuing to build upon our discovery capabilities to complement the scientific foundation of our co-founder Dr. DiMarchi. Our initial focus is building out a robust pipeline in endocrine and metabolic disorders. Our PEP platform is also widely applicable in discovering and developing peptides in other therapeutic areas.

 

 

Build a fully-integrated biopharmaceutical company and selectively evaluate strategic opportunities to maximize the value of our pipeline. We aim to discover, develop, manufacture, and commercialize our endocrine product candidates. We may seek strategic collaborations where we believe the resources and expertise of third-party pharmaceutical or biotechnology companies could accelerate the clinical development or maximize the market potential of our product candidates, or where such collaborations could expand our internal capabilities and PEP platform. In particular, assets within our obesity portfolio may also benefit from a partnership to expand the indications under development, such as type 2 diabetes. We may seek additional partnership opportunities which complement our technologies, with the objective of accelerating our development programs and potentially supplementing our future commercial capabilities.

 

 

Maintain an entrepreneurial, scientifically rigorous, and inclusive corporate culture where employees are fully engaged and strive to bring improved therapeutic options to patients. We are driven to make a positive impact for patients worldwide and are guided by our core values of transparency, integrity, teamwork, and innovation to help us achieve our mission rapidly, responsibly, and efficiently.

Our platform

Peptide background. Endocrine organs secrete peptide hormones into the blood stream that act on distant organs to calibrate their function and maintain homeostasis, which impact metabolism, growth, reproduction and other bodily functions. Underproduction of a hormone, known as a hormonal deficiency, can lead to endocrine diseases, such as diabetes and HP. Diseases characterized by hormonal deficiencies are optimally treated by replacing the deficient hormone. The development of peptides as endocrine replacement therapies has led to significant advances in the treatment of human disease such as in the treatment of diabetes with insulin.

In addition to using peptides as hormone replacement therapies, peptide-based drugs have been developed as pharmacologic agents to treat endocrine and other diseases. Due to the selective and highly specific nature of the peptide binding to its cognate receptor, peptide drugs typically carry a lower risk of off-target side effects relative to small molecules. Further, peptide therapeutics are typically associated with lower production complexity compared with protein-based biopharmaceuticals and, therefore, the production costs are also lower, generally closer to those of small molecules. More than 80 peptide therapies have been approved, and there are currently more than 150 peptides candidates in clinical trials, and another 400 to 600 in pre-clinical studies. Global sales of peptide-based therapies exceeded $50 billion in 2019, according to the Global Peptide Therapeutics Sales Market Report.

However, whether as replacement therapies or novel pharmacological actions, these therapeutic peptides often have some significant drawbacks. Unmodified peptides often have short half-lives, and are rapidly degraded by enzymes and swiftly cleared within minutes to hours by the liver and kidney. This often necessitates frequent, daily injections of these peptides, which can result in wide fluctuations of the peptide concentration in the bloodstream leading to diminished effectiveness of the therapy or side effects caused by high levels of the peptide. Alternatively, the unmodified peptide can be delivered by a subcutaneous pump infusion to maintain optimal blood levels of the hormone, such as insulin.

 

129


Table of Contents

Modified peptide therapies have been developed to allow less frequent once-daily and once-weekly dosing regimens. Although these convenient, patient-friendly therapies could increase compliance and result in improved effectiveness in the real-world setting, they can still produce significant fluctuations in peptide blood levels or high peak-to-trough ratios, which can lead to side effects and limit potential efficacy. Therefore, there remains a significant unmet need to develop modified peptide therapies with extended time-action profiles and low peak-to-trough ratios that allow for less frequent injections and have the potential to provide improved efficacy, tolerability and convenience. Leveraging the proprietary technologies in our PEP platform, we believe we are designing and developing novel peptide therapeutics with the goal of achieving four key, distinct attributes: 1) high potency, 2) high target selectivity, 3) half-lives that allow a dosing at weekly or less frequent intervals, and 4) low or flat peak-to-trough ratios to improve tolerability, thereby facilitating higher dosing and greater potential efficacy.

Our PEP Platform. We have built our proprietary PEP platform to develop innovative precision peptide therapies that are designed to overcome key limitations of current peptide therapies by extending the half-life and providing a more continuous, infusion-like exposure to the peptide.

PEPs are designed to overcome limitations of existing peptide therapeutics by

demonstrating infusion-like exposure

 

LOGO

We have developed a deep understanding of the relationship between the chemical structure and the biologic activity and pharmacokinetic properties to address the current limitations of peptide therapies. We were founded by leaders in the field of peptide discovery and development with the goal of transforming the treatment landscape for endocrine and metabolic diseases with novel, efficacious, safe and convenient treatments. Dr. DiMarchi and his research team at Indiana University are recognized as global leaders in the peptide field through their groundbreaking approach to peptide drug design and development, including the discovery of the first GLP-1/GIP co-agonist as well as other dual and triple incretin agonists. Leveraging this expertise and know-how, we have built our PEP platform with chemical technology and tools that we are utilizing in developing PEPs with clinically validated targets, established endpoints for regulatory approval, significant unmet medical needs and large potential market opportunities. We believe our state-of-the-art, proprietary PEP platform has enabled us to engineer novel product candidates that are designed to have optimized pharmaceutical properties, including a longer duration of action, consistent drug concentrations with low peak-to-trough ratios, and less frequent dosing, which support our goals of improved tolerability, efficacy and potency. We are continuing to grow and develop our internal discovery and development capacity, including having hired an experienced cross-functional discovery team and building a peptide synthesis laboratory that will fully launch in the third quarter of 2024. We have developed a proprietary platform of tools that we believe will allow us to continually design transformative therapies. These proprietary tools and know-how include:

 

130


Table of Contents
 

Advanced chemical modifications with a goal to provide enhanced physical properties including stability and solubility, increased potency, and multiple mechanisms of action in a single peptide. Advanced chemical modifications, or ACM, of peptides as part of the PEP platform employs the use of native amino acid substitutions, non-native amino acid substitutions, alternative amino acid linkers, and other chemical modifications. The goal of these modifications is to create peptides with enhanced physical properties relative to the existing peptide therapies, improving their utility as drugs. Some typical properties enhanced with ACM are the solubility and stability of the peptide, the potency at the applicable receptor, and importantly, the ability to design more than one mechanism of action into a single peptide sequence such as MBX 4291. ACM is utilized in the design of each of MBX 2109, MBX 1416 and MBX 4291.

 

 

Programmable prodrug technologies that are designed to precisely time the chemical conversion of prodrug into an active form to reduce peak-to-trough ratios and improve clinical outcomes. This transformative proprietary programmable prodrug technology allows for the insertion of two amino acids that locks the peptide in an inactive form and is transformed to an active drug at an intrinsically controlled (non-enzymatic) rate under physiologic conditions. We can precisely program this rate of activation from minutes to weeks with established design rules. By using modifications intrinsic to the peptide structure, the programmable prodrug approach can avoid the potential toxicity of other means to achieve an extended time-action profile. The prodrug approach enables the design of peptides with more convenient weekly or monthly dosing as well as the potential for greater efficacy and tolerability, relative to shorter acting peptide therapies. This programmable prodrug technology was utilized in designing the MBX 2109 and MBX 4291 peptides.

 

 

Fatty acylation that aims to provide increased duration of action for more convenient dosing regimens and compatibility with non-injectable formulations. Fatty acids can improve the pharmacokinetic profiles and biological activities of peptides by increasing their stability, solubility, and interactions. Fatty acylation of peptides leads to serum albumin binding of the acylated peptide, thereby extending serum half-lives. Fatty acylation has also been utilized to extend the half-life of peptides such as semaglutide and tirzepatide. We apply this fatty acylation to increase the duration of action of our designed peptides, including in the design of MBX 2109, MBX 1416 and MBX 4291.

Our PEP platform is designed to improve clinical outcomes and simplify disease management for patients. Our PEPs are engineered to optimize pharmaceutical properties yielding peptides with extended time-action profiles, convenient dosing regimens and the potential to enhance compliance and improve treatment effectiveness in a real-world setting. PEPs may improve efficacy and reduce adverse events by providing a more continuous, infusion-like exposure to the peptide.

We have developed significant know-how in the synergistic application of these tools to create proprietary PEPs with novel mechanisms of action and enhanced pharmacokinetic profiles. To date, we have designed and tested numerous novel peptides with the PEP technology in in vitro and in vivo trials. This gives us the ability to uniquely and synergistically combine these three aspects of PEP technology to meet our designed target product profile of a new peptide to program a longer duration of action and blood levels with low peak-to-trough ratios, consistent with an infusion-like profile. Given that MBX 2109 and MBX 1416 displayed extended time-action profiles in Phase 1 trials as those predicted based on their chemical modifications, we believe we have validated the reproducible nature of the three components of our PEP platform in their ability to yield long-acting peptides. We believe our expertise and nonclinical and clinical experience with our PEP platform will allow us to develop our future programs efficiently.

 

131


Table of Contents

Our Programs

We are leveraging our proprietary PEP platform to advance a pipeline of programs to treat both endocrine and metabolic disorders with clinically validated targets, established endpoints for regulatory approval, significant unmet needs and large potential market opportunities. We retain exclusive worldwide development and commercialization rights to all of our product candidates and discovery programs. Our lead product candidates and programs include two clinical-stage programs targeting rare endocrine disorders, MBX 2109 for the treatment of HP and MBX 1416 for the treatment of PBH, and an advancing obesity portfolio with MBX 4291 in IND-enabling studies and multiple development programs in lead optimization. We believe these programs have significant benefits over current treatment options and these include:

Potential benefits of our programs over current treatment options

 

 

LOGO

MBX 2109 for the treatment of chronic hypoparathyroidism

Our lead product candidate, MBX 2109, is a parathyroid hormone peptide prodrug that is designed as a potential long-acting hormone replacement therapy for the treatment of HP. HP is a rare endocrine disease where parathyroid glands fail to produce sufficient amounts of PTH, which is a hormone that regulates calcium levels in the blood through its effects on bone, kidneys and intestines. Leveraging our proprietary PEP platform, we designed MBX 2109 to treat the underlying pathophysiology of HP by providing a continuous, infusion-like exposure to PTH with a convenient once-weekly injection. In a Phase 1 clinical trial in healthy adults, MBX 2109 demonstrated a low peak-to-trough ratio, which is consistent with a continuous, infusion-like profile, and an extended half-life potentially enabling the first once-weekly PTH dosing regimen for patients with HP. MBX 2109 was generally well-tolerated with no drug-related severe or serious adverse effects. The FDA has granted Orphan Drug Designation to MBX 2109 for the treatment of HP. Orphan Drug Designation does not shorten the development time or regulatory review time of a product candidate and does not provide any guarantee of approval in the regulatory review or approval process. We are currently evaluating MBX 2109 in a Phase 2 clinical trial in patients with HP and dosed our first patient in this trial in August 2024. We anticipate reporting topline data in the third quarter of 2025.

 

132


Table of Contents

Overview of chronic hypoparathyroidism

HP is a rare endocrine disease caused by a deficiency of PTH released by parathyroid glands that results in decreased calcium levels in the blood leading to hypocalcemia. Hypocalcemia can result in a variety of acute symptoms, such as muscle cramping or spasm, tingling, and neurological symptoms such as depression, confusion and cognitive impairment. More serious complications can occur, including seizures and cardiac arrhythmias. As a result, HP can interfere with daily activities, negatively impacting the quality of life for patients. We estimate that HP affects approximately 120,000 people in the United States and more than 250,000 in the United States and Europe. The most common cause for HP, in approximately 75% of cases, is inadvertent removal or damage to the parathyroid glands during neck surgery. It can also be caused by certain autoimmune processes and genetic conditions.

Current treatments and limitations

The current standard of care for HP does not address the PTH deficiency, which is the underlying cause of the disease. To avoid hypocalcemia and its symptoms due to PTH deficiency, the current standard of care consists primarily of high doses of oral calcium supplements and active vitamin D. Patients are treated with high dose calcium supplements (approximately 1.8 grams per day, compared to 250 to 500 mg in a multivitamin) and prescription strength active vitamin D therapy, which can require the daily ingestion of approximately seven or more pills taken at multiple times throughout the day. Despite this therapy, symptom relief can be suboptimal and does not address PTH deficiency. In addition, treatment with large doses of calcium and active vitamin D are associated with long-term complications such as cardiovascular disease, vascular calcification and increased urinary calcium excretion, which can result in chronic kidney disease and kidney stones.

As the underlying pathophysiology of HP is a deficiency in PTH, clinicians have used Natpara®, a once-daily, unmodified PTH peptide replacement therapy to treat HP. However, Natpara has a short half-life and does not provide PTH exposure over a full 24-hour period. The inability to provide continuous blood exposure to PTH leads to suboptimal efficacy as patients are unable to stop active vitamin D and calcium supplements. After the recall of Natpara in 2019, Takeda announced in 2022 that it decided to discontinue manufacturing of Natpara on a voluntary basis at the end of 2024 due to unresolved supply issues that are specific to the product and has indicated that it will not re-commercialize the product. Palopegteriparatide, manufactured by Ascendis Pharma, is a once-daily PTH replacement therapy that is approved in the United States and European Union, marketed as Yorvipath®, for the treatment of HP in adults. In Phase 3 trials, palopegteriparatide treatment rendered the majority of patients independent of active vitamin D and calcium supplements (which reduced pill burden), reduced urinary calcium excretion and, by patient-reported-outcome assessments, improved quality of life. We believe there is a need for a more effective therapy, which can ultimately normalize serum and urine calcium levels with a sustained PTH pharmacology, with a more convenient, once-weekly dosing regimen for patients with HP.

Our solution: MBX 2109

MBX 2109 is designed to treat the underlying pathophysiology of HP by providing a continuous, infusion-like exposure to PTH with a convenient once-weekly injection. Utilizing our PEP platform, we designed MBX 2109 to address the narrow therapeutic window of PTH by delivering a consistent exposure to the hormone, thereby maintaining normal serum and urinary calcium levels and reducing the need for vitamin D and calcium supplements. The FDA granted Orphan Drug Designation to MBX 2109 for the treatment of HP in July 2022.

MBX 2109 is a fatty acylated prodrug engineered to be biologically inactive at the time of subcutaneous injection and convert to an active PTH peptide in an intrinsically controlled, time-dependent fashion to enable once-weekly administration with reduced fluctuations in peptide concentration. As shown in “A” in the graphic

 

133


Table of Contents

below, MBX 2109 features fatty acids at both termini which facilitate binding to plasma proteins like albumin, extending time in circulation. Under physiologic conditions, as depicted in “B”, the prodrug is converted at a precisely controlled rate to the active peptide and an inactive fatty acylated two amino acid metabolite. This conversion step is essential for achieving the desired pharmacokinetic profile. Finally, in “C,” the fatty acylated active drug slowly diffuses from albumin and engages the PTH receptor, increasing calcium levels in the blood. MBX 2109 incorporates two independent mechanisms utilizing our PEP technologies — programmable prodrug and fatty acylation — to provide sustained, predictable PTH peptide levels and convenient, once-weekly dosing.

MBX 2109: Prodrug chemically converts to active drug at a precisely controlled rate

 

 

LOGO

The once-weekly MBX 2109 dosing regimen may improve compliance relative to daily PTH dosing regimens, which we believe has the potential to improve effectiveness in a real-world setting. The prodrug design and the fatty acylation are meant to provide an extended time-action profile that allows a once-weekly administration and provides a continuous, infusion-like PTH exposure with a lower daily peak-to-trough ratios than observed with daily PTH dosing regimens. This continuous, infusion-like exposure to MBX 2109 may reduce the frequency and severity of events of hypercalcemia and hypocalcemia. Our goal is to simplify and improve the treatment of HP by providing a convenient, once-weekly therapy that addresses the underlying pathophysiology of HP and thereby eliminating the need for complicated treatment regimens with oral calcium supplements and active vitamin D and their long-term complications. By maintaining normal serum calcium levels, MBX 2109 aims to reduce episodes of hypercalcemia and hypocalcemia and thereby potentially improve the quality of life of patients living with HP.

Preclinical studies

MBX 2109 normalized serum calcium levels in a preclinical study of rats with surgically removed parathyroid glands, or PTX rats, that induced a PTH deficiency and hypocalcemia. In this study, we administered daily subcutaneous injections of MBX 2109 at 7.5 or 15 nmol/kg, for 28 days. As shown in the figure below, MBX 2109 normalized serum calcium levels in PTX rats. The results of this study provided proof of concept for MBX 2109 to treat HP and served as key data in support of the Orphan Drug Designation for MBX 2109 in the United States.

 

134


Table of Contents

MBX 2109 demonstrated normalized serum calcium level in PTX rats

 

 

LOGO

Phase 1 clinical development and results

We evaluated the safety, tolerability, pharmacokinetics and pharmacodynamics of MBX 2109 in our completed first-in-human, randomized double-blind, placebo-controlled, single and multiple ascending dose Phase 1 clinical trial in healthy adults. The primary endpoint of the Phase 1 clinical trial was safety and tolerability and secondary endpoints were pharmacokinetics and pharmacodynamic activity of MBX 2109. The key pharmacokinetic endpoints for the active drug were half-life, peak-to-trough ratios and time to reach steady-state. The key pharmacodynamic endpoints for the active drug were changes in albumin-adjusted serum calcium levels and suppression of endogenous PTH secreted by the parathyroid gland.

Five single ascending dose cohorts of healthy adults received subcutaneous placebo or MBX 2109 doses ranging between 50 µg and 600 µg, while subjects in the four multiple ascending dose cohorts received four weekly subcutaneous placebo or MBX 2109 doses of 200 µg, 400 µg, 600 µg and 900 µg. 36 and 40 adults were randomized into the single- and multiple-dose portions, respectively, of the Phase 1 clinical trial.

MBX 2109 was generally well-tolerated with no drug-related severe or serious adverse effects being observed. No dose-limiting toxicities or off-target adverse effects were noted. Adverse events were generally mild in nature. Injection site adverse events were the most common treatment-related adverse event, with the most common reaction being a non-raised, painless and non-pruritic red area generally less than 50 mm in diameter, which resolved without intervention. Similar injection site reactions have been observed in trials with daily PTH agents. As expected for a trial investigating the dose range for PTH replacement, hypercalcemia was observed in three subjects each in the single and multiple ascending parts of the trial. These events occurred at the higher dose levels, resolved without intervention and were asymptomatic laboratory findings.

Single and multiple weekly doses of MBX 2109 had dose-proportional and time-dependent increases in exposure to the active drug, with low to moderate intersubject variability. We believe these findings support use of a reliable titration regimen across subjects. The half-life of the MBX 2109 active drug across all doses was approximately 7.7 to 8.9 days, which we believe supports a once-weekly dosing regimen. Mean peak-to-trough ratios of the active drug following the last dose ranged from 1.47 to 1.79, indicating a continuous, infusion-like profile over a seven-day period. The graphic below shows the mean concentration of active drug for each dose at each measured time post dose.

 

135


Table of Contents

Plasma concentration-time profile for active drug demonstrated infusion-like profile

and supported once-weekly dosing

 

 

LOGO

We observed similar mean serum calcium concentrations in our Phase 1 trial as were observed in the TransCon PTH Phase 1 trial when both agents were estimated to be at steady state, which was after the fourth weekly dose of MBX 2109 and day 11 for daily dosing of TransCon PTH, according to the Journal of Bone and Mineral Research. The active component of MBX 2109 is highly bound to albumin and the free, unbound fraction is thought to be the biologically-active form able to bind to and activate the PTH receptor, which increases calcium levels in the blood. Using the total serum concentrations of the active component of MBX 2109, which measures both albumin bound and unbound peptide, observed in our Phase 1 trial, we calculated the peak and trough concentrations of the unbound active component of MBX 2109 using different assumptions (0.01 to 10%) for the unbound percentage. Based on these calculations, a free, unbound fraction of MBX 2109 active of 0.1% yields PTH exposures comparable to the PTH exposure estimates seen in response to TransCon PTH in their Phase 1 study. The cross-study comparison is provided for illustrative purposes only as there is no head-to-head comparison available. Comparing the results from different trials may be unreliable due to factors such as protocol design and trial objectives varying between the trials. Therefore, cross-study comparisons provide limited information about the effectiveness of a product candidate.

Once-weekly MBX 2109 increased serum calcium levels assessed by either the maximal increase in serum calcium (Emax,adj) or the total serum calcium levels between injections (AUEC0-t adj) in a dose- and time-dependent fashion. Maximal increases in albumin-adjusted serum calcium, or adj-Ca, were seen approximately 48 hours after injection. At the higher doses, increases in serum calcium were apparent after the first injection, with the effect being nearly maximal after the third weekly injection. These results have demonstrated a dose- and time-dependent effect of MBX 2109 in increasing serum calcium levels with an initial effect within days after the first dose and nearly maximal after the third dose.

Maximal increases in serum calcium levels (Emax,adj) after MBX 2109 weekly injections demonstrated a

dose- and time-dependent effect

LOGO

 

136


Table of Contents

Once-weekly MBX 2109 increased serum calcium levels assessed by the total serum calcium levels between injections (AUEC0-t adj) in a dose- and time-dependent fashion, as shown below.

Total serum calcium levels between MBX 2109 weekly injections (AUEC0-t, adj)

increased in a dose- and time- dependent fashion

 

 

LOGO

Increases in serum calcium create a negative feedback response that reduces the endogenous secretion of PTH from the parathyroid glands in these normal adults, which is another pharmacodynamic marker of MBX 2109 action. The figure below shows the endogenous PTH at days after the first injection. We observed a dose-dependent reduction in PTH to levels at or below the lower limit of normal for PTH with the maximal effect seen between one and four days after the initial injection of MBX 2109. Suppression of endogenous PTH secretion further substantiated the PTH agonist activity of MBX 2109 at the doses evaluated.

Endogenous PTH in healthy subjects decreased after MBX 2109 weekly injections in a

dose- and time-dependent fashion

 

 

LOGO

Ongoing Avail Phase 2 clinical trial

We are conducting a randomized double-blind, placebo controlled Phase 2 clinical trial in adult patients with HP, or the Avail trial. The Avail trial evaluates the safety, tolerability and efficacy of MBX 2109 over a 12-week period in approximately 48 patients. The primary endpoint of the Phase 2 clinical trial is the proportion of patients who can discontinue active vitamin D and reduce calcium supplements to less than or equal to 600 mg per day after 12 weeks of treatment while maintaining normal serum calcium levels. Secondary endpoints include safety and tolerability of MBX 2109 and characterization of the pharmacokinetics and

 

137


Table of Contents

pharmacodynamic activity (including urine calcium, serum phosphorus, 1,25 dihydroxyvitamin D and bone biomarkers) and the impact on quality of life using patient-reported outcome tools.

In the Avail trial, patients are randomized (1:1:1:1) to weekly subcutaneous injections of placebo or 400 µg, 600 µg, and 800 µg of MBX 2109. The 12-week treatment period is comprised of a 4-week fixed dose period and a 8-week titration period. During the titration period, patients who have not been able to discontinue active vitamin D and/or reduce calcium supplements may up-titrate the study drug using a protocol-specified algorithm. Patients completing the 12-week treatment period will be eligible to participate in a 104-week long-term extension study in which all patients will receive MBX 2109.

 

LOGO

 

The Avail trial began in 2024 and we dosed our first patient in this trial in August 2024. We anticipate reporting topline results in the third quarter of 2025.

We believe there is a regulatory pathway for approval of PTH replacement therapy in HP. The general design and the primary endpoint analysis used in the Phase 3 trial is anticipated to be similar to that used for the Phase 3 trial supporting approval of palopegteriparatide, a daily PTH replacement therapy, for the treatment of HP in adults in the United States and EU.

MBX 1416 for the treatment of post-bariatric surgery hypoglycemia

We are developing MBX 1416, a long-acting GLP-1 receptor antagonist, that is designed to be a potential treatment for PBH. MBX 1416 is designed to block pathologic increases in GLP-1 released following a meal, which leads to hyperinsulinemia and may result in hypoglycemia. By inhibiting GLP-1-induced hyperinsulinemia in patients with PBH, MBX 1416 is designed to reduce insulin secretion and increase blood glucose to reduce the frequency and severity of hypoglycemic events with convenient once-weekly administration. Preliminary pharmacokinetic data from the single ascending dose portion of our ongoing Phase 1 clinical trial demonstrated that weekly subcutaneous injections resulted in dose-proportional increases in MBX 1416 exposure and a half-life supporting a once-weekly dosing regimen. We anticipate topline results from our ongoing Phase 1 clinical trial in the fourth quarter of 2024.

Post-bariatric surgery hypoglycemia

PBH is a rare, serious and chronic complication of bariatric surgery typically occurring six months or later after surgery. We estimate PBH affects more than 90,000 people in the United States. In PBH, pathologic increases in GLP-1 are released following a meal leading to hyperinsulinemia, or excessive levels of insulin, that may result in hypoglycemia, or low blood glucose. Hypoglycemic symptoms may include confusion, weakness, dizziness, blurred vision, loss of consciousness and seizures. The unpredictable onset of hypoglycemia and anxiety due to fear of hypoglycemia significantly negatively impact the quality of life in patients with PBH.

While GLP-1-based therapies have been recently approved to treat obesity and its co-morbidities, people with severe obesity, defined as a BMI 40 kg/m2, often can require a greater degree of weight loss than these

 

138


Table of Contents

current therapies can achieve. According to the CDC, the prevalence of severe obesity in the United States in adults over 20 years increased from 4.7% in 2000 to 9.2% in 2018. Bariatric surgery still remains the most efficacious means of treating severe obesity. Bariatric surgeries have increased by approximately 23% since 2017 to approximately 280,000 in the United States in 2022, according to the American Society for Metabolic and Bariatric Surgery. Further, the use of bariatric surgery to address severe obesity and related comorbidities has increased by more than 50% over the past decade from 2011 to 2022, according to the Journal of the American Heart Association, with further increases expected due to the use of bariatric surgery to treat severe obesity and its co-morbidity of type 2 diabetes. The most commonly employed bariatric procedures are Roux-en-Y gastric bypass, or RYGB, and sleeve gastrectomy, or SG, which represent approximately 75% of bariatric surgeries performed annually. We estimate that PBH impacts up to approximately 13% and approximately 2% of patients who undergo RYGB and SG, respectively.

Following a meal, nutrients are absorbed from the upper small intestine causing blood glucose levels to increase. In response to increasing glucose levels, GLP-1 is released from intestinal L-cells which augments insulin release from the pancreas to maintain euglycemia, or normalized blood glucose levels. Following RYGB and SG, the transit of nutrients from the stomach to the upper small intestine is markedly increased, which requires more rapid GLP-1 and insulin secretion to maintain euglycemia. In PBH, GLP-1 release following a meal is excessive which results in a pathologic increase in insulin release from the pancreas leading to hyperinsulinemia and hypoglycemia. The figures below show concentrations of blood glucose, insulin, and GLP-1 after a meal in patients with hypoglycemia resulting from RYGB, asymptomatic patients following a RYGB, and non-surgical controls. Both peak GLP-1 and peak insulin levels are higher and the lowest blood glucose levels are lower in patients with PBH than in patients without hypoglycemia following bariatric surgery.

Patients with PBH have higher GLP-1 and insulin levels and lower blood glucose

relative to normal subjects or post-bariatric surgery patients without PBH

 

 

LOGO

Source: J Clin Endocrinol Metab 103: 2815-2826, 2018

Patients with PBH can experience symptomatic hypoglycemia sometimes multiple times a day. Hypoglycemia also causes a shortage of glucose in the brain, or neuroglycopenia. Neuroglycopenic symptoms, such as confusion, weakness, dizziness, blurred vision, loss of consciousness and/or seizures may develop, which can result in emotional and physical trauma to the individual.

The unpredictable nature and severity of hypoglycemic episodes can meaningfully hinder daily activities. As a result, the patient burden is substantial with some patients unable to drive, work, or live alone, leading to a significant negative impact on a patient’s quality of life.

 

139


Table of Contents

Current treatments and limitations

There are currently no FDA-approved pharmacologic therapies for PBH. The current treatment options to reduce the frequency and severity of hypoglycemic episodes focus on dietary interventions and secondarily on the use of off-label medications with unproven effectiveness for patients with PBH and significant effect profiles. While glucagon is used as a rescue therapy to treat severe hypoglycemic events, it does not prevent hypoglycemia from occurring. In certain patients with severe, intractable hypoglycemia, surgical reversal of the bariatric procedure may be considered.

GLP-1 antagonism as a clinically validated solution for PBH

Use of a GLP-1 inhibition-based mechanism has been clinically validated as a potential therapy to reduce the frequency and severity of hypoglycemic episodes in patients with PBH. When administered to patients with PBH, exendin (9-39), a short-acting, unmodified GLP-1 receptor antagonist, prevents hyperinsulinemia and blood glucose levels from decreasing into the hypoglycemic range. In a study in patients with PBH, patients who received treatment with exendin (9-39) did not experience hyperinsulinemia and blood glucose levels remained in the euglycemic range after a meal. On the other hand, without treatment with exendin (9-39), blood glucose levels in patients can decrease into the hypoglycemic range and rescue therapy was needed to avert symptomatic hypoglycemia after a meal.

Our solution: MBX 1416

MBX 1416 is a long-acting GLP-1 receptor antagonist that is designed to prevent GLP-1 from augmenting insulin release to cause hyperinsulinemia following a meal and thereby prevent the occurrence of severe hypoglycemia in patients with PBH. Unlike exendin (9-39), which is derived from a non-human sequence, we have engineered the amino acid sequence derived from a segment of human GLP-1 to improve immunogenicity. MBX 1416 binds to the GLP-1 receptor but lacks the ability to activate the receptor, acting as a competitive antagonist of GLP-1. Leveraging our PEP platform, we aim to improve the pharmaceutical properties of the GLP-1 sequence required to inhibit GLP-1 action by chemically modifying the amino acid backbone to achieve enhanced potency, stability and solubility, relative to the corresponding, unmodified GLP-1 sequence. To achieve sustained exposures able to support once-weekly dosing, fatty acylation has been incorporated to enhance binding to albumin from which the peptide is slowly released. Leveraging the clinically validated GLP-1 antagonist approach, MBX 1416 has the potential to be the first pharmacologic therapy to prevent and reduce the severity of hypoglycemia in patients with PBH with convenient once-weekly administration.

Our goal is for MBX 1416 to improve the quality of life in patients with PBH by reducing the burden of living with the unpredictable nature of hypoglycemia and anxiety from fear of suffering the potentially severe adverse clinical outcomes from hypoglycemia. We aim to do this by reducing the frequency and decreasing the severity of hypoglycemic episodes.

Preclinical studies

In in vitro studies, MBX 1416 inhibited GLP-1 receptor activation and was approximately a six to nine times more potent inhibitor than exendin (9-39). By blocking GLP-1 action, GLP-1-induced augmentation of insulin release is blocked. The ability of MBX 1416 and exendin (9-39) to block GLP-1 receptor activation were evaluated in an in vitro GLP-1 receptor assay. In in vitro receptor assays, the concentration required to inhibit 50% of GLP-1 action was 54 nM and 503 nM for MBX 1416 and exendin (9-39), respectively.

We established the proof of mechanism for MBX 1416 inhibition of GLP-1 action in an in vivo model. In a diet-induced obesity mouse model, we evaluated whether MBX 1416 could block the ability of semaglutide, a GLP-1 agonist, to reduce food intake. In this study, on days 0, 1 and 2, rodents were administered semaglutide alone,

 

140


Table of Contents

MBX 1416 alone or semaglutide in combination with MBX 1416. In the graph below, semaglutide is shown to inhibit food intake. However, this inhibition was blocked by the administration of MBX 1416 with semaglutide. MBX 1416 administered alone did not affect food intake. These data provide in vivo evidence for the clinical potential of MBX 1416-induced inhibition of GLP-1 action.

MBX 1416 induces inhibition of GLP-1 action when administered in combination with

semaglutide in an in vivo model

 

LOGO

In rodent and non-human primate toxicology studies of up to four weeks in duration, no clinical signs of toxicity were observed. In in vitro assessments of interactions with drug transporters, MBX 1416 inhibited hepatic organic anion transporting polypeptide transporters, OATP1B1 and OATP1B3. Inhibition of these transporters could result in a potential drug-drug interaction by reducing elimination of drugs transported by these transporters that could require an adjustment in dose or avoidance in using the drug when treated with MBX 1416. The clinical relevance of this preclinical finding is being evaluated in our Phase 1 clinical trial.

Phase 1 clinical development and results

We are evaluating the safety, tolerability, pharmacokinetics and pharmacodynamics of MBX 1416 in an ongoing randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled, single- and multiple- ascending dose, first-in-human Phase 1 clinical trial in healthy adults. The primary endpoint of the Phase 1 clinical trial is to evaluate the safety and tolerability of MBX 1416. Secondary endpoints are to evaluate the pharmacokinetic profile of MBX 1416 to establish the time-action profile to support a once-weekly dosing regimen and to utilize pharmacodynamic parameters (e.g., blood glucose, insulin, c-peptide levels) obtained during a mixed meal tolerance test to select a range of MBX 1416 doses to advance into the next phase of development.

The single ascending dose portion of this Phase 1 trial evaluates subcutaneous MBX 1416 doses of 10 mg, 30 mg, 100 mg and 200 mg, in up to eight healthy adults per cohort randomized 3:1 (six MBX 1416; two placebo in each cohort). The multiple ascending dose portion of the trial evaluates four weekly subcutaneous doses of placebo and 10 mg, 30 mg and 100 mg MBX 1416 in four cohorts in up to eight healthy adults per cohort (six MBX 1416; two placebo in each cohort). An additional cohort will assess the clinical relevance of preclinical transporter findings.

The single ascending dose portion of this Phase 1 clinical trial is clinically complete, and the multiple ascending dose portion is ongoing. Preliminary pharmacokinetic data from the single ascending dose portion of our ongoing Phase 1 clinical trial demonstrated that weekly subcutaneous injections resulted in dose-proportional increases in MBX 1416 exposure and showed a half-life supporting a once-weekly dosing regimen. In the graph below, preliminary pharmacokinetic data from the single ascending dose portion of the Phase 1 trial demonstrate dose-proportional increases in MBX 1416 concentration levels. The observed mean half-life of MBX 1416 was approximately 90 hours supporting a once-weekly dosing regimen.

 

141


Table of Contents

Preliminary data demonstrate dose-proportional increases in mean MBX 1416 concentrations

with increasing doses

 

 

LOGO

We anticipate topline results from our ongoing Phase 1 trial in the fourth quarter of 2024. Following completion of the Phase 1 clinical trial and using the pharmacodynamic results from the mixed meal tolerance test, we plan to select MBX 1416 doses to be administered once-weekly and advance MBX 1416 into a Phase 2 clinical trial in which the primary endpoint will be the rate of severe hypoglycemic episodes that require the assistance of another person, or Level 3 hypoglycemia.

Obesity portfolio

Obesity is widely recognized as a global epidemic which imposes a substantial health care burden and is associated with significant co-morbidities. We believe that we are well positioned to deliver an array of differentiated obesity candidates offering treatment flexibility to improve patient outcomes. Based on the significant unmet need, we see a potentially large commercial opportunity for our obesity portfolio.

Leveraging our PEP platform, we are discovering and developing candidates with optimized pharmacokinetic profiles and pharmacologic attributes to potentially improve on the current treatments for obesity and related co-morbidities. We are engineering our candidates to extend the time-action profile and to potentially improve tolerability, thereby providing the potential for higher doses leading to greater weight loss than can be achieved with existing therapies. We are prioritizing candidates targeting clinically validated mechanisms for weight loss and are focusing on discovering peptides that target multiple unique receptors. Our obesity portfolio currently includes one product candidate, MBX 4291, in IND-enabling studies and a robust discovery pipeline with multiple development programs in lead optimization.

MBX 4291 for the treatment of obesity

Our lead obesity product candidate, MBX 4291, is designed to be a long-acting and highly potent GLP-1/GIP receptor co-agonist prodrug that reduces dosing frequency with a goal of improving tolerability and efficacy relative to existing standards of care. In our preclinical studies, the active component of MBX 4291 demonstrated a similar activity profile and body weight loss in mice as tirzepatide, an approved weekly GLP-1/GIP co-agonist, and an extended duration of action of the active component of MBX 4291, supporting the potential for once-monthly administration. MBX 4291 is currently in IND-enabling studies with an IND submission anticipated in the second quarter of 2025.

 

142


Table of Contents

Obesity

Obesity is a common and costly chronic condition leading to significant morbidity and mortality. According to the CDC, an estimated 42% of U.S. adults aged 20 and over have obesity (BMI30 kg/m2) as of 2018, including 9% of adults with severe obesity (BMI40 kg/m2), and another 31% of adults who are overweight (BMI between 25.0 and 29.9 kg/m2). Based on the CDC’s 2018 prevalence rates, we estimate that at least 190 million adults in the United States are obese or overweight.

Obesity leads to co-morbidities that have a significant impact on the health. Obesity associated co-morbidities include illnesses such as type 2 diabetes, hypertension, dyslipidemia, sleep apnea, osteoarthritis, metabolic dysfunction associated steatohepatitis, infertility, heart failure, stroke, coronary artery disease, venous thromboembolic disease, gall stones, disease, depression and certain types of cancer. These co-morbidities have a negative impact on the quality and quantity of life, reduce productivity and impose a substantial economic cost to society.

Current treatments and limitations

Initial treatment options for people with obesity focus on a combination of diet, exercise and lifestyle modifications. The American College of Cardiology, or the ACC, and American Association of Clinical Endocrinologists, or the AACE, recommend people with obesity should initially be prescribed aerobic exercise and resistance training, a reduced calorie diet, and behavioral intervention. Behavioral modification therapy typically results in only modest weight loss that is often not sustained. Therefore, surgery and pharmacological treatment are often required.

The AACE guidelines recommend that pharmacotherapy combined with lifestyle modifications be considered in individuals with a BMI of at least 27 kg/m2. GLP-1 receptor mono-agonists have been approved by the FDA and EMA for obesity, such as Wegovy® (semaglutide) and Saxenda® (liraglutide). Recently the first GLP-1/GIP receptor co-agonist, Zepbound® (tirzepatide), has been approved for obesity. In a head-to-head study in overweight and obese subjects with type 2 diabetes, tirzepatide, the GLP-1/GIP receptor co-agonist, provided statistically and clinically meaningful greater weight loss, relative to semaglutide, the GLP-1 receptor mono- agonist. Based on demonstrating reductions in the risk of heart attack, stroke, or cardiovascular disease-related death, a weight loss drug (Wegovy) has been approved by the FDA to reduce the risk of major cardiovascular events in overweight or obese individuals with cardiovascular disease and no prior history of type 2 diabetes.

While the current GLP-1-based agonists represent significant and clinically meaningful advances in the treatment of obesity, they require weekly injections and can be associated with significant GI side effects such as nausea, diarrhea, constipation, and vomiting. These side effects often lead to reduced adherence and increased discontinuation, thereby limiting a patient’s ability to lose weight. The availability of better tolerated agents with weight loss equal to or exceeding the approved GLP-1 receptor mono-agonist therapies or more efficacious GLP-1/GIP receptor co-agonist therapies would be a clinically meaningful therapeutic advance for people with obesity and its co-morbidities. We believe that our PEP technology can improve on the shortcomings of existing pharmacologic weight loss therapies through the discovery of novel, highly selective and efficacious peptides with extended time-action profiles and the flexibility to utilize dosing regimens that may improve efficacy and tolerability.

Our solution: MBX 4291

Leveraging our PEP technology, we have engineered MBX 4291, a highly selective and potent GLP-1/GIP receptor co-agonist with an extended time-action profile, and have advanced this product candidate into IND-enabling studies for the treatment of obesity. MBX 4291’s GLP-1/GIP co-agonist approach has been clinically validated in providing a similar activity profile and body weight loss in mice relative to dual agonist

 

143


Table of Contents

approaches in existing therapies, such as tirzepatide. MBX 4291 was designed to achieve an extended time-action profile to reduce dosing frequency and improve GI tolerability. MBX 4291 has demonstrated the desired pharmacokinetic profile by utilizing two independent mechanisms – programmable prodrug and fatty acylation. When injected subcutaneously, MBX 4291 is an inactive prodrug that at physiological conditions will slowly and precisely convert in an intrinsically controlled, time-dependent fashion to the active drug. Additionally, we incorporated fatty acylation into the peptide to enhance binding to albumin from which the active peptide is slowly released to interact with its cognate receptors. The combination of the prodrug and fatty acylation approaches to MBX 4291 provides the potential for a once-monthly dosing regimen. We believe that our proprietary PEP platform and know-how provide significant optionality in devising dosing regimens that could lead to clinically meaningful improvements in tolerability and increase the maximally attained weight loss, relative to existing, approved GLP-1-based therapies.

While the design of MBX 4291 utilized similar, clinically validated mechanisms to prolong half-life as those used in designing MBX 2109, including prodrug and fatty acylation, with its extended half-life, additional prodrug modifications were made to extend the time-action profile beyond that seen with MBX 2109 potentially allowing for a once-monthly dosing regimen. We believe MBX 4291 has the potential to be a safe and efficacious therapy that will help people achieve their weight loss goals and improve their overall health.

Preclinical studies

The active component of MBX 4291 has demonstrated a similar activity profile and body weight loss in mice as the clinically-validated and approved weight-loss drug, tirzepatide, in in vitro studies. In the in vitro study in cells expressing the human GLP-1 or GIP receptors, MBX 4291 active drug binds to GLP-1 and GIP receptors with the same activity as tirzepatide, as shown in the graphs below.

In vitro receptor binding of MBX 4291 active drug has similar activity in binding to the

GLP-1 and GIP receptors as tirzepatide

 

LOGO

 

144


Table of Contents

The MBX 4291 active drug was compared to tirzepatide in diet-induced obesity, or DIO, rodent models, which are commonly used to assess weight loss of agents being evaluated as clinical development candidates. In this study, eight mice were subcutaneously dosed daily with the MBX 4291 active drug and eight with tirzepatide for ten days and weight and food intake were assessed each day. As shown in the graphs below, MBX 4291 active drug produced similar reductions in body weight and food intake as tirzepatide.

MBX 4291 active drug produced similar reductions in body weight and food intake as

tirzepatide in DIO mouse model

 

 

LOGO

As metabolism and albumin turnover rates in non-human primates more closely resemble humans than rodents, non-human primates were used to assess the conversion of MBX 4291 to the active drug and overall pharmacokinetic profile. The figure below shows the pharmacokinetic profile observed in a preclinical study of two non-human primates dosed with MBX 4291, and two dosed with tirzepatide. After a single, subcutaneous MBX 4291 injection, peak exposure to the biologically active component of MBX 4291 occurred 4-5 days later. This reflects the prodrug design, in which the biologically inactive prodrug converts into the active peptide in a time-dependent fashion, allowing an extended duration of action for the biologically active component of the compound. In contrast, peak exposure to tirzepatide, which is itself the active compound, occurred within 24 hours of injection as shown in the below figure. In addition, the decline in exposure to the active component of MBX 4291 was flatter than the more rapid reduction in tirzepatide exposures, which requires weekly dosing because of its loss in efficacy after one week. Based on this observed pharmacokinetic profile, which illustrates the prodrug and fatty acylation mechanisms, we believe MBX 4291 has the potential to be dosed less frequently than the once weekly dosing required for tirzepatide in humans. The mean concentration of tirzepatide ranged from a maximum of 387 nM at 12 hours to 50.0 nM at 168 hours, whereas the mean concentration of the active component of MBX 4291 ranged from a maximum of 5.05 nM at 96 hours to 3.96 nM at 168 hours and 0.615 nM at the final measurable concentration at 456 hours. Based on the findings in the figure below, it appears that less frequent dosing would necessarily require a higher dose, and possibly an adjustment based on the prodrug conversion and fatty acylation mechanisms. We believe the observed slower flatter decline in mean active drug concentration may allow us to find a dosage for MBX 4291 that can maintain an appropriate active concentration of MBX 4291 within the therapeutic window for longer, without dosing once a week.

 

145


Table of Contents

MBX 4291 active drug demonstrated extended time-action profile compared to tirzepatide that

may support once-monthly dosing

LOGO

 

We are currently in the process of conducting IND-enabling studies of MBX 4291. IND submission is anticipated in the second quarter of 2025, with the goal of moving to first-in-human trials in healthy obese adults as soon as possible.

Manufacturing

 

 

We do not have any manufacturing facilities or personnel. We currently rely, and expect to continue to rely, on third parties for the manufacturing of our product candidates for preclinical and clinical testing, as well as for commercial manufacturing if our product candidates receive marketing approval.

 

 

As a key part of our product development approach, we aim to complete formulation work at an early stage of development, such that our clinical studies are conducted with a formulation that has the potential for eventual scale-up. We expect to continue to develop product candidates that can be produced cost-effectively at contract manufacturing facilities.

Commercial strategy

 

 

Given our stage of development, we have not yet established a commercial organization or distribution capabilities. We intend to build a commercial infrastructure to support sales of any of our approved future drugs if and when we believe a regulatory approval of the first of such product candidates in a particular geographic market appears imminent. We expect to manage sales, marketing and distribution through a combination of internal resources and third-party relationships.

 

 

In addition, we will opportunistically explore commercialization partnerships, particularly with entities that have strong capabilities in geographies outside the United States and depending on the specific development path pursued. For more specialized indications, we would consider commercializing our product candidates independently. For example, we believe the patient and prescriber populations for HP and PBH are relatively concentrated, with significant overlap, and can be addressed with a focused sales team. We also do not believe any existing pharmaceutical companies have significant expertise in the commercialization of therapies in the PBH specific area.

 

 

We will, however, continuously review our partnering strategy in the light of new clinical data and market understanding. As our current and future drug candidates progress through clinical development, our

 

146


Table of Contents
 

commercial plans may change. Clinical data, the size of the development programs, the size of our target markets, the size of the requisite commercial infrastructure and manufacturing needs may all influence our commercialization strategies.

Competition

 

 

The biotechnology and pharmaceutical industries are characterized by the rapid evolution of technologies and understanding of disease etiology, intense competition and a strong emphasis on intellectual property. We face substantial competition from many different sources, including major pharmaceutical, specialty pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies, academic research institutions and governmental agencies and public and private research institutions.

 

 

Any product candidates that we successfully develop and commercialize will compete with existing therapies and new therapies that may become available in the future that are approved to treat the same diseases for which we may obtain approval for our product candidates. This may include other peptide companies using similar approaches or other types of therapies, such as small molecule, antibody, and/or protein therapies.

 

 

In addition, many of our current or potential competitors, either alone or with their collaboration partners, have significantly greater financial resources and expertise in research and development, manufacturing, preclinical testing, conducting clinical trials and approved products than we do today. Mergers and acquisitions in the pharmaceutical and biotechnology industries may result in even more resources being concentrated among a smaller number of our competitors. Smaller or early-stage companies may also prove to be significant competitors, particularly through collaborative arrangements with large and established companies. We also compete with these companies in recruiting, hiring, and retaining qualified scientific and management talent, establishing clinical trial sites and patient registration for clinical trials, obtaining manufacturing slots at contract manufacturing organizations. Our commercial opportunity could be reduced or eliminated if our competitors develop and commercialize products that are safer, more effective, particularly if they represent cures, have fewer or less severe side effects, are more convenient, or are less expensive than any products that we may develop. Our competitors also may obtain FDA or other regulatory approval for their products more rapidly than we may obtain approval for ours, which could result in our competitors establishing a strong market position before we are able to enter the market. The key competitive factors affecting the success of all of our programs are likely to be their potential efficacy, safety, convenience, and availability of reimbursement.

 

 

Our most direct competitors with respect to HP include:

 

   

Ascendis Pharma currently has Yorvipath (palopegteriparatide) approved in the United States and EU for the treatment of HP in adults. Yorvipath is currently marketed in Germany, Austria and the United Kingdom.

 

   

AstraZeneca is developing eneboparatide, an investigational once-daily injectable PTH receptor 1 agonist, for the treatment of HP in adults. Eneboparatide is currently in Phase 3 clinical development.

 

   

Extend Biosciences has underway a Phase 1 clinical trial investigating injectable EXT608, a long-acting PTH(1-34) using D-VITylation technology. Extend announced positive interim results and that they intend to move directly into a Phase 2a clinical trial.

 

   

In 2015, Natpara was approved for once-daily subcutaneous injection as an adjunct to vitamin D and calcium in patients with hypoparathyroidism. Natpara has not demonstrated an ability to reduce incidences of hypercalcemia, hypocalcemia, or hypercalciuria relative to conventional therapy

 

147


Table of Contents
 

in treated patients, and was recalled in 2019 and will ultimately be discontinued by Takeda at the end of 2024. Natpara is currently only available via a compassionate use program.

 

 

Our most direct competitors with respect to PBH include:

 

   

In May 2020, Xeris Pharmaceuticals announced results from a Phase 2 proof-of-concept study of a ready-to-use glucagon injector but has not announced any updates on its PBH program since then.

 

   

Vogenx is developing mizagliflozin for treatment of PBH, and in June 2023 announced results from a Phase 2 single ascending dose trial evaluating mizagliflozin in patients with PBH. In February, Vogenx they completed enrollment for its their second Phase 2 clinical trial. Mizagliflozin is designed to inhibit sodium dependent glucose cotransporter 1.

 

   

In July 2024, Amylyx Pharmaceuticals Inc., or Amylyx, announced its acquisition of avexitide (exendin 9-39) from Eiger BioPharmaceuticals, Inc., or Eiger, as a once or twice daily subcutaneous injection of a selective GLP-1 antagonist, which has received Breakthrough Therapy and Orphan Drug Designation from the FDA. Eiger previously completed Phase 2 clinical trials for avexitide in 2021. Amylyx announced its plans to initiate a Phase 3 trial in PBH in 2025.

 

 

Our most direct competitors with respect to obesity include:

 

   

Eli Lilly and Company has several obesity compounds approved and under development, including: tirzepatide—expanding indications and labeling of Zepbound (tirzepatide) via the potential addition of long-term usage data, as well as data showing long-term reductions in cardiovascular-related mortality. Orforglipron, an oral (non-peptide) GLP-1 receptor agonist currently in phase 3 trials. Retatrutide, a tri-agnoist targeting GLP-1, GIP and glucagon currently in Phase 3 clinical development.

 

   

Novo Nordisk has several obesity compounds approved and under development, including: semaglutide – expanding indications and labeling of Wegovy (semaglutide). Novo received FDA approval on March 8, 2024 for reducing the risk of heart attacks, strokes and cardiovascular-related death in patients with heart disease and who are overweight or obese. Amycretin, a fusion peptide, that acts on GLP-1 as well as amylin receptors expected to enter Phase 2 clinical trials in H2 2024 with both injectable and oral formulations being evaluated. CagriSema, a combination of semaglutide and cagrilinitide, a dual amylin and calcitonin receptor agonist, administered as a single, once-weekly injection currently in Phase 3 clinical development. NN9541 a potential once-weekly oral GLP-1/GIP receptor co-agonist has completed Phase 1 clinical development and will be moving into Phase 2 clinical development as an injectable. NNC0480-0389, a potential once-weekly injectable GIP receptor agonist to be co-administered with semaglutide has completed Phase 1 clinical development. INV-202 (NN9441) and INV-347 are two potential once-daily, oral cannabinoid receptor-1 (CB1R) inverse agonists currently in Phase 2 clinical development. INV 202 (NN9441) and INV-347 were acquired by Novo in late 2023 through their acquisition of Inversago Pharma.

 

   

Amgen is developing AMG-133 (maridebart cagraglutide), a fused/conjugated molecule combining a GLP-1 receptor agonist with a GIP receptor antagonist, as a potential once-monthly injectable currently in Phase 2 clinical development. AMG-786 is an oral candidate with an undisclosed target currently in Phase 1 clinical development.

 

   

Carmot Therapeutics, recently acquired by Roche, is developing CT-868, CT-388, and CT-996 for obesity (with or without type 1 or type 2 diabetes). CT-388 is a potential weekly, injectable GLP-1/GIP receptor co-agonist. CT-868 is being targeted for obesity with type 1 diabetes and is a once-daily injectable and CT-996 is a potential once-daily oral for type 2 diabetes and obesity. Both CT-388 and CT-868 are in Phase 2 clinical development and CT996 is in Phase 1 clinical development.

 

148


Table of Contents
   

Pfizer is developing danuglipron, a potential twice-daily oral (non-peptide) GLP-1 receptor agonist currently in Phase 3 clinical development.

 

   

Viking Therapeutics is developing VK-2735, a potential once-weekly subcutaneous injectable GLP-1/GIP receptor co-agonist currently in Phase 2 clinical development.

 

   

Zealand Pharma is developing 3 obesity compounds: petrenlintide, a long-acting, once-weekly amylin analog currently in Phase 1b clinical development; dapiglutide a long-acting GLP-1/GLP-2R receptor co-agonist in Phase 2 clinical development; and survodutide, a long-acting once-weekly injectable GLP-1/glucagon receptor co-agonist currently in Phase 2 clinical development. Survodutide was co-invented by Boehringer Ingelheim who is leading development of the candidate.

License agreement

Indiana University Research and Technology Corporation Exclusive License Agreement

In June 2020, we entered into an Exclusive License Agreement with Indiana University Research and Technology Corporation, or IURTC, a non-profit corporation organized under the laws of the State of Indiana, represented by The Trustees of Indiana University, or IU, pursuant to which we have been granted an exclusive, royalty-bearing license to certain IURTC patent rights, or the Licensed Intellectual Property, developed by Dr. DiMarchi and other collaborators, to further scientific research, for new product development, and for other applications in public interest, such license, the IURTC License Agreement. In particular, we have been granted an exclusive, royalty-bearing license to make, have made, use, have used, offer to sell, have offered for sale, sell, have sold, import and have imported products that are covered by the Licensed Intellectual Property, or Licensed Products, with the right to sublicense to third parties. IURTC and IU have retained the right to (i) practice and use the Licensed Intellectual Property for non-commercial educational, research, and patient care and treatment purposes, and (ii) permit other non-profit and academic entities to practice and use the Licensed Intellectual Property for the same non-commercial purposes. Under the IURTC License Agreement, we agreed to use commercially reasonable efforts to develop, promote and sell Licensed Products in accordance with the IURTC License Agreement and any applicable laws. The IURTC License Agreement leverages IURTC’s expertise in peptide therapies as well as our scientific, clinical, and regulatory capabilities to accelerate the development of peptide treatments for people with endocrine and metabolic disorders. MBX 2109, MBX 1416 and MBX 4291 are Licensed Products under the IURTC License Agreement. Any future product candidates developed pursuant to our sponsored research agreement with IU or otherwise covered by the Licensed Intellectual Property may be subject to the IURTC License Agreement.

As initial consideration for the license, we paid IURTC an immaterial issue fee. As additional consideration for the license, we are required to pay IURTC: (i) royalties with a rate based on net sales per calendar year; (ii) an annual maintenance fee of up to $0.1 million beginning in the first year in which the first commercial sale occurs; (iii) a mid-single digits percentage of any sublicensing revenue; and (iv) milestone payments in the event of successful achievement of specified development milestones up to an aggregate of $0.4 million. IURTC is also entitled to receive reimbursement for all patent prosecution and maintenance related expenses. Our tiered royalties are in the low single-digits on annual net sales of the Licensed Products. In the event that we are required to pay a non-affiliate third party consideration for intellectual property owned or controlled by such non-affiliate third party that we or a sublicensee licensed for the development of Licensed Products, we can deduct such amounts from the royalty payments up to a certain amount of the running royalties owed that year. The royalty term will terminate on a country-by-country basis as to each Licensed Product, until the expiration or termination of the last valid claim within the patent rights covering such Licensed Product in that country.

On January 5, 2024, we and IURTC entered into a fourth amendment to the IURTC License Agreement, or the Fourth Amendment. The Fourth Amendment specifies IURTC is entitled to the receipt of additional clinical and

 

149


Table of Contents

regulatory milestones, as defined in the Fourth Amendment, up to an aggregate of $9.0 million. Following the execution of the Fourth Amendment, future remaining clinical and regulatory milestone payments in the IURTC License Agreement and all amendments total up to $9.3 million.

The IURTC License Agreement will expire at the expiration of the last of the patent rights covered in the IURTC License Agreement, unless terminated earlier by mutual agreement or by one of the parties. We may terminate the IURTC License Agreement with or without cause upon ninety (90) days prior written notice to IURTC. IURTC may terminate the IURTC License Agreement if we commit a material breach of the IURTC License Agreement and fail to cure the breach within the respective cure period after receipt of the notice of material breach or upon our failure to undertake certain activities in furtherance of commercial development goals. Upon termination of the IURTC License Agreement, all rights granted by IURTC will terminate and automatically revert to IURTC.

Intellectual property

We strive to protect and enhance the proprietary technology, inventions and improvements that are commercially important to the development of our business, including seeking, maintaining and defending patent rights, whether developed internally or licensed from third parties. We also rely on trademarks, copyrights and trade secrets relating to our proprietary technology platform and on know-how, continuing technological innovation and in-licensing opportunities to develop, strengthen and maintain our proprietary and intellectual property position. We additionally may rely on regulatory and other protections afforded through data exclusivity, market exclusivity and patent term extensions, where available.

Our commercial success depends in part upon our ability to obtain and maintain patent and other proprietary protection for commercially important technologies, inventions and trade secrets related to our business, defend and enforce our intellectual property rights, particularly our patent rights, preserve the confidentiality of our trade secrets and operate without infringing valid and enforceable intellectual property rights of others. A discussion of risks relating to intellectual property is provided under the section titled “Risk factors—Risks related to our intellectual property”

The patent positions for biotechnology and pharmaceutical companies like us are generally uncertain and can involve complex legal, scientific, and factual issues. In addition, the coverage claimed in a patent application can be significantly reduced before a patent is issued, and its scope can be reinterpreted and even challenged after issuance. As a result, we cannot guarantee that any of our product candidates will be protectable or remain protected by enforceable patents. We cannot predict whether the patent applications we are currently pursuing will issue as patents in any particular jurisdiction or whether the claims of any issued patents will provide sufficient proprietary protection from competitors. Any patents that we hold may be challenged, circumvented or invalidated by third parties.

Our patent portfolio includes issued patents and pending patent applications exclusively in-licensed from IURTC relating to our PEP technology and product candidates, and two pending U.S. provisional patent applications that are owned by us relating to MBX 2109. We do not currently own or in-license any issued patents relating to any of our product candidates and we also do not own or in-license any issued U.S. patents relating to our PEP technology or otherwise.

With respect to our PEP technology, as of August 15, 2024, we exclusively in-license from IURTC two issued patents, in Japan and Mexico, with claims directed to composition of matter relating to peptide prodrugs with fatty acylation linked via a non-enzymatic self-cleaving dipeptide, each with an expected expiration date of 2029, not including any patent term adjustments or patent term extensions.

 

150


Table of Contents

With respect to our MBX 2109 product candidate, as of August 15, 2024, we exclusively in-license from IURTC a pending U.S. non-provisional patent application and 12 foreign patent applications pending in Australia, Brazil, Canada, China, Europe, Israel, Japan, South Korea, Mexico, New Zealand, Russia, and Singapore, with claims directed to composition of matter, pharmaceutical composition, and method of treatment relating to MBX 2109. Any patents that issue from these applications are expected to expire in 2041, not including any patent term adjustment or patent term extensions that may be available. We also own two pending U.S. provisional patent applications with claims directed to dosage regimen relating to MBX 2109. Patent applications claiming priority to these provisional applications, if issued, are expected to expire in 2044, not including any patent term adjustment or patent term extensions that may be available.

With regard to our MBX 1416 product candidate, as of August 15, 2024, we exclusively in-license from IURTC two pending U.S. non-provisional patent applications, 15 foreign patent applications pending in Australia, Brazil, Canada, China, Europe, Israel, Japan, South Korea, Mexico, New Zealand, Russia, Saudi Arabia, Taiwan, Hong Kong, and Singapore, and an international patent application with claims directed to composition of matter, pharmaceutical composition, and method of treatment relating to MBX 1416. Any patents that issue from these patent applications or claim priority to the international patent application are expected to expire between 2042 and 2043, not including any patent term adjustment or patent term extensions that may be available.

With regard to our obesity portfolio including our MBX 4291 product candidate, as of August 15, 2024, we exclusively in-license from IURTC three pending U.S. provisional applications, including one with claims directed to composition of matter, pharmaceutical composition, and method of treatment relating to MBX 4291. Patent applications claiming priority to this provisional application, if issued, are expected to expire in 2045, not including any patent term adjustment or patent term extensions that may be available.

The term of individual patents depends upon the legal term of the patents in the countries in which they are obtained. In most countries in which we file, the patent term is 20 years from the earliest date of filing a non-provisional patent application.

In the United States, the term of a patent covering an FDA-approved drug may be eligible for a patent term extension under the Drug Price Competition and Patent Term Restoration Act of 1984, or the Hatch-Waxman Amendments, as compensation for the loss of patent term during the FDA regulatory review process. The period of extension may be up to five years beyond the expiration of the patent, but cannot extend the remaining term of a patent beyond a total of 14 years from the date of product approval. Only one patent among those eligible for an extension may be extended, and only those claims covering an approved product, a method for using it or a method of manufacturing it may be extended. Moreover, a given patent may only be extended once. Similar provisions are available in Europe and in certain other jurisdictions to extend the term of a patent that covers an approved drug. If our product candidates receive FDA approval, we intend to apply for patent term extensions, if available, to extend the term of patents that cover the approved product candidates. We also intend to seek patent term extensions in any jurisdictions where they are available, however, there is no guarantee that the applicable authorities, including the FDA, will agree with our assessment of whether such extensions should be granted, and even if granted, the length of such extensions.

In addition to patent protection, we also rely on know-how and trade secret protection for our proprietary information to develop and maintain our proprietary position. However, trade secrets can be difficult to protect. Although we take steps to protect our proprietary information, including restricting access to our premises and our confidential information, as well as entering into agreements with our employees, consultants, advisors and potential collaborators, third parties may independently develop the same or similar proprietary information or may otherwise gain access to our proprietary information. As a result, we may be unable to meaningfully protect our know-how, trade secrets, and other proprietary information.

 

151


Table of Contents

In addition, we plan to rely on regulatory protection based on orphan drug exclusivities, data exclusivities, and market exclusivities. See “—Government regulation” for additional information.

Government regulation

Government authorities in the United States, at the federal, state and local level, and in other countries and jurisdictions, including the European Union, extensively regulate, among other things, the research, development, testing, manufacture, quality control, approval, packaging, storage, recordkeeping, labeling, advertising, promotion, distribution, marketing, post-approval monitoring and reporting, and import and export of pharmaceutical products. The processes for obtaining regulatory approvals in the United States and in foreign countries and jurisdictions, along with subsequent compliance with applicable statutes and regulations, require the expenditure of substantial time and financial resources.

Review and approval of drugs in the united states

In the United States, the FDA regulates drugs under the U.S. Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act, or FDCA, and its implementing regulations. The failure to comply with applicable U.S. requirements at any time during the product development process, approval process or after approval may subject an applicant and/or sponsor to a variety of administrative or judicial sanctions, including refusal by the FDA to approve pending applications, withdrawal of an approval, imposition of a clinical hold, issuance of warning letters and other types of letters, product seizures, total or partial suspension of production or distribution, injunctions, fines, refusals of government contracts, restitution, disgorgement of profits, or civil or criminal investigations and penalties brought by the FDA and the U.S. Department of Justice or other governmental entities. In addition, an applicant may need to recall a product.

An applicant seeking approval to market and distribute a new drug product in the United States must typically undertake the following:

 

 

completion of nonclinical, or preclinical, laboratory tests, animal studies and formulation studies in compliance with the FDA’s good laboratory practice, or GLP, regulations;

 

 

submission to the FDA of an investigational new drug application, or IND, which must take effect before human clinical trials may begin;

 

 

approval by an institutional review board, or IRB, representing each clinical site before each clinical trial may be initiated at that site;

 

 

performance of adequate and well-controlled human clinical trials in accordance with good clinical practices, or GCPs, to establish the safety and efficacy of the proposed drug product for each indication;

 

 

preparation and submission to the FDA of a new drug application, or NDA, and payment of user fees;

 

 

review of the product by an FDA advisory committee, where appropriate or if applicable;

 

 

satisfactory completion of one or more FDA inspections of the manufacturing facility or facilities at which the product, or components thereof, are produced to assess compliance with cGMP requirements and to assure that the facilities, methods and controls are adequate to preserve the product’s identity, strength, quality and purity;

 

 

satisfactory completion of FDA audits of clinical trial sites to assure compliance with GCPs and the integrity of the clinical data;

 

 

FDA review and approval of the NDA; and

 

 

compliance with any post-approval requirements, including risk evaluation and mitigation strategies, or REMS, and post-approval studies required by the FDA.

 

152


Table of Contents

Preclinical studies

Before an applicant begins testing a compound in humans, the drug candidate enters the preclinical testing stage. Preclinical studies include laboratory evaluation of the purity and stability of the manufactured drug substance or active pharmaceutical ingredient, or API, and the formulated drug or drug product, as well as in vitro and animal studies to assess the safety and activity of the drug for initial testing in humans and to establish a rationale for therapeutic use. The conduct of preclinical studies is subject to federal regulations and requirements, including GLP regulations. Some long-term preclinical testing, such as animal tests of reproductive adverse events, or AEs, and carcinogenicity, may continue after the IND is submitted.

The IND and IRB processes

An IND is an exemption from the FDCA that allows an unapproved drug to be shipped in interstate commerce for use in an investigational clinical trial and a request for FDA authorization to administer such investigational drug to humans. Such authorization must be secured prior to interstate shipment and administration of the investigational drug. In an IND, applicants must submit a protocol for each clinical trial and any subsequent protocol amendments. In addition, the results of the preclinical tests, manufacturing information, analytical data, any available clinical data or literature and plans for clinical trials, among other things, are submitted to the FDA as part of an IND. An IND automatically becomes effective 30 days after receipt by the FDA, unless before that time, the FDA raises concerns or questions related to one or more proposed clinical trials and places the trial on clinical hold. The FDA also may impose a clinical hold or partial clinical hold after commencement of a clinical trial under an IND. A clinical hold is an order issued by the FDA to the sponsor to delay a proposed clinical investigation or to suspend an ongoing investigation. A partial clinical hold is a delay or suspension of only part of the clinical work requested under the IND. No more than 30 days after imposition of a clinical hold or partial clinical hold, the FDA will provide the sponsor a written explanation of the basis for the hold. Following issuance of a clinical hold or partial clinical hold, an investigation (or full investigation in the case of a partial clinical hold) may only resume after the FDA has notified the sponsor that the investigation may proceed. The FDA will base that determination on information provided by the sponsor correcting the deficiencies previously cited or otherwise satisfying the FDA that the investigation can proceed.

A sponsor may choose, but is not required, to conduct a foreign clinical trial under an IND. When a foreign clinical trial is conducted under an IND, all FDA IND requirements must be met unless waived. When the foreign clinical trial is not conducted under an IND, the sponsor must ensure that the study is conducted in accordance with GCP, including review and approval by an independent ethics committee, or IEC, and informed consent from subjects. The GCP requirements are intended to help ensure the protection of human subjects enrolled in non-IND foreign clinical trials, as well as the quality and integrity of the resulting data. FDA must also be able to validate the data from the study through an on-site inspection if necessary.

In addition to the foregoing IND requirements, an IRB representing each institution participating in the clinical trial must review and approve the plan for any clinical trial before it commences at that institution, and the IRB must conduct continuing review of the study at least annually. The IRB must review and approve, among other things, the study protocol and informed consent information to be provided to study subjects. An IRB must operate in compliance with FDA regulations. An IRB can suspend or terminate approval of a clinical trial at its institution, or an institution it represents, if the clinical trial is not being conducted in accordance with the IRB’s requirements or if the product candidate has been associated with unexpected serious harm to patients.

Additionally, some trials are overseen by an independent group of qualified experts organized by the trial sponsor, known as a data safety monitoring board or committee. This group provides authorization for whether or not a trial may move forward at designated check points based on access that only the group maintains to available data from the study. The FDA or the sponsor may suspend or terminate a clinical trial at any time on

 

153


Table of Contents

various grounds, including a finding that the research subjects are being exposed to an unacceptable health risk. Other reasons for suspension or termination may be made by us based on evolving business objectives and/or competitive climate.

Information about certain clinical trials must be submitted within specific timeframes to the National Institutes of Health, or NIH, for public dissemination on its ClinicalTrials.gov website.

Human clinical trials in support of an NDA

Clinical trials involve the administration of the investigational product to human subjects under the supervision of qualified investigators in accordance with GCP requirements, which include, among other things, the requirement that all research subjects, or their legal representative, provide their informed consent in writing before their participation in any clinical trial. Clinical trials are conducted under written study protocols detailing, among other things, the inclusion and exclusion criteria, the objectives of the study, the parameters to be used in monitoring safety and the effectiveness criteria to be evaluated.

Human clinical trials are typically conducted in three sequential phases, which may overlap or be combined:

 

 

Phase 1. The drug is initially introduced into healthy human subjects or, in certain indications such as cancer, patients with the target disease or condition and tested for safety, dosage tolerance, absorption, metabolism, distribution, excretion and, if possible, to gain an early indication of its effectiveness and to determine maximal dosage.

 

 

Phase 2. The drug is administered to a limited patient population to identify possible adverse effects and safety risks, to preliminarily evaluate the efficacy of the product for specific targeted diseases and to determine dosage tolerance and optimal dosage.

 

 

Phase 3. The drug is administered to an expanded patient population, generally at geographically dispersed clinical trial sites, in well-controlled clinical trials to generate enough data to evaluate the efficacy and safety of the product for approval, to establish the overall risk-benefit profile of the product and to provide adequate information for the labeling of the product.

Post-approval studies, often referred to as Phase 4 studies, may be conducted after initial regulatory approval. These studies are used to gain additional experience from the treatment of patients in the intended therapeutic indication.

Progress reports detailing the results of the clinical trials must be submitted at least annually to the FDA. In addition, within 15 calendar days after the sponsor determines that the information qualifies for reporting, IND safety reports must be submitted to the FDA for any of the following: serious and unexpected suspected adverse reactions; findings from other studies or animal or in vitro testing that suggest a significant risk in humans exposed to the drug; and any clinically important increase in the case of a serious suspected adverse reaction over that listed in the protocol or investigator brochure. The sponsor also must notify the FDA of any unexpected fatal or life-threatening suspected adverse reaction within seven calendar days after the sponsor’s initial receipt of the information. Phase 1, Phase 2 and Phase 3 clinical trials may not be completed successfully within any specified period, or at all. The FDA will typically inspect one or more clinical sites to assure compliance with GCP and the integrity of the clinical data submitted.

Concurrent with clinical trials, companies often complete additional animal studies and must also develop additional information about the chemistry and physical characteristics of the drug as well as finalize a process for manufacturing the product in commercial quantities in accordance with cGMP requirements. The manufacturing process must be capable of consistently producing quality batches of the drug candidate and,

 

154


Table of Contents

among other things, the applicant must develop methods for testing the identity, strength, quality, purity, and potency of the final drug. Additionally, appropriate packaging must be selected and tested and stability studies must be conducted to demonstrate that the drug candidate does not undergo unacceptable deterioration over its shelf life.

Review of an NDA by the FDA

Assuming successful completion of required clinical testing and other requirements, the results of the preclinical studies and clinical trials, together with detailed information relating to the product’s chemistry, manufacture, controls and proposed labeling, among other things, are submitted to the FDA as part of an NDA requesting approval to market the drug product for one or more indications. Under federal law, the submission of most NDAs is additionally subject to a significant application user fee as well as annual prescription drug product program fees. These fees are typically increased annually. Certain exceptions and waivers are available for some of these fees.

The FDA conducts a preliminary review of an NDA within 60 days of its receipt, before accepting the NDA for filing, to determine whether the application is sufficiently complete to permit substantive review. The FDA may request additional information rather than accept an NDA for filing. In this event, the application must be resubmitted with the additional information. The resubmitted application is also subject to review before the FDA accepts it for filing. Once the submission is accepted for filing, the FDA begins an in-depth substantive review. The FDA has agreed to specified performance goals in the review process of NDAs. Applications for drugs containing new molecular entities are meant to be reviewed within 10 months from the date of filing, and applications for “priority review” products containing new molecular entities are meant to be reviewed within six months of filing. The review process may be extended by the FDA for three additional months to consider new information or clarification provided by the applicant to address an outstanding deficiency identified by the FDA following the original submission.

During its review of an NDA, the FDA typically will inspect the facility or facilities where the product is or will be manufactured. These pre-approval inspections may cover all facilities associated with an NDA, including drug component manufacturing (such as APIs), finished drug product manufacturing, and control testing laboratories. The FDA will not approve an NDA unless it determines that the manufacturing processes and facilities are in compliance with cGMP requirements and adequate to assure consistent production of the product within required specifications.

In addition, as a condition of approval, the FDA may require an applicant to develop a REMS. REMS use risk minimization strategies beyond the professional labeling to ensure that the benefits of the product outweigh the potential risks. To determine whether a REMS is needed, the FDA will consider the size of the population likely to use the product, seriousness of the disease, expected benefit of the product, expected duration of treatment, seriousness of known or potential AEs, and whether the product is a new molecular entity. REMS can include medication guides, physician communication plans for healthcare professionals, and elements to assure safe use, or ETASU. ETASU may include, but are not limited to, special training or certification for prescribing or dispensing, dispensing only under certain circumstances, special monitoring, and the use of patient registries. The FDA may require a REMS before approval or post-approval if it becomes aware of a serious risk associated with use of the product.

The FDA is required to refer an application for a novel drug to an advisory committee or explain why such referral was not made. Typically, an advisory committee is a panel of independent experts, including clinicians and other scientific experts, that reviews, evaluates and provides a recommendation as to whether the application should be approved and under what conditions. The FDA is not bound by the recommendations of an advisory committee, but it considers such recommendations carefully when making decisions.

 

155


Table of Contents

Fast track, breakthrough therapy, and priority review

The FDA has a number of programs intended to facilitate and expedite development and review of new drugs if they are intended to address an unmet medical need in the treatment of a serious or life-threatening disease or condition. Three of these programs are referred to as Fast Track Designation, Breakthrough Therapy Designation, and priority review designation.

Specifically, the FDA may designate a product for Fast Track review if it is intended, whether alone or in combination with one or more other products, for the treatment of a serious or life-threatening disease or condition, and it demonstrates the potential to address unmet medical needs for such a disease or condition. For Fast Track products, sponsors may have greater interactions with the FDA and the FDA may initiate review of sections of a Fast Track product’s application before the application is complete. This rolling review may be available if the FDA determines, after preliminary evaluation of clinical data submitted by the sponsor, that a Fast Track product may be effective. The sponsor must also provide, and the FDA must approve, a schedule for the submission of the remaining information and the sponsor must pay applicable user fees. However, the FDA’s time period goal for reviewing a Fast Track application does not begin until the last section of the application is submitted. In addition, the Fast Track Designation may be withdrawn by the FDA if the FDA believes that the designation is no longer supported by data emerging in the clinical trial process.

Second, a product may be designated as a Breakthrough Therapy if it is intended, either alone or in combination with one or more other products, to treat a serious or life-threatening disease or condition and preliminary clinical evidence indicates that the product may demonstrate substantial improvement over existing therapies on one or more clinically significant endpoints, such as substantial treatment effects observed early in clinical development. The FDA may take certain actions with respect to Breakthrough Therapies, including holding meetings with the sponsor throughout the development process; providing timely advice to the product sponsor regarding development and approval; involving more senior staff in the review process; assigning a cross-disciplinary project lead for the review team; and taking other steps to design the clinical trials in an efficient manner.

Third, the FDA may designate an NDA review for a priority review if it is for a product that treats a serious or life-threatening disease or condition and, if approved, would provide a significant improvement in safety or effectiveness. The FDA determines, on a case-by-case basis, whether the proposed product represents a significant improvement when compared with other available therapies. Significant improvement may be illustrated by evidence of increased effectiveness in the treatment of a condition, elimination or substantial reduction of a treatment-limiting product reaction, documented enhancement of patient compliance that may lead to improvement in serious outcomes, and evidence of safety and effectiveness in a new subpopulation. A priority designation is intended to direct overall attention and resources to the evaluation of such applications, and to shorten the FDA’s goal for taking action on a marketing application from 10 months to six months.

Accelerated approval pathway

The FDA may grant accelerated approval to a product for a serious or life-threatening condition that provides meaningful therapeutic advantage to patients over existing treatments based upon a determination that the product has an effect on a surrogate endpoint that is reasonably likely to predict clinical benefit or on an intermediate clinical endpoint that can be measured earlier than an effect on irreversible morbidity or mortality, or IMM, and that is reasonably likely to predict an effect on IMM or other clinical benefit, taking into account the severity, rarity, or prevalence of the condition and the availability or lack of alternative treatments. Products granted accelerated approval must meet the same statutory standards for safety and effectiveness as those granted traditional approval.

 

156


Table of Contents

For the purposes of accelerated approval, a surrogate endpoint is a marker, such as a laboratory measurement, radiographic image, physical sign, or other measure that is thought to predict clinical benefit, but is not itself a measure of clinical benefit. Surrogate endpoints can often be measured more easily or more rapidly than clinical endpoints. An intermediate clinical endpoint is a measurement of a therapeutic effect that is considered reasonably likely to predict the clinical benefit of a product, such as an effect on IMM. The FDA has limited experience with accelerated approvals based on intermediate clinical endpoints, but has indicated that such endpoints generally may support accelerated approval where the therapeutic effect measured by the endpoint is not itself a clinical benefit and basis for traditional approval, if there is a basis for concluding that the therapeutic effect is reasonably likely to predict the ultimate clinical benefit of a product.

The accelerated approval pathway is most often used in settings in which the course of a disease is long and an extended period of time is required to measure the intended clinical benefit of a product, even if the effect on the surrogate or intermediate clinical endpoint occurs rapidly.

The accelerated approval pathway is contingent on a sponsor’s agreement to conduct, in a diligent manner, additional post-approval confirmatory studies to verify and describe the product’s clinical benefit. As a result, a product candidate approved on this basis is subject to rigorous post-marketing compliance requirements, including the completion of Phase 4 or post-approval clinical trials to confirm the effect on the clinical endpoint. Under the Food and Drug Omnibus Reform Act of 2022, or FDORA, the FDA is now permitted to require, as appropriate, that such trials be underway prior to approval or within a specific time period after the date of approval for a product granted accelerated approval. Sponsors are also required to send updates to the FDA every 180 days on the status of such studies, including progress toward enrollment targets, and the FDA must promptly post this information publicly. Under FDORA, the FDA has increased authority for expedited procedures to withdraw approval of a drug or indication approved under accelerated approval if, for example, the sponsor fails to conduct such studies in a timely manner and send the necessary updates to the FDA, or if a confirmatory trial fails to verify the predicted clinical benefit of the product. In addition, the FDA generally requires, unless otherwise informed by the agency, pre-approval of promotional materials for product candidates approved under accelerated regulations, which could adversely impact the timing of the commercial launch of the product.

The FDA’s decision on an NDA

On the basis of the FDA’s evaluation of the NDA and accompanying information, including the results of the inspection of the manufacturing facilities and select clinical trial sites, the FDA may issue an approval letter or a complete response letter. An approval letter authorizes commercial marketing of the product with specific prescribing information for specific indications. A complete response letter generally outlines the deficiencies in the submission and may require substantial additional testing or information in order for the FDA to reconsider the application. If a complete response letter is issued, the applicant may resubmit the NDA to address all of the deficiencies identified in the letter, withdraw the application, or request a hearing. If the applicant resubmits the NDA, the FDA will issue an approval letter only when the deficiencies have been addressed to the FDA’s satisfaction. The FDA has committed to reviewing such resubmissions in two or six months depending on the type of information included. Even with submission of this additional information, the FDA ultimately may decide that the application does not satisfy the regulatory criteria for approval.

If the FDA approves a product, it may limit the approved indications for use for the product, require that contraindications, warnings or precautions be included in the product labeling, require that post-approval studies, including Phase 4 clinical trials, be conducted to further assess the drug’s safety or effectiveness after approval, require testing and surveillance programs to monitor the product after commercialization, or impose other conditions, including distribution restrictions or other risk management mechanisms, including REMS,

 

157


Table of Contents

which can materially affect the potential market and profitability of the product. The FDA may prevent or limit further marketing of a product based on the results of post-market studies or surveillance programs.

Post-approval requirements

Drugs manufactured or distributed pursuant to FDA approvals are subject to pervasive and continuing regulation by the FDA, including, among other things, requirements relating to recordkeeping, periodic reporting, product sampling and distribution, advertising and promotion, reporting of adverse experiences with the product and applicable product tracking and tracing requirements. After approval, many changes to the approved product, such as adding new indications or other labeling claims, are subject to prior FDA review and approval. There also are annual prescription drug product program fee requirements for certain marketed products.

In addition, drug manufacturers and other entities involved in the manufacture and distribution of approved drugs are required to register their establishments with the FDA and state agencies, and are subject to periodic unannounced inspections by the FDA and these state agencies for compliance with cGMP requirements. Changes to the manufacturing process are strictly regulated and often require prior FDA approval before being implemented. FDA regulations also require investigation and correction of any deviations from cGMP and impose reporting and documentation requirements upon the NDA holder and any third-party manufacturers that the NDA holder may decide to use. Accordingly, manufacturers must continue to expend time, money, and effort in the area of production and quality control to maintain cGMP compliance.

Once an approval is granted, the FDA may withdraw the approval if compliance with regulatory requirements and standards is not maintained or if problems occur after the product reaches the market. Later discovery of previously unknown problems with a product, including adverse events of unanticipated severity or frequency, or with manufacturing processes, or failure to comply with regulatory requirements, may result in revisions to the approved labeling to add new safety information; imposition of post-market studies or clinical trials to assess new safety risks; or imposition of distribution or other restrictions under a REMS program. Other potential consequences include, among other things:

 

 

restrictions on the marketing or manufacturing of the product, complete withdrawal of the product from the market or voluntary product recalls;

 

 

fines, warning or untitled letters or holds on post-approval clinical trials;

 

 

refusal of the FDA to approve pending NDAs or supplements to approved NDAs, or suspension or revocation of product approvals;

 

 

product seizure or detention, or refusal to permit the import or export of products; or

 

 

injunctions or the imposition of civil or criminal penalties.

The FDA strictly regulates marketing, labeling, advertising and promotion of products that are placed on the market. Drugs may be promoted only for the approved indications and in accordance with the provisions of the approved label. However, companies may share truthful and not misleading information that is otherwise consistent with a product’s FDA approved labeling. The FDA and other agencies actively enforce the laws and regulations prohibiting the promotion of off-label uses, and a company that is found to have improperly promoted off-label uses may be subject to significant liability.

In addition, the distribution of prescription pharmaceutical products is subject to the Prescription Drug Marketing Act, or PDMA, which regulates the distribution of drugs and drug samples at the federal level, and sets minimum standards for the registration and regulation of drug distributors by the states. Both the PDMA and state laws limit the distribution of prescription pharmaceutical product samples and impose requirements to ensure accountability in distribution.

 

158


Table of Contents

Hatch-Waxman amendments

Section 505 of the FDCA describes three types of marketing applications that may be submitted to the FDA to request marketing authorization for a new drug. A Section 505(b)(1) NDA is an application that contains full reports of investigations of safety and efficacy. A 505(b)(2) NDA is an application that contains full reports of investigations of safety and efficacy but where at least some of the information required for approval comes from investigations that were not conducted by or for the applicant and for which the applicant has not obtained a right of reference or use from the person by or for whom the investigations were conducted. This regulatory pathway enables the applicant to rely, in part, on the FDA’s prior findings of safety and efficacy for an existing product, or published literature, in support of its application. Section 505(j) establishes an abbreviated approval process for a generic version of approved drug products through the submission of an Abbreviated New Drug Application, or ANDA. An ANDA provides for marketing of a generic drug product that has the same active ingredients, dosage form, strength, route of administration, labeling, performance characteristics and intended use, among other things, to a previously approved product, known as a reference listed drug, or RLD. ANDAs are termed “abbreviated” because they are generally not required to include preclinical (animal) and clinical (human) data to establish safety and efficacy. Instead, generic applicants must scientifically demonstrate that their product is bioequivalent to, or performs in the same manner as, the innovator drug through in vitro, in vivo, or other testing. The generic version must deliver the same amount of active ingredients into a subject’s bloodstream in the same amount of time as the innovator drug and can often be substituted by pharmacists under prescriptions written for the reference listed drug.

Non-patent exclusivity

Under the Hatch-Waxman Amendments, the FDA may not approve (or in some cases accept) an ANDA or 505(b)(2) application until any applicable period of non-patent exclusivity for the RLD has expired. The FDCA provides a period of five years of non-patent data exclusivity for a new drug containing a new chemical entity, or NCE. For the purposes of this provision, an NCE is a drug that contains no active moiety that has previously been approved by the FDA in any other NDA. An active moiety is the molecule or ion responsible for the physiological or pharmacological action of the drug substance. In cases where such NCE exclusivity has been granted, an ANDA may not be filed with the FDA until the expiration of five years unless the submission is accompanied by a Paragraph IV certification, which states the proposed generic drug will not infringe one or more of the already approved product’s listed patents or that such patents are invalid or unenforceable, in which case the applicant may submit its application four years following the original product approval.

The FDCA also provides for a period of three years of exclusivity for non-NCE drugs if the NDA or a supplement to the NDA includes reports of one or more new clinical investigations, other than bioavailability or bioequivalence studies, that were conducted by or for the applicant and are essential to the approval of the application or supplement. This three-year exclusivity period often protects changes to a previously approved drug product, such as a new dosage form, route of administration, combination or indication, but it generally would not protect the original, unmodified product from generic competition. Unlike five-year NCE exclusivity, an award of three-year exclusivity does not block the FDA from accepting ANDAs seeking approval for generic versions of the drug as of the date of approval of the original drug product; it only prevents FDA from approving such ANDAs.

A drug product can obtain pediatric market exclusivity in the United States. Pediatric exclusivity, if granted, adds six months to existing exclusivity periods for all formulations, dosage forms, and indications of the active moiety and to patent terms. This six-month exclusivity, which runs from the end of other exclusivity protection and patent term, may be granted based on the voluntary completion of a pediatric study in accordance with an FDA-issued “Written Request” for such a study, provided that at the time pediatric exclusivity is granted there is not less than nine months of term remaining.

 

159


Table of Contents

Hatch-Waxman patent certification and the 30-month stay

In seeking approval of an NDA or a supplement thereto, NDA sponsors are required to list with the FDA each patent with claims that cover the applicant’s product or an approved method of using the product. Upon approval, each of the patents listed by the NDA sponsor is published in the FDA’s Approved Drug Products with Therapeutic Equivalence Evaluations, commonly known as the Orange Book. Upon submission of an ANDA or 505(b)(2) NDA, an applicant is required to certify to the FDA concerning any patents listed for the RLD in the Orange Book that:

 

 

no patent information on the drug product that is the subject of the application has been submitted to the FDA;

 

 

such patent has expired;

 

 

the date on which such patent expires; or

 

 

such patent is invalid, unenforceable or will not be infringed upon by the manufacture, use, or sale of the drug product for which the application is submitted.

Generally, the ANDA or 505(b)(2) NDA cannot be approved until all listed patents have expired, except where the ANDA or 505(b)(2) NDA applicant challenges a listed patent through the last type of certification, also known as a paragraph IV certification. If the applicant does not challenge the listed patents or indicates that it is not seeking approval of a patented method of use, the ANDA or 505(b)(2) NDA application will not be approved until all of the listed patents claiming the referenced product have expired. If the ANDA or 505(b)(2) NDA applicant has provided a paragraph IV certification the applicant must send notice of the paragraph IV certification to the NDA and patent holders once the application has been accepted for filing by the FDA. The NDA and patent holders may then initiate a patent infringement lawsuit in response to the notice of the paragraph IV certification. If the paragraph IV certification is challenged by an NDA holder or the patent owner(s) asserts a patent challenge to the paragraph IV certification, the FDA may not approve that application until the earlier of 30 months from the receipt of the notice of the paragraph IV certification, the expiration of the patent, when the infringement case concerning each such patent was favorably decided in the applicant’s favor or settled, or such shorter or longer period as may be ordered by a court. This prohibition is generally referred to as the 30-month stay. In instances where an ANDA or 505(b)(2) NDA applicant files a paragraph IV certification, the NDA holder or patent owner(s) regularly take action to trigger the 30-month stay, recognizing that the related patent litigation may take many months or years to resolve. Thus, approval of an ANDA or 505(b)(2) NDA could be delayed for a significant period of time depending on the patent certification the applicant makes and the reference drug sponsor’s decision to initiate patent litigation. If the drug has NCE exclusivity and the ANDA is submitted four years after approval, the 30-month stay is extended so that it expires seven and a half years after approval of the innovator drug, unless the patent expires or there is a decision in the infringement case that is favorable to the ANDA applicant before then.

Patent term restoration and extension

A patent claiming a new drug product may be eligible for a limited patent term extension under the Hatch-Waxman Amendments, which permits a patent term restoration of up to five years for patent term lost during product development and the FDA regulatory review. The restoration period granted is typically one-half the time between the effective date of an IND and the submission date of an NDA, plus the time between the submission date of an NDA and the ultimate approval date, provided the sponsor acted with diligence. Patent term restoration cannot be used to extend the remaining term of a patent past a total of 14 years from the product’s approval date. Only one patent applicable to an approved drug product is eligible for the extension, and the application for the extension must be submitted prior to the expiration of the patent in question and

 

160


Table of Contents

within 60 days of drug approval. A patent that covers multiple drugs for which approval is sought can only be extended in connection with one of the approvals. The U.S. Patent and Trademark Office, or USPTO, reviews and approves the application for any patent term extension or restoration in consultation with the FDA.

Rest of the world regulation

For other countries outside of the United States, such as those in Europe, Latin America or Asia, the requirements governing product development, the conduct of clinical trials, product marketing, product licensing, pricing and reimbursement can vary from country to country. Failure to comply with applicable foreign regulatory requirements may subject sponsors, manufacturers or marketers of pharmaceutical products to, among other things, fines, suspension or withdrawal of regulatory authorizations and approvals, product recalls, seizure of products, operating restrictions and criminal prosecution.

Other healthcare laws

Our business operations and current and future arrangements with investigators, healthcare professionals, consultants, third-party payors, patient organizations and customers may expose us to broadly applicable fraud and abuse and other healthcare laws and regulations. The laws that may affect our ability to operate include, but are not limited to:

 

 

the federal Anti-Kickback Statute, which prohibits, among other things, persons from knowingly and willfully soliciting, receiving, offering or paying any remuneration (including any kickback, bribe, or rebate), directly or indirectly, overtly or covertly, in cash or in kind, to induce, or in return for, either the referral of an individual, or the purchase, lease, order or recommendation of any good, facility, item or service for which payment may be made, in whole or in part, under a federal healthcare program, such as the Medicare and Medicaid programs. A person or entity does not need to have actual knowledge of the statute or specific intent to violate it in order to have committed a violation. Violations are subject to civil and criminal fines and penalties for each violation, plus up to three times the remuneration involved, imprisonment, and exclusion from government healthcare programs;

 

 

federal civil and criminal false claims laws, including the False Claims Act, or FCA, which can be enforced through civil “qui tam” or “whistleblower” actions, and civil monetary penalty laws, which impose criminal and civil penalties against individuals or entities for, among other things, knowingly presenting, or causing to be presented, claims for payment or approval from Medicare, Medicaid or other federal health care programs that are false or fraudulent; knowingly making or causing a false statement material to a false or fraudulent claim or an obligation to pay money to the federal government; or knowingly concealing or knowingly and improperly avoiding or decreasing such an obligation. Manufacturers can be held liable under the FCA even when they do not submit claims directly to government payors if they are deemed to “cause” the submission of false or fraudulent claims. In addition, the government may assert that a claim including items or services resulting from a violation of the federal Anti-Kickback Statute constitutes a false or fraudulent claim for purposes of the FCA. The FCA also permits a private individual acting as a “whistleblower” to bring actions on behalf of the federal government alleging violations of the FCA and to share in any monetary recovery;

 

 

the federal Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, or HIPAA, which created new federal criminal statutes that prohibit knowingly and willfully executing, or attempting to execute, a scheme to defraud any healthcare benefit program or obtain, by means of false or fraudulent pretenses, representations or promises, any of the money or property owned by, or under the custody or control of, any healthcare benefit program, regardless of the payor (e.g., public or private) and knowingly and willfully falsifying, concealing or covering up by any trick or device a material fact or making any materially false

 

161


Table of Contents
 

statements in connection with the delivery of, or payment for, healthcare benefits, items or services relating to healthcare matters. Similar to the federal Anti-Kickback Statute, a person or entity can be found guilty of violating these statutes without actual knowledge of the statutes or specific intent to violate them in order to have committed a violation;

 

 

HIPAA, as amended by the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act of 2009, or HITECH, imposes requirements on certain covered healthcare providers, health plans and healthcare clearinghouses as well as their respective business associates that perform services for them that involve the use, or disclosure of, individually identifiable health information, relating to the privacy, security and transmission of individually identifiable health information without appropriate authorization. HITECH also created new tiers of civil monetary penalties, amended HIPAA to make civil and criminal penalties directly applicable to business associates, and gave state attorneys general new authority to file civil actions for damages or injunctions in federal courts to enforce the federal HIPAA laws and seek attorneys’ fees and costs associated with pursuing federal civil actions. Even when HIPAA does not apply, according to the Federal Trade Commission, or FTC, failing to take appropriate steps to keep consumers’ personal information secure constitutes unfair acts or practices in or affecting commerce in violation of Section 5(a) of the Federal Trade Commission Act, 15 U.S.C. § 45(a). The FTC expects a company’s data security measures to be reasonable and appropriate in light of the sensitivity and volume of consumer information it holds, the size and complexity of its business and the cost of available tools to improve security and reduce vulnerabilities. Individually identifiable health information is considered sensitive data that merits stronger safeguards;

 

 

the federal Physician Payments Sunshine Act, created under the ACA and its implementing regulations, which requires manufacturers of drugs, devices, biologicals and medical supplies for which payment is available under Medicare, Medicaid or the Children’s Health Insurance Program (with certain exceptions) to report annually to HHS information related to payments or other transfers of value made to physicians (defined to include doctors, dentists, optometrists, podiatrists and chiropractors), certain other licensed healthcare professionals, and teaching hospitals, as well as ownership and investment interests held by physicians and their immediate family members;

 

 

federal government price reporting laws, which require us to calculate and report complex pricing metrics in an accurate and timely manner to government programs;

 

 

federal consumer protection and unfair competition laws, which broadly regulate marketplace activities and activities that potentially harm consumers; and

 

 

analogous state and foreign laws and regulations, such as state and foreign anti-kickback, false claims, consumer protection and unfair competition laws which may apply to pharmaceutical business practices, including but not limited to, research, distribution, sales, and marketing arrangements as well as submitting claims involving healthcare items or services reimbursed by any third-party payor, including commercial insurers; state laws that require pharmaceutical companies to comply with the pharmaceutical industry’s voluntary compliance guidelines and the relevant compliance guidance promulgated by the federal government that otherwise restricts payments that may be made to healthcare providers and other potential referral sources; state laws that require drug manufacturers to file reports with states regarding pricing and marketing information, such as the tracking and reporting of gifts, compensations and other remuneration and items of value provided to healthcare professionals and entities; and state and local laws requiring the registration of pharmaceutical sales representatives.

If our operations are found to be in violation of any of such laws or any other governmental regulations that apply, we may be subject to penalties, including, without limitation, administrative, civil and criminal penalties, damages, fines, disgorgement, the curtailment or restructuring of operations, integrity oversight and reporting

 

162


Table of Contents

obligations, exclusion from participation in federal and state healthcare programs and responsible individuals may be subject to imprisonment.

Coverage and reimbursement

In the United States and markets in other countries, patients who are prescribed treatments for their conditions and providers performing the prescribed services generally rely on third-party payors to reimburse all or part of the associated healthcare costs. Thus, even if a product candidate is approved, sales of the product will depend, in part, on the extent to which third-party payors, including government health programs in the United States such as Medicare and Medicaid, commercial health insurers and managed care organizations, provide coverage, and establish adequate reimbursement levels for, the product. Factors payors consider in determining coverage and reimbursement are based on whether the product is:

 

 

a covered benefit under its health plan;

 

safe, effective and medically necessary;

 

appropriate for the specific patient;

 

cost-effective; and

 

neither experimental nor investigational.

In the United States, no uniform policy of coverage and reimbursement for drug products exists among third-party payors. Therefore, coverage and reimbursement for drug products can differ significantly from payor to payor. The process for determining whether a third-party payor will provide coverage for a product may be separate from the process for setting the price or reimbursement rate that the payor will pay for the product once coverage is approved. Third-party payors are increasingly challenging the prices charged, examining the medical necessity, and reviewing the cost-effectiveness of medical products and services and imposing controls to manage costs. Third-party payors may limit coverage to specific products on an approved list, also known as a formulary, which might not include all of the approved products for a particular indication.

In order to secure coverage and reimbursement for any product that might be approved for sale, a company may need to conduct expensive pharmacoeconomic studies in order to demonstrate the medical necessity and cost-effectiveness of the product, in addition to the costs required to obtain FDA or other comparable regulatory approvals. Additionally, companies may also need to provide discounts to purchasers, private health plans or government healthcare programs. Nonetheless, product candidates may not be considered medically necessary or cost effective. A decision by a third-party payor not to cover a product could reduce physician utilization once the product is approved and have a material adverse effect on sales, results of operations and financial condition. Additionally, a third-party payor’s decision to provide coverage for a product does not imply that an adequate reimbursement rate will be approved. Further, one payor’s determination to provide coverage for a product does not assure that other payors will also provide coverage and reimbursement for the product, and the level of coverage and reimbursement can differ significantly from payor to payor.

The containment of healthcare costs has become a priority of federal, state and foreign governments, and the prices of products have been a focus in this effort. There have been a number of federal and state proposals during the last few years regarding the pricing of pharmaceutical products, limiting coverage and the amount of reimbursement for drugs and other medical products, government control and other changes to the healthcare system in the United States. Governments have shown significant interest in implementing cost-containment programs, including price controls, restrictions on reimbursement and requirements for substitution of generic products. Net prices for drugs may be reduced by mandatory discounts or rebates required by government healthcare programs or private payors and by any future relaxation of laws that presently restrict imports of drugs from countries where they may be sold at lower prices than in the United States. Increasingly, third-party payors are requiring that drug companies provide them with predetermined discounts from list prices and are

 

163


Table of Contents

challenging the prices charged for medical products. We cannot be sure that reimbursement will be available for any product candidate that we commercialize and, if reimbursement is available, the level of reimbursement.

In addition, many pharmaceutical manufacturers must calculate and report certain price reporting metrics to the government, such as average sales price, or ASP, and best price. Penalties may apply in some cases when such metrics are not submitted accurately and timely. Further, these prices for drugs may be reduced by mandatory discounts or rebates required by government healthcare programs. Adoption of price controls and cost-containment measures, and adoption of more restrictive policies in jurisdictions with existing controls and measures, could further limit a company’s revenue generated from the sale of any approved products. Even if we do receive a favorable coverage determination for approved products by third-party payors, coverage policies and third-party payor reimbursement rates may change at any time.

Moreover, payment methodologies may be subject to changes in healthcare legislation and regulatory initiatives. For example, the U.S. Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services, or CMS, may develop new payment and delivery models, such as bundled payment models. In addition, recently there has been heightened governmental scrutiny over the manner in which manufacturers set prices for their commercial products, which has resulted in several U.S. Congressional inquiries and proposed and enacted state and federal legislation designed to, among other things, bring more transparency to product pricing, review the relationship between pricing and manufacturer patient programs, and reform government program reimbursement methodologies for pharmaceutical products. Congress has indicated that it will continue to seek new legislative measures to control drug costs.

Outside the United States, ensuring coverage and adequate payment for a product also involves challenges. Pricing of prescription pharmaceuticals is subject to government control in many countries. Pricing negotiations with government authorities can extend well beyond the receipt of regulatory approval for a product and may require a clinical trial that compares the cost-effectiveness of a product to other available therapies. The conduct of such a clinical trial could be expensive and result in delays in commercialization.

In the European Union, pricing and reimbursement schemes vary widely from country to country. Some countries provide that products may be marketed only after a reimbursement price has been agreed. Some countries may require the completion of additional studies that compare the cost-effectiveness of a particular product candidate to currently available therapies or so-called health technology assessments, in order to obtain reimbursement or pricing approval. For example, the EU Member States have the option to restrict the range of products for which their national health insurance systems provide reimbursement and to control the prices of medicinal products for human use. EU Member States may approve a specific price for a product or it may instead adopt a system of direct or indirect controls on the profitability of the company placing the product on the market. Other EU Member States allow companies to fix their own prices for products but monitor and control prescription volumes and issue guidance to physicians to limit prescriptions. Recently, many countries in the European Union have increased the amount of discounts required on pharmaceuticals and these efforts could continue as countries attempt to manage healthcare expenditures, especially in light of the severe fiscal and debt crises experienced by many countries in the European Union. The downward pressure on healthcare costs in general, particularly prescription products, has become intense. As a result, increasingly high barriers are being erected to the entry of new products. Political, economic and regulatory developments may further complicate pricing negotiations, and pricing negotiations may continue after reimbursement has been obtained. Reference pricing used by various EU Member States, and parallel trade, i.e., arbitrage between low-priced and high-priced EU Member States, can further reduce prices. There can be no assurance that any country that has price controls or reimbursement limitations for pharmaceutical products will allow favorable reimbursement and pricing arrangements for any products, if approved in those countries.

 

164


Table of Contents

Current and future U.S. healthcare reform

In the U.S., there have been a number of legislative and regulatory changes to the healthcare system that could impact our ability to sell our products profitably. For example, in 2010, the ACA was enacted, which substantially changed the way healthcare is financed by both governmental and private insurers, and significantly affected the pharmaceutical industry. The ACA contained a number of provisions, including those governing enrollment in federal healthcare programs, reimbursement adjustments and changes to fraud and abuse laws. For example, the ACA:

 

 

increased the minimum level of Medicaid rebates payable by manufacturers of brand name drugs from 15.1% to 23.1% of the average manufacturer price;

 

 

required collection of rebates for drugs paid by Medicaid managed care organizations;

 

 

required manufacturers to participate in a coverage gap discount program, under which they must agree to offer 70 percent point-of-sale discount off negotiated prices of applicable brand drugs to eligible beneficiaries during their coverage gap period, as a condition for the manufacturer’s outpatient drugs to be covered under Medicare Part D; and

 

 

imposed a non-deductible annual fee on pharmaceutical manufacturers or importers who sell “branded prescription drugs” to specified federal government programs.

There has been increasing legislative and enforcement interest in the United States with respect to drug pricing practices. Specifically, there have been several recent U.S. Congressional inquiries and proposed federal and state legislation designed to, among other things, bring more transparency to drug pricing, reduce the cost of prescription drugs under Medicare, review the relationship between pricing and manufacturer patient programs, and reform government program reimbursement methodologies for drugs. President Biden has issued multiple executive orders that have sought to reduce prescription drug costs. In February 2023, HHS also issued a proposal in response to an October 2022 executive order from President Biden that includes a proposed prescription drug pricing model that will test whether targeted Medicare payment adjustments will sufficiently incentivize manufacturers to complete confirmatory trials for drugs approved through FDA’s accelerated approval pathway.

Additionally, on December 2, 2020, HHS published a regulation removing safe harbor protection for price reductions from pharmaceutical manufacturers to plan sponsors under Medicare Part D, either directly or through pharmacy benefit managers, unless the price reduction is required by law. The rule also creates a new safe harbor for price reductions reflected at the point-of-sale, as well as a safe harbor for certain fixed fee arrangements between pharmacy benefit managers and manufacturers. The Inflation Reduction Act of 2022, or IRA, delayed implementation of this rule to January 1, 2032.

Other legislative and regulatory changes have been proposed and adopted in the United States since the ACA was enacted:

 

 

The U.S. Budget Control Act of 2011, among other things, included aggregate reductions of Medicare payments to providers of 2% per fiscal year, and, due to subsequent legislative amendments to the statute, will remain in effect until 2031.

 

 

The U.S. American Taxpayer Relief Act of 2012, among other things, further reduced Medicare payments to several types of providers and increased the statute of limitations period for the government to recover overpayments to providers from three to five years.

 

 

On May 30, 2018, the Right to Try Act, was signed into law. The law, among other things, provides a federal framework for certain patients to access certain investigational new drug products that have completed a

 

165


Table of Contents
 

Phase 1 clinical trial and that are undergoing investigation for FDA approval. Under certain circumstances, eligible patients can seek treatment without enrolling in clinical trials and without obtaining FDA permission under the FDA expanded access program. There is no obligation for a pharmaceutical manufacturer to make its drug products available to eligible patients as a result of the Right to Try Act.

 

 

The American Rescue Plan Act of 2021 eliminates the statutory Medicaid drug rebate cap, currently set at 100% of a drug’s average manufacturer price, for single source and innovator multiple source drugs, beginning January 1, 2024. Due to the Statutory Pay-As-You-Go Act of 2010, estimated budget deficit increases resulting from the American Rescue Plan Act of 2021, and subsequent legislation, Medicare payments to providers will be further reduced starting in 2025 absent further legislation. These laws and regulations may result in additional reductions in Medicare and other healthcare funding and otherwise affect the prices we may obtain for any of our product candidates for which we may obtain regulatory approval or the frequency with which any such product candidate is prescribed or used.

These laws and regulations may result in additional reductions in Medicare and other healthcare funding and otherwise affect the prices we may obtain for any of our product candidates for which we may obtain regulatory approval or the frequency with which any such product candidate is prescribed or used.

The IRA includes several provisions that may impact our business to varying degrees, including provisions that create a $2,000 out-of-pocket cap for Medicare Part D beneficiaries, impose new manufacturer financial liability on all drugs in Medicare Part D, allow the U.S. government to negotiate Medicare Part B and Part D pricing for certain high-cost drugs and biologics without generic or biosimilar competition, and require companies to pay rebates to Medicare for drug prices that increase faster than inflation. Further, under the IRA, orphan drugs are exempted from the Medicare drug price negotiation program, but only if they have one orphan designation and for which the only approved indication is for that disease or condition. If a product receives multiple orphan designations or has multiple approved indications, it may not qualify for the orphan drug exemption. The drug price negotiation provisions of the IRA are subject to ongoing constitutional challenges. The outcome of these challenges and the effect of IRA on our business and the healthcare industry in general is not yet known.

Individual states have also been increasingly active in passing legislation and implementing regulations designed to control pharmaceutical and biological product pricing, including price or patient reimbursement constraints, discounts, restrictions on certain product access and marketing cost disclosure and transparency measures, and, in some cases, designed to encourage importation from other countries and bulk purchasing. In addition, regional health care authorities and individual hospitals are increasingly using bidding procedures to determine what pharmaceutical products and which suppliers will be included in their prescription drug and other health care programs. We expect that additional state and federal healthcare reform measures will be adopted in the future, particularly in light of the new presidential administration, any of which could limit the amounts that federal and state governments will pay for healthcare products and services.

Although a number of these and other proposed measures may require authorization through additional legislation to become effective, and the Biden administration may reverse or otherwise change these measures, both the Biden administration and Congress have indicated that they will continue to seek new legislative measures to control drug costs.

Human capital resources

As of August 15, 2024, we had 36 full-time employees, of which ten have M.D. or Ph.D. degrees. Within our workforce, 23 employees are engaged in research and development and 13 are engaged in general and administrative. We have never had a work stoppage, and none of our employees is represented by a labor organization or under any collective-bargaining arrangements. We consider our employee relations to be good.

 

166


Table of Contents

Our human capital resources objectives include, as applicable, identifying, recruiting, retaining, incentivizing and integrating our existing and new employees, advisors and consultants. The principal purposes of our equity incentive plans are to attract, retain and reward personnel through the granting of equity-based compensation awards in order to increase shareholder value and the success of our company by motivating such individuals to perform to the best of their abilities and achieve our objectives.

Facilities

We lease our office space, which consists of 6,493 square feet located in Carmel, Indiana. Our lease expires on December 31, 2025, with the option to renew for an additional three-year period. We also lease 1,580 square feet of laboratory space in Indianapolis, Indiana, under a lease that expires on December 31, 2025. We believe our current facilities are sufficient to meet our needs until the expiration of our leases. To meet the future needs of our business, we may lease additional or alternate space. We believe that suitable additional or substitute space at commercially reasonable terms will be available as needed to accommodate any future expansion of our operations.

Legal proceedings

From time to time, we may become involved in litigation or other legal proceedings arising in the ordinary course of business. We are not currently a party to any litigation or legal proceedings that, in the opinion of our management, are probable to have a material adverse effect on our business. Regardless of outcome, litigation can have an adverse impact on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects because of defense and settlement costs, diversion of management resources and other factors.

 

167


Table of Contents

Management

The following table sets forth information about our executive officers and directors as of the date of this prospectus.

 

     
Name    Age      Position(s)

Executive Officers

     

P. Kent Hawryluk

     55      President, Chief Executive Officer and Director

Salomon Azoulay, M.D.

     67      Chief Medical Officer

Richard Bartram

     43      Chief Financial Officer

Non-Employee Directors

     

Tiba Aynechi, Ph.D.

     48      Director

James M. Cornelius

     80      Director

Carl Gordon, Ph.D.

     59      Director

Patrick Heron

     54      Director

Edward T. Mathers

     64      Director

Ora Pescovitz, M.D.

     67      Director

Steven Ryder, M.D.

     73      Director

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

(1)   Member of the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee.

 

(2)   Member of the Compensation Committee.

 

(3)   Member of the Audit Committee.

The following is a biographical summary of the experience of our executive officers and directors. There are no family relationships among any of our executive officers or directors.

Executive officers

Kent Hawryluk is one of our co-founders and has served as our President and Chief Executive Officer since January 2020 and as a member of our board of directors since April 2019. Mr. Hawryluk has also served as a partner of Twilight Venture Partners, LLC, a private seed- and early-stage life science venture capital fund, since January 2003. Prior to joining MBX, Mr. Hawryluk was Co-Founder and Chief Business Officer of Avidity Biosciences, Inc. (Nasdaq: RNA), an RNA therapeutics company, from January 2013 to December 2019. Previously, he served as Co-Founder and Chief Executive Officer of MB2 LLC (subsequently acquired by Novo Nordisk Inc.), a clinical-stage company focused on diabetes and obesity, from May 2014 to March 2016. Mr. Hawryluk co-founded Marcadia Biotech Inc. (subsequently acquired by F. Hoffmann-La Roche AG) and served as its Chief Business Officer and Vice President, Business Development from January 2006 to April 2011. Mr. Hawryluk served as a director of Gemphire Therapeutics Inc. (Nasdaq: GEMP), a public clinical-stage cardiovascular drug company, from February 2015 to February 2019. Mr. Hawryluk holds a B.A. from Princeton University, an MBA from Kellogg School of Management at Northwestern University, and an M.S. in Biology from Purdue University. Our board of directors believes that Mr. Hawryluk is qualified to serve as a director because of his experience founding and developing biopharmaceutical companies and his extensive management experience in the biopharmaceutical industry.

Salomon (Sam) Azoulay, M.D., has served as our Chief Medical Officer since June 2024. Prior to joining MBX, Dr. Azoulay served as Consulting Chief Executive Officer of Nervosave Therapeutics from September 2023 to

 

168


Table of Contents

June 2024. Prior to that, Dr. Azoulay served as Chief Medical Officer at Sumitovant Biopharma Ltd., following Roivant Sciences Ltd.’s, or Roivant, strategic spin-out of multiple portfolio companies to create an independent subsidiary of Sumitomo Pharma Co. Ltd., from January 2021 to July 2023. Dr. Azoulay also previously served as Chief Medical Officer of Roivant from May 2018 to December 2020. Prior to Roivant, he served at Pfizer for nearly 20 years in positions of increasing responsibility, culminating in his position as Chief Medical Officer of Pfizer Essential Health from September 2013 to May 2018. Dr. Azoulay serves as an advisor to the board of directors of PharmStars. Dr. Azoulay earned his M.D., with a specialty in cardiology, from the University of Paris VI. He also holds a D.E.S.S. in Business Administration and Management from Sorbonne University.

Richard Bartram has served as our Chief Financial Officer since April 2022. Prior to joining MBX, Mr. Bartram served as Chief Financial Officer at Esperion Therapeutics, Inc., or Esperion, (Nasdaq: ESPR), a publicly-traded pharmaceutical company focused on the development and commercialization of therapies for patients with elevated LDL-C cholesterol, from January 2018 to April 2022. Mr. Bartram also served as Esperion’s Vice President, Finance, from January 2015 to January 2018, and as Esperion’s Controller from February 2013 to January 2015. Previously, Mr. Bartram served as a public accountant at PricewaterhouseCoopers, LLP in its assurance practice. Mr. Bartram earned both a M.S. in Accounting and a B.A. in Accounting from Michigan State University and is a licensed Certified Public Accountant in the state of Michigan.

Non-employee directors

Tiba Aynechi, Ph.D., has served on our board of directors since November 2022. She has served as a General Partner of Norwest Venture Partners’ healthcare team since December 2021 and previously, Dr. Aynechi served in various roles at Novo Holdings A/S, one of the top life sciences investment firms, from March 2010 to December 2021, most recently as senior partner. Dr. Aynechi currently serves on the boards of directors of Spruce Biosciences Inc. (Nasdaq: SPRB), Rezo Therapeutics Inc., Avalyn Pharma Inc., Engrail Therapeutics, Inc. and Ray Therapeutics, Inc. She previously served on various public and private boards of directors including iRhythm Technologies, Inc. (Nasdaq: IRTC) from May 2014 to April 2017, Mirum Pharmaceuticals, Inc. (Nasdaq: MIRM) from October 2018 to August 2021, Nkarta, Inc. (Nasdaq: NKTX) from August 2015 to June 2022, Aristea Therapeutics, Inc. from August 2018 to December 2021, Arcellx Inc., from July 2015 to November 2021, and MDLive Inc. from July 2018 to May 2021. Dr. Aynechi attended the University of California Irvine where she received a B.S. in Physics with a biomedical concentration. She also holds a Ph.D. in Biophysics from the University of California San Francisco, where she also did her Postdoctoral Fellowship. Dr. Aynechi is also a published author of scientific articles and book chapters in rational drug design. Our board of directors believes Dr. Aynechi is qualified to serve as a director because of her extensive experience in the biotechnology and pharmaceutical industries, including her expertise in handling a wide range of financing transactions.

James M. Cornelius has served on our board of directors since September 2020. Mr. Cornelius is an accomplished global biopharmaceutical leader as well as a recognized venture investor and philanthropist. Previously, he served as Chairman of the Board of Bristol Myers Squibb Co., or BMY, (NYSE: BMY) from February 2008 to May 2015, and as Chief Executive Officer from September 2006 to March 2010. Mr. Cornelius served as Chairman of the Board of Mead Johnson Nutrition (subsequently acquired by Reckitt Benckiser) from December 2009 to June 2017. Mr. Cornelius served as Board Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Guidant Corporation (subsequently acquired by Boston Scientific Corporation (NYSE: BSX)), from November 2005 to April 2006. Previously, he was executive Chairman of the Board of Guidant Corporation and its senior executive starting from September 1994 when the Company was formed within Eli Lilly and Co., or Eli Lilly, (NYSE: LLY). Mr. Cornelius was a member of Eli Lilly’s Board of Directors and its Chief Financial Officer from 1983 until 1995. In addition, he has served on the Board of Directors of a dozen private and public companies, including The Chubb Corporation, The DIRECTV Group and Given Imaging. Mr. Cornelius is currently Chairman of Cornelius Family Foundation and Cornelius Private Investments. He earned a B.A. magna cum laude and M.B.A. from Michigan State University. Our board of directors

 

169


Table of Contents

believes that Mr. Cornelius is qualified to serve as a director because of his extensive experience as a venture capitalist and his experience serving on multiple public boards.

Carl L. Gordon, Ph.D., CFA, has served on our board of directors since July 2020. He has served as a founding member, Managing Partner, and Co-Head of Global Private Equity at OrbiMed Advisors LLC, an investment firm, since 1998. Dr. Gordon currently serves on the boards of directors of Adicet Bio, Inc. (Nasdaq: ACET), ArriVent Biopharma Inc. (Nasdaq: AVBP), Compass Therapeutics, Inc. (Nasdaq: CMPX), Keros Therapeutics, Inc. (Nasdaq: KROS), and Terns Pharmaceuticals, Inc. (Nasdaq: TERN), as well as several private companies. Dr. Gordon previously served on the boards of Alector, Inc. (Nasdaq: ALEC), Gemini Therapeutics, Inc. (formerly Nasdaq: GMTX which merged with Disc Medicine, Inc.), Kinnate Biopharma Inc. (Nasdaq: KNTE), ORIC Pharmaceuticals, Inc. (Nasdaq: ORIC), Passage Bio, Inc. (Nasdaq: PASG), Prevail Therapeutics Inc. (formerly Nasdaq: PRVL which was acquired by Eli Lilly), SpringWorks Therapeutics, Inc. (Nasdaq: SWTX), Theseus Pharmaceuticals, Inc. (formerly Nasdaq: THRX which was acquired by Concentra Biosciences LLC), and Turning Point Therapeutics, Inc. (formerly Nasdaq: TPTX which was acquired by Bristol Myers Squibb Co.). Dr. Gordon received his B.A. in Chemistry from Harvard College, his Ph.D. in Molecular Biology from the Massachusetts Institute of Technology, and was a Fellow at The Rockefeller University. Our board of directors believes that Dr. Gordon is qualified to serve as a director because of his venture capital experience, expertise in the scientific field of molecular biology and financial credentials.

Patrick Heron has served on our board of directors since July 2020. He has been a Managing Partner of Frazier’s Life Sciences team since August 1999. Prior to that, Mr. Heron helped develop McKinsey & Company’s west coast biotechnology consulting practice. He currently serves on the boards of directors of HilleVax, Inc. (Nasdaq: HLVX) since September 2021 and Mirum Pharmaceuticals, Inc. (Nasdaq: MIRM) since November 2018, as well as chairman of the board of Arcutis Biotherapeutics, Inc. (Nasdaq: ARQT) since January 2017. Mr. Heron previously served as chairman of the board of Scout Bio, Inc. from January 2018 to December 2023, and as a director of SanReno Therapeutics from January 2022 to December 2023, Imago Biosciences, Inc. (acquired by Merck & Co., Inc). from October 2014 to May 2022, Vaxcyte, Inc. (Nasdaq: PCVX) from April 2017 to September 2021, Passage Bio, Inc. (Nasdaq: PASG) from July 2018 to June 2021 and Iterum Therapeutics plc (Nasdaq: ITRM) from August 2015 to March 2021. He has successfully partnered with entrepreneurs across a range of company types and stages, from early-stage drug discovery companies to $100M commercial-stage dermatology companies. He received his M.B.A. from Harvard Business School. He also holds a B.A. from the University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill, where he is a Phi Beta Kappa graduate and Morehead Scholar. Our board of directors believes that Mr. Heron is qualified to serve as a director because of his investment experience in the biopharmaceutical industry as well as his experience on numerous public and private company boards of directors.

Edward T. Mathers has served on our board of directors since July 2020. He has been a Partner at New Enterprise Associates, a venture capital firm, since August 2008. Mr. Mathers currently serves on the boards of directors of Rhythm Pharmaceuticals, Inc. (Nasdaq: RYTM), Inozyme Pharma, Inc. (Nasdaq: INZY), Synlogic, Inc. (Nasdaq: SYBX), Trevi Therapeutics, Inc. (Nasdaq: TRVI), Reneo Pharmaceuticals, Inc. (Nasdaq: PHM), and Senti Biosciences, Inc. (Nasdaq: XBIO), as well as a number of private life sciences companies. Mr. Mathers previously served on the board of directors of Mirum Pharmaceuticals, Inc. (Nasdaq: MIRM) from November 2019 to September 2022, Akouos, Inc. (Nasdaq: Formerly AKUS, acquired by Eli Lilly) from October 2017 to December 2022, Ra Pharmaceuticals, Inc. until its acquisition by UCB S.A. in April 2020 and Liquidia Corporation (Nasdaq: LQDA) until May 2019. Prior to joining New Enterprise Associates, Mr. Mathers served in various corporate development roles at MedImmune, Inc., a biotechnology company that was acquired by AstraZeneca PLC in 2007, culminating in the position of Executive Vice President, Corporate Development and Venture. In this role, he also led the company’s venture capital subsidiary, MedImmune Ventures, Inc. Prior to that, Mr. Mathers was Vice President, Marketing and Corporate Licensing and Acquisitions at Inhale Therapeutic Systems, Inc., a biopharmaceutical company, which is now known as Nektar Therapeutics, Inc. (Nasdaq: NKTR). Previously, for

 

170


Table of Contents

15 years, Mr. Mathers was at Glaxo Wellcome, Inc., where he held sales and marketing positions of increasing responsibility. Mr. Mathers received a B.S. in chemistry from North Carolina State University. Our board of directors believes that Mr. Mathers is qualified to serve as a director because of his senior executive roles in publicly traded life sciences companies, his extensive experience as a venture capitalist, and his service on the boards of directors of numerous biotechnology companies.

Ora Pescovitz, M.D., has served on our board of directors since April 2022. She has served as President of Oakland University since July 2017 and currently serves on the board of directors of Priority Health and Transformative AI Limited. Previously, Dr. Pescovitz served as Senior Vice President and U.S. Medical Leader for Lilly Biomedicines at Eli Lilly from October 2014 to June 2017. From April 2012 to February 2014, she served on the board of directors of Life Technologies Corporation (Nasdaq: Formerly LIFE, acquired by Thermo Fisher Scientific Inc. (NYSE: TMO)). From May 2009 to October 2014, she was the University of Michigan’s first female Executive Vice President for Medical Affairs and Health System Chief Executive Officer. Dr. Pescovitz is a nationally recognized pediatric endocrinologist and researcher who has published 180 papers and books, and received numerous awards for her research and teaching. Dr Pescovitz received her B.M.Sc. in the Honors Program in Medical Education at Northwestern University and earned her M.D. from the Northwestern University Feinberg School of Medicine, where she earned Distinguished Alumni Awards from both the Feinberg School of Medicine and Northwestern University. Dr. Pescovitz was elected to the National Academy of Medicine. Our board of directors believes that Dr. Pescovitz is qualified to serve as a director because of her extensive academic, business and medical experience in the health care fields and her service on non-profit boards.

Steven Ryder, M.D., has served on our board of directors since January 2024. Dr. Ryder has served as the Chief Medical Officer of Rallybio Corporation (Nasdaq: RLYB) since January 2019. Previously, Dr. Ryder was the Chief Development Officer at Alexion Pharmaceuticals, Inc. (Nasdaq: Formerly ALXN, acquired by AstraZeneca PLC) from July 2013 to December 2018 and was the founding President of Astellas Pharma Global Development, Inc. from April 2008 to April 2013. Dr. Ryder also worked at Pfizer Inc. (Nasdaq: PFE) for 21 years where he held positions of increasing responsibility, including senior vice president of Global Research and Development. He has also held board positions at Reata Pharmaceuticals, Inc. (Nasdaq: Formerly RETA, acquired by Biogen Inc. (Nasdaq: BIIB)) and Levo Therapeutics, Inc. Dr. Ryder earned his Doctor of Medicine from the Icahn School of Medicine at Mount Sinai. Our board of directors believes that Dr. Ryder is qualified to serve as a director because of his extensive drug development experience at biopharmaceutical companies.

Board composition

Our board of directors currently consists of eight directors, each of whom is a member pursuant to the board composition provisions of our current second amended and restated certificate of incorporation and agreements with our stockholders, which agreements are described in the section of this prospectus entitled “Certain relationships and related person transactions.” These board composition provisions will terminate upon the closing of this offering. Upon the termination of these provisions, there will be no further contractual obligations regarding the election of our directors. Our nomination and corporate governance committee and our board of directors may therefore consider a broad range of factors relating to the qualifications and background of nominees. Our nomination and corporate governance committee’s and our board of directors’ priority in selecting board members is identification of persons who will further the interests of our stockholders through their established record of professional accomplishment, the ability to contribute positively to the collaborative culture among board members, knowledge of our business, understanding of the competitive landscape, professional and personal experiences and expertise relevant to our growth strategy. Our directors hold office until their successors have been elected and qualified or until their earlier resignation or removal. Our fourth amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws

 

171


Table of Contents

that will become effective immediately prior to the closing of this offering and upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, respectively, also provide that our directors may be removed only for cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds of the votes that all our stockholders would be entitled to cast in an annual election of directors, and that any vacancy on our board of directors, including a vacancy resulting from an enlargement of our board of directors, may be filled only by vote of a majority of our directors then in office.

Staggered board

In accordance with the terms of our fourth amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws that will become effective immediately prior to the closing of this offering and upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, respectively, our board of directors will be divided into three staggered classes of directors and each director will be assigned to one of the three classes. At each annual meeting of the stockholders, one class of directors will be elected for a three-year term to succeed the directors of the same class whose terms are then expiring. The terms of the directors will expire upon the election and qualification of successor directors at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held during the years 2025 for Class I directors, 2026 for Class II directors and 2027 for Class III directors.

 

 

Our Class I directors will be    ;

 

Our Class II directors will be    ; and

 

Our Class III directors will be    .

Our fourth amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws will provide that the number of our directors shall be fixed from time to time by a resolution of the majority of our board of directors.

The division of our board of directors into three classes with staggered three-year terms may delay or prevent stockholder efforts to effect a change of our management or a change in control.

Director independence

We have applied to list our common stock on the Nasdaq Global Select Market under the symbol “MBX.” Under the Nasdaq listing rules, independent directors must comprise a majority of a listed company’s board of directors within twelve months from the date of listing. In addition, the Nasdaq listing rules require that, subject to specified exceptions, each member of a listed company’s audit, compensation and nominating and governance committees be independent within twelve months from the date of listing. Audit committee members must also satisfy additional independence criteria, including those set forth in Rule 10A-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, and compensation committee members must also satisfy the independence criteria set forth in Rule 10C-1 under the Exchange Act. Under Nasdaq listing rules, a director will only qualify as an “independent director” if, in the opinion of that company’s board of directors, that person does not have a relationship that would interfere with the exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director. In order to be considered independent for purposes of Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act, a member of an audit committee of a listed company may not, other than in his or her capacity as a member of the audit committee, the board of directors, or any other board committee: (i) accept, directly or indirectly, any consulting, advisory, or other compensatory fee from the listed company or any of its subsidiaries, other than compensation for board service; or (ii) be an affiliated person of the listed company or any of its subsidiaries. In order to be considered independent for purposes of Rule 10C-1, the board of directors must consider, for each member of a compensation committee of a listed company, all factors specifically relevant to determining whether a director has a relationship to such company which is material to that director’s ability to be independent from management in connection with the duties of a

 

172


Table of Contents

compensation committee member, including, but not limited to: the source of compensation of the director, including any consulting advisory or other compensatory fee paid by such company to the director, and whether the director is affiliated with the company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates.

In    2024, our board of directors undertook a review of the composition of our board of directors and its committees and the independence of each director. Based upon information requested from and provided by each director concerning his background, employment and affiliations, including family relationships, our board of directors has determined that all members of our board of directors, except P. Kent Hawryluk, are independent directors, including for purposes of Nasdaq and the SEC rules. In making that determination, our board of directors considered the relationships that each director has with us and all other facts and circumstances the board of directors deemed relevant in determining independence, including the potential deemed beneficial ownership of our capital stock by each director, including non-employee directors that are affiliated with certain of our major stockholders. Upon the completion of this offering, we expect that the composition and functioning of our board of directors and each of our committees will comply with all applicable requirements of Nasdaq and the rules and regulations of the SEC. There are no family relationships among any of our executive officers and directors.

We intend to adopt a policy, subject to and effective upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, that outlines a process for our securityholders to send communications to the board of directors.

Board committees

Our board of directors will establish an audit committee, a compensation committee and a nomination and corporate governance committee, each of which will operate pursuant to a charter to be adopted by our board of directors and will be effective upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. We believe that the composition and functioning of all of our committees will comply with the applicable requirements of Nasdaq, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and SEC rules and regulations that will be applicable to us. We intend to comply with future requirements to the extent they become applicable to us.

Following the consummation of this offering, the full text of our audit committee charter, compensation committee charter and nomination and corporate governance committee charter will be posted on the investor relations portion of our website at https://www.mbxbio.com. We do not incorporate the information contained on, or accessible through, our corporate website into this prospectus, and you should not consider it a part of this prospectus.

Audit committee

Upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, our audit committee will consist of      and will be chaired by    . The functions of the audit committee will include:

 

 

appointing, approving the compensation of, and assessing the independence of our independent registered public accounting firm;

 

 

pre-approving auditing and permissible non-audit services, and the terms of such services, to be provided by our independent registered public accounting firm;

 

 

reviewing the overall audit plan with our independent registered public accounting firm and members of management responsible for preparing our financial statements;

 

 

reviewing and discussing with management and our independent registered public accounting firm our annual and quarterly financial statements and related disclosures as well as critical accounting policies and practices used by us;

 

173


Table of Contents
 

coordinating the oversight and reviewing the adequacy of our internal control over financial reporting;

 

 

establishing policies and procedures for the receipt and retention of accounting-related complaints and concerns;

 

 

recommending based upon the audit committee’s review and discussions with management and our independent registered public accounting firm whether our audited financial statements shall be included in our Annual Report on Form 10-K;

 

 

monitoring the integrity of our financial statements and our compliance with legal and regulatory requirements as they relate to our financial statements and accounting matters;

 

 

preparing the audit committee report required by SEC rules to be included in our annual proxy statement;

 

 

reviewing all related person transactions for potential conflict of interest situations and approving all such transactions; and

 

 

reviewing quarterly earnings releases.

All members of our audit committee will meet the requirements for financial literacy under the applicable rules and regulations of the SEC and the Nasdaq listing rules. Our board of directors has determined that      qualifies as an “audit committee financial expert” within the meaning of applicable SEC regulations. In making this determination, our board of directors considered the nature and scope of experience that      has previously had with public reporting companies, including service as     . Our board of directors has determined that all of the directors that will become members of our audit committee upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part satisfy the relevant independence requirements for service on the audit committee set forth in the rules of the SEC and the Nasdaq listing rules. Both our independent registered public accounting firm and management will periodically meet privately with our audit committee.

Compensation committee

Upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, our compensation committee will consist of     , and will be chaired by    . The functions of the compensation committee will include:

 

 

annually reviewing and recommending to the board of directors the corporate goals and objectives relevant to the compensation of our Chief Executive Officer;

 

 

evaluating the performance of our Chief Executive Officer in light of such corporate goals and objectives and based on such evaluation (i) reviewing and determining the cash compensation of our Chief Executive Officer and (ii) reviewing and approving grants and awards to our Chief Executive Officer under equity-based plans;

 

 

reviewing and approving the compensation of our other executive officers;

 

 

reviewing and establishing our overall management compensation, philosophy and policy;

 

 

overseeing and administering our compensation and similar plans;

 

 

evaluating and assessing potential and current compensation advisors in accordance with the independence standards identified in the applicable Nasdaq listing rules;

 

 

reviewing and approving our policies and procedures for the grant of equity-based awards;

 

174


Table of Contents
 

reviewing and recommending to the board of directors the compensation of our directors;

 

 

preparing our compensation committee report if and when required by SEC rules;

 

 

reviewing and discussing annually with management our “Compensation Discussion and Analysis,” if and when required, to be included in our annual proxy statement; and

 

 

reviewing and approving the retention or termination of any consulting firm or outside advisor to assist in the evaluation of compensation matters.

Each member of our compensation committee will be a non-employee director, as defined in Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act, and an outside director, as defined pursuant to Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code.

Nominating and corporate governance committee

Upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, our nominating and corporate governance committee will consist of     and will be chaired by     . The functions of the nominating and corporate governance committee will include:

 

 

developing and recommending to the board of directors criteria for board and committee membership;

 

 

establishing procedures for identifying and evaluating board of director candidates, including nominees recommended by stockholders;

 

 

reviewing the composition of the board of directors to ensure that it is composed of members containing the appropriate skills and expertise to advise us;

 

 

identifying individuals qualified to become members of the board of directors;

 

 

recommending to the board of directors the persons to be nominated for election as directors and to each of the board’s committees;

 

 

developing and recommending to the board of directors a code of business conduct and ethics and a set of corporate governance guidelines; and

 

 

overseeing the evaluation of our board of directors and management.

Our board of directors may from time to time establish other committees.

Compensation committee interlocks and insider participation

None of the members of our compensation committee is, or has at any time during the prior three years been, one of our officers or employees. None of our executive officers currently serve, or have in the past fiscal year served, as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee of any entity that has one or more of its executive officers serving as a member of our board of directors or our compensation committee.

Code of business conduct and ethics

Our board of directors intends to adopt, subject to and effective upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics in connection with this offering. The Code of Business Conduct and Ethics will apply to all of our employees, officers (including our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer or controller, or persons performing similar functions), agents and representatives, including directors and consultants.

 

175


Table of Contents

We intend to disclose future amendments to certain provisions of our Code of Business Conduct and Ethics and our Code of Ethics on our website identified below. Upon the completion of this offering, the full text of our Code of Business Conduct and Ethics and our Code of Ethics will be posted on our website at https://www.mbxbio.com. The inclusion of our website address in this prospectus does not include or incorporate by reference the information on our website into this prospectus, and you should not consider that information a part of this prospectus.

Limitations on liability and indemnification agreements

As permitted by Delaware law, provisions in our fourth amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, which will become effective immediately prior to the closing of this offering and upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, respectively, limit or eliminate the personal liability of directors and officers for a breach of their fiduciary duty of care as a director or officer. The duty of care generally requires that, when acting on behalf of the corporation, a director and or officer exercise an informed business judgment based on all material information reasonably available to him or her. Consequently, a director or officer will not be personally liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages or breach of fiduciary duty as a director or officer, except for liability for:

 

 

any breach of the director or officer’s duty of loyalty to us or our stockholders;

 

 

any act or omission not in good faith or that involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

 

 

for our directors, unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases, or redemptions as provided in Section 174 of the DGCL;

 

 

for our officers, any derivative action by or in the right of the corporation; or

 

 

any transaction from which the director or officer derived an improper personal benefit.

These limitations of liability do not limit or eliminate our rights or any stockholder’s rights to seek non-monetary relief, such as injunctive relief or rescission. These provisions will not alter a director or officer’s liability under other laws, such as the federal securities laws or other state or federal laws. Our fourth amended and restated certificate of incorporation that will become effective upon the closing of this offering also authorizes us to indemnify our officers, directors and other agents to the fullest extent permitted under Delaware law.

As permitted by Delaware law, our amended and restated bylaws to be effective upon the effectiveness of the registration statement will provide that:

 

 

we will indemnify our directors, officers, employees and other agents to the fullest extent permitted by law;

 

 

we must advance expenses to our directors and officers, and may advance expenses to our employees and other agents, in connection with a legal proceeding to the fullest extent permitted by law; and

 

 

the rights provided in our amended and restated bylaws are not exclusive.

If Delaware law is amended to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of a director or officer, then the liability of our directors or officers will be so eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law, as so amended. Our amended and restated bylaws will also permit us to secure insurance on behalf of any officer, director, employee or other agent for any liability arising out of his or her actions in connection with their services to us, regardless of whether our amended and restated bylaws permit such indemnification. We have obtained such insurance.

 

176


Table of Contents

In addition to the indemnification that will be provided for in our fourth amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, we plan to enter into separate indemnification agreements with each of our directors and executive officers, which may be broader than the specific indemnification provisions contained in the Delaware General Corporation Law. These indemnification agreements may require us, among other things, to indemnify our directors and executive officers for some expenses, including attorneys’ fees, expenses, judgments, fines and settlement amounts incurred by a director or executive officer in any action or proceeding arising out of his service as one of our directors or executive officers or any other company or enterprise to which the person provides services at our request. We believe that these provisions and agreements are necessary to attract and retain qualified individuals to serve as directors and executive officers.

This description of the indemnification provisions of our fourth amended and restated certificate of incorporation, our amended and restated bylaws and our indemnification agreements is qualified in its entirety by reference to these documents, each of which is attached as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to our directors, officers and controlling persons pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, we have been advised that, in the opinion of the SEC, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act, and is, therefore, unenforceable.

There is no pending litigation or proceeding naming any of our directors or officers as to which indemnification is being sought, nor are we aware of any pending or threatened litigation that may result in claims for indemnification by any director or officer.

 

177


Table of Contents

Executive compensation

The following discussion contains forward looking statements that are based on our current plans, considerations, expectations and determinations regarding our future compensation programs. The actual amount and form of compensation and the compensation policies and practices that we adopt in the future may differ materially from currently planned programs as summarized in this discussion.

As an emerging growth company, we have opted to comply with the executive compensation disclosure

rules applicable to “smaller reporting companies,” as such term is defined in the rules promulgated under the

Securities Act. The compensation provided to our named executive officers for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2023 is detailed in the 2023 Summary Compensation Table, and accompanying footnotes and narrative that follow. Our named executive officers, or NEOs, for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2023 are:

 

 

Peter Kent Hawryluk, our President and Chief Executive Officer and

 

 

Richard Bartram, our Chief Financial Officer.

To date, the compensation of our named executive officers has consisted of a combination of base salary,

cash bonuses, and equity interests in the form of stock awards and option awards. Our named executive

officers, like all of our full-time employees, are eligible to participate in our health and welfare benefit plans

and 401(k) plan. As we transition from a private company to a publicly traded company, we intend to

evaluate our compensation values and philosophy and compensation plans and arrangements as

circumstances require.

2023 Summary compensation table

The following table shows the total compensation earned by, or paid to, our named executive officers for services rendered to us in all capacities during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2023.

 

           
Name and principal position    Year      Salary ($)      Option
awards(1) ($)
     Non-equity
incentive plan
compensation(2) ($)
     Total ($)  

Peter Kent Hawryluk

              

President and Chief Executive Officer

     2023        420,000        4,290,864        151,200        4,862,064  

Richard Bartram

              

Chief Financial Officer

     2023        425,000        473,106        153,000        1,051,106  

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)   The amounts reported in this column represent the aggregate grant date fair value of stock options granted to the named executive officers during 2023, as calculated in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board, or FASB, Accounting Standards Codification, or ASC, Topic 718. Such grant date value does not take into account any estimated forfeitures related to service-based vesting conditions. The assumptions used in the grant date fair value of the awards in this column are described in Note 12—Stock-Based Compensation to our financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. These awards are described in more detail under “Narrative Disclosure to Summary Compensation Table—Equity-Based Compensation” below.

 

(2)   The amounts reported represent annual bonuses under our annual cash bonus program based on achievement of company performance and individual performance during the year ended December 31, 2023. For more information on these bonuses, see description of the annual performance bonuses under the section titled “Narrative disclosure to summary compensation table—Annual cash bonuses” below.

Narrative disclosure to summary compensation table

2023 base salaries

Our named executive officers each receive a base salary to compensate them for services rendered to our Company. The base salary payable to each named executive officer is intended to provide a fixed component of compensation reflecting the executive’s skill set, experience, role, and responsibilities. Base salaries may be adjusted from time to time to realign salaries with market levels after taking into account individual responsibilities, performance, and experience.

 

178


Table of Contents

As of December 31, 2023, the annual base salary for Mr. Hawryluk and Mr. Bartram were $420,000 and $425,000, respectively.

2023 cash bonuses

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2023, each of the named executive officers was eligible to earn an annual cash bonus determined by our board of directors in its reasonable and sole discretion, based on the individual performance and achievement of certain corporate performance milestones, including clinical milestones, research and development goals, and business development and organizational goals.. The target annual bonus for each of our named executive officers for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2023 was equal to the percentage of the executive’s respective annual base salary specified below:

 

   
Name    Target bonus
percentage
 

Peter Kent Hawryluk

     40%  

Richard Bartram

     40%  

 

  

 

 

 

Equity-based compensation

Although we do not yet have a formal policy with respect to the grant of equity incentive awards to our executive officers, we believe that equity grants provide our executives with a strong link to our long-term performance, create an ownership culture and help to align the interests of our executives and our stockholders. In addition, we believe that equity grants promote executive retention because they incentivize our executive officers to remain in our employment during the vesting period. During the fiscal year ended December 31, 2023, we granted stock options to our named executed officers.

For additional information regarding outstanding equity awards held by our named executive officers as of December 31, 2023, see the “Outstanding equity awards at 2023 fiscal year end” table below.

Perquisites or personal benefits

We do not provide perquisites or personal benefits to our employees with an aggregate equal to or greater than $10,000.

401(k) plan

We maintain a retirement savings plan for our employees, or 401(k) plan, that is intended to qualify for favorable tax treatment under Section 401(a) of the Code, and contains a cash or deferred feature that is intended to meet the requirements of Section 401(k) of the Code. U.S. employees are generally eligible to participate in the 401(k) plan, subject to certain criteria. Participants may make pre-tax and certain after-tax (Roth) salary deferral contributions to the plan from their eligible earnings up to the statutorily prescribed annual limit under the Code. Participants who are 50 years of age or older may contribute additional amounts based on the statutory limits for catch-up contributions. Participant contributions are held in trust as required by law. We do not provide matching or discretionary contributions under the 401(k) Plan at this time.

 

179


Table of Contents

Outstanding equity awards at fiscal 2023 year end

The following table lists all outstanding equity awards held by our named executive officers as of December 31, 2023

 

       
            Option awards(1)      Stock awards  
Name    Vesting
commencement
date
     Number of
securities
underlying
unexercised
options (#)
exercisable
    Number of
securities
underlying
unexercised
options (#)
unexercisable
   

Option

exercise
price ($)

     Option
expiration
date
     Number of
shares or
units of
stock that
have not
vested (#)
    Market
value of
shares or
units of
stock that
have not
vested
($)(2)
 

 

 

Peter Kent Hawryluk

     8/15/2023        8,636,580 (3)            0.65        8/14/2033               
     11/7/2022        3,757,720 (4)            0.27        11/6/2032        440,618 (4)   
     11/12/2021                          179,688 (5)   
     7/8/2020                          135,326 (5)   

Richard Bartram

     8/15/2023        952,260 (6)            0.65        8/14/2033               
     11/7/2022        634,840 (7)            0.27        11/6/2032               
     4/11/2022        1,125,000 (8)            0.25        4/19/2032               

 

 

 

(1)   Each stock option award is subject to the terms of our 2019 Stock Option and Grant Plan, as amended, or the 2019 Plan. Each stock option is subject to acceleration in the event of a sale event (as defined in the 2019 Plan), subject to the named executive officer’s service relationship with the Company at the time of the sale event, as described below under “Executive compensation arrangements—Employment arrangements in place prior to the offering for named executive officers.”

 

(2)   Represents the fair market value of a share of our common stock as of December 31, 2023. The fair market value is based on the assumed initial public offering price of $    , per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus.

 

(3)   The shares subject to this stock option are early exercisable, subject to a right of repurchase that lapses as the shares vest. All the shares subject to this option vest in 48 equal monthly installments following the vesting commencement date, in each case, subject to Mr. Hawryluk’s continuous service relationship with the Company through each applicable vesting date. As of December 31, 2023, 719,715 shares of common stock underlying this option had vested, with an unvested balance of 7,916,865 shares.

 

(4)   All of the 5,757,720 shares originally subject to this option were exercisable as of the date of grant, subject to a right of repurchase that lapses as the shares vest, and Mr. Hawryluk exercised 2,000,000 shares. All the shares subject to this option vest in 48 equal monthly installments following the vesting commencement date, in each case, subject to Mr. Hawryluk’s continuous service relationship with the Company through each applicable vesting date. As of December 31, 2023, (i) Mr. Hawryluk has exercised 2,000,000 shares subject to the option, of which 440,618 shares remain unvested and (ii) all 3,757,720 unexercised were unvested.

 

(5)   Represents shares of restricted stock acquired upon the early exercise of a stock option, subject to a right of repurchase that lapses as the shares vest. Such shares vest in 48 equal monthly installments following the vesting commencement date, in each case, subject to Mr. Hawryluk’s continuous service relationship with the Company through each applicable vesting date.

 

(6)   The shares subject to this stock option are early exercisable, subject to a right of repurchase that lapses as the shares vest. All the shares subject to this option vest in 48 equal monthly installments following the vesting commencement date, in each case, subject to Mr. Bartram’s continuous service relationship with the Company through each applicable vesting date. As of December 31, 2023, 79,355 shares of common stock underlying this option had vested, with an unvested balance of 872,905 shares.

 

(7)   The shares subject to this stock option are early exercisable, subject to a right of repurchase that lapses as the shares vest. 25% of the shares subject to the stock option vested on the first anniversary following the vesting commencement date, and the remaining 75% of the shares subject to the stock option vest in 36 equal monthly installments thereafter, subject to Mr. Bartram’s continuous service relationship with the Company through each applicable vesting date. As of December 31, 2023, 171,935 shares of common stock underlying this option had vested, with an unvested balance of 462,905 shares.

 

(8)   The shares subject to this stock option are early exercisable, subject to a right of repurchase that lapses as the shares vest. 25% of the shares subject to the stock option vested on the first anniversary following the vesting commencement date, and the remaining 75% of the shares subject to the stock option vest in 36 equal monthly installments thereafter, subject to Mr. Bartram’s continuous service relationship with the Company through each applicable vesting date. As of December 31, 2023, 468,750 shares of common stock underlying this option had vested, with an unvested balance of 656,250 shares.

 

180


Table of Contents

Executive compensation arrangements

We have entered into executive employment agreements with each of our named executive officers. Each employment agreement provides for “at-will” employment and the compensation and benefits described below. In connection with this offering, we intend to enter into a new employment agreement with our named executive officers that will be effective as of the closing of this offering.

Employment arrangements in place prior to the offering for named executive officers

Peter Kent Hawryluk

On July 8, 2020, we entered into an executive employment agreement with Mr. Hawryluk, or the Hawryluk Employment Agreement, for the position of President and Chief Executive Officer. The Hawryluk Employment Agreement provides for Mr. Hawryluk’s at-will employment. Mr. Hawryluk’s current annual base salary is $460,000, and he is eligible to receive an annual discretionary bonus with an annual target amount of 40% of his current annual base salary. Mr. Hawryluk is eligible to participate in the employee benefit plans available to our employees, subject to the terms of such plans.

Upon a termination of Mr. Hawryluk’s employment by us without Cause (other than due to death or in connection with a bankruptcy, assignment for the benefit of creditors or winding up of the Company) or by Mr. Hawryluk for Good Reason, each, as such terms are defined in the Hawryluk Employment Agreement and collectively, a Qualifying Termination, at any time, subject to (i) signing a general release of claims in favor of the Company and (ii) not breaching any of the post-employment covenants and contractual obligations to the Company, collectively, the Severance Conditions, Mr. Hawryluk shall be entitled to receive (A) continued payment of his then-current base salary for a period of twelve (12) months following termination, (B) accelerated vesting of the unvested portion of any outstanding time-based equity award in an amount equal to the amount that would have vested had Mr. Hawryluk remained employed with us through the twelve (12) month anniversary following the date of termination, and (C) if Mr. Hawryluk was participating in the Company’s group health plan immediately prior to the termination date and timely elects continuation coverage under COBRA, a monthly payment equal to the monthly employer contribution that the Company would have made to provide health insurance to Mr. Hawryluk had Mr. Hawryluk remained employed by us, or the Hawryluk COBRA Premium, until the earliest of (a) the twelve (12) month anniversary following the date of termination; (b) Mr. Hawryluk’s eligibility for group health plan benefits under any other employer’s group health plan; or (c) the cessation of Mr. Hawryluk’s continuation rights under COBRA; provided, however, if the Company determines that the Hawryluk COBRA Premium would result in a violation of applicable law, then the Hawryluk COBRA Premium shall be converted into a taxable cash payment and will be paid on a monthly basis to Mr. Hawryluk during the same period set forth in (a)-(b), provided that such cash payment will be grossed up by the Company in an amount that results in Mr. Hawryluk receiving, after reductions for tax withholdings, the full Hawryluk COBRA Premium for such period before any reductions for tax withholding.

The Hawryluk Employment Agreement also provides that, upon a sale event (as defined in the 2019 Plan), provided Mr. Hawryluk remains employed by the Company as of the closing date of the sale event, 100% of all outstanding equity awards held by Mr. Hawryluk will be fully accelerated and vested on such date.

The Hawryluk Employment Agreement further provides that, in the event the amount of any compensation by the Company to or for the benefit of Mr. Hawryluk under the Hawryluk Employment Agreement would be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code, then such compensation shall be reduced (but not below zero) so that the sum of the compensation shall be $1.00 less than the amount at which the NEO becomes subject to the excise tax imposed under Section 4999 of the Code; provided that such reduction shall only occur if such reduction would result in a higher net after-tax benefit to Mr. Hawryluk.

 

181


Table of Contents

Mr. Hawryluk has entered into an Employee Confidentiality, Assignment, and Noncompetition Agreement that contains various restrictive covenants, including confidentiality and nonsolicitation.

Richard Bartram

On March 16, 2022, we entered into an executive employment agreement with Mr. Bartram, or the Bartram Employment Agreement, for the position of Chief Financial Officer. The Bartram Employment Agreement provides for Mr. Bartram’s at-will employment. Mr. Bartram’s current annual base salary is $442,000, and he is eligible to receive an annual discretionary bonus with an annual target amount of 40% of his current annual base salary. Mr. Bartram is eligible to participate in the employee benefit plans available to our employees, subject to the terms of such plans.

Upon a Qualifying Termination (which, in the case of Mr. Bartram, shall not include a termination due to disability) not in connection with a sale event, and subject to the Severance Conditions, Mr. Bartram shall be entitled to receive the following severance benefits, collectively, the Bartram Severance Benefits: (A) continued payment of his then-current base salary for a period of twelve (12) months following termination, (B) accelerated vesting of the unvested portion of any outstanding time-based equity award in an amount equal to the amount that would have vested had Mr. Bartram remained employed with us through the twelve (12) month anniversary following the date of termination, and (C) if Mr. Bartram was participating in the Company’s group health plan immediately prior to the termination date and timely elects continuation coverage under COBRA, a monthly payment equal to the monthly employer contribution that the Company would have made to provide health insurance to Mr. Bartram had Mr. Bartram remained employed by us, or the Bartram COBRA Premium, until the earliest of (i) the twelve (12) month anniversary following the date of termination; (ii) Mr. Bartram’s eligibility for group health plan benefits under any other employer’s group health plan; or (iii) the cessation of Mr. Bartram’s continuation rights under COBRA; provided, however, if the Company determines that the Bartram COBRA Premium would result in a violation of applicable law, then the Bartram COBRA Premium shall be converted into a taxable cash payment and will be paid on a monthly basis to Mr. Bartram during the same period set forth in (i)-(ii), provided that such cash payment will be grossed up by the Company in an amount that results in Mr. Bartram receiving, after reductions for tax withholdings, the full Bartram COBRA Premium for such period before any reductions for tax withholding.

In addition to the Bartram Severance Benefits, upon a Qualifying Termination (which, in the case of Mr. Bartram, shall not include a termination due to disability) on, or within six (6) months following, a sale event, subject to the Severance Conditions, Mr. Bartram shall be entitled to receive a payment equal to 100% of the annual performance bonus for the year in which the termination occurs, payable in twelve (12) monthly installments following the date of termination.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth above, the Bartram Employment Agreement also provides that, upon a sale event, provided Mr. Bartram remains employed by the Company as of the closing date of the sale event, 100% of all outstanding equity awards held by Mr. Bartram will be fully accelerated and vested on such date.

The Bartram Employment Agreement further provides that, in the event the amount of any compensation by the Company to or for the benefit of Mr. Bartram under the Bartram Employment Agreement would be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code, then such compensation shall be reduced (but not below zero) so that the sum of the compensation shall be $1.00 less than the amount at which the NEO becomes subject to the excise tax imposed under Section 4999 of the Code; provided that such reduction shall only occur if such reduction would result in a higher net after-tax benefit to Mr. Bartram.

Mr. Bartram has entered into an Employee Confidentiality, Assignment, and Noncompetition Agreement that contains various restrictive covenants, including confidentiality and nonsolicitation.

 

182


Table of Contents

Employee benefit and equity compensation plans

2019 Stock option and grant plan

The 2019 Plan was adopted by our board of directors and approved by our stockholders on April 9, 2019. The 2019 Plan will continue to govern outstanding equity awards granted thereunder. As of June 30, 2024, options to purchase 34,436,621 shares of our common stock at a weighted-average exercise price of $0.56 per share and 3,048,989 shares of our common stock remained available for future issuance under the 2019 Plan. On August 2, 2024, our board of directors authorized the increase of the number of shares that may be issued under the 2019 Plan to 53,820,428 shares. Following this offering, we will not grant any further awards under our 2019 Plan, but all outstanding awards under the 2019 Plan will continue to be governed by their existing terms.

The shares of common stock underlying any awards under the 2019 Plan that are forfeited, canceled, reacquired by the Company prior to vesting, satisfied without the issuance of stock or otherwise terminated (other than by exercise) and shares withheld upon exercise of an option or settlement of an award to cover the exercise price or tax withholding, are currently added back to the shares of common stock available for issuance under the 2019 Plan. Following this offering, such shares will be added to the shares of common stock available for issuance under the 2024 Plan.

Our board of directors and our compensation committee have acted as administrators of the 2019 Plan. The administrator has the full power to select, from among the individuals eligible for awards, the individuals to whom awards will be granted and the number of shares subject to such awards, to determine the time or times of grant, and the amount, any award, to accelerate at any time the exercisability or vesting of any award and to determine the specific terms and conditions of each award, subject to the provisions of the 2019 Plan. Persons eligible to participate in the 2019 Plan are officers, employees, non-employee directors, consultants and key persons as selected from time to time by the administrator in its discretion.

The 2019 Plan permits the granting of nonqualified stock options and options intended to qualify as incentive stock options under Section 422 of the Code. The per share exercise price of each option is determined by our board of directors but may not be less than 100% of the fair market value of the common stock on the date of grant. The term of each option is fixed by the administrator but may not exceed 10 years from the date of grant. The administrator determines at what time or times each option may be exercised.

In addition, the 2019 Plan permits the granting of restricted shares of common stock, unrestricted stock awards and restricted stock units.

The 2019 Plan provides that in the case of and subject to the consummation of a sale event, the 2019 Plan and all outstanding stock options issued thereunder shall terminate upon the effective time of any such sale event unless assumed, substituted, or continued by the successor entity. In the event of a termination of the 2019 Plan and all stock options issued thereunder, each holder of stock options shall be permitted, within a period of time prior to the consummation of the sale event, to exercise all such stock options which are then exercisable or will become exercisable as of the effective time of the sale event. In addition, the administrator may provide for a cash payment to the holders of stock options for each stock option award canceled in the sale event.

With respect to restricted stock awards or restricted stock units, in the case of and subject to the consummation of a sale event, all such awards shall be forfeited immediately prior to the effective time of the sale event unless assumed, substituted, or continued by the successor entity. In the event of a forfeiture of restricted stock awards, all such awards shall be repurchased from the holder at a price per share equal to the original purchase price paid by the holder. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, the Company may provide for a cash payment to the holders of restricted stock or restricted stock units, without the consent of such holders, in exchange for the cancellation of such awards.

 

183


Table of Contents

Upon the occurrence of any reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification, stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split or other similar change in common stock, the administrator will equitably adjust the outstanding awards, which may include adjustments to the number and type of securities subject to such outstanding award and/or the exercise price or grant price, thereof.

Unless otherwise determined by the administrator, awards may generally not be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged or otherwise encumbered by the person to whom they are granted, either voluntarily or by operation of law, except by will or the laws of descent and distribution.

The board of directors may amend, suspend or terminate the 2019 Plan at any time, subject to stockholder approval where such approval is required by applicable law. The administrator of the 2019 Plan may also amend, modify or cancel any outstanding award, provided that no amendment to an award may materially and adversely affect a participant’s rights without his or her consent. In addition, the administrator may exercise its discretion to reduce the exercise price of outstanding stock options or effect repricing through cancellation of outstanding stock options and by granting such holders new awards in replacement of the cancelled Stock Options.

No awards may be granted under the 2019 Plan upon the earlier of 10 years from the date on which the 2019 Plan was initially adopted by our board of directors or 10 years from the date the 2019 Plan was initially approved by our stockholders. Our board of directors has determined not to make any further awards under the 2019 Plan following the closing of this offering.

2024 Stock option and incentive plan

Our 2024 Plan was adopted by our board of directors on,    , 2024, approved by our stockholders on    , 2024 and will become effective upon the date immediately preceding the date on which the registration statement of which this prospectus is part is declared effective by the SEC. The 2024 Plan will replace the 2019 Plan as our board of directors has determined not to make additional awards under the 2019 Plan following the closing of our initial public offering. However, the 2019 Plan will continue to govern outstanding equity awards granted thereunder. The 2024 Plan allows us to make equity-based and cash-based incentive awards to our officers, employees, directors and consultants.

We have initially reserved    shares of our common stock for the issuance of awards under the 2024 Plan, or the Initial Limit. The 2024 Plan provides that the number of shares reserved and available for issuance under the 2024 Plan will automatically increase on January 1, 2025 and each January 1 thereafter, by     percent of the outstanding number of shares of our common stock on the immediately preceding December 31 or such lesser number of shares as determined by our compensation committee, or the Annual Increase. The number of shares reserved under the 2024 Plan is subject to adjustment in the event of a stock split, stock dividend or other change in our capitalization.

The shares we issue under the 2024 Plan will be authorized but unissued shares or shares that we reacquire. The shares of common stock underlying any awards under the 2024 Plan and the 2019 Plan that are forfeited, cancelled, held back upon exercise or settlement of an award to satisfy the exercise price or tax withholding, reacquired by us prior to vesting, satisfied without the issuance of stock, expire or are otherwise terminated (other than by exercise) will be added back to the shares of common stock available for issuance under the 2024 Plan.

The maximum number of shares of common stock that may be issued in the form of incentive stock options shall not exceed the Initial Limit, cumulatively increased on January 1, 2025 and on each January 1 thereafter by the lesser of the Annual Increase for such year or    shares of common stock.

The grant date fair value of all awards made under our 2024 Plan and all other cash compensation paid by us to any non-employee director in any calendar year for services as a non-employee director shall not exceed

 

184


Table of Contents

$    ; provided, however, that such amount shall be $     for the calendar year in which the applicable non-employee director is initially elected or appointed to the board of directors.

The 2024 Plan will be administered by our compensation committee. Our compensation committee has the full power to select, from among the individuals eligible for awards, the individuals to whom awards will be granted and the number of shares subject to such awards, to make any combination of awards to participants, to accelerate at any time the exercisability or vesting of any award and to determine the specific terms and conditions of each award, subject to the provisions of the 2024 Plan. Persons eligible to participate in the 2024 Plan will be those full or part-time officers, employees, non-employee directors and consultants as selected from time to time by our compensation committee in its discretion.

The 2024 Plan permits the granting of both options to purchase common stock intended to qualify as incentive stock options under Section 422 of the Code and options that do not so qualify. The option exercise price of each option will be determined by our compensation committee but generally may not be less than 100 percent of the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant unless the option (i) is granted pursuant to a transaction described in, and in a manner consistent with Section 424(a) of the Code, (ii) is granted to an individual who is not subject to U.S. income tax or (iii) complies with Section 409A of the Code. The term of each option will be fixed by our compensation committee and may not exceed 10 years from the date of grant. Our compensation committee will determine at what time or times each option may be exercised.

Our compensation committee may award stock appreciation rights under the 2024 Plan subject to such conditions and restrictions as it may determine. Stock appreciation rights entitle the recipient to shares of common stock, or cash, equal to the value of the appreciation in our stock price over the exercise price. The exercise price of each stock appreciation right will be determined by our compensation committee but generally may not be less than 100 percent of the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant unless the stock appreciation right (i) is granted pursuant to a transaction described in, and in a manner consistent with Section 424(a) of the Code, (ii) is granted to an individual who is not subject to U.S. income tax or (iii) complies with Section 409A of the Code. The term of each stock appreciation right will be fixed by our compensation committee and may not exceed 10 years from the date of grant. Our compensation committee will determine at what time or times each stock appreciation right may be exercised.

Our compensation committee may award restricted shares of common stock and restricted stock units to participants subject to such conditions and restrictions as it may determine. These conditions and restrictions may include the achievement of certain performance goals and/or continued employment with us through a specified vesting period. Our compensation committee may also grant shares of common stock that are free from any restrictions under the 2024 Plan. Unrestricted stock may be granted to participants in recognition of past services or for other valid consideration and may be issued in lieu of cash compensation due to such participant.

Our compensation committee may grant dividend equivalent rights to participants that entitle the recipient to receive credits for dividends that would be paid if the recipient had held a specified number of shares of common stock.

Our compensation committee may grant cash bonuses under the 2024 Plan to participants, subject to the achievement of certain performance goals.

The 2024 Plan provides that upon the effectiveness of a “sale event,” as defined in the 2024 Plan, an acquirer or successor entity may assume, continue or substitute outstanding awards under the 2024 Plan. To the extent that awards granted under the 2024 Plan are not assumed or continued or substituted by the successor entity, upon the effective time of the sale event, such awards shall terminate. In the event of such termination, (i) individuals holding options and stock appreciation rights will be permitted to exercise such options and stock

 

185


Table of Contents

appreciation rights (to the extent exercisable) within a specified period of time prior to the sale event or (ii) we may make or provide for a payment, in cash or in kind, to participants holding vested and exercisable options and stock appreciation rights equal (A) the difference between the per share cash consideration payable to stockholders in the sale event and the per share exercise price of the options or stock appreciation rights, multiplied by (B) the number of shares subject to such outstanding vested and exercisable options and stock appreciation rights (to the extent exercisable at prices not in excess of the per share cash consideration), and we may make or provide for a payment, in cash or in kind, to participants holding other vested awards equal to the per share cash consideration multiplied by the number of vested shares underlying such awards.

Our board of directors may amend or discontinue the 2024 Plan and our compensation committee may amend or cancel outstanding awards for purposes of satisfying changes in law or any other lawful purpose, but no such action may adversely affect rights under an award without the holder’s consent. Certain amendments to the 2024 Plan require the approval of our stockholders. The administrator of the 2024 Plan is specifically authorized to exercise its discretion to reduce the exercise price of outstanding stock options and stock appreciation rights or effect the repricing of such awards through cancellation and re-grants without stockholder consent. No awards may be granted under the 2024 Plan after the date that is 10 years from the effective date of the 2024 Plan. No awards under the 2024 Plan have been made prior to the date of this prospectus.

2024 Employee stock purchase plan

Our ESPP was adopted by our board of directors on    , 2024, approved by our stockholders on    , 2024 and will become effective on the date immediately preceding the date on which the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part is declared effective by the SEC. The ESPP is intended to qualify as an “employee stock purchase plan” within the meaning of Section 423 of the Code. The ESPP initially reserves and authorizes the issuance of up to a total of    shares of our common stock to participating employees. The ESPP provides that the number of shares reserved and available for issuance will automatically increase on January 1, 2025 and each January 1 thereafter through January 1, 2034, by the least of (i)    shares of common stock, (ii)  percent of the outstanding number of shares of common stock on the immediately preceding December 31, or (iii) such lesser number of shares of common stock as determined by the administrator of the ESPP. The number of shares reserved under the ESPP is subject to adjustment in the event of a stock split, stock dividend or other change in our capitalization.

All employees employed by us or any designated subsidiary as of the first day of an offering are eligible to participate; provided that the administrator of the ESPP may determine that employees must satisfy one or more of the following service requirements before participating in the ESPP: (1) customary employment with us for more than 20 hours per week and 5 or more months per calendar year, (2) continuous employment with us for a minimum period of time, not to exceed two years, prior to the first date of an offering or (3) such other criteria as the administrator of the ESPP may determine consistent with the requirements of section 423 of the Code. However, any employee who owns 5 percent or more of the total combined voting power or value of all classes of our stock will not be eligible to purchase shares of common stock under the ESPP.

We may make one or more offerings each year to our employees to purchase shares under the ESPP, consisting of one or more purchase periods. Each eligible employee may elect to participate in any offering by submitting an enrollment form at least 15 business days before the applicable offering date

Each employee who is a participant in the ESPP may purchase shares of our common stock by authorizing payroll deductions of up to  percent of his or her eligible compensation during an offering period. Unless the participating employee has previously withdrawn from the offering, his or her accumulated payroll deductions will be used to purchase shares of our common stock on the last business day of the offering period at a price equal to 85 percent of the fair market value of the shares of our common stock on the first business

 

186


Table of Contents

day of the offering period or the last business day of the purchase period, whichever is lower, provided that no more than a number of shares of common stock determined by dividing $25,000 by the fair market value of our common stock on the offering date of the offering (or such other number as established by the administrator in advance of the offering period) may be purchased by any one employee during each offering period. Under applicable tax rules, an employee may purchase no more than $25,000 worth of shares of our common stock, valued at the start of the purchase period, under the ESPP in any calendar year.

The accumulated payroll deductions of any employee who is not a participant on the last day of an offering period will be refunded. An employee’s rights under the ESPP terminate upon voluntary withdrawal from the plan or when the employee ceases employment with us for any reason.

The ESPP may be terminated or amended by our board of directors at any time. An amendment that increases the number of shares of our common stock authorized under the ESPP and certain other amendments require the approval of our stockholders.

Senior executive cash incentive bonus plan

On    , 2024 our board of directors adopted the Senior Executive Cash Incentive Bonus Plan, or the Bonus Plan. The Bonus Plan provides for annual cash bonus payments based upon the attainment of Company and individual performance targets established by our compensation committee. The payment targets will be related to financial and operational measures or objectives with respect to our Company, or the Corporate Performance Goals, as well as individual performance objectives.

Our compensation committee may select Corporate Performance Goals from among the following: research, pre-clinical, non-clinical, developmental, publication, clinical or regulatory milestones; scientific or technological advances; R&D capabilities; cash flow (including, but not limited to, operating cash flow and free cash flow); revenue; corporate revenue; earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, and amortization; net income (loss) (either before or after interest, taxes, depreciation, and/or amortization); changes in the market price of our common stock; economic value-added; acquisitions or strategic transactions, including collaborations, joint ventures, or promotion arrangements; operating income (loss); return on capital assets, equity, or investment; stockholder returns; sales; net sales; return on sales; gross or net profit levels; productivity; expense efficiency; margins; operating efficiency; customer satisfaction; working capital; earnings (loss) per share of our common stock; bookings, new bookings, or renewals; sales or market shares; number of customers, number of new customers, or customer references; operating income and/or net annual recurring revenue; or any other performance goal as selected by the compensation committee, any of which may be measured in absolute terms, as compared to any incremental increase, in terms of growth, as compared to results of a peer group, against the market as a whole, compared to applicable market indices, and/or measured on a pre-tax or post-tax basis.

Each executive officer who is selected to participate in the Bonus Plan will have a target bonus opportunity set for each performance period. The bonus formulas will be adopted in each performance period by the compensation committee and communicated to each executive. The Corporate Performance Goals will be measured at the end of each performance period after our financial reports have been published or such other appropriate time as the compensation committee determines. If the Corporate Performance Goals and individual performance objectives are met, payments will be made as soon as practicable following the end of each performance period, but no later than 74 days after the end of the fiscal year in which such performance period ends. Subject to the rights contained in any agreement between the executive officer and us, an executive officer must be employed by us on the bonus payment date to be eligible to receive a bonus payment. The Bonus Plan also permits the compensation committee to approve additional bonuses to executive officers in its sole discretion.

 

187


Table of Contents

Director compensation

2023 director compensation table

The following table presents the total compensation paid by the Company to non-employee members of our board of directors during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2023. We did not pay any compensation or issue any equity awards or non-equity awards to any of the members of our board of directors in 2023 for their services as members of the board of directors. In addition, Mr. Hawryluk, our President and Chief Executive Officer, does not receive any compensation from the Company for his service on our board of directors. See the section titled “Executive compensation”, above, for more information on the compensation paid to or earned by Mr. Hawryluk as an employee for year ended December 31, 2023.

 

         
Name (1)    Fees
Earned or
Paid in
Cash ($)
     Option
Awards($)
     All Other
Compensation ($)
     Total ($)  

Tiba Aynechi

                           

James Cornelius (2)

                           

Richard DiMarchi (3)

                           

Carl Gordon

                           

Patrick Heron

                           

Ed Mathers

                           

Ora Pescovitz (4)

                           

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)   No grants of equity awards or any other compensation were made to any directors in 2023.

 

(2)   As of December 31, 2023, Mr. Cornelius held outstanding options to purchase an aggregate of 200,000 shares of our common stock.

 

(3)   As of December 31, 2023, Mr. DiMarchi held (i) outstanding options to purchase 1,706,860 shares of our common stock, and (ii) 115,994 shares of restricted stock. Effective January 1, 2023, we entered into a consulting agreement with Mr. DiMarchi, or the DiMarchi Consulting Agreement, pursuant to which Mr. DiMarchi is entitled to continue to vest in the outstanding equity awards held by him as of January 1, 2023, subject to the terms and conditions of the existing equity award agreements (including the condition the Mr. DiMarchi continues to be in a service relationship with us on each vesting date). In addition, the DiMarchi Consulting Agreement provides that, upon the achievement of specified milestones, subject to and contingent upon approval by our board of directors, Mr. DiMarchi will be granted an option to purchase 900,000 shares of our common stock. The DiMarchi Consulting Agreement was subsequently amended on January 17, 2024 to provide that such milestones were successfully achieved, and on January 31, 2024 our board of directors approved an option to Mr. DiMarchi to purchase 900,000 shares of our common stock, which was fully vested as of the grant date.

 

(4)   As of December 31, 2023, Ms. Pescovitz held 58,334 shares of restricted stock.

In addition, we have reimbursed and will continue to reimburse all of our non-employee directors for their reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in attending board of directors and committee meetings.

Non-employee director compensation policy

In connection with this offering, we intend to adopt a new non-employee director compensation policy that will become effective as of the completion of this offering and will be designed to enable us to attract and retain, on a long term basis, highly qualified non-employee directors.

Under the policy, our non-employee directors will be eligible to receive cash retainers (which will be payable quarterly in arrears and prorated for partial years of service) and equity awards as set forth below:

 

Annual Retainer for Board Membership

$     for general availability and participation in meetings and conference calls of our Board of Directors

 

188


Table of Contents

Additional Annual Retainer for Committee Membership

Audit Committee Chairperson: $

Audit Committee member (other than Chairperson): $

Compensation Committee Chairperson: $

Compensation Committee member (other than Chairperson): $

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee Chairperson: $

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee member (other than Chairperson): $

Science & Technology Committee Chairperson: $

Science & Technology Committee member (other than Chairperson): $

In addition, our policy will provide that, upon initial election or appointment to our board of directors, each new non-employee director will be granted a one-time grant of a non-statutory stock option to purchase     on the date of such director’s election or appointment to the board of directors, or the Director Initial Grant. The Director Initial Grant will vest    , subject to the non-employee director’s continued services to the us. On the date of each annual meeting of stockholders of our company following the completion of this offering, each non-employee director who will continue as a non-employee director following such meeting will be granted an annual award of a non-statutory stock option to purchase      . The Director Annual Grant will vest in full on the earlier of the one-year anniversary of the grant date or on the date of our next annual meeting of stockholders, subject to the non-employee director’s continued services to the us. If a new non-employee director joins our Board on a date other than the date of the Company’s annual meeting of stockholders, then such non-employee director will be granted a pro-rata portion of the Director Annual Grant based on the time between such non-employee director’s appointment and such next annual meeting of stockholders on the first eligible grant date following such non-employee director’s appointment to our board of directors. Such awards are subject to full acceleration vesting upon the sale of our company.

The aggregate amount of compensation, including both equity compensation and cash compensation, paid to any non-employee director for service as a non-employee director in a calendar year period will not exceed $    in the first calendar year such individual becomes a non-employee director and $    in any other calendar year.

We will reimburse all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by directors for their attendance at meetings of our board of directors or any committee thereof.

Employee directors will receive no additional compensation for their service as a director.

 

189


Table of Contents

Certain relationships and related person transactions

The following is a description of transactions or series of transactions since January 1, 2021, to which we were or will be a party, in which:

 

 

the amount involved in the transaction exceeds, or will exceed, the lesser of (i) $120,000 or (ii) one percent of the average of our total assets at year-end for the last two completed fiscal years; and

 

 

in which any of our executive officers, directors or holder of five percent or more of any class of our capital stock, including their immediate family members or affiliated entities, had or will have a direct or indirect material interest.

Compensation arrangements for our named executive officers and our directors are described elsewhere in this prospectus under “Executive compensation” and “Director compensation.”

Series A convertible preferred stock milestone financing

In November 2021, we issued an aggregate of 16,011,641 shares of our Series A convertible preferred stock in connection with the achievement of a certain development milestone for gross proceeds of $11.0 million. The following table summarizes purchases of our Series A convertible preferred stock by related persons:

 

     
Stockholder    Shares of Series A
preferred stock
     Total purchase and/or
conversion price
 

Frazier Life Sciences X, L.P.(1)

     6,307,617      $ 4,333,332.88  

James Cornelius (2)

     727,802      $ 499,999.97  

Richard DiMarchi (3)

     345,705      $ 237,499.34  

New Enterprise Associates 17, L.P.(4)

     4,124,211      $ 2,833,332.96  

OrbiMed Private Investments VII, LP(5)

     4,124,211      $ 2,833,332.96  

P. Kent Hawryluk(6)

     345,705      $ 237,499.34  

 

(1)   Frazier is a holder of five percent or more of our capital stock. Mr. Heron is a Managing Partner of Frazier and a member of our board of directors.

 

(2)   James Cornelius is a member of our board of directors.

 

(3)   Dr. DiMarchi was a former member of our board of directors until January 2024.

 

(4)   Entities affiliated with NEA are holders of five percent or more of our capital stock. Mr. Mathers is a General Partner of NEA and a member of our board of directors.

 

(5)   OrbiMed Private Investments VII, LP, or OrbiMed, is a holder of five percent or more of our capital stock. Dr. Gordon is founding member, Managing Partner, and Co-Head of Global Private Equity at OrbiMed and a member of our board of directors.

 

(6)   Mr. Hawryluk is our President and Chief Executive Officer and a member of our board of directors.

 

190


Table of Contents

Convertible promissory notes

In August 2022, we entered into certain convertible promissory notes with certain shareholders, or the 2022 Notes. In connection with the Series B convertible preferred stock financing, the 2022 Notes were converted into 12,573,381 shares of Series B convertible preferred stock. The following table summarizes purchases of the original 2022 Notes by related persons:

 

   
Stockholder    Original Note Price  

Frazier Life Sciences X, L.P.(1)

   $ 3,552,606.22  

James Cornelius (2)

   $ 185,465.52  

Richard DiMarchi (3)

   $ 440,300.79  

New Enterprise Associates 17, L.P.(4)

   $ 2,322,857.92  

OrbiMed Private Investments VII, LP(5)

   $ 2,322,857.91  

P. Kent Hawryluk(6)

   $ 440,568.70  

 

 

 

(1)   Frazier is a holder of five percent or more of our capital stock. Mr. Heron is a Managing Partner of Frazier and a member of our board of directors.

 

(2)   James Cornelius is a member of our board of directors.

 

(3)   Richard DiMarchi was a former member of our board of directors until January 2024.

 

(4)   Entities affiliated with NEA are holders of five percent or more of our capital stock. Mr. Mathers is a General Partner of NEA and a member of our board of directors.

 

(5)   OrbiMed is a holder of five percent or more of our capital stock. Dr. Gordon is founding member, Managing Partner, and Co-Head of Global Private Equity at OrbiMed and a member of our board of directors.

 

(6)   Mr. Hawryluk is our President and Chief Executive Officer and a member of our board of directors.

Series B convertible preferred stock financing

In November 2022 and August 2023, we issued an aggregate of 129,240,032 shares of our Series B convertible preferred stock as follows: (a) 40,545,552 shares of Series B convertible preferred stock sold at a purchase price of $0.90 per share at the initial closing for gross proceeds of $36.5 million, (b) 12,573,381 shares of Series B convertible preferred stock which were converted pursuant to the conversion of the 2022 Notes and (c) 76,121,099 shares of Series B convertible preferred stock sold at a purchase price of $0.90 per share pursuant to the achievement of certain development milestones for gross proceeds of $68.5 million. The following table summarizes purchases of our Series B convertible preferred stock by related persons:

 

       
Stockholder    Shares of Series B
preferred stock
           Total purchase and/or
conversion price
 

Frazier Life Sciences X, L.P.(1)

     28,297,265        $ 25,065,524.50  

James Cornelius (2)

     233,192        $ 188,886.33  

Richard DiMarchi (3)

     553,607        $ 448,421.89  

New Enterprise Associates 17, L.P.(4)

     25,142,840        $ 22,365,700.60  

Norwest Venture Partners XVI, LP(5)

     16,666,666        $ 14,999,999.40  

OrbiMed Private Investments VII, LP(6)

     19,587,284        $ 17,365,700.23  

P. Kent Hawryluk(7)

     1,396,762        $ 1,207,230.94  

Entities affiliates with RA Capital (8)

     16,666,666        $ 14,999,999.40  

Wellington Biomedical Innovation Master Investors (Cayman) II L.P.(9)

     16,666,666        $ 14,999,999.40  

 

 

 

(1)   Frazier is a holder of five percent or more of our capital stock. Mr. Heron is a Managing Partner of Frazier and a member of our board of directors. 4,466,829 shares were issued pursuant to conversion of a convertible note in the amount of $3,618,132.07 of principal and interest then outstanding.

 

(2)   James Cornelius is a member of our board of directors. All shares were issued pursuant to conversion of a convertible note in the amount of $188,886.33 of principal and interest then outstanding.

 

191


Table of Contents
(3)   Dr. DiMarchi was a former member of our board of directors until January 2024. All of the shares were issued pursuant to conversion of a convertible note.

 

(4)   Entities affiliated with NEA are holders of five percent or more of our capital stock. Mr. Mathers is a General Partner of NEA and a member of our board of directors. 2,920,619 shares were issued pursuant to conversion of a convertible note in the amount of $2,365,701.74 of principal and interest then outstanding.

 

(5)   Norwest Venture Partners XVI, LP, or Norwest, is a holder of five percent or more of our capital stock. Dr. Aynechi is a General Partner at Norwest and a member of our board of directors.

 

(6)   OrbiMed is a holder of five percent or more of our capital stock. Dr. Gordon is founding member, Managing Partner, and Co-Head of Global Private Equity at OrbiMed and a member of our board of directors. 2,920,619 shares were issued pursuant to conversion of a convertible note in the amount of $2,365,701.73 of principal and interest then outstanding.

 

(7)   Mr. Hawryluk is our President and Chief Executive Officer and a member of our board of directors. 553,944 shares were issued pursuant to conversion of a convertible note in the amount of $448,694.74 of principal and interest then outstanding.

 

(8)   Entities affiliates with RA Capital, or RA Capital, are holders of five percent or more of our capital stock.

 

(9)   Wellington Biomedical Innovation Master Investors (Cayman) II L.P., or Wellington, is a holder of five percent or more of our capital stock.

Series C convertible preferred stock financing

In August 2024, we issued an aggregate of 61,650,480 shares of our Series C convertible preferred stock at a purchase price of $1.03 for gross proceeds of $63.5 million. The following table summarizes purchases of our Series C convertible preferred stock by related persons:

 

       
Stockholder    Shares of Series C
preferred stock
           Total purchase
price
 

Frazier Life Sciences Public Fund, L.P.(1)

     7,497,087        $ 7,721,999.61  

Frazier Life Sciences Public Overage Fund, L.P.(1)

     2,211,650        $ 2,277,999.50  

OrbiMed Genesis Master Fund, L.P.(2)

     4,854,368        $ 4,999,999.04  

P. Kent Hawryluk Revocable Trust dated January 25, 2011(3)

     970,873        $ 999,999.19  

Wellington Biomedical Innovation Master Investors (Cayman) II L.P.(4)

     4,854,368        $ 4,999,999.04  

 

 

 

(1)   Frazier is a holder of five percent or more of our capital stock. Mr. Heron is a Managing Partner of Frazier and a member of our board of directors.

 

(2)   OrbiMed is a holder of five percent or more of our capital stock. Dr. Gordon is founding member, Managing Partner, and Co-Head of Global Private Equity at OrbiMed and a member of our board of directors.

 

(3)   Mr. Hawryluk is our President and Chief Executive Officer and a member of our board of directors. He is also a holder of five percent or more of our capital stock.

 

(4)   Wellington Biomedical Innovation Master Investors (Cayman) II L.P., or Wellington, is a holder of five percent or more of our capital stock.

Agreements with stockholders

In connection with our Series A, Series B and Series C convertible preferred stock financings, we entered into investors’ rights, voting and right of first refusal and co-sale agreements containing registration rights, information rights, voting rights and rights of first refusal, among other things, with certain holders of our preferred stock and certain holders of our common stock. These agreements will terminate upon the closing of this offering, except for the registration rights granted under our amended and restated investors’ rights agreement, as more fully described in “Description of capital stock—Registration rights.”

Management rights and side letters

In connection with the initial issuance and sale of our convertible preferred stock, we entered into management rights and side letters with certain purchasers of our convertible preferred stock, including holders of more than 5% of our capital stock and entities with which certain of our directors or officers are affiliated, pursuant to which such entities were granted certain management rights, among other things, including the right to consult with and advise our management on significant business issues, review our operating plans, examine our books and records and inspect our facilities. These management rights letters will terminate upon completion of this offering.

 

192


Table of Contents

Research and consulting agreements

In April 2019, we entered into the IU Research Agreement, pursuant to which we agreed to fund certain research of Dr. DiMarchi. The term of the agreement was originally June 1, 2019 through May 30, 2022 with a total contract cost of $2.8 million, and was subsequently extended through April 1, 2026 and amended to increase the total contract costs by $3.3 million. We paid $0.7 million, $1.2 million and $1.1 million pursuant to this agreement during the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021, respectively. We paid $0.6 million pursuant to this agreement during the six months ended June 30, 2024. The IU Research Agreement also provided us an option to license the technology arising under the agreement, which option was exercised and pursuant to which we in-license technology pursuant to our IURTC License Agreement. For additional information on our IURTC License Agreement, please see “Business – Indiana University Research and Technology Corporation Exclusive License Agreement.” Dr. DiMarchi was our former Chief Scientific Officer and a former member of our board of directors until January 2024 and currently serves as a consultant.

On January 1, 2023, we entered into a consulting agreement with Dr. DiMarchi, or the Consulting Agreement. Pursuant to the Consulting Agreement, Dr. DiMarchi’s outstanding equity continued to vest, and we granted him an additional 900,000 in options in January 2024. All of Dr. DiMarchi’s outstanding options were accelerated to vest on January 31, 2024. We did not pay any consulting fees during the year ended December 31, 2023 nor during the six months ended June 30, 2024. This agreement can be terminated by either party at any time.

Stock option grants to directors and executive officers

We have granted stock options to our directors and named executive officers as more fully described in the section entitled “Executive compensation.”

Indemnification agreements

In connection with this offering, we intend to enter into new agreements to indemnify our directors and executive officers. These agreements will, among other things, require us to indemnify these individuals for certain expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and settlement amounts reasonably incurred by such person in any action or proceeding, including any action by or in our right, on account of any services undertaken by such person on behalf of our company or that person’s status as a member of our board of directors to the maximum extent allowed under Delaware law.

Certain relationships

Timothy Knickerbocker, son-in-law of our co-founder and former director and chief scientific officer, Richard DiMarchi, served as the Company’s Chief Operating Officer from August 1, 2020 to December 31, 2022. In fiscal 2021, Mr. Knickerbocker received cash compensation of $209,615, and a cash bonus in the amount of $44,000. In fiscal 2022, Mr. Knickerbocker received cash compensation of $210,000, a cash bonus in the amount of $60,000 and the option to purchase up to 200,000 shares of common stock under our 2019 Plan, with an aggregate grant date fair value of $34,468. As part of his Separation Agreement, Mr. Knickerbocker’s 2019, 2020 and 2022 stock option grants fully accelerated. In fiscal 2023, Mr. Knickerbocker received cash compensation of $178,412 as part of his severance package. While at the Company, Mr. Knickerbocker was also eligible to participate in our employee benefit plans.

 

193


Table of Contents

Directed share program

At our request, the underwriters have reserved for sale, at the initial public offering price, up to approximately    shares of our common stock being offered hereby (approximately    %) for directors, executive officers, employees and business associates. The directed share program will not limit the ability of our directors, officers and their family members, or holders of more than 5% of our capital stock, to purchase more than $120,000 in value of our common stock. We do not currently know the extent to which these related persons will participate in our directed share program, if at all, or the extent to which they will purchase more than $120,000 in value of our common stock.

Policies for approval of related party transactions

Our board of directors reviews and approves transactions with directors, officers and holders of five percent or more of our voting securities and their affiliates, each a related party. Prior to this offering, the material facts as to the relationship or interest in the transaction were disclosed to our board of directors prior to their consideration of such transaction, and the transaction was not considered approved by our board of directors unless a majority of the directors who are not interested in the transaction approved the transaction. Further, when stockholders are entitled to vote on a transaction with a related party, the material facts of the related party’s relationship or interest in the transaction were disclosed to the stockholders, who must approve the transaction in good faith.

In connection with this offering, we expect to adopt a written related party transactions policy that will provide that such transactions must be approved by our audit committee. This policy will become effective on the date on which the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part is declared effective by the SEC. Pursuant to this policy, the audit committee has the primary responsibility for reviewing and approving or disapproving “related party transactions,” which are transactions between us and related persons in which the aggregate amount involved exceeds or may be expected to exceed $120,000 and in which a related person has or will have a direct or indirect material interest. For purposes of this policy, a related person will be defined as a director, executive officer, nominee for director, or greater than 5 percent beneficial owner of our common stock, in each case since the beginning of the most recently completed year, and their immediate family members.

 

194


Table of Contents

Principal stockholders

The following table sets forth, as of August 15, 2024, information regarding the beneficial ownership of our common stock by:

 

 

each person, or group of affiliated persons, who is known by us to be the beneficial owner of five percent or more of our outstanding common stock (on an as-converted to common stock basis);

 

 

each of our directors;

 

 

each of our named executive officers; and

 

 

all of our current directors and executive officers as a group.

The information in the following table is calculated based on 260,224,820 shares of common stock deemed to be outstanding before this offering and    shares of common stock outstanding after this offering, assuming no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase additional shares of common stock. The number of shares outstanding is based on the number of shares of common stock outstanding as of August 15, 2024 as adjusted to give effect to:

 

 

the conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock into an aggregate of 244,489,099 shares of common stock upon the completion of this offering; and

 

 

the sale of    shares of common stock in this offering (assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares).

Each individual or entity shown on the table has furnished information with respect to beneficial ownership. Except as otherwise indicated below, the address of each officer, director and five percent stockholder listed below is c/o MBX Biosciences, Inc., 11711 N. Meridian Street, Suite 300, Carmel, Indiana 46032.

We have determined beneficial ownership in accordance with the rules of the SEC, and the information is not necessarily indicative of beneficial ownership for any other purpose. These rules generally attribute beneficial ownership of securities to persons who possess sole or shared voting power or investment power with respect to those securities as well as any shares of common stock that the person has the right to acquire within 60 days of August 15, 2024 through the exercise of stock options or other rights. These shares are deemed to be outstanding and beneficially owned by the person holding those options for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of that person, but they are not treated as outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person. Unless otherwise indicated, the persons or entities identified in this table have sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares shown as beneficially owned by them.

 

195


Table of Contents

The following table does not reflect any shares of common stock that may be purchased pursuant to our directed share program described under “Underwriting—Directed share program.” If any shares are purchased by our existing principal stockholders, directors or their affiliated entities, the number and percentage of shares of our common stock beneficially owned by them after this offering will differ from those set forth in the following table.

 

     
    Shares of
common stock
beneficially
owned
    Percentage of shares
beneficially owned
 
Name of Beneficial Owner   Before offering     After
offering
 

5% or Greater Stockholders

     

Entities affiliated with Frazier Life Sciences(1)

    56,928,854       21.88%    

Entities affiliated with New Enterprise Associates(2)

    37,515,474       14.42%    

Entities affiliated with OrbiMed Advisors LLC(3)

    36,814,286       14.15%    

Deep Track Biotechnology Master Fund, Ltd.(4)

    24,271,844       9.33%    

Wellington Biomedical Innovation Master Investors (Cayman) II L.P.(5)

    21,521,034       8.27%    

Norwest Venture Partners XVI, LP(6)

    16,666,666       6.40%    

Entities affiliates with RA Capital(7)

    16,666,666       6.40%    

Directors, Named Executive Officers and Other Executive Officers

     

P. Kent Hawryluk(8)

    22,969,902       8.43%    

Richard Bartram(9)

    2,712,100       1.03%    

Tiba Aynechi, Ph.D.(10)

    16,666,666       6.40%    

James M. Cornelius(11)

    1,699,463       *    

Carl Gordon, Ph.D.(12)

    36,814,286       14.15%    

Patrick Heron(13)

    56,928,854       21.88%    

Edward T. Mathers(14)

    37,442,694       14.39%    

Ora Pescovitz, M.D.(15)

    472,202       *    

Steven Ryder, M.D.(16)

    472,202       *    

All executive officers and directors as a group (10 persons)(17)

    176,178,369       63.71%    

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
*   Less than one percent.
(1)   Consists of (i) 18,922,852 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of Series A preferred stock and 28,297,265 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of Series B preferred stock held directly by Frazier Life Sciences X, L.P., or FLS X, (ii) 7,497,087 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of Series C preferred stock held by Frazier Life Sciences Public Fund, L.P., or FLS Public Fund, and (ii) 2,211,650 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of Series C preferred stock held by Frazier Life Sciences Public Overage Fund, L.P., or FLS Overage Fund. FHMLS X, L.P. is the general partner of FLS X, and FHMLS X, L.L.C. is the general partner of FHMLS X, L.P. James Topper, M.D., Ph.D., and Patrick Heron are the sole managing members of FHMLS X, L.L.C. and share voting and investment power of the securities held by FLS X. Mr. Heron is a member of our board of directors. Dr. Topper and Mr. Heron disclaim beneficial ownership of such securities except to the extent of their pecuniary interest therein. FHMLSP, L.P. is the general partner of FLS Public Fund and FHMLSP, L.L.C. is the general partner of FHMLSP, L.P. Albert Cha, James N. Topper, Patrick J. Heron and James Brush are the managing directors of FHMLSP, L.L.C. and therefore share voting and investment power over the shares held by FLS Public Fund. Dr. Cha, Dr. Topper, Mr. Heron and Dr. Brush disclaim beneficial ownership of the shares held by FLS Public Fund except to the extent of their pecuniary interests in such shares, if any. FHMLSP Overage, L.P., is the general partner of FLS Overage Fund and FHMLSP Overage, L.L.C. is the general partner of FHMLSP Overage, L.P. Dr. Cha, Dr. Topper, Mr. Heron and Dr. Brush are the members of FHMLSP Overage, L.L.C. and therefore share voting and investment power over the shares held by FLS Overage Fund. Dr. Cha, Dr. Topper, Mr. Heron and Dr. Brush disclaim beneficial ownership of the shares held by FLS Overage Fund except to the extent of their pecuniary interests in such shares, if any. The address for above referenced entities and persons is 1001 Page Mill Rd., Building 4, Ste. B, Palo Alto, CA 94304.
(2)   Consists of (i) 12,299,854 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of Series A preferred stock and 25,142,840 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of Series B preferred stock held by New Enterprise Associates 17, L.P., or NEA 17, and (ii) 72,780 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of Series A preferred stock held by NEA Ventures 2020, L.P., or NEA Ven 2020. NEA Partners 17, L.P., or NEA Partners 17, is the sole general partner of NEA 17. NEA 17 GP, LLC, or NEA 17 LLC, is the sole general partner of NEA Partners 17. The securities directly held by NEA Ven 2020 are indirectly held by Karen Welsh, the general partner of NEA Ven 2020. Forest Baskett, Ali Behbahani, Carmen Chang, Anthony Florence, Jr., Mohamad Makhzoumi, Edward Mathers, Scott D. Sandell, Paul Walker, and Rick Yang are the managers of NEA 17 LLC. NEA 17, NEA Partners 17, NEA 17 LLC and the managers of NEA 17 LLC share voting and dispositive power with regard to the securities held by NEA 17. Mr. Mathers is a partner at New Enterprise Associates and member of our board of directors. Each of NEA 17, NEA Partners 17 and NEA 17 LLC as well as each of the managers of NEA 17 LLC disclaims beneficial ownership of all shares held by NEA 17 except to the extent of their actual pecuniary interest therein. NEA 17’s and NEA Ventures 2020, L.P.’s mailing address is 1954 Greenspring Drive, Suite 600, Timonium, MD 21093-4135.
(3)  

Consists of (i) 12,372,634 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of Series A preferred stock and 19,587,284 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of Series B preferred stock held by OrbiMed Private Investments VII, LP, or OPI VII, and (ii) 4,854,368 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of Series C preferred stock held by OrbiMed Genesis Master Fund, L.P, or Genesis Master Fund. OrbiMed Capital GP VII LLC, or OrbiMed GP VII, is the general partner of OPI VII. OrbiMed Genesis GP LLC, or Genesis GP, is the general partner of Genesis Master Fund. OrbiMed Advisors LLC, or OrbiMed Advisors, is the managing member of OrbiMed GP VII and Genesis GP. By virtue of such relationships, OrbiMed GP VII and

 

196


Table of Contents
 

OrbiMed Advisors may be deemed to have voting and investment power with respect to the shares held by OPI VII, and Genesis GP and OrbiMed Advisors may be deemed to have voting and investment power with respect to shares held by Genesis Master Fund. OrbiMed Advisors exercises investment and voting power through a management committee comprised of Carl L. Gordon, Sven H. Borho and W. Carter Neild. Dr. Gordon is a member of OrbiMed Advisors and a member of our board of directors. Each of OrbiMed GP VII, Genesis GP, OrbiMed Advisors, Mr. Borho, Mr. Neild, and Dr. Gordon disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares held by OPI VII and Genesis Master Fund, except to the extent of its or his pecuniary interest therein if any. The address for each of the entities and individuals identified in this footnote is c/o OrbiMed Advisors LLC, 601 Lexington Avenue 54th Floor, New York, NY 10022.

(4)   Consists of 24,271,844 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of Series C preferred stock held by Deep Track Biotechnology Master Fund, Ltd., or Deep Track Fund. Deep Track Capital, LP, or Deep Track Manager, is the investment manager of Deep Track Fund. Deep Track Capital GP, LLC, or Deep Track Partner, is the general partner of Deep Track Manager and David Kroin is the managing member of Deep Track Partner. The address of each of Deep Track Fund, Deep Track Manager, Deep Track Partner and Mr. Kroin is 200 Greenwich Ave, 3rd Floor, Greenwich, Connecticut 06830.
(5)   Consists of 16,666,666 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of Series B preferred stock and 4,854,368 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of Series C preferred stock held by Wellington Biomedical Innovation Master Investors (Cayman) II L.P., or Wellington Biomedical Fund. Wellington Management Company LLP, a registered investment adviser under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended, is the investment adviser to Wellington Biomedical Fund, and Wellington Alternative Investments LLC is its general partner. Wellington Management Investment, Inc. is the managing member of Wellington Alternative Investments LLC. Wellington Management Company LLP is an indirect subsidiary of Wellington Management Group LLP. Wellington Management Group LLP and Wellington Management Company LLP may be deemed beneficial owners with shared voting and investment power over the shares held by Wellington Biomedical Fund. Additional information about Wellington Management Company LLP is available in its Form ADV filed with the SEC. The address of all entities referenced in this footnote is 280 Congress Street, Boston, MA 02210.
(6)   Consists of 16,666,666 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of Series B preferred stock held by Norwest Venture Partners XVI, LP, or NVP XVI. Genesis VC Partners XVI, LLC, or Genesis XVI, is the general partner of NVP XVI and NVP Associates, LLC, or NVP Associates, is the managing member of Genesis XVI. Genesis XVI, NVP Associates and Promod Haque, Jeffrey Crowe, and Jon E. Kossow, as co-chief executive officers of NVP Associates, LLC, may be deemed to share voting and dispositive power over the shares held by NVP XVI. Each of Genesis XVI, NVP Associates and Messrs. Haque, Crowe and Kossow disclaims beneficial ownership of the securities held by NVP XVI, except to the extent of its or his pecuniary interest therein. The address for each of these entities and individuals is c/o 1300 El Camino Real, Suite 200, Menlo Park CA 94025.
(7)   Consists of (i) 5,000,000 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of Series B preferred stock held by RA Capital Healthcare Fund, L.P., or RA Healthcare, and (ii) 11,666,666 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of Series B preferred stock held by RA Capital Nexus Fund III, L.P., or Nexus III. RA Capital Management, L.P. is the investment manager for RA Healthcare and Nexus III. The general partner of RA Capital Management, L.P. is RA Capital Management GP, LLC, of which Peter Kolchinsky, Ph.D. and Rajeev Shah are the managing members. RA Capital Management, L.P., RA Capital Management GP, LLC, Peter Kolchinsky, Ph.D. and Rajeev Shah may be deemed to have voting and investment power over the shares held of record by RA Healthcare and Nexus III. RA Capital Management, L.P., RA Capital Management GP, LLC, Peter Kolchinsky, Ph.D. and Rajeev Shah disclaim beneficial ownership of such shares, except to the extent of any pecuniary interest therein. The address of the entities listed above is 200 Berkeley Street, 18th Floor, Boston, Massachusetts 02116.
(8)   Consists of 2,466,667 shares of common stock outstanding held by the P. Kent Hawryluk Revocable Trust dated January 25, 2011, or the Hawryluk Trust, 2,257,812 and 927,945 shares of common stock outstanding issued pursuant to early exercise of stock options held by Mr. Hawryluk and the Hawryluk Trust, respectively, 117,188 shares of restricted stock outstanding issued pursuant to early exercise of stock options subject to continued vesting for Mr. Hawryluk, 2,015,681 and 345,705 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of Series A preferred stock held by Mr. Hawryluk and the Hawryluk Trust, respectively, 1,396,762 and 76,969 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of Series B preferred stock held by Mr. Hawryluk and the Hawryluk Trust, respectively, 970,873 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of Series C preferred stock held by the Hawryluk Trust and 12,394,300 shares of common stock underlying outstanding early exercise stock options that are immediately exercisable within 60 days of August 15, 2024. Mr. Hawryluk exercises voting and dispositive power over the shares beneficially owned by the Hawryluk Trust.
(9)   Consists of 2,712,100 shares of common stock underlying outstanding early exercise stock options that are immediately exercisable within 60 days of August 15, 2024.
(10)   Consists of the shares described in footnote (6) above. Dr. Aynechi disclaims beneficial ownership of such shares except to the extent of her pecuniary interest therein, if any.
(11)   Consists of 994,069 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of Series A preferred stock held by Mr. Cornelius, 233,192 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of Series B preferred stock held by Mr. Cornelius and 472,202 shares of common stock underlying outstanding early exercise stock options that are immediately exercisable within 60 days of August 15, 2024.
(12)   Consists of the shares described in footnote (3) above. Dr. Gordon disclaims beneficial ownership of such shares except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein, if any.
(13)   Consists of the shares described in footnote (1) above. Mr. Heron disclaims beneficial ownership of such shares except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein, if any.
(14)   Consists of shares held by NEA 17 described under footnote (2) above, over which Mr. Mathers shares voting and dispositive power. Mr. Mathers, a member of our board of directors and a General Partner at New Enterprise Associates, Inc. has no voting or dispositive power with regard to any shares held by NEA Ventures. In addition, Mr. Mathers disclaims beneficial ownership of above-referenced shares held by entities affiliated with New Enterprise Associates, Inc. described in footnote (2) except to the extent of his actual pecuniary interest therein.
(15)   Consists of 104,858 shares of common stock outstanding issued pursuant to early exercise of stock options, 95,142 shares of restricted stock outstanding issued pursuant to early exercise of stock options subject to continued vesting, and 272,202 shares of common stock underlying outstanding early exercise stock options that are immediately exercisable within 60 days of August 15, 2024.
(16)   Consists of 472,202 shares of common stock underlying outstanding early exercise stock options that are immediately exercisable within 60 days of August 15, 2024.
(17)   Consists of (i) 5,969,612 shares of common stock, of which a certain number are restricted stock subject to vesting as noted above, (ii) 46,950,795 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of Series A preferred stock, (iii) 91,400,978 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of Series B preferred stock (iv) 15,533,978 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of Series C preferred stock and (v) 16,323,006 shares of common stock underlying outstanding early exercise stock options that are immediately exercisable within 60 days of August 15, 2024.

 

197


Table of Contents

Description of capital stock

The following descriptions are summaries of the material terms of our fourth amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, which will be effective immediately prior to the closing of this offering and upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, respectively. The descriptions of the common stock and preferred stock give effect to changes to our capital structure, that will occur immediately upon the closing of this offering. We refer in this section to our fourth amended and restated certificate of incorporation as our certificate of incorporation, and we refer to our amended and restated bylaws as our bylaws.

General

Upon completion of this offering, our authorized capital stock will consist of       shares of common stock, par value $    per share, and    shares of preferred stock, par value $    per share, all of which shares of preferred stock will be undesignated.

As of June 30, 2024, 15,834,818 shares of our common stock were outstanding and held of record by 39 stockholders, and 53,598,587 shares of Series A preferred stock and 129,240,032 shares of Series B preferred stock were outstanding and held of record by 31 stockholders. This amount does not take into account the conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock into common stock upon the closing of this offering.

Common stock

The holders of our common stock are entitled to one vote for each share held on all matters submitted to a vote of the common stockholders. The holders of our common stock do not have any cumulative voting rights. Holders of our common stock are entitled to receive ratably any dividends declared by our board of directors out of funds legally available for that purpose, subject to any preferential dividend rights of any outstanding preferred stock. Our common stock has no preemptive rights, conversion rights or other subscription rights or redemption or sinking fund provisions.

In the event of our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, holders of our common stock will be entitled to share ratably in all assets remaining after payment of all debts and other liabilities and any liquidation preference of any outstanding preferred stock. The shares to be issued by us in this offering will be, when issued and paid for, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable.

Preferred stock

Upon the completion of this offering, all outstanding shares of our preferred stock will be converted into shares of our common stock. Upon the closing of this offering, our board of directors will have the authority, without further action by our stockholders, to issue up to       shares of preferred stock in one or more series and to fix the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions thereof. These rights, preferences and privileges could include dividend rights, conversion rights, voting rights, terms of redemption, liquidation preferences, sinking fund terms and the number of shares constituting, or the designation of, such series, any or all of which may be greater than the rights of common stock. The issuance of our preferred stock could adversely affect the voting power of holders of common stock and the likelihood that such holders will receive dividend payments and payments upon our liquidation. In addition, the issuance of preferred stock could have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of our company or other corporate action. Immediately after consummation of this offering, no shares of preferred stock will be outstanding, and we have no present plan to issue any shares of preferred stock.

 

198


Table of Contents

Options

As of June 30, 2024, options to purchase 34,436,621 shares of common stock at a weighted-average exercise price of $0.56 per share were outstanding under the 2019 Plan.

Registration rights

Upon the completion of this offering, the holders of    shares of our common stock, including those issuable upon the conversion of preferred stock upon closing of this offering, will be entitled to rights with respect to the registration of these securities under the Securities Act. These rights are provided under the terms of an amended and restated investors’ rights agreement between us, certain holders of our common stock and holders of our preferred stock. The amended and restated investors’ rights agreement includes demand registration rights, short-form registration rights and piggyback registration rights. All fees, costs and expenses of underwritten registrations under this agreement will be borne by us and all selling expenses, including underwriting discounts and selling commissions, will be borne by the holders of the shares being registered.

Demand registration rights

Beginning 180 days after the effective date of this registration statement, the holders of    shares of our common stock, including those issuable upon the conversion of shares of our preferred stock upon closing of this offering, are entitled to demand registration rights. Under the terms of the amended and restated investors’ rights agreement, upon the written request of holders of at least 40% of the securities eligible for registration then outstanding to file a registration statement on Form S-1 with respect to the securities eligible for registration having an anticipated aggregate offering price of not less than $10 million, net of selling expenses, we will be required to file a registration statement within 60 days of such request covering all securities eligible for registration that our holders request to be included in such registration. We are required to effect only one registration pursuant to this provision of the amended and restated investors’ rights agreement.

Short-form registration rights

Pursuant to the amended and restated investors’ rights agreement, if we are eligible to file a registration statement on Form S-3, upon the written request of holders of at least 20% of the securities eligible for registration then outstanding to file a registration statement on Form S-3 with respect to securities eligible for registration having an aggregate offering price of at least $5 million, net of selling expenses, we will be required to file a registration statement on Form S-3 within 45 days of such request covering all outstanding securities eligible for registration that our holders request to be included in such registration. We are required to effect only two registrations in any twelve month period pursuant to the amended and restated investors’ rights agreement. The right to have such shares registered on Form S-3 is further subject to other specified conditions and limitations.

Piggyback registration rights

Pursuant to the amended and restated investors’ rights agreement, if we register any of our securities either for our own account or for the account of other security holders, certain holders of our common stock, including those issuable upon the conversion of our preferred stock, are entitled to include their shares in the registration. Subject to certain exceptions contained in the amended and restated investors’ rights agreement, we and the underwriters may limit the number of shares included in the underwritten offering to the number of shares which we and the underwriters determine in our sole discretion will not jeopardize the success of the offering.

 

199


Table of Contents

Indemnification

Our amended and restated investors’ rights agreement contains customary cross-indemnification provisions, under which we are obligated to indemnify holders of securities eligible for registration in the event of material misstatements or omissions in the registration statement attributable to us, and they are obligated to indemnify us for material misstatements or omissions attributable to them.

Expiration of registration rights

The demand registration rights, short form registration rights and piggyback registration rights granted under the amended and restated investors’ rights agreement will terminate on the earliest to occur of (a) the closing of certain liquidation events, (b) the fifth anniversary of the completion of this offering or (c) at such time after this offering when the holder’s shares may be sold without limitation pursuant to Rule 144 or another similar exemption under the Securities Act during a three-month period without registration and such holder holds less than one percent of the outstanding capital stock of the company.

Expenses

Ordinarily, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, we are generally required to pay all expenses incurred by us related to any registration effected pursuant to the exercise of these registration rights. These expenses may include all registration and filing fees, printing expenses, fees and disbursements of our counsel, reasonable fees and disbursements of a counsel for the selling security holders and blue-sky fees and expenses.

Anti-takeover effects of delaware law and certain provisions of our certificate of incorporation and bylaws

Some provisions of Delaware law include, and our fourth amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws will include, a number of provisions that may have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing another party from acquiring control of us and encouraging persons considering unsolicited tender offers or other unilateral takeover proposals to negotiate with our board of directors rather than pursue non-negotiated takeover attempts. These provisions include the items described below.

Board composition and filling vacancies

Our certificate of incorporation will provide for the division of our board of directors into three classes serving staggered three-year terms, with one class being elected each year. Our certificate of incorporation also will provide that directors may be removed only for cause and then only by the affirmative vote of the holders of not less than two-thirds of the voting power of the outstanding shares of capital stock of the voting power of the outstanding shares of capital stock then entitled to vote at an election of directors. Furthermore, any vacancy on our board of directors, however occurring, including a vacancy resulting from an increase in the size of our board, may only be filled by the affirmative vote a majority of the remaining directors then in office even if less than a quorum or by sole remaining director. The classification of directors, together with the limitations on removal of directors and treatment of vacancies, has the effect of making it more difficult for stockholders to change the composition of our board of directors.

No written consent of stockholders

Our certificate of incorporation will provide that all stockholder actions are required to be taken by a vote of the stockholders at an annual or special meeting, and that stockholders may not take any action by written consent in lieu of a meeting. This limit may lengthen the amount of time required to take stockholder actions and would prevent the amendment of our bylaws or removal of directors by our stockholders without holding a meeting of stockholders.

 

200


Table of Contents

Meetings of stockholders

Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws will provide that only our board of directors may call special meetings of stockholders and only those matters set forth in the notice of the special meeting may be considered or acted upon at a special meeting of stockholders. Our bylaws will limit the business that may be conducted at an annual meeting of stockholders to those matters properly brought before the meeting.

Advance notice requirements

Our bylaws will establish advance notice procedures with regard to stockholder proposals relating to the nomination of candidates for election as directors or new business to be brought before meetings of our stockholders. These procedures will provide that notice of stockholder proposals must be timely given in writing to our corporate secretary prior to the meeting at which the action is to be taken. Generally, to be timely, notice must be received at our principal executive offices not less than 90 days nor more than 120 days prior to the first anniversary date of the annual meeting for the preceding year. Our bylaws will specify the requirements as to form and content of all stockholders’ notices. These requirements may preclude stockholders from bringing matters before the stockholders at an annual or special meeting.

Amendment to certificate of incorporation and bylaws

Any amendment of our certificate of incorporation must first be approved by a majority of our board of directors, and if required by law or our certificate of incorporation, must thereafter be approved by a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote on the amendment and a majority of the outstanding shares of each class entitled to vote thereon as a class, except that the amendment of the provisions relating to stockholder action, board composition, limitation of liability and the amendment of our bylaws and certificate of incorporation must be approved by not less than two-thirds of the outstanding shares entitled to vote on the amendment, and not less than two-thirds of the outstanding shares of each class entitled to vote thereon as a class. Our bylaws may be amended by the affirmative vote of our board of directors, subject to any limitations set forth in the bylaws; and may also be amended by the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the outstanding shares entitled to vote on the amendment, or, if our board of directors recommends that the stockholders approve the amendment, by the affirmative vote of the majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote on the amendment, in each case voting together as a single class.

Preferred stock

Our certificate of incorporation will provide for    authorized shares of preferred stock. The existence of authorized but unissued shares of preferred stock may enable our board of directors to discourage an attempt to obtain control of us by means of a merger, tender offer, proxy contest or otherwise. For example, if in the due exercise of its fiduciary obligations, our board of directors were to determine that a takeover proposal is not in the best interests of our stockholders, our board of directors could cause shares of preferred stock to be issued without stockholder approval in one or more private offerings or other transactions that might dilute the voting or other rights of the proposed acquirer or insurgent stockholder or stockholder group. In this regard, our certificate of incorporation will grant our board of directors broad power to establish the rights and preferences of authorized and unissued shares of preferred stock. The issuance of shares of preferred stock could decrease the amount of earnings and assets available for distribution to holders of shares of common stock. The issuance may also adversely affect the rights and powers, including voting rights, of these holders and may have the effect of delaying, deterring or preventing a change in control of us.

 

201


Table of Contents

Delaware anti-takeover statute

Upon completion of this offering, we will be subject to the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law. In general, Section 203 prohibits a publicly held Delaware corporation from engaging in a “business combination” with an “interested stockholder” for a three-year period following the time that this stockholder becomes an interested stockholder, unless the business combination is approved in a prescribed manner. Under Section 203, a business combination between a corporation and an interested stockholder is prohibited unless it satisfies one of the following conditions:

 

 

before the stockholder became interested, our board of directors approved either the business combination or the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder;

 

 

upon consummation of the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85 percent of the voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, excluding for purposes of determining the voting stock outstanding, shares owned by persons who are directors and also officers, and employee stock plans, in some instances, but not the outstanding voting stock owned by the interested stockholder; or

 

 

at or after the time the stockholder became interested, the business combination was approved by our board of directors and authorized at an annual or special meeting of the stockholders by the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the outstanding voting stock which is not owned by the interested stockholder.

Section 203 defines a business combination to include:

 

 

any merger or consolidation involving the corporation and the interested stockholder;

 

 

any sale, transfer, lease, pledge, exchange, mortgage or other disposition involving the interested stockholder of 10 percent or more of the assets of the corporation;

 

 

subject to exceptions, any transaction that results in the issuance or transfer by the corporation of any stock of the corporation to the interested stockholder; or

 

 

the receipt by the interested stockholder of the benefit of any loans, advances, guarantees, pledges or other financial benefits provided by or through the corporation.

In general, Section 203 defines an interested stockholder as any entity or person beneficially owning 15 percent or more of the outstanding voting stock of the corporation and any entity or person affiliated with or controlling or controlled by the entity or person.

Choice of forum

Our bylaws will provide that, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware shall be the sole and exclusive forum for any state law claims for (1) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf, (2) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any of our directors, officers, and employees to us or our stockholders, (3) any action asserting a claim arising pursuant to the Delaware General Corporation Law, our certificate of incorporation or our bylaws (including the interpretation, validity or enforceability thereof), or (4) any action asserting a claim that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine; provided, however, that the this provision shall not apply to any causes of action arising under the Securities Act or Exchange Act. In addition, our bylaws will provide that, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the federal district courts of the United States shall be the sole and exclusive forum for resolving any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in our securities

 

202


Table of Contents

shall be deemed to have notice of and consented to these forum provisions. These forum provisions may impose additional costs on stockholders, may limit our stockholders’ ability to bring a claim in a forum they find favorable, and the designated courts may reach different judgments or results than other courts. In addition, there is uncertainty as to whether the federal forum provision for Securities Act claims will be enforced, which may impose additional costs on us and our stockholders.

Stock exchange listing

We have applied to list our common stock on the Nasdaq Global Select Market under the symbol “MBX.” The closing of this offering is contingent upon such listing.

Transfer agent and registrar

The Transfer Agent and Registrar for our common stock will be Computershare Trust Company, N.A.

 

203


Table of Contents

Shares eligible for future sale

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our shares. Future sales of our common stock in the public market, or the availability of such shares for sale in the public market, could adversely affect market prices prevailing from time to time. As described below, only a limited number of shares will be available for sale shortly after this offering due to contractual and legal restrictions on resale. Nevertheless, sales of shares of our common stock in the public market after such restrictions lapse, or the perception that those sales may occur, could adversely affect the prevailing market price at such time and our ability to raise equity capital in the future.

Based on the number of shares outstanding as of June 30, 2024, upon the completion of this offering,     shares of our common stock will be outstanding, assuming the issuance of    shares offered by us in this offering, no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares and no exercise of outstanding options. Of the outstanding shares, all of the shares sold in this offering will be freely tradable, except that any shares held by our affiliates, as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act, may only be sold in compliance with the limitations described below, and restricted shares of common stock are subject to time-based vesting terms. All remaining shares of common stock held by existing stockholders immediately prior to the completion of this offering will be “restricted securities” as such term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. These restricted securities were issued and sold by us in private transactions and are eligible for public sale only if registered under the Securities Act or if they qualify for an exemption from registration under the Securities Act, including the exemptions provided by Rule 144 or Rule 701, summarized below.

Rule 144

In general, a person who has beneficially owned restricted stock for at least six months would be entitled to sell their securities provided that (i) such person is not deemed to have been one of our affiliates at the time of, or at any time during the 90 days preceding, a sale and (ii) we are subject to the periodic reporting requirements of the Exchange Act for at least 90 days before the sale. Persons who have beneficially owned restricted shares for at least six months but who are our affiliates at the time of, or any time during the 90 days preceding, a sale, would be subject to additional restrictions, by which such person would be entitled to sell within any three-month period only a number of securities that does not exceed the greater of either of the following:

 

 

1 percent of the number of shares then outstanding, which will equal approximately    shares immediately after this offering, assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares, based on the number of shares outstanding as of June 30, 2024; or

 

 

the average weekly trading volume of our common stock on the Nasdaq Global Select Market during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to the sale;

provided, in each case, that we are subject to the periodic reporting requirements of the Exchange Act for at least 90 days before the sale. Such sales both by affiliates and by non-affiliates must also comply with the manner of sale, current public information and notice provisions of Rule 144.

Rule 701

Rule 701 under the Securities Act, as in effect on the date of this prospectus, permits resales of shares in reliance upon Rule 144 but without compliance with certain restrictions of Rule 144, including the holding period requirement. Most of our employees, executive officers or directors who purchased shares under a

 

204


Table of Contents

written compensatory plan or contract may be entitled to rely on the resale provisions of Rule 701, but all holders of Rule 701 shares are required to wait until 90 days after the date of this prospectus before selling their shares.

However, substantially all Rule 701 shares are subject to lock-up agreements as described below and under “Underwriting” included elsewhere in this prospectus and will become eligible for sale upon the expiration of the restrictions set forth in those agreements.

Lock-up agreements

We, all of our directors and officers and substantially all of our stockholders have agreed not to sell or otherwise transfer or dispose of any of our securities for a period of 180 days from the date of this prospectus, subject to certain exceptions. The representatives of the underwriters may, in their sole discretion, permit early release of shares subject to the lock-up agreements. See the section entitled “Underwriting,” included elsewhere in this prospectus for more information.

Registration rights

Upon completion of this offering, certain holders of our securities will be entitled to various rights with respect to registration of their shares under the Securities Act. Registration of these shares under the Securities Act would result in these shares becoming fully tradable without restriction under the Securities Act immediately upon the effectiveness of the registration. See the section entitled “Description of capital stock—Registration rights” included elsewhere in this prospectus for more information.

Equity incentive plans

We intend to file one or more registration statements on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register our shares issued or reserved for issuance under our equity incentive plans. The first such registration statement is expected to be filed soon after the date of this prospectus and will automatically become effective upon filing with the SEC. Accordingly, shares registered under such registration statement will be available for sale in the open market, unless such shares are subject to vesting restrictions with us or the lock-up restrictions described above. As of the date of this prospectus, we estimate that such registration statement on Form S-8 will cover approximately    shares.

 

205


Table of Contents

Material U.S. federal income tax considerations for non-U.S. holders

The following discussion is a summary of certain material U.S. federal income tax considerations applicable to non-U.S. holders (as defined below) with respect to their ownership and disposition of shares of our common stock issued pursuant to this offering, referred to below as “our common stock”. For purposes of this discussion, a non-U.S. holder means a beneficial owner of our common stock that is for U.S. federal income tax purposes:

 

 

a non-resident alien individual;

 

 

a foreign corporation or other foreign organization taxable as a corporation; or

 

 

a foreign trust or estate the income of which is not subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis.

This discussion does not address the tax treatment of partnerships or other entities or arrangements that are treated as pass-through entities for U.S. federal income tax purposes or persons that hold their common stock through partnerships or other pass-through entities. A partner in a partnership or other pass-through entity that will hold our common stock should consult his, her or its tax advisor regarding the tax consequences of acquiring, holding and disposing of our common stock through a partnership or other pass-through entity, as applicable.

This discussion is based on current provisions of the Code, existing and proposed U.S. Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, current administrative rulings and judicial decisions, all as in effect as of the date of this prospectus and, all of which are subject to change or to differing interpretation, possibly with retroactive effect. Any such change or differing interpretation could alter the tax consequences to non-U.S. holders described in this prospectus. There can be no assurance that the Internal Revenue Service, which we refer to as the IRS, will not challenge one or more of the tax consequences described herein. We assume in this discussion that a non-U.S. holder holds shares of our common stock as a capital asset within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code, generally property held for investment.

This discussion does not address all aspects of U.S. federal income taxation that may be relevant to a particular non-U.S. holder in light of that non-U.S. holder’s individual circumstances nor does it address any aspects of U.S. state, local or non-U.S. taxes, the alternative minimum tax, the Medicare contribution tax on net investment income, the rules regarding qualified small business stock within the meaning of Section 1202 of the Code, or any other aspect of any U.S. federal tax other than income taxes. This discussion also does not consider any specific facts or circumstances that may apply to a non-U.S. holder and does not address the special tax rules applicable to particular non-U.S. holders, such as:

 

 

insurance companies;

 

 

tax-exempt or governmental organizations;

 

 

financial institutions;

 

 

brokers or dealers in securities;

 

 

“regulated investment companies” and “real estate investment trusts”;

 

 

pension plans;

 

 

“controlled foreign corporations,” “passive foreign investment companies,” and corporations that accumulate earnings to avoid U.S. federal income tax;

 

206


Table of Contents
 

“qualified foreign pension funds,” or entities wholly owned by a “qualified foreign pension fund”;

 

 

partnerships or other entities or arrangements treated as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes (and partners and investors therein);

 

 

persons deemed to sell our common stock under the constructive sale provisions of the Code;

 

 

persons who have elected to mark securities to market for U.S. federal income tax purposes;

 

 

persons who hold or receive our common stock pursuant to the exercise of any employee stock option or otherwise as compensation;

 

 

persons that hold our common stock as part of a straddle, conversion transaction, synthetic security or other integrated investment; and

 

 

U.S. expatriates.

This discussion is for general information only and is not tax advice. Accordingly, all prospective non-U.S. holders of our common stock should consult their tax advisors with respect to the U.S. federal, state, local and non-U.S. tax consequences of the purchase, ownership and disposition of our common stock.

Distributions on our common stock

We have never declared or paid any cash distributions on our capital stock and we do not anticipate paying cash distributions on our common stock for the foreseeable future. Distributions, if any, on our common stock will generally constitute dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. If a distribution exceeds our current and accumulated earnings and profits, the excess will be treated as a tax-free return of the non-U.S. holder’s investment, up to such holder’s tax basis in the common stock. Any remaining excess will be treated as capital gain, subject to the tax treatment described below in “Gain on sale and other taxable disposition of our common stock.” Any such distributions will also be subject to the discussions below under the sections entitled “Backup withholding and information reporting” and “Withholding and information reporting requirements—FATCA.”

Subject to the discussion in the following two paragraphs in this section, dividends paid to a non-U.S. holder generally will be subject to withholding of U.S. federal income tax at a 30 percent rate or a reduced rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty between the United States and such holder’s country of residence.

Dividends that are treated as effectively connected with a trade or business conducted by a non-U.S. holder within the United States and, if an applicable income tax treaty so provides, that are attributable to a permanent establishment or a fixed base maintained by the non-U.S. holder within the United States, are generally exempt from the 30 percent withholding tax if the non-U.S. holder satisfies applicable certification requirements. However, such U.S. effectively connected income, net of specified deductions and credits, is taxed at the same U.S. federal income tax rates applicable to United States persons (as defined in the Code). Any U.S. effectively connected income received by a non-U.S. holder that is a corporation may also, under certain circumstances, be subject to an additional “branch profits tax” at a 30 percent rate or a reduced rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty between the United States and such holder’s country of residence.

A non-U.S. holder of our common stock who claims the benefit of an applicable income tax treaty between the United States and such holder’s country of residence generally will be required to provide a properly executed IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E (or other applicable or successor form) to the applicable withholding agent and satisfy applicable certification and other requirements. Any documentation provided to an applicable withholding agent may need to be updated in certain circumstances. Non-U.S. holders are urged to consult their

 

207


Table of Contents

tax advisors regarding their entitlement to benefits under a relevant income tax treaty. A non-U.S. holder that is eligible for a reduced rate of U.S. withholding tax under an income tax treaty may obtain a refund or credit of any excess amounts withheld by timely filing an appropriate claim with the IRS.

Gain on sale or other taxable disposition of our common stock

Subject to the discussions below under “Backup withholding and information reporting” and “Withholding and information reporting requirements—FATCA,” a non-U.S. holder generally will not be subject to any U.S. federal income or withholding tax on any gain realized upon such holder’s sale or other taxable disposition of shares of our common stock unless:

 

 

the gain is effectively connected with the non-U.S. holder’s conduct of a U.S. trade or business and, if an applicable income tax treaty so provides, is attributable to a permanent establishment or a fixed base maintained by such non-U.S. holder in the United States, in which case the non-U.S. holder generally will be taxed on a net income basis at the U.S. federal income tax rates applicable to United States persons (as defined in the Code) and, if the non-U.S. holder is a foreign corporation, the branch profits tax described above in “Distributions on our common stock” also may apply;

 

 

the non-U.S. holder is a nonresident alien individual who is present in the United States for a period or periods aggregating 183 days or more in the taxable year of the disposition and certain other conditions are met, in which case the non-U.S. holder will be subject to a 30 percent tax (or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty between the United States and such holder’s country of residence) on the net gain derived from the disposition, which may be offset by certain U.S. source capital losses of the non-U.S. holder, if any (even though the individual is not considered a resident of the United States), provided that the non-U.S. holder has timely filed U.S. federal income tax returns with respect to such losses; or

 

 

we are, or have been, at any time during the five-year period preceding such sale or other taxable disposition (or the non-U.S. holder’s holding period, if shorter) a “U.S. real property holding corporation,” as described below, unless our common stock is regularly traded on an established securities market and the non-U.S. holder holds no more than 5 percent of our outstanding common stock, directly or indirectly, actually or constructively, during the shorter of the 5-year period ending on the date of the disposition or the period that the non-U.S. holder held our common stock. Generally, a corporation is a U.S. real property holding corporation if the fair market value of its U.S. real property interests, as defined in the Code and applicable Treasury regulations, equals or exceeds 50 percent of the sum of the fair market value of its worldwide real property interests plus its other assets used or held for use in a trade or business. Although there can be no assurance, we do not believe that we are, or have been, a U.S. real property holding corporation, or that we are likely to become one in the future. No assurance can be provided that our common stock will be regularly traded on an established securities market for purposes of the rules described above.

Backup withholding and information reporting

We (or the applicable paying agent) must report annually to the IRS and to each non-U.S. holder the gross amount of the distributions on our common stock paid to such holder and the tax withheld, if any, with respect to such distributions. A non-U.S. holder may have to comply with specific certification procedures to establish that the holder is not a United States person (as defined in the Code) in order to avoid backup withholding at the applicable rate with respect to dividends on our common stock. Dividends paid to non-U.S. holders subject to withholding of U.S. federal income tax, as described above in “Distributions on our common stock,” generally will be exempt from U.S. backup withholding.

 

208


Table of Contents

Information reporting and backup withholding will generally apply to the proceeds of a disposition of our common stock by a non-U.S. holder effected by or through the U.S. office of any broker, U.S. or foreign, unless the holder certifies its status as a non-U.S. holder and satisfies certain other requirements, or otherwise establishes an exemption. Generally, information reporting and backup withholding will not apply to a payment of disposition proceeds to a non-U.S. holder where the transaction is effected outside the United States through a non-U.S. office of a broker. However, for information reporting purposes, dispositions effected through a non-U.S. office of a broker with substantial U.S. ownership or operations generally will be treated in a manner similar to dispositions effected through a U.S. office of a broker.

Non-U.S. holders should consult their tax advisors regarding the application of the information reporting and backup withholding rules to them. Copies of information returns may be made available to the tax authorities of the country in which the non-U.S. holder resides or is incorporated under the provisions of a specific treaty or agreement. Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules from a payment to a non-U.S. holder can be refunded or credited against the non-U.S. holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability, if any, provided that an appropriate claim is filed with the IRS in a timely manner.

Withholding and information reporting requirements—FATCA

Provisions of the Code commonly referred to as the Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act, or FATCA, generally impose a U.S. federal withholding tax at a rate of 30 percent on payments of dividends on, or, subject to the discussion of certain proposed U.S. Treasury regulations below, gross proceeds from the sale or other disposition of, our common stock paid to a foreign entity unless (i) if the foreign entity is a “foreign financial institution,” such foreign entity undertakes certain due diligence, reporting, withholding, and certification obligations, (ii) if the foreign entity is not a “foreign financial institution,” such foreign entity identifies certain of its U.S. investors, if any, or (iii) the foreign entity is otherwise exempt under FATCA. However, the U.S. Treasury released proposed regulations which, if finalized in their present form, would eliminate the federal withholding tax of 30 percent applicable to the gross proceeds of a sale or other disposition of our common stock. In the preamble to such proposed regulations, the U.S. Treasury stated that taxpayers (including withholding agents) may generally rely on the proposed regulations until final regulations are issued. Under certain circumstances, a non-U.S. holder may be eligible for refunds or credits of this withholding tax. An intergovernmental agreement between the United States and an applicable foreign country may modify the requirements described in this paragraph. Non-U.S. holders should consult their tax advisors regarding the possible implications of this legislation on their investment in our common stock and the entities through which they hold our common stock, including, without limitation, the process and deadlines for meeting the applicable requirements to prevent the imposition of the 30 percent withholding tax under FATCA.

 

209


Table of Contents

Underwriting

We are offering the shares of common stock described in this prospectus through a number of underwriters. J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Jefferies LLC are acting as joint book-running managers of the offering, and as representatives of the underwriters. We have entered into an underwriting agreement with the underwriters. Subject to the terms and conditions of the underwriting agreement, we have agreed to sell to the underwriters, and each underwriter has severally agreed to purchase, at the public offering price less the underwriting discounts and commissions set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, the number of shares of common stock listed next to its name in the following table:

 

   
Name    Number of
shares
 

J.P. Morgan Securities LLC

  

Jefferies LLC

  

Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated

  

Guggenheim Securities, LLC

  
  

 

 

 

Total

  

 

 

 

The underwriters are committed to purchase all the shares of common stock offered by us if they purchase any shares. The underwriting agreement also provides that if an underwriter defaults, the purchase commitments of non-defaulting underwriters may also be increased or the offering may be terminated.

The underwriters propose to offer the shares of common stock directly to the public at the initial public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and to certain dealers at that price less a concession not in excess of $     per share. Any such dealers may resell shares to certain other brokers or dealers at a discount of up to $     per share from the initial public offering price. After the initial offering of the shares to the public, if all of the shares of common stock are not sold at the initial public offering price, the underwriters may change the offering price and the other selling terms. Sales of any shares made outside of the United States may be made by affiliates of the underwriters.

The underwriters have an option to buy up to      additional shares of common stock from us to cover sales of shares by the underwriters which exceed the number of shares specified in the table above. The underwriters have 30 days from the date of this prospectus to exercise this option to purchase additional shares. If any shares are purchased with this option to purchase additional shares, the underwriters will purchase shares in approximately the same proportion as shown in the table above. If any additional shares of common stock are purchased, the underwriters will offer the additional shares on the same terms as those on which the shares are being offered.

The underwriting fee is equal to the public offering price per share of common stock less the amount paid by the underwriters to us per share of common stock. The underwriting fee is $     per share. The following table shows the per share and total underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid to the underwriters assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares.

 

     
      Without
option to
purchase
additional
shares
exercise
     With full
option to
purchase
additional
shares
exercise
 

Per Share

   $            $        

Total

   $        $    

 

210


Table of Contents

We estimate that the total expenses of this offering, including registration, filing and listing fees, printing fees and legal and accounting expenses, but excluding the underwriting discounts and commissions, will be approximately $    . We have agreed to reimburse the underwriters for expenses relating to the clearance of this offering with the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority.

At our request, the underwriters have reserved up to % of the shares of common stock being offered by this prospectus for sale at the initial public offering price to our directors, officers, certain employees and certain other persons associated with us. The sales will be made by J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, an underwriter of this offering, through a directed share program. We do not know if these persons will choose to purchase all or any portion of these reserved shares, but any purchases they do make will reduce the number of shares of common stock available to the general public. Except for reserved shares purchased by our executive officers and directors, these reserved shares will not be subject to the lock-up restrictions described below. Any reserved shares not so purchased will be offered by the underwriters to the general public on the same terms as the other shares of common stock. We have agreed to indemnify J.P. Morgan Securities LLC against certain liabilities and expenses, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act, in connection with the sales of the directed shares.

A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on the web sites maintained by one or more underwriters, or selling group members, if any, participating in the offering. The underwriters may agree to allocate a number of shares to underwriters and selling group members for sale to their online brokerage account holders. Internet distributions will be allocated by the representatives to underwriters and selling group members that may make Internet distributions on the same basis as other allocations.

We have agreed that we will not (i) offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, or submit to, or file with, the Securities and Exchange Commission a registration statement under the Securities Act relating to, any shares of our common stock or securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for any shares of our common stock, or publicly disclose the intention to make any offer, sale, pledge, loan, disposition or filing, or (ii) enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers all or a portion of the economic consequences associated with the ownership of any shares of common stock or any such other securities (regardless of whether any of these transactions are to be settled by the delivery of shares of common stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise), in each case without the prior written consent of J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Jefferies LLC for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, other than the shares of our common stock to be sold in this offering.

The restrictions on our actions, as described above, do not apply to certain transactions, including (i) the issuance of shares of common stock or securities convertible into or exercisable for shares of our common stock pursuant to the conversion or exchange of convertible or exchangeable securities or the exercise of warrants or options (including net exercise) or the settlement of RSUs (including net settlement), in each case outstanding on the date of the underwriting agreement and described in this prospectus; (ii) grants of stock options, stock awards, restricted stock, RSUs, or other equity awards and the issuance of shares of our common stock or securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of our common stock (whether upon the exercise of stock options or otherwise) to our employees, officers, directors, advisors, or consultants pursuant to the terms of an equity compensation plan in effect as of the closing of this offering and described in this prospectus; (iii) the issuance of up to 5% of the outstanding shares of our common stock, or securities convertible into, exercisable for, or which are otherwise exchangeable for, our common stock, immediately following the closing of this offering, in connection with any bona fide licensing, commercialization, joint venture, technology transfer, acquisition, development collaboration or other strategic transaction, provided that for (i)-(iii) such recipients enter into a lock-up agreement with the underwriters; or (iv) our filing of any registration statement on Form S-8 relating to securities granted or to be granted pursuant to any plan in effect

 

211


Table of Contents

on the date of the underwriting agreement and described in this prospectus or any assumed benefit plan pursuant to an acquisition or similar strategic transaction.

Our directors and executive officers, and substantially all of our shareholders, or such persons, the lock-up parties, have entered into lock-up agreements with the underwriters prior to the commencement of this offering pursuant to which each lock-up party, with limited exceptions, for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus or such period, the restricted period, may not (and may not cause any of their direct or indirect affiliates to), without the prior written consent of J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Jefferies LLC, (1) offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of our common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our common stock (including, without limitation, common stock or such other securities which may be deemed to be beneficially owned by such lock-up parties in accordance with the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and securities which may be issued upon exercise of a stock option or warrant, or collectively with the common stock, the lock-up securities, (2) enter into any hedging, swap or other agreement or transaction that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the lock-up securities, whether any such transaction described in clause (1) or (2) above is to be settled by delivery of lock-up securities, in cash or otherwise, (3) make any demand for, or exercise any right with respect to, the registration of any lock-up securities, or (4) publicly disclose the intention to do any of the foregoing. Such persons or entities have further acknowledged that these undertakings preclude them from engaging in any hedging or other transactions or arrangements (including, without limitation, any short sale or the purchase or sale of, or entry into, any put or call option, or combination thereof, forward, swap or any other derivative transaction or instrument, however described or defined) designed or intended, or which could reasonably be expected to lead to or result in, a sale or disposition or transfer (by any person or entity, whether or not a signatory to such agreement) of any economic consequences of ownership, in whole or in part, directly or indirectly, of any lock-up securities, whether any such transaction or arrangement (or instrument provided for thereunder) would be settled by delivery of lock-up securities, in cash or otherwise.

The restrictions described in the immediately preceding paragraph and contained in the lock-up agreements between the underwriters and the lock-up parties do not apply, subject in certain cases to various conditions, to certain transactions, including (a) transfers of lock-up securities: (i) as bona fide gifts, as a charitable contribution, or for bona fide estate planning purposes, (ii) by will or intestacy or any other testamentary document, (iii) to any trust for the direct or indirect benefit of the lock-up party or its immediate family, or if the lock-up party is a trust, to a trustor, trustee (or co-trustee) or beneficiary of the trust or to the estate of a beneficiary of such trust (for purposes hereof, “immediate family” shall mean any relationship by blood, current or former marriage, domestic partnership or adoption, not more remote than first cousin), (iv) to a corporation, partnership, limited liability company, investment fund or other entity (A) of which the lock-up party and/or its immediate family are the legal and beneficial owner of all of the outstanding equity securities or similar interests or (B) controlled by, or under common control with, the lock-up party or the immediate family of the lock-up party, (v) to a nominee or custodian of a person or entity to whom a disposition or transfer would be permissible under clauses (i) through (iv), (vi) if the lock-up party is a corporation, partnership, limited liability company, trust or other business entity, (A) to another corporation, partnership, limited liability company, trust or other business entity that is an affiliate (as defined in Rule 405 promulgated under the Securities Act) of the lock-up party, or to any investment fund or other entity controlling, controlled by, managing or managed by or under common control with the lock-up party or its affiliates (including, for the avoidance of doubt, where the lock-up party is a partnership, to its general partner or a successor partnership or fund, or any other funds managed by such partnership), or (B) as part of a distribution to limited partners, members or shareholders of the lock-up party, (vii) by operation of law, such as pursuant to a qualified domestic order, divorce settlement, divorce decree or separation agreement, (viii) to us from an employee upon death, disability or termination of employment, in each case, of such employee, (ix) as

 

212


Table of Contents

part of a transaction related to lock-up securities acquired in this offering (if not a director or officer) or in open market transactions following this offering, (x) to us in connection with the vesting, settlement, or exercise of restricted stock units, options, warrants or other rights to purchase shares of our common stock (including, in each case, by way of “net” or “cashless” exercise), including for the payment of exercise price and tax and remittance payments due as a result of the vesting, settlement, or exercise of such restricted stock units, options, warrants or rights, provided that any such shares of our common stock received upon such exercise, vesting or settlement shall be subject to the restrictions similar to those in the immediately preceding paragraph, and provided further that any such restricted stock units, options, warrants or rights are held by the lock-up party pursuant to an agreement or equity awards granted under a stock incentive plan or other equity award plan, each such agreement or plan which is described in this prospectus, (xi) pursuant to a bona fide third-party tender offer, merger, consolidation or other similar transaction that is approved by our board of directors and made to all shareholders involving a change in control, provided that if such transaction is not completed, all such lock-up securities would remain subject to the restrictions in the immediately preceding paragraph (xii) to an immediate family member of the lock-up party, or (xiii) to us in connection with the transfer of shares pursuant to option agreements relating to the early exercise by the lock-up party of unvested options issued pursuant to our equity incentive plans, which plans are in each case described in this Registration Statement, under which we have the right to repurchase such shares and only to the extent we elect to exercise such right.; provided that (A) in the case of any transfer or distribution pursuant to clauses (i), (ii), (iii), (iv), (v), (vi), (vii) and (xii) of this paragraph, such transfer shall not involve a disposition for value and each donee, devisee, transferee or distributee shall execute and deliver to the representatives of the underwriters a lock-up letter in the form of the lock-up agreement, (B) in the case of any transfer or distribution pursuant to clauses (iii), (iv), (v), (vi), (ix) and (xii) of this paragraph, no filing by any party (donor, donee, devisee, transferor, transferee, distributer or distributee) under the Exchange Act, or other public announcement shall be required or shall be made voluntarily in connection with such transfer or distribution (other than a filing on a Form 5 or a filing required pursuant to Section 13 of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder made after the expiration of the restricted period) and (C) in the case of any transfer or distribution pursuant to clauses (i), (ii), (vii), (viii), (x) and (xiii) of this paragraph it shall be a condition to such transfer that no public filing, report or announcement shall be voluntarily made and if any filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act, or other public filing, report or announcement reporting a reduction in beneficial ownership of shares of our common stock in connection with such transfer or distribution shall be legally required during the restricted period, such filing, report or announcement shall clearly indicate in the footnotes thereto the nature and conditions of such transfer; (b) exercise of the options, settlement of RSUs or other equity awards, or the exercise of warrants granted pursuant to plans described in in this prospectus, provided that any lock-up securities received upon such exercise, vesting or settlement would be subject to restrictions similar to those in the immediately preceding paragraph; (c) the conversion of outstanding preferred stock, warrants to acquire preferred stock, or convertible securities into shares of our common stock or warrants to acquire shares of our common stock, provided that any common stock or warrant received upon such conversion would be subject to restrictions similar to those in the immediately preceding paragraph; (d) the establishment or modification by lock-up parties of trading plans under Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act for the transfer of lock-up securities, provided that (1) such plans do not provide for the transfer of lock-up securities during the restricted period and (2) no filing by any party under the Exchange Act or other public announcement shall be required or made voluntarily in connection with such trading plan; and (e) the sale of our common stock pursuant to the terms of the underwriting agreement.

J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Jefferies LLC, in their sole discretion, may release the securities subject to any of the lock-up agreements with the underwriters described above, in whole or in part at any time.

We have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

 

213


Table of Contents

We have applied to list our common stock on the Nasdaq Global Select Market under the symbol “MBX.” The closing of this offering is contingent upon such listing.

In connection with this offering, the underwriters may engage in stabilizing transactions, which involves making bids for, purchasing and selling shares of common stock in the open market for the purpose of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the common stock while this offering is in progress. These stabilizing transactions may include making short sales of common stock, which involves the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of shares of common stock than they are required to purchase in this offering, and purchasing shares of common stock on the open market to cover positions created by short sales. Short sales may be “covered” shorts, which are short positions in an amount not greater than the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares referred to above, or may be “naked” shorts, which are short positions in excess of that amount. The underwriters may close out any covered short position either by exercising their option to purchase additional shares, in whole or in part, or by purchasing shares in the open market. In making this determination, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market compared to the price at which the underwriters may purchase shares through the option to purchase additional shares. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the common stock in the open market that could adversely affect investors who purchase in this offering. To the extent that the underwriters create a naked short position, they will purchase shares in the open market to cover the position.

The underwriters have advised us that, pursuant to Regulation M of the Securities Act, they may also engage in other activities that stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the price of the common stock, including the imposition of penalty bids. This means that if the representatives of the underwriters purchase common stock in the open market in stabilizing transactions or to cover short sales, the representatives can require the underwriters that sold those shares as part of this offering to repay the underwriting discount received by them.

These activities may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of the common stock or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the common stock, and, as a result, the price of the common stock may be higher than the price that otherwise might exist in the open market. If the underwriters commence these activities, they may discontinue them at any time. The underwriters may carry out these transactions on the      , in the over-the-counter market or otherwise.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price will be determined by negotiations between us and the representatives of the underwriters. In determining the initial public offering price, we and the representatives of the underwriters expect to consider a number of factors including:

 

 

the information set forth in this prospectus and otherwise available to the representatives;

 

 

our prospects and the history and prospects for the industry in which we compete;

 

 

an assessment of our management;

 

 

our prospects for future earnings;

 

 

the general condition of the securities markets at the time of this offering;

 

 

the recent market prices of, and demand for, publicly traded common stock of generally comparable companies; and

 

 

other factors deemed relevant by the underwriters and us.

 

214


Table of Contents

Neither we nor the underwriters can assure investors that an active trading market will develop for our shares of common stock, or that the shares will trade in the public market at or above the initial public offering price.

Other than in the United States, no action has been taken by us or the underwriters that would permit a public offering of the securities offered by this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required. The securities offered by this prospectus may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, nor may this prospectus or any other offering material or advertisements in connection with the offer and sale of any such securities be distributed or published in any jurisdiction, except under circumstances that will result in compliance with the applicable rules and regulations of that jurisdiction. Persons into whose possession this prospectus comes are advised to inform themselves about and to observe any restrictions relating to the offering and the distribution of this prospectus. This prospectus does not constitute an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy any securities offered by this prospectus in any jurisdiction in which such an offer or a solicitation is unlawful.

Certain of the underwriters and their affiliates have provided in the past to us and our affiliates and may provide from time to time in the future certain commercial banking, financial advisory, investment banking and other services for us and such affiliates in the ordinary course of their business, for which they have received and may continue to receive customary fees and commissions. In addition, from time to time, certain of the underwriters and their affiliates may effect transactions for their own account or the account of customers, and hold on behalf of themselves or their customers, long or short positions in our debt or equity securities or loans, and may do so in the future.

Selling restrictions

Notice to prospective investors in the european economic area

In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area, or each, a Relevant State, no shares of our common stock have been offered or will be offered pursuant to the offering to the public in that Relevant State prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to the shares of our common stock which has been approved by the competent authority in that Relevant State or, where appropriate, approved in another Relevant State and notified to the competent authority in that Relevant State, all in accordance with the Prospectus Regulation), except that offers of shares of common stock may be made to the public in that Relevant State at any time under the following exemptions under the Prospectus Regulation:

 

a)   to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined under the Prospectus Regulation;

 

b)   to fewer than 150 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined under the Prospectus Regulation), subject to obtaining the prior consent of the underwriters for any such offer; or

 

c)   in any other circumstances falling within Article 1(4) of the Prospectus Regulation,

provided that no such offer of shares of common stock shall require the Issuer or any underwriter to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Regulation or supplement a prospectus pursuant to Article 23 of the Prospectus Regulation.

Each person in a Relevant State who initially acquires any shares of common stock or to whom any offer is made will be deemed to have represented, acknowledged and agreed to and with the Company and the underwriters that it is a qualified investor within the meaning of the Prospectus Regulation.

In the case of any shares of common stock being offered to a financial intermediary as that term is used in Article 5(1) of the Prospectus Regulation, each such financial intermediary will be deemed to have represented, acknowledged and agreed that the shares of common stock acquired by it in the offer have not been acquired

 

215


Table of Contents

on a non-discretionary basis on behalf of, nor have they been acquired with a view to their offer or resale to, persons in circumstances which may give rise to an offer to the public other than their offer or resale in a Relevant State to qualified investors, in circumstances in which the prior consent of the underwriters has been obtained to each such proposed offer or resale.

The Company, the underwriters and their affiliates will rely upon the truth and accuracy of the foregoing representations, acknowledgements and agreements.

For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer to the public” in relation to any shares of common stock in any Relevant State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and any shares of common stock to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe for any shares of common stock, and the expression “Prospectus Regulation” means Regulation (EU) 2017/1129.

Notice to prospective investors in the united kingdom

In relation to the United Kingdom, or the UK, no shares of our common stock have been offered or will be offered pursuant to the offering to the public in the UK prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to the shares of common stock which has been approved by the Financial Conduct Authority in the UK in accordance with the UK Prospectus Regulation and the FSMA, except that offers of shares of common stock may be made to the public in the UK at any time under the following exemptions under the UK Prospectus Regulation and the FSMA:

 

a)   to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined under the UK Prospectus Regulation;

 

b)   to fewer than 150 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined under the UK Prospectus Regulation), subject to obtaining the prior consent of the underwriters for any such offer; or

 

c)   at any time in other circumstances falling within section 86 of the FSMA,

provided that no such offer of shares of common stock shall require the Issuer or any underwriter to publish a prospectus pursuant to Section 85 of the FSMA or Article 3 of the UK Prospectus Regulation or supplement a prospectus pursuant to Article 23 of the UK Prospectus Regulation.

Each person in the UK who initially acquires any shares of common stock or to whom any offer is made will be deemed to have represented, acknowledged and agreed to and with the Company and the underwriters that it is a qualified investor within the meaning of the UK Prospectus Regulation.

In the case of any shares of common stock being offered to a financial intermediary as that term is used in Article 5(1) of the UK Prospectus Regulation, each such financial intermediary will be deemed to have represented, acknowledged and agreed that the shares of common stock acquired by it in the offer have not been acquired on a non-discretionary basis on behalf of, nor have they been acquired with a view to their offer or resale to, persons in circumstances which may give rise to an offer to the public other than their offer or resale in the UK to qualified investors, in circumstances in which the prior consent of the underwriters has been obtained to each such proposed offer or resale.

The Company, the underwriters and their affiliates will rely upon the truth and accuracy of the foregoing representations, acknowledgements and agreements.

For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer to the public” in relation to any shares of our common stock in the UK means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and any shares of our common stock to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to

 

216


Table of Contents

purchase or subscribe for any shares of our common stock, the expression “UK Prospectus Regulation” means Regulation (EU) 2017/1129 as it forms part of domestic law by virtue of the European Union (Withdrawal) Act 2018, and the expression “FSMA” means the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000.

This document is for distribution only to persons who (i) have professional experience in matters relating to investments and who qualify as investment professionals within the meaning of Article 19(5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005, or as amended, the Financial Promotion Order, (ii) are persons falling within Article 49(2)(a) to (d) (“high net worth companies, unincorporated associations etc.”) of the Financial Promotion Order, (iii) are outside the United Kingdom, or (iv) are persons to whom an invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of Section 21 of the FSMA) in connection with the issue or sale of any securities may otherwise lawfully be communicated or caused to be communicated (all such persons together being referred to as “relevant persons”). This document is directed only at relevant persons and must not be acted on or relied on by persons who are not relevant persons. Any investment or investment activity to which this document relates is available only to relevant persons and will be engaged in only with relevant persons.

Notice to prospective investors in Canada

The shares of common stock may be sold only to purchasers purchasing, or deemed to be purchasing, as principal that are accredited investors, as defined in National Instrument 45-106 Prospectus Exemptions or subsection 73.3(1) of the Securities Act (Ontario), and are permitted clients, as defined in National Instrument 31-103 Registration Requirements, Exemptions and Ongoing Registrant Obligations. Any resale of the shares of common stock must be made in accordance with an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the prospectus requirements of applicable securities laws.

Securities legislation in certain provinces or territories of Canada may provide a purchaser with remedies for rescission or damages if this prospectus (including any amendment thereto) contains a misrepresentation, provided that the remedies for rescission or damages are exercised by the purchaser within the time limit prescribed by the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory. The purchaser should refer to any applicable provisions of the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory for particulars of these rights or consult with a legal advisor.

Pursuant to section 3A.3 of National Instrument 33-105 Underwriting Conflicts, or NI 33-105, the underwriters are not required to comply with the disclosure requirements of NI 33-105 regarding underwriter conflicts of interest in connection with this offering.

Notice to prospective investors in Switzerland

The shares of common stock may not be publicly offered in Switzerland and will not be listed on the SIX Swiss Exchange, or six or on any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. This document does not constitute a prospectus within the meaning of, and has been prepared without regard to the disclosure standards for issuance prospectuses under art. 652a or art. 1156 of the Swiss Code of Obligations or the disclosure standards for listing prospectuses under art. 27 ff. of the SIX Listing Rules or the listing rules of any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the shares of common stock, or the offering may be publicly distributed or otherwise made publicly available in Switzerland.

Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the offering, the Company, the shares of common stock have been or will be filed with or approved by any Swiss regulatory authority. In particular, this document will not be filed with, and the offer of shares of common stock will not be supervised

 

217


Table of Contents

by, the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority FINMA, or FINMA, and the offer of shares of common stock has not been and will not be authorized under the Swiss Federal Act on Collective Investment Schemes, or CISA. The investor protection afforded to acquirers of interests in collective investment schemes under the CISA does not extend to acquirers of shares of common stock.

Notice to prospective investors in Hong Kong

The shares of common stock have not been offered or sold and will not be offered or sold in Hong Kong, by means of any document, other than (a) to “professional investors” as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571 of the Laws of Hong Kong), or SFO, of Hong Kong and any rules made thereunder; or (b) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” as defined in the Companies (Winding Up and Miscellaneous Provisions) Ordinance (Cap. 32) of Hong Kong), or CO, or which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of the CO. No advertisement, invitation or document relating to the shares of common stock has been or may be issued or has been or may be in the possession of any person for the purposes of issue, whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere, which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public of Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the securities laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to shares of common stock which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” as defined in the SFO and any rules made thereunder.

Notice to prospective investors in Singapore

Each joint book-running manager has acknowledged that this prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, each joint book-running manager has represented and agreed that it has not offered or sold any shares of common stock or caused the shares of common stock to be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase and will not offer or sell any shares of common stock or cause the shares of common stock to be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, and has not circulated or distributed, nor will it circulate or distribute, this prospectus or any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the shares of common stock, whether directly or indirectly, to any person in Singapore other than:

 

(a)   to an institutional investor (as defined in Section 4A of the Securities and Futures Act (Chapter 289) of Singapore, as modified or amended from time to time, or the SFA,) pursuant to Section 274 of the SFA;

 

(b)   to a relevant person (as defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA) pursuant to Section 275(1) of the SFA, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A) of the SFA, and in accordance with the conditions specified in Section 275 of the SFA; or

 

(c)   otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA.

Where the shares of common stock are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 of the SFA by a relevant person which is:

 

(a)   a corporation (which is not an accredited investor (as defined in Section 4A of the SFA)) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or

 

(b)  

a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary of the trust is an individual who is an accredited investor, securities or securities-based derivatives contracts (each term as defined in Section 2(1) of the SFA) of that corporation or the beneficiaries’ rights and interest (howsoever described) in that trust shall not be transferred within six

 

218


Table of Contents
 

months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the shares of common stock pursuant to an offer made under Section 275 of the SFA except:

 

(i)   to an institutional investor or to a relevant person, or to any person arising from an offer referred to in Section 275(1A) or Section 276(4)(i)(B) of the SFA;

 

(ii)   where no consideration is or will be given for the transfer;

 

(iii)   where the transfer is by operation of law;

 

(iv)   as specified in Section 276(7) of the SFA; or

 

(v)   as specified in Regulation 37A of the Securities and Futures (Offers of Investments) (Securities and Securities-based Derivatives Contracts) Regulations 2018.

Singapore SFA Product Classification—In connection with Section 309B of the SFA and the CMP Regulations 2018, unless otherwise specified before an offer of shares of common stock, we have determined, and hereby notify all relevant persons (as defined in Section 309A(1) of the SFA), that the shares of common stock are ‘‘prescribed capital markets products’’ (as defined in the CMP Regulations 2018) and Excluded Investment Products (as defined in MAS Notice SFA 04-N12: Notice on the Sale of Investment Products and MAS Notice FAA-N16: Notice on Recommendations on Investment Products).

Notice to prospective investors in Japan

The shares of common stock have not been and will not be registered pursuant to Article 4, Paragraph 1 of the Financial Instruments and Exchange Act. Accordingly, none of the shares of common stock nor any interest therein may be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to, or for the benefit of, any “resident” of Japan (which term as used herein means any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan), or to others for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to or for the benefit of a resident of Japan, except pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of, and otherwise in compliance with, the Financial Instruments and Exchange Act and any other applicable laws, regulations and ministerial guidelines of Japan in effect at the relevant time.

Notice to prospective investors in the United Arab Emirates

The shares of common stock have not been, and are not being, publicly offered, sold, promoted or advertised in the United Arab Emirates (including the Dubai International Financial Centre) other than in compliance with the laws of the United Arab Emirates (and the Dubai International Financial Centre) governing the issue, offering and sale of securities. Further, this prospectus does not constitute a public offer of securities in the United Arab Emirates (including the Dubai International Financial Centre) and is not intended to be a public offer. This prospectus has not been approved by or filed with the Central Bank of the United Arab Emirates, the Securities and Commodities Authority or the Dubai Financial Services Authority.

Notice to prospective investors in Israel

In the State of Israel this prospectus shall not be regarded as an offer to the public to purchase shares of common stock under the Israeli Securities Law, 5728—1968, which requires a prospectus to be published and authorized by the Israel Securities Authority, if it complies with certain provisions of Section 15 of the Israeli Securities Law, 5728–1968, including, inter alia, if: (i) the offer is made, distributed or directed to not more than 35 investors, subject to certain conditions, or the Addressed Investors; or (ii) the offer is made, distributed or directed to certain qualified investors defined in the First Addendum of the Israeli Securities Law, 5728—1968,

 

219


Table of Contents

subject to certain conditions, or the Qualified Investors. The Qualified Investors shall not be taken into account in the count of the Addressed Investors and may be offered to purchase securities in addition to the 35 Addressed Investors. We have not and will not take any action that would require it to publish a prospectus in accordance with and subject to the Israeli Securities Law, 5728—1968. We have not and will not distribute this prospectus or make, distribute or direct an offer to subscribe for our shares of common stock to any person within the State of Israel, other than to Qualified Investors and up to 35 Addressed Investors.

Qualified Investors may have to submit written evidence that they meet the definitions set out in of the First Addendum to the Israeli Securities Law, 5728—1968. In particular, we may request, as a condition to be offered shares of common stock, that Qualified Investors will each represent, warrant and certify to us and/or to anyone acting on our behalf: (i) that it is an investor falling within one of the categories listed in the First Addendum to the Israeli Securities Law, 5728—1968; (ii) which of the categories listed in the First Addendum to the Israeli Securities Law, 5728—1968 regarding Qualified Investors is applicable to it; (iii) that it will abide by all provisions set forth in the Israeli Securities Law, 5728—1968 and the regulations promulgated thereunder in connection with the offer to be issued shares of common stock; (iv) that the shares of common stock that it will be issued are, subject to exemptions available under the Israeli Securities Law, 5728—1968: (a) for its own account; (b) for investment purposes only; and (c) not issued with a view to resale within the State of Israel, other than in accordance with the provisions of the Israeli Securities Law, 5728—1968; and (v) that it is willing to provide further evidence of its Qualified Investor status. Addressed Investors may have to submit written evidence in respect of their identity and may have to sign and submit a declaration containing, inter alia, the Addressed Investor’s name, address and passport number or Israeli identification number.

Notice to prospective investors in Australia

This prospectus:

 

(a)   does not constitute a disclosure document or a prospectus under Chapter 6D.2 of the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth), or the Corporations Act;

 

(b)   has not been, and will not be, lodged with the Australian Securities and Investments Commission, or ASIC, a as a disclosure document for the purposes of the Corporations Act and does not purport to include the information required of a disclosure document for the purposes of the Corporations Act; and

 

(c)   may only be provided in Australia to select investors who are able to demonstrate that they fall within one or more of the categories of investors, available under section 708 of the Corporations Act, or Exempt Investors.

The shares of common stock may not be directly or indirectly offered for subscription or purchased or sold, and no invitations to subscribe for or buy the shares of common stock may be issued, and no draft or definitive offering memorandum, advertisement or other offering material relating to any shares of common stock may be distributed in Australia, except where disclosure to investors is not required under Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act or is otherwise in compliance with all applicable Australian laws and regulations. By submitting an application for the shares of common stock, you represent and warrant to us that you are an Exempt Investor.

As any offer of shares of common stock under this document will be made without disclosure in Australia under Chapter 6D.2 of the Corporations Act, the offer of those securities for resale in Australia within 12 months may, under section 707 of the Corporations Act, require disclosure to investors under Chapter 6D.2 if none of the exemptions in section 708 applies to that resale. By applying for the shares of common stock you undertake to us that you will not, for a period of 12 months from the date of issue of the shares of common stock, offer,

 

220


Table of Contents

transfer, assign or otherwise alienate those shares of common stock to investors in Australia except in circumstances where disclosure to investors is not required under Chapter 6D.2 of the Corporations Act or where a compliant disclosure document is prepared and lodged with ASIC.

Notice to prospective investors in China

This prospectus will not be circulated or distributed in the PRC and the shares of common stock will not be offered or sold, and will not be offered or sold to any person for re-offering or resale directly or indirectly to any residents of the PRC except pursuant to any applicable laws and regulations of the PRC. Neither this prospectus nor any advertisement or other offering material may be distributed or published in the PRC, except under circumstances that will result in compliance with applicable laws and regulations.

Notice to prospective investors in Korea

The shares of common stock have not been and will not be registered under the Financial Investments Services and Capital Markets Act of Korea and the decrees and regulations thereunder, or FSCMA, and the shares of common stock have been and will be offered in Korea as a private placement under the FSCMA. None of the shares of common stock may be offered, sold or delivered directly or indirectly, or offered or sold to any person for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Korea or to any resident of Korea except pursuant to the applicable laws and regulations of Korea, including the FSCMA and the Foreign Exchange Transaction Law of Korea and the decrees and regulations thereunder, or FETL. Furthermore, the purchaser of the shares of common stock shall comply with all applicable regulatory requirements (including but not limited to requirements under the FETL) in connection with the purchase of the shares of common stock. By the purchase of the shares of common stock, the relevant holder thereof will be deemed to represent and warrant that if it is in Korea or is a resident of Korea, it purchased the shares of common stock pursuant to the applicable laws and regulations of Korea.

Notice to prospective investors in Saudi Arabia

This document may not be distributed in the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia except to such persons as are permitted under the Offers of Securities Regulations as issued by the board of the Saudi Arabian Capital Market Authority, or CMA, pursuant to resolution number 2-11-2004 dated 4 October 2004 as amended by resolution number 1-28-2008, as amended, or the CMA Regulations. The CMA does not make any representation as to the accuracy or completeness of this document and expressly disclaims any liability whatsoever for any loss arising from, or incurred in reliance upon, any part of this document. Prospective purchasers of the shares of common stock offered hereby should conduct their own due diligence on the accuracy of the information relating to the securities. If you do not understand the contents of this document, you should consult an authorized financial adviser.

Notice to prospective investors in the Dubai International Financial Centre, or DIFC

This document relates to an Exempt Offer in accordance with the Markets Rules 2012 of the Dubai Financial Services Authority, or DFSA. This document is intended for distribution only to persons of a type specified in the Markets Rules 2012 of the DFSA. It must not be delivered to, or relied on by, any other person. The DFSA has no responsibility for reviewing or verifying any documents in connection with Exempt Offers. The DFSA has not approved this prospectus supplement nor taken steps to verify the information set forth herein and has no responsibility for this document. The shares of common stock to which this document relates may be illiquid and/or subject to restrictions on their resale. Prospective purchasers of the shares of common stock offered should conduct their own due diligence on the securities. If you do not understand the contents of this document, you should consult an authorized financial advisor.

 

221


Table of Contents

In relation to its use in the DIFC, this document is strictly private and confidential and is being distributed to a limited number of investors and must not be provided to any person other than the original recipient, and may not be reproduced or used for any other purpose. The interests in the securities may not be offered or sold directly or indirectly to the public in the DIFC.

Notice to prospective investors in Bermuda

Shares of common stock may be offered or sold in Bermuda only in compliance with the provisions of the Investment Business Act of 2003 of Bermuda which regulates the sale of securities in Bermuda. Additionally, non-Bermudian persons (including companies) may not carry on or engage in any trade or business in Bermuda unless such persons are permitted to do so under applicable Bermuda legislation.

Notice to prospective investors in the British Virgin Islands

The shares of common stock are not being and may not be offered to the public or to any person in the British Virgin Islands for purchase or subscription by or on behalf of us. The shares of common stock may be offered to companies incorporated under the BVI Business Companies Act, 2004 (British Virgin Islands) (BVI Companies), but only where the offer will be made to, and received by, the relevant BVI Company entirely outside of the British Virgin Islands.

Notice to prospective investors in Taiwan

The shares of common stock have not been and will not be registered with the Financial Supervisory Commission of Taiwan pursuant to relevant securities laws and regulations and may not be sold, issued or offered within Taiwan through a public offering or in circumstances which constitutes an offer within the meaning of the Securities and Exchange Act of Taiwan that requires a registration or approval of the Financial Supervisory Commission of Taiwan. No person or entity in Taiwan has been authorized to offer, sell, give advice regarding or otherwise intermediate the offering and sale of the shares of common stock in Taiwan.

Notice to prospective investors in South Africa

Due to restrictions under the securities laws of South Africa, no “offer to the public” (as such term is defined in the South African Companies Act, No. 71 of 2008 (as amended or re-enacted) (the South African Companies Act), is being made in connection with the issue of the shares of common stock in South Africa. Accordingly, this document does not, nor is it intended to, constitute a “registered prospectus” (as that term is defined in the South African Companies Act) prepared and registered under the South African Companies Act and has not been approved by, and/or filed with, the South African Companies and Intellectual Property Commission or any other regulatory authority in South Africa. The shares of common stock are not offered, and the offer shall not be transferred, sold, renounced or delivered, in South Africa or to a person with an address in South Africa, unless one or other of the following exemptions stipulated in section 96 (1) applies:

Section 96 (1) (a) the offer, transfer, sale, renunciation or delivery is to:

 

(i)   persons whose ordinary business, or part of whose ordinary business, is to deal in securities, as principal or agent;

 

(ii)   the South African Public Investment Corporation;

 

(iii)   persons or entities regulated by the Reserve Bank of South Africa;

 

(iv)   authorized financial service providers under South African law;

 

(v)   financial institutions recognized as such under South African law;

 

222


Table of Contents
(vi)   a wholly-owned subsidiary of any person or entity contemplated in (iii), (iv) or (v), acting as agent in the capacity of an authorized portfolio manager for a pension fund, or as manager for a collective investment scheme (in each case duly registered as such under South African law); or

 

(vii)   any combination of the person in (i) to (vi); or

Section 96 (1) (b) the total contemplated acquisition cost of the shares of common stock, for any single addressee acting as principal is equal to or greater than ZAR1,000,000 or such higher amount as may be promulgated by notice in the Government Gazette of South Africa pursuant to section 96(2)(a) of the South African Companies Act.

Information made available in this prospectus should not be considered as “advice” as defined in the South African Financial Advisory and Intermediary Services Act, 2002.

Notice to prospective investors in Malaysia

No prospectus or other offering material or document in connection with the offer and sale of the shares of common stock has been or will be registered with the Securities Commission of Malaysia, or the Commission, for the Commission’s approval pursuant to the Capital Markets and Services Act 2007. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the shares of common stock may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the shares of common stock be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Malaysia other than (i) a closed end fund approved by the Commission; (ii) a holder of a Capital Markets Services License; (iii) a person who acquires the shares of common stock, as principal, if the offer is on terms that the shares of common stock may only be acquired at a consideration of not less than RM250,000 (or its equivalent in foreign currencies) for each transaction; (iv) an individual whose total net personal assets or total net joint assets with his or her spouse exceeds RM3 million (or its equivalent in foreign currencies), excluding the value of the primary residence of the individual; (v) an individual who has a gross annual income exceeding RM300,000 (or its equivalent in foreign currencies) per annum in the preceding twelve months; (vi) an individual who, jointly with his or her spouse, has a gross annual income of RM400,000 (or its equivalent in foreign currencies), per annum in the preceding twelve months; (vii) a corporation with total net assets exceeding RM10 million (or its equivalent in a foreign currencies) based on the last audited accounts; (viii) a partnership with total net assets exceeding RM10 million (or its equivalent in foreign currencies); (ix) a bank licensee or insurance licensee as defined in the Labuan Financial Services and Securities Act 2010; (x) an Islamic bank licensee or takaful licensee as defined in the Labuan Financial Services and Securities Act 2010; and (xi) any other person as may be specified by the Commission; provided that, in the each of the preceding categories (i) to (xi), the distribution of the shares of common stock is made by a holder of a Capital Markets Services License who carries on the business of dealing in securities. The distribution in Malaysia of this prospectus is subject to Malaysian laws. This prospectus does not constitute and may not be used for the purpose of public offering or an issue, offer for subscription or purchase, invitation to subscribe for or purchase any securities requiring the registration of a prospectus with the Commission under the Capital Markets and Services Act 2007.

Notice to prospective investors in Qatar

The shares of common stock described in this prospectus have not been, and will not be, offered, sold or delivered, at any time, directly or indirectly in the State of Qatar in a manner that would constitute a public offering. This prospectus has not been, and will not be, registered with or approved by the Qatar Financial Markets Authority or Qatar Central Bank and may not be publicly distributed. This prospectus is intended for the original recipient only and must not be provided to any other person. It is not for general circulation in the State of Qatar and may not be reproduced or used for any other purpose.

 

223


Table of Contents

Legal matters

The validity of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus will be passed upon for us by Goodwin Procter LLP, Boston, Massachusetts. Certain legal matters relating to this offering will be passed upon for the underwriters by Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP, New York, New York.

Experts

The financial statements as of December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022, and for the years then ended, included in this Prospectus have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, as set forth in their report thereon appearing elsewhere herein, and are included in reliance upon such report given on the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

Where you can find more information

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 (File Number 333-     ) under the Securities Act with respect to the common stock we are offering by this prospectus. This prospectus, which constitutes part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information included in the registration statement. For further information pertaining to us and our common stock, you should refer to the registration statement and to its exhibits. Whenever we make reference in this prospectus to any of our contracts, agreements or other documents, the references are not necessarily complete, and you should refer to the exhibits attached to the registration statement for copies of the actual contract, agreement or other document.

Upon the completion of the offering, we will be subject to the informational requirements of the Exchange Act and will file annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. You can read our SEC filings, including the registration statement, at the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov. We also maintain a website at https://www.mbxbio.com and upon completion of the offering, you may access, free of charge, our annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K and any amendments to those reports, as soon as reasonably practicable after such material is electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC. The information contained in, or that can be accessed through, our website is not part of, and is not incorporated into, this prospectus.

 

224


Table of Contents

Index to financial statements

 

Index to Annual Financial Statements   
     Page  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-2  

Balance Sheets

     F-3  

Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss

     F-4  

Statements of Stockholders’ Deficit (Equity) and Convertible Preferred Stock

     F-5  

Statements of Cash Flows

     F-6  

Notes to Financial Statements

     F-7  
Index to Unaudited Interim Condensed Financial Statements   
     Page  

Condensed Balance Sheets

     F-26  

Condensed Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss

     F-27  

Condensed Statements of Stockholders’ Deficit (Equity) and Convertible Preferred Stock

     F-28  

Condensed Statements of Cash Flows

     F-29  

Notes to Financial Statements

     F-30  

 

F-1


Table of Contents

Report of independent registered public accounting firm

To the Stockholders and the Board of Directors of MBX Biosciences, Inc.

Opinion on the financial statements

We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of MBX Biosciences, Inc. (the Company) as of December 31, 2023 and 2022, the related statements of operations and comprehensive loss, stockholders’ equity (deficit) and convertible preferred stock, and cash flows for the years then ended, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “financial statements”). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company at December 31, 2023 and 2022, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the years then ended, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

Basis for opinion

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audits we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2023.

Indianapolis, Indiana

March 22, 2024

 

F-2


Table of Contents

MBX Biosciences, Inc.

Balance sheets

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

   
     As of December 31,  
      2022     2023  

Assets

    

Current assets:

    

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 24,210     $ 30,523  

Marketable securities

     18,251       50,153  

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     1,750       2,789  
  

 

 

 

Total current assets

     44,211       83,465  

Property and equipment, net

     521       439  

Right-of-use assets

     321       226  

Other long-term assets

     42       50  
  

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 45,095     $ 84,180  
  

 

 

 
Liabilities, Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Deficit     

Current liabilities:

    

Accounts payable

   $ 976     $ 1,391  

Accrued expenses

     2,318       2,382  

Operating lease liability, current

     137       153  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     3,431       3,926  

Share repurchase liability

     66       194  

Operating lease liability, net of current

     324       171  
  

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     3,821       4,291  
  

 

 

 

Commitments and contingencies (Note 8)

    

Convertible preferred stock

    

Series A Convertible Preferred Stock, $0.0001 par value, 53,598,587 shares authorized, issued and outstanding (liquidation preference of $36,822,229) as of December 31, 2023 and 2022

     36,501       36,501  

Series B Convertible Preferred Stock, $0.0001 par value, 129,240,032 shares authorized and 129,240,032 issued and outstanding (liquidation preference of $116,316,029) as of December 31, 2023 and 129,240,032 shares authorized and 53,118,933 issued and outstanding (liquidation preference of $47,807,040) as of December 31, 2022

     47,378       115,856  
  

 

 

 

Total convertible preferred stock

     83,879       152,357  
  

 

 

 

Stockholders’ deficit

    

Common stock, $0.0001 par value, 237,000,000 shares authorized and 15,113,124 issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2023 and 237,000,000 shares authorized and 12,118,446 issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2022

     1       1  

Additional paid-in-capital

     411       3,054  

Accumulated deficit

     (43,020     (75,583

Accumulated other comprehensive income

     3       60  
  

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ deficit

     (42,605     (72,468
  

 

 

 

Total liabilities, convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ deficit

   $ 45,095     $ 84,180  

 

 

See notes to financial statements.

 

F-3


Table of Contents

MBX Biosciences, Inc.

Statements of operations and comprehensive loss

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

      Years ended December 31,  
      2022     2023  

Operating expenses

    

Research and development

   $ 21,397     $ 28,534  

General and administrative

     3,764       6,777  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     25,161       35,311  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (25,161     (35,311

Interest and other income, net

     372       2,748  

Interest expense

     (374      

Change in derivative liability

     (73      

Loss on extinguishment of debt

     (899      
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (26,135   $ (32,563

Unrealized gain (loss) on marketable securities

     3       60  

Reclassification of net (gains) losses included in net loss

           (3
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other comprehensive income (loss)

     3       57  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive loss

   $ (26,132   $ (32,506
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

   $ (26,135   $ (32,563
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per common share, basic and diluted

   $ (3.26   $ (2.66
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average number of common shares outstanding used in computation of net loss per common share, basic and diluted

     8,018,990       12,247,625  

 

 

 

See notes to financial statements.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

MBX Biosciences, Inc.

Statements of stockholders’ equity (deficit) and convertible preferred stock

(in thousands, except share amounts)

 

                 
     Series A
convertible
preferred stock
    Series B
convertible
preferred stock
    Common stock                                     
 
     Outstanding
shares
    Amount     Outstanding
shares
    Amount     Outstanding
shares
    Amount     Additional
paid-in
capital
    Accumulated
deficit
    Accumulated
other
comprehensive
income (Loss)
    Total
stockholders’
deficit
 
 

Balance at December 31, 2021

    53,598,587     $ 36,501           $       11,708,268     $ 1     $ 48     $ (16,885   $     $ (16,836

Issuance of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock, net of $429 issuance costs

                53,118,933       47,378                                      

Issuance of common stock upon exercise of stock options

                            410,178             57                   57  

Stock-based compensation expense

                                        306                   306  

Net loss

                                              (26,135           (26,135

Other comprehensive income

                                                    3       3  
 

 

 

 
 

Balance at December 31, 2022

    53,598,587     $ 36,501       53,118,933     $ 47,378       12,118,446     $ 1     $ 411     $ (43,020   $ 3     $ (42,605

Issuance of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock, net of $30 issuance costs

                76,121,099       68,478                                      

Issuance of common stock upon exercise of stock options

                            2,994,678             600                   600  

Stock-based compensation expense

                                        2,043                   2,043  

Net loss

                                              (32,563           (32,563

Other comprehensive income

                                                    57       57  
 

 

 

 
 

Balance at December 31, 2023

    53,598,587     $ 36,501       129,240,032     $ 115,856       15,113,124     $ 1     $ 3,054     $ (75,583   $ 60     $ (72,468

 

 

See notes to financial statements.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

MBX Biosciences, Inc.

Statements of cash flows

(in thousands)

 

      Years ended
December 31,
 
      2022     2023  

Cash flows from operating activities:

    

Net loss

   $ (26,135   $ (32,563

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:

    

Stock-based compensation expense

     306       2,043  

Non cash operating lease expense

     42       95  

Accretion and amortization of marketable securities, net

     (27     (1,044

Depreciation expense

     56       157  

Loss on disposal of property and equipment

           69  

Non cash interest expense

     374        

Change in derivative liability

     73        

Loss on extinguishment of debt

     899        

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

    

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     (791     (1,047

Accounts payable

     671       412  

Accrued expenses

     1,452       45  

Other assets

     (42     (8

Operating lease liability

           (137
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in operating activities

     (23,122     (31,978
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities:

    

Purchases of marketable securities

     (20,220     (63,798

Maturities of marketable securities

     9,250       33,000  

Purchases of property and equipment

     (441     (129
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

     (11,411     (30,927
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities:

    

Proceeds from exercise of common stock options

     30       739  

Proceeds from the issuance of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock

     36,491       68,509  

Preferred stock issuance costs

     (429     (30

Proceeds from convertible notes

     10,000        

Convertible notes issuance costs

     (29      
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

     46,063       69,218  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

     11,530       6,313  

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period

     12,680       24,210  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents, end of period

   $ 24,210     $ 30,523  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosure of non-cash investing and financing activities:

    

Vesting of early exercised stock options and founder shares

   $ 37     $ 504  

Property and equipment in accounts payable and accrued liabilities

           18  

Non-cash property and equipment disposal

           34  

 

 

See notes to financial statements.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

MBX Biosciences, Inc.

Notes to financial statements

for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022

 

 

1. Nature of business and liquidity

MBX Biosciences, Inc. (“MBX” or the “Company”) is a clinical-stage biopharmaceutical company focused on the discovery and development of novel precision peptide therapies for the treatment of endocrine and metabolic disorders. The Company is advancing a pipeline of novel candidates for endocrine and metabolic disorders. The Company was organized in August 2018 in Indiana as a Limited Liability Company and converted to a C corporation in the state of Delaware in April 2019. The Company maintains its corporate offices in Carmel, Indiana.

Since inception, the Company has devoted substantially all of its resources to drug discovery and development of its product candidates MBX 2109, MBX 1416 and MBX 4291, and other preclinical programs, building an intellectual property portfolio, organizing and staffing the Company, business planning, raising capital and providing general and administrative support for these operations. The Company does not have any products approved for sale and have not generated any revenue from product sales. The Company has historically funded its operations primarily through sales of convertible preferred stock and convertible notes, which generated approximately $150.6 million in aggregate gross proceeds.

Liquidity

From inception and through December 31, 2023, the Company has devoted substantially all of its efforts to drug discovery and development. The Company has a limited operating history, has incurred operating losses since inception and expects to continue to incur significant operating losses for the foreseeable future. As of December 31, 2023, the Company has an accumulated deficit of $75.6 million and cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities of $80.7 million. Based on the Company’s current business plan, management believes that existing cash and cash equivalents and marketable securities will be sufficient to fund the Company’s obligations for at least 12 months from the date of issuance of these financial statements.

2. Summary of significant accounting policies

Basis of presentation

The financial statements have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America (US GAAP).

Use of estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with US GAAP requires management to make judgments, assumptions, and estimates that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of financial statements, and the reported amounts of income and expense during the reporting period. The most significant estimates relate to the determination of the fair value of stock option grants and estimates related to the amount of prepaid and accrued research and development expenses as of the balance sheet date. Management evaluates its estimates and assumptions on an ongoing basis using historical experience and other factors, including the current economic environment, and makes

 

F-7


Table of Contents

adjustments when the facts and circumstances dictate. These estimates are based on information available as of the date of the financial statements; therefore, actual results could differ from those estimates.

Cash and cash equivalents

The Company considers all highly liquid investments with an original maturity of three months or less at the date of purchase to be cash equivalents. As of December 31, 2023 and 2022, cash and cash equivalents consisted primarily of checking and savings deposits, money market fund holdings, and commercial paper.

Concentration of credit risk

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to significant concentration of credit risk consist primarily of cash and cash equivalents. The Company’s investment policy includes guidelines regarding the quality of the financial institutions and financial instruments and defines allowable marketable securities that it believes minimizes the exposure to concentration of credit risk. The Company may invest in money market funds (minimum of $1 billion in assets), U.S. Treasury securities, corporate debt, bank debt, U.S. government-related agency securities, other sovereign debt, municipal debt and commercial paper. These deposits may exceed federally insured limits. The Company has not experienced any losses historically in these accounts.

Property and equipment

Property and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation expense is recognized using the straight-line method over the estimated useful life of each asset, generally three to seven years. Leasehold improvements are depreciated over the shorter of the lease term or the estimated useful life of the asset. Upon retirement or sale, the cost of assets disposed of, and the related accumulated depreciation, are removed from the accounts and any resulting gain or loss is included in loss from operations in the period realized. Repairs and maintenance charges that do not increase the useful life of the assets are charged to operating expenses as incurred.

Impairment of long-lived assets

The Company evaluates its long-lived assets, which consist primarily of property and equipment, for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of such assets may not be recoverable. Recoverability of assets to be held and used is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of an asset to the future undiscounted net cash flows expected to be generated by the asset. If such assets are considered to be impaired, the impairment to be recognized is measured by the amount by which the carrying amount of the asset exceeds the fair value of the asset. No impairment losses have been recognized during the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022.

Fair value of financial instruments

Fair value is defined as the price that the Company would receive to sell an investment in a timely transaction or pay to transfer a liability in a timely transaction with an independent buyer in the principal market, or in the absence of a principal market, the most advantageous market for the investment or liability. A framework is used for measuring fair value utilizing a three-tier hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs to valuation techniques used to measure fair value. The hierarchy gives the highest priority to unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (Level 1 investments) and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs (Level 3 investments).

 

F-8


Table of Contents

The three levels of the fair value hierarchy are as follows:

 

 

Level 1 inputs: Unadjusted quoted prices in active markets that are accessible at the measurement date for identical, unrestricted assets or liabilities;

 

 

Level 2 inputs: Quoted prices in markets that are not considered to be active or financial instrument valuations for which all significant inputs are observable, either directly or indirectly; and

 

 

Level 3 inputs: Prices or valuations that require inputs that are both significant to the fair value measurement and unobservable.

Financial instruments are categorized in their entirety based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement. The assessment of the significance of a particular input to the fair value measurement requires judgment and considers factors specific to the investment.

The Company’s money market funds and marketable securities are carried at fair value determined according to the fair value hierarchy described above (Level 1 and Level 2, respectively).

Research and development expenses

Research and development expenses include employee-related expenses, including salaries, benefits, travel and stock-based compensation expense; external research and development expenses incurred under arrangements with third parties, such as contract research organization agreements, contract manufacturing organization agreements, clinical sites and consultants; costs associated with preclinical and clinical activities; costs associated with required regulatory filings, licenses and fees; costs incurred in development of intellectual property; and an allocated portion of facilities and other infrastructure costs associated with our research and development activities. Costs incurred in connection with research and development activities, both internal and external, are expensed as incurred.

Costs are considered incurred based on an evaluation of the progress to completion of specific tasks under each contract using information and data provided to the Company by its clinical sites and vendors. These costs consist of direct and indirect costs associated with specific projects, as well as fees paid to various entities that perform certain research on behalf of the Company. Depending upon the timing of payments to the service providers, the Company recognizes prepaid expenses or accrued expenses related to these costs. These accrued or prepaid expenses are based on management’s estimates of the work performed under service agreements, milestones achieved, and experience with similar contracts. The Company monitors each of these factors and adjusts estimates accordingly.

Deferred financing costs

Direct costs incurred in connection with the issuance of the convertible notes are capitalized as incurred, presented as a direct reduction of the carrying amount of the notes, and amortized over the period of indebtedness using the effective interest method.

Patent costs

Costs related to filing and pursuing patent applications are expensed as incurred, as recoverability of such expenditures is uncertain. These costs are included in general and administrative expenses.

Stock-based compensation

The Company measures all stock options and other stock-based awards granted to employees, nonemployees, and directors based on the fair value on the date of the grant and recognizes compensation expense of those

 

F-9


Table of Contents

awards over the requisite service period, which is generally the vesting period of the respective award. Generally, the Company issues stock option awards with only service-based vesting conditions and records the expense for these awards using the straight-line method. The Company’s policy is to account for forfeitures when they occur.

The Company classifies stock-based compensation expense in its statement of operations in the same manner in which the award recipient’s payroll costs are classified or in which the award recipients’ service payments are classified.

The fair value of each stock option grant is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. The Company lacks company-specific historical and implied volatility information. Therefore, it estimates its expected stock volatility based on the historical volatility of a publicly traded set of peer companies and expects to continue to do so until it has adequate historical data regarding the volatility of its own traded stock price. The expected term of the Company’s stock options has been determined utilizing the “simplified” method for awards that qualify as “plain-vanilla” options. The expected term of stock options granted to non-employees is equal to the contractual term of the option award. The risk-free interest rate is determined by reference to the US Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant of the award for time periods approximately equal to the expected term of the award. Expected dividend yield is zero because the Company has never paid cash dividends on common stock and does not expect to pay any cash dividends in the foreseeable future.

In determining the exercise prices for options granted, the Company has considered the estimated fair value of the common stock as of the measurement date. The estimated fair value of the common stock has been determined at each grant date based upon a variety of factors, including the illiquid nature of the common stock, arm’s-length sales of the Company’s capital stock (including convertible preferred stock), the effect of the rights and preferences of the preferred shareholders, and the prospects of a liquidity event. Among other factors are the Company’s financial position and historical financial performance, forecasted future operations of the Company, an evaluation or benchmark of the Company’s competition, and the current business climate in the marketplace. Significant changes to the key assumptions underlying the factors used could result in different fair values of common stock at each valuation date.

Income taxes

The Company recognizes net deferred tax assets to the extent that the Company believes these assets are more likely than not to be realized. In making such a determination, management considers all available positive and negative evidence, including future reversals of existing taxable temporary differences, projected future taxable income, tax-planning strategies, and results of recent operations. Valuation allowances are provided, if based upon the weight of available evidence, it is more likely than not that some or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The effect of a change in tax rates on deferred tax assets and liabilities is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date. If management determines that the Company would be able to realize its deferred tax assets in the future in excess of their net recorded amount, management would make an adjustment to the deferred tax asset valuation allowance, which would reduce the provision for income taxes.

The Company records uncertain tax positions on the basis of a two-step process whereby (1) management determines whether it is more likely than not that the tax positions will be sustained on the basis of the technical merits of the position and (2) for those tax positions that meet the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold, management recognizes the largest amount of tax benefit that is more than 50 percent likely to be realized upon ultimate settlement with the related tax authority. The Company’s policy is to recognize interest and/or penalties related to income tax matters in income tax expense. Any accrued interest and penalties are

 

F-10


Table of Contents

included within the related tax liability. The Company had no significant uncertain tax positions as of December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022.

Leases

The Company records a right-of-use (“ROU”) asset and lease liability for substantially all leases for which it is a lessee, in accordance with ASC 842. Leases with an initial term of 12 months or less are not recorded on the balance sheet. The Company recognizes lease expense for leases on a straight-line basis over the lease term. At inception of a contract, the Company considers all relevant facts and circumstances to assess whether or not the contract represents a lease by determining whether or not the contract conveys the right to control the use of an identified asset, either explicit or implicit, for a period of time in exchange for consideration.

Basic and diluted net loss per share

The Company calculates basic and diluted net loss per share using the two-class method. The two-class method requires income available to common stockholders for the period to be allocated between common stock and participating securities based upon their respective rights to receive dividends as if all income for the period had been distributed. The Company’s Series A Convertible Preferred Stock and Series B Convertible Preferred Stock are participating securities. These participating securities do not contractually require the holders of such shares to participate in the Company’s losses. As such, net losses for the years presented were not allocated to the Company’s participating securities. Accordingly, basic net loss per share is computed by dividing the net loss by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period, without consideration of potential dilutive securities. Diluted net loss per share is computed by dividing the net loss by the sum of the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period plus the dilutive effects of potentially dilutive securities outstanding during the period. Potentially dilutive securities include vested and unexercised stock options, restricted stock issued upon early exercise of stock options, restricted stock related to unvested founder shares and convertible preferred shares. The dilutive effect of stock options are computed using the treasury stock method and the dilutive effect of convertible preferred shares is calculated using the if-converted method. The Company has generated a net loss for all periods presented, therefore diluted net loss per share is the same as basic net loss per share since the inclusion of potentially dilutive securities would be anti-dilutive.

Segments

Operating segments are defined as components of an entity for which separate financial information is made available and is regularly evaluated by the chief operating decision maker (“CODM”) in making decisions regarding resource allocation and assessing performance. The Company’s CODM is the chief executive officer and operations are managed as a single segment for the purposes of assessing performance and making operating decisions. All of the Company’s assets are located in the United States.

Comprehensive income (loss)

Comprehensive income (loss) represents net income (loss) for the period plus the results of certain other changes in stockholders’ equity (deficit). The Company’s comprehensive loss included unrealized gains related to marketable securities for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022.

Recently issued accounting pronouncements

In December 2023, the FASB issued ASU 2023-09, Income Taxes (Topic 740): Improvements to Income Tax Disclosures, which is intended to enhance the transparency, decision usefulness and effectiveness of income tax

 

F-11


Table of Contents

disclosures. The amendments in this ASU require an entity to disclose a tabular tax rate reconciliation, using both percentages and currency, with specific categories. An entity is also required to provide a qualitative description of the states and local jurisdictions that make up the majority of the effect of the state and local income tax category and the net amount of income taxes paid, disaggregated by federal, state and foreign taxes and also disaggregated by individual jurisdictions. The amendments also remove certain disclosures that are no longer considered cost beneficial. The amendments are effective prospectively for public entities for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2024 and for entities other than public entities for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2025. Early adoption and retrospective application are permitted. Although the ASU only modifies the Company’s required income tax disclosures, the Company is currently evaluating the impact of adopting this guidance on its financial statements.

In November 2023, the FASB issued ASU 2023-07, Segment Reporting (Topic 280): Improvements to Reportable Segment Disclosures, which is intended to improve reportable segment disclosure requirements, primarily through additional and more detailed information about a reportable segment’s expenses. The amendments expand a public entity’s segment disclosures by requiring disclosure of significant segment expenses that are regularly provided to the chief operating decision maker (“CODM”), clarifying when an entity may report one or more additional measures to assess segment performance, requiring enhanced interim disclosures, providing new disclosure requirements for entities with a single reportable segment, and requiring other new disclosures. ASU 2023-07 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2023, and interim periods within fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2024, with early adoption permitted. The guidance is to be applied retrospectively to all prior periods presented in the financial statements. The Company does not anticipate the adoption to have a material impact on the Company’s financial disclosures.

3. Fair value measurements

The following table presents information about the Company’s financial instruments as of December 31, 2023 and 2022, that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis and indicates the fair value hierarchy of the inputs the Company utilized to determine such fair value (in thousands):

 

   
     December 31, 2022  
      Total      Level 1      Level 2      Level 3  

Financial assets:

           

Money market funds (cash equivalents)

   $ 11,599      $ 11,599      $      $  

Marketable securities

     28,031        18,251        9,780         
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total financial assets measured at fair value

   $ 39,630      $ 29,850      $ 9,780      $  

 

 

 

   
     December 31, 2023  
      Total      Level 1      Level 2      Level 3  

Financial assets:

           

Money market funds (cash equivalents)

   $ 30,359      $ 30,359      $      $  

Marketable securities

     50,153        40,231        9,922         
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total financial assets measured at fair value

   $ 80,512      $ 70,590      $ 9,922      $  

 

 

4. Marketable securities

The fair value of the Company’s marketable securities as of December 31, 2023 and 2022 is based on Level 1 and Level 2 inputs. The Company’s investments consist mainly of U.S. government and agency securities, government-sponsored bond obligations and certain other corporate debt securities. Fair value is determined

 

F-12


Table of Contents

by taking into consideration valuations obtained from third-party pricing services. The third-party pricing services utilize industry standard valuation models, for which all significant inputs are observable, either directly or indirectly, to estimate fair value. These inputs include reported trades of and broker/dealer quotes on the same or similar securities; issuer credit spreads; benchmark securities; and other observable inputs. There were no transfers between levels within the fair value hierarchy during the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022. The Company has assessed U.S. government treasuries as Level 1 and all other marketable securities as Level 2 within the fair value hierarchy of ASC 820. The Company classifies its entire investment portfolio as available-for-sale as defined in ASC 320, Debt Securities, and views all investments as available for use in its current operations. We have therefore classified all securities as current, even if we do not necessarily intend to dispose of the securities in the following year. Securities are carried at fair value with the unrealized gains (losses) reported in other comprehensive income (loss).

As of December 31, 2023 and 2022, none of the Company’s investments were determined to be other than temporarily impaired.

The following table summarizes the Company’s investments (in thousands):

 

   
     December 31, 2022  
      Amortized
Cost
     Unrealized
Gain
     Unrealized
(Loss)
     Estimated
Fair
Value
 

Government and agency securities

   $ 28,028      $ 3      $      $ 28,031  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 28,028      $ 3      $      $ 28,031  

 

 

 

   
     December 31, 2023  
      Amortized
Cost
     Unrealized
Gain
     Unrealized
(Loss)
    Estimated
Fair
Value
 

Government and agency securities

   $ 50,093      $ 62      $ (2   $ 50,153  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 50,093      $ 62      $ (2   $ 50,153  

 

 

The fair values of available-for-sale debt securities as of December 31, 2023, by contractual maturity, are summarized as follows (in thousands):

 

   
     December 31,
2023
 

Due in one year or less

   $ 47,504  

Due after one year through two years

     2,649  
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 50,153  

 

 

5. Prepaid expenses and other current assets

Prepaid and other current assets consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

   
     As of December 31,  
      2022      2023  

Prepaid research and development expenses

   $ 1,524      $ 2,448  

Interest receivable

     142        208  

Other current assets

     84        133  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total prepaid and other current assets

   $ 1,750      $ 2,789  

 

 

 

F-13


Table of Contents

6. Property and equipment, net

Property and equipment, net consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

   
     As of December 31,  
      2022     2023  

Furniture and fixtures

   $ 103     $ 162  

Computer equipment and software

     103       59  

Equipment

     21       21  

Leasehold improvements

     350       372  

Construction in progress

           3  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total property and equipment

     577       617  

Less accumulated depreciation

     (56     (178
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Property and equipment, net

   $ 521     $ 439  

 

 

Depreciation expense was $0.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2023 and $0.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2022.

7. Accrued expenses

Accrued expenses consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

   
     As of December 31,  
     2022        2023  

Compensation and benefits

   $ 1,133      $ 1,365  

Research and development expenses

     1,101        903  

Other

     84        114  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total accrued expenses

   $ 2,318      $ 2,382  

 

 

8. Commitments and contingencies

Leases

In April 2022, the Company entered into an operating lease agreement for principal executive office in Carmel, Indiana (the “Carmel Lease”). The Carmel Lease commenced in October 2022 and has an initial term of 39 months, terminating in December 2025, with an option to extend for 36 additional months at the Company’s discretion. The option to extend is not considered reasonably certain as of the lease inception.

In December 2023, The Company entered into an operating lease agreement for laboratory space in Indianapolis, Indiana (the “Laboratory Lease”). The Laboratory Lease commenced in December 2023 and has a term of 12 months, terminating in December 2024. The lease does not contain an option to extend the term. Due to the lease term being only one year, we have elected to account for it as a short-term lease with no corresponding lease liability or right-of-use asset recorded, and lease payments recognized as expense on a straight-line basis over the lease term.

The Company has no other operating or finance leases as of December 31, 2023 or 2022.

 

F-14


Table of Contents

The future minimum rent payments relating to the Carmel Lease under the terms and conditions existing as of December 31, 2023, are summarized as follows (in thousands):

 

   
Years ending December 31,       

2024

     174  

2025

     178  

2026

      

2027

      
  

 

 

 

Total lease payments

   $ 352  

Less: imputed interest

     (28
  

 

 

 

Present value of lease liabilities

   $ 324  

 

 

The Company incurred rent expense of $0.2 million and $0.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively.

The following table summarizes the operating lease term and discount rate for the Carmel Lease as of December 31, 2023 and 2022:

 

     
     December 31,
2022
     December 31,
2023
 

Weighted-average remaining lease term (years)

     3.0        2.0  

Weighted-average discount rate

     8.0%        8.0%  

 

 

Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of the Company’s operating lease liability was $0.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2023.

The following table sets forth the amount of right-of-use assets and lease liabilities included on the Company’s balance sheet as of December 31, 2023 and 2022 (in thousands):

 

     
     December 31,
2022
     December 31,
2023
 

Right-of use assets

   $ 321      $ 226  

Operating lease liability, current

     137        153  

Operating lease liability, net of current

     324        171  

 

 

License agreement

In June 2020, the Company entered into an Exclusive License Agreement with Indiana University Research and Technology Corporation (“IURTC”) (the “License Agreement”), to license certain intellectual property arising under the Research Agreement. Pursuant to the License Agreement, IURTC is also entitled to receive reimbursement for all patent prosecution and maintenance related expenses and an annual maintenance fee of up to $0.1 million beginning in the first year in which the first commercial sale occurs. In addition, IURTC is entitled to the receipt of specified clinical and regulatory milestones, as defined in the License Agreement, up to an aggregate of $0.4 million, plus certain royalties on net sales. The parties may terminate the License Agreement at any time by mutual agreement. In addition, the Company may terminate the License Agreement by giving 90 days’ notice to IURTC and IURTC may terminate the License Agreement immediately in the event of certain breaches of the agreement by the Company or upon the Company’s failure to undertake certain activities in furtherance of commercial development goals. Unless terminated earlier by either or both parties, the term of the License Agreement will continue until the final expiration of all patent rights under the License Agreement. In consideration for the license, during the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, the Company paid immaterial licensing fees to IURTC.

 

F-15


Table of Contents

Legal Proceedings

The Company is not currently a party to any material legal proceedings. At each reporting date, the Company evaluates whether a potential loss amount or a potential range of loss is probable and reasonably estimable under the provisions of the authoritative guidance that addresses accounting for contingencies. The Company expenses as incurred the costs related to its legal proceedings.

9. Convertible notes

In August 2022, the Company received gross cash proceeds of $10.0 million from the issuance of convertible notes (the “2022 Notes”). The Company incurred immaterial issuance costs in relation to the issuance of the 2022 Notes.

The 2022 Notes accrued interest at a rate of 8% per annum and were not payable until converted or paid in connection with repayment in full of the principal amount of the 2022 Notes.

The 2022 Notes a) automatically convert into shares of convertible preferred stock from the next qualified financing, as defined in the 2022 Notes agreement, at 90% of the per share price of the convertible preferred stock sold in the qualified financing consummated on or prior to March 31, 2023, or 80% of the per share price of the convertible preferred stock sold in the qualified financing consummated after March 31, 2023; b) note holders had the right, but not the obligation to convert into shares of convertible preferred stock from the next non-qualified financing at 90% of the per share price of the convertible preferred stock sold in the non-qualified financing consummated on or prior to March 31, 2023, or 80% of the per share price of the convertible preferred stock sold in the non-qualified financing consummated after March 31, 2023; or c) redeem in the event of a change in control. The number of shares of convertible preferred stock to be issued upon such conversion would be equal to the quotient obtained by dividing the amount due on the date of conversion by 90% of the per share price of the convertible preferred stock sold in the qualified or non-qualified financing, if consummated prior to March 31, 2023, or 80% of the per share price, if consummated after March 31, 2023. In the event of a change in control, the holders would receive an amount equal to 2.5 times the principal then outstanding plus the amount of accrued interest outstanding immediately prior to the closing of such change in control.

The Company evaluated the provisions of the Notes and determined an embedded derivative liability existed which was recorded upon issuance and remeasured periodically through the conversion date.

In connection with the Series B Convertible Preferred Stock issuance (“Series B Issuance”), the 2022 Notes were converted into 12,573,381 shares of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock at a price of $0.90, on November 7, 2022. As the Series B Issuance was a qualified financing event and was consummated prior to March 31, 2023, the shares were converted using a 90% discount rate as follows (in thousands):

 

Principal balance of convertible notes

   $ 10,000  

Accrued interest

     344  

Loss on extinguishment of notes

     899  

Change in derivative liability

     73  
  

 

 

 

Total converted to Series B convertible preferred stock

   $ 11,316  

 

 

10. Convertible preferred stock

On November 7, 2022, the Company amended and restated its certificate of incorporation increasing the total number of shares authorized to issue 237,000,000 shares of common stock, $0.0001 par value per share, and 182,838,619 shares of convertible preferred stock, $0.0001 par value per share.

 

F-16


Table of Contents

Issuances of convertible preferred stock

In July 2020, the Company entered into a Series A convertible preferred stock purchase agreement (“Series A SPA”) under which it issued 29,112,081 shares of Series A convertible preferred stock, for cash, at a price of $0.687 per share, for gross proceeds of $20.0 million (the “Initial Series A Closing”). The Company incurred issuance costs of $0.3 million in relation to the issuance of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock, which have been recorded as a reduction to the value of the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock in mezzanine equity in the accompanying balance sheets. The Series A SPA contained provisions that potentially obligated the Company to sell an additional 14,556,039 shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock at $0.687 per share in an additional closing contingent upon either the achievement of a regulatory milestone defined in the Series A SPA or upon the agreement of the Company’s board of directors and lead investor to waive the requirement to achieve the milestone. In the event that an Initial Series A Closing purchaser failed to purchase all of their required shares in the subsequent Series A closing, each of the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock held by such purchaser automatically converted into one-half of a share of common stock.

Concurrently with the Initial Series A Closing, convertible notes issued by the Company in 2019 and 2020, including accrued interest and accrued deferred compensation, plus interest, were converted into 8,474,865 shares of Series A convertible preferred stock at a conversion price equal to 90% of the Series A financing, or $0.6183, representing a total of $5.4 million.

On November 12, 2021, the Company sold 16,011,641 additional shares of Series A convertible preferred stock at the same terms and conditions as those contained in the initial Agreement. The gross proceeds from the sale of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock upon achieving the milestone event was $11.0 million at $0.687 per share. The Company incurred immaterial issuance costs in relation to the issuance of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock, which have been recorded as a reduction to the value of the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock in mezzanine equity in the accompanying balance sheets.

On November 7, 2022 (the “Initial Series B Closing”), the Company entered into a Series B Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement (the “Series B SPA”) to issue certain investors Series B Convertible Preferred Stock at a purchase price of $0.90 per share ($0.0001 par value). The Company amended the Certificate of Incorporation (“Charter”) on November 7, 2022, which authorized the issuance of 129,240,032 shares of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock, in addition to 53,598,587 shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock issued and outstanding. The Company also executed the Amended and Restated Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement (the “ROFR and CS”) and the Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement (the “A&R Investors’ Rights”).

The Initial Series B Closing resulted in the issuance of 40,545,552 shares of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock, at a price of $0.90 per share, for gross cash proceeds of $36.5 million. The Company incurred issuance costs of $0.4 million in relation to the issuance of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock, which have been recorded as a reduction to the value of the Series B Convertible Preferred Stock in mezzanine equity in the accompanying balance sheets. Concurrently with the Initial Series B Closing, the 2022 Notes, including accrued interest, were converted into 12,573,381 shares of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock at a conversion price equal to 90% of the Series B financing. After the Initial Closing, the Company agreed to sell on the same terms and conditions as the first sale, an additional 76,121,099 shares of Series B Preferred Stock (the “Series B Milestone Issuance”) upon achieving certain development milestones.

On August 15, 2023, the Company issued 76,121,099 shares of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock, at a price of $0.90 per share, for gross cash proceeds of $68.5 million in the Series B Milestone Issuance. The Company incurred immaterial issuance costs in relation to this issuance of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock, which have been recorded as a reduction to the value of the Series B Convertible Preferred Stock in mezzanine equity in the accompanying balance sheets.

 

F-17


Table of Contents

The holders of the Series A and Series B Convertible Preferred Stock have the following rights and preferences:

Voting rights

Series A and Series B Convertible Preferred Stock are entitled to cast the number of votes equal to the number of whole shares of common stock into which the shares of Series A and Series B Convertible Preferred Stock held by such holder are convertible as of the record date for determining stockholders entitled to vote on such matter.

Election of directors

The holders of record of shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock, exclusively and as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect three directors of the Company. The holders of record of shares of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock, exclusively and as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect one director of the Company.

Non-cumulative dividend

Holders of Series A and Series B Convertible Preferred Stock, in preference to the holders of common stock, are entitled to receive, when, as and if declared by the board of directors of the Company, but only out of funds that are legally available therefor, cash dividends at the rate of eight percent (8%) of the Series A and Series B original issue price per annum on each outstanding share of Series A and Series B Convertible Preferred Stock (the “Preferred Dividends”). All such Preferred Dividends shall be payable only when, as and if declared by the board of directors of the Company and shall be non-cumulative. No dividends have been declared to-date as of December 31, 2023.

Conversion right

Each share of Series A and Series B Convertible Preferred Stock is automatically converted into common stock upon either (a) the closing of the sale of shares of common stock to the public at a price of at least $2.061 or $2.25, respectively, per share (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to the common stock), in a firm-commitment underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, resulting in at least $50,000,000 of gross proceeds to the Corporation and in connection with such offering the common stock is listed for trading on the Nasdaq Stock Market’s National Market, the New York Stock Exchange or another exchange or marketplace approved the Board of Directors or (b) the affirmative vote or written consent of the majority preferred stockholders.

Liquidation preference

In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, the holders of shares of Series A and Series B Convertible Preferred Stock then outstanding shall be entitled to be paid out of the assets of the Company available for distribution to its stockholders, and in the event of a Deemed Liquidation Event (as defined in the Company’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation), the holders of shares of Series A and Series B Convertible Preferred Stock then outstanding shall be entitled to be paid out of the consideration payable to stockholders in such Deemed Liquidation Event or out of the available proceeds, as applicable, before any payment shall be made to the holders of common stock by reason of their ownership thereof, an amount per share equal to the greater of (i) the Series A and Series B Convertible Preferred Stock original issue prices, plus any dividends declared but unpaid thereon, or (ii) such amount per share as would have been payable had all shares of Series A and Series B Convertible Preferred Stock been converted into common stock immediately prior to such liquidation, dissolution, winding up or Deemed Liquidation Event.

 

F-18


Table of Contents

11. Common stock

The Company’s certificate of incorporation, as amended and restated, authorized the Company to issue 237,000,000 shares of common stock, $0.0001 par value. As of December 31, 2023 and 2022, there were 15,113,124 and 12,118,446 shares of common stock issued and outstanding, respectively. Shares of common stock issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2023, include 1,085,978 shares of restricted stock related to the unvested portion of early exercised common stock options. Shares of common stock issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2022, include 1,171,406 shares of restricted stock related to the unvested portion of early exercised common stock options and 1,079,167 shares of restricted stock related to unvested founder shares. These are included in shares of common stock as they are considered to be legally outstanding as of December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively. These shares are subject to the Company’s option to repurchase and are not transferrable until such time as they are fully vested.

Common stock reserved

The number of shares of common stock that have been reserved for the potential conversion of Preferred Stock, and outstanding stock options granted and stock options available for grant under the Company’s 2019 Stock Option and Grant Plan (the “2019 Plan”) as of December 31, 2023 and 2022, are as follows:

 

   
     As of December 31,  
      2022      2023  

Conversion of Series A Preferred Stock

     53,598,587        53,598,587  

Conversion of Series B Preferred Stock

     53,118,933        129,240,032  

Outstanding common stock options

     14,465,333        29,980,766  

Common stock options available for grant

     5,536,649        8,226,538  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     126,719,502        221,045,923  

 

 

12. Stock-based compensation

2019 Stock option and grant plan

The Company’s 2019 Plan, as amended, provides for the Company to sell or issue common stock or restricted common stock or to grant incentive stock options or nonqualified stock options for the purchase of common stock, to employees, members of the board of directors, and consultants of the Company. The 2019 Plan is administered by the board of directors or at the discretion of the board of directors by a committee of the board. The exercise prices, vesting periods, and other restrictions are determined at the discretion of the board of directors or a committee of the board, except that the exercise price per share of stock options may not be less than 100% of the fair market value of the share of common stock on the date of grant and the contractual term of stock option may not be greater than 10 years. Stock options granted to date typically vest and become exercisable over four years from the date of grant.

The total number of shares of common stock that may be authorized under the 2019 Plan is 44,820,428 shares, of which 8,226,538 remained available for future grant as of December 31, 2023. The shares available for issuance under the 2019 Plan may be authorized but unissued shares or shares reacquired by the Company.

 

F-19


Table of Contents

Stock option valuation

 

   
     As of December 31,  
      2022     2023  

Fair value of common stock

   $ 0.25—$0.34     $ 0.34—$0.65  

Dividend yield

     0     0

Volatility

     80     80%—90

Risk-free interest rate

     1.62%—4.40     3.42%—4.67

Expected term (years)

     6.02—6.08       6.02—6.08  

 

 

The determination of the grant date fair value of stock-based awards granted to employees, directors and nonemployees during the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, is estimated using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model, which is affected by a number of assumptions, presented as follows:

Fair value of common stock: As there has been no public market for the Company’s common stock to date, the Company develops an estimate of the fair value of our common stock on each grant date of options to purchase common stock. The fair value of the common stock underlying stock option awards was determined on each grant date by the Company’s board of directors, taking into account input from management and independent third-party valuation specialists, as well as other objective and subjective factors. These objective and subjective factors include, but are not limited to:

 

 

the prices of our convertible preferred stock sold to investors in arm’s length transactions and the rights, preferences and privileges of our convertible preferred stock relative to those of our common stock;

 

 

our stage of development and business strategy and the material risks related to our business and industry;

 

 

the progress of our research and development programs, including the status of preclinical studies and clinical trials for our drug candidates;

 

 

our results of operations and financial position, including our levels of available capital resources;

 

 

the valuation of publicly traded companies in the life sciences and biotechnology sectors, as well as recently completed mergers and acquisitions of peer companies;

 

 

the lack of marketability of our common stock as a private company;

 

 

the likelihood of achieving a liquidity event for the holders of our common stock, such as an initial public offering or a sale of our company, given prevailing market conditions;

 

 

trends and developments in our industry;

 

 

external market conditions affecting the life sciences and biotechnology industry sectors; and

 

 

the economy in general.

Dividends: Expected dividend yield is zero because the Company has never paid cash dividends on common stock and does not expect to pay any cash dividends in the foreseeable future.

Expected volatility: The Company lacks company-specific historical and implied volatility information. Therefore, it estimates its expected stock volatility based on the historical volatility of a publicly traded set of peer companies and expects to continue to do so until it has adequate historical data regarding the volatility of its own traded stock price. To identify these peer companies, the Company considered the industry, stage of development, size, and financial leverage of potential comparable companies.

 

F-20


Table of Contents

Risk-free interest rate: The risk-free interest rate is determined by reference to the US Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant of the award for time periods approximately equal to the expected term of the award.

Expected term: The expected term of the Company’s stock options has been determined utilizing the “simplified” method for awards that qualify as “plain-vanilla” options. The expected term of stock options granted to non-employees is equal to the contractual term of the option award.

Summary of option activity

The Company’s stock option activity regarding employees, directors, and nonemployees for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, is summarized as follows (in thousands except share and per share amounts):

 

         
     Shares     Weighted-
average
exercise
price
     Weighted-
average
remaining
contractual
life (years)
     Aggregate
intrinsic
value
 

Options outstanding—January 1, 2022

     1,827,242     $ 0.04        8.99      $ 384  

Granted

     13,516,500       0.27        

Exercised

     (568,826     0.08        

Forfeited

     (289,688     0.25        

Cancelled

     (19,895     0.10        
  

 

 

   

 

 

       

Options outstanding—December 31, 2022

     14,465,333     $ 0.24        9.57      $ 1,381  

Granted

     21,067,815       0.62        

Exercised

     (3,009,836     0.25        

Forfeited

     (2,557,704     0.39        

Cancelled

                  

Repurchased

     15,158       0.06        
  

 

 

       

Options outstanding and exercisable—December 31, 2023

     29,980,766     $ 0.50        9.26      $ 4,543  

 

 

Additional information with regard to stock option activity involving employees and directors for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, is as follows (in thousands except per share amounts):

 

   
      As of December 31,  
      2022      2023  

Weighted-average grant date fair value per option of total options granted

   $ 0.24      $ 0.45  

Aggregate intrinsic value of stock options exercised

     98        460  

 

 

As of December 31, 2023, total unrecognized compensation cost related to the unvested awards to employees, directors, and nonemployees is $10.2 million, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 3.4 years.

 

F-21


Table of Contents

Stock-based compensation

During the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, the Company recorded stock-based compensation expense regarding its employees, directors, and nonemployees as follows (in thousands):

 

   
      For the year ended
December 31,
 
      2022      2023  

Research and development expense

   $ 93      $ 904  

General and administrative expense

     213        1,139  
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 306      $ 2,043  

 

 

13. Income taxes

The Company recorded no income tax benefit for the net loss incurred for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, due to the uncertainty of realizing a benefit from such losses. All of the Company’s operating losses since inception have been generated in the United States.

A reconciliation of the U.S. federal statutory income tax rate to the Company’s effective tax rate is as follows:

 

   
      As of December 31,  
      2022     2023  

Federal statutory rate

     21.0     21.0

State tax rate, net of federal benefit

     3.7     4.0

Federal research tax credits

     7.4     4.2

Debt financing

     (1.1 )%      0.0

Permanent differences and other

     (0.2 )%      (0.8 )% 

Change in valuation allowance

     (30.8 )%      (28.4 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     0.0     0.0

 

 

 

F-22


Table of Contents

Significant components of the Company’s deferred tax assets as of December 31, 2023 and 2022, are included in the table below (in thousands):

 

   
     As of December 31,  
      2022     2023  

Deferred tax assets:

    

Net operating loss carryforwards

   $ 5,119     $ 9,095  

Capitalized research and development expenses

     4,769       8,322  

Research and development credit carryforwards

     2,220       3,583  

Accrued expenses

     277       319  

Lease liability

     115       81  

Other, net

           312  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred tax assets:

     12,500       21,712  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred tax liabilities:

    

Operating lease right-of-use assets

     (80     (56

Depreciation

     (91     (82
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred tax liabilities:

     (171     (138
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Less valuation allowance

     (12,329     (21,574
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net deferred tax assets

   $     $  

 

 

The Company’s management has evaluated the positive and negative evidence bearing upon the realizability of its deferred tax assets, which are composed primarily of net operating loss (“NOL”) carryforwards, capitalized research and development costs and research and development credit carryforwards. Management has considered the Company’s history of net losses incurred since inception and probability of future losses to conclude it is more likely than not that the Company will not recognize the benefits of federal and state deferred tax assets. As a result, the Company has established a valuation allowance for the full amount of the net deferred tax assets as of December 31, 2023 and 2022. At such time as it is determined that it is more likely than not that the deferred tax assets will be realizable, the valuation allowance will be reduced. The valuation allowance increased by $9.2 million during the year ended December 31, 2023, due to the increase in the deferred tax assets by the same amounts.

As of December 31, 2023, the Company had $30.1 million and $71.3 million of US federal NOLs and state NOL carryforwards, respectively. The federal NOLs have no expiration and the state NOLs begin to expire in 2039. In addition, the Company had US federal research and development tax credit carryforwards of $4.7 million, which may be available to reduce future tax liabilities which start to expire in 2039. The Company had Indiana state research and development tax credits of $1.2 million as of December 31, 2023, which begin to expire in 2029.

Effective January 1, 2022, the 2017 Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (“TCJA”) requires research and experimental (“R&E”) expenses under Internal Revenue Code Section 174 to be capitalized. R&E expenses are required to be amortized over a five-year period for domestic expenses and over a fifteen-year period for foreign expenses. Prior to the TCJA being effective, businesses had the option of deducting Section 174 expenses in the year incurred or capitalizing and amortizing the costs over five years. The Company has reflected this change in treatment of R&E expenses in the current tax provision and resulted in the capitalization of $27.3 million and $21.0 million of R&E expenses for tax years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively.

Realization of the future tax benefits is dependent on many factors, including the Company’s ability to generate taxable income within the NOL carryforward period. Under the provisions of Sections 382 and 383 of the Internal Revenue Code, and corresponding provisions of state law, certain substantial changes in the Company’s

 

F-23


Table of Contents

ownership, including a sale of the Company or significant changes in ownership due to sales of equity, may have limited, or may limit in the future, the amount of NOL carryforwards, which could be used annually to offset future taxable income.

Due to the existence of the valuation allowance, future recognition of previously unrecognized tax benefits will not impact the Company’s effective tax rate. The Company is subject to taxation in the U.S and various state jurisdictions. All tax years since incorporation remain open to examination by the major taxing jurisdictions (state and federal) to which the Company is subject, as carryforward attributes generated in years past may still be adjusted upon examination by the Internal Revenue Service (IRS) or other authorities if they have or will be used in a future period. The Company is not currently under examination by the IRS or any other jurisdictions for any tax year. The Company’s practice is to recognize interest and penalties related to income tax matters in income tax expense.

The Company had no accrued interest or penalties related to income tax matters in the Company’s balance sheets as of December 31, 2023, and 2022. Further, the Company is not currently under examination by any federal, state or local tax authority.

The Inflation Reduction Act 2022 (“IRA 2022”) which incorporates a Corporate Alternative Minimum Tax (CAMT) was signed on August 16, 2022 and became applicable to the Company on January 1, 2023. The new tax will require companies to compute two separate calculations for federal income tax purposes and pay the greater of the new minimum tax or their regular tax liability. As of December 31, 2023, IRA 2022 has not had a material impact to the Company’s financial results.

The following table summarizes the changes to the Company’s gross unrecognized tax benefits for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively (in thousands):

 

     
     2022     2023  

Balance at January 1,

   $ 261     $ 1,179  

Increase related to current year tax positions

     931       918  

Increase related to prior year tax positions

           17  

Decrease related to prior year tax positions

     (13      
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31,

   $ 1,179     $ 2,114  

 

 

The unrecognized tax benefit amounts are reflected in the determination of the Company’s deferred tax assets. If recognized, none of these amounts would affect the Company’s effective tax rate, since it would be offset by an equal corresponding adjustment in the valuation allowance. The Company does not foresee material changes to its liability for uncertain tax benefits within the next twelve months.

The Company is subject to taxation in the U.S. federal and various state jurisdictions. All tax years since incorporation remain open to examination by the major taxing jurisdictions (state and federal) to which the Company is subject, as carryforward attributes generated in years past may still be adjusted upon examination by the Internal Revenue Service (IRS) or other authorities if they have or will be used in a future period. The Company is not currently under examination by the IRS or any other jurisdictions for any tax year. The Company’s practice is to recognize interest and penalties related to income tax matters in income tax expense.

The Company had no accrued interest or penalties related to income tax matters in the Company’s balance sheets as of December 31, 2023, and 2022. Further, the Company is not currently under examination by any federal, state or local tax authority.

 

F-24


Table of Contents

14. Defined contribution plan

The Company established a defined contribution savings plan under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code. This plan covers substantially all employees who meet minimum age and service requirements and allows participants to defer a portion of their annual compensation on a pretax basis. As of December 31, 2023 and 2022, the Company did not make any contributions to the plan on behalf of our employees.

15. Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders

Net loss per share

The following table summarizes the computation of basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders of the Company.

 

   
     For the year ended
December 31,
 
      2022     2023  

Net loss and net loss attributable to common stockholders

   $ (26,135   $ (32,563

Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted

   $ (3.26   $ (2.66

Weighted average number of common shares outstanding used in computation of net loss per common share, basic and diluted

     8,018,990       12,247,625  

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The Company’s potential dilutive securities, which include convertible preferred stock, restricted stock related to early exercise of common stock options, restricted stock related to unvested founder shares and outstanding common stock options, have been excluded from the computation of diluted net loss per share as the effect would be antidilutive. Therefore, the weighted average number of common shares outstanding used to calculate both basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders is the same. The potential dilutive securities included in the table below, presented on an as converted basis, were excluded from the calculation of net loss per share due to their anti-dilutive effect:

 

   
     For the year ended
December 31,
 
      2022      2023  

Series A Convertible Preferred Stock (as converted to common stock)

     53,598,587        53,598,587  

Series B Convertible Preferred Stock (as converted to common stock)

     53,118,933        129,240,032  

Outstanding common stock options

     14,465,333        29,980,766  

Restricted stock related to early exercise of options to purchase common stock

     1,171,406        1,085,978  

Restricted stock related to unvested founder shares

     1,079,167         
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     123,433,426        213,905,363  

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

 

16. Related party transactions

In April 2019, the Company executed a Master Research Agreement with The Trustees of Indiana University (the “Research Agreement”) pursuant to which the Company agreed to fund certain research of a director and former officer of the Company. The period of performance for this agreement is June 1, 2019 through April 30, 2022 and the contract totals approximately $2.8 million. On February 14, 2022, the Research Agreement was amended to extend the period of performance from April 30, 2022 to April 30, 2025 and increase the total contract costs by $3.0 million. The Company paid $0.7 million and $1.2 million pursuant to this agreement during the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively. The Research Agreement also provides the Company an option to license the technology arising under the agreement (see Note 8 and 16).

 

F-25


Table of Contents

MBX BIOSCIENCES, INC.

CONDENSED BALANCE SHEETS

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

     
     As of December 31,     As of June 30,  
      2023     2024  
           (Unaudited)  

Assets

    

Current assets:

    

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 30,523     $ 12,503  

Marketable securities

     50,153       42,759  

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     2,789       3,539  
  

 

 

 

Total current assets

     83,465       58,801  

Property and equipment, net

     439       1,105  

Right-of-use assets

     226       174  

Other assets

     50       2,802  
  

 

 

 

Total assets

   $       84,180     $ 62,882  
  

 

 

 
Liabilities, Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Deficit     

Current liabilities:

    

Accounts payable

   $ 1,391     $ 3,221  

Accrued expenses

     2,382       4,815  

Operating lease liability, current

     153       162  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     3,926       8,198  

Share repurchase liability

     194       125  

Operating lease liability, net of current

     171       87  
  

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     4,291       8,410  
  

 

 

 

Commitments and contingencies (Note 9)

    

Convertible preferred stock

    

Series A Convertible Preferred Stock, $0.0001 par value, 53,598,587 shares authorized, issued and outstanding (liquidation preference of $36,822,229) as of June 30, 2024 and December 31, 2023

     36,501       36,501  

Series B Convertible Preferred Stock, $0.0001 par value, 129,240,032 shares authorized and 129,240,032 issued and outstanding (liquidation preference of $116,316,029) as of June 30, 2024 and December 31, 2023

     115,856       115,856  
  

 

 

 

Total convertible preferred stock

     152,357       152,357  
  

 

 

 

Stockholders’ deficit

    

Common stock, $0.0001 par value, 237,000,000 shares authorized and 15,834,818 issued and outstanding as of June 30, 2024 and 237,000,000 shares authorized and 15,113,124 issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2023

     1       2  

Additional paid-in-capital

     3,054       5,905  

Accumulated deficit

     (75,583     (103,777

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

     60       (15
  

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ deficit

     (72,468     (97,885
  

 

 

 

Total liabilities, convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ deficit

   $ 84,180     $ 62,882  

 

 

See notes to financial statements.

 

F-26


Table of Contents

MBX BIOSCIENCES, INC.

CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS AND COMPREHENSIVE LOSS

(Unaudited—in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

   
     Six Months Ended June 30,  
      2023     2024  

Operating expenses

    

Research and development

   $ 11,734     $ 25,445  

General and administrative

     2,640       4,527  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     14,374       29,972  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (14,374     (29,972

Interest and other income, net

     817       1,778  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (13,557   $ (28,194

Unrealized loss on marketable securities

     (3     (75
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other comprehensive loss

     (3     (75
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive loss

   $ (13,560   $ (28,269
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

   $ (13,557   $ (28,194
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per common share, basic and diluted

   $ (1.22   $ (1.91
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average number of common shares outstanding used in computation of net loss per common share, basic and diluted

     11,104,792       14,780,874  

 

 

 

See notes to financial statements.

 

F-27


Table of Contents

MBX BIOSCIENCES, INC.

CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY (DEFICIT) AND CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK

(Unaudited—in thousands, except share amounts)

 

                 
     Series A
Convertible
Preferred Stock
    Series B
Convertible
Preferred Stock
    Common Stock                                     
 
     Outstanding
Shares
    Amount     Outstanding
Shares
    Amount     Outstanding
Shares
    Amount     Additional
Paid-in
Capital
    Accumulated
Deficit
    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
    Total
Stockholders’
Deficit
 
 

Balance at January 1, 2023

    53,598,587     $ 36,501        53,118,933     $  47,378       12,118,446     $ 1     $ 411     $ (43,020   $ 3     $ (42,605

Issuance of common stock upon exercise of stock options

                            2,718,859             346                   346  

Stock-based compensation expense

                                        429                   429  

Net loss

                                              (13,557           (13,557

Other comprehensive loss

                                                    (3     (3
 

 

 

 
 

Balance at June 30, 2023

    53,598,587     $ 36,501       53,118,933     $ 47,378       14,837,305     $ 1     $ 1,186     $ (56,577   $     $ (55,390

 

 

 

                 
     Series A
Convertible
Preferred Stock
    Series B
Convertible
Preferred Stock
    Common Stock                                     
 
     Outstanding
Shares
    Amount     Outstanding
Shares
    Amount     Outstanding
Shares
    Amount     Additional
Paid-in
Capital
    Accumulated
Deficit
    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
    Total
Stockholders’
Deficit
 
 

Balance at January 1, 2024

    53,598,587     $ 36,501       129,240,032     $ 115,856       15,113,124     $ 1     $ 3,054     $ (75,583   $ 60     $ (72,468

Issuance of common stock upon exercise of stock options

                            721,694       1       309                   310  

Stock-based compensation expense

                                        2,542                   2,542  

Net loss

                                              (28,194           (28,194

Other comprehensive loss

                                                    (75     (75
 

 

 

 
 

Balance at June 30, 2024

    53,598,587     $ 36,501       129,240,032     $ 115,856       15,834,818     $ 2     $ 5,905     $ (103,777   $ (15   $ (97,885

 

 

See notes to financial statements.

 

F-28


Table of Contents

MBX BIOSCIENCES, INC.

CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(Unaudited—in thousands)

 

      Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
      2023     2024  

Cash flows from operating activities:

    

Net loss

   $ (13,557   $ (28,194

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:

    

Stock-based compensation expense

     429       2,542  

Non cash operating lease expense

     46       52  

Accretion and amortization of marketable securities, net

     (429     (944

Depreciation expense

     76       111  

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

    

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     152       (750

Accounts payable

     464       1,053  

Accrued expenses

     (220     2,225  

Other assets

            

Operating lease liability

     (67     (75
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in operating activities

     (13,106     (23,980
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities:

    

Purchases of marketable securities

     (9,315     (24,237

Maturities of marketable securities

     26,000       32,500  

Purchases of property and equipment

     (52     (725
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by investing activities

     16,633       7,538  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities:

    

Proceeds from exercise of common stock options

     703       239  

Payments related to offering costs

           (1,817
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

     703       (1,578
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

     4,230       (18,020

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period

     24,210       30,523  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents, end of period

   $ 28,440     $ 12,503  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosure of non-cash investing and financing activities:

    

Vesting of early exercised stock options and founder shares

   $ 277     $ 174  

Property and equipment in accounts payable and accrued liabilities

           70  

Deferred initial public offering costs included in accounts payable and accrued expenses

           934  

 

 

See notes to financial statements.

 

F-29


Table of Contents

MBX BIOSCIENCES, INC.

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

1. NATURE OF BUSINESS AND LIQUIDITY

MBX Biosciences, Inc. (“MBX” or the “Company”) is a clinical-stage biopharmaceutical company focused on the discovery and development of novel precision peptide therapies for the treatment of endocrine and metabolic disorders. The Company is advancing a pipeline of novel candidates for endocrine and metabolic disorders. The Company was organized in August 2018 in Indiana as a Limited Liability Company and converted to a C corporation in the state of Delaware in April 2019. The Company maintains its corporate offices in Carmel, Indiana.

Since inception, the Company has devoted substantially all of its resources to drug discovery and development of its product candidates MBX 2109, MBX 1416 and MBX 4291, and other preclinical programs, building an intellectual property portfolio, organizing and staffing the Company, business planning, raising capital and providing general and administrative support for these operations. The Company does not have any products approved for sale and have not generated any revenue from product sales. The Company has historically funded its operations primarily through sales of convertible preferred stock and convertible notes, which generated approximately $214.1 million in aggregate gross proceeds, including the proceeds received from the issuance of Series C convertible preferred stock discussed in Note 16.

Liquidity

From inception and through June 30, 2024, the Company has devoted substantially all of its efforts to drug discovery and development. The Company has a limited operating history, has incurred operating losses since inception and expects to continue to incur significant operating losses for the foreseeable future. As of June 30, 2024, the Company has an accumulated deficit of $103.8 million and cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities of $55.3 million. Based on the Company’s current business plan, management believes that existing cash and cash equivalents and marketable securities, along with proceeds received from the issuance of Series C convertible preferred stock discussed in Note 16, will be sufficient to fund the Company’s obligations for at least 12 months from the date of issuance of these financial statements.

Basis of presentation

The accompanying unaudited condensed financial statements as of June 30, 2024 and for the six months ended June 30, 2023 and 2024 have been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principle (U.S. GAAP) for interim financial information and pursuant to Article 10 of Regulation of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. Accordingly, they do not include all of the information and notes required by U.S. GAAP for complete financial statements. These unaudited condensed financial statements include only normal and recurring adjustments that the Company believes are necessary to fairly state the Company’s financial position and the results of its operations and cash flows. The results for the six months ended June 30, 2024 are not necessarily indicative of the results expected for the full fiscal year or any subsequent interim period. The condensed balance sheet at December 31, 2023 has been derived from the audited financial statements at that date but does not include all disclosures required by U.S. GAAP for complete financial statements. Because all of the disclosures required by U.S. GAAP for complete financial statements are not included herein, these unaudited condensed financial statements and the notes accompanying them should be read in conjunction with the Company’s audited consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2023 included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

F-30


Table of Contents

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

The Company’s significant accounting policies are disclosed in the audited financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. Since the date of such audited financial statements, there have been no changes to the Company’s significant accounting policies, except as noted below.

Deferred offering costs

The Company capitalizes as deferred offering costs all direct and incremental legal, professional, accounting and other third-party fees incurred in connection with the Company’s initial public offering (“IPO”). The deferred offering costs will be offset against the IPO proceeds upon the consummation of an offering. As of June 30, 2024, $0.7 million of deferred offering costs were included in accounts payable and $0.2 million deferred offering costs were included in accrued expenses in the accompanying balance sheets.

Recently issued accounting pronouncements

From time to time, new accounting pronouncements are issued by the FASB or other standard-setting bodies and adopted by the Company as of the specified effective date. Unless otherwise discussed, the Company believes that the impact of recently issued standards that are not yet effective will not have a material impact on the accompanying financial statements and disclosures.

3. FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS

The following table presents information about the Company’s financial instruments as of June 30, 2024 and December 31, 2023, that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis and indicates the fair value hierarchy of the inputs the Company utilized to determine such fair value (in thousands):

 

   
     December 31, 2023  
      Total      Level 1      Level 2      Level 3  

Financial assets:

           

Money market funds (cash equivalents)

   $ 30,359      $ 30,359      $      $  

Marketable securities

     50,153        40,231        9,922         
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total financial assets measured at fair value

   $ 80,512      $ 70,590      $ 9,922      $  

 

 

 

   
     June 30, 2024  
      Total      Level 1      Level 2      Level 3  

Financial assets:

           

Money market funds (cash equivalents)

   $ 11,930      $ 11,930      $      $  

Marketable securities

     42,759        39,771        2,988         
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total financial assets measured at fair value

   $ 54,689      $ 51,701      $ 2,988      $  

 

 

4. MARKETABLE SECURITIES

The fair value of the Company’s marketable securities as of June 30, 2024 and December 31, 2023 is based on Level 1 and Level 2 inputs. The Company’s investments consist mainly of U.S. government and agency securities, government-sponsored bond obligations and certain other corporate debt securities. Fair value is determined by taking into consideration valuations obtained from third-party pricing services. The third-party pricing services utilize industry standard valuation models, for which all significant inputs are observable, either

 

F-31


Table of Contents

directly or indirectly, to estimate fair value. These inputs include reported trades of and broker/dealer quotes on the same or similar securities; issuer credit spreads; benchmark securities; and other observable inputs. There were no transfers between levels within the fair value hierarchy during the six months ended June 30, 2024 and year ended December 31, 2023. The Company has assessed U.S. government treasuries as Level 1 and all other marketable securities as Level 2 within the fair value hierarchy of ASC 820. The Company classifies its entire investment portfolio as available-for-sale as defined in ASC 320, Debt Securities, and views all investments as available for use in its current operations. We have therefore classified all securities as current, even if we do not necessarily intend to dispose of the securities in the following year. Securities are carried at fair value with the unrealized gains (losses) reported in other comprehensive income (loss).

As of June 30, 2024 and December 31, 2023, none of the Company’s investments were determined to be other than temporarily impaired.

The following table summarizes the Company’s investments (in thousands):

 

   
     December 31, 2023  
      Amortized
Cost
     Unrealized
Gain
     Unrealized
(Loss)
    Estimated
Fair
Value
 

Government and agency securities

   $ 50,093      $ 62      $ (2   $ 50,153  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 50,093      $ 62      $ (2   $ 50,153  

 

 

 

   
     June 30, 2024  
      Amortized
Cost
     Unrealized
Gain
     Unrealized
(Loss)
    Estimated
Fair
Value
 

Government and agency securities

   $ 42,774         $ (15   $ 42,759  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 42,774      $      $ (15   $ 42,759  

 

 

The fair values of available-for-sale debt securities as of June 30, 2024, by contractual maturity, are summarized as follows (in thousands):

 

   
     June 30,
2024
 

Due in one year or less

   $ 42,759  

Due after one year

      
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 42,759  

 

 

5. PREPAID EXPENSES AND OTHER CURRENT ASSETS

Prepaid and other current assets consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

       
     As of December 31,       

As of June 30,

 
      2023           2024  

Prepaid research and development expenses

   $ 2,448        $ 3,133  

Interest receivable

     208          164  

Other current assets

     133          242  
  

 

 

 

Total prepaid and other current assets

   $ 2,789        $ 3,539  

 

 

 

F-32


Table of Contents

6. PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT, NET

Property and equipment, net consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

     
     As of December 31,    

As of June 30,

 
      2023     2024  

Furniture and fixtures

   $ 162     $ 181  

Computer equipment and software

     59       62  

Equipment

     21       743  

Leasehold improvements

     372       391  

Construction in progress

     3       17  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total property and equipment

     617       1,394  

Less accumulated depreciation

     (178     (289
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Property and equipment, net

   $ 439     $ 1,105  

 

 

Depreciation expense was $0.1 million for the six months ended June 30, 2024 and 2023, respectively.

7. ACCRUED EXPENSES

Accrued expenses consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

     
     As of December 31,     

As of June 30,

 
      2023      2024  

Compensation and benefits

   $ 1,365      $ 1,122  

Research and development expenses

     903        3,408  

Other

     114        285  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total accrued expenses

   $ 2,382      $ 4,815  

 

 

8. OTHER ASSETS

Other assets consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

     
     As of December 31,      As of June 30,  
      2023      2024  

Deferred offering costs

   $      $ 2,752  

Security deposits

     50        50  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total other assets

   $ 50      $ 2,802  

 

 

9. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Leases

In April 2022, the Company entered into an operating lease agreement for a principal executive office in Carmel, Indiana (the “Carmel Lease”). The Carmel Lease commenced in October 2022 and has an initial term of 39 months, terminating in December 2025, with an option to extend for 36 additional months at the Company’s discretion. The option to extend is not considered reasonably certain as of the lease inception.

 

F-33


Table of Contents

In December 2023, The Company entered into an operating lease agreement for laboratory space in Indianapolis, Indiana (the “Laboratory Lease”). The Laboratory Lease commenced in December 2023 and has a term of 12 months, terminating in December 2024. The lease does not contain an option to extend the term. Due to the lease term being only one year, we have elected to account for it as a short-term lease with no corresponding lease liability or right-of-use asset recorded, and lease payments recognized as expense on a straight-line basis over the lease term.

The Company has no other operating or finance leases as of June 30, 2024 or December 31, 2023.

The future minimum rent payments relating to the Carmel Lease under the terms and conditions existing as of June 30, 2024, are summarized as follows (in thousands):

 

   
(in thousands)    Amount  

2024 (remaining six months)

   $ 87  

2025

     178  
  

 

 

 

Total lease payments

     265  

Less: imputed interest

     (16
  

 

 

 

Present value of lease liabilities

   $ 249  

 

 

The Company incurred $0.1 million and $0.1 million of rent expense for the six months ended June 30, 2024 and 2023, respectively.

The following table summarizes the operating lease term and discount rate for the Carmel Lease as of June 30, 2024 and December 31, 2023:

 

     
     December 31,
2023
     June 30,
2024
 

Weighted-average remaining lease term (years)

     2.0        1.5  

Weighted-average discount rate

     8.0%        8.0%  

 

 

Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of the Company’s operating lease liability was immaterial for the six months ended June 30, 2024.

The following table sets forth the amount of right-of-use assets and lease liabilities included on the Company’s balance sheet as of June 30, 2024 and December 31, 2023 (in thousands):

 

     
     December 31,
2023
     June 30,
2024
 

Right-of use assets

   $ 226      $ 174  

Operating lease liability, current

     153        162  

Operating lease liability, net of current

     171        87  

 

 

License agreement

In January 2024, the Company entered into an amendment (the “Amendment”) for the Exclusive License Agreement with Indiana University Research and Technology Corporation (“IURTC”) (the “License Agreement”), to license certain intellectual property arising under the Research Agreement. The Amendment specifies IURTC is entitled to the receipt of additional clinical and regulatory milestones, as defined in the Amendment, up to an aggregate of $9.0 million. Following the execution of the Amendment, future remaining clinical and regulatory milestone payments in the License Agreement and all amendments total up to $9.3 million. In consideration for the license, during the six months ended June 30, 2024 and year ended December 31, 2023, the Company paid immaterial licensing fees to IURTC.

 

F-34


Table of Contents

Legal proceedings

The Company is not currently a party to any material legal proceedings. At each reporting date, the Company evaluates whether a potential loss amount or a potential range of loss is probable and reasonably estimable under the provisions of the authoritative guidance that addresses accounting for contingencies. The Company expenses as incurred the costs related to its legal proceedings.

10. CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK

On November 7, 2022, the Company amended and restated its certificate of incorporation increasing the total number of shares authorized to issue 237,000,000 shares of common stock, $0.0001 par value per share, and 182,838,619 shares of convertible preferred stock, $0.0001 par value per share.

Issuances of convertible preferred stock

In July 2020, the Company entered into a Series A convertible preferred stock purchase agreement (“Series A SPA”) under which it issued 29,112,081 shares of Series A convertible preferred stock, for cash, at a price of $0.687 per share, for gross proceeds of $20.0 million (the “Initial Series A Closing”). The Company incurred issuance costs of $0.3 million in relation to the issuance of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock, which have been recorded as a reduction to the value of the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock in mezzanine equity in the accompanying balance sheets. The Series A SPA contained provisions that potentially obligated the Company to sell an additional 14,556,039 shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock at $0.687 per share in an additional closing contingent upon either the achievement of a regulatory milestone defined in the Series A SPA or upon the agreement of the Company’s board of directors and lead investor to waive the requirement to achieve the milestone. In the event that an Initial Series A Closing purchaser failed to purchase all of their required shares in the subsequent Series A closing, each of the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock held by such purchaser automatically converted into one-half of a share of common stock.

Concurrently with the Initial Series A Closing, convertible notes issued by the Company in 2019 and 2020, including accrued interest and accrued deferred compensation, plus interest, were converted into 8,474,865 shares of Series A convertible preferred stock at a conversion price equal to 90% of the Series A financing, or $0.6183, representing a total of $5.4 million.

On November 12, 2021, the Company sold 16,011,641 additional shares of Series A convertible preferred stock at the same terms and conditions as those contained in the initial Agreement. The gross proceeds from the sale of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock upon achieving the milestone event was $11.0 million at $0.687 per share. The Company incurred immaterial issuance costs in relation to the issuance of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock, which have been recorded as a reduction to the value of the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock in mezzanine equity in the accompanying balance sheets.

On November 7, 2022 (the “Initial Series B Closing”), the Company entered into a Series B Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement (the “Series B SPA”) to issue certain investors Series B Convertible Preferred Stock at a purchase price of $0.90 per share ($0.0001 par value). The Company amended the Certificate of Incorporation (“Charter”) on November 7, 2022, which authorized the issuance of 129,240,032 shares of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock, in addition to 53,598,587 shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock issued and outstanding. The Company also executed the Amended and Restated Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement (the “ROFR and CS”) and the Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement (the “A&R Investors’ Rights”).

The Initial Series B Closing resulted in the issuance of 40,545,552 shares of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock, at a price of $0.90 per share, for gross cash proceeds of $36.5 million. The Company incurred issuance

 

F-35


Table of Contents

costs of $0.4 million in relation to the issuance of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock, which have been recorded as a reduction to the value of the Series B Convertible Preferred Stock in mezzanine equity in the accompanying balance sheets. Concurrently with the Initial Series B Closing, the 2022 Notes, including accrued interest, were converted into 12,573,381 shares of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock at a conversion price equal to 90% of the Series B financing. After the Initial Closing, the Company agreed to sell on the same terms and conditions as the first sale, an additional 76,121,099 shares of Series B Preferred Stock (the “Series B Milestone Issuance”) upon achieving certain development milestones.

On August 15, 2023, the Company issued 76,121,099 shares of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock, at a price of $0.90 per share, for gross cash proceeds of $68.5 million in the Series B Milestone Issuance. The Company incurred immaterial issuance costs in relation to this issuance of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock, which have been recorded as a reduction to the value of the Series B Convertible Preferred Stock in mezzanine equity in the accompanying balance sheets.

The holders of the Series A and Series B Convertible Preferred Stock have the following rights and preferences:

Voting rights

Series A and Series B Convertible Preferred Stock are entitled to cast the number of votes equal to the number of whole shares of common stock into which the shares of Series A and Series B Convertible Preferred Stock held by such holder are convertible as of the record date for determining stockholders entitled to vote on such matter.

Election of directors

The holders of record of shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock, exclusively and as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect three directors of the Company. The holders of record of shares of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock, exclusively and as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect one director of the Company.

Non-cumulative dividend

Holders of Series A and Series B Convertible Preferred Stock, in preference to the holders of common stock, are entitled to receive, when, as and if declared by the board of directors of the Company, but only out of funds that are legally available therefor, cash dividends at the rate of eight percent (8%) of the Series A and Series B original issue price per annum on each outstanding share of Series A and Series B Convertible Preferred Stock (the “Preferred Dividends”). All such Preferred Dividends shall be payable only when, as and if declared by the board of directors of the Company and shall be non-cumulative. No dividends have been declared to-date as of December 31, 2023.

Conversion right

Each share of Series A and Series B Convertible Preferred Stock is automatically converted into common stock upon either (a) the closing of the sale of shares of common stock to the public at a price of at least $2.061 or $2.25, respectively, per share (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to the common stock), in a firm-commitment underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, resulting in at least $50,000,000 of gross proceeds to the Corporation and in connection with such offering the common stock is listed for trading on the Nasdaq Stock Market’s National Market, the New York Stock Exchange or another exchange or marketplace approved the Board of Directors or (b) the affirmative vote or written consent of the majority preferred stockholders.

 

F-36


Table of Contents

Liquidation preference

In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, the holders of shares of Series A and Series B Convertible Preferred Stock then outstanding shall be entitled to be paid out of the assets of the Company available for distribution to its stockholders, and in the event of a Deemed Liquidation Event (as defined in the Company’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation), the holders of shares of Series A and Series B Convertible Preferred Stock then outstanding shall be entitled to be paid out of the consideration payable to stockholders in such Deemed Liquidation Event or out of the available proceeds, as applicable, before any payment shall be made to the holders of common stock by reason of their ownership thereof, an amount per share equal to the greater of (i) the Series A and Series B Convertible Preferred Stock original issue prices, plus any dividends declared but unpaid thereon, or (ii) such amount per share as would have been payable had all shares of Series A and Series B Convertible Preferred Stock been converted into common stock immediately prior to such liquidation, dissolution, winding up or Deemed Liquidation Event.

11. COMMON STOCK

The Company’s certificate of incorporation, as amended and restated, authorized the Company to issue 237,000,000 shares of common stock, $0.0001 par value. As of June 30, 2024 and December 31, 2023, there were 15,834,818 and 15,113,124 shares of common stock issued and outstanding, respectively. Shares of common stock issued and outstanding as of June 30, 2024, include 429,304 shares of restricted stock related to the unvested portion of early exercised common stock options. Shares of common stock issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2023, include 1,085,978 shares of restricted stock related to the unvested portion of early exercised common stock options. These are included in shares of common stock as they are considered to be legally outstanding as of June 30, 2024 and December 31, 2023, respectively. These shares are subject to the Company’s option to repurchase and are not transferrable until such time as they are fully vested.

Common stock reserved

The number of shares of common stock that have been reserved for the potential conversion of Preferred Stock, and outstanding stock options granted and stock options available for grant under the Company’s 2019 Stock Option and Grant Plan (the “2019 Plan”) as of June 30, 2024 and December 31, 2023, are as follows:

 

     
     As of December 31,      As of June 30,  
      2023      2024  

Conversion of Series A Preferred Stock

     53,598,587        53,598,587  

Conversion of Series B Preferred Stock

     129,240,032        129,240,032  

Outstanding common stock options

     29,980,766        34,436,621  

Common stock options available for grant

     8,226,538        3,048,989  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     221,045,923        220,324,229  

 

 

12. STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION

2019 Stock Option and Grant Plan

The Company’s 2019 Plan, as amended, provides for the Company to sell or issue common stock or restricted common stock or to grant incentive stock options or nonqualified stock options for the purchase of common stock, to employees, members of the board of directors, and consultants of the Company. The 2019 Plan is administered by the board of directors or at the discretion of the board of directors by a committee of the

 

F-37


Table of Contents

board. The exercise prices, vesting periods, and other restrictions are determined at the discretion of the board of directors or a committee of the board, except that the exercise price per share of stock options may not be less than 100% of the fair market value of the share of common stock on the date of grant and the contractual term of stock option may not be greater than 10 years. Stock options granted to date typically vest and become exercisable over four years from the date of grant.

The total number of shares of common stock that may be authorized under the 2019 Plan is 44,820,428 shares, of which 3,048,989 remained available for future grant as of June 30, 2024. The shares available for issuance under the 2019 Plan may be authorized but unissued shares or shares reacquired by the Company.

Stock option valuation

The determination of the grant date fair value of stock-based awards granted to employees, directors and nonemployees during the six months ended June 30, 2024 and 2023, is estimated using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model and was calculated based on the following assumptions.

 

   
     Six Months Ended June 30,  
      2023     2024  

Fair value of common stock

   $ 0.34     $ 0.76—$0.87  

Dividend yield

     0     0

Volatility

     80     90%—100

Risk-free interest rate

     3.42%—3.69     3.93%—5.18

Expected term (years)

     6.08       0.50—6.08  

 

 

Summary of option activity

The Company’s stock option activity regarding employees, directors, and nonemployees for the six months ended June 30, 2024, is summarized as follows (in thousands except share and per share amounts):

 

         
     Shares     Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price
     Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life (years)
     Aggregate
intrinsic
value
 

Options outstanding—December 31, 2023

     29,980,766     $ 0.50        9.26      $ 4,543  

Granted

     5,880,511       0.80        

Exercised

     (752,626     0.30        

Forfeited

     (678,529     0.43        

Cancelled

     (24,433     0.27        

Repurchased

     30,932       0.04        
  

 

 

       

Options outstanding and exercisable—June 30, 2024

     34,436,621     $ 0.56        9.06      $ 10,828  

 

 

Additional information with regard to stock option activity involving employees and directors for the six months ended June 30, 2024 and 2023, is as follows (in thousands except per share amounts):

 

   
       As of June 30,  
      2023      2024  

Weighted-average grant date fair value per option of total options granted

   $ 0.25      $ 0.57  

Aggregate intrinsic value of stock options exercised

     225        360  

 

 

As of June 30, 2024, total unrecognized compensation cost related to the unvested awards to employees, directors, and nonemployees is $11.2 million, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 3.1 years.

 

F-38


Table of Contents

Stock-based compensation

During the six months ended June 30, 2024 and 2023, the Company recorded stock-based compensation expense regarding its employees, directors, and nonemployees as follows (in thousands):

 

   
       For the six months ended
June 30,
 
      2023      2024  

Research and development expense

   $ 175      $ 1,384  

General and administrative expense

     254        1,158  
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 429      $ 2,542  

 

 

13. DEFINED CONTRIBUTION PLAN

The Company established a defined contribution savings plan under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code. This plan covers substantially all employees who meet minimum age and service requirements and allows participants to defer a portion of their annual compensation on a pretax basis. As of June 30, 2024, the Company did not make any contributions to the plan on behalf of our employees.

14. NET LOSS PER SHARE ATTRIBUTABLE TO COMMON STOCKHOLDERS

Net loss per share

The following table summarizes the computation of basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders of the Company (in thousands except share and per share amounts).

 

   
     For the six months ended
June 30,
 
      2023     2024  

Net loss and net loss attributable to common stockholders

   $ (13,557   $ (28,194

Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted

   $ (1.22   $ (1.91

Weighted average number of common shares outstanding used in computation of net loss per common share, basic and diluted

     11,104,792       14,780,874  

 

 

The Company’s potential dilutive securities, which include convertible preferred stock, restricted stock related to early exercise of common stock options, restricted stock related to unvested founder shares and outstanding common stock options, have been excluded from the computation of diluted net loss per share as the effect would be antidilutive. Therefore, the weighted average number of common shares outstanding used to calculate both basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders is the same. The potential dilutive securities included in the table below, presented on an as converted basis, were excluded from the calculation of net loss per share due to their anti-dilutive effect:

 

   
     For the six months ended
June 30,
 
      2023      2024  

Series A Convertible Preferred Stock (as converted to common stock)

     53,598,587        53,598,587  

Series B Convertible Preferred Stock (as converted to common stock)

     53,118,933        129,240,032  

Outstanding common stock options

     13,144,736        34,436,621  

Restricted stock related to early exercise of options to purchase common stock

     2,191,319        429,304  

Restricted stock related to unvested founder shares

     154,167         
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     122,207,742        217,704,544  

 

 

 

F-39


Table of Contents

15. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

In April 2019, the Company executed a Master Research Agreement with The Trustees of Indiana University (the “Research Agreement”) pursuant to which the Company agreed to fund certain research of a director and former officer of the Company. The period of performance for this agreement is June 1, 2019 through April 30, 2022 and the contract totals approximately $2.8 million. On February 14, 2022, the Research Agreement was amended to extend the period of performance from April 30, 2022 to April 30, 2025 and increase the total contract costs by $3.0 million. The Company paid $0.6 million and $0.5 million pursuant to this agreement during the six months ended June 30, 2024 and 2023, respectively. The Research Agreement also provides the Company an option to license the technology arising under the agreement (see Note 9).

16. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

The Company has evaluated subsequent events through August 23, 2024, the date the unaudited condensed financial statements were available to be issued, to ensure these financial statements include appropriate disclosure of events both recognized in the financial statements and events which occurred but were not recognized in the financial statements. The Company has concluded no subsequent events have occurred that require disclosure, except for those referenced below.

Series C Convertible Preferred Stock

On August 2, 2024, the Company entered into a Series C convertible preferred stock purchase agreement (“Series C SPA”) under which it issued 61,650,480 shares of Series C Convertible Preferred Stock, for cash, at a price of $1.03 per share, for gross proceeds of $63.5 million (the “Series C Closing”). The Series C SPA entitles holders of Series C Convertible Preferred Stock substantially the same rights and preferences as the holders of Series A and Series B Convertible Preferred Stock with respect to voting rights, dividends, conversion rights and liquidation preference described in Note 10. None of the holders of the Series C Convertible Preferred Stock are entitled to the election of a director for the Company’s board of directors.

One of the officers of the Company, who is also a director, participated in the Series C Closing totaling $1.0 million.

******

 

F-40


Table of Contents

   Shares

 

 

LOGO

Common Stock

Prospectus

 

 

J.P. Morgan    Jefferies    Stifel    Guggenheim Securities

 

 

    , 2024

Through and including     , 2024 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers that effect transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers’ obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.


Table of Contents

Part II

Information not required in prospectus

Item 13. Other expenses of issuance and distribution

The following table sets forth the costs and expenses, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, to be paid by us in connection with the sale of the shares of common stock being registered hereby. All amounts shown are estimates except for the SEC registration fee, the FINRA filing fee and the Nasdaq Global Select Market initial listing fee.

 

SEC registration fee

     $14,760  

FINRA filing fee

     15,500  

Nasdaq listing fee

     *  

Printing and engraving expenses

     *  

Legal fees and expenses

     *  

Accounting fees and expenses

     *  

Transfer agent and registrar fees and expenses

     *  
  

 

 

 

Miscellaneous

     *  
*   To be provided by amendment.

Item 14. Indemnification of directors and officers

Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, or the DGCL, authorizes a corporation to indemnify its directors and officers against liabilities arising out of actions, suits and proceedings to which they are made or threatened to be made a party by reason of the fact that they have served or are currently serving as a director or officer to a corporation. The indemnity may cover expenses (including attorneys’ fees) judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by the director or officer in connection with any such action, suit or proceeding. Section 145 permits corporations to pay expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by directors and officers in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding. In addition, Section 145 provides that a corporation has the power to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of its directors and officers against any liability asserted against them and incurred by them in their capacity as a director or officer, or arising out of their status as such, whether or not the corporation would have the power to indemnify the director or officer against such liability under Section 145.

We will adopt provisions in our fourth amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws, which will be effective immediately prior to the closing of this offering and upon the effectiveness of this registration statement, respectively, that limit or eliminate the personal liability of our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as it now exists or may in the future be amended. Consequently, a director or officer will not be personally liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages or breach of fiduciary duty as a director or officer, except for liability for:

 

 

any breach of the director or officer’s duty of loyalty to us or our stockholders;

 

 

any act or omission not in good faith or that involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

 

 

for our directors, unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases, or redemptions as provided in Section 174 of the DGCL;

 

 

any unlawful payments related to dividends or unlawful stock purchases, redemptions or other distributions; or

 

 

any transaction from which the director or officer derived an improper personal benefit.

 

II-1


Table of Contents

These limitations of liability do not alter director and officer liability under the federal securities laws and do not affect the availability of equitable remedies such as an injunction or rescission.

In addition, our bylaws, which will be effective upon the effectiveness of this registration statement will provide that:

 

 

we will indemnify our directors, officers and, in the discretion of our board of directors, certain employees to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as it now exists or may in the future be amended; and

 

 

we will advance reasonable expenses, including attorneys’ fees, to our directors and, in the discretion of our board of directors, to our officers and certain employees, in connection with legal proceedings relating to their service for or on behalf of us, subject to limited exceptions.

We intend to enter into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and executive officers. These agreements provide that we will indemnify each of our directors, certain of our executive officers and, at times, their affiliates to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. We will advance expenses, including attorneys’ fees (but excluding judgments, fines and settlement amounts), to each indemnified director or executive officer in connection with any proceeding in which indemnification is available and we will indemnify our directors and officers for any action or proceeding arising out of that person’s services as a director or officer brought on behalf of us or in furtherance of our rights. Additionally, certain of our directors or officers may have certain rights to indemnification, advancement of expenses or insurance provided by their affiliates or other third parties, which indemnification relates to and might apply to the same proceedings arising out of such director’s or officer’s services as a director referenced herein. Nonetheless, we have agreed in the indemnification agreements that our obligations to those same directors or officers are primary and any obligation of such affiliates or other third parties to advance expenses or to provide indemnification for the expenses or liabilities incurred by those directors are secondary.

We also maintain general liability insurance which covers certain liabilities of our directors and officers arising out of claims based on acts or omissions in their capacities as directors or officers, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

The underwriting agreement filed as Exhibit 1.1 to this registration statement provides for indemnification of us and our directors and officers by the underwriters against certain liabilities under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act.

Item 15. Recent sales of unregistered securities

In the three years preceding the filing of this registration statement, we have issued the following securities that were not registered under the Securities Act:

Convertible note issuances

In August 2022, we issued the 2022 Notes to certain accredited investors for gross in the aggregate principle amount of $10.0 million which included two options for conversion: (1) automatic conversion into shares of convertible preferred stock from the next qualified financing at 90% of the per share price of the convertible preferred stock sold in the qualified financing consummated on or prior to March 31, 2023, or 80% of the per share price of the convertible preferred stock sold in the qualified financing consummated after March 31, 2023 and (2) optional conversion into shares of convertible preferred stock from the next non-qualified financing at 90% of the per share price of the convertible preferred stock sold in the non-qualified financing consummated on or prior to March 31, 2023, or 80% of the per share price of the convertible preferred stock sold in the non-qualified financing consummated after March 31, 2023.

 

II-2


Table of Contents

Preferred stock issuances

In November 2021, we issued an aggregate of 16,011,641 shares of our Series A preferred stock at a purchase price of $0.687 per share in connection with the achievement of a certain development milestone for gross proceeds of $11.0 million. In November 2022 and August 2023, we issued an aggregate of 129,240,032 shares of our Series B preferred stock as follows: (a) 40,545,552 shares of Series B preferred stock sold at a purchase price of $0.90 per share at the initial closing for gross proceeds of $36.5 million, (b) 12,573,381 shares of Series B preferred stock which were converted pursuant to the conversion of the 2022 Notes and (c) 76,121,099 shares of Series B preferred stock sold at a purchase price of $0.90 per share pursuant to the achievement of certain development milestones for gross proceeds of $68.5 million.

In August 2024, we issued an aggregate of 61,650,480 shares of our Series C preferred stock at a purchase price of $1.03 for gross proceeds of $63.5 million.

Option issuances

Since January 1, 2021, we have granted to our directors, officers, employees, consultants, and other key persons options to purchase an aggregate of 46,193,181 shares of common stock pursuant to the 2019 Plan.

Common stock issuances

Since January 1, 2021, we have sold to our directors, officers, employees, consultants, and other key persons an aggregate of 4,969,274 shares of common stock at a weighted-average exercise price of $0.21 per share pursuant to the 2019 Plan.

Common stock repurchases

Since January 1, 2021, we have repurchased 303,835 shares of our common stock from former employees at a weighted-average cash purchase price of $0.13 per share for an immaterial total fair value.

None of the foregoing transactions involved any underwriters, underwriting discounts or commissions, or any public offering. Unless otherwise specified above, the Registrant believes these transactions were exempt from registration under the Securities Act in reliance on Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act (and Regulation D or Regulation S promulgated thereunder) or Rule 701 promulgated under Section 3(b) of the Securities Act as transactions by an issuer not involving any public offering or under benefit plans and contracts relating to compensation as provided under Rule 701. The recipients of the securities in each of these transactions represented their intentions to acquire the securities for investment only and not with a view to or for sale in connection with any distribution thereof, and appropriate legends were placed on the share certificates issued in these transactions. All recipients had adequate access, through their relationships with the Registrant, to information about the Registrant. The sales of these securities were made without any general solicitation or advertising.

 

II-3


Table of Contents

Item 16. Exhibits and financial statement schedules

(a) Exhibits.

 

   
Exhibit
number
     Exhibit table
  1.1*        Form of Underwriting Agreement
  3.1         Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant, as currently in effect
  3.2*        Form of Fourth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant (to be effective immediately prior to the closing of this offering)
  3.3         Bylaws of the Registrant, as currently in effect
  3.4*        Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws (to be effective upon the effectiveness of this registration statement)
  4.1+        Second Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement among the Registrant and certain of its stockholders, dated August 2, 2024
  4.2         Form of Common Stock Certificate
  5.1*        Opinion of Goodwin Procter LLP
  10.1#        2019 Stock Option and Grant Plan, as amended, and forms of award agreements thereunder
  10.2*#       2024 Stock Option and Incentive Plan and forms of award agreements thereunder
  10.3*#       2024 Employee Stock Purchase Plan
  10.4*#       Form of Officer Indemnification Agreement
  10.5*#       Form of Director Indemnification Agreement
  10.6*#       Senior Cash Incentive Bonus Plan
  10.7*#       Non-Employee Director Compensation Policy
  10.8†        Exclusive License Agreement, dated as of June 10, 2020, between Indiana University Research and Technology Corporation and MBX Biosciences, Inc., as amended.
  10.9†        Office Lease between Zeller-Carmel Property, L.L.C. and MBX Biosciences, Inc., dated April 28, 2022.
  10.10*#      Employment Agreement between the Registrant and P. Kent Hawryluk, President and Chief Executive Officer, to be in effect upon the closing of this offering.
  10.11*#      Employment Agreement between the Registrant and Richard Bartram, Chief Financial Officer, to be in effect upon the closing of this offering.
  10.12*#      Employment Agreement between the Registrant and Salomon Azoulay, Chief Medical Officer, to be in effect upon the closing of this offering.
  21.1         Subsidiaries of the Registrant
  23.1         Consent of Ernst & Young LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
  23.2*        Consent of Goodwin Procter LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1)
  24.1         Power of Attorney (included on signature page to this registration statement)
  107         Filing Fees Exhibit
*   To be filed by amendment.
#   Indicates a management contract or any compensatory plan, contract or arrangement.
  Portions of this exhibit (indicated by asterisks) will be omitted in accordance with the rules of the SEC because the Registrant has determined that information is both not material and is the type that the registrant treats as private or confidential.
+   Certain exhibits and schedules to these agreements have been omitted pursuant to Item 601(a)(5) and (6) of Regulation S-K. The registrant will furnish copies of any of the exhibits and schedules to the SEC upon request.

 

II-4


Table of Contents

(b) Financial statement schedules.

None.

Item 17. Undertakings

The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the Underwriting Agreement certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes that:

 

(i)   For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

 

(ii)   For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

II-5


Table of Contents

Signatures

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, MBX Biosciences, Inc. has duly caused this registration statement on Form S-1 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Carmel, Indiana, on the 23rd day of August, 2024.

 

MBX Biosciences, Inc.
By:  

/s/ P. Kent Hawryluk

  P. Kent Hawryluk
  President and Chief Executive Officer

 

II-6


Table of Contents

Signatures and power of attorney

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints P. Kent Hawryluk and Richard Bartram, and each of them, either of whom may act without the joinder of the other, as his true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents with full power of substitution and re-substitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this registration statement, and to sign any registration statement for the same offering covered by the registration statement that is to be effective upon filing pursuant to Rule 462(b) promulgated under the Securities Act, and all post-effective amendments thereto, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto and all documents in connection therewith, with the SEC, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents or any of them, or his or her or their substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done or by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities indicated on the 23rd day of August, 2024.

 

   
Signature    Title

/s/ P. Kent Hawryluk

P. Kent Hawryluk

  

President, Chief Executive Officer and Director

(Principal Executive Officer)

/s/ Richard Bartram

Richard Bartram

  

Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)

/s/ Tiba Aynechi

Tiba Aynechi

   Director

/s/ James M. Cornelius

James M. Cornelius

   Director

/s/ Carl Gordon

Carl Gordon

   Director

/s/ Patrick Heron

Patrick Heron

   Director

/s/ Edward T. Mathers

Edward T. Mathers

   Director

/s/ Ora Pescovitz

Ora Pescovitz

   Director

/s/ Steven Ryder

Steven Ryder

   Director

 

II-7

EX-3.1

Exhibit 3.1

THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

MBX BIOSCIENCES, INC.

(Pursuant to Sections 242 and 245 of the

General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware)

MBX Biosciences, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the provisions of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “General Corporation Law”),

DOES HEREBY CERTIFY:

1. That the name of this corporation is MBX Biosciences, Inc., and that this corporation was originally incorporated pursuant to the General Corporation Law on April 9, 2019 under the name MBX Biosciences, Inc.

2. That an Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of this corporation was filed with the Secretary of State of Delaware on July 15, 2020 and a Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of this corporation was filed with the Secretary of State of Delaware on November 7, 2022 (the “Existing Certificate”).

3. That the Board of Directors of this Corporation (the “Board of Directors”) duly adopted resolutions proposing to amend and restate the Existing Certificate, declaring said amendment and restatement to be advisable and in the best interests of this corporation and its stockholders, and authorizing the appropriate officers of this corporation to solicit the consent of the stockholders therefor, which resolution setting forth the proposed amendment and restatement is as follows:

RESOLVED, that the Existing Certificate be amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows (the “Certificate of Incorporation”):

FIRST: The name of this corporation is MBX Biosciences, Inc. (the “Corporation”).

SECOND: The address of the registered office of the Corporation in the State of Delaware is 1209 Orange Street, in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, 19801. The name of its registered agent at such address is The Corporation Trust Company.

THIRD: The nature of the business or purposes to be conducted or promoted is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law.

FOURTH: The total number of shares of all classes of stock which the Corporation shall have the authority to issue is 558,968,899. The Corporation has two classes of stock, referred to as Common Stock and Preferred Stock. There are 314,479,800 shares of authorized Common Stock, $0.0001 par value per share (“Common Stock”), and 244,489,099 shares of authorized Preferred Stock, $0.0001 par value per share (“Preferred Stock”).


The following is a statement of the designations and the powers, preferences and special rights, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof in respect of each class of capital stock of the Corporation.

A. COMMON STOCK

1. General. The voting, dividend and liquidation rights of the holders of the Common Stock are subject to and qualified by the powers, preferences and special rights of the holders of the Preferred Stock set forth herein.

2. Voting. Except as otherwise provided herein or by applicable law, the holders of the Common Stock shall be entitled to one vote for each share of Common Stock held as of the applicable record date for each meeting of stockholders (and written actions in lieu of meetings); provided, however, that, except as otherwise required by law, holders of Common Stock, as such, shall not be entitled to vote on any amendment to this Certificate of Incorporation that relates solely to the terms of one or more outstanding series of Preferred Stock if the holders of such affected series are entitled, either separately or together with the holders of one or more other such series, to vote thereon pursuant to this Certificate of Incorporation or pursuant to the General Corporation Law. There shall be no cumulative voting. The number of authorized shares of Common Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding) by (in addition to any vote of the holders of one or more series of Preferred Stock that may be required by the terms of this Certificate of Incorporation) the affirmative vote of the holders of shares of capital stock of the Corporation representing a majority of the votes represented by all outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote, irrespective of the provisions of Section 242(b)(2) of the General Corporation Law.

B. PREFERRED STOCK

53,598,587 shares of the authorized Preferred Stock of the Corporation are hereby designated “Series A Preferred Stock”, 129,240,032 shares of the authorized Preferred Stock of the Corporation are hereby designated “Series B Preferred Stock” and 61,650,480 shares of the authorized Preferred Stock of the Corporation are hereby designated “Series C Preferred Stock”, in each case with the following powers, preferences, and special rights. Unless otherwise indicated, references to “sections” or “Sections” in this Part B of this Article Fourth refer to sections of Part B of this Article Fourth. References to “Preferred Stock” mean the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock and Series C Preferred Stock.

1. Dividends.

Holders of Preferred Stock, in preference to the holders of Common Stock, shall be entitled to receive, when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors of the Corporation, but only out of funds that are legally available therefor, cash dividends at the rate of (i) in the case of the Series A Preferred Stock, eight percent (8%) of the Series A Original Issue Price (as defined below) per annum on each outstanding share of Series A Preferred Stock (the “Series A Preferred Dividends”), (ii) in the case of the Series B Preferred Stock, eight percent (8%) of the Series B Original Issue Price (as defined below) per annum on each outstanding share of Series B Preferred Stock (the “Series B Preferred Dividends”) and (iii) in the case of the Series C Preferred Stock, eight percent (8%) of the Series C Original Issue Price (as defined below) per annum on each

 

2


outstanding share of Series C Preferred Stock (the “Series C Preferred Dividends” and, together with the Series A Preferred Dividends and the Series B Preferred Dividends, the “Preferred Dividends”). All such Preferred Dividends shall be payable only when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors of the Corporation and shall be non-cumulative, and, if and when declared, shall be declared on each series of Preferred Stock and not an individual series of Preferred Stock. The Corporation shall not declare, pay or set aside any dividends on shares of any other class or series of capital stock of the Corporation (other than dividends on shares of Common Stock payable in shares of Common Stock) unless (in addition to the obtaining of any consents required elsewhere in this Certificate of Incorporation) the holders of the Preferred Stock then outstanding shall first receive, or simultaneously receive a dividend on each outstanding share of Preferred Stock in an amount at least equal to (A) in the case of a dividend on Common Stock or any class or series that is convertible into Common Stock, that dividend per share of the Preferred Stock as would equal the product of (1) the dividend payable on each share of such class or series determined, if applicable, as if all shares of such class or series had been converted into Common Stock and (2) the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of a share of such Preferred Stock, in each case calculated on the record date for determination of holders entitled to receive such dividend or (B) in the case of a dividend on any class or series that is not convertible into Common Stock, at a rate per share of Preferred Stock determined by (1) dividing the amount of the dividend payable on each share of such class or series of capital stock by the original issuance price of such class or series of capital stock (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to such class or series) and (2) multiplying such fraction by an amount equal to the applicable Original Issue Price (as defined below); provided that if the Corporation declares, pays or sets aside, on the same date, a dividend on shares of more than one class or series of capital stock of the Corporation, the dividend payable to the holders of a series of Preferred Stock pursuant to this Section 1 shall be calculated based upon the dividend on the class or series of capital stock that would result in the highest dividend for such series of Preferred Stock. The “Series A Original Issue Price” shall mean $0.687 per share, subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to the Series A Preferred Stock. The “Series B Original Issue Price” shall mean $0.90 per share, subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to the Series B Preferred Stock. The “Series C Original Issue Price” shall mean $1.03 per share, subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to the Series C Preferred Stock. The term “Original Issue Price” shall refer to the Series A Original Issue Price, the Series B Original Issue Price or the Series C Original Issue Price, as the case may be.

2. Liquidation, Dissolution or Winding Up; Certain Mergers, Consolidations and Asset Sales.

2.1 Preferential Payments to Holders of Preferred Stock.

2.1.1 Series C and B Preferred Stock. In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, the holders of shares of Series C Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock then outstanding shall be entitled to be paid out of the assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders, or in the event of a Deemed Liquidation Event (as defined below), the holders of shares of Series C Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock then outstanding, on a pari passu basis based on their

 

3


respective Series C Liquidation Amount (as defined below) and Series B Liquidation Amount (as defined below), shall be entitled to be paid out of the consideration payable to stockholders in such Deemed Liquidation Event or out of the Available Proceeds (as defined below), as applicable, before any payment shall be made to the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock and Common Stock by reason of their ownership thereof, an amount per share equal to the greater of (i) with respect to the Series C Preferred Stock, the Series C Original Issue Price and with respect to the Series B Preferred Stock, the Series B Original Issue Price, in each case, plus any dividends declared but unpaid thereon and (ii) such amount per share as would have been payable had all shares of such series of Preferred Stock (and all shares of all other series of Preferred Stock that would receive a larger distribution per share if such series of Preferred Stock were converted into Common Stock) been converted into Common Stock pursuant to Section 4 immediately prior to such liquidation, dissolution, winding up or Deemed Liquidation Event regardless of whether such conversion is permitted (the amount payable to holders of Series C Preferred Stock pursuant to this sentence is hereinafter referred to as the “Series C Liquidation Amount” and the amount payable to holders of Series B Preferred Stock pursuant to this sentence is hereinafter referred to as the “Series B Liquidation Amount” ). If upon any such liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation or Deemed Liquidation Event, the assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders shall be insufficient to pay the holders of shares of Series C Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock the full amount to which they shall be entitled under this Subsection 2.1.1, the holders of shares of the Series C Preferred Stock and the Series B Preferred Stock shall share ratably in any distribution of the assets available for distribution in proportion to the respective amounts which would otherwise be payable in respect of the shares held by them upon such distribution if all amounts payable on or with respect to such shares were paid in full.

2.1.2 Series A Preferred Stock. In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, and after payment of the Series C Liquidation Amount and Series B Liquidation Amount to the holders of Series C Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock, respectively, the holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock then outstanding shall be entitled to be paid out of the assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders, or in the event of a Deemed Liquidation Event, out of the consideration payable to stockholders in such Deemed Liquidation Event or out of the Available Proceeds, as applicable, before any payment shall be made to the holders of Common Stock by reason of their ownership thereof, an amount per share equal to the greater of (i) the Series A Original Issue Price plus any dividends declared but unpaid thereon and (ii) such amount per share as would have been payable had all shares of Series A Preferred Stock (and all shares of all other series of Preferred Stock that would receive a larger distribution per share if such series of Preferred Stock were converted into Common Stock) been converted into Common Stock pursuant to Section 4 immediately prior to such liquidation, dissolution, winding up or Deemed Liquidation Event regardless of whether such conversion is permitted (the amount payable pursuant to this sentence with respect to the Series A Preferred Stock is hereinafter referred to as the “Series A Liquidation Amount”). If upon any such liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation or Deemed Liquidation Event, the assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders shall be insufficient to pay the holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock the full amount to which they shall be entitled under this Subsection 2.1.2 after payment of the Series C Liquidation Amount and the Series B Liquidation Amount to the holders of shares of Series C Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock, respectively, the holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall share ratably in any distribution of the assets available for distribution in proportion to the respective amounts which would otherwise be payable in respect of the shares held by them upon such distribution if all amounts payable on or with respect to such shares were paid in full.

 

4


2.2 Payments to Holders of Common Stock. In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation or Deemed Liquidation Event, after the payment in full of the Series C Liquidation Amount and Series B Liquidation Amount required to be paid to the holders of shares of Series C Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock, respectively, and after the payment in full of the Series A Liquidation Amount required to be paid to the holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock, the remaining assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders or, in the case of a Deemed Liquidation Event, the consideration not payable to the holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock, the holders of shares of Series B Preferred Stock or the holders of shares of Series C Preferred Stock pursuant to Section 2.1 or the remaining Available Proceeds, as the case may be, shall be distributed among the holders of shares of Common Stock, pro rata based on the number of shares of Common Stock held by each such holder.

2.3 Deemed Liquidation Events.

2.3.1 Definition. Each of the following events shall be considered a “Deemed Liquidation Event” unless the holders of a majority of the shares of Preferred Stock (voting together on an as-converted to Common Stock basis), which such majority must include at least one Series B New Investor (as defined in the Company’s Series C Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement, dated on or about the Original Issue Date) (the “Requisite Holders”) elect otherwise by written notice sent to the Corporation at least ten (10) days prior to the effective date of any such event:

(a) a merger, consolidation, statutory conversion, transfer, domestication or continuance in which

 

  (i)

the Corporation is a constituent party or

 

  (ii)

a subsidiary of the Corporation is a constituent party and the Corporation issues shares of its capital stock pursuant to such merger, consolidation, statutory conversion, transfer, domestication or continuance,

except any such merger, consolidation, statutory conversion, transfer, domestication or continuance involving the Corporation or a subsidiary in which the shares of capital stock of the Corporation outstanding immediately prior to such merger, consolidation, statutory conversion, transfer, domestication or continuance continue to represent, or are converted into or exchanged for shares of capital stock or other equity interests that represent, immediately following such merger, consolidation, statutory conversion, transfer, domestication or continuance, a majority, by voting power, of the capital stock or other equity interests of (1) the surviving or resulting corporation or entity; or (2) if the surviving or resulting corporation or entity is a wholly owned subsidiary of another corporation or entity immediately following such merger, consolidation statutory conversion, transfer, domestication or continuance, the parent corporation or entity of such surviving or resulting corporation or entity; or

 

5


(b) (1) the sale, lease, transfer, exclusive license or other disposition, in a single transaction or series of related transactions, by the Corporation or any subsidiary of the Corporation of all or substantially all the assets of the Corporation and its subsidiaries taken as a whole or (2) the sale, lease, transfer exclusive license or other disposition (whether by merger, consolidation, statutory conversion, domestication, continuance, or otherwise, and whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions) of one or more subsidiaries of the Corporation if substantially all of the assets of the Corporation and its subsidiaries taken as a whole are held by such subsidiary or subsidiaries, except where such sale, lease, transfer, exclusive license or other disposition is to a wholly owned subsidiary of the Corporation.

2.3.2 Effecting a Deemed Liquidation Event.

(a) The Corporation shall not have the power to effect a Deemed Liquidation Event referred to in Subsection 2.3.1(a)(i) unless the agreement or plan with respect to such transaction, or terms of such transaction (any such agreement, plan or terms, the “Transaction Document”), provide that the consideration payable to the stockholders of the Corporation in such Deemed Liquidation Event shall be allocated to the holders of capital stock of the Corporation in accordance with Subsections 2.1 and 2.2.

(b) In the event of a Deemed Liquidation Event referred to in Subsection 2.3.1(a)(ii) or 2.3.1(b), if the Corporation does not effect a dissolution of the Corporation under the General Corporation Law within ninety (90) days after such Deemed Liquidation Event, then (i) the Corporation shall send a written notice to each holder of Preferred Stock no later than the ninetieth (90th) day after the Deemed Liquidation Event advising such holders of their right (and the requirements to be met to secure such right) pursuant to the terms of the following clause to require the redemption of such shares of Preferred Stock, and (ii) if the Requisite Holders so request in a written instrument delivered to the Corporation not later than one hundred twenty (120) days after such Deemed Liquidation Event, the Corporation shall use the consideration received by the Corporation for such Deemed Liquidation Event (net of any retained liabilities associated with the assets sold or technology licensed, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Corporation), together with any other assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders, all to the extent permitted by Delaware law governing distributions to stockholders (the “Available Proceeds”), on the one hundred fiftieth (150th) day after such Deemed Liquidation Event (the “DLE Redemption Date”), to redeem all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock at a price per share equal to the Series C Liquidation Amount in the case of Series C Preferred Stock, Series B Liquidation Amount in the case of the Series B Preferred Stock and the Series A Liquidation Amount in the case of the Series A Preferred Stock (the “Redemption Price”); provided, that if the definitive agreements governing such Deemed Liquidation Event contain contingent indemnification obligations on the part of the Corporation and prohibit the Corporation from distributing all or a portion of the Available Proceeds while such indemnification obligations remain outstanding, then the DLE Redemption Date shall automatically be extended to the date that is ten business days following the date on which such prohibition expires. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event of a redemption pursuant to the preceding sentence, if the Available Proceeds are not sufficient to redeem all outstanding shares

 

6


of Series C Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock, the Corporation shall redeem a pro rata portion of each holder’s shares of Series C Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock to the fullest extent of such Available Proceeds, based on the respective amounts which would otherwise be payable in respect of the shares to be redeemed if the Available Proceeds were sufficient to redeem all such shares, and shall redeem the remaining shares as soon as it may lawfully do so under Delaware law governing distributions to stockholders. After redemption in full of the Series C Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock, if the Available Proceeds are not sufficient to redeem all outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock, the Corporation shall redeem a pro rata portion of each holder’s shares of Series A Preferred Stock to the fullest extent of such Available Proceeds, based on the respective amounts which would otherwise be payable in respect of the shares to be redeemed if the Available Proceeds were sufficient to redeem all such shares, and shall redeem the remaining shares as soon as it may lawfully do so under Delaware law governing distributions to stockholders. The Corporation shall send written notice of the mandatory redemption (the “Redemption Notice”) to each holder of record of Preferred Stock not less than forty (40) days prior to the date of any such redemption (the “Redemption Date”). The Redemption Notice shall state: (1) the number of shares of each series of Preferred Stock held by the holder that the Corporation shall redeem on the Redemption Date specified in the Redemption Notice; (2) the Redemption Date, the Series A Liquidation Amount, the Series B Liquidation Amount and Series C Liquidation Amount; (3) the date upon which the holder’s right to convert such shares terminates (as determined in accordance with Subsection 4.1); and (4) for holders of shares in certificated form, that the holder is to surrender to the Corporation, in the manner and at the place designated, his, her or its certificate or certificates representing the shares of Preferred Stock to be redeemed. On or before the Redemption Date, each holder of shares of Preferred Stock to be redeemed on the Redemption Date, unless such holder has exercised his, her or its right to convert such shares as provided in Section 4, shall, if a holder of shares in certificated form, surrender the certificate or certificates representing such shares (or, if such registered holder alleges that such certificate has been lost, stolen or destroyed, a lost certificate affidavit and agreement reasonably acceptable to the Corporation to indemnify the Corporation against any claim that may be made against the Corporation on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of such certificate) to the Corporation, in the manner and at the place designated in the Redemption Notice, and thereupon the Series A Liquidation Amount, the Series B Liquidation Amount and Series C Liquidation Amount for such shares, as applicable, shall be payable to the order of the person whose name appears on such certificate or certificates as the owner thereof. In the event less than all of the shares of Preferred Stock represented by a certificate are redeemed, a new certificate, instrument or book entry representing the unredeemed shares of Preferred Stock shall promptly be issued to such holder. If the Redemption Notice shall have been duly given, and if on the Redemption Date the Series A Liquidation Amount, the Series B Liquidation Amount and Series C Liquidation Amount payable upon redemption of the Preferred Stock to be redeemed on the Redemption Date, as applicable, is paid or tendered for payment or deposited with an independent payment agent so as to be available therefor in a timely manner, then notwithstanding that any certificates evidencing any of the shares of Preferred Stock so called for redemption shall not have been surrendered, all rights with respect to such shares of Preferred Stock shall forthwith after the Redemption Date terminate, except only the right of the holders to receive the Series A Liquidation Amount, Series B Liquidation Amount and Series C Liquidation Amount, as the case may be, without interest upon surrender of any such certificate or certificates therefor. Prior to the distribution or redemption provided for in this Subsection 2.3.2(b), the Corporation shall not expend or dissipate the Available Proceeds for any purpose, except to discharge expenses incurred in connection with such Deemed Liquidation Event or in the ordinary course of business.

 

7


2.3.3 Amount Deemed Paid or Distributed. The amount deemed paid or distributed to the holders of capital stock of the Corporation upon any such merger, consolidation, sale, transfer, exclusive license, other disposition or redemption shall be the cash or the value of the property, rights or securities to be paid or distributed to such holders pursuant to such Deemed Liquidation Event. The value of such property, rights or securities shall be determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Corporation, including the approval of a majority of the Preferred Directors (as defined herein).

2.3.4 Allocation of Escrow and Contingent Consideration. In the event of a Deemed Liquidation Event pursuant to Subsection 2.3.1(a)(i), if any portion of the consideration payable to the stockholders of the Corporation is payable only upon satisfaction of contingencies (the “Additional Consideration”), the Transaction Document shall provide that (a) the portion of such consideration that is not Additional Consideration (such portion, the “Initial Consideration”) shall be allocated among the holders of capital stock of the Corporation in accordance with Subsections 2.1 and 2.2 as if the Initial Consideration were the only consideration payable in connection with such Deemed Liquidation Event; and (b) any Additional Consideration which becomes payable to the stockholders of the Corporation upon satisfaction of such contingencies shall be allocated among the holders of capital stock of the Corporation in accordance with Subsections 2.1 and 2.2 after taking into account the previous payment of the Initial Consideration as part of the same transaction. For the purposes of this Subsection 2.3.4, consideration placed into escrow or retained as a holdback to be available for satisfaction of indemnification or similar obligations in connection with such Deemed Liquidation Event shall be deemed to be Additional Consideration.

3. Voting.

3.1 General. On any matter presented to the stockholders of the Corporation for their action or consideration at any meeting of stockholders of the Corporation (or by written consent of stockholders in lieu of a meeting), each holder of outstanding shares of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to cast the number of votes equal to the number of whole shares of Common Stock into which the shares of Preferred Stock held by such holder are convertible (as provided in Section 4 below) as of the record date for determining stockholders entitled to vote on such matter. Except as provided by law or by the other provisions of this Certificate of Incorporation, holders of Preferred Stock shall vote together with the holders of Common Stock as a single class and on an as-converted to Common Stock basis.

3.2 Election of Directors. The holders of record of the shares of Series B Preferred Stock, exclusively and as a separate class, and by the vote or written consent of the Requisite Series B Holders (as defined below), shall be entitled to elect one (1) director of the Corporation (the “Series B Director”), the holders of record of the shares of Series A Preferred Stock, exclusively and as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect three (3) directors of the Corporation (the “Series A Directors” and, together with the Series B Director, the “Preferred Directors”) and the holders of record of the shares of Common Stock, exclusively and as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect two (2) directors of the Corporation; provided, however, for administrative convenience, the initial Series B Preferred Director may also be appointed by the

 

8


Board of Directors in connection with the approval of the initial issuance of Series B Preferred Stock without a separate action by the holders of the Series B Preferred Stock. Any director elected as provided in the preceding sentence may be removed without cause by, and only by, the affirmative vote of the holders of the shares of the class or series of capital stock entitled to elect such director or directors, given either at a special meeting of such stockholders duly called for that purpose or pursuant to a written consent of stockholders. If the holders of shares of Series B Preferred Stock, Series A Preferred Stock or Common Stock, as the case may be, fail to elect a sufficient number of directors to fill all directorships for which they are entitled to elect directors, voting exclusively and as a separate class, pursuant to the first sentence of this Subsection 3.2, then any directorship not so filled shall remain vacant until such time as the holders of the Series B Preferred Stock, Series A Preferred Stock or Common Stock, as the case may be, elect a person to fill such directorship by vote or written consent in lieu of a meeting; and no such directorship may be filled by stockholders of the Corporation other than by the stockholders of the Corporation that are entitled to elect a person to fill such directorship, voting exclusively and as a separate class. The holders of record of the shares of Common Stock and of any other class or series of voting stock (including the Preferred Stock), exclusively and voting together as a single class, shall be entitled to elect the balance of the total number of directors of the Corporation. At any meeting held for the purpose of electing a director, the presence in person or by proxy of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of the class or series entitled to elect such director shall constitute a quorum for the purpose of electing such director. Except as otherwise provided in this Subsection 3.2, a vacancy in any directorship filled by the holders of any class or series shall be filled only by vote or written consent in lieu of a meeting of the holders of such class or series or by any remaining director or directors elected by the holders of such class or series pursuant to this Subsection 3.2. The rights of the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock under the first sentence of this Subsection 3.2 shall terminate on the first date following the Original Issue Date (as defined below) on which there are issued and outstanding less than 4,500,000 shares of Series A Preferred Stock (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination, or other similar recapitalization with respect to the Series A Preferred Stock). The rights of the holders of the Series B Preferred Stock under the first sentence of this Subsection 3.2 shall terminate on the first date following the Original Issue Date on which there are issued and outstanding less than 12,924,003 shares of Series B Preferred Stock (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination, or other similar recapitalization with respect to the Series B Preferred Stock). The rights of the holders of Common Stock under the first sentence of this Subsection 3.2 shall terminate on the first date on which the rights of the holders of both the Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock under the first sentence of this Subsection 3.2 have terminated.

3.3 Preferred Stock Protective Provisions. At any time when at least 19,089,051 shares of Series C Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to the Series C Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock) are outstanding, the Corporation shall not, either directly or indirectly by amendment, merger, consolidation, domestication, transfer, continuance, recapitalization, reclassification, waiver, statutory conversion, or otherwise, effect any of the following acts or transactions without (in addition to any other vote required by law or this Certificate of Incorporation) the written consent or affirmative vote of the Requisite Holders given in writing or by vote at a meeting, consenting or voting (as the case may be) together as a single class, and any such act or transaction that has not been approved by such consent or vote prior to such act or transaction being effected shall be null and void ab initio, and of no force or effect.

 

9


3.3.1 liquidate, dissolve or wind-up the business and affairs of the Corporation or effect any Deemed Liquidation Event, or any other merger, consolidation, statutory conversion, transfer, domestication or continuance, or consent to any of the foregoing;

3.3.2 amend, alter or repeal any provision of this Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws of the Corporation in a manner that adversely affects the special rights, powers and preferences of the Series C Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock;

3.3.3 create or issue or obligate itself to issue shares of or reclassify any capital stock unless the same ranks junior to the Series C Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock with respect to its special rights, powers and preferences including the distribution of assets on the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, the payment of dividends and rights of redemption, or increase the authorized number of shares of Series C Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock or any additional class or series of capital stock of the Corporation unless the same ranks junior to the Series C Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock with respect to its special rights, powers and preferences;

3.3.4 purchase or redeem (or permit any subsidiary to purchase or redeem) or pay or declare any dividend or make any distribution on, any shares of capital stock of the Corporation other than (i) redemptions of or dividends or distributions on the Preferred Stock as expressly authorized herein, (ii) dividends or other distributions payable on the Common Stock solely in the form of additional shares of Common Stock and (iii) repurchases of stock from former employees, officers, directors, consultants or other persons who performed services for the Corporation or any subsidiary in connection with the cessation of such employment or service at no greater than the original purchase price thereof;

3.3.5 create or issue any debt security or create any lien or security interest (except for purchase money liens or statutory liens of landlords, mechanics, materialmen, workmen, warehousemen and other similar persons arising or incurred in the ordinary course of business) or incur other indebtedness for borrowed money, including but not limited to obligations and contingent obligations under guarantees, or permit any subsidiary to take any such action with respect to any debt security lien, security interest or other indebtedness for borrowed money, if the aggregate indebtedness of the Corporation and its subsidiaries for borrowed money following such action would exceed $500,000;

3.3.6 create, or hold capital stock in, any subsidiary that is not wholly owned (either directly or through one or more other subsidiaries) by the Corporation, or permit any subsidiary to create or issue or obligate itself to issue, any shares of any class or series of capital stock, or sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of any capital stock of any direct or indirect subsidiary of the Corporation, or permit any direct or indirect subsidiary to sell, lease, transfer, exclusively license or otherwise dispose (in a single transaction or series of related transactions) of all or substantially all of the assets of such subsidiary;

 

10


3.3.7 increase or decrease the authorized number of directors constituting the Board of Directors, change the number of votes entitled to be cast by any director or directors on any matter, or adopt any provision inconsistent with Article Sixth;

3.3.8 adopt any new or amend any existing stock plan to increase the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock reserved thereunder;

3.3.9 enter into any material joint development, licensing or collaboration agreement or any acquisition of all or substantially all of the stock or assets of another entity;

3.3.10 make any change in the Corporation’s line of business; or

3.3.11 enter into any agreements or commitments to do any of the foregoing.

3.4 Series C Preferred Stock Protective Provisions. At any time when at least 6,165,048 of the shares of Series C Preferred Stock (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization) are outstanding, the Corporation shall not, either directly or indirectly by amendment, merger, consolidation, statutory conversion, transfer, domestication or continuance, or otherwise, do any of the following without (in addition to any other vote required by law or this Certificate of Incorporation) the written consent or affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of outstanding shares of Series C Preferred Stock (the “Requisite Series C Holders”), given in writing or by vote at a meeting, consenting or voting (as the case may be) as a single and separate class, and any such act or transaction that has not been approved by such consent or vote prior to such act or transaction being effected shall be null and void ab initio, and of no force or effect:

3.4.1 increase the authorized number of shares of Series C Preferred Stock;

3.4.2 amend, alter or repeal (whether by merger, consolidation, operation of law, or otherwise) any provision of the Corporation’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation or bylaws in a manner that would adversely alter or change the special rights, powers or preferences of the Series C Preferred Stock;

3.4.3 reclassify any other class or series of stock, if it would render such class or series senior to or on parity with the Series C Preferred Stock; or

3.4.4 amend, waive or modify the original issue price of the Series C Preferred Stock, the applicable conversion price of the Series C Preferred Stock (including any anti-dilution rights with respect thereto) or the Series C Preferred Stock liquidation preference.

In connection with Subsection 3.4.2 above, for the avoidance of doubt, an amendment, alteration or repeal of any provision of this Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws of the Corporation shall not be deemed to affect the Series C Preferred Stock adversely or in a manner differently than any other series of Preferred Stock if the effect is solely due to proportional differences in the amounts of respective issue prices, liquidation preferences or redemption prices that arise out of differences between the original issue price of the Series C Preferred Stock and any other series of Preferred Stock.

 

11


3.5 Series B Preferred Stock Protective Provisions. At any time when at least 10% of the shares of the Series B Preferred Stock originally issued are outstanding, the Corporation shall not, either directly or indirectly by amendment, merger, consolidation, statutory conversion, transfer, domestication or continuance, or otherwise, do any of the following without (in addition to any other vote required by law or this Certificate of Incorporation) the written consent or affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock, which such majority must include at least one Series B New Investor (the “Requisite Series B Holders”), given in writing or by vote at a meeting, consenting or voting (as the case may be) as a single and separate class, and any such act or transaction that has not been approved by such consent or vote prior to such act or transaction being effected shall be null and void ab initio, and of no force or effect:

3.5.1 increase the authorized number of shares of Series B Preferred Stock;

3.5.2 amend, alter or repeal (whether by merger, consolidation, operation of law, or otherwise) any provision of the Corporation’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation or bylaws in a manner that would adversely alter or change the special rights, powers or preferences of the Series B Preferred Stock;

3.5.3 reclassify any other class or series of stock, if it would render such class or series senior to or on parity with the Series B Preferred Stock; or

3.5.4 amend, waive or modify the original issue price of the Series B Preferred Stock, the applicable conversion price of the Series B Preferred Stock (including any anti-dilution rights with respect thereto) or the Series B Preferred Stock liquidation preference.

In connection with Subsection 3.5.2 above, for the avoidance of doubt, an amendment, alteration or repeal of any provision of this Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws of the Corporation shall not be deemed to affect the Series B Preferred Stock adversely or in a manner differently than any other series of Preferred Stock if the effect is solely due to proportional differences in the amounts of respective issue prices, liquidation preferences or redemption prices that arise out of differences between the original issue price of the Series B Preferred Stock and any other series of Preferred Stock.

3.6 Series A Preferred Stock Protective Provisions. At any time when at least 10% of the shares of the Series A Preferred Stock originally issued are outstanding, the Corporation shall not, either directly or indirectly by amendment, merger, consolidation or otherwise, do any of the following without (in addition to any other vote required by law or this Certificate of Incorporation) the written consent or affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock (the “Requisite Series A Holders”), given in writing or by vote at a meeting, consenting or voting (as the case may be) as a single and separate class, and any such act or transaction that has not been approved by such consent or vote prior to such act or transaction being effected shall be null and void ab initio, and of no force or effect:

3.6.1 increase the authorized number of shares of Series A Preferred Stock;

 

12


3.6.2 amend, alter or repeal (whether by merger, consolidation, operation of law, or otherwise) any provision of the Corporation’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation or bylaws in a manner that would adversely alter or change the rights, preferences or privileges of the Series A Preferred Stock;

3.6.3 reclassify any other class or series of stock, if it would render such class or series senior to or on parity with the Series A Preferred Stock; or

3.6.4 amend, waive or modify the original issue price of the Series A Preferred Stock, the applicable conversion price of the Series A Preferred Stock (including any anti-dilution rights with respect thereto) or the Series A Preferred Stock liquidation preference.

In connection with Subsection 3.6.2 above, for the avoidance of doubt, an amendment, alteration or repeal of any provision of this Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws of the Corporation shall not be deemed to affect the Series A Preferred Stock adversely or in a manner different than any other series of Preferred Stock if the effect is solely due to proportional differences in the amounts of respective issue prices, liquidation preferences or redemption prices that arise out of differences between the original issue of the Series A Preferred Stock and any other series of Preferred Stock.

4. Optional Conversion.

The holders of the Preferred Stock shall have conversion rights as follows (the “Conversion Rights”):

4.1 Right to Convert.

4.1.1 Conversion Ratio.

(a) Each share of Series A Preferred Stock shall be convertible, at the option of the holder thereof, at any time, and without the payment of additional consideration by the holder thereof, into such whole number of fully paid and non-assessable shares of Common Stock as is determined by dividing the Series A Original Issue Price by the Series A Conversion Price (as defined below) in effect at the time of conversion. The “Series A Conversion Price” shall initially be equal to $0.687. Such initial Series A Conversion Price, and the rate at which shares of Series A Preferred Stock may be converted into shares of Common Stock, shall be subject to adjustment as provided below.

(b) Each share of Series B Preferred Stock shall be convertible, at the option of the holder thereof, at any time, and without the payment of additional consideration by the holder thereof, into such whole number of fully paid and non-assessable shares of Common Stock as is determined by dividing the Series B Original Issue Price by the Series B Conversion Price (as defined below) in effect at the time of conversion. The “Series B Conversion Price” shall initially be equal to $0.90. Such initial Series B Conversion Price, and the rate at which shares of Series B Preferred Stock may be converted into shares of Common Stock, shall be subject to adjustment as provided below.

 

13


(c) Each share of Series C Preferred Stock shall be convertible, at the option of the holder thereof, at any time, and without the payment of additional consideration by the holder thereof, into such whole number of fully paid and non-assessable shares of Common Stock as is determined by dividing the Series C Original Issue Price by the Series C Conversion Price (as defined below) in effect at the time of conversion. The “Series C Conversion Price” shall initially be equal to $1.03. Such initial Series C Conversion Price, and the rate at which shares of Series C Preferred Stock may be converted into shares of Common Stock, shall be subject to adjustment as provided below.

4.1.2 Termination of Conversion Rights. In the event of a notice of redemption of any shares of Preferred Stock pursuant to Section 2.3.2, the Conversion Rights of the shares designated for redemption shall terminate at the close of business on the last full day preceding the date fixed for redemption, unless the redemption price is not fully paid on such redemption date, in which case the Conversion Rights for such shares shall continue until such price is paid in full. In the event of a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation or a Deemed Liquidation Event, the Conversion Rights shall terminate at the close of business on the last full day preceding the date fixed for the payment of any such amounts distributable on such event to the holders of Preferred Stock; provided that the foregoing termination of Conversion Rights shall not affect the amount(s) otherwise paid or payable in accordance with Subsection 2.1 to holders of Preferred Stock pursuant to such liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation or a Deemed Liquidation Event.

4.2 Number of Shares Issuable Upon Conversion. The number of shares of Common Stock issuable to a holder of Preferred Stock upon conversion of such Preferred Stock shall be the nearest whole share, after aggregating all fractional interests in shares of Common Stock that would otherwise be issuable upon conversion of all shares of that same series of Preferred Stock being converted by such holder (with any fractional interests after such aggregation representing 0.5 or greater of a whole share being entitled to a whole share). For the avoidance of doubt, no fractional interests in shares of Common Stock shall be created or issuable as a result of the conversion of the Preferred Stock pursuant to Section 4.1.1.

4.3 Mechanics of Conversion.

4.3.1 Notice of Conversion. In order for a holder of Preferred Stock to voluntarily convert shares of Preferred Stock into shares of Common Stock, such holder shall (a) provide written notice to the Corporation’s transfer agent at the office of the transfer agent for the Preferred Stock (or at the principal office of the Corporation if the Corporation serves as its own transfer agent) that such holder elects to convert all or any number of such holder’s shares of Preferred Stock and, if applicable, any event on which such conversion is contingent and (b), if such holder’s shares are certificated, surrender the certificate or certificates for such shares of Preferred Stock (or, if such registered holder alleges that such certificate has been lost, stolen or destroyed, a lost certificate affidavit and agreement reasonably acceptable to the Corporation to indemnify the Corporation against any claim that may be made against the Corporation on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of such certificate), at the office of the transfer agent for the Preferred Stock (or at the principal office of the Corporation if the Corporation serves as its

 

14


own transfer agent). Such notice shall state such holder’s name or the names of the nominees in which such holder wishes the shares of Common Stock to be issued. If required by the Corporation, any certificates surrendered for conversion shall be endorsed or accompanied by a written instrument or instruments of transfer, in form satisfactory to the Corporation, duly executed by the registered holder or his, her or its attorney duly authorized in writing. The close of business on the date of receipt by the transfer agent (or by the Corporation if the Corporation serves as its own transfer agent) of such notice and, if applicable, certificates (or lost certificate affidavit and agreement) shall be the time of conversion (the “Conversion Time”), and the shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the specified shares shall be deemed to be outstanding of record as of such date. The Corporation shall, as soon as practicable after the Conversion Time (i) issue and deliver to such holder of Preferred Stock, or to his, her or its nominees, a certificate or certificates for the number of full shares of Common Stock issuable upon such conversion in accordance with the provisions hereof and a certificate for the number (if any) of the shares of Preferred Stock represented by the surrendered certificate that were not converted into Common Stock, (ii) pay in cash in lieu of any fraction of a share of Common Stock otherwise issuable upon such conversion and (iii) pay all declared but unpaid dividends on the shares of Preferred Stock converted.

4.3.2 Reservation of Shares. The Corporation shall at all times when the Preferred Stock shall be outstanding, reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued capital stock, for the purpose of effecting the conversion of the Preferred Stock, such number of its duly authorized shares of Common Stock as shall from time to time be sufficient to effect the conversion of all outstanding Preferred Stock; and if at any time the number of authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock shall not be sufficient to effect the conversion of all then outstanding shares of the Preferred Stock, the Corporation shall take such corporate action as may be necessary to increase its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock to such number of shares as shall be sufficient for such purposes, including, without limitation, engaging in best efforts to obtain the requisite stockholder approval of any necessary amendment to this Certificate of Incorporation. Before taking any action which would cause an adjustment reducing the Series A Conversion Price, the Series B Conversion Price and/or the Series C Conversion Price below the then par value of the shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Series A Preferred Stock, the Series B Preferred Stock or the Series C Preferred Stock, as applicable, the Corporation will take any corporate action which may, in the opinion of its counsel, be necessary in order that the Corporation may validly and legally issue fully paid and non-assessable shares of Common Stock at such adjusted Series A Conversion Price, Series B Conversion Price or Series C Conversion Price, as applicable.

4.3.3 Effect of Conversion. All shares of Preferred Stock which shall have been surrendered for conversion as herein provided shall no longer be deemed to be outstanding and all rights with respect to such shares shall immediately cease and terminate at the Conversion Time, except only the right of the holders thereof to receive shares of Common Stock in exchange therefor, to receive payment in lieu of any fraction of a share otherwise issuable upon such conversion and to receive payment of any dividends declared but unpaid thereon. Any shares of Preferred Stock so converted shall be retired and cancelled and may not be reissued as shares of such series, and the Corporation may thereafter take such appropriate action (without the need for stockholder action) as may be necessary to reduce the authorized number of shares of such series of Preferred Stock accordingly.

 

15


4.3.4 No Further Adjustment. Upon any such conversion, no adjustment to the applicable Conversion Price shall be made for any declared but unpaid dividends on the Series A Preferred Stock, the Series B Preferred Stock or the Series C Preferred Stock surrendered for conversion or on the Common Stock delivered upon conversion.

4.3.5 Taxes. The Corporation shall pay any and all issue and other similar taxes that may be payable in respect of any issuance or delivery of shares of Common Stock upon conversion of shares of Preferred Stock pursuant to this Section 4. The Corporation shall not, however, be required to pay any tax which may be payable in respect of any transfer involved in the issuance and delivery of shares of Common Stock in a name other than that in which the shares of Preferred Stock so converted were registered, and no such issuance or delivery shall be made unless and until the person or entity requesting such issuance has paid to the Corporation the amount of any such tax or has established, to the satisfaction of the Corporation, that such tax has been paid.

4.4 Adjustments to Conversion Price for Diluting Issues.

4.4.1 Special Definitions. For purposes of this Article Fourth, the following definitions shall apply:

(a) “Option” means rights, options or warrants to subscribe for, purchase or otherwise acquire Common Stock or Convertible Securities.

(b) “Original Issue Date” means the date on which the first share of Series C Preferred Stock was issued.

(c) “Convertible Securities” means any evidences of indebtedness, shares or other securities directly or indirectly convertible into or exchangeable for Common Stock, but excluding Options.

(d) “Additional Shares of Common Stock” means all shares of Common Stock issued (or, pursuant to Subsection 4.4.3 below, deemed to be issued) by the Corporation after the Original Issue Date, other than (1) the following shares of Common Stock and (2) shares of Common Stock deemed issued pursuant to the following Options and Convertible Securities (clauses (1) and (2), collectively, “Exempted Securities”):

 

  (i)

as to any series of Preferred Stock, shares of Common Stock, Options or Convertible Securities issued as a dividend or distribution on such series of Preferred Stock (including dividends payable in connection with dividends on other classes or series of stock);

 

  (ii)

shares of Common Stock, Options or Convertible Securities issued by reason of a dividend, stock split, split-up or other distribution on shares of Common Stock that is covered by Subsection 4.5, 4.6, 4.7 or 4.8;

 

16


  (iii)

shares of Common Stock or Options issued to employees or directors of, or consultants or advisors to, the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries pursuant to a plan, agreement or arrangement approved by the Board of Directors of the Corporation, including the approval of a majority of the Preferred Directors;

 

  (iv)

shares of Common Stock or Convertible Securities actually issued upon the exercise of Options or shares of Common Stock actually issued upon the conversion or exchange of Convertible Securities, in each case provided such issuance is pursuant to the terms of such Option or Convertible Security;

 

  (v)

shares of Common Stock, Options or Convertible Securities issued to banks, equipment lessors or other financial institutions, or to real property lessors, pursuant to a debt financing, equipment leasing or real property leasing transaction approved by the Board of Directors, including the approval of a majority of the Preferred Directors;

 

  (vi)

shares of Common Stock, Options or Convertible Securities issued to suppliers or third party service providers in connection with the provision of goods or services pursuant to transactions approved by the Board of Directors, including the approval of a majority of the Preferred Directors;

 

  (vii)

shares of Common Stock, Options or Convertible Securities issued as acquisition consideration pursuant to the acquisition of another corporation by the Corporation by merger, purchase of substantially all of the assets or other reorganization or to a joint venture agreement, provided that such issuances are approved by the Board of Directors of the Corporation, including the approval of a majority of the Preferred Directors; or

 

17


  (viii)

shares of Common Stock, Options or Convertible Securities issued in connection with sponsored research, collaboration, technology license, development, OEM, marketing or other similar agreements or strategic partnerships approved by the Board of Directors of the Corporation, including the approval of a majority of the Preferred Directors.

4.4.2 No Adjustment of Conversion Price. No adjustment in the Series A Conversion Price shall be made as the result of the issuance or deemed issuance of Additional Shares of Common Stock if the Corporation receives written notice from the Requisite Series A Holders agreeing that no such adjustment shall be made as the result of the issuance or deemed issuance of such Additional Shares of Common Stock. No adjustment in the Series B Conversion Price shall be made as the result of the issuance or deemed issuance of Additional Shares of Common Stock if the Corporation receives written notice from the Requisite Series B Holders agreeing that no such adjustment shall be made as the result of the issuance or deemed issuance of such Additional Shares of Common Stock. No adjustment in the Series C Conversion Price shall be made as the result of the issuance or deemed issuance of Additional Shares of Common Stock if the Corporation receives written notice from the Requisite Series C Holders agreeing that no such adjustment shall be made as the result of the issuance or deemed issuance of such Additional Shares of Common Stock.

4.4.3 Deemed Issue of Additional Shares of Common Stock.

(a) If the Corporation at any time or from time to time after the Original Issue Date shall issue any Options or Convertible Securities (excluding Options or Convertible Securities which are themselves Exempted Securities) or shall fix a record date for the determination of holders of any class of securities entitled to receive any such Options or Convertible Securities, then the maximum number of shares of Common Stock (as set forth in the instrument relating thereto, assuming the satisfaction of any conditions to exercisability, convertibility or exchangeability but without regard to any provision contained therein for a subsequent adjustment of such number) issuable upon the exercise of such Options or, in the case of Convertible Securities and Options therefor, the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, shall be deemed to be Additional Shares of Common Stock issued as of the time of such issue or, in case such a record date shall have been fixed, as of the close of business on such record date.

(b) If the terms of any Option or Convertible Security, the issuance of which resulted in an adjustment to the Series A Conversion Price, the Series B Conversion Price or the Series C Conversion Price pursuant to the terms of Subsection 4.4.4, are revised as a result of an amendment to such terms or any other adjustment pursuant to the provisions of such Option or Convertible Security (but excluding automatic adjustments to such terms pursuant to anti-dilution or similar provisions of such Option or Convertible Security) to provide for either (1) any increase or decrease in the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise, conversion and/or exchange of any such Option or Convertible Security or (2) any increase or decrease in the consideration payable to the Corporation upon such exercise,

 

18


conversion and/or exchange, then, effective upon such increase or decrease becoming effective, the Series A Conversion Price, the Series B Conversion Price or the Series C Conversion Price, as the case may be, computed upon the original issue of such Option or Convertible Security (or upon the occurrence of a record date with respect thereto) shall be readjusted to such Series A Conversion Price, Series B Conversion Price or the Series C Conversion Price, as the case may be, as would have been obtained had such revised terms been in effect upon the original date of issuance of such Option or Convertible Security. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no readjustment pursuant to this clause (b) shall have the effect of increasing the Series A Conversion Price, the Series B Conversion Price or the Series C Conversion Price to an amount which exceeds the lower of (i) the Series A Conversion Price, the Series B Conversion Price or the Series C Conversion Price, as the case may be, in effect immediately prior to the original adjustment made as a result of the issuance of such Option or Convertible Security, or (ii) the Series A Conversion Price, the Series B Conversion Price or the Series C Conversion Price, as the case may be, that would have resulted from any issuances of Additional Shares of Common Stock (other than deemed issuances of Additional Shares of Common Stock as a result of the issuance of such Option or Convertible Security) between the original adjustment date and such readjustment date.

(c) If the terms of any Option or Convertible Security (excluding Options or Convertible Securities which are themselves Exempted Securities), the issuance of which did not result in an adjustment to the Series A Conversion Price, the Series B Conversion Price or the Series C Conversion Price pursuant to the terms of Subsection 4.4.4 (either because the consideration per share (determined pursuant to Subsection 4.4.5) of the Additional Shares of Common Stock subject thereto was equal to or greater than the Series A Conversion Price, the Series B Conversion Price or the Series C Conversion Price, as the case may be, then in effect, or because such Option or Convertible Security was issued before the Original Issue Date), are revised after the Original Issue Date as a result of an amendment to such terms or any other adjustment pursuant to the provisions of such Option or Convertible Security (but excluding automatic adjustments to such terms pursuant to anti-dilution or similar provisions of such Option or Convertible Security) to provide for either (1) any increase in the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise, conversion or exchange of any such Option or Convertible Security or (2) any decrease in the consideration payable to the Corporation upon such exercise, conversion or exchange, then such Option or Convertible Security, as so amended or adjusted, and the Additional Shares of Common Stock subject thereto (determined in the manner provided in Subsection 4.4.3(a)) shall be deemed to have been issued effective upon such increase or decrease becoming effective.

(d) Upon the expiration or termination of any unexercised Option or unconverted or unexchanged Convertible Security (or portion thereof) which resulted (either upon its original issuance or upon a revision of its terms) in an adjustment to the Series A Conversion Price, the Series B Conversion Price or the Series C Conversion Price pursuant to the terms of Subsection 4.4.4, the Series A Conversion Price, the Series B Conversion Price or the Series C Conversion Price, as the case may be, shall be readjusted to such Series A Conversion Price, Series B Conversion Price or the Series C Conversion Price, as the case may be, as would have been obtained had such Option or Convertible Security (or portion thereof) never been issued.

 

19


(e) If the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise, conversion and/or exchange of any Option or Convertible Security, or the consideration payable to the Corporation upon such exercise, conversion and/or exchange, is calculable at the time such Option or Convertible Security is issued or amended but is potentially subject to adjustment based upon subsequent events, any adjustment to the Series A Conversion Price, the Series B Conversion Price or the Series C Conversion Price provided for in this Subsection 4.4.3 shall be effected at the time of such issuance or amendment based on such number of shares or amount of consideration without regard to any provisions for subsequent adjustments (and any subsequent adjustments shall be treated as provided in clauses (b) and (c) of this Subsection 4.4.3). If the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise, conversion and/or exchange of any Option or Convertible Security, or the consideration payable to the Corporation upon such exercise, conversion and/or exchange, cannot be calculated at all at the time such Option or Convertible Security is issued or amended, any adjustment to the Series A Conversion Price, the Series B Conversion Price or the Series C Conversion Price, as the case may be, that would result under the terms of this Subsection 4.4.3 at the time of such issuance or amendment shall instead be effected at the time such number of shares and/or amount of consideration is first calculable (even if subject to subsequent adjustments), assuming for purposes of calculating such adjustment to the Series A Conversion Price, the Series B Conversion Price or the Series C Conversion Price, as the case may be, that such issuance or amendment took place at the time such calculation can first be made. In the event an Option or Convertible Security contains alternative conversion terms, such as a cap on the valuation of the Corporation at which such conversion will be effected, or circumstances where the Option or Convertible Security may be repaid in lieu of conversion, then the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise, conversion and/or exchange of such Option or Convertible Security shall be deemed not calculable until such time as the applicable conversion terms are determined.

4.4.4 Adjustment of Conversion Price Upon Issuance of Additional Shares of Common Stock. In the event the Corporation at any time after the Original Issue Date issues Additional Shares of Common Stock (including Additional Shares of Common Stock deemed to be issued pursuant to Subsection 4.4.3), without consideration or for a consideration per share less than the Series A Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to such issuance or deemed issuance and/or the Series B Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to such issuance or deemed issuance and/or the Series C Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to such issuance or deemed issuance, as the case may be, then the Series A Conversion Price, the Series B Conversion Price and/or the Series C Conversion Price, as the case may be, shall be reduced, concurrently with such issue, to a price (calculated to the nearest one-hundredth of a cent) determined in accordance with the following formula:

CP2 = CP1* (A + B) ÷ (A + C).

For purposes of the foregoing formula, the following definitions shall apply:

(a) “CP2” shall mean (1) in the case of an adjustment to the Series A Conversion Price, the Series A Conversion Price in effect immediately after such issuance or deemed issuance of Additional Shares of Common Stock, (2) in the case of an adjustment to the Series B Conversion Price, the Series B Conversion Price in effect immediately after such issuance or deemed issuance of Additional Shares of Common Stock and (3) in the case of an adjustment to the Series C Conversion Price, the Series C Conversion Price in effect immediately after such issuance or deemed issuance of Additional Shares of Common Stock;

 

20


(b) “CP1” shall mean (1) in the case of an adjustment to the Series A Conversion Price, the Series A Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to such issuance or deemed issuance of Additional Shares of Common Stock, (2) in the case of an adjustment to the Series B Conversion Price, the Series B Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to such issuance or deemed issuance of Additional Shares of Common Stock and (3) in the case of an adjustment to the Series C Conversion Price, the Series C Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to such issuance or deemed issuance of Additional Shares of Common Stock;

(c) “A” shall mean the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to such issuance or deemed issuance of Additional Shares of Common Stock (treating for this purpose as outstanding all shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of Options outstanding immediately prior to such issuance or deemed issuance or upon conversion or exchange of Convertible Securities (including the Preferred Stock) outstanding (assuming exercise of any outstanding Options therefor) immediately prior to such issue);

(d) “B” shall mean the number of shares of Common Stock that would have been issued if such Additional Shares of Common Stock had been issued or deemed issued at a price per share equal to CP1 (determined by dividing the aggregate consideration received by the Corporation in respect of such issue by CP1); and

(e) “C” shall mean the number of such Additional Shares of Common Stock issued in such transaction.

4.4.5 Determination of Consideration. For purposes of this Subsection 4.4, the consideration received by the Corporation for the issuance or deemed issuance of any Additional Shares of Common Stock shall be computed as follows:

(a) Cash and Property. Such consideration shall:

 

  (i)

insofar as it consists of cash, be computed at the aggregate amount of cash received by the Corporation, excluding amounts paid or payable for accrued interest;

 

  (ii)

insofar as it consists of property other than cash, be computed at the fair market value thereof at the time of such issue, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Corporation; and

 

  (iii)

in the event Additional Shares of Common Stock are issued together with other shares or securities or other assets of the Corporation for consideration which covers both, be the proportion of such consideration so received, computed as provided in clauses (i) and (ii) above, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Corporation.

 

21


(b) Options and Convertible Securities. The consideration per share received by the Corporation for Additional Shares of Common Stock deemed to have been issued pursuant to Subsection 4.4.3, relating to Options and Convertible Securities, shall be determined by dividing:

 

  (i)

The total amount, if any, received or receivable by the Corporation as consideration for the issue of such Options or Convertible Securities, plus the minimum aggregate amount of additional consideration (as set forth in the instruments relating thereto, without regard to any provision contained therein for a subsequent adjustment of such consideration) payable to the Corporation upon the exercise of such Options or the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, or in the case of Options for Convertible Securities, the exercise of such Options for Convertible Securities and the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, by

 

  (ii)

the maximum number of shares of Common Stock (as set forth in the instruments relating thereto, without regard to any provision contained therein for a subsequent adjustment of such number) issuable upon the exercise of such Options or the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, or in the case of Options for Convertible Securities, the exercise of such Options for Convertible Securities and the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities.

4.4.6 Multiple Closing Dates. In the event the Corporation shall issue on more than one date Additional Shares of Common Stock that are a part of one transaction or a series of related transactions and that would result in an adjustment to the Series A Conversion Price, the Series B Conversion Price and/or the Series C Conversion Price pursuant to the terms of Subsection 4.4.4, and such issuance dates occur within a period of no more than ninety (90) days from the first such issuance to the final such issuance, then, upon the final such issuance, the Series A Conversion Price, the Series B Conversion Price and/or the Series C Conversion Price, as the case may be, shall be readjusted to give effect to all such issuances as if they occurred on the date of the first such issuance (and without giving effect to any additional adjustments as a result of any such subsequent issuances within such period).

 

22


4.5 Adjustment for Stock Splits and Combinations. If the Corporation shall at any time or from time to time after the Original Issue Date effect a subdivision of the outstanding Common Stock, the Series A Conversion Price in effect immediately before such subdivision, the Series B Conversion Price in effect immediately before such subdivision and the Series C Conversion Price in effect immediately before such subdivision shall be proportionately decreased so that the number of shares of Common Stock issuable on conversion of each share of such series shall be increased in proportion to such increase in the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock outstanding. If the Corporation shall at any time or from time to time after the Original Issue Date combine the outstanding shares of Common Stock, the Series A Conversion Price in effect immediately before such combination, the Series B Conversion Price in effect immediately before such combination and the Series C Conversion Price in effect immediately before such combination shall be proportionately increased so that the number of shares of Common Stock issuable on conversion of each share of such series shall be decreased in proportion to such decrease in the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock outstanding. Any adjustment under this subsection shall become effective at the close of business on the date the subdivision or combination becomes effective.

4.6 Adjustment for Certain Dividends and Distributions. In the event the Corporation at any time or from time to time after the Original Issue Date shall make or issue, or fix a record date for the determination of holders of Common Stock entitled to receive, a dividend or other distribution payable on the Common Stock in additional shares of Common Stock, then and in each such event the Series A Conversion Price in effect immediately before such event, the Series B Conversion Price in effect immediately before such event and the Series C Conversion Price in effect immediately before such event shall be decreased as of the time of such issuance or, in the event such a record date shall have been fixed, as of the close of business on such record date, by multiplying the Series A Conversion Price then in effect, the Series B Conversion Price then in effect or the Series C Conversion Price then in effect, as the case may be, by a fraction:

(1) the numerator of which shall be the total number of shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the time of such issuance or the close of business on such record date, and

(2) the denominator of which shall be the total number of shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the time of such issuance or the close of business on such record date plus the number of shares of Common Stock issuable in payment of such dividend or distribution.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, (a) if such record date shall have been fixed and such dividend is not fully paid or if such distribution is not fully made on the date fixed therefor, the Series A Conversion Price, the Series B Conversion Price and the Series C Conversion Price, as the case may be, shall be recomputed accordingly as of the close of business on such record date and thereafter the Series A Conversion Price, the Series B Conversion Price and the Series C Conversion Price, as the case may be, shall be adjusted pursuant to this subsection as of the time of actual payment of such dividends or distributions; and (b) no such adjustment shall be made with respect to the Series A Conversion Price, the Series B Conversion Price and/or the Series C Conversion Price, as the case may be, if the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock, the Series B Preferred Stock and/or the Series C Preferred Stock, as the case may be, simultaneously receive a dividend or other distribution of shares of Common Stock in a number equal to the number of shares of Common Stock as they would have received if all outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock and/or Series C Preferred Stock, as the case may be, had been converted into shares of Common Stock on the date of such event.

 

23


4.7 Adjustments for Other Dividends and Distributions. In the event the Corporation at any time or from time to time after the Original Issue Date shall make or issue, or fix a record date for the determination of holders of Common Stock entitled to receive, a dividend or other distribution payable in securities of the Corporation (other than a distribution of shares of Common Stock in respect of outstanding shares of Common Stock) or in other property and the provisions of Section 1 do not apply to such dividend or distribution, then and in each such event the holders of Preferred Stock shall receive, simultaneously with the distribution to the holders of Common Stock, a dividend or other distribution of such securities or other property in an amount equal to the amount of such securities or other property as they would have received if all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock had been converted into Common Stock on the date of such event.

4.8 Adjustment for Merger or Reorganization, etc. Subject to the provisions of Subsection 2.3, if there shall occur any reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification, consolidation or merger involving the Corporation in which the Common Stock (but not the Preferred Stock) is converted into or exchanged for securities, cash or other property (other than a transaction covered by Subsections 4.5, 4.6 or 4.7), then, following any such reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification, consolidation or merger, each share of Preferred Stock shall thereafter be convertible in lieu of the Common Stock into which it was convertible prior to such event into the kind and amount of securities, cash or other property which a holder of the number of shares of Common Stock of the Corporation issuable upon conversion of one share of Series A Preferred Stock, one share of Series B Preferred Stock or one share of Series C Preferred Stock, as the case may be, immediately prior to such reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification, consolidation or merger would have been entitled to receive pursuant to such transaction; and, in such case, appropriate adjustment (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors) shall be made in the application of the provisions in this Section 4 with respect to the rights and interests thereafter of the holders of Preferred Stock, to the end that the provisions set forth in this Section 4 (including provisions with respect to changes in and other adjustments of the Series A Conversion Price, the Series B Conversion Price and/or the Series C Conversion Price, as the case may be) shall thereafter be applicable, as nearly as reasonably may be, in relation to any securities or other property thereafter deliverable upon the conversion of the Preferred Stock.

4.9 Certificate as to Adjustments. Upon the occurrence of each adjustment or readjustment of the Series A Conversion Price, the Series B Conversion Price and/or the Series C Conversion Price pursuant to this Section 4, the Corporation at its expense shall, as promptly as reasonably practicable, but in any event not later than ten (10) days thereafter, compute such adjustment or readjustment in accordance with the terms hereof and furnish to each holder of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock and/or the Series C Conversion Price, as the case may be, a certificate setting forth such adjustment or readjustment (including the kind and amount of securities, cash or other property into which the Series A Preferred Stock, the Series B Preferred Stock and/or the Series C Preferred Stock, as the case may be, is convertible) and showing in detail the facts upon which such adjustment or readjustment is based. The Corporation shall, as promptly as reasonably practicable after the written request at any time of any holder of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock and/or Series C Preferred Stock, as the case may be (but in any event not later than ten (10) days thereafter), furnish or cause to be furnished

 

24


to such holder a certificate setting forth (i) the Series A Conversion Price then in effect, the Series B Conversion Price then in effect and/or the Series C Conversion Price then in effect, as the case may be, and (ii) the number of shares of Common Stock and the amount, if any, of other securities, cash or property which then would be received upon the conversion of the Series A Preferred Stock, the Series B Preferred Stock and/or the Series C Preferred Stock, as the case may be.

4.10 Notice of Record Date. In the event:

(a) the Corporation shall take a record of the holders of its Common Stock (or other capital stock or securities at the time issuable upon conversion of the Preferred Stock) for the purpose of entitling or enabling them to receive any dividend or other distribution, or to receive any right to subscribe for or purchase any shares of capital stock of any class or series or any other securities, or to receive any other security; or

(b) of any capital reorganization of the Corporation, any reclassification of the Common Stock of the Corporation, or any Deemed Liquidation Event; or

(c) of the voluntary or involuntary dissolution, liquidation or winding-up of the Corporation,

then, and in each such case, the Corporation will send or cause to be sent to the holders of the Preferred Stock a notice specifying, as the case may be, (i) the record date for such dividend, distribution or right, and the amount and character of such dividend, distribution or right, or (ii) the effective date on which such reorganization, reclassification, consolidation, merger, transfer, dissolution, liquidation or winding-up is proposed to take place, and the time, if any is to be fixed, as of which the holders of record of Common Stock (or such other capital stock or securities at the time issuable upon the conversion of the Preferred Stock) shall be entitled to exchange their shares of Common Stock (or such other capital stock or securities) for securities or other property deliverable upon such reorganization, reclassification, consolidation, merger, transfer, dissolution, liquidation or winding-up, and the amount per share and character of such exchange applicable to the Preferred Stock and the Common Stock. Such notice shall be sent at least ten (10) days prior to the record date or effective date for the event specified in such notice.

5. Mandatory Conversion.

5.1 Trigger Events. Immediately prior to (a) the closing of the sale of shares of Common Stock to the public at a price of at least $2.25 per share (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to the Common Stock), in a firm-commitment underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, resulting in at least $50,000,000 of gross proceeds to the Corporation and in connection with such offering the Common Stock is listed for trading on the Nasdaq Global Market, Nasdaq Global Select Market, the New York Stock Exchange or another exchange or marketplace approved the Board of Directors or (b) the date and time, or the occurrence of an event, specified by vote or written consent of the Requisite Holders (the time of such closing or the date and time specified or the time of the event specified in such vote or written consent is referred to herein as the “Mandatory Conversion Time”), then (i) all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock shall automatically be converted into shares of Common Stock, at the then effective conversion rate as calculated pursuant to Subsection 4.1.1. and (ii) such shares may not be reissued by the Corporation.

 

25


6. Procedural Requirements. All holders of record of shares of Preferred Stock (or the applicable series thereof) shall be sent written notice of the Mandatory Conversion Time and the place designated for mandatory conversion of all such shares of Preferred Stock pursuant to this Section 5. Such notice need not be sent in advance of the occurrence of the Mandatory Conversion Time. Upon receipt of such notice, each holder of shares of Preferred Stock being converted that holds such shares of Preferred Stock in certificated form shall surrender his, her or its certificate or certificates for all such shares (or, if such holder alleges that such certificate has been lost, stolen or destroyed, a lost certificate affidavit and agreement reasonably acceptable to the Corporation to indemnify the Corporation against any claim that may be made against the Corporation on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of such certificate) to the Corporation at the place designated in such notice. If so required by the Corporation, any certificates surrendered for conversion shall be endorsed or accompanied by written instrument or instruments of transfer, in form satisfactory to the Corporation, duly executed by the registered holder or by his, her or its attorney duly authorized in writing. All rights with respect to the Preferred Stock converted pursuant to Subsection 5.1, including the rights, if any, to receive notices and vote (other than as a holder of Common Stock), will terminate at the Mandatory Conversion Time (notwithstanding the failure of the holder or holders thereof to surrender any certificates at or prior to such time), except only the rights of the holders thereof, upon surrender of any certificate or certificates of such holders (or lost certificate affidavit and agreement) therefor, to receive the items provided for in the next sentence of this Subsection 5.2. As soon as practicable after the Mandatory Conversion Time and, if applicable, the surrender of any certificate or certificates (or lost certificate affidavit and agreement) for Preferred Stock, the Corporation shall (a) issue and deliver to such holder, or to his, her or its nominees, a certificate or certificates for the number of full shares of Common Stock issuable on such conversion in accordance with the provisions hereof or issue and deliver to such holder, or to his, her or its nominees, a notice of issuance of uncertificated shares and may, upon written request, issue and deliver a certificate for the number of full shares of Common Stock issuable upon such conversion in accordance with the provisions hereof; and (b) pay cash in lieu of any fraction of a share of Common Stock otherwise issuable upon such conversion and for the payment of any declared but unpaid dividends on the shares of Preferred Stock converted.

7. Redeemed or Otherwise Acquired Shares. Any shares of Preferred Stock that are redeemed, converted or otherwise acquired by the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries shall be automatically and immediately cancelled and retired and shall not be reissued, sold or transferred. Neither the Corporation nor any of its subsidiaries may exercise any voting or other rights granted to the holders of Preferred Stock following redemption, conversion or acquisition.

8. Waiver. Except as otherwise set forth herein, any of the rights, powers, preferences and other terms of the Series A Preferred Stock set forth herein may be waived on behalf of all holders of Series A Preferred Stock solely by the affirmative written consent or vote of the Requisite Series A Holders, any of the rights, powers, preferences and other terms of the Series B Preferred Stock set forth herein may be waived on behalf of all holders of Series B Preferred Stock solely by the affirmative written consent or vote of the Requisite Series B Holders and any of the rights, powers, preferences and other terms of the Series C Preferred Stock set forth herein may be waived on behalf of all holders of Series C Preferred Stock solely by the affirmative written consent or vote of the Requisite Series C Holders.

 

26


9. Notices. Any notice required or permitted by the provisions of this Article Fourth to be given to a holder of shares of Preferred Stock shall be mailed, postage prepaid, to the post office address last shown on the records of the Corporation, or given by electronic transmission in compliance with the provisions of the General Corporation Law, and shall be deemed sent upon such mailing or electronic transmission.

FIFTH: Subject to any additional vote required by this Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws, in furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by statute, the Board of Directors is expressly authorized to make, repeal, alter, amend and rescind any or all of the Bylaws of the Corporation.

SIXTH: Subject to any additional vote required by this Certificate of Incorporation, the number of directors of the Corporation shall be determined in the manner set forth in the Bylaws of the Corporation. Each director shall be entitled to one vote on each matter presented to the Board of Directors; provided, however, that, so long as the holders of Series B Preferred Stock are entitled to elect a Series B Director and/or the holders of Series A Preferred Stock are entitled to elect a Series A Director, the affirmative vote of a majority of the Preferred Directors shall be required for the authorization by the Board of Directors of any of the matters set forth in Section 5.5 of the Second Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement, dated on or about the Original Issue Date, by and among the Corporation and the other parties thereto, as such agreement may be amended from time to time.

SEVENTH: Elections of directors need not be by written ballot unless the Bylaws of the Corporation shall so provide.

EIGHTH: Meetings of stockholders may be held within or outside of the State of Delaware, as the Bylaws of the Corporation may provide. The books of the Corporation may be kept (subject to any provision of applicable law) outside of the State of Delaware at such place or places or in such manner or manners as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors or in the Bylaws of the Corporation.

NINTH: To the fullest extent permitted by law, a director or officer of the Corporation shall not be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director or officer. If the General Corporation Law or any other law of the State of Delaware is amended after approval by the stockholders of this Article Ninth to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors or officers, then the liability of a director or officer of the Corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the General Corporation Law as so amended.

Any amendment, repeal or elimination of the foregoing provisions of this Article Ninth by the stockholders of the Corporation shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director or officer of the Corporation existing at the time of, or increase the liability of any director or officer of the Corporation with respect to any acts or omissions of such director or officer occurring prior to, such amendment, repeal or elimination.

 

27


TENTH: To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the Corporation is authorized to provide indemnification of (and advancement of expenses to) directors, officers and agents of the Corporation (and any other persons to which the General Corporation Law permits the Corporation to provide indemnification) through Bylaw provisions, agreements with such agents or other persons, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, in excess of the indemnification and advancement otherwise permitted by Section 145 of the General Corporation Law.

Any amendment, repeal, modification or elimination of the foregoing provisions of this Article Tenth shall not (a) adversely affect any right or protection of any director, officer or other agent of the Corporation existing at the time of such amendment, repeal, modification or elimination or (b) increase the liability of any director, officer or agent of the Corporation with respect to any acts or omissions of such director, officer or agent occurring prior to such amendment, repeal, modification or elimination.

ELEVENTH: The Corporation renounces, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any interest or expectancy of the Corporation in, or in being offered an opportunity to participate in, any Excluded Opportunity. An “Excluded Opportunity” is any matter, transaction or interest that is presented to, or acquired, created or developed by, or which otherwise comes into the possession of (i) any director of the Corporation who is not an employee of the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries, or (ii) any holder of Preferred Stock or any partner, member, director, stockholder, employee, affiliate or agent of any such holder, other than someone who is an officer or employee of the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries (collectively, the persons referred to in clauses (i) and (ii) are “Covered Persons”), unless such matter, transaction or interest is presented to, or acquired, created or developed by, or otherwise comes into the possession of, a Covered Person expressly and solely in such Covered Person’s capacity as a director of the Corporation while such Covered Person is performing services in such capacity. Any repeal or modification of this Article Eleventh will only be prospective and will not affect the rights under this Article Eleventh in effect at the time of the occurrence of any actions or omissions to act giving rise to liability. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained elsewhere in this Certificate of Incorporation, in addition to any other vote required by law or this Certificate of Incorporation, the affirmative vote of the Requisite Holders, will be required to amend or repeal, or to adopt any provisions inconsistent with this Article Eleventh.

TWELFTH: Unless the Corporation consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery in the State of Delaware shall be the sole and exclusive forum for any stockholder (including a beneficial owner) to bring (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of the Corporation, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of fiduciary duty owed by any director, officer or other employee of the Corporation to the Corporation or the Corporation’s stockholders, (iii) any action asserting a claim against the Corporation, its directors, officers or employees arising pursuant to any provision of the General Corporation Law or the Corporation’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws or (iv) any action asserting a claim against the Corporation, its directors, officers or employees governed by the internal affairs doctrine or that otherwise relates to the internal affairs of the Corporation, except for, as to each of (i) through (iv) above, any claim as to which the Court of Chancery determines that there is an indispensable party not subject to the jurisdiction of the Court of Chancery (and the indispensable party does not consent to the personal jurisdiction of the Court of Chancery within ten days following such determination), which is vested in the exclusive jurisdiction of a

 

28


court or forum other than the Court of Chancery, or for which the Court of Chancery does not have subject matter jurisdiction. If any provision or provisions of this Article Twelfth shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable as applied to any person or entity or circumstance for any reason whatsoever, then, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the validity, legality and enforceability of such provisions in any other circumstance and of the remaining provisions of this Article Twelfth (including, without limitation, each portion of any sentence of this Article Twelfth containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable that is not itself held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable) and the application of such provision to other persons or entities and circumstances shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

*  *  *

4. That the foregoing amendment and restatement was approved by the holders of the requisite number of shares of this corporation in accordance with Section 228 of the General Corporation Law.

5. That this Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, which restates and integrates and further amends the provisions of the Corporation’s Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, has been duly adopted in accordance with Sections 242 and 245 of the General Corporation Law.

 

29


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation has been executed by a duly authorized officer of this corporation on this 2nd day of August, 2024.

 

By:  

/s/ P. Kent Hawryluk

  P. Kent Hawryluk, President

 

30

EX-3.3

Exhibit 3.3

BYLAWS

of

MBX BIOSCIENCES, INC.

(the “Corporation”)

1. Stockholders

(a) Annual Meeting. The annual meeting of stockholders shall be held for the election of directors each year at such place, date and time as shall be designated by the Board of Directors. Any other proper business may be transacted at the annual meeting. If no date for the annual meeting is established or said meeting is not held on the date established as provided above, a special meeting in lieu thereof may be held or there may be action by written consent of the stockholders on matters to be voted on at the annual meeting, and such special meeting or written consent shall have for the purposes of these By-laws or otherwise all the force and effect of an annual meeting.

(b) Special Meetings. Special meetings of stockholders may be called by the Chief Executive Officer, if one is elected, or, if there is no Chief Executive Officer, a President, or by the Board of Directors, but such special meetings may not be called by any other person or persons. The call for the meeting shall state the place, date, hour and purposes of the meeting. Only the purposes specified in the notice of special meeting shall be considered or dealt with at such special meeting.

(c) Notice of Meetings. Whenever stockholders are required or permitted to take any action at a meeting, a notice stating the place, if any, date and hour of the meeting, the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present and vote at such meeting, and, in the case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes of the meeting, shall be given by the Secretary (or other person authorized by these By-laws or by law) not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days before the meeting to each stockholder entitled to vote thereat and to each stockholder who, under the Certificate of Incorporation or under these By-laws is entitled to such notice. If mailed, notice is given when deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, directed to such stockholder at such stockholder’s address as it appears in the records of the Corporation. Without limiting the manner by which notice otherwise may be effectively given to stockholders, any notice to stockholders may be given by electronic transmission in the manner provided in Section 232 of the Delaware General Corporation Law (the “DGCL”).

If a meeting is adjourned to another time or place, notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the time and place, if any, and the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such adjourned meeting are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken, except that if the adjournment is for more than thirty (30) days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting.


(d) Quorum. The holders of a majority in interest of all stock issued, outstanding and entitled to vote at a meeting, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum. Any meeting may be adjourned from time to time by a majority of the votes properly cast upon the question, whether or not a quorum is present. The stockholders present at a duly constituted meeting may continue to transact business until adjournment notwithstanding the withdrawal of enough stockholders to reduce the voting shares below a quorum.

(e) Voting and Proxies. Except as otherwise provided by the Certificate of Incorporation or by law, each stockholder entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders shall be entitled to one vote for each share of stock held by such stockholder which has voting power upon the matter in question. Each stockholder entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders or to express consent or dissent to corporate action in writing without a meeting may authorize another person or persons to act for such stockholder by either written proxy or by a transmission permitted by Section 212(c) of the DGCL, but no proxy shall be voted or acted upon after three years from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period or is irrevocable and coupled with an interest. Proxies shall be filed with the Secretary of the meeting, or of any adjournment thereof. Except as otherwise limited therein, proxies shall entitle the persons authorized thereby to vote at any adjournment of such meeting.

(f) Action at Meeting. When a quorum is present, any matter before the meeting shall be decided by vote of the holders of a majority of the shares of stock voting on such matter except where a larger vote is required by law, by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these By-laws. Any election of directors by stockholders shall be determined by a plurality of the votes cast, except where a larger vote is required by law, by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these By-laws. The Corporation shall not directly or indirectly vote any share of its own stock; provided, however, that the Corporation may vote shares which it holds in a fiduciary capacity to the extent permitted by law.

(g) Presiding Officer. Meetings of stockholders shall be presided over by the Chairman of the Board, if one is elected, or in his or her absence, the Vice Chairman of the Board, if one is elected, or if neither is elected or in their absence, a President. The Board of Directors shall have the authority to appoint a temporary presiding officer to serve at any meeting of the stockholders if the Chairman of the Board, the Vice Chairman of the Board or a President is unable to do so for any reason.

(h) Conduct of Meetings. The Board of Directors may adopt by resolution such rules and regulations for the conduct of the meeting of stockholders as it shall deem appropriate. Except to the extent inconsistent with such rules and regulations as adopted by the Board of Directors, the presiding officer of any meeting of stockholders shall have the right and authority to prescribe such rules, regulations and procedures and to do all such acts as, in the judgment of such chairman, are appropriate for the proper conduct of the meeting. Such rules, regulations or procedures, whether adopted by the Board of Directors or prescribed by the presiding officer of the meeting, may include, without limitation, the following: (i) the establishment of an agenda or order of business for the meeting; (ii) rules and procedures for

 

2


maintaining order at the meeting and the safety of those present; (iii) limitations on attendance at or participation in the meeting to stockholders of record of the Corporation, their duly authorized and constituted proxies or such other persons as the chairman of the meeting shall determine; (iv) restrictions on entry to the meeting after the time fixed for the commencement thereof; and (v) limitations on the time allotted to questions or comments by participants. Unless and to the extent determined by the Board of Directors or the presiding officer of the meeting, meetings of stockholders shall not be required to be held in accordance with the rules of parliamentary procedure.

(i) Action without a Meeting. Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, any action required or permitted by law to be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent or consents in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted and shall be delivered to the Corporation by delivery to its registered office, by hand or by certified mail, return receipt requested, or to the Corporation’s principal place of business or to the officer of the Corporation having custody of the minute book. Every written consent shall bear the date of signature and no written consent shall be effective unless, within sixty (60) days of the earliest dated consent delivered pursuant to these By-laws, written consents signed by a sufficient number of stockholders entitled to take action are delivered to the Corporation in the manner set forth in these By-laws. Prompt notice of the taking of the corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those stockholders who have not consented in writing.

(j) Stockholder Lists. The officer who has charge of the stock ledger of the Corporation shall prepare and make, at least ten (10) days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Nothing contained in this Section 1(j) shall require the Corporation to include electronic mail addresses or other electronic contact information on such list. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, for a period of at least ten (10) days prior to the meeting in the manner provided by law. The list shall also be open to the examination of any stockholder during the whole time of the meeting as provided by law.

2. Directors

(a) Powers. The business of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of a Board of Directors who may exercise all the powers of the Corporation except as otherwise provided by law, by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these By-laws. In the event of a vacancy in the Board of Directors, the remaining directors, except as otherwise provided by law, may exercise the powers of the full Board until the vacancy is filled.

(b) Number and Qualification. Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation or in these By-laws, the number of directors which shall constitute the whole board shall be determined from time to time by resolution of the Board of Directors. Directors need not be stockholders.

 

3


(c) Vacancies; Reduction of Board. A majority of the directors then in office, although less than a quorum, or a sole remaining Director, may fill vacancies in the Board of Directors occurring for any reason and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors. In lieu of filling any vacancy, the Board of Directors may reduce the number of directors.

(d) Tenure. Except as otherwise provided by law, by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these By-laws, directors shall hold office until their successors are elected and qualified or until their earlier resignation or removal. Any director may resign at any time upon notice given in writing or by electronic transmission to the Corporation. Such resignation shall be effective upon receipt unless it is specified to be effective at some other time or upon the happening of some other event.

(e) Removal. To the extent permitted by law, a director may be removed from office with or without cause by vote of the holders of a majority of the shares of stock entitled to vote in the election of directors.

(f) Meetings. Regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held without notice at such time, date and place as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine. Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called, orally or in writing, by the Chief Executive Officer, if one is elected, or, if there is no Chief Executive Officer, the President, or by two or more Directors, designating the time, date and place thereof. Directors may participate in meetings of the Board of Directors by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all directors participating in the meeting can hear each other, and participation in a meeting in accordance herewith shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

(g) Notice of Meetings. Notice of the time, date and place of all special meetings of the Board of Directors shall be given to each director by the Secretary, or Assistant Secretary, or in case of the death, absence, incapacity or refusal of such persons, by the officer or one of the directors calling the meeting. Notice shall be given to each director in person, by telephone, or by facsimile, electronic mail or other form of electronic communications, sent to such director’s business or home address at least twenty-four (24) hours in advance of the meeting, or by written notice mailed to such director’s business or home address at least forty-eight (48) hours in advance of the meeting.

(h) Quorum. At any meeting of the Board of Directors, the greater of (a) a majority of the directors then in office at the time quorum is to be determined and (b) one-third of the total number of directors fixed pursuant to Section 2(b) of these By-laws shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. Less than a quorum may adjourn any meeting from time to time and the meeting may be held as adjourned without further notice.

 

4


(i) Action at Meeting. At any meeting of the Board of Directors at which a quorum is present, unless otherwise provided in the following sentence, a majority of the directors present may take any action on behalf of the Board of Directors, unless a larger number is required by law, by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these By-laws. So long as there are two (2) or fewer Directors, any action to be taken by the Board of Directors shall require the approval of all Directors.

(j) Action by Consent. Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board of Directors consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission, and the writing or writings or electronic transmission or transmissions are filed with the records of the meetings of the Board of Directors. Such filing shall be in paper form if the minutes are maintained in paper form and shall be in electronic form if the minutes are maintained in electronic form.

(k) Committees. The Board of Directors may, by resolution passed by a majority of the whole Board of Directors, establish one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more directors. The Board of Directors may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such member or members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member.

Any such committee, to the extent permitted by law and to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board of Directors, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation, and may authorize the seal of the Corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it; but no such committee shall have the power or authority in reference to the following: (i) approving or adopting, or recommending to the stockholders, any action or matter expressly required by the DGCL to be submitted to stockholders for approval or (ii) adopting, amending or repealing any provision of these By-laws.

Except as the Board of Directors may otherwise determine, any such committee may make rules for the conduct of its business, but in the absence of such rules its business shall be conducted so far as possible in the same manner as is provided in these By-laws for the Board of Directors. All members of such committees shall hold their committee offices at the pleasure of the Board of Directors, and the Board may abolish any committee at any time.

3. Officers

(a) Enumeration. The officers of the Corporation shall consist of one or more Presidents (who, if there is more than one, shall be referred to as Co-Presidents), a Treasurer, a Secretary, and such other officers, including, without limitation, a Chief Executive Officer and one or more Vice Presidents (including Executive Vice Presidents or Senior Vice Presidents), Assistant Vice Presidents, Assistant Treasurers and Assistant Secretaries, as the Board of Directors may determine. The Board of Directors may elect from among its members a Chairman of the Board and a Vice Chairman of the Board.

 

5


(b) Election. The Presidents, Treasurer and Secretary shall be elected annually by the Board of Directors at their first meeting following the annual meeting of stockholders. Other officers may be chosen by the Board of Directors at such meeting or at any other meeting.

(c) Qualification. No officer need be a stockholder or Director. Any two or more offices may be held by the same person. Any officer may be required by the Board of Directors to give bond for the faithful performance of such officer’s duties in such amount and with such sureties as the Board of Directors may determine.

(d) Tenure. Except as otherwise provided by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these By-laws, each of the officers of the Corporation shall hold office until the first meeting of the Board of Directors following the next annual meeting of stockholders and until such officer’s successor is elected and qualified or until such officer’s earlier resignation or removal. Any officer may resign by delivering his or her written resignation to the Corporation, and such resignation shall be effective upon receipt unless it is specified to be effective at some other time or upon the happening of some other event.

(e) Removal. The Board of Directors may remove any officer with or without cause by a vote of a majority of the directors then in office.

(f) Vacancies. Any vacancy in any office may be filled for the unexpired portion of the term by the Board of Directors.

(g) Chairman of the Board and Vice Chairman. Unless otherwise provided by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board of Directors, if one is elected, shall preside, when present, at all meetings of the stockholders and the Board of Directors. The Chairman of the Board shall have such other powers and shall perform such duties as the Board of Directors may from time to time designate.

Unless otherwise provided by the Board of Directors, in the absence of the Chairman of the Board, the Vice Chairman of the Board, if one is elected, shall preside, when present, at all meetings of the stockholders and the Board of Directors. The Vice Chairman of the Board shall have such other powers and shall perform such duties as the Board of Directors may from time to time designate.

(h) Chief Executive Officer. The Chief Executive Officer, if one is elected, shall have such powers and shall perform such duties as the Board of Directors may from time to time designate.

(i) Presidents. The Presidents shall, subject to the direction of the Board of Directors, each have general supervision and control of the Corporation’s business and any action that would typically be taken by a President may be taken by any Co-President. If there is no Chairman of the Board or Vice Chairman of the Board, a President shall preside, when present, at all meetings of stockholders and the Board of Directors. The Presidents shall have such other powers and shall perform such duties as the Board of Directors may from time to time designate.

 

6


(j) Vice Presidents and Assistant Vice Presidents. Any Vice President (including any Executive Vice President or Senior Vice President) and any Assistant Vice President shall have such powers and shall perform such duties as the Board of Directors may from time to time designate.

(k) Treasurer and Assistant Treasurers. The Treasurer shall, subject to the direction of the Board of Directors, have general charge of the financial affairs of the Corporation and shall cause to be kept accurate books of account. The Treasurer shall have custody of all funds, securities, and valuable documents of the Corporation, except as the Board of Directors may otherwise provide. The Treasurer shall have such other powers and shall perform such duties as the Board of Directors may from time to time designate.

Any Assistant Treasurer shall have such powers and perform such duties as the Board of Directors may from time to time designate.

(l) Secretary and Assistant Secretaries. The Secretary shall record the proceedings of all meetings of the stockholders and the Board of Directors (including committees of the Board) in books kept for that purpose. In the absence of the Secretary from any such meeting an Assistant Secretary, or if such person is absent, a temporary secretary chosen at the meeting, shall record the proceedings thereof. The Secretary shall have charge of the stock ledger (which may, however, be kept by any transfer or other agent of the Corporation) and shall have such other duties and powers as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors.

Any Assistant Secretary shall have such powers and perform such duties as the Board of Directors may from time to time designate.

(m) Other Powers and Duties. Subject to these By-laws, each officer of the Corporation shall have in addition to the duties and powers specifically set forth in these By-laws, such duties and powers as are customarily incident to such officer’s office, and such duties and powers as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors.

4. Capital Stock

(a) Certificates of Stock. Each stockholder shall be entitled to a certificate of the capital stock of the Corporation in such form as may from time to time be prescribed by the Board of Directors. Such certificate shall be signed by, or in the name of, the Corporation by any two (2) authorized officers of the Corporation. Such signatures may be a facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed on such certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if such person were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the time of its issue. Every certificate for shares of stock which are subject to any restriction on transfer and every certificate issued when the Corporation is authorized to issue more than one class or series of stock shall contain such legend with respect thereto as is required by law. The Corporation shall be permitted to issue fractional shares.

 

7


(b) Transfers. Subject to any restrictions on transfer, shares of stock may be transferred on the books of the Corporation by the surrender to the Corporation or its transfer agent of the certificate therefor properly endorsed or accompanied by a written assignment or power of attorney properly executed, with transfer stamps (if necessary) affixed, and with such proof of the authenticity of signature as the Corporation or its transfer agent may reasonably require.

(c) Record Holders. Except as may otherwise be required by law, by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these By-laws, the Corporation shall be entitled to treat the record holder of stock as shown on its books as the owner of such stock for all purposes, including the payment of dividends and the right to vote with respect thereto, regardless of any transfer, pledge or other disposition of such stock, until the shares have been transferred on the books of the Corporation in accordance with the requirements of these By-laws.

It shall be the duty of each stockholder to notify the Corporation of such stockholder’s post office address.

(d) Record Date. In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, or to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix, in advance, a record date, which shall not precede the date on which it is established, and which shall not be more than sixty (60) nor less than ten (10) days before the date of such meeting, more than ten (10) days after the date on which the record date for stockholder consent without a meeting is established, nor more than sixty (60) days prior to any other action. In such case only stockholders of record on such record date shall be so entitled notwithstanding any transfer of stock on the books of the Corporation after the record date.

If no record date is fixed, (i) the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held, (ii) the record date for determining stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, when no prior action by the Board of Directors is necessary, shall be the first date on which a signed written consent setting forth the action taken or proposed to be taken is delivered to the Corporation by delivery to its registered office in this state, to its principal place of business, or to an officer or agent of the Corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded, and (iii) the record date for determining stockholders for any other purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating thereto.

(e) Lost Certificates. The Corporation may issue a new certificate of stock in the place of any certificate theretofore issued by it, alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, and the Corporation may require the owner of the lost, stolen or destroyed certificate, or his legal representative, to give the Corporation a bond sufficient to indemnify it against any claim that may be made against it on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of any such certificate or the issuance of such new certificate.

 

8


5. Indemnification

(a) Definitions. For purposes of this Section 5:

(i) “Corporate Status” describes the status of a person who is serving or has served (A) as a Director of the Corporation, (B) as an Officer of the Corporation, (C) as a Non-Officer Employee of the Corporation, or (D) as a director, partner, trustee, officer, employee or agent of any other corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan, foundation, association, organization or other legal entity for which such person is or was serving at the request of the Corporation. For purposes of this Section 5(a)(i), a Director, Officer or Non-Officer Employee of the Corporation who is serving or has served as a director, partner, trustee, officer, employee or agent of a Subsidiary shall be deemed to be serving at the request of the Corporation. Notwithstanding the foregoing, “Corporate Status” shall not include the status of a person who is serving or has served as a director, officer, employee or agent of a constituent corporation absorbed in a merger or consolidation transaction with the Corporation with respect to such person’s activities prior to said transaction, unless specifically authorized by the Board of Directors or the stockholders of the Corporation;

(ii) “Director” means any person who serves or has served the Corporation as a director on the Board of Directors of the Corporation;

(iii) “Disinterested Director” means, with respect to each Proceeding in respect of which indemnification is sought hereunder, a Director of the Corporation who is not and was not a party to such Proceeding;

(iv) “Expenses” means all reasonable attorneys fees, retainers, court costs, transcript costs, fees of expert witnesses, private investigators and professional advisors (including, without limitation, accountants and investment bankers), travel expenses, duplicating costs, printing and binding costs, costs of preparation of demonstrative evidence and other courtroom presentation aids and devices, costs incurred in connection with document review, organization, imaging and computerization, telephone charges, postage, delivery service fees, and all other disbursements, costs or expenses of the type customarily incurred in connection with prosecuting, defending, preparing to prosecute or defend, investigating, being or preparing to be a witness in, settling or otherwise participating in, a Proceeding;

(v) “Liabilities” means judgments, damages, liabilities, losses, penalties, excise taxes, fines and amounts paid in settlement;

(vi) “Non-Officer Employee” means any person who serves or has served as an employee or agent of the Corporation, but who is not or was not a Director or Officer;

 

9


(vii) “Officer” means any person who serves or has served the Corporation as an officer of the Corporation appointed by the Board of Directors of the Corporation;

(viii) “Proceeding” means any threatened, pending or completed action, suit, arbitration, alternate dispute resolution mechanism, inquiry, investigation, administrative hearing or other proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative, arbitrative or investigative; and

(ix) “Subsidiary” shall mean any corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust or other entity of which the Corporation owns (either directly or through or together with another Subsidiary of the Corporation) either (i) a general partner, managing member or other similar interest or (ii) (A) 50% or more of the voting power of the voting capital equity interests of such corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture or other entity, or (B) 50% or more of the outstanding voting capital stock or other voting equity interests of such corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture or other entity.

(b) Indemnification of Directors and Officers. Subject to the operation of Section 5(d) of these By-laws, each Director and Officer shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Corporation to the fullest extent authorized by the DGCL, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended (but, in the case of any such amendment, only to the extent that such amendment permits the Corporation to provide broader indemnification rights than such law permitted the Corporation to provide prior to such amendment), and to the extent authorized in subsections (i) through (iv) of this Section 5(b).

(i) Actions, Suits and Proceedings Other than By or In the Right of the Corporation. Each Director and Officer shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Corporation against any and all Expenses and Liabilities that are incurred or paid by such Director or Officer or on such Director’s or Officer’s behalf in connection with any Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein (other than an action by or in the right of the Corporation), which such Director or Officer is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or participant in by reason of such Director’s or Officer’s Corporate Status, if such Director or Officer acted in good faith and in a manner such Director or Officer reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation and, with respect to any criminal proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful.

(ii) Actions, Suits and Proceedings By or In the Right of the Corporation. Each Director and Officer shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Corporation against any and all Expenses that are incurred by such Director or Officer or on such Director’s or Officer’s behalf in connection with any Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein by or in the right of the Corporation, which such Director or Officer is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or participant in by reason of such Director’s or Officer’s Corporate Status, if such Director or Officer acted in good faith and in a manner such Director or Officer reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation; provided, however, that no indemnification shall be

 

10


made under this Section 5(b)(ii) in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such Director or Officer shall have been finally adjudged by a court of competent jurisdiction to be liable to the Corporation, unless, and only to the extent that, the Court of Chancery or another court in which such Proceeding was brought shall determine upon application that, despite adjudication of liability, but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such Director or Officer is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnification for such Expenses that such court deems proper.

(iii) Survival of Rights. The rights of indemnification provided by this Section 5(b) shall continue as to a Director or Officer after he or she has ceased to be a Director or Officer and shall inure to the benefit of his or her heirs, executors, administrators and personal representatives.

(iv) Actions by Directors or Officers. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Corporation shall indemnify any Director or Officer seeking indemnification in connection with a Proceeding initiated by such Director or Officer only if such Proceeding (including any parts of such Proceeding not initiated by such Director or Officer) was authorized in advance by the Board of Directors of the Corporation, unless such Proceeding was brought to enforce such Officer’s or Director’s rights to indemnification or, in the case of Directors, advancement of Expenses under these By-laws in accordance with the provisions set forth herein.

(c) Indemnification of Non-Officer Employees. Subject to the operation of Section 5(d) of these By-laws, each Non-Officer Employee may, in the discretion of the Board of Directors of the Corporation, be indemnified by the Corporation to the fullest extent authorized by the DGCL, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended, against any or all Expenses and Liabilities that are incurred by such Non-Officer Employee or on such Non-Officer Employee’s behalf in connection with any threatened, pending or completed Proceeding, or any claim, issue or matter therein, which such Non-Officer Employee is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or participant in by reason of such Non-Officer Employee’s Corporate Status, if such Non-Officer Employee acted in good faith and in a manner such Non-Officer Employee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation and, with respect to any criminal proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful. The rights of indemnification provided by this Section 5(c) shall exist as to a Non-Officer Employee after he or she has ceased to be a Non-Officer Employee and shall inure to the benefit of his or her heirs, personal representatives, executors and administrators. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Corporation may indemnify any Non-Officer Employee seeking indemnification in connection with a Proceeding initiated by such Non-Officer Employee only if such Proceeding was authorized in advance by the Board of Directors of the Corporation.

(d) Determination. Unless ordered by a court, no indemnification shall be provided pursuant to this Section 5 to a Director, to an Officer or to a Non-Officer Employee unless a determination shall have been made that such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation and, with respect to any criminal Proceeding, such person had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful. Such determination shall be made by (i) a majority vote of the Disinterested Directors, even though less than a quorum of the Board of Directors, (ii) a committee comprised of Disinterested Directors, such committee having been designated by a majority vote of the Disinterested Directors (even though less than a quorum), (iii) if there are no such Disinterested Directors, or if a majority of Disinterested Directors so directs, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion, or (iv) by the stockholders of the Corporation.

 

11


(e) Advancement of Expenses to Directors Prior to Final Disposition.

(i) The Corporation shall advance all Expenses incurred by or on behalf of any Director in connection with any Proceeding in which such Director is involved by reason of such Director’s Corporate Status within thirty (30) days after the receipt by the Corporation of a written statement from such Director requesting such advance or advances from time to time, whether prior to or after final disposition of such Proceeding. Such statement or statements shall reasonably evidence the Expenses incurred by such Director and shall be preceded or accompanied by an undertaking by or on behalf of such Director to repay any Expenses so advanced if it shall ultimately be determined that such Director is not entitled to be indemnified against such Expenses. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Corporation shall advance all Expenses incurred by or on behalf of any Director seeking advancement of expenses hereunder in connection with a Proceeding initiated by such Director only if such Proceeding (including any parts of such Proceeding not initiated by such Director) was (A) authorized by the Board of Directors of the Corporation, or (B) brought to enforce such Director’s rights to indemnification or advancement of Expenses under these By-laws.

(ii) If a claim for advancement of Expenses hereunder by a Director is not paid in full by the Corporation within thirty (30) days after receipt by the Corporation of documentation of Expenses and the required undertaking, such Director may at any time thereafter bring suit against the Corporation to recover the unpaid amount of the claim and if successful in whole or in part, such Director shall also be entitled to be paid the expenses of prosecuting such claim. The failure of the Corporation (including its Board of Directors or any committee thereof, independent legal counsel, or stockholders) to make a determination concerning the permissibility of such advancement of Expenses under this Section 5 shall not be a defense to an action brought by a Director for recovery of the unpaid amount of an advancement claim and shall not create a presumption that such advancement is not permissible. The burden of proving that a Director is not entitled to an advancement of expenses shall be on the Corporation.

(iii) In any suit brought by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the Corporation shall be entitled to recover such expenses upon a final adjudication that the Director has not met any applicable standard for indemnification set forth in the DGCL.

 

12


(f) Advancement of Expenses to Officers and Non-Officer Employees Prior to Final Disposition.

(i) The Corporation may, at the discretion of the Board of Directors of the Corporation, advance any or all Expenses incurred by or on behalf of any Officer or any Non-Officer Employee in connection with any Proceeding in which such person is involved by reason of his or her Corporate Status as an Officer or Non-Officer Employee upon the receipt by the Corporation of a statement or statements from such Officer or Non-Officer Employee requesting such advance or advances from time to time, whether prior to or after final disposition of such Proceeding. Such statement or statements shall reasonably evidence the Expenses incurred by such Officer or Non-Officer Employee and shall be preceded or accompanied by an undertaking by or on behalf of such person to repay any Expenses so advanced if it shall ultimately be determined that such Officer or Non-Officer Employee is not entitled to be indemnified against such Expenses.

(ii) In any suit brought by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the Corporation shall be entitled to recover such expenses upon a final adjudication that the Officer or Non-Officer Employee has not met any applicable standard for indemnification set forth in the DGCL.

(g) Contractual Nature of Rights.

(i) The provisions of this Section 5 shall be deemed to be a contract between the Corporation and each Director and Officer entitled to the benefits hereof at any time while this Section 5 is in effect, in consideration of such person’s past or current and any future performance of services for the Corporation. Neither amendment, repeal or modification of any provision of this Section 5 nor the adoption of any provision of the Certificate of Incorporation inconsistent with this Section 5 shall eliminate or reduce any right conferred by this Section 5 in respect of any act or omission occurring, or any cause of action or claim that accrues or arises or any state of facts existing, at the time of or before such amendment, repeal, modification or adoption of an inconsistent provision (even in the case of a proceeding based on such a state of facts that is commenced after such time), and all rights to indemnification and advancement of Expenses granted herein or arising out of any act or omission shall vest at the time of the act or omission in question, regardless of when or if any proceeding with respect to such act or omission is commenced. The rights to indemnification and to advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this Section 5 shall continue notwithstanding that the person has ceased to be a director or officer of the Corporation and shall inure to the benefit of the estate, heirs, executors, administrators, legatees and distributees of such person.

(ii) If a claim for indemnification hereunder by a Director or Officer is not paid in full by the Corporation within sixty (60) days after receipt by the Corporation of a written claim for indemnification, such Director or Officer may at any time thereafter bring suit against the Corporation to recover the unpaid amount of the claim, and if successful in whole or in part, such Director or Officer shall also be entitled to be paid the expenses of prosecuting such claim. The failure of the Corporation (including its Board of Directors or any committee thereof, independent legal counsel, or stockholders) to make a determination concerning the permissibility of such indemnification under this Section 5 shall not be a defense to an action brought by a Director or Officer for recovery of the unpaid amount of an indemnification claim and shall not create a presumption that such indemnification is not permissible. The burden of proving that a Director or Officer is not entitled to indemnification shall be on the Corporation.

 

13


(iii) In any suit brought by a Director or Officer to enforce a right to indemnification hereunder, it shall be a defense that such Director or Officer has not met any applicable standard for indemnification set forth in the DGCL.

(h) Non-Exclusivity of Rights. The rights to indemnification and advancement of Expenses set forth in this Section 5 shall not be exclusive of any other right which any Director, Officer, or Non-Officer Employee may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, provision of the Certificate or these By-laws, agreement, vote of stockholders or Disinterested Directors or otherwise.

(i) Insurance. The Corporation may maintain insurance, at its expense, to protect itself and any Director, Officer or Non-Officer Employee against any liability of any character asserted against or incurred by the Corporation or any such Director, Officer or Non-Officer Employee, or arising out of any such person’s Corporate Status, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such liability under the DGCL or the provisions of this Section 5.

(j) Other Indemnification. The Corporation’s obligation, if any, to indemnify or provide advancement of Expenses to any person under this Section 5 as a result of such person serving, at the request of the Corporation, as a director, partner, trustee, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise shall be reduced by any amount such person may collect as indemnification or advancement of Expenses from such other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or enterprise (the “Primary Indemnitor”). Any indemnification or advancement of Expenses under this Section 5 owed by the Corporation as a result of a person serving, at the request of the Corporation, as a director, partner, trustee, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise shall only be in excess of, and shall be secondary to, the indemnification or advancement of Expenses available from the applicable Primary Indemnitor(s) and any applicable insurance policies.

6. Miscellaneous Provisions

(a) Fiscal Year. Except as otherwise determined by the Board of Directors, the fiscal year of the Corporation shall end on December 31 of each year.

(b) Seal. The Board of Directors shall have power to adopt and alter the seal of the Corporation.

(c) Execution of Instruments. Subject to any limitations which may be set forth in a resolution of the Board of Directors, all deeds, leases, transfers, contracts, bonds, notes and other obligations to be entered into by the Corporation in the ordinary course of its business without director action may be executed on behalf of the Corporation by, a President, or by any other officer, employee or agent of the Corporation as the Board of Directors may authorize.

 

14


(d) Voting of Securities. Unless the Board of Directors otherwise provides, a President, any Vice President or the Treasurer may waive notice of and act on behalf of this Corporation, or appoint another person or persons to act as proxy or attorney in fact for this Corporation with or without discretionary power and/or power of substitution, at any meeting of stockholders or shareholders of any other corporation or organization, any of whose securities are held by this Corporation.

(e) Resident Agent. The Board of Directors may appoint a resident agent upon whom legal process may be served in any action or proceeding against the Corporation.

(f) Corporate Records. The original or attested copies of the Certificate of Incorporation, By-laws and records of all meetings of the incorporators, stockholders and the Board of Directors and the stock and transfer records, which shall contain the names of all stockholders, their record addresses and the amount of stock held by each, shall be kept at the principal office of the Corporation, at the office of its counsel, or at an office of its transfer agent.

(g) Certificate of Incorporation. All references in these By-laws to the Certificate of Incorporation shall be deemed to refer to the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation, as amended and in effect from time to time.

(h) Amendments. These By-laws may be altered, amended or repealed, and new By-laws may be adopted, by the stockholders or by the Board of Directors; provided, that (a) the Board of Directors may not alter, amend or repeal any provision of these By-laws which by law, by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these By-laws requires action by the stockholders and (b) any alteration, amendment or repeal of these By-laws by the Board of Directors and any new By-law adopted by the Board of Directors may be altered, amended or repealed by the stockholders.

(i) Waiver of Notice. Whenever notice is required to be given under any provision of these By-laws, a written waiver, signed by the person entitled to notice, or a waiver by electronic transmission by the person entitled to notice, whether before or after the time of the event for which notice is to be given, shall be deemed equivalent to notice. Attendance of a person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the person attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting at the beginning of the meeting to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any meeting needs to be specified in any written waiver or any waiver by electronic transmission.

Adopted April 9, 2019

 

15

EX-4.1

Exhibit 4.1

SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED

INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

         Page  

1.  Definitions

     1  

2.  Registration Rights

     6  

2.1

  Demand Registration      6  

2.2

  Company Registration      7  

2.3

  Underwriting Requirements      8  

2.4

  Obligations of the Company      9  

2.5

  Furnish Information      11  

2.6

  Expenses of Registration      11  

2.7

  Delay of Registration      11  

2.8

  Indemnification      11  

2.9

  Reports Under Exchange Act      14  

2.10

  Limitations on Subsequent Registration Rights      14  

2.11

  “Market Stand-off” Agreement      14  

2.12

  Restrictions on Transfer      15  

2.13

  Termination of Registration Rights      17  

3.  Information Rights

     17  

3.1

  Delivery of Financial Statements      17  

3.2

  Inspection      19  

3.3

  Termination of Information      19  

3.4

  Confidentiality      19  

4.  Rights to Future Stock Issuances

     20  

4.1

  Right of First Offer      20  

4.2

  Termination      21  

5.  Additional Covenants

     21  

5.1

  Insurance      21  

5.2

  Employee Agreements      21  

5.3

  Employee Stock      22  

5.4

  Qualified Small Business Stock      22  

5.5

  Matters Requiring Preferred Director Approval      23  

5.6

  Board Matters      23  

5.7

  Successor Indemnification      23  

5.8

  Publicity      24  

5.9

  Indemnification Matters      24  

5.10

  Right to Conduct Activities      24  

5.11

  FIRPTA      25  

5.12

  FCPA      25  

 

i


5.13

  OFAC; AML.      26  

5.14

  Anti-Harassment Policy      26  

5.15

  Cybersecurity      26  

5.16

  Termination of Covenants      27  

5.17

  CTA      27  

6.  Miscellaneous

     27  

6.1

  Successors and Assigns      27  

6.2

  Governing Law      27  

6.3

  Counterparts      27  

6.4

  Titles and Subtitles      28  

6.5

  Notices      28  

6.6

  Amendments and Waivers      28  

6.7

  Severability      30  

6.8

  Aggregation of Stock      30  

6.9

  Additional Investors      30  

6.10

  Entire Agreement      30  

6.11

  Dispute Resolution      31  

6.12

  Delays or Omissions      31  

 

Schedule A   -   Schedule of Investors

 

ii


SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

THIS SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”), is made as of the 2nd day of August, 2024, by and among MBX Biosciences, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and each of the investors listed on Schedule A hereto, each of which is referred to in this Agreement as an “Investor.”

RECITALS

WHEREAS, certain of the Investors (the “Existing Investors”) hold shares of the Company’s Preferred Stock and/or shares of Common Stock issued upon conversion thereof and possess registration rights, information rights, rights of first offer, and other rights pursuant to that certain Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement dated as of November 7, 2022, by and among the Company and such Existing Investors (as amended and/or restated to date, the “Prior Agreement”); and

WHEREAS, the Existing Investors are holders of at least a majority of the Registrable Securities (as defined in the Prior Agreement) outstanding and desire to amend and restate the Prior Agreement in its entirety and to accept the rights created pursuant to this Agreement in lieu of the rights granted to them under the Prior Agreement; and

WHEREAS, certain of the Investors are parties to that certain Series C Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement of even date herewith by and among the Company and such Investors (as amended and/or restated from time to time, the “Purchase Agreement”), under which certain of the Company’s and such Investors’ obligations are conditioned upon the execution and delivery of this Agreement by such Investors, Existing Investors holding at least a majority of the Registrable Securities (as defined in the Prior Agreement) outstanding and the Company.

NOW, THEREFORE, the Existing Investors hereby agree that the Prior Agreement shall be amended and restated, and the parties to this Agreement further agree as follows:

NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereby agree as follows:

1. Definitions. For purposes of this Agreement:

1.1 “Affiliate” means, with respect to any specified Person, any other Person who, directly or indirectly, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with such Person, including without limitation any general partner, managing member, officer, director or trustee of such Person, or any venture capital or other investment fund or registered investment company now or hereafter existing that is controlled by one or more general partners, managing members or investment advisers of, or shares the same management company or investment adviser with, such Person.


1.2 “Board of Directors” means the board of directors of the Company.

1.3 “Certificate of Incorporation” means the Company’s Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as amended and/or restated from time to time.

1.4 “Common Stock” means shares of the Company’s common stock, par value $0.0001 per share.

1.5 “Competitor” means a Person engaged, directly or indirectly (including through any partnership, limited liability company, corporation, joint venture or similar arrangement (whether now existing or formed hereafter)), in the development and commercialization of therapeutic medicines targeting rare endocrine diseases, but shall not include any financial investment firm or collective investment vehicle that, together with its Affiliates, holds less than twenty percent (20)% of the outstanding equity of any Competitor and does not, nor do any of its Affiliates, have a right to designate any members of the board of directors of any Competitor. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event will Deep Track, Driehaus, Wellington, Norwest, Frazier, OrbiMed, NEA, RA Capital or their respective Affiliates be deemed a Competitor of the Company.

1.6 “CTA” means the Corporate Transparency Act, 31 U.S.C § 5336, and all rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, as each may be amended or replaced from time to time.

1.7 “Damages” means any loss, damage, claim or liability (joint or several) to which a party hereto may become subject under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, or other federal or state law, insofar as such loss, damage, claim or liability (or any action in respect thereof) arises out of or is based upon: (i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any registration statement of the Company, including any preliminary prospectus or final prospectus contained therein or any amendments or supplements thereto; (ii) an omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein, or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading; or (iii) any violation or alleged violation by the indemnifying party (or any of its agents or Affiliates) of the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, any state securities law, or any rule or regulation promulgated under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, or any state securities law.

1.8 “Deep Track” means Deep Track Biotechnology Master Fund, Ltd.

1.9 “Driehaus” means, collectively, Driehaus Life Sciences Master Fund, L.P. and Driehaus Life Sciences (QP) Fund, L.P.

1.10 “Derivative Securities” means any securities or rights convertible into, or exercisable or exchangeable for (in each case, directly or indirectly), Common Stock, including options and warrants.

1.11 “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

2


1.12 “Excluded Registration” means (i) a registration relating to the sale or grant of securities to employees of the Company or a subsidiary pursuant to a stock option, stock purchase, equity incentive or similar plan; (ii) a registration relating to an SEC Rule 145 transaction; (iii) a registration on any form that does not include substantially the same information as would be required to be included in a registration statement covering the sale of the Registrable Securities; or (iv) a registration in which the only Common Stock being registered is Common Stock issuable upon conversion of debt securities that are also being registered.

1.13 “FinCEN” means the Financial Crimes Enforcement Network, a bureau of the U.S. Department of the Treasury.

1.14 “FOIA Party” means a Person that, in the reasonable determination of the Board of Directors, may be subject to, and thereby required to disclose non-public information furnished by or relating to the Company under, the Freedom of Information Act, 5 U.S.C. 552 (“FOIA”), any state public records access law, any state or other jurisdiction’s laws similar in intent or effect to FOIA, or any other similar statutory or regulatory requirement.

1.15 “Form S-1” means such form under the Securities Act as in effect on the date hereof or any successor registration form under the Securities Act subsequently adopted by the SEC.

1.16 “Form S-3” means such form under the Securities Act as in effect on the date hereof or any registration form under the Securities Act subsequently adopted by the SEC that permits forward incorporation of substantial information by reference to other documents filed by the Company with the SEC.

1.17 “Frazier” means, collectively, Frazier Life Sciences X, L.P., Frazier Life Sciences Public Fund, L.P. and Frazier Life Sciences Public Overage Fund, L.P.

1.18 “GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States as in effect from time to time.

1.19 “Holder” means any holder of Registrable Securities who is a party to this Agreement.

1.20 “Immediate Family Member” means a child, stepchild, grandchild, parent, stepparent, grandparent, spouse, sibling, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law, or sister-in-law, including, adoptive relationships, of a natural person referred to herein.

1.21 “Initiating Holders” means, collectively, Holders who properly initiate a registration request under this Agreement.

1.22 “IPO” means the Company’s first underwritten public offering of its Common Stock under the Securities Act.

 

3


1.23 “Key Employee” means any executive-level employee (including, division director and vice president-level positions) as well as any employee who, either alone or in concert with others, develops, invents, programs, or designs any Company Intellectual Property (as defined in the Purchase Agreement).

1.24 “Major Investor” means (i) any Investor that, individually or together with such Investor’s Affiliates, holds at least (A) 11,000,000 shares of Registrable Securities (as adjusted for any stock split, stock dividend, combination, or other recapitalization or reclassification effected after the date hereof), (ii) Wellington, so long as it, individually or together with its Affiliates, holds an aggregate of at least 3,333,333 shares of Registrable Securities (as adjusted for any stock split, stock dividend, combination, or other recapitalization or reclassification effected after the date hereof); and (iii) solely for purposes of Section 4 and Subsection 6.6, P. Kent Hawryluk and Richard DiMarchi.

1.25 “NEA” means New Enterprise Associates 17, L.P.

1.26 “New Securities” means, collectively, equity securities of the Company, whether or not currently authorized, as well as rights, options, or warrants to purchase such equity securities, or securities of any type whatsoever that are, or may become, convertible or exchangeable into or exercisable for such equity securities.

1.27 “Norwest” means Norwest Venture Partners XVI, LP.

1.28 “OrbiMed” means, collectively, OrbiMed Private Investments VII, LP and OrbiMed Genesis Master Fund, L.P.

1.29 “Person” means any individual, corporation, partnership, trust, limited liability company, association or other entity.

1.30 “Preferred Director” means any of the Series A Directors or the Series B Director.

1.31 “Preferred Stock” means, collectively, the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock and Series C Preferred Stock.

1.32 “RA Capital” means, collectively, RA Capital Healthcare Fund, L.P. and RA Capital Nexus Fund III, L.P.

1.33 “Registrable Securities” means (i) the Common Stock issuable or issued upon conversion of the Preferred Stock, excluding any Common Stock issued upon conversion of the Preferred Stock pursuant to the “Special Mandatory Conversion” provisions of the Company’s Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation; (ii) any Common Stock, or any Common Stock issued or issuable (directly or indirectly) upon conversion and/or exercise of any other securities of the Company, in each case acquired by the Investors after the date hereof; and (iii) any Common Stock issued as (or issuable upon the conversion or exercise of any warrant, right, or other security that is issued as) a dividend or other distribution with respect to, or in exchange for or in replacement of, the shares referenced in clauses (i) and (ii) above; excluding in

 

4


all cases, however, any Registrable Securities sold by a Person in a transaction in which the applicable rights under this Agreement are not assigned pursuant to Subsection 6.1; excluding, in clause (ii), any Common Stock, or any Common Stock issuable or issued (directly or indirectly) upon conversion and/or exercise of any other securities of the Company, issued to service providers of the Company; and excluding for purposes of Section 2 any shares for which registration rights have terminated pursuant to Subsection 2.13 of this Agreement.

1.34 “Registrable Securities then outstanding” means the number of shares determined by adding the number of shares of outstanding Common Stock that are Registrable Securities and the number of shares of Common Stock issuable (directly or indirectly) pursuant to then exercisable and/or convertible securities that are Registrable Securities.

1.35 “Restricted Securities” means the securities of the Company required to be notated with the legend set forth in Subsection 2.12(b) hereof.

1.36 “SEC” means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

1.37 “SEC Rule 144” means Rule 144 promulgated by the SEC under the Securities Act.

1.38 “SEC Rule 145” means Rule 145 promulgated by the SEC under the Securities Act.

1.39 “Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

1.40 “Selling Expenses” means all underwriting discounts, selling commissions, and stock transfer taxes applicable to the sale of Registrable Securities, and fees and disbursements of counsel for any Holder, except for the fees and disbursements of the Selling Holder Counsel borne and paid by the Company as provided in Subsection 2.6.

1.41 “Series A Director” means any director of the Company that the holders of record of the Series A Preferred Stock are entitled to elect, exclusively and as a separate class, pursuant to the Certificate of Incorporation.

1.42 “Series A Preferred Stock” means shares of the Company’s Series A Preferred Stock, par value $0.0001 per share.

1.43 “Series B Director” means any director of the Company that the holders of record of the Series B Preferred Stock are entitled to elect, exclusively and as a separate class, pursuant to the Certificate of Incorporation.

1.44 “Series B Preferred Stock” means shares of the Company’s Series B Preferred Stock, par value $0.0001 per share.

1.45 “Series C Preferred Stock” means shares of the Company’s Series C Preferred Stock, par value $0.0001 per share.

1.46 “Wellington” means Wellington Biomedical Innovation Master Investors (Cayman) II L.P.

 

5


2. Registration Rights. The Company covenants and agrees as follows:

2.1 Demand Registration.

(a) Form S-1 Demand. If at any time after the earlier of (i) four (4) years after the date of this Agreement or (ii) one hundred eighty (180) days after the effective date of the registration statement for the IPO, the Company receives a request from Holders of forty percent (40%) of the Registrable Securities then outstanding that the Company file a Form S-1 registration statement with respect to Registrable Securities having an anticipated aggregate offering price of not less than $10 million, net of Selling Expenses, then the Company shall (x) within ten (10) days after the date such request is given, give notice thereof (the “Demand Notice”) to all Holders other than the Initiating Holders; and (y) as soon as practicable, and in any event within sixty (60) days after the date such request is given by the Initiating Holders, file a Form S-1 registration statement under the Securities Act covering all Registrable Securities that the Initiating Holders requested to be registered and any additional Registrable Securities requested to be included in such registration by any other Holders, as specified by notice given by each such Holder to the Company within twenty (20) days of the date the Demand Notice is given, and in each case, subject to the limitations of Subsections 2.1(c) and 2.3.

(b) Form S-3 Demand. If at any time when it is eligible to use a Form S-3 registration statement, the Company receives a request from Holders of at least twenty percent (20%) of the Registrable Securities then outstanding that the Company file a Form S-3 registration statement with respect to outstanding Registrable Securities of such Holders having an anticipated aggregate offering price, net of Selling Expenses, of at least $5 million, then the Company shall (i) within ten (10) days after the date such request is given, give a Demand Notice to all Holders other than the Initiating Holders; and (ii) as soon as practicable, and in any event within forty-five (45) days after the date such request is given by the Initiating Holders, file a Form S-3 registration statement under the Securities Act covering all Registrable Securities requested to be included in such registration by any other Holders, as specified by notice given by each such Holder to the Company within twenty (20) days of the date the Demand Notice is given, and in each case, subject to the limitations of Subsections 2.1(c) and 2.3.

(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing obligations, if the Company furnishes to Holders requesting a registration pursuant to this Subsection 2.1 a certificate signed by the Company’s chief executive officer stating that in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors it would be materially detrimental to the Company and its stockholders for such registration statement to either become effective or remain effective for as long as such registration statement otherwise would be required to remain effective, because such action would (i) materially interfere with a significant acquisition, corporate reorganization, or other similar transaction involving the Company; (ii) require premature disclosure of material information that the Company has a bona fide business purpose for preserving as confidential; or (iii) render the Company unable to comply with requirements under the Securities Act or Exchange Act, then the Company shall have the right to defer taking action with respect to such filing for a period of not

 

6


more than one hundred twenty (120) days after the request of the Initiating Holders is given; provided, however, that the Company may not invoke this right more than once in any twelve (12) month period; and provided further that the Company shall not register any securities for its own account or that of any other stockholder during such one hundred twenty (120) day period other than an Excluded Registration.

(d) The Company shall not be obligated to effect, or to take any action to effect, any registration pursuant to Subsection 2.1(a), (i) during the period that is sixty (60) days before the Company’s good faith estimate of the date of filing of, and ending on a date that is one hundred eighty (180) days after the effective date of, a Company-initiated registration, provided that the Company is actively employing in good faith commercially reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective; (ii) after the Company has effected one registration pursuant to Subsection 2.1(a); or (iii) if the Initiating Holders propose to dispose of shares of Registrable Securities that may be immediately registered on Form S-3 pursuant to a request made pursuant to Subsection 2.1(b). The Company shall not be obligated to effect, or to take any action to effect, any registration pursuant to Subsection 2.1(b) (i) during the period that is thirty (30) days before the Company’s good faith estimate of the date of filing of, and ending on a date that is ninety (90) days after the effective date of, a Company-initiated registration, provided that the Company is actively employing in good faith commercially reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective; or (ii) if the Company has effected two registrations pursuant to Subsection 2.1(b) within the twelve (12) month period immediately preceding the date of such request. A registration shall not be counted as “effected” for purposes of this Subsection 2.1(d) until such time as the applicable registration statement has been declared effective by the SEC, unless the Initiating Holders withdraw their request for such registration, elect not to pay the registration expenses therefor, and forfeit their right to one demand registration statement pursuant to Subsection 2.6, in which case such withdrawn registration statement shall be counted as “effected” for purposes of this Subsection 2.1(d); provided, that if such withdrawal is during a period the Company has deferred taking action pursuant to Subsection 2.1(c), then the Initiating Holders may withdraw their request for registration and such registration will not be counted as “effected” for purposes of this Subsection 2.1(d).

2.2 Company Registration. If the Company proposes to register (including, for this purpose, a registration effected by the Company for stockholders other than the Holders) any of its securities under the Securities Act in connection with the public offering of such securities solely for cash (other than in an Excluded Registration), the Company shall, at such time, promptly give each Holder notice of such registration. Upon the request of each Holder given within twenty (20) days after such notice is given by the Company, the Company shall, subject to the provisions of Subsection 2.3, cause to be registered all of the Registrable Securities that each such Holder has requested to be included in such registration. The Company shall have the right to terminate or withdraw any registration initiated by it under this Subsection 2.2 before the effective date of such registration, whether or not any Holder has elected to include Registrable Securities in such registration. The expenses (other than Selling Expenses) of such withdrawn registration shall be borne by the Company in accordance with Subsection 2.6.

 

7


2.3 Underwriting Requirements.

(a) If, pursuant to Subsection 2.1, the Initiating Holders intend to distribute the Registrable Securities covered by their request by means of an underwriting, they shall so advise the Company as a part of their request made pursuant to Subsection 2.1, and the Company shall include such information in the Demand Notice. The underwriter(s) will be selected by the Board of Directors and shall be reasonably acceptable to a majority in interest of the Initiating Holders. In such event, the right of any Holder to include such Holder’s Registrable Securities in such registration shall be conditioned upon such Holder’s participation in such underwriting and the inclusion of such Holder’s Registrable Securities in the underwriting to the extent provided herein. All Holders proposing to distribute their securities through such underwriting shall (together with the Company as provided in Subsection 2.4(e)) enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the underwriter(s) selected for such underwriting; provided, however, that no Holder (or any of their assignees) shall be required to make any representations, warranties or indemnities except as they relate to such Holder’s ownership of shares and authority to enter into the underwriting agreement and to such Holder’s intended method of distribution, and the liability of such Holder shall be several and not joint, and limited to an amount equal to the net proceeds from the offering received by such Holder. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Subsection 2.3, if the underwriter(s) advise(s) the Initiating Holders in writing that marketing factors require a limitation on the number of shares to be underwritten, then the Initiating Holders shall so advise all Holders of Registrable Securities that otherwise would be underwritten pursuant hereto, and the number of Registrable Securities that may be included in the underwriting shall be allocated among such Holders of Registrable Securities, including the Initiating Holders, in proportion (as nearly as practicable) to the number of Registrable Securities owned by each Holder or in such other proportion as shall mutually be agreed to by all such selling Holders; provided, however, that the number of Registrable Securities held by the Holders to be included in such underwriting shall not be reduced unless all other securities are first entirely excluded from the underwriting. To facilitate the allocation of shares in accordance with the above provisions, the Company or the underwriters may round the number of shares allocated to any Holder to the nearest one hundred (100) shares.

(b) In connection with any offering involving an underwriting of shares of the Company’s capital stock pursuant to Subsection 2.2, the Company shall not be required to include any of the Holders’ Registrable Securities in such underwriting unless the Holders accept the terms of the underwriting as agreed upon between the Company and its underwriters, and then only in such quantity as the underwriters in their sole discretion determine will not jeopardize the success of the offering by the Company. If the total number of securities, including Registrable Securities, requested by stockholders to be included in such offering exceeds the number of securities to be sold (other than by the Company) that the underwriters in their reasonable discretion determine is compatible with the success of the offering, then the Company shall be required to include in the offering only that number of such securities, including Registrable Securities, which the underwriters and the Company in their sole discretion determine will not jeopardize the success of the offering. If the underwriters determine that less than all of the Registrable Securities requested to be registered can be included in such offering, then the Registrable Securities that are included in such offering shall be allocated among the selling Holders in proportion (as nearly as practicable to) the number of Registrable Securities owned by

 

8


each selling Holder or in such other proportions as shall mutually be agreed to by all such selling Holders. To facilitate the allocation of shares in accordance with the above provisions, the Company or the underwriters may round the number of shares allocated to any Holder to the nearest one hundred (100) shares. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall (i) the number of Registrable Securities included in the offering be reduced unless all other securities (other than securities to be sold by the Company) are first entirely excluded from the offering or (ii) the number of Registrable Securities included in the offering be reduced below thirty percent (30%) of the total number of securities included in such offering, unless such offering is the IPO, in which case the selling Holders may be excluded further if the underwriters make the determination described above and no other stockholder’s securities are included in such offering. For purposes of the provision in this Subsection 2.3(b) concerning apportionment, for any selling Holder that is a partnership, limited liability company, or corporation, the partners, members, retired partners, retired members, stockholders, and Affiliates of such Holder, or the estates and Immediate Family Members of any such partners, retired partners, members, and retired members and any trusts for the benefit of any of the foregoing Persons, shall be deemed to be a single “selling Holder,” and any pro rata reduction with respect to such “selling Holder” shall be based upon the aggregate number of Registrable Securities owned by all Persons included in such “selling Holder,” as defined in this sentence.

(c) For purposes of Subsection 2.1, a registration shall not be counted as “effected” if, as a result of an exercise of the underwriter’s cutback provisions in Subsection 2.3(a), fewer than fifty percent (50%) of the total number of Registrable Securities that Holders have requested to be included in such registration statement are actually included

2.4 Obligations of the Company. Whenever required under this Section 2 to effect the registration of any Registrable Securities, the Company shall, as expeditiously as reasonably possible:

(a) prepare and file with the SEC a registration statement with respect to such Registrable Securities and use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective and, upon the request of the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities registered thereunder, keep such registration statement effective for a period of up to one hundred twenty (120) days or, if earlier, until the distribution contemplated in the registration statement has been completed; provided, however, that (i) such one hundred twenty (120) day period shall be extended for a period of time equal to the period the Holder refrains, at the request of an underwriter of Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company, from selling any securities included in such registration and (ii) in the case of any registration of Registrable Securities on Form S-3 that are intended to be offered on a continuous or delayed basis, subject to compliance with applicable SEC rules, such one hundred twenty (120) day period shall be extended for up to ninety (90) days, if necessary, to keep the registration statement effective until all such Registrable Securities are sold;

(b) prepare and file with the SEC such amendments and supplements to such registration statement, and the prospectus used in connection with such registration statement, as may be necessary to comply with the Securities Act in order to enable the disposition of all securities covered by such registration statement;

 

9


(c) furnish to the selling Holders such numbers of copies of a prospectus, including a preliminary prospectus, as required by the Securities Act, and such other documents as the Holders may reasonably request in order to facilitate their disposition of their Registrable Securities;

(d) register and qualify the securities covered by such registration statement under such other securities or blue-sky laws of such jurisdictions as shall be reasonably requested by the selling Holders; provided that the Company shall not be required to qualify to do business or to file a general consent to service of process in any such states or jurisdictions, unless the Company is already subject to service in such jurisdiction and except as may be required by the Securities Act;

(e) in the event of any underwritten public offering, enter into and perform its obligations under an underwriting agreement, in usual and customary form, with the underwriter(s) of such offering;

(f) cause all such Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement to be listed on a national securities exchange or trading system and each securities exchange and trading system (if any) on which similar securities issued by the Company are then listed;

(g) provide a transfer agent and registrar for all Registrable Securities registered pursuant to this Agreement and provide a CUSIP number for all such Registrable Securities, in each case not later than the effective date of such registration;

(h) promptly make available for inspection by the selling Holders, any managing underwriter(s) participating in any disposition pursuant to such registration statement, and any attorney or accountant or other agent retained by any such underwriter or selected by the selling Holders, all financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents, and properties of the Company, and cause the Company’s officers, directors, employees, and independent accountants to supply all information reasonably requested by any such seller, underwriter, attorney, accountant, or agent, in each case, as necessary or advisable to verify the accuracy of the information in such registration statement and to conduct appropriate due diligence in connection therewith;

(i) notify each selling Holder, promptly after the Company receives notice thereof, of the time when such registration statement has been declared effective or a supplement to any prospectus forming a part of such registration statement has been filed; and

(j) after such registration statement becomes effective, notify each selling Holder of any request by the SEC that the Company amend or supplement such registration statement or prospectus.

In addition, the Company shall ensure that, at all times after any registration statement covering a public offering of securities of the Company under the Securities Act shall have become effective, its insider trading policy shall provide that the Company’s directors may implement a trading program under Rule 10b5-1 of the Exchange Act.

 

10


2.5 Furnish Information. It shall be a condition precedent to the obligations of the Company to take any action pursuant to this Section 2 with respect to the Registrable Securities of any selling Holder that such Holder shall furnish to the Company such information regarding itself, the Registrable Securities held by it, and the intended method of disposition of such securities as is reasonably required to effect the registration of such Holder’s Registrable Securities.

2.6 Expenses of Registration. All expenses (other than Selling Expenses) incurred in connection with registrations, filings, or qualifications pursuant to Section 2, including all registration, filing, and qualification fees; printers’ and accounting fees; fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company; and the reasonable fees and disbursements, not to exceed $75,000, of one counsel for the selling Holders (“Selling Holder Counsel”), shall be borne and paid by the Company; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to pay for any expenses of any registration proceeding begun pursuant to Subsection 2.1 if the registration request is subsequently withdrawn at the request of the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities to be registered (in which case all selling Holders shall bear such expenses pro rata based upon the number of Registrable Securities that were to be included in the withdrawn registration), unless the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities agree to forfeit their right to one registration pursuant to Subsections 2.1(a) or 2.1(b), as the case may be; provided further, however, if, at the time of such withdrawal, the Holders shall have learned of a material adverse change in the condition, business, or prospects of the Company from that known to the Holders at the time of their request and have withdrawn the request with reasonable promptness after learning of such information then the Holders shall not be required to pay any of such expenses and shall not forfeit their right to one demand registration pursuant to Sections 2.1(a) or (b). All Selling Expenses relating to Registrable Securities registered pursuant to this Section 2 shall be borne and paid by the Holders pro rata on the basis of the number of Registrable Securities registered on their behalf.

2.7 Delay of Registration. No Holder shall have any right to obtain or seek an injunction restraining or otherwise delaying any registration pursuant to this Agreement as the result of any controversy that might arise with respect to the interpretation or implementation of this Section 2.

2.8 Indemnification. If any Registrable Securities are included in a registration statement under this Section 2:

(a) To the extent permitted by law, the Company will indemnify and hold harmless each selling Holder, and the partners, members, officers, directors, and stockholders of each such Holder; legal counsel and accountants for each such Holder; any underwriter (as defined in the Securities Act) for each such Holder; and each Person, if any, who controls such Holder or underwriter within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, against any Damages, and the Company will pay to each such Holder, underwriter, controlling Person, or other aforementioned Person any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred thereby in connection with investigating or defending any claim or proceeding from which Damages may result, as such

 

11


expenses are incurred; provided, however, that the indemnity agreement contained in this Subsection 2.8(a) shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such claim or proceeding if such settlement is effected without the consent of the Company, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, nor shall the Company be liable for any Damages to the extent that they arise out of or are based upon actions or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished by or on behalf of any such Holder, underwriter, controlling Person, or other aforementioned Person expressly for use in connection with such registration except to the extent such information has been corrected in a subsequent writing prior to or concurrently with the sale of Registrable Securities to the Person asserting the claim.

(b) To the extent permitted by law, each selling Holder, severally and not jointly, will indemnify and hold harmless the Company, and each of its directors, each of its officers who has signed the registration statement, each Person (if any), who controls the Company within the meaning of the Securities Act, legal counsel and accountants for the Company, any underwriter (as defined in the Securities Act), any other Holder selling securities in such registration statement, and any controlling Person of any such underwriter or other Holder, against any Damages, in each case only to the extent that such Damages arise out of or are based upon actions or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished by or on behalf of such selling Holder expressly for use in connection with such registration and has not been corrected in a subsequent writing prior to or concurrently with the sale of Registrable Securities to the Person asserting the claim; and each such selling Holder will pay to the Company and each other aforementioned Person any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred thereby in connection with investigating or defending any claim or proceeding from which Damages may result, as such expenses are incurred; provided, however, that the indemnity agreement contained in this Subsection 2.8(b) shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such claim or proceeding if such settlement is effected without the consent of the Holder, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld; and provided further that in no event shall the aggregate amounts payable by any Holder by way of indemnity or contribution under Subsections 2.8(b) and 2.8(d) exceed the proceeds from the offering received by such Holder (net of any Selling Expenses paid by such Holder), except in the case of fraud or willful misconduct by such Holder.

(c) Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under this Subsection 2.8 of notice of the commencement of any action (including any governmental action) for which a party may be entitled to indemnification hereunder, such indemnified party will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against any indemnifying party under this Subsection 2.8, give the indemnifying party notice of the commencement thereof. The indemnifying party shall have the right to participate in such action and, to the extent the indemnifying party so desires, participate jointly with any other indemnifying party to which notice has been given, and to assume the defense thereof with counsel mutually satisfactory to the parties; provided, however, that an indemnified party (together with all other indemnified parties that may be represented without conflict by one counsel) shall have the right to retain one separate counsel, with the fees and expenses to be paid by the indemnifying party, if representation of such indemnified party by the counsel retained by the indemnifying party would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interests between such indemnified party and any other party represented by such counsel in such action. The failure to give notice to the indemnifying party within a reasonable time of the commencement of any such action shall relieve such indemnifying party of any liability to the indemnified party under this Subsection 2.8, to the extent that such failure materially prejudices the indemnifying party’s ability to defend such action. The failure to give notice to the indemnifying party will not relieve it of any liability that it may have to any indemnified party otherwise than under this Subsection 2.8.

 

12


(d) To provide for just and equitable contribution to joint liability under the Securities Act in any case in which either: (i) any party otherwise entitled to indemnification hereunder makes a claim for indemnification pursuant to this Subsection 2.8 but it is judicially determined (by the entry of a final judgment or decree by a court of competent jurisdiction and the expiration of time to appeal or the denial of the last right of appeal) that such indemnification may not be enforced in such case, notwithstanding the fact that this Subsection 2.8 provides for indemnification in such case, or (ii) contribution under the Securities Act may be required on the part of any party hereto for which indemnification is provided under this Subsection 2.8, then, and in each such case, such parties will contribute to the aggregate losses, claims, damages, liabilities, or expenses to which they may be subject (after contribution from others) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of each of the indemnifying party and the indemnified party in connection with the statements, omissions, or other actions that resulted in such loss, claim, damage, liability, or expense, as well as to reflect any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of the indemnifying party and of the indemnified party shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or allegedly untrue statement of a material fact, or the omission or alleged omission of a material fact, relates to information supplied by the indemnifying party or by the indemnified party and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information, and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission; provided, however, that, in any such case (x) no Holder will be required to contribute any amount in excess of the public offering price of all such Registrable Securities offered and sold by such Holder pursuant to such registration statement, and (y) no Person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) will be entitled to contribution from any Person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation; and provided further that in no event shall a Holder’s liability pursuant to this Subsection 2.8(d), when combined with the amounts paid or payable by such Holder pursuant to Subsection 2.8(b), exceed the proceeds from the offering received by such Holder (net of any Selling Expenses paid by such Holder), except in the case of willful misconduct or fraud by such Holder.

(e) Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent that the provisions on indemnification and contribution contained in the underwriting agreement entered into in connection with the underwritten public offering are in conflict with the foregoing provisions, the provisions in the underwriting agreement shall control; provided, however, that any matter expressly provided for or addressed by the foregoing provisions that is not expressly provided for or addressed by the underwriting agreement shall be controlled by the foregoing provisions.

(f) Unless otherwise superseded by an underwriting agreement entered into in connection with the underwritten public offering, the obligations of the Company and Holders under this Subsection 2.8 shall survive the completion of any offering of Registrable Securities in a registration under this Section 2, and otherwise shall survive the termination of this Agreement or any provision(s) of this Agreement.

 

13


2.9 Reports Under Exchange Act. With a view to making available to the Holders the benefits of SEC Rule 144 and any other rule or regulation of the SEC that may at any time permit a Holder to sell securities of the Company to the public without registration or pursuant to a registration on Form S-3, the Company shall:

(a) make and keep available adequate current public information, as those terms are understood and defined in SEC Rule 144, at all times after the effective date of the registration statement filed by the Company for the IPO;

(b) use commercially reasonable efforts to file with the SEC in a timely manner all reports and other documents required of the Company under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act (at any time after the Company has become subject to such reporting requirements); and

(c) furnish to any Holder, so long as the Holder owns any Registrable Securities, forthwith upon request (i) to the extent accurate, a written statement by the Company that it has complied with the reporting requirements of SEC Rule 144 (at any time after ninety (90) days after the effective date of the registration statement filed by the Company for the IPO), the Securities Act, and the Exchange Act (at any time after the Company has become subject to such reporting requirements), or that it qualifies as a registrant whose securities may be resold pursuant to Form S-3 (at any time after the Company so qualifies) and (ii) such other information as may be reasonably requested in availing any Holder of any rule or regulation of the SEC that permits the selling of any such securities without registration (at any time after the Company has become subject to the reporting requirements under the Exchange Act) or pursuant to Form S-3 (at any time after the Company so qualifies to use such form).

2.10 Limitations on Subsequent Registration Rights. From and after the date of this Agreement, the Company shall not, without the prior written consent of the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities then outstanding, enter into any agreement with any holder or prospective holder of any securities of the Company that would (i) allow such holder or prospective holder to include such securities in any registration unless, under the terms of such agreement, such holder or prospective holder may include such securities in any such registration only to the extent that the inclusion of such securities will not reduce the number of the Registrable Securities of the Holders that are included or (ii) allow such holder or prospective holder to initiate a demand for registration of any securities held by such holder or prospective holder; provided that this limitation shall not apply to Registrable Securities acquired by any additional Investor that becomes a party to this Agreement in accordance with Subsection 6.9.

2.11 Market Stand-off Agreement. Each Holder hereby agrees that it will not, without the prior written consent of the managing underwriter, during the period commencing on the date of the final prospectus relating to the registration by the Company of shares of its Common Stock or any other equity securities under the Securities Act on a registration statement on Form S-1, and ending on the date specified by the Company and the managing underwriter (such period not to exceed one hundred eighty (180) days, or such other period as may be requested by the Company or an underwriter to accommodate regulatory restrictions on (1) the publication or other distribution of research reports, and (2) analyst recommendations and opinions, including, but not

 

14


limited to, the restrictions contained in applicable FINRA rules, or any successor provisions or amendments thereto), (i) lend; offer; pledge; sell; contract to sell; sell any option or contract to purchase; purchase any option or contract to sell; grant any option, right, or warrant to purchase; or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable (directly or indirectly) for Common Stock held immediately before the effective date of the registration statement for such offering or (ii) enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of such securities, whether any such transaction described in clause (i) or (ii) above is to be settled by delivery of Common Stock or other securities, in cash, or otherwise. The foregoing provisions of this Subsection 2.11 (x) shall apply only to the IPO, (y) shall not apply to (i) the sale of any shares to an underwriter pursuant to an underwriting agreement, (ii) to any shares of Common Stock (or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of Common Stock) acquired by a Holder in the open market from and after the effective date of the registration statement of the Company in connection with the IPO, or (iii) the transfer of any shares to any trust for the direct or indirect benefit of the Holder or the immediate family of the Holder, provided that the trustee of the trust agrees to be bound in writing by the restrictions set forth herein, and provided further that any such transfer shall not involve a disposition for value, and (z) shall be applicable to the Holders only if all officers, directors and stockholders individually owning more than one percent (1%) of the Company’s outstanding Common Stock (after giving effect to conversion into Common Stock of all outstanding Preferred Stock) are subject to the same restrictions. The underwriters in connection with such registration are intended third-party beneficiaries of this Subsection 2.11 and shall have the right, power and authority to enforce the provisions hereof as though they were a party hereto. Each Holder further agrees to execute such agreements as may be reasonably requested by the underwriters in connection with such registration that are consistent with this Subsection 2.11 or that are necessary to give further effect thereto. Any discretionary waiver or termination of the restrictions of any or all of such agreements by the Company or the underwriters shall apply pro rata to all Company stockholders that are subject to such agreements, based on the number of shares subject to such agreements, except that, notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company and the underwriters may, in their sole discretion, waive or terminate these restrictions with respect to up to one percent (1%) of the shares of the Common Stock subject to these restrictions. Subject to compliance with applicable securities laws and regulations, and any contractual restrictions entered into by the Investors (such as a lock-up or market standoff agreement), at the Investor’s request and at the Company’s expense, the Company will use commercially reasonable efforts to promptly remove all transfer restrictions (and any legends relating thereto) that are no longer required to restrict transfers of the securities of the Company (or its successor) held by the Investor.

2.12 Restrictions on Transfer.

(a) The Preferred Stock and the Registrable Securities shall not be sold, pledged, or otherwise transferred, and the Company shall not recognize and shall issue stop-transfer instructions to its transfer agent with respect to any such sale, pledge, or transfer, except upon the conditions specified in this Agreement, which conditions are intended to ensure compliance with the provisions of the Securities Act. A transferring Holder will cause any proposed purchaser, pledgee, or transferee of the Preferred Stock and the Registrable Securities held by such Holder to agree to take and hold such securities subject to the provisions and upon the conditions specified in this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall not require any transferee of shares pursuant to an effective registration statement or, following the IPO, SEC Rule 144, in each case, to be bound by the terms of this Agreement.

 

15


(b) Each certificate, instrument, or book entry representing (i) the Preferred Stock, (ii) the Registrable Securities, and (iii) any other securities issued in respect of the securities referenced in clauses (i) and (ii), upon any stock split, stock dividend, recapitalization, merger, consolidation, or similar event, shall (unless otherwise permitted by the provisions of Subsection 2.12(c)) be notated with a legend substantially in the following form:

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE BEEN ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT AND HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933. SUCH SHARES MAY NOT BE SOLD, PLEDGED, OR TRANSFERRED IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR A VALID EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION AND PROSPECTUS DELIVERY REQUIREMENTS OF SAID ACT.

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY MAY BE TRANSFERRED ONLY IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE TERMS OF AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE COMPANY AND THE STOCKHOLDER, A COPY OF WHICH IS ON FILE WITH THE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY.

The Holders consent to the Company making a notation in its records and giving instructions to any transfer agent of the Restricted Securities in order to implement the restrictions on transfer set forth in this Subsection 2.12.

(c) The holder of such Restricted Securities, by acceptance of ownership thereof, agrees to comply in all respects with the provisions of this Section 2. Before any proposed sale, pledge, or transfer of any Restricted Securities, unless there is in effect a registration statement under the Securities Act covering the proposed transaction or, following the IPO, the transfer is made pursuant to SEC Rule 144, the Holder thereof shall give notice to the Company of such Holder’s intention to effect such sale, pledge, or transfer, provided that no such notice shall be required in connection if the intended sale, pledge or transfer complies with SEC Rule 144. Each such notice shall describe the manner and circumstances of the proposed sale, pledge, or transfer in sufficient detail and, if reasonably requested by the Company, shall be accompanied at such Holder’s expense by either (i) a written opinion of legal counsel who shall, and whose legal opinion shall, be reasonably satisfactory to the Company, addressed to the Company, to the effect that the proposed transaction may be effected without registration under the Securities Act; (ii) a “no action” letter from the SEC to the effect that the proposed sale, pledge, or transfer of such Restricted Securities without registration will not result in a recommendation by the staff of the SEC that action be taken with respect thereto; or (iii) any other evidence reasonably satisfactory to counsel to the Company to the effect that the proposed sale, pledge, or transfer of the Restricted Securities may be effected without registration under the Securities Act, whereupon the Holder of such Restricted Securities shall be entitled to sell, pledge, or transfer such Restricted Securities in accordance with the terms of the notice given by the Holder to the Company. The Company will not require such a notice, legal opinion or “no action” letter (x) in

 

16


any transaction in compliance with SEC Rule 144; or (y) in any transaction in which such Holder distributes Restricted Securities to an Affiliate of such Holder for no consideration; provided that, with respect to transfers under the foregoing clause (y), each transferee agrees in writing to be subject to the terms of this Subsection 2.12. Each certificate, instrument, or book entry representing the Restricted Securities transferred as above provided shall be notated with, except if such transfer is made pursuant to SEC Rule 144, the appropriate restrictive legend set forth in Subsection 2.12(b), except that such certificate instrument, or book entry shall not be notated with such restrictive legend if, in the opinion of counsel for such Holder and the Company, such legend is not required in order to establish compliance with any provisions of the Securities Act.

2.13 Termination of Registration Rights. The right of any Holder to request registration or inclusion of Registrable Securities in any registration pursuant to Subsections 2.1 or 2.2 shall terminate upon the earliest to occur of:

(a) the closing of a Deemed Liquidation Event, as such term is defined in the Certificate of Incorporation in which the consideration received by the Investors in such Deemed Liquidation Event is in the form of cash and/or publicly traded securities, or if the Investors receive registration rights from the acquiring company or other successor to the Company reasonably comparable to those set forth in this Section 2;

(b) such time after consummation of the IPO as SEC Rule 144 or another similar exemption under the Securities Act is available for the sale of all of such Holder’s shares without limitation during a three-month period without registration (and without the requirement for the Company to be in compliance with the current public information required under subsection (c)(1) of SEC Rule 144) and such Holder (together with its “affiliates” determined under SEC Rule 144) holds less than one percent (1%) of the outstanding capital stock of the Company; or

(c) the fifth (5th) anniversary of the IPO.

3. Information Rights.

3.1 Delivery of Financial Statements. The Company shall deliver to each Major Investor, provided that the Board of Directors has not reasonably determined that such Major Investor is a Competitor:

(a) as soon as practicable, but in any event within one hundred and eighty (180) days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company (i) a balance sheet as of the end of such year, (ii) statements of income and of cash flows for such year, and a comparison between (x) the actual amounts as of and for such fiscal year and (y) the comparable amounts for the prior year and as included in the Budget (as defined in Subsection 3.1(d)) for such year, with an explanation of any material differences between such amounts and a schedule as to the sources and applications of funds for such year, and (iii) a statement of stockholders’ equity as of the end of such year, all such financial statements audited and certified by independent public accountants approved by the Board of Directors (including the approval of the majority of the Preferred Directors); provided that such audit requirement may be waived by the Board of Directors (including the approval of the majority of the Preferred Directors);

 

17


(b) as soon as practicable, but in any event within forty-five (45) days after the end of each of quarter of each fiscal year of the Company, unaudited statements of income and cash flows for such fiscal quarter, and an unaudited balance sheet as of the end of such fiscal quarter, all prepared in accordance with GAAP (except that such financial statements may (i) be subject to normal year-end audit adjustments; and (ii) not contain all notes thereto that may be required in accordance with GAAP);

(c) as soon as practicable, but in any event within forty-five (45) days after the end of each quarter of each fiscal year of the Company, a statement showing the number of shares of each class and series of capital stock and securities convertible into or exercisable for shares of capital stock outstanding at the end of the period, the Common Stock issuable upon conversion or exercise of any outstanding securities convertible or exercisable for Common Stock and the exchange ratio or exercise price applicable thereto, and the number of shares of issued stock options and stock options not yet issued but reserved for issuance, if any, all in sufficient detail as to permit the Major Investors to calculate their respective percentage equity ownership in the Company, and certified by the chief financial officer or chief executive officer of the Company as being true, complete, and correct;

(d) as soon as practicable, but in any event thirty (30) days after the end of each fiscal year, a budget and business plan for the next fiscal year (collectively, the “Budget”), approved by the Board of Directors (including the approval of the majority of the Preferred Directors) prepared on a monthly basis, including balance sheets, income statements, and statements of cash flow for such months and, promptly after prepared, any other budgets or revised budgets prepared by the Company;

(e) such other information relating to the financial condition, business, prospects, or corporate affairs of the Company as any Major Investor may from time to time reasonably request; provided, however, that the Company shall not be obligated under this Subsection 3.1 to provide information (i) that the Company reasonably determines in good faith to be a trade secret or confidential information (unless covered by an enforceable confidentiality agreement, in a form acceptable to the Company); or (ii) the disclosure of which would adversely affect the attorney-client privilege between the Company and its counsel.

If, for any period, the Company has any subsidiary whose accounts are consolidated with those of the Company, then in respect of such period the financial statements delivered pursuant to the foregoing sections shall be the consolidated and consolidating financial statements of the Company and all such consolidated subsidiaries.

Notwithstanding anything else in this Subsection 3.1 to the contrary, the Company may cease providing the information set forth in this Subsection 3.1 during the period starting with the date sixty (60) days before the Company’s good-faith estimate of the date of filing of a registration statement if it reasonably concludes it must do so to comply with the SEC rules applicable to such registration statement and related offering; provided that the Company’s covenants under this Subsection 3.1 shall be reinstated at such time as the Company is no longer actively employing its commercially reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective.

 

18


3.2 Inspection. The Company shall permit each Major Investor (provided that the Board of Directors has not reasonably determined that such Major Investor is a Competitor) and such Major Investor’s accountants, in each case at such Major Investor’s expense, to visit and inspect the Company’s properties; examine its books of account and records; and discuss the Company’s affairs, finances, and accounts with its officers, during normal business hours of the Company as may be reasonably requested by the Major Investor; provided, however, that the Company shall not be obligated pursuant to this Subsection 3.2 to provide access to any information that it reasonably and in good faith considers to be a trade secret or confidential information (unless covered by an enforceable confidentiality agreement, in form acceptable to the Company) or the disclosure of which would adversely affect the attorney-client privilege between the Company and its counsel.

3.3 Termination of Information. The covenants set forth in Subsection 3.1 and Subsection 3.2 shall terminate and be of no further force or effect (i) immediately before the consummation of the IPO, (ii) when the Company first becomes subject to the periodic reporting requirements of Section 12(g) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act or (iii) upon the closing of a Deemed Liquidation Event, as such term is defined in the Certificate of Incorporation, whichever event occurs first; provided, that, with respect to clause (iii), the covenants set forth in Subsection 3.1 shall only terminate if the consideration received by the Investors in such Deemed Liquidation Event is in the form of cash and/or publicly traded securities or if the Investors receive financial information from the acquiring company or other successor to the Company comparable to those set forth in Subsection 3.1.

3.4 Confidentiality. Each Investor agrees that such Investor will keep confidential and will not disclose, divulge, or use for any purpose (other than to monitor or make decisions with respect to its investment in the Company) any confidential information obtained from the Company pursuant to the terms of this Agreement (including notice of the Company’s intention to file a registration statement), unless such confidential information (a) is known or becomes known to the public in general (other than as a result of a breach of this Subsection 3.4 by such Investor), (b) is or has been independently developed or conceived by such Investor without use of the Company’s confidential information, or (c) is or has been made known or disclosed to such Investor by a third party without a breach of any obligation of confidentiality such third party may have to the Company; provided, however, that an Investor may disclose confidential information (i) to its attorneys, accountants, consultants, and other professionals to the extent reasonably necessary to obtain their services in connection with monitoring its investment in the Company; (ii) to any prospective purchaser of any Registrable Securities from such Investor (provided such prospective purchaser is not a Competitor), if Investor informs such prospective purchaser that the information is confidential and directs such prospective purchaser to maintain the confidentiality of such information; (iii) to any existing or prospective Affiliate, partner, partner of partner, member, stockholder, or wholly owned subsidiary of such Investor in the ordinary course of business, provided that such Investor informs such Person that such information is confidential and directs such Person to maintain the confidentiality of such information; (iv) as part of Investor’s or its Affiliate’s normal reporting or review procedure, or in connection with such Investor’s or its Affiliate’s normal fundraising, marketing, informational or reporting activities; or (v) as may otherwise be required by law, regulation, rule, court order or subpoena, provided that such Investor promptly notifies the Company of such disclosure and takes reasonable steps to minimize the extent of any such required disclosure.

 

19


4. Rights to Future Stock Issuances.

4.1 Right of First Offer. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Subsection 4.1 and applicable securities laws, if the Company proposes to offer or sell any New Securities, the Company shall first offer such New Securities to each Major Investor currently holding Preferred Stock at the time of such offering. Such Major Investor shall be entitled to apportion the right of first offer hereby granted to it in such proportions as it deems appropriate, among (i) itself, (ii) its Affiliates and (iii) its beneficial interest holders, such as limited partners, members or any other Person having “beneficial ownership,” as such term is defined in Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act, of such Major Investor (“Investor Beneficial Owners”); provided that each such Affiliate or Investor Beneficial Owner (y) is not a Competitor or FOIA Party, unless such party’s purchase of New Securities is otherwise consented to by the Board of Directors and (z) agrees to enter into this Agreement and each of the Second Amended and Restated Voting Agreement and the Second Amended and Restated Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement of even date herewith among the Company, the Investors and the other parties named therein, as an “Investor” under each such agreement (provided that any Competitor or FOIA Party shall not be entitled to any rights as a Major Investor under Subsections 3.1, 3.2 and 4.1 hereof).

(a) The Company shall give notice (the “Offer Notice”) to each Major Investor, stating (i) its bona fide intention to offer such New Securities, (ii) the number of such New Securities to be offered, and (iii) the price and terms, if any, upon which it proposes to offer such New Securities.

(b) By notification to the Company within twenty (20) days after the Offer Notice is given, each Major Investor may elect to purchase or otherwise acquire, at the price and on the terms specified in the Offer Notice, up to that portion of such New Securities which equals the proportion that the Common Stock then held by such Major Investor (including all shares of Common Stock then issuable (directly or indirectly) upon conversion and/or exercise, as applicable, of the Preferred Stock and any other Derivative Securities then held by such Major Investor) bears to the total Common Stock of the Company then outstanding (assuming full conversion and/or exercise, as applicable, of all Preferred Stock and any other Derivative Securities then outstanding). At the expiration of such twenty (20) day period, the Company shall promptly notify each Major Investor that elects to purchase or acquire all the shares available to it (each, a “Fully Exercising Investor”) of any other Major Investor’s failure to do likewise. During the ten (10) day period commencing after the Company has given such notice, each Fully Exercising Investor may, by giving notice to the Company, elect to purchase or acquire, in addition to the number of shares specified above, up to that portion of the New Securities for which Major Investors were entitled to subscribe but that were not subscribed for by the Major Investors which is equal to the proportion that the Common Stock issued and held, or issuable (directly or indirectly) upon conversion and/or exercise, as applicable, of Preferred Stock and any other

 

20


Derivative Securities then held, by such Fully Exercising Investor bears to the Common Stock issued and held, or issuable (directly or indirectly) upon conversion and/or exercise, as applicable, of the Preferred Stock and any other Derivative Securities then held, by all Fully Exercising Investors who wish to purchase such unsubscribed shares. The closing of any sale pursuant to this Subsection 4.1(b) shall occur within the later of one hundred and twenty (120) days of the date that the Offer Notice is given and the date of initial sale of New Securities pursuant to Subsection 4.1(c).

(c) If all New Securities referred to in the Offer Notice are not elected to be purchased or acquired as provided in Subsection 4.1(b), the Company may, during the ninety (90) day period following the expiration of the periods provided in Subsection 4.1(b), offer and sell the remaining unsubscribed portion of such New Securities to any Person or Persons at a price not less than, and upon terms no more favorable to the offeree than, those specified in the Offer Notice. If the Company does not enter into an agreement for the sale of the New Securities within such period, or if such agreement is not consummated within thirty (30) days of the execution thereof, the right provided hereunder shall be deemed to be revived and such New Securities shall not be offered unless first reoffered to the Major Investors in accordance with this Subsection 4.1.

(d) The right of first offer in this Subsection 4.1 shall not be applicable to (i) Exempted Securities (as defined in the Certificate of Incorporation) and (ii) shares of Common Stock issued in the IPO.

4.2 Termination. The covenants set forth in Subsection 4.1 shall terminate and be of no further force or effect (i) immediately before the consummation of the IPO, or (ii) upon the closing of a Deemed Liquidation Event, as such term is defined in the Certificate of Incorporation, in which the consideration received by the Investors in such Deemed Liquidation Event is in the form of cash and/or publicly traded securities, or if the Investors receive participation rights from the acquiring company or other successor to the Company reasonably comparable to those set forth in this Subsection 4, whichever event occurs first.

5. Additional Covenants.

5.1 Insurance. The Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to maintain, from financially sound and reputable insurers Directors and Officers liability insurance in an amount of at least $3 million and on terms and conditions satisfactory to the Board of Directors, including the majority of the Preferred Directors, until such time as the Board of Directors, including the majority of the Preferred Directors, determines that such insurance should be discontinued.

5.2 Employee Agreements. The Company will cause each Person now or hereafter employed by it or by any subsidiary (or engaged by the Company or any subsidiary as a consultant/independent contractor) with access to confidential information and/or trade secrets to enter into a nondisclosure, non-solicitation and proprietary rights assignment agreement and each Key Holder to enter into a non-competition agreement designed with the advice of counsel, to the extent permissible by applicable law. The Company shall not amend, modify, terminate, waive or otherwise alter, in whole or in part, any of the above referenced agreements or any restricted stock agreement between the Company and any service provider without the consent of at least the majority of the Preferred Directors.

 

21


5.3 Employee Stock. Unless otherwise approved by the Board of Directors, including the majority of the Preferred Directors, all future employees and consultants of the Company who purchase, receive options to purchase, or receive awards of shares of the Company’s capital stock after the date hereof shall be required to execute restricted stock or option agreements, as applicable, providing for (i) vesting of shares over a four (4) year period, with the first twenty-five percent (25%) of such shares vesting following twelve (12) months of continued employment or service, and the remaining shares vesting in equal monthly installments over the following thirty-six (36) months, and (ii) a market stand-off provision substantially similar to that in Subsection 2.11. Unless otherwise approved by the Board of Directors, including the majority of the Preferred Directors, all current employees and consultants of the Company as of the date hereof, who purchase, receive options to purchase, or receive awards of shares of the Company’s capital stock after the date hereof shall be required to execute restricted stock or option agreements, as applicable, providing for (i) vesting of shares over a four (4) year period, with the shares vesting in equal monthly installments, and (ii) a market stand-off provision substantially similar to that in Subsection 2.11. Without the prior approval by the Board of Directors, including the approval of the majority of the Preferred Directors, the Company (w) shall not amend, modify, terminate, waive or otherwise alter, in whole or in part, any stock purchase, stock restriction or option agreement with any existing employee or service provider if such amendment would cause it to be inconsistent with this Subsection 5.3, (x) shall not offer or allow any acceleration of vesting, (y) shall retain (and not waive) a “right of first refusal” on employee transfers until the IPO and (z) shall have the right to repurchase unvested shares at cost upon termination of employment of a holder of restricted stock.

5.4 Qualified Small Business Stock. The Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause the shares of Series A Preferred Stock issued on July 19, 2020 and November 12, 2021, as well as any shares into which such shares are converted, within the meaning of Section 1202(f) of the Internal Revenue Code (the “Code”), to constitute “qualified small business stock” as defined in Section 1202(c) of the Code; provided, however, that such requirement shall not be applicable if the Board of Directors of the Company determines, in its good-faith business judgment, that such qualification is inconsistent with the best interests of the Company. The Company shall submit to its stockholders (including the Investors) and to the Internal Revenue Service any reports that may be required under Section 1202(d)(1)(C) of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder. In addition, within twenty (20) business days after any Investor’s written request therefor, the Company shall, at its option, either (i) deliver to such Investor a written statement indicating whether (and what portion of) such Investor’s interest in the Company constitutes “qualified small business stock” as defined in Section 1202(c) of the Code or (ii) deliver to such Investor such factual information in the Company’s possession as is reasonably necessary to enable such Investor to determine whether (and what portion of) such Investor’s interest in the Company constitutes “qualified small business stock” as defined in Section 1202(c) of the Code.

 

22


5.5 Matters Requiring Preferred Director Approval. So long as the holders of Preferred Stock are entitled to elect the Preferred Directors, the Company hereby covenants and agrees with each of the Investors that it shall not, without approval of the Board of Directors, which approval must include the affirmative vote of at least a majority of the Preferred Directors:

(a) make, or permit any subsidiary to make, any loan or advance to, or own any stock or other securities of, any subsidiary or other corporation, partnership, or other entity unless it is wholly owned by the Company;

(b) make, or permit any subsidiary to make, any loan or advance to any Person, including, without limitation, any employee or director of the Company or any subsidiary, except advances and similar expenditures in the ordinary course of business or under the terms of an employee stock or option plan approved by the Board of Directors;

(c) guarantee, directly or indirectly, or permit any subsidiary to guarantee, directly or indirectly, any indebtedness except for trade accounts of the Company or any subsidiary arising in the ordinary course of business;

(d) enter into any joint development, licensing or collaboration agreement or any acquisition of all of substantially all of the stock or assets of another entity, or sell, assign, license, pledge, or encumber material technology or intellectual property, other than licenses granted in the ordinary course of business;

(e) make any change in the Company’s current line of business;

(f) adopt any new or amend any existing stock plan to increase the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock reserved thereunder; or

(g) enter into any agreements or commitments to do any of the foregoing.

5.6 Board Matters. Unless otherwise determined by the vote of a majority of the directors then in office, including the affirmative approval of at least a majority of the Preferred Directors, the Board of Directors shall meet at least quarterly in accordance with an agreed-upon schedule. The Company shall reimburse the non-employee directors for all reasonable out-of-pocket travel expenses incurred (consistent with the Company’s travel policy) in connection with attending meetings of the Board of Directors. Each Preferred Director shall be entitled in such person’s discretion to be a member of any committee of the Board of Directors.

5.7 Successor Indemnification. If the Company or any of its successors or assignees consolidates with or merges into any other Person and is not the continuing or surviving corporation or entity of such consolidation or merger, then to the extent necessary, proper provision shall be made so that the successors and assignees of the Company assume the obligations of the Company with respect to indemnification of members of the Board of Directors as in effect immediately before such transaction, whether such obligations are contained in the Company’s Bylaws, the Certificate of Incorporation, or elsewhere, as the case may be.

 

23


5.8 Publicity. The Company shall not use any reference to the corporate logo or name of Norwest or any of its affiliates in promotional materials, press releases, or any other public announcement or public disclosure regarding the involvement of Norwest with the Company without Norwest providing prior written approval; provided that the Company may (a) make such disclosures as may be required by law, regulation, rule, court order or subpoena (including of any securities exchange or market) and (b) disclose the terms and/or amount of such investment that are specific to Norwest to stockholders of the Company and to prospective investors in a bona fide equity financing of the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company and Norwest agree that there may be a mutually-agreed press release announcing the consummation of the Transaction Agreements and, following such public announcement, the Company may confirm that Norwest is a stockholder of the Company.

5.9 Indemnification Matters. The Company hereby acknowledges that one (1) or more of the Preferred Directors may have certain rights to indemnification, advancement of expenses and/or insurance provided by one or more of the Investors and certain of their Affiliates (collectively, the “Investor Indemnitors”). The Company hereby agrees (a) that it is the indemnitor of first resort (i.e., its obligations to any such Preferred Director are primary and any obligation of the Investor Indemnitors to advance expenses or to provide indemnification for the same expenses or liabilities incurred by such Preferred Director are secondary), (b) that it shall be required to advance the full amount of expenses incurred by such Preferred Director and shall be liable for the full amount of all expenses, judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement by or on behalf of any such Preferred Director to the extent legally permitted and as required by the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws of the Company (or any agreement between the Company and such Preferred Director), without regard to any rights such Preferred Director may have against the Investor Indemnitors, and, (c) that it irrevocably waives, relinquishes and releases the Investor Indemnitors from any and all claims against the Investor Indemnitors for contribution, subrogation or any other recovery of any kind in respect thereof. The Company further agrees that no advancement or payment by the Investor Indemnitors on behalf of any such Preferred Director with respect to any claim for which such Preferred Director has sought indemnification from the Company shall affect the foregoing and the Investor Indemnitors shall have a right of contribution and/or be subrogated to the extent of such advancement or payment to all of the rights of recovery of such Preferred Director against the Company. The Preferred Directors and the Investor Indemnitors are intended third-party beneficiaries of this Subsection 5.8 and shall have the right, power and authority to enforce the provisions of this Subsection 5.8 as though they were a party to this Agreement.

5.10 Right to Conduct Activities. The Company hereby agrees and acknowledges that each of Deep Track (together with its Affiliates), Driehaus (together with its Affiliates), Frazier (together with its Affiliates), NEA (together with its Affiliates), Wellington (together with its Affiliates), OrbiMed (together with its Affiliates), RA Capital (together with its Affiliates) and Norwest (together with its Affiliates) is a professional investment organization, and as such reviews the business plans and related proprietary information of, and invests in, many enterprises, some of which may compete directly or indirectly with the Company’s business (as currently conducted or as currently propose to be conducted). Nothing in this Agreement shall preclude or in any way restrict the Investors from evaluating or purchasing securities, including publicly traded securities, of a particular enterprise, or investing or participating in any particular enterprise whether or not such enterprise has products or services which compete with those of the Company; the Company hereby agrees that, to the extent permitted under applicable law, Deep

 

24


Track (together with its Affiliates), Driehaus (together with its Affiliates), Frazier (and its Affiliates), NEA (and its Affiliates), Wellington (and its Affiliates), OrbiMed (and its Affiliates), RA Capital (together with its Affiliates) and Norwest (together with its Affiliates) shall not be liable to the Company for any claim arising out of, or based upon, (i) the investment by Deep Track (together with its Affiliates), Driehaus (together with its Affiliates), Frazier (and its Affiliates), NEA (and its Affiliates), Wellington (and its Affiliates), OrbiMed (and its Affiliates), RA Capital (together with its Affiliates) or Norwest (together with its Affiliates) in any entity competitive with the Company, or (ii) actions taken by any partner, officer, employee or other representative of Deep Track (together with its Affiliates), Driehaus (together with its Affiliates), Frazier (and its Affiliates), NEA (and its Affiliates), Wellington (and its Affiliates), OrbiMed (and its Affiliates), RA Capital (together with its Affiliates) or Norwest (together with its Affiliates) to assist any such competitive company, whether or not such action was taken as a member of the board of directors of such competitive company or otherwise, and whether or not such action has a detrimental effect on the Company; provided, however, that the foregoing shall not relieve (x) any of the Investors from liability associated with the unauthorized disclosure of the Company’s confidential information obtained pursuant to this Agreement, or (y) any director or officer of the Company from any liability associated with his or her fiduciary duties to the Company.

5.11 FIRPTA. The Company shall provide prompt notice to NEA and Wellington following any “determination date” (as defined in Treasury Regulation Section 1.897-2(c)(1)), and in any event within ten days after such determination date, on which the Company becomes a United States real property holding corporation. In addition, upon a written request by an Investor, the Company shall provide such Investor with a written statement informing such Investor whether such Investor’s interest in the Company constitutes a United States real property interest. The Company’s determination shall comply with the requirements of Treasury Regulation Section 1.897-2(h)(1) or any successor regulation, and the Company shall provide timely notice to the Internal Revenue Service, in accordance with and to the extent required by Treasury Regulation Section 1.897-2(h)(2) or any successor regulation, that such statement has been made. The Company’s written statement to such Investor shall be delivered to such Investor within 10 days of such Investor’s written request therefor. The Company’s obligation to furnish such written statement shall continue notwithstanding the fact that a class of the Company’s stock may be regularly traded on an established securities market or the fact that there is no Preferred Stock then outstanding.

5.12 FCPA. The Company covenants that it shall not (and shall not permit any of its subsidiaries or Affiliates or any of its or their respective directors, officers, managers, employees, independent contractors, representatives or agents to) promise, authorize or make any payment to, or otherwise contribute any item of value to, directly or indirectly, to any third party, including any “foreign official” (as such term is defined in the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended (the “FCPA”)), in each case, in violation of the FCPA, the U.K. Bribery Act, or any other applicable anti-bribery or anti-corruption law. The Company further covenants that it shall (and shall cause each of its subsidiaries and Affiliates to) cease all of its or their respective activities, as well as remediate any actions taken by the Company, its subsidiaries or Affiliates, or any of their respective directors, officers, managers, employees, independent contractors, representatives or agents in violation of the FCPA, the U.K. Bribery Act, or any other applicable anti-bribery or anti-corruption law. The Company further covenants that it shall (and shall cause

 

25


each of its subsidiaries and Affiliates to) maintain systems of internal controls (including, but not limited to, accounting systems, purchasing systems and billing systems) to ensure compliance with the FCPA, the U.K. Bribery Act, or any other applicable anti-bribery or anti-corruption law. Upon request, the Company agrees to provide responsive information and/or certifications concerning its compliance with applicable anti-corruption laws. The Company shall promptly notify each Investor if the Company becomes aware of any Enforcement Action (as defined in the Purchase Agreement). The Company shall, and shall cause any direct or indirect subsidiary or entity controlled by it, whether now in existence or formed in the future, to comply with the FCPA. The Company shall use its best efforts to cause any direct or indirect subsidiary, whether now in existence or formed in the future, to comply in all material respects with all applicable laws.

5.13 OFAC; AML. The Company represents and covenants that it shall and shall cause its subsidiaries and Affiliates and its and their respective directors, officers, managers, employees, representatives and agents to comply with all applicable anti-money laundering laws and regulations, including the Bank Secrecy Act as amended by the USA Patriot Act of 2001 (“AML Laws”), and with all Sanctions (as defined in the Purchase Agreement). Unless otherwise prohibited by applicable law, the Company shall promptly notify the Investors of any event or occurrence with respect to the Company or any of its subsidiaries or Affiliates and its or their respective directors, officers, managers, employees, representatives or agents, that would result in a violation of any AML Law or Sanctions, or if it or they become subject to any inquiry from any government authority related to compliance with AML Laws or Sanctions. The Company further represents and covenants that it shall (and shall cause each of its subsidiaries and Affiliates to) maintain its written policies and procedures designed to promote compliance with all AML Laws and Sanctions.

5.14 Anti-Harassment Policy. The Company shall maintain in effect (i) a Code of Conduct governing appropriate workplace behavior and (ii) an Anti-Harassment and Discrimination Policy prohibiting discrimination and harassment at the Company.

5.15 Cybersecurity. The Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to ensure that the Company’s reasonable physical, technical and administrative safeguards (“Cybersecurity Solutions”) designed to protect the confidentiality, integrity and availability of its technologies and systems and all Protected Data (as defined below) (x) are up-to-date and include industry-standard protections (e.g., antivirus, endpoint detection and response and threat hunting), (y) to the extent determined necessary by the Company or the Board of Directors, are backed by a breach prevention warranty from the vendor certifying the effectiveness of such solutions, and (z) require the vendors to notify the Company of any security incidents posing a risk to the Company’s information (regardless of whether information was actually compromised). The Company shall evaluate on a periodic basis at least annually whether such safeguards should be updated to maintain a level of security appropriate to the risk posed to Company systems and confidential business information and trade secrets and any information about identified or identifiable natural persons maintained by or on behalf of the Company (collectively, “Protected Data”). The Company shall educate its employees about the proper use and storage of Protected Data, including periodic training as determined reasonably necessary by the Company or the Board of Directors.

 

26


5.16 Termination of Covenants. The covenants set forth in this Section 5, except for Subsection 5.7 and 5.8 shall terminate and be of no further force or effect (i) immediately before the consummation of the IPO, or (ii) upon a Deemed Liquidation Event, as such term is defined in the Certificate of Incorporation, in which the consideration received by the Investors in such Deemed Liquidation Event is in the form of cash and/or publicly traded securities, whichever event occurs first.

5.17 CTA. Each Investor agrees to provide the Company with any information reasonably necessary to enable the Company to timely comply with its reporting and disclosure obligations under the CTA, including any updates thereto. To the extent permitted under the CTA, an Investor may satisfy the requirements in the previous sentence by providing a “FinCEN identifier” (as defined in the CTA).

6. Miscellaneous.

6.1 Successors and Assigns. The rights under this Agreement may be assigned (but only with all related obligations) by a Holder to a transferee of Registrable Securities that (i) is an Affiliate of a Holder, (ii) is a Holder’s Immediate Family Member or trust for the benefit of an individual Holder or one or more of such Holder’s Immediate Family Members or (iii) after such transfer, holds at least 100,000 shares of Registrable Securities (subject to appropriate adjustment for stock splits, stock dividends, combinations, and other recapitalizations); provided, however, that (x) the Company is, within a reasonable time after such transfer, furnished with written notice of the name and address of such transferee and the Registrable Securities with respect to which such rights are being transferred; and (y) such transferee agrees in a written instrument delivered to the Company to be bound by and subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, including the provisions of Subsection 2.11. For the purposes of determining the number of shares of Registrable Securities held by a transferee, the holdings of a transferee (1) that is an Affiliate or stockholder of a Holder; (2) who is a Holder’s Immediate Family Member; or (3) that is a trust for the benefit of an individual Holder or such Holder’s Immediate Family Member shall be aggregated together and with those of the transferring Holder; provided further that all transferees who would not qualify individually for assignment of rights shall, as a condition to the applicable transfer, establish a single attorney-in-fact for the purpose of exercising any rights, receiving notices, or taking any action under this Agreement. The terms and conditions of this Agreement inure to the benefit of and are binding upon the respective successors and permitted assignees of the parties. Nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended to confer upon any party other than the parties hereto or their respective successors and permitted assignees any rights, remedies, obligations or liabilities under or by reason of this Agreement, except as expressly provided herein.

6.2 Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by the internal law of the State of Delaware, without regard to conflict of law principles that would result in the application of any law other than the law of the State of Delaware.

6.3 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in two (2) or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. Counterparts may be delivered via facsimile, electronic mail (including pdf or any electronic signature complying with the U.S. federal ESIGN Act of 2000, e.g., www.docusign.com) or other transmission method and any counterpart so delivered shall be deemed to have been duly and validly delivered and be valid and effective for all purposes.

 

27


6.4 Titles and Subtitles. The titles and subtitles used in this Agreement are for convenience only and are not to be considered in construing or interpreting this Agreement.

6.5 Notices.

(a) All notices and other communications given or made pursuant to this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed effectively given upon the earlier of actual receipt or (i) personal delivery to the party to be notified; (ii) when sent, if sent by electronic mail during the recipient’s normal business hours, and if not sent during normal business hours, then on the recipient’s next business day; (iii) five (5) days after having been sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid; or (iv) one (1) business day after the business day of deposit with a nationally recognized overnight courier, freight prepaid, specifying next-day delivery, with written verification of receipt. All communications shall be sent to the respective parties only at their addresses as set forth on Schedule A hereto, or to the principal office of the Company and to the attention of the Chief Executive Officer, in the case of the Company, or to such email address or address as subsequently modified by written notice given in accordance with this Subsection 6.5. If notice is given to the Company, a copy shall also be sent to Mitchell S. Bloom at Goodwin Procter LLP, 100 Northern Avenue, Boston, MA 02210 and if notice is given to Stockholders, a copy (which shall not constitute notice) shall also be given to Christian Plaza at Cooley LLP, Reston Town Center, 11951 Freedom Drive, 14th Floor, Reston, VA 20190 and Michael Flynn at Schulte Roth & Zabel LLP, 919 Third Avenue, New York, NY 10022, Attn: Michael Flynn, Email: michael.flynn@srz.com.

(b) Consent to Electronic Notice. Each Investor consents to the delivery of any stockholder notice pursuant to the Delaware General Corporation Law (the “DGCL”), as amended or superseded from time to time, by electronic transmission pursuant to Section 232 of the DGCL (or any successor thereto) at the electronic mail address set forth below such Investor’s name on the Schedules hereto, as updated from time to time by notice to the Company, or as on the books of the Company. To the extent that any notice given by means of electronic transmission is returned or undeliverable for any reason, the foregoing consent shall be deemed to have been revoked until a new or corrected electronic mail address has been provided, and such attempted electronic notice shall be ineffective and deemed to not have been given. Each Investor agrees to promptly notify the Company of any change in such stockholder’s electronic mail address, and that failure to do so shall not affect the foregoing.

6.6 Amendments and Waivers. Any term of this Agreement may be amended, modified or terminated and the observance of any term of this Agreement may be waived (either generally or in a particular instance, and either retroactively or prospectively) only with the written consent of the Company and the holders of a majority of the shares of Preferred Stock then held by the Investors (voting together as a single class on an as-converted basis), which such majority must include at least one Series B New Investor (as defined in the Purchase Agreement) (the “Requisite Holders”); provided that the Company may in its sole discretion waive compliance

 

28


with Subsection 2.12(c) (and the Company’s failure to object promptly in writing after notification of a proposed assignment allegedly in violation of Subsection 2.12(c) shall be deemed to be a waiver); and provided further that any provision hereof may be waived by any waiving party on such party’s own behalf, without the consent of any other party. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (a) this Agreement may not be amended, modified or terminated and the observance of any term hereof may not be waived with respect to any Investor without the written consent of such Investor, unless such amendment, modification, termination, or waiver applies to all Investors in the same fashion (it being agreed that a waiver of the provisions of Section 4 with respect to a particular transaction shall be deemed to apply to all Investors in the same fashion if such waiver does so by its terms, notwithstanding the fact that certain Investors may nonetheless, by agreement with the Company, purchase securities in such transaction; provided, however, that if, after giving effect to such waiver of Section 4 with respect to a particular transaction, a Major Investor purchases securities in such transaction or issuance (such Major Investor, a “Participating Investor”), such waiver of the provisions of Section 4 shall be deemed to apply to each other Major Investor whose rights were waived or amended only if such other Major Investor has been provided the opportunity to purchase a proportional number of the New Securities being offered by the Company in such transaction based on the pro rata purchase right of such other Major Investor set forth in Section 4, assuming a transaction size determined based upon the amount purchased by the Participating Investor that invested the largest percentage in such transaction, it being agreed that such opportunity may be provided subsequent to the initial closing in which such Participating Investor(s) purchase securities), (b) Subsections 3.1 and 3.2, Section 4 and any other section of this Agreement applicable to the Major Investors (including this clause (b) of this Subsection 6.6) may not be amended, modified, terminated or waived without the written consent of the holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities then outstanding and held by the Major Investors, (c) the last sentence of Subsection 1.5 (as it pertains to Frazier), Subsection 1.17, Subsection 5.10 (as it pertains to Frazier) and this clause (c) may not be amended, modified, terminated or waived without the written consent of Frazier, (d) the last sentence of Subsection 1.5 (as it applies to OrbiMed), Subsection 1.28, Subsection 5.10 (as it pertains to OrbiMed) and this clause (d) may not be amended, modified, terminated or waived without the written consent of OrbiMed, (e) the last sentence of Subsection 1.5 (as it applies to NEA), Subsection 1.25, Subsection 5.10 (as it pertains to NEA), Subsection 5.11 and this clause (e) may not be amended, modified, terminated or waived without the written consent of NEA, (f) the last sentence of Subsection 1.5 (definition of “Competitor”) (as it applies to Wellington), Subsection 1.24 (definition of “Major Investor”), Subjection 1.46 (definition of “Wellington”), Subsection 5.10 (“Right to Conduct Activities”) (as it pertains to Wellington), the preceding clause (a), and this clause (f) may not be amended, modified, terminated or waived without the written consent of Wellington, (g) the last sentence of Subsection 1.5 (as it applies to RA Capital), Subsection 1.32, Subsection 5.10 (as it pertains to RA Capital) and this clause (g) may not be amended, modified, terminated or waived without the written consent of RA Capital, (h) the last sentence of Subsection 1.5 (as it applies to Norwest), Subsection 1.24 (definition of “Major Investor”), Subsection 1.27, Subsection 5.10 (as it pertains to Norwest), and the preceding clause (a) and this clause (h) may not be amended, modified, terminated or waived without the written consent of Norwest, (i) the last sentence of Subsection 1.5 (as it applies to Deep Track), Subsection 1.8, Subsection 5.10 (as it pertains to Deep Track), Subsection 5.11 and this clause (i) may not be amended, modified, terminated or waived without the written consent of Deep Track and (j) the last sentence of Subsection 1.5 (as it applies to Driehaus), Subsection 1.9, Subsection 5.10 (as it pertains to Driehaus), Subsection 5.11 and this clause (j) may not be amended, modified, terminated or waived without the written consent of Driehaus.

 

29


Notwithstanding the foregoing, Schedule A hereto may be amended by the Company from time to time to add transferees of any Registrable Securities in compliance with the terms of this Agreement without the consent of the other parties; and Schedule A hereto may also be amended by the Company after the date of this Agreement without the consent of the other parties to add information regarding any additional Investor who becomes a party to this Agreement in accordance with Subsection 6.9. The Company shall give prompt notice of any amendment, modification or termination hereof or waiver hereunder to any party hereto that did not consent in writing to such amendment, modification, termination, or waiver. Any amendment, modification, termination, or waiver effected in accordance with this Subsection 6.6 shall be binding on all parties hereto, regardless of whether any such party has consented thereto. No waivers of or exceptions to any term, condition, or provision of this Agreement, in any one or more instances, shall be deemed to be or construed as a further or continuing waiver of any such term, condition, or provision.

6.7 Severability. In case any one or more of the provisions contained in this Agreement is for any reason held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, such invalidity, illegality, or unenforceability shall not affect any other provision of this Agreement, and such invalid, illegal, or unenforceable provision shall be reformed and construed so that it will be valid, legal, and enforceable to the maximum extent permitted by law.

6.8 Aggregation of Stock. All shares of Registrable Securities held or acquired by Affiliates shall be aggregated together for the purpose of determining the availability of any rights under this Agreement and such Affiliated persons may apportion such rights as among themselves in any manner they deem appropriate.

6.9 Additional Investors. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, if the Company issues additional shares of the Company’s Preferred Stock after the date hereof, whether pursuant to the Purchase Agreement or otherwise, any purchaser of such shares of Preferred Stock may become a party to this Agreement by executing and delivering an additional counterpart signature page to this Agreement, and thereafter shall be deemed an “Investor” for all purposes hereunder. No action or consent by the Investors shall be required for such joinder to this Agreement by such additional Investor, so long as such additional Investor has agreed in writing to be bound by all of the obligations as an “Investor” hereunder.

6.10 Entire Agreement. This Agreement (including any Schedules and Exhibits hereto) constitutes the full and entire understanding and agreement among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof, and any other written or oral agreement relating to the subject matter hereof existing between the parties is expressly canceled. Upon the effectiveness of this Agreement, the Prior Agreement shall be deemed amended and restated and superseded and replaced in its entirety by this Agreement, and shall be of no further force or effect.

 

30


6.11 Dispute Resolution. The parties (a) hereby irrevocably and unconditionally submit to the jurisdiction of the state courts of Delaware and to the jurisdiction of the United States District Court for the District of Delaware for the purpose of any suit, action or other proceeding arising out of or based upon this Agreement, (b) agree not to commence any suit, action or other proceeding arising out of or based upon this Agreement except in the state courts of Delaware or the United States District Court for the District of Delaware, and (c) hereby waive, and agree not to assert, by way of motion, as a defense, or otherwise, in any such suit, action or proceeding, any claim that it is not subject personally to the jurisdiction of the above-named courts, that its property is exempt or immune from attachment or execution, that the suit, action or proceeding is brought in an inconvenient forum, that the venue of the suit, action or proceeding is improper or that this Agreement or the subject matter hereof may not be enforced in or by such court.

WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL: EACH PARTY HEREBY WAIVES ITS RIGHTS TO A JURY TRIAL OF ANY CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION BASED UPON OR ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT, THE OTHER TRANSACTION DOCUMENTS, THE SECURITIES OR THE SUBJECT MATTER HEREOF OR THEREOF. THE SCOPE OF THIS WAIVER IS INTENDED TO BE ALL-ENCOMPASSING OF ANY AND ALL DISPUTES THAT MAY BE FILED IN ANY COURT AND THAT RELATE TO THE SUBJECT MATTER OF THIS TRANSACTION, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, CONTRACT CLAIMS, TORT CLAIMS (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE), BREACH OF DUTY CLAIMS, AND ALL OTHER COMMON LAW AND STATUTORY CLAIMS. THIS SECTION HAS BEEN FULLY DISCUSSED BY EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO AND THESE PROVISIONS WILL NOT BE SUBJECT TO ANY EXCEPTIONS. EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY FURTHER WARRANTS AND REPRESENTS THAT SUCH PARTY HAS REVIEWED THIS WAIVER WITH ITS LEGAL COUNSEL, AND THAT SUCH PARTY KNOWINGLY AND VOLUNTARILY WAIVES ITS JURY TRIAL RIGHTS FOLLOWING CONSULTATION WITH LEGAL COUNSEL.

The prevailing party shall be entitled to reasonable attorney’s fees, costs, and necessary disbursements in addition to any other relief to which such party may be entitled.

6.12 Delays or Omissions. No delay or omission to exercise any right, power, or remedy accruing to any party under this Agreement, upon any breach or default of any other party under this Agreement, shall impair any such right, power, or remedy of such nonbreaching or nondefaulting party, nor shall it be construed to be a waiver of or acquiescence to any such breach or default, or to any similar breach or default thereafter occurring, nor shall any waiver of any single breach or default be deemed a waiver of any other breach or default theretofore or thereafter occurring. All remedies, whether under this Agreement or by law or otherwise afforded to any party, shall be cumulative and not alternative.

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 

31


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Second Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

MBX BIOSCIENCES, INC.
By:  

/s/ P. Kent Hawryluk

Name: P. Kent Hawryluk
Title: Chief Executive Officer and President
EX-4.2

Exhibit 4.2

 

LOGO

ZQ|CERT#|COY|CLS|RGSTRY|ACCT#|TRANSTYPE|RUN#|TRANS# COMMON STOCK COMMON STOCK PO PAR VALUE $0.0001 MR ADD ADD ADD ADD 4 3 2 1 A Box DESIGNATION SAMPLE 43004, Certificate Shares (IF Number * * 000000 ****************** * * * 000000 ***************** ANY) ZQ00000000 **** 000000 **************** Providence ***** 000000 *************** RI MBX BIOSCIENCES, INC. ****** 000000 ************** INCORPORATED UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE 02940 ** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample SEE REVERSE FOR CERTAIN DEFINITIONS—**** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David THIS CERTIFIES THAT Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. MR. Alexander David SAMPLE Sample **** Mr. Alexander David &Sample MRS. **** Mr. Alexander SAMPLE David Sample **** Mr. Alexander & David Sample **** Mr. 3004 Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** CUSIP XXXXXX XX X Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander MR. David Sample SAMPLE **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** &Mr. Alexander MRS. David Sample SAMPLE **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Sample **** Mr. Sample is the owner of **000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares*** *000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares**** 000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****0 THIS CERTIFICATE IS TRANSFERABLE IN 00000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000** Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****00 ***ZERO HUNDRED THOUSAND 0000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares**** 000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000 CITIES DESIGNATED BY THE TRANSFER 000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares**** 000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****0000 AGENT, AVAILABLE ONLINE AT 00**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****00000 0**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000 ZERO HUNDRED AND ZERO*** www.computershare.com **Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000* *Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000** Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**S FULLY-PAID AND NON-ASSESSABLE SHARES OF COMMON STOCK OF MBX Biosciences, Inc. (hereinafter called the “Company”), transferable on the books of the Company in Total DTC person or by duly authorized attorney, upon surrender of this Certificate properly endorsed. This Certificate and Holder the shares represented hereby, are issued and shall be held subject to all of the provisions of the Certificate of Number Certificateof Insurance ID Incorporation, as amended, and the By-Laws, as amended, of the Company (copies of which are on file with the Value Company and with the Transfer Agent), to all of which each holder, by acceptance hereof, assents. This Transaction Shares CUSIP/IDENTIFIER Certificate is not valid unless countersigned and registered by the Transfer Agent and Registrar. Numbers 1234567890/1234567890 1234567890/1234567890 1234567890/1234567890 1234567890/1234567890 1234567890/1234567890 1234567890/1234567890 Witness the facsimile seal of the Company and the facsimile signatures of its duly authorized officers. DATED DD-MMM-YYYY oscienc i e COUNTERSIGNED AND REGISTERED: FACSIMILE SIGNATURE TO COME B s, X POR I R A COMPUTERSHARE TRUST COMPANY, N.A. Num/No 12345678901234512345678 B CO TE nc M . TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR, 666 555 444 333 222 111 Denom. President XXXXXX April 9, 2019 Total. DEL RE FACSIMILE SIGNATURE TO COME AWA 7 00.1,000,000 XX 123456 XXXXXXXXXX X By Secretary AUTHORIZED SIGNATURE


LOGO

MBX BIOSCIENCES, INC. THE COMPANY WILL FURNISH WITHOUT CHARGE TO EACH SHAREHOLDER WHO SO REQUESTS, A SUMMARY OF THE POWERS, DESIGNATIONS, PREFERENCES AND RELATIVE, PARTICIPATING, OPTIONAL OR OTHER SPECIAL RIGHTS OF EACH CLASS OF STOCK OF THE COMPANY AND THE QUALIFICATIONS, LIMITATIONS OR RESTRICTIONS OF SUCH PREFERENCES AND RIGHTS, AND THE VARIATIONS IN RIGHTS, PREFERENCES AND LIMITATIONS DETERMINED FOR EACH SERIES, WHICH ARE FIXED BY THE CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION OF THE COMPANY, AS AMENDED, AND THE RESOLUTIONS OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS OF THE COMPANY, AND THE AUTHORITY OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS TO DETERMINE VARIATIONS FOR FUTURE SERIES. SUCH REQUEST MAY BE MADE TO THE OFFICE OF THE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY OR TO THE TRANSFER AGENT. THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS MAY REQUIRE THE OWNER OF A LOST OR DESTROYED STOCK CERTIFICATE, OR HIS LEGAL REPRESENTATIVES, TO GIVE THE COMPANY A BOND TO INDEMNIFY IT AND ITS TRANSFER AGENTS AND REGISTRARS AGAINST ANY CLAIM THAT MAY BE MADE AGAINST THEM ON ACCOUNT OF THE ALLEGED LOSS OR DESTRUCTION OF ANY SUCH CERTIFICATE. The following abbreviations, when used in the inscription on the face of this certificate, shall be construed as though they were written out in full according to applicable laws or regulations: TEN COM—as tenants in common UNIF GIFT MIN ACT - Custodian (Cust) (Minor) TEN ENT —as tenants by the entireties under Uniform Gifts to Minors Act (State) JT TEN —as joint tenants with right of survivorship UNIF TRF MIN ACT - Custodian (until age ) and not as tenants in common (Cust) .under Uniform Transfers to Minors Act (Minor) (State) Additional abbreviations may also be used though not in the above list. PLEASE INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY OR OTHER IDENTIFYING NUMBER OF ASSIGNEE For value received, hereby sell, assign and transfer unto (PLEASE PRINT OR TYPEWRITE NAME AND ADDRESS, INCLUDING POSTAL ZIP CODE, OF ASSIGNEE) Shares of the common stock represented by the within Certificate, and do hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint Attorney to transfer the said stock on the books of the within-named Company with full power of substitution in the premises. Dated: 20 Signature(s) Guaranteed: Medallion Guarantee Stamp THE SIGNATURE(S) SHOULD BE GUARANTEED BY AN ELIGIBLE GUARANTOR INSTITUTION (Banks, Stockbrokers, Savings and Loan Associations and Credit Unions) WITH MEMBERSHIP IN AN APPROVED SIGNATURE GUARANTEE MEDALLION PROGRAM, PURSUANT TO S.E.C. RULE 17Ad-15. Signature: Signature: Notice: The signature to this assignment must correspond with the name as written upon the face of the certificate, in every particular, without alteration or enlargement, or any change whatever. The IRS requires that the named transfer agent (“we”) report the cost basis of certain shares or units acquired after January 1, 2011. If your shares or units are covered by the legislation, and you requested to sell or transfer the shares or units using a specific cost basis calculation method, then we have processed as you requested. If you did not specify a cost basis calculation method, then we have defaulted to the first in, first out (FIFO) method. Please consult your tax advisor if you need additional information about cost basis. If you do not keep in contact with the issuer or do not have any activity in your account for the time period specified by state law, your property may become subject to state unclaimed property laws and transferred to the appropriate state.

EX-10.1

Exhibit 10.1

MBX BIOSCIENCES, INC.

2019 STOCK OPTION AND GRANT PLAN

 

SECTION 1.

GENERAL PURPOSE OF THE PLAN; DEFINITIONS

The name of the plan is the MBX Biosciences, Inc. 2019 Stock Option and Grant Plan (the “Plan”). The purpose of the Plan is to encourage and enable the officers, employees, directors, Consultants and other key persons of MBX Biosciences, Inc., a Delaware corporation (including any successor entity, the “Company”) and its Subsidiaries, upon whose judgment, initiative and efforts the Company largely depends for the successful conduct of its business, to acquire a proprietary interest in the Company.

The following terms shall be defined as set forth below:

Affiliate” of any Person means a Person that directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by or is under common control with the first mentioned Person. A Person shall be deemed to control another Person if such first Person possesses directly or indirectly the power to direct, or cause the direction of, the management and policies of the second Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

Award” or “Awards,” except where referring to a particular category of grant under the Plan, shall include Incentive Stock Options, Non-Qualified Stock Options, Restricted Stock Awards, Unrestricted Stock Awards, Restricted Stock Units or any combination of the foregoing.

Award Agreement means a written or electronic agreement setting forth the terms and provisions applicable to an Award granted under the Plan. Each Award Agreement may contain terms and conditions in addition to those set forth in the Plan; provided, however, in the event of any conflict in the terms of the Plan and the Award Agreement, the terms of the Plan shall govern.

Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

Cause” shall have the meaning as set forth in the Award Agreement(s). In the case that any Award Agreement does not contain a definition of “Cause,” it shall mean (i) the grantee’s dishonest statements or acts with respect to the Company or any Affiliate of the Company, or any current or prospective customers, suppliers vendors or other third parties with which such entity does business; (ii) the grantee’s commission of (A) a felony or (B) any misdemeanor involving moral turpitude, deceit, dishonesty or fraud; (iii) the grantee’s failure to perform his assigned duties and responsibilities to the reasonable satisfaction of the Company which failure continues, in the reasonable judgment of the Company, after written notice given to the grantee by the Company; (iv) the grantee’s gross negligence, willful misconduct or insubordination with respect to the Company or any Affiliate of the Company; or (v) the grantee’s material violation of any provision of any agreement(s) between the grantee and the Company relating to noncompetition, nonsolicitation, nondisclosure and/or assignment of inventions.


“Chief Executive Officer” means the Chief Executive Officer of the Company or, if there is no Chief Executive Officer, then the President of the Company.

Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and any successor Code, and related rules, regulations and interpretations.

Committee” means the Committee of the Board referred to in Section 2.

“Consultant” means any natural person that provides bona fide services to the Company (including a Subsidiary), and such services are not in connection with the offer or sale of securities in a capital-raising transaction and do not directly or indirectly promote or maintain a market for the Company’s securities.

Disability” means “disability” as defined in Section 422(c) of the Code.

Effective Date means the date on which the Plan is adopted as set forth on the final page of the Plan.

Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder.

Fair Market Value” of the Stock on any given date means the fair market value of the Stock determined in good faith by the Committee based on the reasonable application of a reasonable valuation method not inconsistent with Section 409A of the Code. If the Stock is admitted to trade on a national securities exchange, the determination shall be made by reference to the closing price reported on such exchange. If there is no closing price for such date, the determination shall be made by reference to the last date preceding such date for which there is a closing price. If the date for which Fair Market Value is determined is the first day when trading prices for the Stock are reported on a national securities exchange, the Fair Market Value shall be the “Price to the Public” (or equivalent) set forth on the cover page for the final prospectus relating to the Company’s Initial Public Offering.

“Good Reason” shall have the meaning as set forth in the Award Agreement(s). In the case that any Award Agreement does not contain a definition of “Good Reason,” it shall mean (i) a material diminution in the grantee’s base salary except for across-the-board salary reductions similarly affecting all or substantially all similarly situated employees of the Company or (ii) a change of more than 50 miles in the geographic location at which the grantee provides services to the Company, so long as the grantee provides at least 90 days notice to the Company following the initial occurrence of any such event and the Company fails to cure such event within 30 days thereafter.

Grant Date” means the date that the Committee designates in its approval of an Award in accordance with applicable law as the date on which the Award is granted, which date may not precede the date of such Committee approval.

“Holder” means, with respect to an Award or any Shares, the Person holding such Award or Shares, including the initial recipient of the Award or any Permitted Transferee.

 

2


Incentive Stock Option” means any Stock Option designated and qualified as an “incentive stock option” as defined in Section 422 of the Code.

Initial Public Offering” means the consummation of the first firm commitment underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act covering the offer and sale by the Company of its equity securities, as a result of or following which the Stock shall be publicly held.

Non-Qualified Stock Option” means any Stock Option that is not an Incentive Stock Option.

Option” or “Stock Option” means any option to purchase shares of Stock granted pursuant to Section 5.

Permitted Transferees” shall mean any of the following to whom a Holder may transfer Shares hereunder (as set forth in Section 9(a)(ii)(A)): the Holder’s child, stepchild, grandchild, parent, stepparent, grandparent, spouse, former spouse, sibling, niece, nephew, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law, or sister-in-law, including adoptive relationships, any person sharing the Holder’s household (other than a tenant or employee), a trust in which these persons have more than fifty percent of the beneficial interest, a foundation in which these persons control the management of assets, and any other entity in which these persons own more than fifty percent of the voting interests; provided, however, that any such trust does not require or permit distribution of any Shares during the term of the Award Agreement unless subject to its terms. Upon the death of the Holder, the term Permitted Transferees shall also include such deceased Holder’s estate, executors, administrators, personal representatives, heirs, legatees and distributees, as the case may be.

Person” shall mean any individual, corporation, partnership (limited or general), limited liability company, limited liability partnership, association, trust, joint venture, unincorporated organization or any similar entity.

“Restricted Stock Award” means Awards granted pursuant to Section 6 and “Restricted Stock” means Shares issued pursuant to such Awards.

“Restricted Stock Unit” means an Award of phantom stock units to a grantee, which may be settled in cash or Shares as determined by the Committee, pursuant to Section 8.

Sale Event” means the consummation of (i) the dissolution or liquidation of the Company, (ii) the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company on a consolidated basis to an unrelated person or entity, (iii) a merger, reorganization or consolidation pursuant to which the holders of the Company’s outstanding voting power immediately prior to such transaction do not own a majority of the outstanding voting power of the surviving or resulting entity (or its ultimate parent, if applicable), (iv) the acquisition of all or a majority of the outstanding voting stock of the Company in a single transaction or a series of related transactions by a Person or group of Persons, or (v) any other acquisition of the business of the Company, as determined by the Board; provided, however, that the Company’s Initial Public Offering, any subsequent public offering or another capital raising event, or a merger effected solely to change the Company’s domicile shall not constitute a “Sale Event.”

 

3


“Section 409A” means Section 409A of the Code and the regulations and other guidance promulgated thereunder.

Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder.

“Service Relationship” means any relationship as a full-time employee, part-time employee, director or other key person (including Consultants) of the Company or any Subsidiary or any successor entity (e.g., a Service Relationship shall be deemed to continue without interruption in the event an individual’s status changes from full-time employee to part-time employee or Consultant).

“Shares” means shares of Stock.

Stock” means the Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share, of the Company.

Subsidiary” means any corporation or other entity (other than the Company) in which the Company has more than a 50 percent interest, either directly or indirectly.

“Ten Percent Owner” means an employee who owns or is deemed to own (by reason of the attribution rules of Section 424(d) of the Code) more than 10 percent of the combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any parent of the Company or any Subsidiary.

“Termination Event” means the termination of the Award recipient’s Service Relationship with the Company and its Subsidiaries for any reason whatsoever, regardless of the circumstances thereof, and including, without limitation, upon death, disability, retirement, discharge or resignation for any reason, whether voluntarily or involuntarily. The following shall not constitute a Termination Event: (i) a transfer to the service of the Company from a Subsidiary or from the Company to a Subsidiary, or from one Subsidiary to another Subsidiary or (ii) an approved leave of absence for military service or sickness, or for any other purpose approved by the Committee, if the individual’s right to re-employment is guaranteed either by a statute or by contract or under the policy pursuant to which the leave of absence was granted or if the Committee otherwise so provides in writing.

Unrestricted Stock Award” means any Award granted pursuant to Section 7 and “Unrestricted Stock” means Shares issued pursuant to such Awards.

 

SECTION 2.

ADMINISTRATION OF PLAN; COMMITTEE AUTHORITY TO SELECT GRANTEES AND DETERMINE AWARDS

(a) Administration of Plan. The Plan shall be administered by the Board, or at the discretion of the Board, by a committee of the Board, comprised of not less than two directors. All references herein to the “Committee” shall be deemed to refer to the group then responsible for administration of the Plan at the relevant time (i.e., either the Board of Directors or a committee or committees of the Board, as applicable).

(b) Powers of Committee. The Committee shall have the power and authority to grant Awards consistent with the terms of the Plan, including the power and authority:

 

4


(i) to select the individuals to whom Awards may from time to time be granted;

(ii) to determine the time or times of grant, and the amount, if any, of Incentive Stock Options, Non-Qualified Stock Options, Restricted Stock Awards, Unrestricted Stock Awards, Restricted Stock Units, or any combination of the foregoing, granted to any one or more grantees;

(iii) to determine the number of Shares to be covered by any Award and, subject to the provisions of the Plan, the price, exercise price, conversion ratio or other price relating thereto;

(iv) to determine and, subject to Section 12, to modify from time to time the terms and conditions, including restrictions, not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan, of any Award, which terms and conditions may differ among individual Awards and grantees, and to approve the form of Award Agreements;

(v) to accelerate at any time the exercisability or vesting of all or any portion of any Award;

(vi) to impose any limitations on Awards, including limitations on transfers, repurchase provisions and the like, and to exercise repurchase rights or obligations;

(vii) subject to Section 5(a)(ii) and any restrictions imposed by Section 409A, to extend at any time the period in which Stock Options may be exercised; and

(viii) at any time to adopt, alter and repeal such rules, guidelines and practices for administration of the Plan and for its own acts and proceedings as it shall deem advisable; to interpret the terms and provisions of the Plan and any Award (including Award Agreements); to make all determinations it deems advisable for the administration of the Plan; to decide all disputes arising in connection with the Plan; and to otherwise supervise the administration of the Plan.

All decisions and interpretations of the Committee shall be binding on all persons, including the Company and all Holders.

(c) Award Agreement. Awards under the Plan shall be evidenced by Award Agreements that set forth the terms, conditions and limitations for each Award.

(d) Indemnification. Neither the Board nor the Committee, nor any member of either or any delegate thereof, shall be liable for any act, omission, interpretation, construction or determination made in good faith in connection with the Plan, and the members of the Board and the Committee (and any delegate thereof) shall be entitled in all cases to indemnification and reimbursement by the Company in respect of any claim, loss, damage or expense (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees) arising or resulting therefrom to the fullest extent permitted by law and/or under the Company’s governing documents, including its certificate of incorporation or bylaws, or any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance coverage which may be in effect from time to time and/or any indemnification agreement between such individual and the Company.

 

5


(e) Foreign Award Recipients. Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, in order to comply with the laws in other countries in which the Company and any Subsidiary operate or have employees or other individuals eligible for Awards, the Committee, in its sole discretion, shall have the power and authority to: (i) determine which Subsidiaries, if any, shall be covered by the Plan; (ii) determine which individuals, if any, outside the United States are eligible to participate in the Plan; (iii) modify the terms and conditions of any Award granted to individuals outside the United States to comply with applicable foreign laws; (iv) establish subplans and modify exercise procedures and other terms and procedures, to the extent the Committee determines such actions to be necessary or advisable (and such subplans and/or modifications shall be attached to the Plan as appendices); provided, however, that no such subplans and/or modifications shall increase the share limitation contained in Section 3(a) hereof; and (v) take any action, before or after an Award is made, that the Committee determines to be necessary or advisable to obtain approval or comply with any local governmental regulatory exemptions or approvals.

 

SECTION 3.

STOCK ISSUABLE UNDER THE PLAN; MERGERS AND OTHER TRANSACTIONS; SUBSTITUTION

(a) Stock Issuable. The maximum number of Shares reserved and available for issuance under the Plan shall be 1,500,000 Shares, subject to adjustment as provided in Section 3(b). For purposes of this limitation, the Shares underlying any Awards that are forfeited, canceled, reacquired by the Company prior to vesting, satisfied without the issuance of Stock or otherwise terminated (other than by exercise) and Shares that are withheld upon exercise of an Option or settlement of an Award to cover the exercise price or tax withholding shall be added back to the Shares available for issuance under the Plan. Subject to such overall limitations, Shares may be issued up to such maximum number pursuant to any type or types of Award, and no more than 15,000,000 Shares may be issued pursuant to Incentive Stock Options. The Shares available for issuance under the Plan may be authorized but unissued Shares or Shares reacquired by the Company.

(b) Changes in Stock. Subject to Section 3(c) hereof, if, as a result of any reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification, stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split or other similar change in the Company’s capital stock, the outstanding Shares are increased or decreased or are exchanged for a different number or kind of shares or other securities of the Company, or additional Shares or new or different shares or other securities of the Company or other non-cash assets are distributed with respect to such Shares or other securities, in each case, without the receipt of consideration by the Company, or, if, as a result of any merger or consolidation, or sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, the outstanding Shares are converted into or exchanged for other securities of the Company or any successor entity (or a parent or subsidiary thereof), the Committee shall make an appropriate and proportionate adjustment in (i) the maximum number of Shares reserved for issuance under the Plan, (ii) the number and kind of Shares or other securities subject to any then outstanding Awards under the Plan, (iii) the repurchase price, if any, per Share subject to each outstanding Award, and (iv) the exercise price for each Share subject to any then outstanding Stock Options

 

6


under the Plan, without changing the aggregate exercise price (i.e., the exercise price multiplied by the number of Stock Options) as to which such Stock Options remain exercisable. The Committee shall in any event make such adjustments as may be required by Section 25102(o) of the California Corporation Code and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder. The adjustment by the Committee shall be final, binding and conclusive. No fractional Shares shall be issued under the Plan resulting from any such adjustment, but the Committee in its discretion may make a cash payment in lieu of fractional shares.

(c) Sale Events.

(i) Options.

(A) In the case of and subject to the consummation of a Sale Event, the Plan and all outstanding Options issued hereunder shall terminate upon the effective time of any such Sale Event unless assumed or continued by the successor entity, or new stock options or other awards of the successor entity or parent thereof are substituted therefor, with an equitable or proportionate adjustment as to the number and kind of shares and, if appropriate, the per share exercise prices, as such parties shall agree (after taking into account any acceleration hereunder and/or pursuant to the terms of any Award Agreement).

(B) In the event of the termination of the Plan and all outstanding Options issued hereunder pursuant to Section 3(c), each Holder of Options shall be permitted, within a period of time prior to the consummation of the Sale Event as specified by the Committee, to exercise all such Options which are then exercisable or will become exercisable as of the effective time of the Sale Event; provided, however, that the exercise of Options not exercisable prior to the Sale Event shall be subject to the consummation of the Sale Event.

(C) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 3(c)(i)(A), in the event of a Sale Event, the Company shall have the right, but not the obligation, to make or provide for a cash payment to the Holders of Options, without any consent of the Holders, in exchange for the cancellation thereof, in an amount equal to the difference between (A) the value as determined by the Committee of the consideration payable per share of Stock pursuant to the Sale Event (the “Sale Price”) times the number of Shares subject to outstanding Options being cancelled (to the extent then vested and exercisable, including by reason of acceleration in connection with such Sale Event, at prices not in excess of the Sale Price) and (B) the aggregate exercise price of all such outstanding vested and exercisable Options.

(ii) Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Unit Awards.

(A) In the case of and subject to the consummation of a Sale Event, all unvested Restricted Stock and unvested Restricted Stock Unit Awards (other than those becoming vested as a result of the Sale Event) issued hereunder shall be forfeited immediately prior to the effective time of any such Sale Event unless assumed or continued by the successor entity, or awards of the successor entity or parent thereof are substituted therefor, with an equitable or proportionate adjustment as to the number and kind of shares subject to such awards as such parties shall agree (after taking into account any acceleration hereunder and/or pursuant to the terms of any Award Agreement).

 

7


(B) In the event of the forfeiture of Restricted Stock pursuant to Section 3(c)(ii)(A), such Restricted Stock shall be repurchased from the Holder thereof at a price per share equal to the original per share purchase price paid by the Holder (subject to adjustment as provided in Section 3(b)) for such Shares.

(C) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 3(c)(ii)(A), in the event of a Sale Event, the Company shall have the right, but not the obligation, to make or provide for a cash payment to the Holders of Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Unit Awards, without consent of the Holders, in exchange for the cancellation thereof, in an amount equal to the Sale Price times the number of Shares subject to such Awards, to be paid at the time of such Sale Event or upon the later vesting of such Awards.

 

SECTION 4.

ELIGIBILITY

Grantees under the Plan will be such full or part-time officers and other employees, directors, Consultants and key persons of the Company and any Subsidiary who are selected from time to time by the Committee in its sole discretion; provided, however, that Awards shall be granted only to those individuals described in Rule 701(c) of the Securities Act.

 

SECTION 5.

STOCK OPTIONS

Upon the grant of a Stock Option, the Company and the grantee shall enter into an Award Agreement. The terms and conditions of each such Award Agreement shall be determined by the Committee, and such terms and conditions may differ among individual Awards and grantees.

Stock Options granted under the Plan may be either Incentive Stock Options or Non-Qualified Stock Options. Incentive Stock Options may be granted only to employees of the Company or any Subsidiary that is a “subsidiary corporation” within the meaning of Section 424(f) of the Code. To the extent that any Option does not qualify as an Incentive Stock Option, it shall be deemed a Non-Qualified Stock Option.

(a) Terms of Stock Options. The Committee in its discretion may grant Stock Options to those individuals who meet the eligibility requirements of Section 4. Stock Options shall be subject to the following terms and conditions and shall contain such additional terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan, as the Committee shall deem desirable.

(i) Exercise Price. The exercise price per share for the Shares covered by a Stock Option shall be determined by the Committee at the time of grant but shall not be less than 100 percent of the Fair Market Value on the Grant Date. In the case of an Incentive Stock Option that is granted to a Ten Percent Owner, the exercise price per share for the Shares covered by such Incentive Stock Option shall not be less than 110 percent of the Fair Market Value on the Grant Date.

 

8


(ii) Option Term. The term of each Stock Option shall be fixed by the Committee, but no Stock Option shall be exercisable more than ten years from the Grant Date. In the case of an Incentive Stock Option that is granted to a Ten Percent Owner, the term of such Stock Option shall be no more than five years from the Grant Date.

(iii) Exercisability; Rights of a Stockholder. Stock Options shall become exercisable and/or vested at such time or times, whether or not in installments, as shall be determined by the Committee at or after the Grant Date. The Award Agreement may permit a grantee to exercise all or a portion of a Stock Option immediately at grant; provided that the Shares issued upon such exercise shall be subject to restrictions and a vesting schedule identical to the vesting schedule of the related Stock Option, such Shares shall be deemed to be Restricted Stock for purposes of the Plan, and the optionee may be required to enter into an additional or new Award Agreement as a condition to exercise of such Stock Option. An optionee shall have the rights of a stockholder only as to Shares acquired upon the exercise of a Stock Option and not as to unexercised Stock Options. An optionee shall not be deemed to have acquired any Shares unless and until a Stock Option shall have been exercised pursuant to the terms of the Award Agreement and this Plan and the optionee’s name has been entered on the books of the Company as a stockholder.

(iv) Method of Exercise. Stock Options may be exercised by an optionee in whole or in part, by the optionee giving written or electronic notice of exercise to the Company, specifying the number of Shares to be purchased. Payment of the purchase price may be made by one or more of the following methods (or any combination thereof) to the extent provided in the Award Agreement:

(A) In cash, by certified or bank check, by wire transfer of immediately available funds, or other instrument acceptable to the Committee;

(B) If permitted by the Committee, by the optionee delivering to the Company a promissory note, if the Board has expressly authorized the loan of funds to the optionee for the purpose of enabling or assisting the optionee to effect the exercise of his or her Stock Option; provided, that at least so much of the exercise price as represents the par value of the Stock shall be paid in cash if required by state law;

(C) If permitted by the Committee and the Initial Public Offering has occurred (or the Stock otherwise becomes publicly-traded), through the delivery (or attestation to the ownership) of Shares that have been purchased by the optionee on the open market or that are beneficially owned by the optionee and are not then subject to restrictions under any Company plan. To the extent required to avoid variable accounting treatment under ASC 718 or other applicable accounting rules, such surrendered Shares if originally purchased from the Company shall have been owned by the optionee for at least six months. Such surrendered Shares shall be valued at Fair Market Value on the exercise date;

 

9


(D) If permitted by the Committee and the Initial Public Offering has occurred (or the Stock otherwise becomes publicly-traded), by the optionee delivering to the Company a properly executed exercise notice together with irrevocable instructions to a broker to promptly deliver to the Company cash or a check payable and acceptable to the Company for the purchase price; provided that in the event the optionee chooses to pay the purchase price as so provided, the optionee and the broker shall comply with such procedures and enter into such agreements of indemnity and other agreements as the Committee shall prescribe as a condition of such payment procedure; or

(E) If permitted by the Committee, and only with respect to Stock Options that are not Incentive Stock Options, by a “net exercise” arrangement pursuant to which the Company will reduce the number of Shares issuable upon exercise by the largest whole number of Shares with a Fair Market Value that does not exceed the aggregate exercise price.

Payment instruments will be received subject to collection. No certificates for Shares so purchased will be issued to the optionee or, with respect to uncertificated Stock, no transfer to the optionee on the records of the Company will take place, until the Company has completed all steps it has deemed necessary to satisfy legal requirements relating to the issuance and sale of the Shares, which steps may include, without limitation, (i) receipt of a representation from the optionee at the time of exercise of the Option that the optionee is purchasing the Shares for the optionee’s own account and not with a view to any sale or distribution of the Shares or other representations relating to compliance with applicable law governing the issuance of securities, (ii) the legending of the certificate (or notation on any book entry) representing the Shares to evidence the foregoing restrictions, and (iii) obtaining from optionee payment or provision for all withholding taxes due as a result of the exercise of the Option. The delivery of certificates representing the shares of Stock (or the transfer to the optionee on the records of the Company with respect to uncertificated Stock) to be purchased pursuant to the exercise of a Stock Option will be contingent upon (A) receipt from the optionee (or a purchaser acting in his or her stead in accordance with the provisions of the Stock Option) by the Company of the full purchase price for such Shares and the fulfillment of any other requirements contained in the Award Agreement or applicable provisions of laws and (B) if required by the Company, the optionee shall have entered into any stockholders agreements or other agreements with the Company and/or certain other of the Company’s stockholders relating to the Stock. In the event an optionee chooses to pay the purchase price by previously-owned Shares through the attestation method, the number of Shares transferred to the optionee upon the exercise of the Stock Option shall be net of the number of Shares attested to.

(b) Annual Limit on Incentive Stock Options. To the extent required for “incentive stock option” treatment under Section 422 of the Code, the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined as of the Grant Date) of the Shares with respect to which Incentive Stock Options granted under the Plan and any other plan of the Company or its parent and any Subsidiary that become exercisable for the first time by an optionee during any calendar year shall not exceed $100,000 or such other limit as may be in effect from time to time under Section 422 of the Code. To the extent that any Stock Option exceeds this limit, it shall constitute a Non-Qualified Stock Option.

 

10


(c) Termination. Any portion of a Stock Option that is not vested and exercisable on the date of termination of an optionee’s Service Relationship shall immediately expire and be null and void. Once any portion of the Stock Option becomes vested and exercisable, the optionee’s right to exercise such portion of the Stock Option (or the optionee’s representatives and legatees as applicable) in the event of a termination of the optionee’s Service Relationship shall continue until the earliest of: (i) the date which is: (A) 12 months following the date on which the optionee’s Service Relationship terminates due to death or Disability (or such longer period of time as determined by the Committee and set forth in the applicable Award Agreement), or (B) three months following the date on which the optionee’s Service Relationship terminates if the termination is due to any reason other than death or Disability (or such longer period of time as determined by the Committee and set forth in the applicable Award Agreement), or (ii) the Expiration Date set forth in the Award Agreement; provided that notwithstanding the foregoing, an Award Agreement may provide that if the optionee’s Service Relationship is terminated for Cause, the Stock Option shall terminate immediately and be null and void upon the date of the optionee’s termination and shall not thereafter be exercisable.

 

SECTION 6.

RESTRICTED STOCK AWARDS

(a) Nature of Restricted Stock Awards. The Committee may, in its sole discretion, grant (or sell at par value or such other purchase price determined by the Committee) to an eligible individual under Section 4 hereof a Restricted Stock Award under the Plan. The Committee shall determine the restrictions and conditions applicable to each Restricted Stock Award at the time of grant. Conditions may be based on continuing employment (or other Service Relationship), achievement of pre-established performance goals and objectives and/or such other criteria as the Committee may determine. Upon the grant of a Restricted Stock Award, the Company and the grantee shall enter into an Award Agreement. The terms and conditions of each such Award Agreement shall be determined by the Committee, and such terms and conditions may differ among individual Awards and grantees.

(b) Rights as a Stockholder. Upon the grant of the Restricted Stock Award and payment of any applicable purchase price, a grantee of Restricted Stock shall be considered the record owner of and shall be entitled to vote the Restricted Stock if, and to the extent, such Shares are entitled to voting rights, subject to such conditions contained in the Award Agreement. The grantee shall be entitled to receive all dividends and any other distributions declared on the Shares; provided, however, that the Company is under no duty to declare any such dividends or to make any such distribution. Unless the Committee shall otherwise determine, certificates evidencing the Restricted Stock shall remain in the possession of the Company until such Restricted Stock is vested as provided in subsection (d) below of this Section, and the grantee shall be required, as a condition of the grant, to deliver to the Company a stock power endorsed in blank and such other instruments of transfer as the Committee may prescribe.

(c) Restrictions. Restricted Stock may not be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged or otherwise encumbered or disposed of except as specifically provided herein or in the Award Agreement. Except as may otherwise be provided by the Committee either in the Award Agreement or, subject to Section 12 below, in writing after the Award Agreement is issued, if a grantee’s Service Relationship with the Company and any Subsidiary terminates, the Company or its assigns shall have the right, as may be specified in the relevant instrument, to repurchase some or all of the Shares subject to the Award at such purchase price as is set forth in the Award Agreement.

 

11


(d) Vesting of Restricted Stock. The Committee at the time of grant shall specify in the Award Agreement the date or dates and/or the attainment of pre-established performance goals, objectives and other conditions on which the substantial risk of forfeiture imposed shall lapse and the Restricted Stock shall become vested, subject to such further rights of the Company or its assigns as may be specified in the Award Agreement.

 

SECTION 7.

UNRESTRICTED STOCK AWARDS

The Committee may, in its sole discretion, grant (or sell at par value or such other purchase price determined by the Committee) to an eligible person under Section 4 hereof an Unrestricted Stock Award under the Plan. Unrestricted Stock Awards may be granted in respect of past services or other valid consideration, or in lieu of cash compensation due to such grantee.

 

SECTION 8.

RESTRICTED STOCK UNITS

(a) Nature of Restricted Stock Units. The Committee may, in its sole discretion, grant to an eligible person under Section 4 hereof Restricted Stock Units under the Plan. The Committee shall determine the restrictions and conditions applicable to each Restricted Stock Unit at the time of grant. Vesting conditions may be based on continuing employment (or other Service Relationship), achievement of pre-established performance goals and objectives and/or other such criteria as the Committee may determine. Upon the grant of Restricted Stock Units, the grantee and the Company shall enter into an Award Agreement. The terms and conditions of each such Award Agreement shall be determined by the Committee and may differ among individual Awards and grantees. On or promptly following the vesting date or dates applicable to any Restricted Stock Unit, but in no event later than March 15 of the year following the year in which such vesting occurs, such Restricted Stock Unit(s) shall be settled in the form of cash or shares of Stock, as specified in the Award Agreement. Restricted Stock Units may not be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged, or otherwise encumbered or disposed of.

(b) Rights as a Stockholder. A grantee shall have the rights of a stockholder only as to Shares, if any, acquired upon settlement of Restricted Stock Units. A grantee shall not be deemed to have acquired any such Shares unless and until the Restricted Stock Units shall have been settled in Shares pursuant to the terms of the Plan and the Award Agreement, the Company shall have issued and delivered a certificate representing the Shares to the grantee (or transferred on the records of the Company with respect to uncertificated stock), and the grantee’s name has been entered in the books of the Company as a stockholder.

(c) Termination. Except as may otherwise be provided by the Committee either in the Award Agreement or in writing after the Award Agreement is issued, a grantee’s right in all Restricted Stock Units that have not vested shall automatically terminate upon the grantee’s cessation of Service Relationship with the Company and any Subsidiary for any reason.

 

12


SECTION 9.

TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS; COMPANY RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL; COMPANY REPURCHASE RIGHTS

(a) Restrictions on Transfer.

(i) Non-Transferability of Stock Options. Stock Options and, prior to exercise, the Shares issuable upon exercise of such Stock Option, shall not be transferable by the optionee otherwise than by will, or by the laws of descent and distribution, and all Stock Options shall be exercisable, during the optionee’s lifetime, only by the optionee, or by the optionee’s legal representative or guardian in the event of the optionee’s incapacity. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Committee, in its sole discretion, may provide in the Award Agreement regarding a given Stock Option that the optionee may transfer by gift, without consideration for the transfer, his or her Non-Qualified Stock Options to his or her family members (as defined in Rule 701 of the Securities Act), to trusts for the benefit of such family members, or to partnerships in which such family members are the only partners (to the extent such trusts or partnerships are considered “family members” for purposes of Rule 701 of the Securities Act), provided that the transferee agrees in writing with the Company to be bound by all of the terms and conditions of this Plan and the applicable Award Agreement, including the execution of a stock power upon the issuance of Shares. Stock Options, and the Shares issuable upon exercise of such Stock Options, shall be restricted as to any pledge, hypothecation, or other transfer, including any short position, any “put equivalent position” (as defined in the Exchange Act) or any “call equivalent position” (as defined in the Exchange Act) prior to exercise.

(ii) Shares. No Shares shall be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged, hypothecated, given away or in any other manner disposed of or encumbered, whether voluntarily or by operation of law, unless (i) the transfer is in compliance with the terms of the applicable Award Agreement, all applicable securities laws (including, without limitation, the Securities Act), and with the terms and conditions of this Section 9, (ii) the transfer does not cause the Company to become subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, and (iii) the transferee consents in writing to be bound by the provisions of the Plan and the Award Agreement, including this Section 9. In connection with any proposed transfer, the Committee may require the transferor to provide at the transferor’s own expense an opinion of counsel to the transferor, satisfactory to the Committee, that such transfer is in compliance with all foreign, federal and state securities laws (including, without limitation, the Securities Act). Any attempted transfer of Shares not in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Section 9 shall be null and void, and the Company shall not reflect on its records any change in record ownership of any Shares as a result of any such transfer, shall otherwise refuse to recognize any such transfer and shall not in any way give effect to any such transfer of Shares. The Company shall be entitled to seek protective orders, injunctive relief and other remedies available at law or in equity including, without limitation, seeking specific performance or the rescission of any transfer not made in strict compliance with the provisions of this Section 9. Subject to the foregoing general provisions, and unless otherwise provided in the applicable Award Agreement, Shares may be transferred pursuant to the following specific terms and conditions (provided that with respect to any transfer of Restricted Stock, all vesting and forfeiture provisions shall continue to apply with respect to the original recipient):

 

13


(A) Transfers to Permitted Transferees. The Holder may transfer any or all of the Shares to one or more Permitted Transferees; provided, however, that following such transfer, such Shares shall continue to be subject to the terms of this Plan (including this Section 9) and such Permitted Transferee(s) shall, as a condition to any such transfer, deliver a written acknowledgment to that effect to the Company and shall deliver a stock power to the Company with respect to the Shares. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Holder may not transfer any of the Shares to a Person whom the Company reasonably determines is a direct competitor or a potential competitor of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.

(B) Transfers Upon Death. Upon the death of the Holder, any Shares then held by the Holder at the time of such death and any Shares acquired after the Holder’s death by the Holder’s legal representative shall be subject to the provisions of this Plan, and the Holder’s estate, executors, administrators, personal representatives, heirs, legatees and distributees shall be obligated to convey such Shares to the Company or its assigns under the terms contemplated by the Plan and the Award Agreement.

(b) Right of First Refusal. In the event that a Holder desires at any time to sell or otherwise transfer all or any part of his or her Shares (other than shares of Restricted Stock which by their terms are not transferrable), the Holder first shall give written notice to the Company of the Holder’s intention to make such transfer. Such notice shall state the number of Shares that the Holder proposes to sell (the “Offered Shares”), the price and the terms at which the proposed sale is to be made and the name and address of the proposed transferee. At any time within 30 days after the receipt of such notice by the Company, the Company or its assigns may elect to purchase all or any portion of the Offered Shares at the price and on the terms offered by the proposed transferee and specified in the notice. The Company or its assigns shall exercise this right by mailing or delivering written notice to the Holder within the foregoing 30-day period. If the Company or its assigns elect to exercise its purchase rights under this Section 9(b), the closing for such purchase shall, in any event, take place within 45 days after the receipt by the Company of the initial notice from the Holder. In the event that the Company or its assigns do not elect to exercise such purchase right, or in the event that the Company or its assigns do not pay the full purchase price within such 45-day period, the Holder shall be required to pay a transaction processing fee of $10,000 to the Company (unless waived by the Committee) and then may, within 60 days thereafter, sell the Offered Shares to the proposed transferee and at the same price and on the same terms as specified in the Holder’s notice. Any Shares not sold to the proposed transferee shall remain subject to the Plan. If the Holder is a party to any stockholders agreements or other agreements with the Company and/or certain other of the Company’s stockholders relating to the Shares, (i) the transferring Holder shall comply with the requirements of such stockholders agreements or other agreements relating to any proposed transfer of the Offered Shares, and (ii) any proposed transferee that purchases Offered Shares shall enter into such stockholders agreements or other agreements with the Company and/or certain of the Company’s stockholders relating to the Offered Shares on the same terms and in the same capacity as the transferring Holder.

 

14


(c) Company’s Right of Repurchase.

(i) Right of Repurchase for Unvested Shares Issued Upon the Exercise of an Option. Upon a Termination Event, the Company or its assigns shall have the right and option to repurchase from a Holder of Shares acquired upon exercise of a Stock Option which are still subject to a risk of forfeiture as of the Termination Event. Such repurchase rights may be exercised by the Company within the later of (A) six months following the date of such Termination Event or (B) seven months after the acquisition of Shares upon exercise of a Stock Option. The repurchase price shall be equal to the lower of the original per share price paid by the Holder, subject to adjustment as provided in Section 3(b) of the Plan, or the current Fair Market Value of such Shares as of the date the Company elects to exercise its repurchase rights.

(ii) Right of Repurchase With Respect to Restricted Stock. Upon a Termination Event, the Company or its assigns shall have the right and option to repurchase from a Holder of Shares received pursuant to a Restricted Stock Award any Shares that are still subject to a risk of forfeiture as of the Termination Event. Such repurchase right may be exercised by the Company within six months following the date of such Termination Event. The repurchase price shall be the lower of the original per share purchase price paid by the Holder, subject to adjustment as provided in Section 3(b) of the Plan, or the current Fair Market Value of such Shares as of the date the Company elects to exercise its repurchase rights.

(iii) Procedure. Any repurchase right of the Company shall be exercised by the Company or its assigns by giving the Holder written notice on or before the last day of the repurchase period of its intention to exercise such repurchase right. Upon such notification, the Holder shall promptly surrender to the Company, free and clear of any liens or encumbrances, any certificates representing the Shares being purchased, together with a duly executed stock power for the transfer of such Shares to the Company or the Company’s assignee or assignees. Upon the Company’s or its assignee’s receipt of the certificates from the Holder, the Company or its assignee or assignees shall deliver to him, her or them a check for the applicable repurchase price; provided, however, that the Company may pay the repurchase price by offsetting and canceling any indebtedness then owed by the Holder to the Company.

(d) Reserved.

(e) Escrow Arrangement.

(i) Escrow. In order to carry out the provisions of this Section 9 of this Plan more effectively, the Company shall hold any Shares issued pursuant to Awards granted under the Plan in escrow together with separate stock powers executed by the Holder in blank for transfer. The Company shall not dispose of the Shares except as otherwise provided in this Plan. In the event of any repurchase by the Company (or any of its assigns), the Company is hereby authorized by the Holder, as the Holder’s attorney-in-fact, to date and complete the stock powers necessary for the transfer of the Shares being purchased and to transfer such Shares in accordance with the terms hereof. At such time as any Shares are no longer subject to the Company’s repurchase and first refusal rights, the Company shall, at the written request of the Holder, deliver to the Holder a certificate representing such Shares with the balance of the Shares to be held in escrow pursuant to this Section.

 

15


(ii) Remedy. Without limitation of any other provision of this Plan or other rights, in the event that a Holder or any other Person is required to sell a Holder’s Shares pursuant to the provisions of Sections 9(b) or (c) hereof and in the further event that he or she refuses or for any reason fails to deliver to the Company or its designated purchaser of such Shares the certificate or certificates evidencing such Shares together with a related stock power, the Company or such designated purchaser may deposit the applicable purchase price for such Shares with a bank designated by the Company, or with the Company’s independent public accounting firm, as agent or trustee, or in escrow, for such Holder or other Person, to be held by such bank or accounting firm for the benefit of and for delivery to him, her, them or it, and/or, in its discretion, pay such purchase price by offsetting any indebtedness then owed by such Holder as provided above. Upon any such deposit and/or offset by the Company or its designated purchaser of such amount and upon notice to the Person who was required to sell the Shares to be sold pursuant to the provisions of Sections 9(b) or (c), such Shares shall at such time be deemed to have been sold, assigned, transferred and conveyed to such purchaser, such Holder shall have no further rights thereto (other than the right to withdraw the payment thereof held in escrow, if applicable), and the Company shall record such transfer in its stock transfer book or in any appropriate manner.

(f) Lockup Provision. If requested by the Company, a Holder shall not sell or otherwise transfer or dispose of any Shares (including, without limitation, pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act) held by him or her for such period following the effective date of a public offering by the Company of Shares as the Company shall specify reasonably and in good faith. If requested by the underwriter engaged by the Company, each Holder shall execute a separate letter confirming his or her agreement to comply with this Section.

(g) Adjustments for Changes in Capital Structure. If, as a result of any reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification, stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split or other similar change in the Common Stock, the outstanding Shares are increased or decreased or are exchanged for a different number or kind of securities of the Company, the restrictions contained in this Section 9 shall apply with equal force to additional and/or substitute securities, if any, received by Holder in exchange for, or by virtue of his or her ownership of, Shares.

(h) Termination. The terms and provisions of Section 9(b) and Section 9(c) (except for the Company’s right to repurchase Shares still subject to a risk of forfeiture upon a Termination Event) shall terminate upon the closing of the Company’s Initial Public Offering or upon consummation of any Sale Event, in either case as a result of which Shares are registered under Section 12 of the Exchange Act and publicly-traded on any national security exchange.

SECTION 10. TAX WITHHOLDING

(a) Payment by Grantee. Each grantee shall, no later than the date as of which the value of an Award or of any Shares or other amounts received thereunder first becomes includable in the gross income of the grantee for income tax purposes, pay to the Company, or make arrangements satisfactory to the Committee regarding payment of, any Federal, state, or local taxes of any kind required by law to be withheld by the Company with respect to such income. The Company and any Subsidiary shall, to the extent permitted by law, have the right to deduct any such taxes from any payment of any kind otherwise due to the grantee. The Company’s obligation to deliver stock certificates (or evidence of book entry) to any grantee is subject to and conditioned on any such tax withholding obligations being satisfied by the grantee.

 

16


(b) Payment in Stock. The Company’s minimum required tax withholding obligation may be satisfied, in whole or in part, by the Company withholding from Shares to be issued pursuant to an Award a number of Shares having an aggregate Fair Market Value (as of the date the withholding is effected) that would satisfy the minimum withholding amount due.

SECTION 11. SECTION 409A AWARDS.

To the extent that any Award is determined to constitute “nonqualified deferred compensation” within the meaning of Section 409A (a “409A Award”), the Award shall be subject to such additional rules and requirements as may be specified by the Committee from time to time. In this regard, if any amount under a 409A Award is payable upon a “separation from service” (within the meaning of Section 409A) to a grantee who is considered a “specified employee” (within the meaning of Section 409A), then no such payment shall be made prior to the date that is the earlier of (i) six months and one day after the grantee’s separation from service, or (ii) the grantee’s death, but only to the extent such delay is necessary to prevent such payment from being subject to interest, penalties and/or additional tax imposed pursuant to Section 409A. The Company makes no representation or warranty and shall have no liability to any grantee under the Plan or any other Person with respect to any penalties or taxes under Section 409A that are, or may be, imposed with respect to any Award.

SECTION 12. AMENDMENTS AND TERMINATION

The Board may, at any time, amend or discontinue the Plan and the Committee may, at any time, amend or cancel any outstanding Award for the purpose of satisfying changes in law or for any other lawful purpose, but no such action shall adversely affect rights under any outstanding Award without the consent of the holder of the Award. The Committee may exercise its discretion to reduce the exercise price of outstanding Stock Options or effect repricing through cancellation of outstanding Stock Options and by granting such holders new Awards in replacement of the cancelled Stock Options. To the extent determined by the Committee to be required either by the Code to ensure that Incentive Stock Options granted under the Plan are qualified under Section 422 of the Code or otherwise, Plan amendments shall be subject to approval by the Company stockholders entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders. Nothing in this Section 12 shall limit the Board’s or Committee’s authority to take any action permitted pursuant to Section 3(c). The Board reserves the right to amend the Plan and/or the terms of any outstanding Stock Options to the extent reasonably necessary to comply with the requirements of the exemption pursuant to paragraph (f)(4) of Rule 12h-1 of the Exchange Act.

SECTION 13. STATUS OF PLAN

With respect to the portion of any Award that has not been exercised and any payments in cash, Stock or other consideration not received by a grantee, a grantee shall have no rights greater than those of a general creditor of the Company unless the Committee shall otherwise expressly so determine in connection with any Award.

 

17


SECTION 14. GENERAL PROVISIONS

(a) No Distribution; Compliance with Legal Requirements. The Committee may require each person acquiring Shares pursuant to an Award to represent to and agree with the Company in writing that such person is acquiring the Shares without a view to distribution thereof. No Shares shall be issued pursuant to an Award until all applicable securities law and other legal and stock exchange or similar requirements have been satisfied. The Committee may require the placing of such stop-orders and restrictive legends on certificates for Stock and Awards as it deems appropriate.

(b) Delivery of Stock Certificates. Stock certificates to grantees under the Plan shall be deemed delivered for all purposes when the Company or a stock transfer agent of the Company shall have mailed such certificates in the United States mail, addressed to the grantee, at the grantee’s last known address on file with the Company; provided that stock certificates to be held in escrow pursuant to Section 9 of the Plan shall be deemed delivered when the Company shall have recorded the issuance in its records. Uncertificated Stock shall be deemed delivered for all purposes when the Company or a stock transfer agent of the Company shall have given to the grantee by electronic mail (with proof of receipt) or by United States mail, addressed to the grantee, at the grantee’s last known address on file with the Company, notice of issuance and recorded the issuance in its records (which may include electronic “book entry” records).

(c) No Employment Rights. The adoption of the Plan and the grant of Awards do not confer upon any Person any right to continued employment or Service Relationship with the Company or any Subsidiary.

(d) Trading Policy Restrictions. Option exercises and other Awards under the Plan shall be subject to the Company’s insider trading policy-related restrictions, terms and conditions as may be established by the Committee, or in accordance with policies set by the Committee, from time to time.

(e) Designation of Beneficiary. Each grantee to whom an Award has been made under the Plan may designate a beneficiary or beneficiaries to exercise any Award on or after the grantee’s death or receive any payment under any Award payable on or after the grantee’s death. Any such designation shall be on a form provided for that purpose by the Committee and shall not be effective until received by the Committee. If no beneficiary has been designated by a deceased grantee, or if the designated beneficiaries have predeceased the grantee, the beneficiary shall be the grantee’s estate.

(f) Legend. Any certificate(s) representing the Shares shall carry substantially the following legend (and with respect to uncertificated Stock, the book entries evidencing such shares shall contain the following notation):

The transferability of this certificate and the shares of stock represented hereby are subject to the restrictions, terms and conditions (including repurchase and restrictions against transfers) contained in the MBX Biosciences, Inc. 2019 Stock Option and Grant Plan and any agreements entered into thereunder by and between the company and the holder of this certificate (a copy of which is available at the offices of the company for examination).

 

18


(g) Information to Holders of Options. In the event the Company is relying on the exemption from the registration requirements of Section 12(g) of the Exchange Act contained in paragraph (f)(1) of Rule 12h-1 of the Exchange Act, the Company shall provide the information described in Rule 701(e)(3), (4) and (5) of the Securities Act to all holders of Options in accordance with the requirements thereunder. The foregoing notwithstanding, the Company shall not be required to provide such information unless the optionholder has agreed in writing, on a form prescribed by the Company, to keep such information confidential.

SECTION 15. EFFECTIVE DATE OF PLAN

The Plan shall become effective upon adoption by the Board and shall be approved by stockholders in accordance with applicable state law and the Company’s articles of incorporation and bylaws within 12 months thereafter. If the stockholders fail to approve the Plan within 12 months after its adoption by the Board of Directors, then any Awards granted or sold under the Plan shall be rescinded and no additional grants or sales shall thereafter be made under the Plan. Subject to such approval by stockholders and to the requirement that no Shares may be issued hereunder prior to such approval, Stock Options and other Awards may be granted hereunder on and after adoption of the Plan by the Board. No grants of Stock Options and other Awards may be made hereunder after the tenth anniversary of the date the Plan is adopted by the Board or the date the Plan is approved by the Company’s stockholders, whichever is earlier.

SECTION 16. GOVERNING LAW

This Plan, all Awards and any controversy arising out of or relating to this Plan and all Awards shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware as to matters within the scope thereof, and as to all other matters shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of State of Delaware, without regard to conflict of law principles that would result in the application of any law other than the law of the State of Delaware.

 

DATE ADOPTED BY THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS:   April 9, 2019
DATE APPROVED BY THE STOCKHOLDERS:   April 9, 2019

 

19


MBX BIOSCIENCES, INC.

AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO THE

2019 STOCK OPTION AND GRANT PLAN

The MBX Biosciences, Inc. 2019 Stock Option and Grant Plan (the “Plan”) is hereby amended by the Board of Directors and stockholders of MBX Biosciences, Inc., a Delaware corporation, as follows:

Section 3(a) of the Plan is hereby amended to increase the total number of Shares (as defined in the Plan) reserved for issuance under the Plan by 5,438,509 shares such that Section 3(a) of the Plan, as so amended, shall read in its entirety as follows:

Stock Issuable. The maximum number of Shares reserved and available for issuance under the Plan shall be 6,938,509 Shares, subject to adjustment as provided in Section 3(b). For purposes of this limitation, the Shares underlying any Awards that are forfeited, canceled, reacquired by the Company prior to vesting, satisfied without the issuance of Stock or otherwise terminated (other than by exercise) and Shares that are withheld upon exercise of an Option or settlement of an Award to cover the exercise price or tax withholding shall be added back to the Shares available for issuance under the Plan. Subject to such overall limitations, Shares may be issued up to such maximum number pursuant to any type or types of Award, and no more than 69,385,090 Shares may be issued pursuant to Incentive Stock Options. The Shares available for issuance under the Plan may be authorized but unissued Shares or Shares reacquired by the Company.”

 

ADOPTED BY BOARD OF DIRECTORS:   July 15, 2020
ADOPTED BY STOCKHOLDERS:   July 15, 2020

 

20


MBX BIOSCIENCES, INC.

AMENDMENT NO. 2 TO THE

2019 STOCK OPTION AND GRANT PLAN

The MBX Biosciences, Inc. 2019 Stock Option and Grant Plan (the “Plan”) is hereby amended by the Board of Directors and stockholders of MBX Biosciences, Inc., a Delaware corporation, as follows:

Section 3(a) of the Plan is hereby amended to increase the total number of Shares (as defined in the Plan) reserved for issuance under the Plan by 3,181,919 shares such that Section 3(a) of the Plan, as so amended, shall read in its entirety as follows:

Stock Issuable. The maximum number of Shares reserved and available for issuance under the Plan shall be 10,120,428 Shares, subject to adjustment as provided in Section 3(b). For purposes of this limitation, the Shares underlying any Awards that are forfeited, canceled, reacquired by the Company prior to vesting, satisfied without the issuance of Stock or otherwise terminated (other than by exercise) and Shares that are withheld upon exercise of an Option or settlement of an Award to cover the exercise price or tax withholding shall be added back to the Shares available for issuance under the Plan. Subject to such overall limitations, Shares may be issued up to such maximum number pursuant to any type or types of Award, and no more than 101,204,280 Shares may be issued pursuant to Incentive Stock Options. The Shares available for issuance under the Plan may be authorized but unissued Shares or Shares reacquired by the Company.”

 

DATE OF BOARD OF DIRECTORS APPROVAL:   November 12, 2021
DATE OF STOCKHOLDER APPROVAL:   November 12, 2021

 

21


MBX BIOSCIENCES, INC.

AMENDMENT NO. 3 TO THE

2019 STOCK OPTION AND GRANT PLAN

The MBX Biosciences, Inc. 2019 Stock Option and Grant Plan (the “Plan”) is hereby amended by the Board of Directors and stockholders of MBX Biosciences, Inc., a Delaware corporation, as follows:

Section 3(a) of the Plan is hereby amended to increase the total number of Shares (as defined in the Plan) reserved for issuance under the Plan by 13,500,000 shares such that Section 3(a) of the Plan, as so amended, shall read in its entirety as follows:

Stock Issuable. The maximum number of Shares reserved and available for issuance under the Plan shall be 23,620,428 Shares, subject to adjustment as provided in Section 3(b). For purposes of this limitation, the Shares underlying any Awards that are forfeited, canceled, reacquired by the Company prior to vesting, satisfied without the issuance of Stock or otherwise terminated (other than by exercise) and Shares that are withheld upon exercise of an Option or settlement of an Award to cover the exercise price or tax withholding shall be added back to the Shares available for issuance under the Plan. Subject to such overall limitations, Shares may be issued up to such maximum number pursuant to any type or types of Award, and no more than 236,204,280 Shares may be issued pursuant to Incentive Stock Options. The Shares available for issuance under the Plan may be authorized but unissued Shares or Shares reacquired by the Company.”

 

Date of Board of Directors Approval:   November 7, 2022
Date of Stockholder Approval:   November 7, 2022

 

22


MBX BIOSCIENCES, INC.

AMENDMENT NO. 4 TO THE

2019 STOCK OPTION AND GRANT PLAN

The MBX Biosciences, Inc. 2019 Stock Option and Grant Plan (the “Plan”) is hereby amended by the Board of Directors and stockholders of MBX Biosciences, Inc., a Delaware corporation, as follows:

Section 3(a) of the Plan is hereby amended to increase the total number of Shares (as defined in the Plan) reserved for issuance under the Plan by 21,200,000 shares such that Section 3(a) of the Plan, as so amended, shall read in its entirety as follows:

Stock Issuable. The maximum number of Shares reserved and available for issuance under the Plan shall be 44,820,428 Shares, subject to adjustment as provided in Section 3(b). For purposes of this limitation, the Shares underlying any Awards that are forfeited, canceled, reacquired by the Company prior to vesting, satisfied without the issuance of Stock or otherwise terminated (other than by exercise) and Shares that are withheld upon exercise of an Option or settlement of an Award to cover the exercise price or tax withholding shall be added back to the Shares available for issuance under the Plan. Subject to such overall limitations, Shares may be issued up to such maximum number pursuant to any type or types of Award, and no more than 448,204,280 Shares may be issued pursuant to Incentive Stock Options. The Shares available for issuance under the Plan may be authorized but unissued Shares or Shares reacquired by the Company.”

 

Date of Board of Directors Approval:   August 15, 2023
Date of Stockholder Approval:   August 15, 2023

 

23


MBX BIOSCIENCES, INC.

AMENDMENT NO. 5 TO THE

2019 STOCK OPTION AND GRANT PLAN

The MBX Biosciences, Inc. 2019 Stock Option and Grant Plan (the “Plan”) is hereby amended by the Board of Directors and stockholders of MBX Biosciences, Inc., a Delaware corporation, as follows:

Section 3(a) of the Plan is hereby amended to increase the total number of Shares (as defined in the Plan) reserved for issuance under the Plan by 9,000,000 shares such that Section 3(a) of the Plan, as so amended, shall read in its entirety as follows:

Stock Issuable. The maximum number of Shares reserved and available for issuance under the Plan shall be 53,820,428 Shares, subject to adjustment as provided in Section 3(b). For purposes of this limitation, the Shares underlying any Awards that are forfeited, canceled, reacquired by the Company prior to vesting, satisfied without the issuance of Stock or otherwise terminated (other than by exercise) and Shares that are withheld upon exercise of an Option or settlement of an Award to cover the exercise price or tax withholding shall be added back to the Shares available for issuance under the Plan. Subject to such overall limitations, Shares may be issued up to such maximum number pursuant to any type or types of Award, and no more than 538,204,280 Shares may be issued pursuant to Incentive Stock Options. The Shares available for issuance under the Plan may be authorized but unissued Shares or Shares reacquired by the Company.”

Date of Board of Directors Approval: August 2, 2024

Date of Stockholder Approval: August 2, 2024

 

24


INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION GRANT NOTICE

UNDER THE MBX BIOSCIENCES, INC.

2019 STOCK OPTION AND GRANT PLAN

Pursuant to the MBX Biosciences, Inc. 2019 Stock Option and Grant Plan (the “Plan”), MBX Biosciences, Inc. a Delaware corporation (together with any successor, the “Company”), has granted to the individual named below, an option (the “Stock Option”) to purchase on or prior to the Expiration Date, or such earlier date as is specified herein, all or any part of the number of shares of Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share (“Common Stock”), of the Company indicated below (the “Shares”), at the Option Exercise Price per share, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Incentive Stock Option Grant Notice (the “Grant Notice”), the attached Incentive Stock Option Agreement (the “Agreement”) and the Plan. This Stock Option is intended to qualify as an “incentive stock option” as defined in Section 422(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time (the “Code”). To the extent that any portion of the Stock Option does not so qualify, it shall be deemed a non-qualified stock option.

 

Name of Optionee:    __________________ (the “Optionee”)
No. of Shares:    __________ Shares of Common Stock
Grant Date:    __________________
Vesting Commencement Date:    __________________ (the “Vesting Commencement Date”)
Expiration Date:    __________________ (the “Expiration Date”)
Option Exercise Price/Share:    $_________________ (the “Option Exercise Price”)
Vesting Schedule:    25 percent of the Shares shall vest and become exercisable on the first anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date; provided that the Optionee continues to have a Service Relationship with the Company at such time. Thereafter, the remaining 75 percent of the Shares shall vest and become exercisable in 36 equal monthly installments following the first anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date, provided the Optionee continues to have a Service Relationship with the Company on each vesting date. Notwithstanding anything in the Agreement to the contrary, in the case of a Sale Event, this Stock Option and the Shares shall be treated as provided in Section 3(c) of the Plan[ provided; however INSERT ANY ACCELERATED VESTING PROVISION HERE].

Attachments: Incentive Stock Option Agreement, 2019 Stock Option and Grant Plan


INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

UNDER THE MBX BIOSCIENCES, INC.

2019 STOCK OPTION AND GRANT PLAN

All capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the respective meanings set forth in the Grant Notice and the Plan.

1. Vesting, Exercisability and Termination.

(a) No portion of this Stock Option may be exercised until such portion shall have vested and become exercisable.

(b) Except as set forth below, and subject to the determination of the Committee in its sole discretion to accelerate the vesting schedule hereunder, this Stock Option shall be vested and exercisable on the respective dates indicated below:

(i) This Stock Option shall initially be unvested and unexercisable.

(ii) This Stock Option shall vest and become exercisable in accordance with the Vesting Schedule set forth in the Grant Notice.

(c) Termination. Except as may otherwise be provided by the Committee, if the Optionee’s Service Relationship is terminated, the period within which to exercise this Stock Option will be subject to earlier termination as set forth below (and if not exercised within such period, shall thereafter terminate subject, in each case, to Section 3(c) of the Plan):

(i) Termination Due to Death or Disability. If the Optionee’s Service Relationship terminates by reason of such Optionee’s death or Disability, this Stock Option may be exercised, to the extent exercisable on the date of such termination, by the Optionee, the Optionee’s legal representative or legatee for a period of 12 months from the date of death or Disability or until the Expiration Date, if earlier.

(ii) Other Termination. If the Optionee’s Service Relationship terminates for any reason other than death or Disability, and unless otherwise determined by the Committee, this Stock Option may be exercised, to the extent exercisable on the date of termination, for a period of 90 days from the date of termination or until the Expiration Date, if earlier; provided however, if the Optionee’s Service Relationship is terminated for Cause, this Stock Option shall terminate immediately upon the date of such termination.

For purposes hereof, the Committee’s determination of the reason for termination of the Optionee’s Service Relationship shall be conclusive and binding on the Optionee and his or her representatives or legatees. Any portion of this Stock Option that is not vested and exercisable on the date of termination of the Service Relationship shall terminate immediately and be null and void.

 

26


(d) It is understood and intended that this Stock Option is intended to qualify as an “incentive stock option” as defined in Section 422 of the Code to the extent permitted under applicable law. Accordingly, the Optionee understands that in order to obtain the benefits of an incentive stock option under Section 422 of the Code, no sale or other disposition may be made of Shares for which incentive stock option treatment is desired within the one-year period beginning on the day after the day of the transfer of such Shares to him or her, nor within the two-year period beginning on the day after Grant Date of this Stock Option and further that this Stock Option must be exercised within three months after termination of employment as an employee (or 12 months in the case of death or disability) to qualify as an incentive stock option. If the Optionee disposes (whether by sale, gift, transfer or otherwise) of any such Shares within either of these periods, he or she will notify the Company within 30 days after such disposition. The Optionee also agrees to provide the Company with any information concerning any such dispositions required by the Company for tax purposes. Further, to the extent this Stock Option and any other incentive stock options of the Optionee having an aggregate Fair Market Value in excess of $100,000 (determined as of the Grant Date) first become exercisable in any year, such options will not qualify as incentive stock options.

2. Exercise of Stock Option.

(a) The Optionee may exercise this Stock Option only in the following manner: Prior to the Expiration Date, the Optionee may deliver a Stock Option exercise notice (an “Exercise Notice”) in the form of Appendix A hereto indicating his or her election to purchase some or all of the Shares with respect to which this Stock Option is then exercisable. Such notice shall specify the number of Shares to be purchased. Payment of the purchase price may be made by one or more of the methods described in Section 5 of the Plan, subject to the limitations contained in such Section of the Plan, including the requirement that the Committee specifically approve in advance certain payment methods.

(b) Notwithstanding any other provision hereof or of the Plan, no portion of this Stock Option shall be exercisable after the Expiration Date.

3. Incorporation of Plan. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, this Stock Option shall be subject to and governed by all the terms and conditions of the Plan.

4. Transferability of Stock Option. This Stock Option is personal to the Optionee and is not transferable by the Optionee in any manner other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution. The Stock Option may be exercised during the Optionee’s lifetime only by the Optionee (or by the Optionee’s guardian or personal representative in the event of the Optionee’s incapacity). The Optionee may elect to designate a beneficiary by providing written notice of the name of such beneficiary to the Company, and may revoke or change such designation at any time by filing written notice of revocation or change with the Company; such beneficiary may exercise the Optionee’s Stock Option in the event of the Optionee’s death to the extent provided herein. If the Optionee does not designate a beneficiary, or if the designated beneficiary predeceases the Optionee, the legal representative of the Optionee may exercise this Stock Option to the extent provided herein in the event of the Optionee’s death.

 

27


5. Restrictions on Transfer of Shares. The Shares acquired upon exercise of the Stock Option shall be subject to certain transfer restrictions and other limitations including, without limitation, the provisions contained in Section 9 of the Plan.

6. Miscellaneous Provisions.

(a) Equitable Relief. The parties hereto agree and declare that legal remedies may be inadequate to enforce the provisions of this Agreement and that equitable relief, including specific performance and injunctive relief, may be used to enforce the provisions of this Agreement.

(b) Adjustments for Changes in Capital Structure. If, as a result of any reorganization, recapitalization, reincorporation, reclassification, stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split or other similar change in the Common Stock, the outstanding shares of Common Stock are increased or decreased or are exchanged for a different number or kind of securities of the Company, the restrictions contained in this Agreement shall apply with equal force to additional and/or substitute securities, if any, received by the Optionee in exchange for, or by virtue of his or her ownership of, this Stock Option or Shares acquired pursuant thereto.

(c) Change and Modifications. This Agreement may not be orally changed, modified or terminated, nor shall any oral waiver of any of its terms be effective. This Agreement may be changed, modified or terminated only by an agreement in writing signed by the Company and the Optionee.

(d) Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware as to matters within the scope thereof, and as to all other matters shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to conflict of law principles that would result in the application of any law other than the law of the State of Delaware.

(e) Headings. The headings are intended only for convenience in finding the subject matter and do not constitute part of the text of this Agreement and shall not be considered in the interpretation of this Agreement.

(f) Saving Clause. If any provision(s) of this Agreement shall be determined to be illegal or unenforceable, such determination shall in no manner affect the legality or enforceability of any other provision hereof.

(g) Notices. All notices, requests, consents and other communications shall be in writing and be deemed given when delivered personally, by telex or facsimile transmission or when received if mailed by first class registered or certified mail, postage prepaid. Notices to the Company or the Optionee shall be addressed as set forth underneath their signatures below, or to such other address or addresses as may have been furnished by such party in writing to the other.

(h) Benefit and Binding Effect. This Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto, their respective successors, assigns, and legal representatives. The Company has the right to assign this Agreement, and such assignee shall become entitled to all the rights of the Company hereunder to the extent of such assignment.

 

28


(i) Counterparts. For the convenience of the parties and to facilitate execution, this Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which shall constitute one and the same document.

(j) Integration. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with respect to this Stock Option and supersedes all prior agreements and discussions between the parties concerning such subject matter.

7. Dispute Resolution.

(a) Except as provided below, any dispute arising out of or relating to the Plan or this Stock Option, this Agreement, or the breach, termination or validity of the Plan, this Stock Option or this Agreement, shall be finally settled by binding arbitration conducted expeditiously in accordance with the J.A.M.S./Endispute Comprehensive Arbitration Rules and Procedures (the “J.A.M.S. Rules”). The arbitration shall be governed by the United States Arbitration Act, 9 U.S.C. Sections 1 16, and judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrators may be entered by any court having jurisdiction thereof. The place of arbitration shall be the offices of Goodwin Proctor, at 100 Northern Avenue, Boston, MA 02210.

(b) The arbitration shall commence within 60 days of the date on which a written demand for arbitration is filed by any party hereto. In connection with the arbitration proceeding, the arbitrator shall have the power to order the production of documents by each party and any third-party witnesses. In addition, each party may take up to three depositions as of right, and the arbitrator may in his or her discretion allow additional depositions upon good cause shown by the moving party. However, the arbitrator shall not have the power to order the answering of interrogatories or the response to requests for admission. In connection with any arbitration, each party to the arbitration shall provide to the other, no later than seven business days before the date of the arbitration, the identity of all persons that may testify at the arbitration and a copy of all documents that may be introduced at the arbitration or considered or used by a party’s witness or expert. The arbitrator’s decision and award shall be made and delivered within six months of the selection of the arbitrator. The arbitrator’s decision shall set forth a reasoned basis for any award of damages or finding of liability. The arbitrator shall not have power to award damages in excess of actual compensatory damages and shall not multiply actual damages or award punitive damages, and each party hereby irrevocably waives any claim to such damages.

(c) The Company, the Optionee, each party to the Agreement and any other holder of Shares issued pursuant to this Agreement (each, a “Party”) covenants and agrees that such party will participate in the arbitration in good faith. This Section 7 applies equally to requests for temporary, preliminary or permanent injunctive relief, except that in the case of temporary or preliminary injunctive relief any party may proceed in court without prior arbitration for the limited purpose of avoiding immediate and irreparable harm.

 

29


(d) Each Party (i) hereby irrevocably submits to the jurisdiction of any United States District Court of competent jurisdiction for the purpose of enforcing the award or decision in any such proceeding, (ii) hereby waives, and agrees not to assert, by way of motion, as a defense, or otherwise, in any such suit, action or proceeding, any claim that it is not subject personally to the jurisdiction of the above named courts, that its property is exempt or immune from attachment or execution (except as protected by applicable law), that the suit, action or proceeding is brought in an inconvenient forum, that the venue of the suit, action or proceeding is improper or that this Agreement or the subject matter hereof may not be enforced in or by such court, and (iii) hereby waives and agrees not to seek any review by any court of any other jurisdiction which may be called upon to grant an enforcement of the judgment of any such court. Each Party hereby consents to service of process by registered mail at the address to which notices are to be given. Each Party agrees that its, his or her submission to jurisdiction and its, his or her consent to service of process by mail is made for the express benefit of each other Party. Final judgment against any Party in any such action, suit or proceeding may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit, action or proceeding on the judgment, or in any other manner provided by or pursuant to the laws of such other jurisdiction.

8. Waiver of Statutory Information Rights. The Optionee understands and agrees that, but for the waiver made herein, the Optionee would be entitled, upon written demand under oath stating the purpose thereof, to inspect for any proper purpose, and to make copies and extracts from, the Company’s stock ledger, a list of its stockholders, and its other books and records, and the books and records of subsidiaries of the Company, if any, under the circumstances and in the manner provided in Section 220 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware (any and all such rights, and any and all such other rights of the Optionee as may be provided for in Section 220, the “Inspection Rights”). In light of the foregoing, until the first sale of Stock of the Company to the general public pursuant to a registration statement filed with and declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act, the Optionee hereby unconditionally and irrevocably waives the Inspection Rights, whether such Inspection Rights would be exercised or pursued directly or indirectly pursuant to Section 220 or otherwise, and covenants and agrees never to directly or indirectly commence, voluntarily aid in any way, prosecute, assign, transfer, or cause to be commenced any claim, action, cause of action, or other proceeding to pursue or exercise the Inspection Rights. The foregoing waiver shall not affect any rights of a director, in his or her capacity as such, under Section 220. The foregoing waiver shall not apply to any contractual inspection rights of the Optionee under any other written agreement between the Optionee and the Company.

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 

30


Appendix A

STOCK OPTION EXERCISE NOTICE

MBX Biosciences, Inc.

Attention: [____________________]

___________________________

___________________________

Pursuant to the terms of the grant notice and stock option agreement between the undersigned and MBX Biosciences, Inc. (the “Company”) dated __________ (the “Agreement”) under the MBX Biosciences, Inc. 2019 Stock Option and Grant Plan, I, [Insert Name] ________________, hereby [Circle One] partially/fully exercise such option by including herein payment in the amount of $______ representing the purchase price for [Fill in number of Shares] _______ Shares. I have chosen the following form(s) of payment:

 

  [ ] 1.

Cash

 

  [ ] 2.

Certified or bank check payable to MBX Biosciences, Inc.

 

  [ ] 3.

Other (as referenced in the Agreement and described in the Plan (please describe))

_____________________________________________________.

In connection with my exercise of the option as set forth above, I hereby represent and warrant to the Company as follows:

(i) I am purchasing the Shares for my own account for investment only, and not for resale or with a view to the distribution thereof.

(ii) I have had such an opportunity as I have deemed adequate to obtain from the Company such information as is necessary to permit me to evaluate the merits and risks of my investment in the Company and have consulted with my own advisers with respect to my investment in the Company.

(iii) I have sufficient experience in business, financial and investment matters to be able to evaluate the risks involved in the purchase of the Shares and to make an informed investment decision with respect to such purchase.

(iv) I can afford a complete loss of the value of the Shares and am able to bear the economic risk of holding such Shares for an indefinite period of time.

(v) I understand that the Shares may not be registered under the Securities Act of 1933 (it being understood that the Shares are being issued and sold in reliance on the exemption provided in Rule 701 thereunder) or any applicable state securities or “blue sky” laws and may not be sold or otherwise transferred or disposed of

 

31


in the absence of an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933 and under any applicable state securities or “blue sky” laws (or exemptions from the registration requirement thereof). I further acknowledge that certificates representing Shares will bear restrictive legends reflecting the foregoing and/or that book entries for uncertificated Shares will include similar restrictive notations.

(vi) I have read and understand the Plan and acknowledge and agree that the Shares are subject to all of the relevant terms of the Plan, including without limitation, the transfer restrictions set forth in Section 9 of the Plan.

(vii) I understand and agree that the Company has a right of first refusal with respect to the Shares pursuant to Section 9(b) of the Plan.

(viii) I understand and agree that the Company has certain repurchase rights with respect to the Shares pursuant to Section 9(c) of the Plan.

(ix) I understand and agree that I may not sell or otherwise transfer or dispose of the Shares for a period of time following the effective date of a public offering by the Company as described in Section 9(f) of the Plan.

(x) I understand and agree to the waiver of statutory information rights as set forth in Section 8 of the Agreement.

 

Sincerely yours,

 

Name:
Address:

 

 

 

Date:                       

 

32


NON-QUALIFIED STOCK OPTION GRANT NOTICE

UNDER THE MBX BIOSCIENCES, INC.

2019 STOCK OPTION AND GRANT PLAN

Pursuant to the MBX Biosciences, Inc. 2019 Stock Option and Grant Plan (the “Plan”), MBX Biosciences, Inc., a Delaware corporation (together with any successor, the “Company”), has granted to the individual named below, an option (the “Stock Option”) to purchase on or prior to the Expiration Date, or such earlier date as is specified herein, all or any part of the number of shares of Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share (“Common Stock”), of the Company indicated below (the “Shares”), at the Option Exercise Price per share, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Non-Qualified Stock Option Grant Notice (the “Grant Notice”), the attached Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement (the “Agreement”) and the Plan. This Stock Option is not intended to qualify as an “incentive stock option” as defined in Section 422(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time (the “Code”).

 

Name of Optionee:    __________________ (the “Optionee”)
No. of Shares:    __________ Shares of Common Stock
Grant Date:    __________________
Vesting Commencement Date:    __________________ (the “Vesting Commencement Date”)
Expiration Date:    __________________ (the “Expiration Date”)
Option Exercise Price/Share:    $_________________ (the “Option Exercise Price”)
Vesting Schedule:    25 percent of the Shares shall vest and become exercisable on the first anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date; provided that the Optionee continues to have a Service Relationship with the Company at such time. Thereafter, the remaining 75 percent of the Shares shall vest and become exercisable in 36 equal monthly installments following the first anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date, provided the Optionee continues to have a Service Relationship with the Company on each vesting date. Notwithstanding anything in the Agreement to the contrary, in the case of a Sale Event, this Stock Option and the Shares shall be treated as provided in Section 3(c) of the Plan[ provided; however INSERT ANY ACCELERATED VESTING PROVISION HERE].

Attachments: Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement, 2019 Stock Option and Grant Plan


NON-QUALIFIED STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

UNDER THE MBX BIOSCIENCES, INC.

2019 STOCK OPTION AND GRANT PLAN

All capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the respective meanings set forth in the Grant Notice and the Plan.

1. Vesting, Exercisability and Termination.

(a) No portion of this Stock Option may be exercised until such portion shall have vested and become exercisable.

(b) Except as set forth below, and subject to the determination of the Committee in its sole discretion to accelerate the vesting schedule hereunder, this Stock Option shall be vested and exercisable on the respective dates indicated below:

(i) This Stock Option shall initially be unvested and unexercisable.

(ii) This Stock Option shall vest and become exercisable in accordance with the Vesting Schedule set forth in the Grant Notice.

(c) Termination. Except as may otherwise be provided by the Committee, if the Optionee’s Service Relationship is terminated, the period within which to exercise this Stock Option will be subject to earlier termination as set forth below (and if not exercised within such period, shall thereafter terminate subject, in each case, to Section 3(c) of the Plan):

(i) Termination Due to Death or Disability. If the Optionee’s Service Relationship terminates by reason of such Optionee’s death or Disability, this Stock Option may be exercised, to the extent exercisable on the date of such termination, by the Optionee, the Optionee’s legal representative or legatee for a period of 12 months from the date of death or Disability or until the Expiration Date, if earlier.

(ii) Other Termination. If the Optionee’s Service Relationship terminates for any reason other than death or Disability, and unless otherwise determined by the Committee, this Stock Option may be exercised, to the extent exercisable on the date of termination, for a period of 90 days from the date of termination or until the Expiration Date, if earlier; provided however, if the Optionee’s Service Relationship is terminated for Cause, this Stock Option shall terminate immediately upon the date of such termination.

For purposes hereof, the Committee’s determination of the reason for termination of the Optionee’s Service Relationship shall be conclusive and binding on the Optionee and his or her representatives or legatees and any Permitted Transferee. Any portion of this Stock Option that is not vested and exercisable on the date of termination of the Service Relationship shall terminate immediately and be null and void.

 

2


2. Exercise of Stock Option.

(a) The Optionee may exercise this Stock Option only in the following manner: Prior to the Expiration Date, the Optionee may deliver a Stock Option exercise notice (an “Exercise Notice”) in the form of Appendix A hereto indicating his or her election to purchase some or all of the Shares with respect to which this Stock Option is then exercisable. Such notice shall specify the number of Shares to be purchased. Payment of the purchase price may be made by one or more of the methods described in Section 5 of the Plan, subject to the limitations contained in such Section of the Plan, including the requirement that the Committee specifically approve in advance certain payment methods.

(b) Notwithstanding any other provision hereof or of the Plan, no portion of this Stock Option shall be exercisable after the Expiration Date.

3. Incorporation of Plan. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, this Stock Option shall be subject to and governed by all the terms and conditions of the Plan.

4. Transferability of Stock Option. This Stock Option is personal to the Optionee and is not transferable by the Optionee in any manner other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution. The Stock Option may be exercised during the Optionee’s lifetime only by the Optionee (or by the Optionee’s guardian or personal representative in the event of the Optionee’s incapacity). The Optionee may elect to designate a beneficiary by providing written notice of the name of such beneficiary to the Company, and may revoke or change such designation at any time by filing written notice of revocation or change with the Company; such beneficiary may exercise the Optionee’s Stock Option in the event of the Optionee’s death to the extent provided herein. If the Optionee does not designate a beneficiary, or if the designated beneficiary predeceases the Optionee, the legal representative of the Optionee may exercise this Stock Option to the extent provided herein in the event of the Optionee’s death.

5. Restrictions on Transfer of Shares. The Shares acquired upon exercise of the Stock Option shall be subject to certain transfer restrictions and other limitations including, without limitation, the provisions contained in Section 9 of the Plan.

6. Miscellaneous Provisions.

(a) Equitable Relief. The parties hereto agree and declare that legal remedies may be inadequate to enforce the provisions of this Agreement and that equitable relief, including specific performance and injunctive relief, may be used to enforce the provisions of this Agreement.

(b) Adjustments for Changes in Capital Structure. If, as a result of any reorganization, recapitalization, reincorporation, reclassification, stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split or other similar change in the Common Stock, the outstanding shares of Common Stock are increased or decreased or are exchanged for a different number or kind of securities of the Company, the restrictions contained in this Agreement shall apply with equal force to additional and/or substitute securities, if any, received by the Optionee in exchange for, or by virtue of his or her ownership of, this Stock Option or Shares acquired pursuant thereto.

 

3


(c) Change and Modifications. This Agreement may not be orally changed, modified or terminated, nor shall any oral waiver of any of its terms be effective. This Agreement may be changed, modified or terminated only by an agreement in writing signed by the Company and the Optionee.

(d) Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware as to matters within the scope thereof, and as to all other matters shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to conflict of law principles that would result in the application of any law other than the law of the State of Delaware.

(e) Headings. The headings are intended only for convenience in finding the subject matter and do not constitute part of the text of this Agreement and shall not be considered in the interpretation of this Agreement.

(f) Saving Clause. If any provision(s) of this Agreement shall be determined to be illegal or unenforceable, such determination shall in no manner affect the legality or enforceability of any other provision hereof.

(g) Notices. All notices, requests, consents and other communications shall be in writing and be deemed given when delivered personally, by telex or facsimile transmission or when received if mailed by first class registered or certified mail, postage prepaid. Notices to the Company or the Optionee shall be addressed as set forth underneath their signatures below, or to such other address or addresses as may have been furnished by such party in writing to the other.

(h) Benefit and Binding Effect. This Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto, their respective successors, assigns, and legal representatives. The Company has the right to assign this Agreement, and such assignee shall become entitled to all the rights of the Company hereunder to the extent of such assignment.

(i) Counterparts. For the convenience of the parties and to facilitate execution, this Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which shall constitute one and the same document.

(j) Integration. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with respect to this Stock Option and supersedes all prior agreements and discussions between the parties concerning such subject matter.

7. Dispute Resolution.

(a) Except as provided below, any dispute arising out of or relating to the Plan or this Stock Option, this Agreement, or the breach, termination or validity of the Plan, this Stock Option or this Agreement, shall be finally settled by binding arbitration conducted expeditiously in accordance with the J.A.M.S./Endispute Comprehensive Arbitration Rules and Procedures (the “J.A.M.S. Rules”). The arbitration shall be governed by the United States Arbitration Act, 9 U.S.C. Sections 1-16, and judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrators may be entered by any court having jurisdiction thereof. The place of arbitration shall be the offices of Goodwin Proctor at 100 Northern Avenue, Boston, MA 02210.

 

4


(b) The arbitration shall commence within 60 days of the date on which a written demand for arbitration is filed by any party hereto. In connection with the arbitration proceeding, the arbitrator shall have the power to order the production of documents by each party and any third-party witnesses. In addition, each party may take up to three depositions as of right, and the arbitrator may in his or her discretion allow additional depositions upon good cause shown by the moving party. However, the arbitrator shall not have the power to order the answering of interrogatories or the response to requests for admission. In connection with any arbitration, each party to the arbitration shall provide to the other, no later than seven business days before the date of the arbitration, the identity of all persons that may testify at the arbitration and a copy of all documents that may be introduced at the arbitration or considered or used by a party’s witness or expert. The arbitrator’s decision and award shall be made and delivered within six months of the selection of the arbitrator. The arbitrator’s decision shall set forth a reasoned basis for any award of damages or finding of liability. The arbitrator shall not have power to award damages in excess of actual compensatory damages and shall not multiply actual damages or award punitive damages, and each party hereby irrevocably waives any claim to such damages.

(c) The Company, the Optionee, each party to the Agreement and any other holder of Shares issued pursuant to this Agreement (each, a “Party”) covenants and agrees that such party will participate in the arbitration in good faith. This Section 7 applies equally to requests for temporary, preliminary or permanent injunctive relief, except that in the case of temporary or preliminary injunctive relief any party may proceed in court without prior arbitration for the limited purpose of avoiding immediate and irreparable harm.

(d) Each Party (i) hereby irrevocably submits to the jurisdiction of any United States District Court of competent jurisdiction for the purpose of enforcing the award or decision in any such proceeding, (ii) hereby waives, and agrees not to assert, by way of motion, as a defense, or otherwise, in any such suit, action or proceeding, any claim that it is not subject personally to the jurisdiction of the above named courts, that its property is exempt or immune from attachment or execution (except as protected by applicable law), that the suit, action or proceeding is brought in an inconvenient forum, that the venue of the suit, action or proceeding is improper or that this Agreement or the subject matter hereof may not be enforced in or by such court, and (iii) hereby waives and agrees not to seek any review by any court of any other jurisdiction which may be called upon to grant an enforcement of the judgment of any such court. Each Party hereby consents to service of process by registered mail at the address to which notices are to be given. Each Party agrees that its, his or her submission to jurisdiction and its, his or her consent to service of process by mail is made for the express benefit of each other Party. Final judgment against any Party in any such action, suit or proceeding may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit, action or proceeding on the judgment, or in any other manner provided by or pursuant to the laws of such other jurisdiction.

 

5


8. Waiver of Statutory Information Rights. The Optionee understands and agrees that, but for the waiver made herein, the Optionee would be entitled, upon written demand under oath stating the purpose thereof, to inspect for any proper purpose, and to make copies and extracts from, the Company’s stock ledger, a list of its stockholders, and its other books and records, and the books and records of subsidiaries of the Company, if any, under the circumstances and in the manner provided in Section 220 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware (any and all such rights, and any and all such other rights of the Optionee as may be provided for in Section 220, the “Inspection Rights”). In light of the foregoing, until the first sale of Stock of the Company to the general public pursuant to a registration statement filed with and declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act, the Optionee hereby unconditionally and irrevocably waives the Inspection Rights, whether such Inspection Rights would be exercised or pursued directly or indirectly pursuant to Section 220 or otherwise, and covenants and agrees never to directly or indirectly commence, voluntarily aid in any way, prosecute, assign, transfer, or cause to be commenced any claim, action, cause of action, or other proceeding to pursue or exercise the Inspection Rights. The foregoing waiver shall not affect any rights of a director, in his or her capacity as such, under Section 220. The foregoing waiver shall not apply to any contractual inspection rights of the Optionee under any other written agreement between the Optionee and the Company.

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 

6


Appendix A

STOCK OPTION EXERCISE NOTICE

MBX Biosciences, Inc.

Attention: [____________________]

___________________________

___________________________

Pursuant to the terms of the grant notice and stock option agreement between the undersigned and MBX Biosciences, Inc. (the “Company”) dated __________ (the “Agreement”) under the MBX Biosciences, Inc. 2019 Stock Option and Grant Plan, I, [Insert Name] ________________, hereby [Circle One] partially/fully exercise such option by including herein payment in the amount of $______ representing the purchase price for [Fill in number of Shares] _______ Shares. I have chosen the following form(s) of payment:

 

  [ ] 1.

Cash

 

  [ ] 2.

Certified or bank check payable to MBX Biosciences, Inc.

 

  [ ] 3.

Other (as referenced in the Agreement and described in the Plan (please describe))

_____________________________________________________.

In connection with my exercise of the option as set forth above, I hereby represent and warrant to the Company as follows:

(i) I am purchasing the Shares for my own account for investment only, and not for resale or with a view to the distribution thereof.

(ii) I have had such an opportunity as I have deemed adequate to obtain from the Company such information as is necessary to permit me to evaluate the merits and risks of my investment in the Company and have consulted with my own advisers with respect to my investment in the Company.

(iii) I have sufficient experience in business, financial and investment matters to be able to evaluate the risks involved in the purchase of the Shares and to make an informed investment decision with respect to such purchase.

(iv) I can afford a complete loss of the value of the Shares and am able to bear the economic risk of holding such Shares for an indefinite period of time.

(v) I understand that the Shares may not be registered under the Securities Act of 1933 (it being understood that the Shares are being issued and sold in reliance on the exemption provided in Rule 701 thereunder) or any applicable state securities or “blue sky” laws and may not be sold or otherwise transferred or disposed of in the absence of an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933 and under any applicable state securities or “blue sky” laws (or exemptions from the registration requirement thereof). I further acknowledge that certificates representing Shares will bear restrictive legends reflecting the foregoing and/or that book entries for uncertificated Shares will include similar restrictive notations.

 

7


(vi) I have read and understand the Plan and acknowledge and agree that the Shares are subject to all of the relevant terms of the Plan, including without limitation, the transfer restrictions set forth in Section 9 of the Plan.

(vii) I understand and agree that the Company has a right of first refusal with respect to the Shares pursuant to Section 9(b) of the Plan.

(viii) I understand and agree that the Company has certain repurchase rights with respect to the Shares pursuant to Section 9(c) of the Plan.

(ix) I understand and agree that I may not sell or otherwise transfer or dispose of the Shares for a period of time following the effective date of a public offering by the Company as described in Section 9(f) of the Plan.

(x) I understand and agree to the waiver of statutory information rights as set forth in Section 8 of the Agreement.

 

Sincerely yours,

 

Name:
Address:

 

 

 

Date:                       

 

8


RESTRICTED STOCK AWARD NOTICE

UNDER THE MBX BIOSCIENCES, INC.

2019 STOCK OPTION AND GRANT PLAN

Pursuant to the MBX Biosciences, Inc. 2019 Stock Option and Grant Plan (the “Plan”), MBX Biosciences, Inc., a Delaware corporation (together with any successor, the “Company”), hereby grants, sells and issues to the individual named below, the Shares at the Per Share Purchase Price, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Restricted Stock Award Notice (the “Award Notice”), the attached Restricted Stock Agreement (the “Agreement”) and the Plan. The Grantee agrees to the provisions set forth herein and acknowledges that each such provision is a material condition of the Company’s agreement to issue and sell the Shares to him or her. The Company hereby acknowledges receipt of $[_______] in full payment for the Shares. All references to share prices and amounts herein shall be equitably adjusted to reflect stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations, mergers, reorganizations and similar changes affecting the capital stock of the Company, and any shares of capital stock of the Company received on or in respect of Shares in connection with any such event (including any shares of capital stock or any right, option or warrant to receive the same or any security convertible into or exchangeable for any such shares or received upon conversion of any such shares) shall be subject to this Agreement on the same basis and extent at the relevant time as the Shares in respect of which they were issued, and shall be deemed Shares as if and to the same extent they were issued at the date hereof.

 

Name of Grantee:    _________________ (the “Grantee”)
No. of Shares:    _________ Shares of Common Stock (the “Shares”)
Grant Date:    ____________ __, ____
Date of Purchase of Shares:    ____________ __, ____
Vesting Commencement Date:    ____________ __, ____ (the “Vesting Commencement Date”)
Per Share Purchase Price:    $________ (the “Per Share Purchase Price”)
Vesting Schedule:    [25] percent of the Shares shall vest on the [first] anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date; provided that the Grantee continues to have a Service Relationship with the Company at such time. Thereafter, the remaining [75] percent of the Shares shall vest in [36] equal monthly installments following the first anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date, provided the Grantee continues to have a Service Relationship with the Company at such time. Notwithstanding anything in the Agreement to the contrary in the case of a Sale Event, the Shares of Restricted Stock shall be treated as provided in Section 3(c) of the Plan [provided; however INSERT ANY ACCELERATED VESTING PROVISION HERE].

Attachments: Restricted Stock Agreement, 2019 Stock Option and Grant Plan


RESTRICTED STOCK AGREEMENT

UNDER THE MBX BIOSCIENCES, INC.

2019 STOCK OPTION AND GRANT PLAN

All capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the respective meanings set forth in the Award Notice and the Plan.

1. Purchase and Sale of Shares; Vesting; Investment Representations.

(a) Purchase and Sale. The Company hereby sells to the Grantee, and the Grantee hereby purchases from the Company, the number of Shares set forth in the Award Notice for the Per Share Purchase Price.

(b) Vesting. Initially, all of the Shares are non-transferable and subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture and are Shares of Restricted Stock. The risk of forfeiture shall lapse with respect to the Shares on the respective dates indicated on the Vesting Schedule set forth in the Award Notice.

(c) Investment Representations. In connection with the purchase and sale of the Shares contemplated by Section 1(a) above, the Grantee hereby represents and warrants to the Company as follows:

(i) The Grantee is purchasing the Shares for the Grantee’s own account for investment only, and not for resale or with a view to the distribution thereof.

(ii) The Grantee has had such an opportunity as he or she has deemed adequate to obtain from the Company such information as is necessary to permit him or her to evaluate the merits and risks of the Grantee’s investment in the Company and has consulted with the Grantee’s own advisers with respect to the Grantee’s investment in the Company.

(iii) The Grantee has sufficient experience in business, financial and investment matters to be able to evaluate the risks involved in the purchase of the Shares and to make an informed investment decision with respect to such purchase.

(iv) The Grantee can afford a complete loss of the value of the Shares and is able to bear the economic risk of holding such Shares for an indefinite period.

(v) The Grantee understands that the Shares are not registered under the Act (it being understood that the Shares are being issued and sold in reliance on the exemption provided in Rule 701 thereunder) or any applicable state securities or “blue sky” laws and may not be sold or otherwise transferred or disposed of in the absence of an effective registration statement under the Act and under any applicable state securities or “blue sky” laws (or exemptions from the registration requirements thereof). The Grantee further acknowledges that certificates representing the Shares will bear restrictive legends reflecting the foregoing and/or that book entries for uncertificated Shares will include similar restrictive notations.

(vi) The Grantee has read and understands the Plan and acknowledges and agrees that the Shares are subject to all of the relevant terms of the Plan, including without limitation, the transfer restrictions set forth in Section 9 of the Plan.

(vii) The Grantee understands and agrees that the Company has a right of first refusal with respect to the Shares pursuant to Section 9(b) of the Plan.

 

2


(viii) The Grantee understands and agree that the Company has certain repurchase rights with respect to the Shares pursuant to Section 9(c) of the Plan.

(ix) The Grantee understands and agrees that the Grantee may not sell or otherwise transfer or dispose of the Shares for a period of time following the effective date of a public offering by the Company as described in Section 9(f) of the Plan.

2. Repurchase Right. Upon a Termination Event, the Company shall have the right to repurchase Shares of Restricted Stock that are unvested as of the date of such Termination Event as set forth in Section 9(c) of the Plan.

3. Restrictions on Transfer of Shares. The Shares (whether or not vested) shall be subject to certain transfer restrictions and other limitations including, without limitation, the provisions contained in Section 9 of the Plan

4. Incorporation of Plan. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, this Restricted Stock Award shall be subject to and governed by all the terms and conditions of the Plan.

5. Miscellaneous Provisions.

(a) Record Owner; Dividends. The Grantee and any Permitted Transferees, during the duration of this Agreement, shall be considered the record owners of and shall be entitled to vote the Shares if and to the extent the Shares are entitled to voting rights. The Grantee and any Permitted Transferees shall be entitled to receive all dividends and any other distributions declared on the Shares; provided, however, that the Company is under no duty to declare any such dividends or to make any such distribution.

(b) Section 83(b) Election. The Grantee shall consult with the Grantee’s tax advisor to determine whether it would be appropriate for the Grantee to make an election under Section 83(b) of the Code with respect to this Award. Any such election must be filed with the Internal Revenue Service within 30 days of the date of this Award. If the Grantee makes an election under Section 83(b) of the Code, the Grantee shall give prompt notice to the Company (and provide a copy of such election to the Company). A sample Section 83(b) election is attached to this Agreement as Exhibit A.

(c) Equitable Relief. The parties hereto agree and declare that legal remedies may be inadequate to enforce the provisions of this Agreement and that equitable relief, including specific performance and injunctive relief, may be used to enforce the provisions of this Agreement.

(d) Change and Modifications. This Agreement may not be orally changed, modified or terminated, nor shall any oral waiver of any of its terms be effective. This Agreement may be changed, modified or terminated only by an agreement in writing signed by the Company and the Grantee.

(e) Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware as to matters within the scope thereof, and as to all other matters shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to conflict of law principles that would result in the application of any law other than the law of the State of Delaware.

(f) Headings. The headings are intended only for convenience in finding the subject matter and do not constitute part of the text of this Agreement and shall not be considered in the interpretation of this Agreement.

 

3


(g) Saving Clause. If any provision(s) of this Agreement shall be determined to be illegal or unenforceable, such determination shall in no manner affect the legality or enforceability of any other provision hereof.

(h) Notices. All notices, requests, consents and other communications shall be in writing and be deemed given when delivered personally, by telex or facsimile transmission or when received if mailed by first class registered or certified mail, postage prepaid. Notices to the Company or the Grantee shall be addressed as set forth underneath their signatures below, or to such other address or addresses as may have been furnished by such party in writing to the other.

(i) Benefit and Binding Effect. This Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto, their respective successors, assigns, and legal representatives. The Company has the right to assign this Agreement, and such assignee shall become entitled to all the rights of the Company hereunder to the extent of such assignment.

(j) Counterparts. For the convenience of the parties and to facilitate execution, this Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which shall constitute one and the same document.

(k) Integration. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with respect to this Award and supersedes all prior agreements and discussions between the parties concerning such subject matter.

6. Dispute Resolution.

(a) Except as provided below, any dispute arising out of or relating to the Plan or the Shares, this Agreement, or the breach, termination or validity of the Plan, the Shares or this Agreement, shall be finally settled by binding arbitration conducted expeditiously in accordance with the J.A.M.S./Endispute Comprehensive Arbitration Rules and Procedures (the “J.A.M.S. Rules”). The arbitration shall be governed by the United States Arbitration Act, 9 U.S.C. Sections 1—16, and judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrators may be entered by any court having jurisdiction thereof. The place of arbitration shall be the offices of Goodwin Proctor, 100 Northern Avenue Boston, MA, 02210.

(b) The arbitration shall commence within 60 days of the date on which a written demand for arbitration is filed by any party hereto. In connection with the arbitration proceeding, the arbitrator shall have the power to order the production of documents by each party and any third-party witnesses. In addition, each party may take up to three depositions as of right, and the arbitrator may in his or her discretion allow additional depositions upon good cause shown by the moving party. However, the arbitrator shall not have the power to order the answering of interrogatories or the response to requests for admission. In connection with any arbitration, each party to the arbitration shall provide to the other, no later than seven business days before the date of the arbitration, the identity of all persons that may testify at the arbitration and a copy of all documents that may be introduced at the arbitration or considered or used by a party’s witness or expert. The arbitrator’s decision and award shall be made and delivered within six months of the selection of the arbitrator. The arbitrator’s decision shall set forth a reasoned basis for any award of damages or finding of liability. The arbitrator shall not have power to award damages in excess of actual compensatory damages and shall not multiply actual damages or award punitive damages, and each party hereby irrevocably waives any claim to such damages.

(c) The Company, the Grantee, each party to the Agreement and any other holder of Shares issued pursuant to this Agreement (each, a “Party”) covenants and agrees that such party will participate in the arbitration in good faith. This Section 6 applies equally to requests for temporary, preliminary or permanent injunctive relief, except that in the case of temporary or preliminary injunctive relief any party may proceed in court without prior arbitration for the limited purpose of avoiding immediate and irreparable harm.

 

4


(d) Each Party (i) hereby irrevocably submits to the jurisdiction of any United States District Court of competent jurisdiction for the purpose of enforcing the award or decision in any such proceeding, (ii) hereby waives, and agrees not to assert, by way of motion, as a defense, or otherwise, in any such suit, action or proceeding, any claim that it is not subject personally to the jurisdiction of the above named courts, that its property is exempt or immune from attachment or execution (except as protected by applicable law), that the suit, action or proceeding is brought in an inconvenient forum, that the venue of the suit, action or proceeding is improper or that this Agreement or the subject matter hereof may not be enforced in or by such court, and (iii) hereby waives and agrees not to seek any review by any court of any other jurisdiction which may be called upon to grant an enforcement of the judgment of any such court. Each Party hereby consents to service of process by registered mail at the address to which notices are to be given. Each Party agrees that its, his or her submission to jurisdiction and its, his or her consent to service of process by mail is made for the express benefit of each other Party. Final judgment against any Party in any such action, suit or proceeding may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit, action or proceeding on the judgment, or in any other manner provided by or pursuant to the laws of such other jurisdiction.

7. Waiver of Statutory Information Rights. The Grantee understands and agrees that, but for the waiver made herein, the Grantee would be entitled, upon written demand under oath stating the purpose thereof, to inspect for any proper purpose, and to make copies and extracts from, the Company’s stock ledger, a list of its stockholders, and its other books and records, and the books and records of subsidiaries of the Company, if any, under the circumstances and in the manner provided in Section 220 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware (any and all such rights, and any and all such other rights of the Grantee as may be provided for in Section 220, the “Inspection Rights”). In light of the foregoing, until the first sale of Stock of the Company to the general public pursuant to a registration statement filed with and declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act, the Grantee hereby unconditionally and irrevocably waives the Inspection Rights, whether such Inspection Rights would be exercised or pursued directly or indirectly pursuant to Section 220 or otherwise, and covenants and agrees never to directly or indirectly commence, voluntarily aid in any way, prosecute, assign, transfer, or cause to be commenced any claim, action, cause of action, or other proceeding to pursue or exercise the Inspection Rights. The foregoing waiver shall not affect any rights of a director, in his or her capacity as such, under Section 220. The foregoing waiver shall not apply to any contractual inspection rights of the Grantee under any other written agreement between the Grantee and the Company.

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 

5


The foregoing Restricted Stock Agreement is hereby accepted and the terms and conditions thereof are hereby agreed to by the undersigned as of the date of purchase of Shares above written.

 

MBX BIOSCIENCES, INC.
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
Address:

 

 

 

The undersigned hereby acknowledges receiving and reviewing a copy of the Plan, including, without limitation, Section 9 thereof and understands that the Shares granted hereby are subject to the terms of the Plan and of this Agreement. This Agreement is hereby accepted, and the terms and conditions of the Plan, the Award Notice and this Agreement, SPECIFICALLY INCLUDING THE ARBITRATION PROVISIONS SET FORTH IN SECTION 6 AND THE WAIVER OF STATUTORY INFORMATION RIGHTS SET FORTH IN SECTION 7 OF THIS AGREEMENT, are hereby agreed to, by the undersigned as of the date first above written.

 

GRANTEE:

 

Name:
Address:

 

 

 

 

6


SPOUSE’S CONSENT

I acknowledge that I have read the

foregoing Restricted Stock Agreement

and understand the contents thereof.

 

 

7


EXHIBIT A

Section 83(b) Election

The undersigned hereby elects pursuant to §83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, to include in gross income as compensation for services the excess (if any) of the fair market value of the shares described below over the amount paid for those shares.

 

1.

The name, taxpayer identification number, address of the undersigned, and the taxable year for which this election is being made are:

 

  Name:  

 

 
  Address:  

 

 
   

 

 
  Social Security No.:  

 

 
  Taxable Year: Calendar Year 20  

 

2.

The property which is the subject of this election is [number of unvested shares] shares of common stock of MBX Biosciences,, Inc.

 

3.

The property was transferred to the undersigned on [date of purchase/transfer].

 

4.

The property is subject to the following restrictions:

The Shares will be subject to restrictions on transfer and risk of forfeiture upon termination of service relationship and in certain other events.

 

5.

The fair market value of the property at time of transfer (determined without regard to any restrictions other than nonlapse restrictions as defined in §1.83-3(h) of the Income Tax Regulations) is $[current FMV] per share x [number of unvested shares] shares = $_______________.

 

6.

For the property transferred, the undersigned paid $[exercise price] per share x [number of unvested shares] shares = $_________________.

 

7.

The amount to include in gross income is $[amount reported in Item 5 minus the amount reported in Item 6].

The undersigned taxpayer will file this election with the Internal Revenue Service Office with which the taxpayer files his or her annual income tax return not later than 30 days after the date of transfer of the property, at the IRS address listed for the taxpayer’s state under “Are you not including a check or money order . . .” given in Where Do You File in the Instructions for Form 1040 and the Instructions for Form 1040A (which information can also be found at: https://www.irs.gov/uac/where-to-file-addresses-for-taxpayers-and-tax-professionals). A copy of the election will also be furnished to the person for whom the services were performed. The undersigned is the person performing services in connection with which the property was transferred.

 

Dated: __________________, 20__      

 

      Taxpayer

 

8


EARLY EXERCISE

INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION GRANT NOTICE

UNDER THE MBX BIOSCIENCES, INC.

2019 STOCK OPTION AND GRANT PLAN

Pursuant to the MBX Biosciences, Inc. 2019 Stock Option and Grant Plan (the “Plan”), MBX Biosciences, Inc., a Delaware corporation (together with any successor thereto, the “Company”), has granted to the individual named below, an option (the “Stock Option”) to purchase on or prior to the Expiration Date, or such earlier date as is specified herein, all or any part of the number of shares of Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share (“Common Stock”), of the Company indicated below (the “Shares”), at the Option Exercise Price per share, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Early Exercise Incentive Stock Option Grant Notice (the “Grant Notice”), the attached Early Exercise Incentive Stock Option Agreement (the “Agreement”) and the Plan. This Stock Option is intended to qualify as an “incentive stock option” as defined in Section 422(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time (the “Code”). To the extent that any portion of the Stock Option does not so qualify, it shall be deemed a non-qualified stock option.

 

Name of Optionee:    __________________ (the “Optionee”)
No. of Shares:    __________ Shares of Common Stock
Grant Date:             
Vesting Commencement Date:    __________________ (the “Vesting Commencement Date”)
Expiration Date:    __________________ (the “Expiration Date”)
Option Exercise Price/Share:    $_________________ (the “Option Exercise Price”)
Vesting Schedule:    25 percent of the Shares shall vest on the first anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date; provided that the Optionee continues to have a Service Relationship with the Company at such time. Thereafter, the remaining 75 percent of the Shares shall vest in 36 equal monthly installments following the first anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date, provided the Optionee continues to have a Service Relationship with the Company on each vesting date. Notwithstanding anything in the Agreement to the contrary, in the case of a Sale Event, this Stock Option and the Shares shall be treated as provided in Section 3(c) of the Plan [ provided; however INSERT ANY ACCELERATED VESTING PROVISION HERE].

Attachments: Early Exercise Incentive Stock Option Agreement, Restricted Stock Agreement, 2019 Stock Option and Grant Plan


EARLY EXERCISE

INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

UNDER THE MBX BIOSCIENCES, INC.

2019 STOCK OPTION AND GRANT PLAN

All capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the respective meanings set forth in the Grant Notice and the Plan.

1. Vesting, Exercisability and Termination.

(a) This Stock Option shall be immediately exercisable, regardless of whether the Shares are vested.

(b) Except as set forth below, and subject to the determination of the Committee in its sole discretion to accelerate the vesting schedule hereunder, the Shares shall be vested on the respective dates indicated below:

(i) All Shares shall initially be unvested.

(ii) The Shares shall vest in accordance with the Vesting Schedule set forth in the Grant Notice.

(c) Termination. Except as may otherwise be provided by the Committee, if the Optionee’s Service Relationship is terminated, the period within which to exercise this Stock Option will be subject to earlier termination as set forth below (and if not exercised within such period, shall thereafter terminate subject, in each case to Section 3(c) of the Plan):

(i) Termination Due to Death or Disability. If the Optionee’s Service Relationship terminates by reason of such Optionee’s death or Disability, this Stock Option may continue to be exercised, to the extent the Shares are vested on the date of termination, by the Optionee, the Optionee’s legal representative or legatee for a period of 12 months from the date of death or Disability or until the Expiration Date, if earlier.

(ii) Other Termination. If the Optionee’s Service Relationship terminates for any reason other than death or Disability, and unless otherwise determined by the Committee, this Stock Option may continue to be exercised, to the extent the Shares are vested on the date of termination, for a period of 90 days from the date of termination or until the Expiration Date, if earlier; provided however, if the Optionee’s Service Relationship is terminated for Cause, this Stock Option shall terminate immediately upon the date of such termination.

For purposes hereof, the Committee’s determination of the reason for termination of the Optionee’s Service Relationship shall be conclusive and binding on the Optionee and his or her representatives or legatees. Any portion of this Stock Option with respect to Shares that are not vested and exercisable on the date of termination of the Service Relationship shall terminate immediately and be null and void.

 

2


(d) It is understood and intended that this Stock Option is intended to qualify as an “incentive stock option” as defined in Section 422 of the Code to the extent permitted under applicable law. Accordingly, the Optionee understands that in order to obtain the benefits of an incentive stock option under Section 422 of the Code, no sale or other disposition may be made of Shares for which incentive stock option treatment is desired within the one-year period beginning on the day after the day of the transfer of such Shares to him or her, nor within the two-year period beginning on the day after Grant Date of this Stock Option and further that this Stock Option must be exercised within three months after termination of employment as an employee (or 12 months in the case of death or disability) to qualify as an incentive stock option. If the Optionee disposes (whether by sale, gift, transfer or otherwise) of any such Shares within either of these periods, he or she will notify the Company within 30 days after such disposition. The Optionee also agrees to provide the Company with any information concerning any such dispositions required by the Company for tax purposes. Further, to the extent this Stock Option and any other incentive stock options of the Optionee having an aggregate Fair Market Value in excess of $100,000 (determined as of the Grant Date) first become exercisable in any year, such options will not qualify as incentive stock options.

2. Exercise of Stock Option.

(a) The Optionee may exercise this Stock Option only in the following manner: Prior to the Expiration Date, the Optionee may deliver a Stock Option exercise notice (an “Exercise Notice”) in the form of Appendix A hereto indicating his or her election to purchase some or all of the Shares. Such notice shall specify the number of Shares to be purchased. To the extent this Stock Option is only partially exercised, such exercise shall first be with respect to the Shares, if any, that have previously vested, and then with respect to the Shares that will next vest, with the Shares that vest at the latest date being exercised last. Payment of the purchase price may be made by one or more of the methods described in Section 5 of the Plan, subject to the limitations contained in such Section of the Plan, including the requirement that the Committee specifically approve in advance certain payment methods.

(b) In the event the Optionee exercises a portion of this Stock Option with respect to Shares that have not vested, the Optionee shall also deliver a Restricted Stock Agreement covering such unvested Shares in the form of Appendix B hereto (the “Restricted Stock Agreement”) with the same vesting schedule for such Shares as set forth for such Shares herein.

(c) Notwithstanding any other provision hereof or of the Plan, no portion of this Stock Option shall be exercisable after the Expiration Date.

3. Incorporation of Plan. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, this Stock Option shall be subject to and governed by all the terms and conditions of the Plan.

4. Transferability of Stock Option. This Stock Option is personal to the Optionee and is not transferable by the Optionee in any manner other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution. The Stock Option may be exercised during the Optionee’s lifetime only by the Optionee (or by the Optionee’s guardian or personal representative in the event of the Optionee’s incapacity). The Optionee may elect to designate a beneficiary by providing written

 

3


notice of the name of such beneficiary to the Company, and may revoke or change such designation at any time by filing written notice of revocation or change with the Company; such beneficiary may exercise the Optionee’s Stock Option in the event of the Optionee’s death to the extent provided herein. If the Optionee does not designate a beneficiary, or if the designated beneficiary predeceases the Optionee, the legal representative of the Optionee may exercise this Stock Option to the extent provided herein in the event of the Optionee’s death.

5. Restrictions on Transfer of Shares. The Shares acquired upon exercise of the Stock Option shall be subject to certain transfer restrictions and other limitations including, without limitation, the provisions contained in Section 9 of the Plan and, if applicable, the Restricted Stock Agreement.

6. Miscellaneous Provisions.

(a) Equitable Relief. The parties hereto agree and declare that legal remedies may be inadequate to enforce the provisions of this Agreement and that equitable relief, including specific performance and injunctive relief, may be used to enforce the provisions of this Agreement.

(b) Adjustments for Changes in Capital Structure. If, as a result of any reorganization, recapitalization, reincorporation, reclassification, stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split or other similar change in the Common Stock, the outstanding shares of Common Stock are increased or decreased or are exchanged for a different number or kind of securities of the Company, the restrictions contained in this Agreement shall apply with equal force to additional and/or substitute securities, if any, received by the Optionee in exchange for, or by virtue of his or her ownership of, this Stock Option or Shares acquired pursuant thereto.

(c) Change and Modifications. This Agreement may not be orally changed, modified or terminated, nor shall any oral waiver of any of its terms be effective. This Agreement may be changed, modified or terminated only by an agreement in writing signed by the Company and the Optionee.

(d) Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware as to matters within the scope thereof, and as to all other matters shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to conflict of law principles that would result in the application of any law other than the law of the State of Delaware.

(e) Headings. The headings are intended only for convenience in finding the subject matter and do not constitute part of the text of this Agreement and shall not be considered in the interpretation of this Agreement.

(f) Saving Clause. If any provision(s) of this Agreement shall be determined to be illegal or unenforceable, such determination shall in no manner affect the legality or enforceability of any other provision hereof.

 

4


(g) Notices. All notices, requests, consents and other communications shall be in writing and be deemed given when delivered personally, by telex or facsimile transmission or when received if mailed by first class registered or certified mail, postage prepaid. Notices to the Company or the Optionee shall be addressed as set forth underneath their signatures below, or to such other address or addresses as may have been furnished by such party in writing to the other.

(h) Benefit and Binding Effect. This Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto, their respective successors, permitted assigns, and legal representatives. The Company has the right to assign this Agreement, and such assignee shall become entitled to all the rights of the Company hereunder to the extent of such assignment.

(i) Counterparts. For the convenience of the parties and to facilitate execution, this Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which shall constitute one and the same document.

(j) Integration. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with respect to this Stock Option and supersedes all prior agreements and discussions between the parties concerning such subject matter.

7. Dispute Resolution.

(a) Except as provided below, any dispute arising out of or relating to the Plan or this Stock Option, this Agreement, or the breach, termination or validity of the Plan, this Stock Option or this Agreement, shall be finally settled by binding arbitration conducted expeditiously in accordance with the J.A.M.S./Endispute Comprehensive Arbitration Rules and Procedures (the “J.A.M.S. Rules”). The arbitration shall be governed by the United States Arbitration Act, 9 U.S.C. Sections 1—16, and judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrators may be entered by any court having jurisdiction thereof. The place of arbitration shall be the offices of Goodwin Proctor, at 100 Northern Avenue, Boston, MA 02210 or at Company’s election at the Company’s principal executive offices.

(b) The arbitration shall commence within 60 days of the date on which a written demand for arbitration is filed by any party hereto. In connection with the arbitration proceeding, the arbitrator shall have the power to order the production of documents by each party and any third-party witnesses. In addition, each party may take up to three depositions as of right, and the arbitrator may in his or her discretion allow additional depositions upon good cause shown by the moving party. However, the arbitrator shall not have the power to order the answering of interrogatories or the response to requests for admission. In connection with any arbitration, each party to the arbitration shall provide to the other, no later than seven business days before the date of the arbitration, the identity of all persons that may testify at the arbitration and a copy of all documents that may be introduced at the arbitration or considered or used by a party’s witness or expert. The arbitrator’s decision and award shall be made and delivered within six months of the selection of the arbitrator. The arbitrator’s decision shall set forth a reasoned basis for any award of damages or finding of liability. The arbitrator shall not have power to award damages in excess of actual compensatory damages and shall not multiply actual damages or award punitive damages, and each party hereby irrevocably waives any claim to such damages.

 

5


(c) The Company, the Optionee, each party to the Agreement and any other holder of Shares issued pursuant to this Agreement (each, a “Party”) covenants and agrees that such party will participate in the arbitration in good faith. This Section 7 applies equally to requests for temporary, preliminary or permanent injunctive relief, except that in the case of temporary or preliminary injunctive relief any party may proceed in court without prior arbitration for the limited purpose of avoiding immediate and irreparable harm.

(d) Each Party (i) hereby irrevocably submits to the jurisdiction of any United States District Court of competent jurisdiction for the purpose of enforcing the award or decision in any such proceeding, (ii) hereby waives, and agrees not to assert, by way of motion, as a defense, or otherwise, in any such suit, action or proceeding, any claim that it is not subject personally to the jurisdiction of the above named courts, that its property is exempt or immune from attachment or execution (except as protected by applicable law), that the suit, action or proceeding is brought in an inconvenient forum, that the venue of the suit, action or proceeding is improper or that this Agreement or the subject matter hereof may not be enforced in or by such court, and (iii) hereby waives and agrees not to seek any review by any court of any other jurisdiction which may be called upon to grant an enforcement of the judgment of any such court. Each Party hereby consents to service of process by registered mail at the address to which notices are to be given. Each Party agrees that its, his or her submission to jurisdiction and its, his or her consent to service of process by mail is made for the express benefit of each other Party. Final judgment against any Party in any such action, suit or proceeding may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit, action or proceeding on the judgment, or in any other manner provided by or pursuant to the laws of such other jurisdiction.

8. Waiver of Statutory Information Rights. The Optionee understands and agrees that, but for the waiver made herein, the Optionee would be entitled, upon written demand under oath stating the purpose thereof, to inspect for any proper purpose, and to make copies and extracts from, the Company’s stock ledger, a list of its stockholders, and its other books and records, and the books and records of subsidiaries of the Company, if any, under the circumstances and in the manner provided in Section 220 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware (any and all such rights, and any and all such other rights of the Optionee as may be provided for in Section 220, the “Inspection Rights”). In light of the foregoing, until the first sale of Stock of the Company to the general public pursuant to a registration statement filed with and declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act, the Optionee hereby unconditionally and irrevocably waives the Inspection Rights, whether such Inspection Rights would be exercised or pursued directly or indirectly pursuant to Section 220 or otherwise, and covenants and agrees never to directly or indirectly commence, voluntarily aid in any way, prosecute, assign, transfer, or cause to be commenced any claim, action, cause of action, or other proceeding to pursue or exercise the Inspection Rights. The foregoing waiver shall not affect any rights of a director, in his or her capacity as such, under Section 220. The foregoing waiver shall not apply to any contractual inspection rights of the Optionee under any other written agreement between the Optionee and the Company.

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 

6


Appendix A

STOCK OPTION EXERCISE NOTICE

MBX Biosciences, Inc.

Attention: Corporate Secretary

               

               

Pursuant to the terms of the grant notice and stock option agreement between the undersigned and MBX Biosciences, Inc. (the “Company”) dated __________ (the “Agreement”) under the MBX Biosciences, Inc. 2019 Stock Option and Grant Plan, I, [Insert Name] ________________, hereby [Circle One] partially/fully exercise such option by including herein payment in the amount of $______ representing the purchase price for [Fill in number of Shares] _______ Shares. I have chosen the following form(s) of payment:

 

  1.    Cash
  2.    Certified or bank check payable to MBX Biosciences, Inc.
  3.    Other (as referenced in the Agreement and described in the Plan (please describe))

_____________________________________________________.

In connection with my exercise of the option as set forth above, I hereby represent and warrant to the Company as follows:

(i) I am purchasing the Shares for my own account for investment only, and not for resale or with a view to the distribution thereof.

(ii) I have had such an opportunity as I have deemed adequate to obtain from the Company such information as is necessary to permit me to evaluate the merits and risks of my investment in the Company and have consulted with my own advisers with respect to my investment in the Company.

(iii) I have sufficient experience in business, financial and investment matters to be able to evaluate the risks involved in the purchase of the Shares and to make an informed investment decision with respect to such purchase.

(iv) I can afford a complete loss of the value of the Shares and am able to bear the economic risk of holding such Shares for an indefinite period of time.

(v) I understand that the Shares may not be registered under the Securities Act of 1933 (it being understood that the Shares are being issued and sold in reliance on the exemption provided in Rule 701 thereunder) or any applicable state securities or “blue sky” laws and may not be sold or otherwise transferred or disposed of in the absence of an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933 and under any applicable state securities or “blue sky” laws (or exemptions from the registration requirement thereof). I further acknowledge that certificates representing Shares will bear restrictive legends reflecting the foregoing and/or that book entries for uncertificated Shares will include similar restrictive notations.

 

7


(vi) To the extent required, I have executed and delivered to the Company the Restricted Stock Agreement attached as Appendix B to the Agreement.

(vii) I have read and understand the Plan and acknowledge and agree that the Shares are subject to all of the relevant terms of the Plan, including without limitation, the transfer restrictions set forth in Section 9 of the Plan.

(viii) I understand and agree that the Company has a right of first refusal with respect to the Shares pursuant to Section 9(b) of the Plan.

(ix) I understand and agree that the Company has certain repurchase rights with respect to the Shares pursuant to Section 9(c) of the Plan.

(x) I understand and agree that I may not sell or otherwise transfer or dispose of the Shares for a period of time following the effective date of a public offering by the Company as described in Section 9(f) of the Plan.

(xi) I understand and agree to the waiver of statutory information rights as set forth in Section 8 of the Agreement.

 

Sincerely yours,  

 

Name:  
Address:  

 

 

 

Date:      

 

8


Appendix B

RESTRICTED STOCK AGREEMENT FOR EARLY EXERCISE OPTION

UNDER THE MBX BIOSCIENCES, INC.

2019 STOCK OPTION AND GRANT PLAN

All capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the respective meanings set forth in the Early Exercise Incentive Stock Option Grant Notice (the “Grant Notice”) and Early Exercise Incentive Stock Option Agreement (the “Option Agreement”) between MBX Biosciences, Inc. (the “Company”) and _______________ (the “Grantee”) for __________________ Shares of Common Stock with a Grant Date of ___________, ______ under the MBX Biosciences, Inc. 2019 Stock Option and Grant Plan (the “Plan”).

1. Purchase and Sale of Shares; Vesting.

(a) Purchase and Sale. The Company hereby sells to the Grantee, and the Grantee hereby purchases from the Company, on ________________, 20[__],1 the number of Shares set forth in the Stock Option Exercise Notice (________ Shares) dated __________ , pursuant to the Grant Notice and Option Agreement, for the aggregate Option Exercise Price for the Shares so purchased.

(b) Vesting. The risk of forfeiture shall lapse with respect to the Shares, and such Shares shall become vested, on the respective dates indicated on the Vesting Schedule set forth in the Grant Notice.

2. Repurchase Right. Upon a Termination Event, the Company shall have the right to repurchase the Shares of Restricted Stock that are unvested as of the date of such Termination Event as set forth in Section 9(c) of the Plan.

3. Restrictions on Transfer of Shares. The Shares (whether or not vested) shall be subject to certain transfer restrictions and other limitations including, without limitation, the provisions contained in Section 9 of the Plan

4. Incorporation of Plan. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, this Restricted Stock Agreement shall be subject to and governed by all the terms and conditions of the Plan. In furtherance of the foregoing and the rights and obligations set forth in Section 9 of the Plan, Grantee hereby agrees and acknowledges that the Shares (whether certificated or not) will be held in escrow by the Company pursuant to Section 9(e) of the Plan together with a separate stock power executed by Grantee in blank for transfer. For purposes of facilitating the enforcement of Company’s repurchase and first refusal rights under Section 9 of the Plan, Grantee hereby executes and delivers to the Company a Stock Power in the form attached to this Agreement as Exhibit A executed by Grantee and by Grantee’s spouse (if required for transfer), in blank, to the Secretary of the Company, or the Secretary’s designee. The Company is authorized to hold such notice(s) of issuance or certificate(s), as applicable, and the Stock Power

 

1 

To be filled in with date of stock purchase/option exercise.


in escrow and to take all such actions and to effectuate all such transfers and/or releases as are in accordance with the terms of the Plan. Grantee hereby acknowledges that the Secretary of the Company, or the Secretary’s designee, is so appointed as the escrow holder with the foregoing authorities as a material inducement to make this Agreement and that said appointment is coupled with an interest and is accordingly irrevocable. Grantee agrees that said escrow holder shall not be liable to any party hereof (or to any other party). The escrow holder may rely upon any letter, notice or other document executed by any signature purported to be genuine and may resign at any time. Grantee agrees that if the Secretary of the Company, or the Secretary’s designee, resigns as escrow holder for any or no reason, the Board of Directors of the Company shall have the power to appoint a successor to serve as escrow holder.

5. Miscellaneous Provisions.

(a) Record Owner; Dividends. The Grantee and any Permitted Transferees, during the duration of this Agreement, shall be considered the record owners of and shall be entitled to vote the Shares if and to the extent the Shares are entitled to voting rights. The Grantee and any Permitted Transferees shall be entitled to receive all dividends and any other distributions declared on the Shares; provided, however, that the Company is under no duty to declare any such dividends or to make any such distribution.

(b) Section 83(b) Election. The Grantee shall consult with the Grantee’s tax advisor to determine whether it would be appropriate for the Grantee to make an election under Section 83(b) of the Code with respect to the Shares. Any such election must be filed with the Internal Revenue Service within 30 days of the date of exercise. If the Grantee makes an election under Section 83(b) of the Code, the Grantee shall give prompt notice to the Company (and provide a copy of such election to the Company). A sample Section 83(b) election is attached to this Agreement as Exhibit B.

(c) Equitable Relief. The parties hereto agree and declare that legal remedies may be inadequate to enforce the provisions of this Agreement and that equitable relief, including specific performance and injunctive relief, may be used to enforce the provisions of this Agreement.

(d) Change and Modifications. This Agreement may not be orally changed, modified or terminated, nor shall any oral waiver of any of its terms be effective. This Agreement may be changed, modified or terminated only by an agreement in writing signed by the Company and the Grantee.

(e) Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware as to matters within the scope thereof, and as to all other matters shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to conflict of law principles that would result in the application of any law other than the law of the State of Delaware.

(f) Headings. The headings are intended only for convenience in finding the subject matter and do not constitute part of the text of this Agreement and shall not be considered in the interpretation of this Agreement.

 

10


(g) Saving Clause. If any provision(s) of this Agreement shall be determined to be illegal or unenforceable, such determination shall in no manner affect the legality or enforceability of any other provision hereof.

(h) Notices. All notices, requests, consents and other communications shall be in writing and be deemed given when delivered personally, by telex or facsimile transmission or when received if mailed by first class registered or certified mail, postage prepaid. Notices to the Company or the Grantee shall be addressed as set forth underneath their signatures below, or to such other address or addresses as may have been furnished by such party in writing to the other.

(i) Benefit and Binding Effect. This Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto, their respective successors, assigns, and legal representatives. The Company has the right to assign this Agreement, and such assignee shall become entitled to all the rights of the Company hereunder to the extent of such assignment.

(j) Counterparts. For the convenience of the parties and to facilitate execution, this Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which shall constitute one and the same document.

6. Dispute Resolution.

(a) Except as provided below, any dispute arising out of or relating to the Plan or the Shares, this Agreement, or the breach, termination or validity of the Plan, the Shares or this Agreement, shall be finally settled by binding arbitration conducted expeditiously in accordance with the J.A.M.S./Endispute Comprehensive Arbitration Rules and Procedures (the “J.A.M.S. Rules”). The arbitration shall be governed by the United States Arbitration Act, 9 U.S.C. Sections 1—16, and judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrators may be entered by any court having jurisdiction thereof. The place of arbitration shall be the offices of Goodwin Proctor, at 100 Northern Avenue, Boston, MA 02210 or at Company’s election at the Company’s principal executive offices.

(b) The arbitration shall commence within 60 days of the date on which a written demand for arbitration is filed by any party hereto. In connection with the arbitration proceeding, the arbitrator shall have the power to order the production of documents by each party and any third-party witnesses. In addition, each party may take up to three depositions as of right, and the arbitrator may in his or her discretion allow additional depositions upon good cause shown by the moving party. However, the arbitrator shall not have the power to order the answering of interrogatories or the response to requests for admission. In connection with any arbitration, each party to the arbitration shall provide to the other, no later than seven business days before the date of the arbitration, the identity of all persons that may testify at the arbitration and a copy of all documents that may be introduced at the arbitration or considered or used by a party’s witness or expert. The arbitrator’s decision and award shall be made and delivered within six months of the selection of the arbitrator. The arbitrator’s decision shall set forth a reasoned basis for any award of damages or finding of liability. The arbitrator shall not have power to award damages in excess of actual compensatory damages and shall not multiply actual damages or award punitive damages, and each party hereby irrevocably waives any claim to such damages.

 

11


(c) The Company, the Grantee, each party to the Agreement and any other holder of Shares issued pursuant to this Agreement (each, a “Party”) covenants and agrees that such party will participate in the arbitration in good faith. This Section 6 applies equally to requests for temporary, preliminary or permanent injunctive relief, except that in the case of temporary or preliminary injunctive relief any party may proceed in court without prior arbitration for the limited purpose of avoiding immediate and irreparable harm.

(d) Each Party (i) hereby irrevocably submits to the jurisdiction of any United States District Court of competent jurisdiction for the purpose of enforcing the award or decision in any such proceeding, (ii) hereby waives, and agrees not to assert, by way of motion, as a defense, or otherwise, in any such suit, action or proceeding, any claim that it is not subject personally to the jurisdiction of the above named courts, that its property is exempt or immune from attachment or execution (except as protected by applicable law), that the suit, action or proceeding is brought in an inconvenient forum, that the venue of the suit, action or proceeding is improper or that this Agreement or the subject matter hereof may not be enforced in or by such court, and (iii) hereby waives and agrees not to seek any review by any court of any other jurisdiction which may be called upon to grant an enforcement of the judgment of any such court. Each Party hereby consents to service of process by registered mail at the address to which notices are to be given. Each Party agrees that its, his or her submission to jurisdiction and its, his or her consent to service of process by mail is made for the express benefit of each other Party. Final judgment against any Party in any such action, suit or proceeding may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit, action or proceeding on the judgment, or in any other manner provided by or pursuant to the laws of such other jurisdiction.

7. Waiver of Statutory Information Rights. The Grantee understands and agrees that, but for the waiver made herein, the Grantee would be entitled, upon written demand under oath stating the purpose thereof, to inspect for any proper purpose, and to make copies and extracts from, the Company’s stock ledger, a list of its stockholders, and its other books and records, and the books and records of subsidiaries of the Company, if any, under the circumstances and in the manner provided in Section 220 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware (any and all such rights, and any and all such other rights of the Grantee as may be provided for in Section 220, the “Inspection Rights”). In light of the foregoing, until the first sale of Stock of the Company to the general public pursuant to a registration statement filed with and declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act, the Grantee hereby unconditionally and irrevocably waives the Inspection Rights, whether such Inspection Rights would be exercised or pursued directly or indirectly pursuant to Section 220 or otherwise, and covenants and agrees never to directly or indirectly commence, voluntarily aid in any way, prosecute, assign, transfer, or cause to be commenced any claim, action, cause of action, or other proceeding to pursue or exercise the Inspection Rights. The foregoing waiver shall not affect any rights of a director, in his or her capacity as such, under Section 220. The foregoing waiver shall not apply to any contractual inspection rights of the Grantee under any other written agreement between the Grantee and the Company.

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 

12


EXHIBIT A

STOCK POWER

FOR VALUE RECEIVED and pursuant to that certain RESTRICTED STOCK AGREEMENT FOR EARLY EXERCISE OPTION UNDER THE MBX BIOSCIENCES, INC. 2019 STOCK OPTION AND GRANT PLAN between the undersigned (“Grantee”) and MBX Biosciences, Inc, a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), with a purchase date of [INSERT DATE] (the “Agreement”), Grantee hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto the Company _____________________ (____________) shares of the Common Stock of the Company standing in Grantee’s name on the Company’s books and represented by Certificate No. or referenced in a notice of issuance and/or held in uncertificated form in the Grantee’s Name on the books of the Company, and does hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint ________________, Secretary, to transfer said stock on the books of the Company with full power of substitution in the premises. THIS ASSIGNMENT MAY ONLY BE USED AS AUTHORIZED BY THE 2019 Stock Option and Grant Plan, as amended from time to time.

Dated:      

[Signatures Follow]

 

GRANTEE:  

 

Address:  
Personal email:  

 

SPOUSE OF GRANTEE (IF APPLICABLE):
NAME: ___________________________
_______________________________

Instructions: Please do not fill in any blanks other than those below the “[Signatures Follow]”. The purpose of this assignment is to enable the Company to exercise its rights on Section 9 of the Plan without requiring additional signatures on the part of Grantee.

 

13


EXHIBIT B

Section 83(b) Election

The undersigned hereby elects pursuant to §83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, to include in gross income as compensation for services the excess (if any) of the fair market value of the shares described below over the amount paid for those shares.

 

1.

The name, taxpayer identification number, address of the undersigned, and the taxable year for which this election is being made are:

 

Name:  

 

   
Address:  

 

   
 

 

   
Social Security No.:  

 

   

Taxable Year: Calendar Year 20__

 

2.

The property which is the subject of this election is [number of unvested shares] shares of common stock of MBX Biosciences, Inc.

 

3.

The property was transferred to the undersigned on [date of purchase/transfer].

 

4.

The property is subject to the following restrictions:

The Shares will be subject to restrictions on transfer and risk of forfeiture upon termination of service relationship and in certain other events.

 

5.

The fair market value of the property at time of transfer (determined without regard to any restrictions other than nonlapse restrictions as defined in §1.83-3(h) of the Income Tax Regulations) is $[current FMV] per share x [number of unvested shares] shares = $_______________.

 

6.

For the property transferred, the undersigned paid $[exercise price] per share x [number of unvested shares] shares = $_________________.

 

7.

The amount to include in gross income is $[amount reported in Item 5 minus the amount reported in Item 6].

The undersigned taxpayer will file this election with the Internal Revenue Service Office with which the taxpayer files his or her annual income tax return not later than 30 days after the date of transfer of the property, at the IRS address listed for the taxpayer’s state under “Are you not including a check or money order . . .” given in Where Do You File in the Instructions for Form 1040 and the Instructions for Form 1040A (which information can also be found at: https://www.irs.gov/uac/where-to-file-addresses-for-taxpayers-and-tax-professionals). A copy of the election will also be furnished to the person for whom the services were performed. The undersigned is the person performing services in connection with which the property was transferred.

 

Dated: __________________, 20__      

 

      Taxpayer

 

14


EARLY EXERCISE

NON-QUALIFIED STOCK OPTION GRANT NOTICE

UNDER THE MBX BIOSCIENCES, INC.

2019 STOCK OPTION AND GRANT PLAN

Pursuant to the MBX Biosciences, Inc. 2019 Stock Option and Grant Plan (the “Plan”), MBX Biosciences, Inc., a Delaware corporation (together with any successor thereto, the “Company”), has granted to the individual named below, an option (the “Stock Option”) to purchase on or prior to the Expiration Date, or such earlier date as is specified herein, all or any part of the number of shares of Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share (“Common Stock”), of the Company indicated below (the “Shares”), at the Option Exercise Price per share, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Early Exercise Non-Qualified Stock Option Grant Notice (the “Grant Notice”), the attached Early Exercise Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement (the “Agreement”) and the Plan. This Stock Option is not intended to qualify as an “incentive stock option” as defined in Section 422(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time (the “Code”).

 

Name of Optionee:    __________________ (the “Optionee”)
No. of Shares:    __________ Shares of Common Stock
Grant Date:             
Vesting Commencement Date:    __________________ (the “Vesting Commencement Date”)
Expiration Date:    __________________ (the “Expiration Date”)
Option Exercise Price/Share:    $_________________ (the “Option Exercise Price”)
Vesting Schedule:    25 percent of the Shares shall vest on the first anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date; provided that the Optionee continues to have a Service Relationship with the Company at such time. Thereafter, the remaining 75 percent of the Shares shall vest in 36 equal monthly installments following the first anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date, provided the Optionee continues to have a Service Relationship with the Company on each vesting date. Notwithstanding anything in the Agreement to the contrary, in the case of a Sale Event, this Stock Option and the Shares shall be treated as provided in Section 3(c) of the Plan[ provided; however INSERT ANY ACCELERATED VESTING PROVISION HERE].

Attachments: Early Exercise Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement, Restricted Stock Agreement, 2019 Stock Option and Grant Plan


EARLY EXERCISE

NON-QUALIFIED STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

UNDER THE MBX BIOSCIENCES, INC.

2019 STOCK OPTION AND GRANT PLAN

All capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the respective meanings set forth in the Grant Notice and the Plan.

1. Vesting, Exercisability and Termination.

(a) This Stock Option shall be immediately exercisable, regardless of whether the Shares are vested.

(b) Except as set forth below, and subject to the determination of the Committee in its sole discretion to accelerate the vesting schedule hereunder, the Shares shall be vested on the respective dates indicated below:

(i) All Shares shall initially be unvested.

(ii) The Shares shall vest in accordance with the Vesting Schedule set forth in the Grant Notice.

(c) Termination. Except as may otherwise be provided by the Committee, if the Optionee’s Service Relationship is terminated, the period within which to exercise this Stock Option will be subject to earlier termination as set forth below (and if not exercised within such period, shall thereafter terminate subject, in each case, to Section 3(c) of the Plan):

(i) Termination Due to Death or Disability. If the Optionee’s Service Relationship terminates by reason of such Optionee’s death or Disability, this Stock Option may continue to be exercised, to the extent the Shares are vested on the date of termination, by the Optionee, the Optionee’s legal representative or legatee for a period of 12 months from the date of death or Disability or until the Expiration Date, if earlier.

(ii) Other Termination. If the Optionee’s Service Relationship terminates for any reason other than death or Disability, and unless otherwise determined by the Committee, this Stock Option may continue to be exercised, to the extent the Shares are vested on the date of termination, for a period of 90 days from the date of termination or until the Expiration Date, if earlier; provided however, if the Optionee’s Service Relationship is terminated for Cause, this Stock Option shall terminate immediately upon the date of such termination.

For purposes hereof, the Committee’s determination of the reason for termination of the Optionee’s Service Relationship shall be conclusive and binding on the Optionee and his or her representatives or legatees and any Permitted Transferee. Any portion of this Stock Option with respect to Shares that are not vested and exercisable on the date of termination of the Service Relationship shall terminate immediately and be null and void.

 

2


2. Exercise of Stock Option.

(a) The Optionee may exercise this Stock Option only in the following manner: Prior to the Expiration Date, the Optionee may deliver a Stock Option exercise notice (an “Exercise Notice”) in the form of Appendix A hereto indicating his or her election to purchase some or all of the Shares. Such notice shall specify the number of Shares to be purchased. To the extent this Stock Option is only partially exercised, such exercise shall first be with respect to the Shares, if any, that have previously vested, and then with respect to the Shares that will next vest, with the Shares that vest at the latest date being exercised last. Payment of the purchase price may be made by one or more of the methods described in Section 5 of the Plan, subject to the limitations contained in such Section of the Plan, including the requirement that the Committee specifically approve in advance certain payment methods.

(b) In the event the Optionee exercises a portion of this Stock Option with respect to Shares that have not vested, the Optionee shall also deliver a Restricted Stock Agreement covering such unvested Shares in the form of Appendix B hereto (the “Restricted Stock Agreement”) with the same vesting schedule for such Shares as set forth for such Shares herein.

(c) Notwithstanding any other provision hereof or of the Plan, no portion of this Stock Option shall be exercisable after the Expiration Date.

3. Incorporation of Plan. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, this Stock Option shall be subject to and governed by all the terms and conditions of the Plan.

4. Transferability of Stock Option. This Stock Option is personal to the Optionee and is not transferable by the Optionee in any manner other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution. The Stock Option may be exercised during the Optionee’s lifetime only by the Optionee (or by the Optionee’s guardian or personal representative in the event of the Optionee’s incapacity). The Optionee may elect to designate a beneficiary by providing written notice of the name of such beneficiary to the Company, and may revoke or change such designation at any time by filing written notice of revocation or change with the Company; such beneficiary may exercise the Optionee’s Stock Option in the event of the Optionee’s death to the extent provided herein. If the Optionee does not designate a beneficiary, or if the designated beneficiary predeceases the Optionee, the legal representative of the Optionee may exercise this Stock Option to the extent provided herein in the event of the Optionee’s death.

5. Restrictions on Transfer of Shares. The Shares acquired upon exercise of the Stock Option shall be subject to certain transfer restrictions and other limitations including, without limitation, the provisions contained in Section 9 of the Plan and, if applicable, the Restricted Stock Agreement.

 

3


6. Miscellaneous Provisions.

(a) Equitable Relief. The parties hereto agree and declare that legal remedies may be inadequate to enforce the provisions of this Agreement and that equitable relief, including specific performance and injunctive relief, may be used to enforce the provisions of this Agreement.

(b) Adjustments for Changes in Capital Structure. If, as a result of any reorganization, recapitalization, reincorporation, reclassification, stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split or other similar change in the Common Stock, the outstanding shares of Common Stock are increased or decreased or are exchanged for a different number or kind of securities of the Company, the restrictions contained in this Agreement shall apply with equal force to additional and/or substitute securities, if any, received by the Optionee in exchange for, or by virtue of his or her ownership of, this Stock Option or Shares acquired pursuant thereto.

(c) Change and Modifications. This Agreement may not be orally changed, modified or terminated, nor shall any oral waiver of any of its terms be effective. This Agreement may be changed, modified or terminated only by an agreement in writing signed by the Company and the Optionee.

(d) Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware as to matters within the scope thereof, and as to all other matters shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to conflict of law principles that would result in the application of any law other than the law of the State of Delaware.

(e) Headings. The headings are intended only for convenience in finding the subject matter and do not constitute part of the text of this Agreement and shall not be considered in the interpretation of this Agreement.

(f) Saving Clause. If any provision(s) of this Agreement shall be determined to be illegal or unenforceable, such determination shall in no manner affect the legality or enforceability of any other provision hereof.

(g) Notices. All notices, requests, consents and other communications shall be in writing and be deemed given when delivered personally, by telex or facsimile transmission or when received if mailed by first class registered or certified mail, postage prepaid. Notices to the Company or the Optionee shall be addressed as set forth underneath their signatures below, or to such other address or addresses as may have been furnished by such party in writing to the other.

(h) Benefit and Binding Effect. This Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto, their respective successors, assigns, and legal representatives. The Company has the right to assign this Agreement, and such assignee shall become entitled to all the rights of the Company hereunder to the extent of such assignment.

 

4


(i) Counterparts. For the convenience of the parties and to facilitate execution, this Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which shall constitute one and the same document.

(j) Integration. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with respect to this Stock Option and supersedes all prior agreements and discussions between the parties concerning such subject matter.

7. Dispute Resolution.

(a) Except as provided below, any dispute arising out of or relating to the Plan or this Stock Option, this Agreement, or the breach, termination or validity of the Plan, this Stock Option or this Agreement, shall be finally settled by binding arbitration conducted expeditiously in accordance with the J.A.M.S./Endispute Comprehensive Arbitration Rules and Procedures (the “J.A.M.S. Rules”). The arbitration shall be governed by the United States Arbitration Act, 9 U.S.C. Sections 1—16, and judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrators may be entered by any court having jurisdiction thereof. The place of arbitration shall be the offices of Goodwin Proctor, at 100 Northern Avenue, Boston, MA 02210 or at Company’s election at the Company’s principal executive offices.

(b) The arbitration shall commence within 60 days of the date on which a written demand for arbitration is filed by any party hereto. In connection with the arbitration proceeding, the arbitrator shall have the power to order the production of documents by each party and any third-party witnesses. In addition, each party may take up to three depositions as of right, and the arbitrator may in his or her discretion allow additional depositions upon good cause shown by the moving party. However, the arbitrator shall not have the power to order the answering of interrogatories or the response to requests for admission. In connection with any arbitration, each party to the arbitration shall provide to the other, no later than seven business days before the date of the arbitration, the identity of all persons that may testify at the arbitration and a copy of all documents that may be introduced at the arbitration or considered or used by a party’s witness or expert. The arbitrator’s decision and award shall be made and delivered within six months of the selection of the arbitrator. The arbitrator’s decision shall set forth a reasoned basis for any award of damages or finding of liability. The arbitrator shall not have power to award damages in excess of actual compensatory damages and shall not multiply actual damages or award punitive damages, and each party hereby irrevocably waives any claim to such damages.

(c) The Company, the Optionee, each party to the Agreement and any other holder of Shares issued pursuant to this Agreement (each, a “Party”) covenants and agrees that such party will participate in the arbitration in good faith. This Section 7 applies equally to requests for temporary, preliminary or permanent injunctive relief, except that in the case of temporary or preliminary injunctive relief any party may proceed in court without prior arbitration for the limited purpose of avoiding immediate and irreparable harm.

 

5


(d) Each Party (i) hereby irrevocably submits to the jurisdiction of any United States District Court of competent jurisdiction for the purpose of enforcing the award or decision in any such proceeding, (ii) hereby waives, and agrees not to assert, by way of motion, as a defense, or otherwise, in any such suit, action or proceeding, any claim that it is not subject personally to the jurisdiction of the above named courts, that its property is exempt or immune from attachment or execution (except as protected by applicable law), that the suit, action or proceeding is brought in an inconvenient forum, that the venue of the suit, action or proceeding is improper or that this Agreement or the subject matter hereof may not be enforced in or by such court, and (iii) hereby waives and agrees not to seek any review by any court of any other jurisdiction which may be called upon to grant an enforcement of the judgment of any such court. Each Party hereby consents to service of process by registered mail at the address to which notices are to be given. Each Party agrees that its, his or her submission to jurisdiction and its, his or her consent to service of process by mail is made for the express benefit of each other Party. Final judgment against any Party in any such action, suit or proceeding may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit, action or proceeding on the judgment, or in any other manner provided by or pursuant to the laws of such other jurisdiction.

8. Waiver of Statutory Information Rights. The Optionee understands and agrees that, but for the waiver made herein, the Optionee would be entitled, upon written demand under oath stating the purpose thereof, to inspect for any proper purpose, and to make copies and extracts from, the Company’s stock ledger, a list of its stockholders, and its other books and records, and the books and records of subsidiaries of the Company, if any, under the circumstances and in the manner provided in Section 220 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware (any and all such rights, and any and all such other rights of the Optionee as may be provided for in Section 220, the “Inspection Rights”). In light of the foregoing, until the first sale of Stock of the Company to the general public pursuant to a registration statement filed with and declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act, the Optionee hereby unconditionally and irrevocably waives the Inspection Rights, whether such Inspection Rights would be exercised or pursued directly or indirectly pursuant to Section 220 or otherwise, and covenants and agrees never to directly or indirectly commence, voluntarily aid in any way, prosecute, assign, transfer, or cause to be commenced any claim, action, cause of action, or other proceeding to pursue or exercise the Inspection Rights. The foregoing waiver shall not affect any rights of a director, in his or her capacity as such, under Section 220. The foregoing waiver shall not apply to any contractual inspection rights of the Optionee under any other written agreement between the Optionee and the Company.

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 

6


Appendix A

STOCK OPTION EXERCISE NOTICE

MBX Biosciences, Inc.

Attention: Corporate Secretary

             

             

Pursuant to the terms of the grant notice and stock option agreement between the undersigned and MBX Biosciences, Inc. (the “Company”) dated __________ (the “Agreement”) under the MBX Biosciences, Inc. 2019 Stock Option and Grant Plan, I, [Insert Name] ________________, hereby [Circle One] partially/fully exercise such option by including herein payment in the amount of $______ representing the purchase price for [Fill in number of Shares] _______ Shares. I have chosen the following form(s) of payment:

 

  1.    Cash
  2.    Certified or bank check payable to MBX Biosciences, Inc.
  3.    Other (as referenced in the Agreement and described in the Plan (please describe))

_____________________________________________________.

In connection with my exercise of the option as set forth above, I hereby represent and warrant to the Company as follows:

(i) I am purchasing the Shares for my own account for investment only, and not for resale or with a view to the distribution thereof.

(ii) I have had such an opportunity as I have deemed adequate to obtain from the Company such information as is necessary to permit me to evaluate the merits and risks of my investment in the Company and have consulted with my own advisers with respect to my investment in the Company.

(iii) I have sufficient experience in business, financial and investment matters to be able to evaluate the risks involved in the purchase of the Shares and to make an informed investment decision with respect to such purchase.

(iv) I can afford a complete loss of the value of the Shares and am able to bear the economic risk of holding such Shares for an indefinite period of time.

(v) I understand that the Shares may not be registered under the Securities Act of 1933 (it being understood that the Shares are being issued and sold in reliance on the exemption provided in Rule 701 thereunder) or any applicable state securities or “blue sky” laws and may not be sold or otherwise transferred or disposed of in the absence of an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933 and under any applicable state securities or “blue sky” laws (or exemptions from the registration requirement thereof). I further acknowledge that certificates representing Shares will bear restrictive legends reflecting the foregoing and/or that book entries for uncertificated Shares will include similar restrictive notations.

 

7


(vi) To the extent required, I have executed and delivered to the Company the Restricted Stock Agreement attached as Appendix B to the Agreement.

(vii) I have read and understand the Plan and acknowledge and agree that the Shares are subject to all of the relevant terms of the Plan, including without limitation, the transfer restrictions set forth in Section 9 of the Plan.

(viii) I understand and agree that the Company has a right of first refusal with respect to the Shares pursuant to Section 9(b) of the Plan.

(ix) I understand and agree that the Company has certain repurchase rights with respect to the Shares pursuant to Section 9(c) of the Plan.

(x) I understand and agree that I may not sell or otherwise transfer or dispose of the Shares for a period of time following the effective date of a public offering by the Company as described in Section 9(f) of the Plan.

(xi) I understand and agree to the waiver of statutory information rights as set forth in Section 8 of the Agreement.

 

Sincerely yours,

 

Name:
Address:

 

 

 

Date:      

 

8


Appendix B

RESTRICTED STOCK AGREEMENT FOR EARLY EXERCISE OPTION

UNDER THE MBX BIOSCIENCES, INC.

2019 STOCK OPTION AND GRANT PLAN

All capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the respective meanings set forth in the Early Exercise Non-Qualified Stock Option Grant Notice (the “Grant Notice”) and Early Exercise Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement (the “Option Agreement”) between MBX Biosciences, Inc. (the “Company”) and _______________ (the “Grantee”) for __________________ Shares of Common Stock with a Grant Date of ___________, ______ under the MBX Biosciences, Inc. 2019 Stock Option and Grant Plan (the “Plan”).

1. Purchase and Sale of Shares; Vesting.

(a) Purchase and Sale. The Company hereby sells to the Grantee, and the Grantee hereby purchases from the Company, on ________________, 20[__],1 the number of Shares set forth in the Stock Option Exercise Notice (_______ Shares) dated __________ , pursuant to the Grant Notice and Option Agreement, for the aggregate Option Exercise Price for the Shares so purchased.

(b) Vesting. The risk of forfeiture shall lapse with respect to the Shares, and such Shares shall become vested, on the respective dates indicated on the Vesting Schedule set forth in the Grant Notice.

2. Repurchase Right. Upon a Termination Event, the Company shall have the right to repurchase the Shares of Restricted Stock that are unvested as of the date of such Termination Event as set forth in Section 9(c) of the Plan.

3. Restrictions on Transfer of Shares. The Shares (whether or not vested) shall be subject to certain transfer restrictions and other limitations including, without limitation, the provisions contained in Section 9 of the Plan

4. Incorporation of Plan. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, this Restricted Stock Agreement shall be subject to and governed by all the terms and conditions of the Plan. In furtherance of the foregoing and the rights and obligations set forth in Section 9 of the Plan, Grantee hereby agrees and acknowledges that the Shares (whether certificated or not) will be held in escrow by the Company pursuant to Section 9(e) of the Plan together with a separate stock power executed by Grantee in blank for transfer. For purposes of facilitating the enforcement of Company’s repurchase and first refusal rights under Section 9 of the Plan, Grantee hereby executes and delivers to the Company a Stock Power in the form attached to this Agreement as Exhibit A executed by Grantee and by Grantee’s spouse (if required for transfer), in blank, to the Secretary of the Company, or the Secretary’s designee. The Company is authorized to hold such notice(s) of issuance or certificate(s), as applicable, and the Stock Power

 

1 

To be filled in with date of stock purchase/option exercise.


in escrow and to take all such actions and to effectuate all such transfers and/or releases as are in accordance with the terms of the Plan. Grantee hereby acknowledges that the Secretary of the Company, or the Secretary’s designee, is so appointed as the escrow holder with the foregoing authorities as a material inducement to make this Agreement and that said appointment is coupled with an interest and is accordingly irrevocable. Grantee agrees that said escrow holder shall not be liable to any party hereof (or to any other party). The escrow holder may rely upon any letter, notice or other document executed by any signature purported to be genuine and may resign at any time. Grantee agrees that if the Secretary of the Company, or the Secretary’s designee, resigns as escrow holder for any or no reason, the Board of Directors of the Company shall have the power to appoint a successor to serve as escrow holder.

5. Miscellaneous Provisions.

(a) Record Owner; Dividends. The Grantee and any Permitted Transferees, during the duration of this Agreement, shall be considered the record owners of and shall be entitled to vote the Shares if and to the extent the Shares are entitled to voting rights. The Grantee and any Permitted Transferees shall be entitled to receive all dividends and any other distributions declared on the Shares; provided, however, that the Company is under no duty to declare any such dividends or to make any such distribution.

(b) Section 83(b) Election. The Grantee shall consult with the Grantee’s tax advisor to determine whether it would be appropriate for the Grantee to make an election under Section 83(b) of the Code with respect to the Shares. Any such election must be filed with the Internal Revenue Service within 30 days of the date of exercise. If the Grantee makes an election under Section 83(b) of the Code, the Grantee shall give prompt notice to the Company (and provide a copy of such election to the Company). A sample Section 83(b) election is attached to this Agreement as Exhibit B.

(c) Equitable Relief. The parties hereto agree and declare that legal remedies may be inadequate to enforce the provisions of this Agreement and that equitable relief, including specific performance and injunctive relief, may be used to enforce the provisions of this Agreement.

(d) Change and Modifications. This Agreement may not be orally changed, modified or terminated, nor shall any oral waiver of any of its terms be effective. This Agreement may be changed, modified or terminated only by an agreement in writing signed by the Company and the Grantee.

(e) Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware as to matters within the scope thereof, and as to all other matters shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to conflict of law principles that would result in the application of any law other than the law of the State of Delaware.

(f) Headings. The headings are intended only for convenience in finding the subject matter and do not constitute part of the text of this Agreement and shall not be considered in the interpretation of this Agreement.

 

10


(g) Saving Clause. If any provision(s) of this Agreement shall be determined to be illegal or unenforceable, such determination shall in no manner affect the legality or enforceability of any other provision hereof.

(h) Notices. All notices, requests, consents and other communications shall be in writing and be deemed given when delivered personally, by telex or facsimile transmission or when received if mailed by first class registered or certified mail, postage prepaid. Notices to the Company or the Grantee shall be addressed as set forth underneath their signatures below, or to such other address or addresses as may have been furnished by such party in writing to the other.

(i) Benefit and Binding Effect. This Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto, their respective successors, assigns, and legal representatives. The Company has the right to assign this Agreement, and such assignee shall become entitled to all the rights of the Company hereunder to the extent of such assignment.

(j) Counterparts. For the convenience of the parties and to facilitate execution, this Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which shall constitute one and the same document.

6. Dispute Resolution.

(a) Except as provided below, any dispute arising out of or relating to the Plan or the Shares, this Agreement, or the breach, termination or validity of the Plan, the Shares or this Agreement, shall be finally settled by binding arbitration conducted expeditiously in accordance with the J.A.M.S./Endispute Comprehensive Arbitration Rules and Procedures (the “J.A.M.S. Rules”). The arbitration shall be governed by the United States Arbitration Act, 9 U.S.C. Sections 1—16, and judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrators may be entered by any court having jurisdiction thereof. The place of arbitration shall be the offices of Goodwin Proctor, at 100 Northern Avenue, Boston, MA 02210 or at Company’s election at the Company’s principal executive offices.

(b) The arbitration shall commence within 60 days of the date on which a written demand for arbitration is filed by any party hereto. In connection with the arbitration proceeding, the arbitrator shall have the power to order the production of documents by each party and any third-party witnesses. In addition, each party may take up to three depositions as of right, and the arbitrator may in his or her discretion allow additional depositions upon good cause shown by the moving party. However, the arbitrator shall not have the power to order the answering of interrogatories or the response to requests for admission. In connection with any arbitration, each party to the arbitration shall provide to the other, no later than seven business days before the date of the arbitration, the identity of all persons that may testify at the arbitration and a copy of all documents that may be introduced at the arbitration or considered or used by a party’s witness or expert. The arbitrator’s decision and award shall be made and delivered within six months of the selection of the arbitrator. The arbitrator’s decision shall set forth a reasoned basis for any award of damages or finding of liability. The arbitrator shall not have power to award damages in excess of actual compensatory damages and shall not multiply actual damages or award punitive damages, and each party hereby irrevocably waives any claim to such damages.

 

11


(c) The Company, the Grantee, each party to the Agreement and any other holder of Shares issued pursuant to this Agreement (each, a “Party”) covenants and agrees that such party will participate in the arbitration in good faith. This Section 6 applies equally to requests for temporary, preliminary or permanent injunctive relief, except that in the case of temporary or preliminary injunctive relief any party may proceed in court without prior arbitration for the limited purpose of avoiding immediate and irreparable harm.

(d) Each Party (i) hereby irrevocably submits to the jurisdiction of any United States District Court of competent jurisdiction for the purpose of enforcing the award or decision in any such proceeding, (ii) hereby waives, and agrees not to assert, by way of motion, as a defense, or otherwise, in any such suit, action or proceeding, any claim that it is not subject personally to the jurisdiction of the above named courts, that its property is exempt or immune from attachment or execution (except as protected by applicable law), that the suit, action or proceeding is brought in an inconvenient forum, that the venue of the suit, action or proceeding is improper or that this Agreement or the subject matter hereof may not be enforced in or by such court, and (iii) hereby waives and agrees not to seek any review by any court of any other jurisdiction which may be called upon to grant an enforcement of the judgment of any such court. Each Party hereby consents to service of process by registered mail at the address to which notices are to be given. Each Party agrees that its, his or her submission to jurisdiction and its, his or her consent to service of process by mail is made for the express benefit of each other Party. Final judgment against any Party in any such action, suit or proceeding may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit, action or proceeding on the judgment, or in any other manner provided by or pursuant to the laws of such other jurisdiction.

7. Waiver of Statutory Information Rights. The Grantee understands and agrees that, but for the waiver made herein, the Grantee would be entitled, upon written demand under oath stating the purpose thereof, to inspect for any proper purpose, and to make copies and extracts from, the Company’s stock ledger, a list of its stockholders, and its other books and records, and the books and records of subsidiaries of the Company, if any, under the circumstances and in the manner provided in Section 220 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware (any and all such rights, and any and all such other rights of the Grantee as may be provided for in Section 220, the “Inspection Rights”). In light of the foregoing, until the first sale of Stock of the Company to the general public pursuant to a registration statement filed with and declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act, the Grantee hereby unconditionally and irrevocably waives the Inspection Rights, whether such Inspection Rights would be exercised or pursued directly or indirectly pursuant to Section 220 or otherwise, and covenants and agrees never to directly or indirectly commence, voluntarily aid in any way, prosecute, assign, transfer, or cause to be commenced any claim, action, cause of action, or other proceeding to pursue or exercise the Inspection Rights. The foregoing waiver shall not affect any rights of a director, in his or her capacity as such, under Section 220. The foregoing waiver shall not apply to any contractual inspection rights of the Grantee under any other written agreement between the Grantee and the Company.

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 

12


EXHIBIT A

STOCK POWER

FOR VALUE RECEIVED and pursuant to that certain RESTRICTED STOCK AGREEMENT FOR EARLY EXERCISE OPTION UNDER THE MBX BIOSCIENCES, INC. 2019 STOCK OPTION AND GRANT PLAN between the undersigned (“Grantee”) and MBX Biosciences, Inc, a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), with a purchase date of [INSERT DATE] (the “Agreement”), Grantee hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto the Company _____________________ (____________) shares of the Common Stock of the Company standing in Grantee’s name on the Company’s books and represented by Certificate No. or referenced in a notice of issuance and/or held in uncertificated form in the Grantee’s Name on the books of the Company, and does hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint ________________, Secretary, to transfer said stock on the books of the Company with full power of substitution in the premises. THIS ASSIGNMENT MAY ONLY BE USED AS AUTHORIZED BY THE 2019 Stock Option and Grant Plan, as amended from time to time.

Dated:      

[Signatures Follow]

 

GRANTEE:

 

Address:
Personal email:

 

SPOUSE OF GRANTEE (IF APPLICABLE):
NAME: ___________________________

 

Instructions: Please do not fill in any blanks other than those below the “[Signatures Follow]”. The purpose of this assignment is to enable the Company to exercise its rights on Section 9 of the Plan without requiring additional signatures on the part of Grantee.


EXHIBIT B

Section 83(b) Election

The undersigned hereby elects pursuant to §83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, to include in gross income as compensation for services the excess (if any) of the fair market value of the shares described below over the amount paid for those shares.

 

1.

The name, taxpayer identification number, address of the undersigned, and the taxable year for which this election is being made are:

 

Name:  

 

   
Address:  

 

   
 

 

   
Social Security No.:  

 

   

Taxable Year: Calendar Year 20__

 

2.

The property which is the subject of this election is [number of unvested shares] shares of common stock of MBX Biosciences, Inc.

 

3.

The property was transferred to the undersigned on [date of purchase/transfer].

 

4.

The property is subject to the following restrictions:

The Shares will be subject to restrictions on transfer and risk of forfeiture upon termination of service relationship and in certain other events.

 

5.

The fair market value of the property at time of transfer (determined without regard to any restrictions other than nonlapse restrictions as defined in §1.83-3(h) of the Income Tax Regulations) is $[current FMV] per share x [number of unvested shares] shares = $_______________.

 

6.

For the property transferred, the undersigned paid $[exercise price] per share x [number of unvested shares] shares = $_________________.

 

7.

The amount to include in gross income is $[amount reported in Item 5 minus the amount reported in Item 6].

The undersigned taxpayer will file this election with the Internal Revenue Service Office with which the taxpayer files his or her annual income tax return not later than 30 days after the date of transfer of the property, at the IRS address listed for the taxpayer’s state under “Are you not including a check or money order . . .” given in Where Do You File in the Instructions for Form 1040 and the Instructions for Form 1040A (which information can also be found at: https://www.irs.gov/uac/where-to-file-addresses-for-taxpayers-and-tax-professionals). A copy of the election will also be furnished to the person for whom the services were performed. The undersigned is the person performing services in connection with which the property was transferred.

 

Dated: ______ ____________, 20__      

 

      Taxpayer

 

14

EX-10.8

Exhibit 10.8

CERTAIN INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS EXHIBIT, MARKED BY [***], HAS BEEN EXCLUDED FROM THIS EXHIBIT BECAUSE THE REGISTRANT HAS DETERMINED THAT IT IS BOTH NOT MATERIAL AND IS THE TYPE THAT THE REGISTRANT TREATS AS PRIVATE OR CONFIDENTIAL.

EXCLUSIVE LICENSE AGREEMENT

OF JUNE 10, 2020

between

INDIANA UNIVERSITY RESEARCH AND TECHNOLOGY

CORPORATION

and

MBX BIOSCIENCES, INC.


This exclusive license agreement (the “Agreement”) is made and entered into as of June 10, 2020 (the “Effective Date”) by and between:

Indiana University Research and Technology Corporation (“IURTC”), a non-profit corporation organized under the laws of the State of Indiana, represented by The Trustees of Indiana University (“IU”), a body politic and corporate of the State of Indiana, having its principal offices at 107 S. Indiana Ave., Bloomington, IN 47405; and

MBX Biosciences, Inc. (“Licensee”), a Delaware corporation, having its principal offices at 12406 Horesham St, Carmel, Indiana 46032, United States.

The Parties hereby agree:

 

1.

Background: IU and Licensee are parties to that certain Master Research Agreement, effective as of April 1, 2019 (the “Research Agreement”), pursuant to which Licensee agreed to fund certain research of Richard DiMarchi, M.D., Ph.D., and further pursuant to which IU granted to Licensee an option to secure a license to intellectual property arising from such research. IURTC is the owner of certain intellectual property rights invented under the Research Agreement by Richard DiMarchi, M.D., Ph.D. and Fa Zhang, Ph.D. (the “Inventors”) at IU and generally referred to as IURTC [***] In accordance with the terms of the Research Agreement, IURTC is willing to grant licenses to these intellectual property rights provided the rights are used to further scientific research, for new product development, and for other applications in the public interest. Licensee represents to IURTC that it has the necessary product development, manufacturing, and marketing capabilities to commercialize products based on such intellectual property rights. Licensee desires to obtain a license to these intellectual property rights upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement.

 

2.

Definitions: In addition to other capitalized terms defined herein, the following words and phrases have the meanings assigned to them below.

 

  2.1

“Affiliate” means any entity that directly or indirectly owns or controls the applicable entity, is owned or controlled by the applicable entity, or is under common ownership or control with the applicable entity. “Own(s)” or “control(s)” means:

 

  2.1.1

Direct or indirect ownership of at least fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding voting securities of a corporation;

 

  2.1.2

The right to receive at least fifty percent (50%) of the earnings of the entity in question; or

 

  2.1.3

The right to control the business decisions of the entity in question.

 

  2.2

“Combination Product” means any Licensed Product sold or used in combination with one or more other products which are not Licensed Products.

 

2


  2.3

“Confidential Information” means (a) the terms and conditions of Articles 4 and 5, (b) information exchanged between the Parties under Articles 4, 5, 6, 9, and 10, and (c) any information disclosed pursuant to this Agreement that is designated by the disclosing Party in any reasonable manner as confidential within a reasonable time after it is delivered to the receiving Party.

 

  2.4

“Development Plan” means Licensee’s good faith, bona fide plan for the development, manufacture, promotion, importation, use, sale, and marketing of Licensed Products. The Development Plan will include, at a minimum, then current:

 

  2.4.1

[***];

 

  2.4.2

[***];

 

  2.4.3

[***]; and

 

  2.4.4

[***].

 

  2.5

“Field” means [***].

 

  2.6

“First Commercial Sale” means the earliest date of Sale of a Licensed Product by Licensee or Sublicensees. The transfer of Licensed Products by Licensee or Sublicensees strictly for their internal laboratory and clinical research and development purposes or beta-testing prior to regulatory approval does not constitute a First Commercial Sale, provided that Licensee or Sublicensees receive no payment or other consideration or value for such Licensed Product in excess of the actual documented costs of producing and transporting such Licensed Product.

 

  2.7

“Licensed Product” means any product or process whose manufacture, use, offer for Sale, Sale, importation, or practice would, absent the license granted under this Agreement, constitute an infringement of any Valid Claim in the Patent Rights.

 

  2.8

“Net Sales” means the gross receipts for the Sale of Licensed Products, less the following to the extent documented to IURTC and only insofar as they are included in gross receipts and are separately billed:

 

  2.8.1

[***];

 

  2.8.2

[***];

 

  2.8.3

[***]; and

 

  2.8.4

[***].

For the avoidance of doubt, transfers of a Licensed Product between any of Licensee and/or a Sublicensee for sale by the transferee shall not be considered Net Sales hereunder.

 

3


In the event that a Licensed Product is sold as a Combination Product, Net Sales, for the purposes of determining royalty payments on the Combination Product, shall mean [***].

 

  2.9

“Party” means individually, IURTC or Licensee. Collectively, IURTC and Licensee may be referred to as the “Parties.”

 

  2.10

“Patent Rights” means IURTC’s rights in:

 

  2.10.1

The patent applications and patents listed in Exhibit A;

 

  2.10.2

All U.S. patent applications claiming priority to any of the above-referenced patents or applications, including without limitation divisionals, continuations, and subject matter claimed in continuation-in-part applications that are entitled to the priority filing date of any of the above;

 

  2.10.3

Foreign equivalent applications claiming priority to any of the above-referenced patents or applications;

 

  2.10.4

Patents issuing from any of the above-referenced applications;

 

  2.10.5

Any of the foregoing during reissue, re-examination, opposition, or post-grant review proceedings;

 

  2.10.6

Reissues and re-examinations of any of the above-referenced patents; and

 

  2.10.7

Any extensions of or supplementary protection certificates referencing any of the above patents.

 

  2.11

“Sale,” “Sold,” and “Sell” mean any transaction in which a Licensed Product is manufactured, exchanged, or transferred for value, including without limitation sales, leases, licenses, rentals, provision of services through the practice of Licensed Products, and other modes of distribution or transfer of a Licensed Product. A Sale of a Licensed Product will be deemed to have been made upon the earliest of the dates on which Licensee or Sublicensees (or anyone acting as a result of, on behalf of, or for the benefit of Licensee or Sublicensees) invoices, ships, provides, or receives value for a Licensed Product.

 

  2.12

“Sublicense” means each agreement, however captioned, that directly or indirectly:

 

  2.12.1

Grants, conveys, or otherwise transfers any of the rights granted under Paragraph 3.1 of this Agreement;

 

  2.12.2

Agrees not to assert one or more of the Patent Rights or agrees not to sue, prevent, or seek a legal remedy for the practice of same;

 

  2.12.3

Has obtained the agreement from another entity not to practice the Patent Rights; or

 

4


  2.12.4

Has agreed with any other entity to do any of the foregoing, or to forbear from offering or doing any of the foregoing with any other entity, including without limitation licenses, option agreements, right of first refusal agreements, standstill agreements, settlement agreements, co-development agreements, co-promotion agreements, joint venture agreements, and other agreements.

For the avoidance of doubt, the right to “have made” granted under Paragraph 3.1 means the right to enter into an agreement with a third party for the purpose of having such third party manufacture Licensed Products solely at the direction and on behalf of Licensee (or any Affiliate or Sublicensee).

 

  2.13

“Sublicensee” means any third party, including any Affiliate, that enters into a Sublicense.

 

  2.14

“Sublicensing Revenue” means the remuneration received by Licensee under each Sublicense with a Sublicensee that is not an Affiliate in consideration for the Sublicense of Patent Rights to such Sublicensee by Licensee, including without limitation the fair market cash value of any and all non-cash consideration, including without limitation license issue fees, option fees, other licensing fees, milestone payments, minimum annual royalties, equity, or other payments of any kind whatsoever (but excluding running royalties paid by Licensee to IURTC for Net Sales by Sublicensees, payments for reimbursement of patent prosecution, defense, enforcement and maintenance and other related expenses, and payments for research, development or commercialization activities), irrespective of whether such revenues are received in the form of cash, barter, credit, stock, warrants, release from debt, goods or services, licenses back, and/or a premium on the sale of equity (i.e., payments for equity that exceed the pre-Sublicense value), it being understood that payments for equity that do not exceed the pre-Sublicense value shall not be included in Sublicensing Revenue.

 

  2.15

“Term” means the period commencing on the Effective Date and continuing until the expiration of the last of the Patent Rights unless earlier terminated in accordance with this Agreement.

 

  2.16

“Territory” means [***].

 

  2.17

“Valid Claim” means (a) a claim of an issued and unexpired patent which has not been revoked or held unenforceable or invalid by a final decision of a court or other governmental agency of competent jurisdiction, unappealable or unappealed within the time allowed for appeal, and which has not been admitted to be invalid or unenforceable through reissue or disclaimer or otherwise, or (b) a claim of a pending patent application that was filed and has been prosecuted in good faith and has not been (i) cancelled, withdrawn, abandoned or finally disallowed without the possibility of appeal or refiling of such application, or (ii) pending for more than five (5) years since such claim was first presented or is the result of amending another claim pending for more than five (5) years (either in the same application or in another application in the same jurisdiction) so as to add or delete an obvious limitation, so as to make a trivial or nonsubstantive change, or so as to change a matter of form.

 

5


3.

Grant:

 

  3.1

Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, IURTC hereby grants to Licensee and Licensee hereby accepts an exclusive, royalty bearing license under the Patent Rights in the Field to make, have made, use, have used, offer to sell, have offered for sale, sell, have sold, import and have imported Licensed Products in the Territory. IURTC acknowledges and agrees that, during the Term, it shall not directly or indirectly grant any licenses or other rights inconsistent with this Paragraph 3.1.

 

  3.2

Subject to the terms of this Paragraph 3.2, Licensee may grant Sublicenses to third parties, including any Affiliate of Licensee, under the license granted to Licensee in Paragraph 3.1. Any Sublicense granted by Licensee shall be considered a “First Tier Sublicense”, and such sublicensee shall be considered a “First Tier Sublicensee”, in each case, for purposes of this Paragraph 3.2. These First Tier Sublicenses may, in Licensee’s sole discretion, include the right to grant further Sublicenses to third parties, including any Affiliate of Licensee, under any or all of the Patent Rights (each a “Second Tier Sublicense”, and such sublicensee shall be considered a “Second Tier Sublicensee”, in each case, for purposes of this Paragraph 3.2.) Any such Second Tier Sublicenses shall comply with the terms of this Paragraph 3.2 and expressly prohibit the issuance of further Sublicenses under any or all of the Patent Rights. For clarification, the Parties agree that an Affiliate has no rights hereunder unless granted a Sublicense in accordance with this Paragraph 3.2. Notwithstanding anything in the foregoing to the contrary, (i) Sublicenses granted by Licensee to any Affiliate of Licensee shall not count towards the tiered sublicensing described above, and (ii) any such Affiliates shall not be deemed First Tier Sublicensees or Second Tier Sublicensees for purposes of this Paragraph.

 

  3.2.1

For each proposed Sublicensee, Licensee must first provide written notice to IURTC at least [***] prior to granting a Sublicense to such proposed Sublicensee.

 

  3.2.2

Each Sublicense must be issued in writing and contain terms and conditions that:

 

  3.2.2.1

Name IURTC and IU as third party beneficiaries; and

 

  3.2.2.2

Include all of the rights of IURTC and IU and require the performance of obligations due to IURTC and IU (and, if applicable, the U.S. Government under 35 U.S.C. §§ 200-212) consistent with those set forth in this Agreement.

 

6


  3.2.3

Licensee will deliver to IURTC a copy of each Sublicense and any amendments thereto within [***] of each execution, along with Licensee’s representation and warranty that no prior, contemporaneous, planned, or proposed contractual relationships contain consideration to Licensee or Sublicensee reasonably attributable to the sublicensed rights, other than as set forth in the applicable Sublicense. If the original Sublicense is written in a language other than English, the copy of the Sublicense and all exhibits thereto will be accompanied by a complete translation written in English that Licensee represents and warrants will be a true and accurate translation of the Sublicense and its exhibits. Licensee will also promptly notify IURTC upon the termination of each Sublicense. The terms of any Sublicense shall be Confidential Information of Licensee.

 

  3.2.4

Licensee agrees to be fully responsible for the performance of Sublicensees and liable for their compliance hereunder. In the event of any act or omission by a Sublicensee that would be a breach of this Agreement if imputed to Licensee, Licensee will use commercially reasonable efforts to cause such Sublicensee to cure such breach in accordance with Paragraph 13.3 of this Agreement. In the event such efforts are unsuccessful and such breach remains uncured, Licensee will terminate such Sublicense; otherwise, if such Sublicense is not terminated, then Sublicensee’s breach will be deemed to be a breach by Licensee of this Agreement.

 

  3.3

IURTC and IU retain the right to (a) practice and use the Patent Rights for educational, research, and patient care and treatment purposes, provided that such purposes are non-commercial, which includes research conducted that may be sponsored by commercial entities so long as such commercial entities (other than Licensee) are not granted rights in any intellectual property that may arise from such research involving the use of the Patent Rights and (b) permit other non-profit and academic entities to practice and use the Patent Rights for all of the same foregoing non-commercial purposes. For the avoidance of doubt, in no event shall IURTC or IU use, or authorize any third party to use, the Patent Rights except as authorized under this Paragraph 3.3. Licensee agrees not to directly or indirectly restrict the rights of IU, other non-profit or academic entities, or their respective faculty, staff, students, or employees from publishing the results of their research or transferring materials related to the Patent Rights, to the extent such research or material transfer is encompassed within the rights retained by IURTC and IU under this Paragraph 3.3.

 

  3.4

This Agreement provides Licensee and Sublicensees no ownership rights of any kind in the Patent Rights or any Confidential Information provided by or on behalf of IURTC or IU. All rights, titles, and interests in and to tangible and/or intangible property of IURTC or IU, including without limitation those rights expressly reserved in Paragraph 3.3 and ownership of the Patent Rights and any Confidential Information provided, remain the property of IURTC or IU. Nothing in this Agreement will be construed as a sale thereof or conferring, by implication, estoppel, or otherwise, upon Licensee, Sublicensees, or any party in privity with or any customer of any of the foregoing, any right, title, or interest of IURTC or IU except as expressly granted in Paragraphs 3.1 and 3.2.

 

7


  3.5

In accordance with 35 U.S.C. §§ 200-212, 37 C.F.R. Part 401, and in the relevant government research contracts with IU and applicable U.S. statutes, the U.S. Government retains certain rights and may impose certain requirements with respect to subject inventions as that term is defined therein. To the extent applicable, such rights and requirements include without limitation: (a) the grant of a nonexclusive, non-transferable, irrevocable, fully paid-up license to practice or have practiced for or on behalf of the government the subject inventions throughout the world and (b) the requirement that subject inventions and products produced through the use of subject inventions that are used or sold in the U.S. be manufactured substantially in the U.S. The rights granted in this Agreement are expressly made subject to these laws and regulations as they may be amended from time to time, and Licensee agrees to comply and enable IURTC and IU to comply with all such applicable laws and regulations, including without limitation to submit information requested by IURTC to satisfy IU’s reporting requirements in connection therewith. Upon written request by Licensee, IURTC agrees to exercise reasonable efforts to submit requests on behalf of Licensee for the waiver of any U.S. manufacturing obligations in accordance with 35 U.S.C. §204.

 

  3.6

Licensee will mark (a) all Licensed Products Sold in the U.S. with the applicable Patent Rights and in a manner consistent with 35 U.S.C. § 287(a) and (b) all Licensed Products Sold in other countries with the applicable Patent Rights in a manner consistent with the laws and regulations then applicable in each such country. Licensee acknowledges that it will be liable to IURTC for infringement damages lost due to a failure to mark Licensed Products and/or the improper or defective marking of the Patent Rights.

 

4.

Diligence: Licensee agrees to use commercially reasonable efforts, itself or through one or more Sublicensees, to develop, promote, and Sell a Licensed Product in the Field within the Territory in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement and applicable laws and regulations.

 

  4.1

Within [***] of the Effective Date, Licensee will provide IURTC with a Development Plan. No later than January 31 of each subsequent year during the Term, Licensee will provide IURTC with written updates to the Development Plan. The updates will summarize in reasonable detail the progress achieved during the previous year, any problems encountered in the development, evaluation, testing, pre-production manufacturing, First Commercial Sale, and/or initial marketing of each Licensed Product, and plans for the future regarding the foregoing. Upon reasonable request by IURTC, Licensee will consult with IURTC about tasks, schedules, and progress.

 

8


  4.2

Licensee will (a) achieve, directly or through Sublicensees, the following commercial goals by the dates set forth below and (b) provide IURTC with evidence of the achievements of such goals within [***] after the corresponding date:

 

  4.2.1

[***]

 

  4.2.2

[***]

 

  4.2.3

[***]

Licensee may extend the date to achieve any of the foregoing goals by [***] prior to the then-current deadline for such goal. If Licensee fails to timely exercise any available extensions or fails to achieve any of the foregoing goals after exercising any available extensions, IURTC may terminate this Agreement in accordance with Paragraph 13.3. At the request of Licensee, IURTC agrees to negotiate in good faith any reasonable proposals from Licensee to further extend the applicable deadline in light of Licensee’s experience in implementing the development of Licensed Products within the [***] cure period set forth in Paragraph 13.3. If the Parties are unable to come to an agreement following such [***] cure period and such goal has still not been achieved by Licensee, then IURTC will terminate this Agreement by providing written notice of such termination to Licensee.

 

5.

Financial Consideration:

 

  5.1

Issue Fee: Licensee will pay to IURTC [***] within [***] of the Effective Date and [***] upon [***] of the Effective Date.

 

  5.2

Licensee will pay to IURTC royalties as follows:

 

  (a)

Within [***] of the end of each calendar year in which Net Sales occur, Licensee will pay to IURTC a running royalty as follows:

Royalty on Net Sales by Licensee and Sublicensees

 

Net Sales Per Calendar Year

  

Royalty

[***]

  

[***]

[***]

  

[***]

[***]

  

[***]

[***]

  

[***]

[***]

  

[***]

 

  (b)

To the extent that Licensee or any of its Sublicensees is obligated to pay a non-Affiliate third party (other than IURTC) any amounts in consideration for intellectual property owned or controlled by such non-Affiliate third party, which intellectual property is licensed by Licensee or any of its Sublicensees in order to manufacture, use, import, offer for sale, or sell a Licensed Product (“Third Party Payment”), Licensee and its Sublicensees may deduct from any royalty due to IURTC hereunder such Third Party Payment up to [***] of the running royalties owed in any calendar year hereunder, provided that:

 

9


  (i)

On an ongoing basis and prior to reduction of any royalty due to IURTC for a given calendar year, Licensee first provides written evidence to IURTC of Licensee’s or any of its Sublicensees’ payment obligations to such third party for such calendar year demonstrating that such payment obligation is in consideration for intellectual property owned or controlled by such non-Affiliate third party and licensed by Licensee or any of its Sublicensees in order to manufacture, use, import, offer for sale, or sell a Licensed Product.

 

  (c)

If the manufacture, use or sale of any Licensed Product is covered by more than one of the Patent Rights, multiple royalties shall not be due.

 

  (d)

The royalty obligations shall continue on a country-by-country basis as to each Licensed Product, until the expiration or termination of the last to expire of a Valid Claim within Patent Rights that covers such Licensed Product in that country.

 

  5.3

On the first day of the calendar year following each applicable calendar year, Licensee will pay to IURTC an annual maintenance fee according to the table below:

 

Calendar Year

  

Maintenance Fee

[***]

  

[***]

[***]

  

[***]

[***]

  

[***]

[***]

  

One hundred thousand dollars ($100,000)

Maintenance fee payments may be credited toward payments due to IURTC under Paragraphs 5.2, 5.4, and 5.5 but only for those payments that accrue in the same calendar year with respect to which the maintenance fee was due and paid.

 

  5.4

Within [***] of the end of each calendar quarter in which Licensee receives Sublicensing Revenue, Licensee will pay to IURTC a percentage of Sublicensing Revenue according to the table below:

 

Effective date of Sublicense

  

Percentage of Sublicensing Revenue

[***]

  

[***]

[***]

  

[***]

For Net Sales arising from Sublicenses, Licensee will pay IURTC the lower of (a) [***] or (b) [***]. For the avoidance of doubt, with respect to Net Sales arising from Sublicenses, Licensee shall not be required to pay to IURTC payments under both Paragraph 5.2 and this Paragraph 5.4.

If Sublicense Revenue is attributable to intellectual property owned by Licensee or a third party and not licensed in this Agreement, the share of Sublicensing Revenue will be adjusted as agreed between the Parties by relative value attributed to such Licensee or third party intellectual property.

 

10


  5.5

Licensee will promptly notify IURTC of the achievement of a performance milestone identified in the table below. Licensee will pay to IURTC the performance milestone payment according to the table below:

 

Performance Milestone

  

Payment

[***]

  

[***]

[***]

  

[***]

[***]

  

[***]

[***]

  

[***]

[***]

  

[***]

Each of the above milestone payments will be paid only [***].

Should Licensee receive Sublicensing Revenue for a Sublicensee’s achievement of a particular performance milestone, Licensee will pay to IURTC [***] or [***], but for the avoidance of doubt, Licensee will not be required to pay to IURTC payments under both Paragraph 5.4 and this Paragraph 5.5 with respect to Sublicensee’s achievement of such performance milestone.

 

6.

Payment and Reports:

 

  6.1

All dollar ($) amounts referred to in this Agreement are expressed in U.S. dollars. All payments to IURTC (a) are non-refundable, (b) may not be placed in escrow, and (c) will be made in U.S. dollars by check or electronic transfer without deduction of any transfer, exchange, or other fees.

 

  6.1.1

IURTC [***] and the purpose of the payment will be included with the check or wire transfer information.

 

  6.1.2

All payments due under this Agreement will be paid in U.S. dollars with any conversion of foreign currency made at the conversion rate published in the Eastern edition of The Wall Street Journal as of the last business day in the U.S. of the applicable payment period.

 

  6.2

Licensee will deliver to IURTC, with each payment made under Paragraph 6.1, a written report describing the purpose of the payment and setting forth the calculation of the payment being made to IURTC, including without limitation the following:

 

  6.2.1

For payments under Paragraph 5.2, [***];

 

  6.2.2

For payments under Paragraphs 5.2, 5.4, and 5.5, [***];

 

  6.2.3

For payments under Paragraphs 5.2, 5.4, and 5.5, [***]; and

 

11


  6.2.4

For payments under Paragraph 5.4, [***].

 

  6.3

Licensee will maintain complete, continuous, and accurate books of account and records sufficient to enable IURTC to verify the amounts paid under this Agreement, and for otherwise verifying the performance hereunder and compliance herewith by Licensee and Sublicensees. The books and records will be maintained for [***] following the calendar quarter after submission of the reports required by Paragraph 6.2. Upon reasonable notice by IURTC and during normal business hours, Licensee will give IURTC (or auditors or inspectors appointed by and representing IURTC) access to all books and records, including without limitation for Sales of Licensed Products, to conduct an audit or review of those books and records at the expense of IURTC. This access will be available [***] during the Term and for the [***] thereafter. Any underpayment will be promptly paid, with interest as set forth in Paragraph 6.4, to IURTC. Any overpayment will be [***]. If the audit or review reflects an erroneous payment [***] for any calendar quarter, then Licensee will promptly reimburse IURTC for the reasonable costs and expenses of the accountants and auditors in connection with the review and audit. Licensee’s books and records, and all information learned or accessed under this Paragraph 6.3, shall be Licensee’s Confidential Information.

 

  6.4

All payments not paid by Licensee to IURTC when due will accrue interest, from the due date until payment is received by IURTC, at an annual rate equal [***] (or the maximum allowed by law, if less). In the event of default in payment, collection agency’s fees of the delinquent balance and out-of-pocket attorney fees plus any applicable court costs will be added to the amount due to IURTC. Licensee will reimburse IURTC within [***] of each invoice for all such costs.

 

  6.5

Any taxes required to be withheld by Licensee from payments due under this Agreement to comply with the tax laws of the U.S. or any other country will be promptly paid by Licensee to the appropriate tax authorities, and Licensee will furnish IURTC with original tax receipts or other appropriate evidence issued by the appropriate tax authorities sufficient to enable IURTC to support a claim for income tax credit or refund with respect to any sum so withheld.

 

7.

Confidentiality:

 

  7.1

During the Term and for a period of [***]thereafter, the receiving Party agrees to maintain in secrecy and not disclose to any third party any Confidential Information received. The receiving Party will use the Confidential Information received solely as necessary to perform its obligations and exercise its rights in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

 

  7.2

The confidentiality obligations set forth above apply to all or any part of Confidential Information except to the extent that such information:

 

  7.2.1

Is or becomes part of the public domain through no fault of the receiving Party;

 

12


  7.2.2

Was known to the receiving Party before disclosure by the disclosing Party as established by documentary evidence;

 

  7.2.3

Is identical subject matter originally and independently developed by the receiving Party’s personnel without knowledge, use of, or access to any Confidential Information as established by documentary evidence; or

 

  7.2.4

Was disclosed to the receiving Party without restriction by a third party having a right to make the disclosure.

 

  7.3

Notwithstanding the other terms of this Article 7:

 

  7.3.1

IURTC may report consideration received under this Agreement and Licensee’s progress under Article 4, including without limitation providing Development Plans and reports, to IU, the Inventors, and to the U.S. Government under Paragraph 3.5; and

 

  7.3.2

The receiving Party may disclose Confidential Information when required by law, regulation, or court order, provided that the receiving Party (a) provides reasonable prompt prior notice to the disclosing Party to allow the disclosing Party an opportunity to obtain a protective order or other remedy, (b) consults with the disclosing Party regarding any legitimate basis on which the receiving Party might resist or narrow its response to the request, and (c) discloses only such Confidential Information that the receiving Party is legally compelled to disclose. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Licensee acknowledges and agrees that IU is subject to the Indiana Access to Public Records Act, I.C. 5-14-3-1 et seq. (“ARPA”) and that disclosure of some or all Confidential Information provided to IU pursuant to this Agreement, and the Agreement itself, may be compelled pursuant to ARPA.

 

  7.4

Licensee will not use or permit the use of the name of IURTC, IU, or any employee thereof or use the trademarks, including without limitation logos, of any of the foregoing for any commercial, advertisement, or promotional purpose without the prior written consent of IURTC. Neither IURTC nor IU shall use or permit the use of the name of Licensee, any Sublicensee, or any employee thereof or use the trademarks, including without limitation logos, of any of the foregoing for any commercial, advertisement, or promotional purpose without the prior written consent of Licensee. Notwithstanding the foregoing, each Party may state that Licensee licensed from IURTC one or more of the patent applications and/or patents in the Patent Rights, list Inventor names and their affiliation with IU, and describe the type and extent of licenses. For clarification, the foregoing does not limit either Party’s ability to comply with disclosure requirements of all applicable laws relating to its business, including, without limitation, United States and state securities laws.

 

13


8.

Representations and Warranties:

 

  8.1

IURTC represents and warrants that:

 

  8.1.1

It has the authority to enter into this Agreement and that the person signing on its behalf has the authority to do so; and

 

  8.1.2

To the best of its knowledge, it is the owner of the Patent Rights (and, in the case of Patent Rights in existence as of the Effective Date, the sole and exclusive owner) subject to any rights retained by the U.S. Government by operation of law, and that it has the authority to grant the license set forth herein; and

 

  8.1.3

Prior to the Effective Date it has not granted, or assumed any obligation to grant, any rights in the Patent Rights to any third party that would conflict with the rights granted to Licensee herein.

 

  8.2

Licensee represents and warrants that:

 

  8.2.1

It is a corporation duly organized, existing, and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware;

 

  8.2.2

The execution, delivery, and performance of this Agreement have been authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of Licensee and that the person signing this Agreement on behalf of Licensee has the authority to do so;

 

  8.2.3

The making, exercising of any right, or performance of any obligation under this Agreement does not violate any separate agreement it has with a third party, and in so acting, Licensee will not breach the terms and conditions of this Agreement or fail to comply with applicable laws, regulations, and court orders;

 

  8.2.4

It is not a party to any agreement or arrangement that would prevent it from performing its duties and fulfilling its obligations under this Agreement;

 

  8.2.5

It has and will maintain the insurance coverage required under this Agreement;

 

  8.2.6

It will obtain any additional licenses from any third party needed to perform and fulfill its duties and obligations under this Agreement;

 

  8.2.7

Each IU employee that is employed by, is affiliated with, and/or possesses a financial interest in Licensee has received conflict of interest and/or conflict of commitment approval from IU in accordance with all applicable IU policies;

 

  8.2.8

There is no pending litigation and no threatened claims against it that could impair its ability or capacity to perform and fulfill its duties and obligations under this Agreement; and

 

14


  8.2.9

As of the Effective Date, it is a “small” entity as defined in 37 CFR § 1.27, and it will promptly notify IURTC of any change to its entity status through acquisition, addition of employees, sublicensing this Agreement, or any other mechanism.

 

  8.3

EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE SET FORTH IN THIS AGREEMENT, IURTC PROVIDES THE PATENT RIGHTS “AS IS.” EXCEPT AS PROVIDED IN THIS AGREEMENT OR IN THE RESEARCH AGREEMENT, IURTC MAKES NO REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES AND EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS ON BEHALF OF ITSELF AND IU ALL OTHER REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, STATUTORY, IMPLIED, OR OTHERWISE, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION:

 

  8.3.1

A warranty or representation as to the validity, scope, enforceability, or efficacy of the Patent Rights;

 

  8.3.2

A warranty or representation that the exercise of any rights granted in this Agreement, including without limitation practicing the Patent Rights, does not or will not infringe patents, copyrights, trademarks, trade secrets or other tangible or intangible property rights of third parties;

 

  8.3.3

A warranty or representation of operability, that development of a Licensed Product is possible, or to safety, effectiveness, or commercial viability of Licensed Products;

 

  8.3.4

An obligation to bring or prosecute actions or suits against third parties for infringement of the Patent Rights;

 

  8.3.5

A grant, by implication, estoppel, or otherwise, of any licenses or rights under patents or other intellectual property rights other than the rights expressly granted herein to the Patent Rights regardless of whether such patents or other intellectual property rights are dominant or subordinate to the Patent Rights;

 

  8.3.6

Directly or indirectly operating or applying as a waiver of sovereign immunity by IU or the State of Indiana;

 

  8.3.7

Imposing any obligation or any liability on any party contrary to the laws of the State of Indiana; and

 

  8.3.8

IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS OF THE PATENT RIGHTS OR ANY LICENSED PRODUCTS FOR ANY PURPOSE.

 

  8.3.9

IURTC and IU will not be liable, including without limitation to Licensee, Sublicensees, and any respective affiliates, successors, assigns, independent contractors, and agents, or to any third party regarding any claim arising from or relating to the exercise of any right granted by

 

15


  IURTC hereunder, including without limitation Licensee’s use of the Patent Rights, except to the extent arising from any breach by IURTC of this Agreement; or from the manufacture, use, or importation of products, except to the extent arising from any breach by IURTC of this Agreement. In no event shall either Party be liable to the other for any claim for loss of profits or loss or interruption of business; or for indirect, special, exemplary, punitive, or consequential damages of any kind. The above limitations on liability apply even if advised of the possibility of such damages.

 

  8.4

The rights granted to Licensee under this Agreement are contingent upon Licensee’s compliance with all applicable laws and regulations, including without limitation the U.S. Export Administration Regulations, U.S. International Traffic in Arms Regulations (ITAR), U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, and various economic sanctions programs administered by the U.S. Department of Treasury. Among other things, the transfer of certain technical data and commodities may require a license from the cognizant agency of the U.S. Government and/or written assurances by Licensee that Licensee will not export data or commodities to certain foreign countries without prior approval of such agency. IURTC and IU do not represent that a license is not required, or that, if required, such a license will be issued.

 

9.

Prosecution of Patent Rights:

 

  9.1

IURTC will prepare, file, prosecute, defend, and maintain the Patent Rights at the discretion of Licensee and in accordance with the terms and conditions herein using attorneys of IU’s choosing that are reasonably acceptable to Licensee. IURTC will instruct its attorneys (a) to obtain final decisions from Licensee regarding the preparation, filing, prosecution, defense, and maintenance of the Patent Rights and (b) to seek IURTC’s comments and suggestions, which Licensee will consider, prior to taking material actions for the same.

 

  9.2

IURTC will authorize Licensee to communicate directly with IURTC’s patent counsel, with copies of all such communications provided to IURTC. All information exchanged among IURTC’s counsel, the Parties, and/or the Inventors regarding the preparation, filing, prosecution, issue, defense, or maintenance of the Patent Rights will be deemed Confidential Information. In addition, the Parties acknowledge and agree that, with regard to such preparation, filing, prosecution, issue, defense, and maintenance of the Patent Rights, the interests of the Parties as licensor and licensee are to obtain the strongest and broadest patent protection possible, and as such, are aligned and legal in nature. The Parties agree and acknowledge that they have not waived, and nothing in this Agreement constitutes a waiver of, any legal privilege concerning the Patent Rights, including without limitation privilege under the common interest doctrine and similar or related doctrines.

 

  9.3

Licensee will reimburse IURTC for costs and expenses incurred by IURTC prior to the Effective Date relating to the preparation, filing, prosecution, defense, and maintenance of the Patent Rights within [***] after the Effective Date. As of the Effective Date, IURTC has incurred approximately [***] for such patent-related costs and expenses.

 

16


  9.4

Licensee will reimburse IURTC for all documented costs and expenses properly incurred by IURTC in accordance with this Article 9 during the Term relating to the preparation, filing, prosecution, defense, and maintenance of the Patent Rights within [***] of receipt of billing invoices for such costs and expenses.

 

  9.5

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein:

 

  9.5.1

IURTC may request written confirmation from Licensee that it will satisfy its reimbursement obligations for any particular fees or expenditures for the Patent Rights at least [***] in advance of the date on which such expenditure is to be made or such fee is due to be paid. If Licensee elects not to pay in accordance with Paragraph 9.6 or fails to respond, then such Patent Rights will be removed from the Agreement, the license granted to Licensee for those patent applications or patents in the Patent Rights will terminate, the definition of Patent Rights will be unilaterally amended to exclude such rights, and IURTC will be free, at its sole discretion and without any further obligation to Licensee, to prosecute, maintain, license, or abandon such former Patent Rights for the sole use and benefit of IURTC and at IURTC’s expense;

 

  9.5.2

In addition, IURTC may, at its sole discretion, require payment of a reasonable retainer from Licensee prior to payment of any fees or other direct costs paid on behalf of IURTC for the Patent Rights to any patent office;

 

  9.5.3

Should Licensee become delinquent at any time for the reimbursement of patenting costs, IURTC may, at its sole discretion, require Licensee to pay in advance of all future actions undertaken by counsel regarding the Patent Rights; and

 

  9.5.4

In addition to and not in lieu of its other rights and remedies hereunder, IURTC will have no obligations to Licensee under this Article 9 if Licensee is delinquent in its payments.

 

  9.6

If Licensee elects not to incur fees or expenditures for any Patent Rights, Licensee will give IURTC written notice of such election at least [***] in advance of the date on which such expenditure is to be made or such fee is due to be paid. Upon IURTC’s receipt of such notice, or if any payment due under this Article 9 is delinquent for more than [***], the license granted to Licensee for those patent applications or patents in the Patent Rights will terminate, the definition of Patent Rights will be unilaterally amended to exclude such rights, and IURTC will be free, at its sole discretion and without any further obligation to Licensee, to prosecute, maintain, license, or abandon such former Patent Rights for the sole use and benefit of IURTC and at IURTC’s expense.

 

17


  9.7

The Parties agree that the Patent Rights will be extended by all means provided by U.S. or foreign law or regulation, including without limitation extensions provided under U.S. law at 35 U.S.C. §§ 154(b) and 156 and foreign supplementary protection certificates. Licensee hereby agrees to provide IURTC with all necessary assistance in securing such extension, including without limitation providing all information regarding applications for regulatory approval, approvals granted, and the timing of same. Licensee acknowledges that extension under 35 U.S.C. § 156 must be applied for within [***] of the date that a Licensed Product receives permission under the provision of law under which the applicable regulatory review period occurred for commercial marketing or use, and that Licensee’s failure to promptly provide the necessary information or assistance during such [***] period will cause serious injury to IURTC, for which Licensee will be liable at law. The Parties will also cooperate in selecting the Licensed Product each supplementary protection certificate referencing the Patent Rights will list.

 

10.

Third Party Infringement:

 

  10.1

Each Party will give prompt written notice to the other Party of any known or suspected infringement of the Patent Rights, after which Licensee shall have the first and exclusive right, but not the obligation, under its own control and at its sole expense, to attempt to abate any infringement of the Patent Rights in the Field and the Territory. Licensee may initiate and prosecute actions against third parties for infringement and/or unfair trade practices through outside counsel of its choice, and upon receipt of IURTC’s written consent, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, may do so in IURTC’s name. Licensee will consult with IURTC prior to and in conjunction with all significant issues regarding such action including without limitation settlement thereof, will keep IURTC informed of all proceedings, and will provide copies to IURTC of all pleadings, legal analyses, and other papers related to such actions. IURTC will provide reasonable assistance to Licensee in prosecuting any such actions, including joining such action as a party plaintiff if IURTC is a necessary and indispensable party for initiation or continuation of such action, and will be reimbursed by Licensee for its reasonable and documented out-of-pocket expenses, which IURTC will only be required to expend if Licensee has approved same for reimbursement. Absent IURTC’s prior written consent, Licensee will not settle or compromise any claim or action in a manner that admits the fault of or creates any obligation on IURTC, IU, or any Inventor, provided that Licensee shall have the right to grant Sublicenses in connection with any such settlement or compromise in accordance with Paragraph 3.2 hereof.

 

  10.2

Any damages recovered under Paragraph 10.1, including without limitation statutory damages, compensatory damages, lost profits damages, exemplary damages, increased damages, and awards of costs and attorney fees, will first be applied to reimbursement of Licensee’s reasonable costs, expenses, and legal fees, including without limitation amounts Licensee has reimbursed or must reimburse to IURTC. The remaining balance of such damages will be retained by Licensee, subject to payment to IURTC of an amount equal to royalties payable hereunder by treating such remaining recovery as “Net Sales” hereunder.

 

18


  10.3

If Licensee fails or declines to take any action under Paragraph 10.1 within [***] after learning of third party infringement or unfair trade practices, IURTC will have the right, but not the obligation, to take appropriate actions against any such third party at its sole expense and to retain all recovered damages. In such instances, Licensee will cooperate as requested by IURTC, including without limitation joining in an action and will be reimbursed by IURTC for its reasonable and documented out-of-pocket expenses, which Licensee will only be required to expend if IURTC has approved same for reimbursement.

 

11.

Indemnification:

 

  11.1

Licensee will, and will require Sublicensees to, indemnify, defend, and hold harmless IURTC, IU, and their respective affiliates, board of directors, trustees, employees, faculty, staff, students, Inventors, successors, assigns, independent contractors, and agents (collectively, the “Indemnitees”) from and against any and all judgments, liabilities, losses, damages, actions, claims, costs, or expenses, including without limitation all reasonable attorney fees and costs, incurred by the Indemnitees (collectively, “Claims”) arising out of or relating to the exercise by Licensee or a Sublicensee of any rights conveyed under this Agreement and/or Sublicense, breach of any term or condition under this Agreement and/or Sublicense by Licensee or a Sublicensee, and/or the negligence, willful malfeasance, and/or willful misconduct by Licensee, Sublicensees, and/or their successors or assigns, including without limitation:

 

  11.1.1

The use of any Patent Rights by Licensee or a Sublicensee, including without limitation in the design, development, production, manufacture, sale, offer for sale, use, importation, exportation, lease, marketing, or promotion of any Licensed Product;

 

  11.1.2

Product liability, injury or death to any person, damage to property, or any injury to business, including without limitation business interruption or damage to reputation, arising out of and/or relating to the use of the Patent Rights by Licensee or a Sublicensee, or the use of a Licensed Product; and

 

  11.1.3

Any third party claim that any use of Confidential Information delivered by Licensee to IURTC, or development, provision, or use of Licensed Products violates or infringes a third party’s intellectual property rights.

Licensee will have no obligations under this Article 11 with respect to any Claims to the extent arising from an Indemnitee’s breach of this Agreement, violation of applicable law, negligence or willful misconduct.

 

19


  11.2

Licensee at its sole expense will defend Indemnitees in accordance with this Article 11. Licensee will have the right to conduct and control the defense of such actions, through outside counsel of its choice which is reasonably acceptable to IURTC. Licensee will consult with IURTC prior to and in conjunction with all significant issues, will keep IURTC informed of all proceedings, and will provide copies to IURTC of all pleadings, legal analyses, and other papers related to such actions. IURTC will provide reasonable assistance to Licensee in defending any such actions, and the Indemnitees may be represented by counsel of its choosing at its expense. Licensee will not settle or compromise any claim or action in a manner that admits the fault of, imposes restrictions on, or creates obligations on the Indemnitees or requires any admission of liability by the Indemnitees.

 

  11.3

If Licensee fails to defend a claim or action within [***] of learning of the same, in addition to and not in lieu of other rights and remedies, IURTC may assume the defense for the account of and at the risk of Licensee, and any resulting liability, including without limitation attorney fees, will be deemed conclusively to be a liability of Licensee.

 

12.

Insurance:

 

  12.1

Licensee will, and will require Sublicensees to, obtain and maintain commercial general liability insurance with a reputable and financially secure insurance carrier prior to clinical testing, making, having made, using, importing, offering to Sell, or Selling any Licensed Product or engaging in any other act involving any Licensed Product or the Patent Rights.

 

  12.1.1

The insurance will identify the Indemnitees as additional insureds and will provide that the carrier will notify IURTC in writing [***] prior to cancellation or material change in coverage.

 

  12.1.2

The insurance will include coverage for product liability, contractual liability, clinical trials liability if any such trial is performed, and all other coverages standard for such policies with a minimum of:

 

  12.1.2.1

[***] per occurrence and [***] annual aggregate to cover activities of the Licensee through the period of development of the Licensed Product for Sale. Such insurance will additionally include errors and omissions insurance with [***] per occurrence; and

 

  12.1.2.2

[***] per occurrence and [***] annual aggregate prior to any offer of the Licensed Product for Sale. Such insurance will additionally include errors and omissions insurance with [***] per occurrence.

 

  12.1.3

Insurance policies purchased to comply with this Article 12 will be kept in force for [***] after the last Sale of Licensed Product.

 

  12.2

Licensee will obtain, keep in force and maintain worker’s compensation insurance as legally required in the jurisdiction in which Licensee is doing business.

 

20


  12.3

At IURTC’s request, Licensee will provide IURTC with a certificate of insurance and notices of subsequent renewals for its insurance and that of Sublicensees.

 

  12.4

The specified minimum coverages and other provisions of this Article 12 do not constitute a limitation on Licensee’s obligations to indemnify the Indemnitees under this Agreement.

 

13.

Term and Termination:

 

  13.1

This Agreement is effective on the Effective Date and continues for the Term unless earlier terminated in accordance with this Agreement. Time is of the essence for Licensee make payments and reports thereon.

 

  13.2

Licensee may terminate this Agreement with or without cause on [***] written notice to IURTC. The rights granted by IURTC herein, including without limitation in Article 3, will terminate and automatically revert to IURTC at the end of [***]. Upon termination by Licensee pursuant to this Paragraph 13.2, Licensee may continue to Sell any Licensed Products made during the Term for a period [***] after the Term on the condition that Licensee (a) [***] and (b) [***]

 

  13.3

IURTC may terminate this Agreement in whole or in part on [***] written notice to Licensee upon Licensee’s material breach of this Agreement, which breach is not cured by Licensee within such [***] period.

 

  13.4

To the extent not prohibited by applicable law, Licensee agrees that in the event Licensee by its own actions or the action of any of its shareholders or creditors files or has filed against it, with an order for relief being entered, a case under the U.S. Bankruptcy Code of 1978, as previously or hereafter amended, IURTC will be entitled to relief from the automatic stay of Section 362 of Title 11 of the U.S. Code, as amended, on or against the exercise of the rights and remedies available to IURTC. Licensee hereby waives the benefits of such automatic stay and consents and agrees to raise no objection to such relief. Licensee further agrees that IURTC, at its sole discretion, may immediately terminate this Agreement by means of a written notice to Licensee in the event that a creditor or other claimant takes possession of, or a receiver, administrator, or similar officer is appointed over any of the assets of Licensee, or in the event that Licensee makes any voluntary arrangement with its creditors or becomes subject to any court or administration order under any U.S. bankruptcy proceedings or insolvency law. Licensee will promptly inform IURTC of its intention to file a voluntary petition in bankruptcy or of another’s communicated intention to file a voluntary petition in bankruptcy.

 

  13.5

Upon termination of this Agreement, Licensee will promptly notify all Sublicensees of such termination. Any Sublicensee in compliance with its Sublicense and evidencing to IURTC its ability to meet the requirements of this Agreement has the right to enter into a written license agreement with IURTC through which such Sublicensee will become bound to IURTC on substantially the same terms and conditions, including without limitation financial terms, as Sublicensee was bound to Licensee under the Sublicense, but only to the extent that

 

21


  each financial term is no less favorable to IURTC than those set forth in this Agreement, and provided that the Sublicense does not impose any obligations on IURTC in excess of those imposed under this Agreement. If any Sublicensee desires to enter into such a license agreement, it will be wholly the responsibility of that Sublicensee to notify IURTC of such desire within [***] after the effective date of termination of this Agreement. IURTC hereby agrees to enter into such written license agreement, with modifications negotiated in good faith as is reasonably necessary to accommodate the functional and structural differences between Licensee and IURTC. Time is of the essence for a Sublicensee to provide notice of its desire for such license and to negotiate in good faith in a timely manner to effectuate a license. Failure of a Sublicensee to timely provide such notice or enter into such license will automatically result in the termination of all rights granted thereunder or hereunder, including without limitation any obligation of IURTC to enter into such license with Sublicensee.

 

  13.6

As of the date of termination of this Agreement, all rights granted by IURTC will terminate and automatically revert to IURTC. The Parties agree that such termination does not relieve Licensee or Sublicensees of any obligation or liability accrued prior to termination. Nor does termination rescind anything done by Licensee or Sublicensees or any payments made to IURTC prior to the effective date of termination. Termination does not affect in any manner any rights of either Party arising under this Agreement prior to termination. All terms and conditions herein that, by their express terms or by implication, are to be performed after the termination of this Agreement or are prospective in nature will survive termination, as the case may be, including without limitation the provisions in Articles 5, 6, 7, 8, 11, and 12 and Licensee’s obligations to pay fees, royalties, or other payments and patent expenses accruing prior thereto.

 

14.

Assignability:

 

  14.1

This Agreement will not be assigned, in whole or in part, by Licensee to any third party without the prior written consent of IURTC. However, Licensee may assign this entire Agreement to a third party that acquires substantially all of Licensee’s business or assets to which this Agreement relates through merger, sale, acquisition, or other similar transaction, provided that:

 

  14.1.1

Licensee is not in breach of this Agreement in any respect; and

 

  14.1.2

The successor agrees in writing (with a copy sent to IURTC within [***] of the effective date of the assignment) to assume all obligations and liabilities under this Agreement.

 

  14.2

The rights granted in this Agreement may not be encumbered, pledged, or hypothecated in any way by Licensee or any Sublicensee, including without limitation to secure any purchase, lease, or loan. Any conveyance in contravention with the terms and conditions of this Agreement is null and void.

 

22


  14.3

This Agreement is binding on the Parties and their respective successors and assigns and inures to the benefit of the Parties and their respective permitted successors and permitted assigns.

 

15.

Notice:

 

  15.1

Any required or permissive notice under this Agreement will be sufficient if in writing and delivered personally, by recognized national overnight courier, or by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid and return receipt requested, to the address below and will be deemed to have been given as of the date shown on the receipt if by certified or registered mail, or the day following dispatch if by overnight courier.

If to IURTC:

Indiana University Research and Technology Corporation

Attn: Innovation and Commercialization Office

[***]

[***]

[***]

With copy to:

The Trustees of Indiana University

Attn: Innovation and Commercialization Office

[***]

[***]

[***]

If to Licensee:

MBX Biosciences, Inc.

Attn: P. Kent Hawryluk

[***]

[***]

 

  15.2

For the convenience of the Parties in administering this Agreement, the Parties may direct inquiries as follows:

 

    

If to IURTC:

  

If to Licensee:

Patent prosecution    [***]    [***]
Patent cost reimbursement    [***]    [***]
Financial consideration    [***]    [***]

 

16.

General Provisions:

 

  16.1

Licensee agrees to register and give required notice concerning this Agreement, at its expense, in each country where an obligation exists under law to so register or give notice.

 

23


  16.2

This Agreement will be construed, interpreted, and applied according to the laws of the State of Indiana without regard to any choice of law rules, and all claims, disputes, or controversies arising from or relating to this Agreement will be subject to the exclusive jurisdiction and venue of a state court of competent jurisdiction in Monroe County, Indiana or a federal court of competent jurisdiction in the Southern District of Indiana. The Parties consent to the personal jurisdiction of such courts and waive any defense of forum non conveniens.

 

  16.3

No waiver of any breach of this Agreement will constitute a waiver of any other breach of the same or any other provision of this Agreement, and no waiver will be effective unless made in writing by the Party against whom the waiver is sought to be asserted. The delay or failure to assert a right or to insist upon compliance with any term or condition of this Agreement will not constitute a waiver of that right or excuse a similar subsequent failure to perform any such term or condition.

 

  16.4

Neither Party is an agent, employer, employee, partner, joint venturer, or contractor of the other as a result of this Agreement. The representations, warranties, covenants, and undertakings contained in this Agreement are for the sole benefit of the Parties and their permitted successors and permitted assigns and will not be construed as conferring any rights on any third party. Neither Party may in any way pledge the other Party’s credit or incur any obligation on behalf of or bind the other Party on its behalf.

 

  16.5

The provisions of this Agreement are severable in that if any provision in this Agreement is finally determined by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid or unenforceable, such invalidity or non-enforceability will not in any way affect the validity or enforceability of the remaining provisions or the validity or enforceability of such provision in any jurisdiction where valid and enforceable. Any invalid or unenforceable provision will be reformed by the Parties to effectuate their intent as evidenced on the Effective Date.

 

  16.6

Licensee agrees that in the event a faculty or staff member of IU serves Licensee in the capacity of consultant, officer, employee, board member, advisor, or other designation, under contract or otherwise, such faculty or staff member is subject to compliance with IU’s conflict of interest and conflict of commitment policies, including without limitation the obligation to complete a disclosure therefor, will serve solely in his or her individual capacity, as an independent contractor, and not as an agent or representative of IURTC or IU, that IURTC and IU exercise no authority or control over such faculty or staff member while acting in such capacity, that IURTC and IU receive no benefit from such activity, and that IURTC and IU assume no liability or obligation in connection with any such work or service undertaken by such faculty or staff member. Licensee further agrees that any breach, error, act, or omission by such faculty or staff member acting in the capacity set forth above in this Paragraph will not be imputed or otherwise attributed to IURTC or IU, including without limitation to constitute a breach by IURTC of this Agreement.

 

24


  16.7

Except for Licensee’s obligations to make any payments to IURTC hereunder, the Parties shall not be responsible for any failure to perform due to the occurrence of any events beyond their reasonable control that render their performance impossible or onerous, including but not limited to any government act (including the passing of any law or regulation) that materially and adversely affects the ability of IURTC or IU to perform their duties under this Agreement; local, national or state emergency; acts of terrorism; and war. Financial exigency shall not be a force majeure event. Notwithstanding the foregoing, either Party will have the right to terminate this Agreement upon [***] prior written notice if the non-performing Party is unable to fulfill its obligations under this Agreement pursuant to this Paragraph 16.7 for a period of [***].

 

  16.8

The Parties acknowledge that they have read this Agreement in its entirety and agree that this Agreement comprises the entire agreement, contract, and understanding of the Parties on the subject matter of this Agreement. The Parties acknowledge that each has had an opportunity to be advised by counsel of their choosing and as such the clauses of this Agreement will not be strictly construed against the drafter. The Parties acknowledge that invoices, purchase orders, or other mechanisms for administering any payment or obligation set forth herein will not contain terms and conditions separate from, in addition to, and/or in conflict with this Agreement, and that any such terms, if present, will be void and without effect and will not be enforceable by either Party.

 

  16.9

This Agreement cannot be changed, modified, or amended except by a written instrument executed by the authorized representatives of the respective Parties.

 

  16.10

This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which will be deemed an original and all of which when taken together will be deemed one instrument. Facsimile, Portable Document Format (PDF) or photocopied signatures of the Parties will have the same legal validity as original signatures.

Witness: The Parties have caused this Agreement to be executed by their duly authorized representatives as of the Effective Date.

 

Indiana University Research and

Technology Corporation

    MBX Biosciences, Inc.
By:   /s/ Simran Trana     By:   /s/ P. Kent Hawryluk
Name:   Simran Trana     Name:   P. Kent Hawryluk
Title:   Associate VP, ICO     Title:   President & CEO
Date:   June 15, 2020     Date:   June 11, 2020

 

25


Exhibit A

Patent Rights

 

1.

[***]

 

2.

[***]

 

3.

[***]

 

4.

[***]

 

26


CERTAIN INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS EXHIBIT, MARKED BY [***], HAS BEEN EXCLUDED FROM THIS EXHIBIT BECAUSE THE REGISTRANT HAS DETERMINED THAT IT IS BOTH NOT MATERIAL AND IS THE TYPE THAT THE REGISTRANT TREATS AS PRIVATE OR CONFIDENTIAL.

FIRST AMENDMENT

TO

EXCLUSIVE LICENSE AGREEMENT

This First Amendment (the “First Amendment”) is made and entered into as of November 4, 2020 (the “First Amendment Effective Date”) by and between:

Indiana University Research and Technology Corporation (“IURTC”). a non-profit corporation organized under the laws of the State of Indiana, represented by The Trustees of Indiana University (“IU”). a body politic and corporate of the State of Indiana, having its principal offices al 107 S. Indiana Ave., Bloomington, IN 47405: and

MBX Biosciences. Inc. (“Licensee”), a Delaware corporation, having its principal offices at 12406 Horesham St. Carmel, Indiana 46032, United States.

(each referred to individually as a “Party” and collectively as the “Parties”).

The Parties hereby agree:

 

1.

Background: The Parties entered into the Exclusive License Agreement dated June 10, 2020 [***] (the “Original Agreement”). IURTC is the owner of certain recently disclosed intellectual property rights invented by Richard DiMarchi, M.D., Ph.D. and Archita Sanjeev Agrawal. Ph.D. (the “Inventors”) at IU and generally referred to as [***]. IURTC is willing to grant licenses to these intellectual property rights under the Original Agreement as amended by this first Amendment provided the rights are used to further scientific research, for new’ product development, and for other applications in the public interest. Licensee represents to IURTC that it has the necessary product development, manufacturing, and marketing capabilities to commercialize products based on such intellectual property rights. Licensee desires to obtain a license to these intellectual property rights upon the terms and conditions set forth in the Original Agreement as amended by this First Amendment, and desires to explore and fund additional development under the terms of the Research Agreement (as defined in the Original Agreement). Therefore, the Parties desire to enter into this First Amendment to amend the Original Agreement (the Original Agreement, as amended by this First Amendment, being referred to as the “Agreement”) in consideration of the foregoing premises and the mutual promises, covenants, and agreements hereinafter set forth.

 

1


2.

Amendments to Original Agreement:

 

  2.1

Delete Paragraph 4.1 in its entirety and replace with the following:

 

  4.1

No later than [***] or [***] following the First Amendment Effective Date, whichever is later. Licensee will provide IURTC with a Development Plan, including provisions to [***] (as defined in the Research Agreement) executed pursuant to the Research Agreement for development of the licensed technology generally referred to as [***] and milestones specific to the commercial development of the associated commercial products. No later than [***] of each subsequent year during the Term, Licensee will provide IURTC with written updates to the Development Plan. The updates will summarize in reasonable detail the progress achieved during the previous year, any problems encountered in the development, evaluation, testing, pre-production manufacturing. First Commercial Sale, and/or initial marketing of each Licensed Product, and plans for the future regarding the foregoing. Upon reasonable request by IURTC, Licensee will consult with IURTC about tasks, schedules, and progress.

 

  2.2

Add the following new Paragraph 4.3 at the end of Article 4:

 

  4.3

To address specific milestones for development of the licensed technology generally referred to as [***] and Patent Rights related thereto licensed under the Agreement as of the First Amendment Effective Date, Licensee will (a) achieve the following commercial goals by the dales set forth below and (b) provide IURTC with evidence of the achievements of such goals within [***] after the corresponding date:

 

  4.3.1

Execute a Task Order under the Research Agreement within [***] of the First Amendment Effective Date.

 

  4.3.2

Licensee will pay a license maintenance fee of [***] due on [***]. which fee shall be waived if [***].

 

  2.3

Delete Paragraph 5.1 in its entirety and replace with the following:

 

  5.1

Issue Fee: Licensee will pay to IURTC ten thousand dollars ($10,000) within [***] of the Effective Date and ten thousand dollars ($10,000) upon [***] of the Effective Date. In addition, in consideration for the licensed technology generally referred to as [***] and Patent Rights related thereto licensed under the Agreement as of the First Amendment Effective Date. Licensee will pay a license issue fee of [***] within [***] of the First Amendment Effective Date.

 

  2.4

Replace Exhibit A with the revised Exhibit A attached hereto.

 

3.

Except as provided in this First Amendment, including the preamble and background section which are incorporated herein by reference, all other terms and conditions of the Original Agreement remain unmodified and in full force and effect.

 

4.

This First Amendment may be executed in counterparts, each of which will be deemed an original and all of which when taken together will be deemed one instrument. Facsimile, Portable Document Format ( PDF) or photocopied signatures of the Parties will have the same legal validity as Original signatures.

 

2


5.

Capitalized terms used in this first Amendment and not otherwise defined shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Original Agreement

Witness: The Parties have caused this First Amendment to be executed by their duly authorized representatives as of the First Amendment Effective Date.

 

Indiana University Research and

Technology Corporation

    MBX Biosciences, Inc.
By:   /s/ Simran Trana     By:   /s/ P. Kent Hawryluk
Name:   Simran Trana     Name:   P. Kent Hawryluk
Title:   Associate VP, ICO     Title:   President & CEO
Date:   November 5, 2020     Date:   November 5, 2020

 

3


Exhibit A

Patent Rights

 

1.

[***]

 

2.

[***]

 

3.

[***]

 

4.

[***]

 

5.

[***]

 

4


CERTAIN INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS EXHIBIT, MARKED BY [***], HAS BEEN EXCLUDED FROM THIS EXHIBIT BECAUSE THE REGISTRANT HAS DETERMINED THAT IT IS BOTH NOT MATERIAL AND IS THE TYPE THAT THE REGISTRANT TREATS AS PRIVATE OR CONFIDENTIAL.

SECOND AMENDMENT

TO

EXCLUSIVE LICENSE AGREEMENT

This Second Amendment (the “Second Amendment”) is made and entered into as of July 1, 2021 (the “Second Amendment Effective Date”) by and between:

Indiana University Research and Technology Corporation (“IURTC”), a non-profit corporation organized under the laws of the State of Indiana, represented by The Trustees of Indiana University (“IU”), a body politic and corporate of the State of Indiana, having its principal offices at 107 S. Indiana Ave., Bloomington, IN 47405; and

MBX Biosciences, Inc. (“Licensee”), a Delaware corporation, having its principal offices at 12406 Horesham St, Carmel, Indiana 46032, United States.

(each referred to individually as a “Party” and collectively as the “Parties”).

The Parties hereby agree:

Background: The Parties entered into the Exclusive License Agreement dated June 10, 2020 [***] as amended by the First Amendment dated November 4, 2020 with IURTC Agreement [***] (collectively, the “Original Agreement”). IURTC is the owner of certain recently disclosed intellectual property rights invented at IU and generally referred to as [***] as disclosed by Richard DiMarchi, M.D., Ph.D., [***] (the “Inventors”). IURTC is willing to grant licenses to these intellectual property rights under the terms of the Original Agreement as amended by this Second Amendment provided the rights are used to further scientific research, for new product development, or for other applications in the public interest. Licensee represents to IURTC that it has the necessary product development, manufacturing, and marketing capabilities to commercialize products based on such intellectual property rights. Licensee desires to obtain a license to these intellectual property rights upon the terms and conditions set forth in the Original Agreement as amended by this Second Amendment. Therefore, the Parties desire to enter into this Second Amendment to amend the Original Agreement (the Original Agreement, as amended by this Second Amendment, being referred to as the “Agreement”) in consideration of the foregoing premises and the mutual promises, covenants, and agreements hereinafter set forth.

Amendments to Original Agreement:

 

1.

Replace Exhibit A with the revised Exhibit A attached hereto.


2.

Except as provided in this Second Amendment, including the preamble and background section which are incorporated herein by reference, all other terms and conditions of the Original Agreement remain unmodified and in full force and effect.

 

3.

This Second Amendment may be executed in counterparts, each of which will be deemed an original and all of which when taken together will be deemed one instrument. Facsimile, Portable Document Format (PDF) or photocopied signatures of the Parties will have the same legal validity as original signatures.

 

4.

Capitalized terms used in this Second Amendment and not otherwise defined shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Original Agreement.

Witness: The Parties have caused this Second Amendment to be executed by their duly authorized representatives as of the Second Amendment Effective Date.

 

Indiana University Research and Technology Corporation     MBX Biosciences, Inc.
By:   /s/ Simran Trana     By:   /s/ P. Kent Hawryluk
Name:   Simran Trana     Name:   P. Kent Hawryluk
Title:   Associate VP, ICO     Title:   President & CEO
Date:   June 28, 2021     Date:   June 29, 2021


Exhibit A

Patent Rights

 

1.

[***]

 

2.

[***]

 

3.

[***]

 

4.

[***]

 

5.

[***]

 

6.

[***]

 

7.

[***]


CERTAIN INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS EXHIBIT, MARKED BY [***], HAS BEEN EXCLUDED FROM THIS EXHIBIT BECAUSE THE REGISTRANT HAS DETERMINED THAT IT IS BOTH NOT MATERIAL AND IS THE TYPE THAT THE REGISTRANT TREATS AS PRIVATE OR CONFIDENTIAL.

THIRD AMENDMENT

TO

EXCLUSIVE LICENSE AGREEMENT

This Third Amendment (the “Third Amendment”) is made and entered into as of February 7, 2022 (the “Third Amendment Effective Date”) by and between:

Indiana University Research and Technology Corporation (“IURTC”), a non-profit corporation organized under the laws of the State of Indiana, represented by The Trustees of Indiana University (“IU”), a body politic and corporate of the State of Indiana, having its principal offices at 107 S. Indiana Ave., Bloomington, IN 47405; and

MBX Biosciences, Inc. (“Licensee”), a Delaware corporation, having its principal offices at 12406 Horesham St, Carmel, Indiana 46032, United States.

(each referred to individually as a “Party” and collectively as the “Parties”).

The Parties hereby agree:

Background: The Parties entered into the Exclusive License Agreement dated June 10, 2020 with IURTC [***] as amended by the First Amendment dated November 4, 2020 [***] and as further amended by the Second Amendment dated July 1, 2021 [***] (collectively, the “Original Agreement”). IURTC is the owner of certain recently disclosed intellectual property rights invented at IU and generally referred to as [***] as disclosed by Richard DiMarchi, M.D., Ph.D., [***] (the “Inventors”). IURTC is willing to grant licenses to these intellectual property rights under the terms of the Original Agreement as amended by this Third Amendment provided the rights are used to further scientific research, for new product development, and for other applications in the public interest. Licensee represents to IURTC that it has the necessary product development, manufacturing, and marketing capabilities to commercialize products based on such intellectual property rights. Licensee desires to obtain a license to these intellectual property rights upon the terms and conditions set forth in the Original Agreement as amended by this Third Amendment. Therefore, the Parties desire to enter into this Third Amendment to amend the Original Agreement (the Original Agreement, as amended by this Third Amendment, being referred to as the “Agreement”) in consideration of the foregoing premises and the mutual promises, covenants, and agreements hereinafter set forth.

Amendments to Original Agreement:

 

1.

Replace Exhibit A with the revised Exhibit A attached hereto.

 

1


2.

Except as provided in this Second Amendment, including the preamble and background section which are incorporated herein by reference, all other terms and conditions of the Original Agreement remain unmodified and in full force and effect.

 

3.

This Third Amendment may be executed in counterparts, each of which will be deemed an original and all of which when taken together will be deemed one instrument. Facsimile, Portable Document Format (PDF) or photocopied signatures of the Parties will have the same legal validity as original signatures.

 

4.

Capitalized terms used in this Third Amendment and not otherwise defined shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Original Agreement.

Witness: The Parties have caused this Third Amendment to be executed by their duly authorized representatives as of the Third Amendment Effective Date.

 

Indiana University Research and Technology Corporation     MBX Biosciences, Inc.
By:   /s/ Simran Trana     By:   /s/ P. Kent Hawryluk
Name:   Simran Trana     Name:   P. Kent Hawryluk
Title:   Associate VP, ICO     Title:   President & CEO
Date:   September 29, 2022     Date:   September 29, 2022

 

2


Exhibit A

Patent Rights

 

1.

[***]

 

2.

[***]

 

3.

[***]

 

4.

[***]

 

5.

[***]

 

6.

[***]

 

7.

[***]

 

8.

[***]

 

9.

[***]

 

10.

[***]

 

3


CERTAIN INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS EXHIBIT, MARKED BY [***], HAS BEEN EXCLUDED FROM THIS EXHIBIT BECAUSE THE REGISTRANT HAS DETERMINED THAT IT IS BOTH NOT MATERIAL AND IS THE TYPE THAT THE REGISTRANT TREATS AS PRIVATE OR CONFIDENTIAL.

FOURTH AMENDMENT

TO

EXCLUSIVE LICENSE AGREEMENT

This Fourth Amendment (the “Fourth Amendment”) is made and entered into as of January 5, 2024 (the “Fourth Amendment Effective Date”) by and between:

Indiana University Research and Technology Corporation (“IURTC”), a non-profit corporation organized under the laws of the State of Indiana, represented by The Trustees of Indiana University (“IU”), a body politic and corporate of the State of Indiana, having its principal offices at 107 S. Indiana Ave., Bloomington, IN 47405; and

MBX Biosciences, Inc. (“Licensee”), a Delaware corporation, having its principal offices at 12406 Horesham St, Carmel, Indiana 46032, United States.

Each of IURTC and Licensee may be referred to individually herein as a “Party” and collectively as the “Parties”.

The Parties hereby agree:

Background: The Parties entered into the Exclusive License Agreement dated June 10, 2020 [***] as amended by the First Amendment dated November 4, 2020 [***] as further amended by the Second Amendment dated July 1, 2021 [***] and as further amended by the Third Amendment dated February 7, 2022 [***] (collectively, the “Original Agreement”). IURTC is the owner of (a) certain recently disclosed intellectual property rights invented by Dr. Richard DiMarchi, Dr. Fa Zhang, Dr. Kishore Thalluri, and Mr. James Ford at IU and generally referred to as [***], (b) certain recently disclosed intellectual property rights invented by Dr. Richard DiMarchi, Dr. Ian Tinsley, and Dr. Yujin Zhang at IU and generally referred to as [***], and (c) certain recently disclosed intellectual property rights invented by Dr. Richard DiMarchi, Dr. Fa Zhang, Dr. Kishore Thalluri, and Mr. James Ford at IU and generally referred to as [***]. IURTC is willing to grant licenses to these intellectual property rights under the terms of the Original Agreement as amended by this Fourth Amendment provided the rights are used to further scientific research, for new product development, and for other applications in the public interest. Licensee represents to IURTC that it has the necessary product development, manufacturing, and marketing capabilities to commercialize products based on such intellectual property rights. Licensee desires to obtain a license to these intellectual property rights upon the terms and conditions set forth in the Original Agreement as amended by this Fourth Amendment. Therefore, the Parties desire to enter into this Fourth Amendment to amend the Original Agreement (the Original Agreement, as amended by this Fourth Amendment, being referred to as the “Agreement”) in consideration of the foregoing premises and the mutual promises, covenants, and agreements hereinafter set forth.

 

1


Amendments to Original Agreement:

 

1

Replace Exhibit A with the revised Exhibit A attached hereto.

 

2

Replace the definition of “Inventors” with the names of all inventors identified in the “Background” sections of the Agreement (including the separate “Background” sections of each the various amendments included in the Agreement).

 

3

Add the following new paragraphs at the end of Article 2:

 

  2.18

“[***] Licensed Product” means [***]

 

  2.19

“[***] Licensed Product” means [***]

 

  2.20

“[***] Licensed Product” [***]

 

  2.21

“[***] Licensed Products” means [***]

 

4

Add the following new paragraph 4.4 at the end of Article 4:

 

  4.4

Licensee will (a) achieve, directly or through Sublicensees, the following commercial goals by the dates set forth below and (b) provide IU with evidence of the achievements of such goals within [***] after the corresponding date:

 

  4.4.1

[***]

 

  4.4.2

[***]

 

  4.4.3

[***]

Licensee may extend the date to achieve any of the foregoing goals by [***] prior to the then-current deadline for such goal. If Licensee fails to timely exercise any available extensions or fails to achieve any of the foregoing goals after exercising any available extensions, IURTC may terminate this Agreement in accordance with Paragraph 13.3, provided that such termination shall only be with respect to [***], and for the avoidance of doubt, the Agreement will continue in full force and effect with respect to all other Licensed Products. At the request of Licensee, IURTC agrees to negotiate in good faith any reasonable proposals from Licensee to further extend the applicable deadline in light of Licensee’s experience in implementing the development of Licensed Products within the [***] cure period set forth in Paragraph 13.3. If the Parties are unable to come to an agreement following such [***] cure period and such goal has still not been achieved by Licensee, then IURTC will terminate this Agreement with respect to the applicable Licensed Product by providing written notice of such termination to Licensee.

 

2


5

Delete Paragraph 5.5 in its entirety and replace with the following:

 

  5.5

Licensee will promptly notify IURTC of the achievement of a performance milestone identified in the appropriate table below. Licensee will pay to IURTC the performance milestone payment according to the appropriate table below:

 

  5.5.1

Milestone payments for the first Licensed Product to achieve the applicable performance milestone (excluding [***] Licensed Products):

 

   

Performance Milestone

  

Payment

    
  [***]    [***]   
  [***]    [***]   
  [***]    [***]   
  [***]    [***]   
  [***]    [***]   

Each of the above milestone payments will be paid [***]. IURTC acknowledges and agrees that as of Fourth Amendment Effective Date, the [***] in the table above have been achieved and the corresponding milestone payments have been paid by Licensee.

 

  5.5.2

Milestone payments for a [***] Licensed Product:

 

   

Performance Milestone

  

Payment

    
  [***]    [***]   
  [***]    [***]   
  [***]    [***]   
  [***]    [***]   
  [***]    [***]   
  [***]    [***]   
  [***]    [***]   
  [***]    [***]   
  [***]    [***]   

Each of the above milestone payments will be paid [***].

 

  5.5.3

Should Licensee receive Sublicensing Revenue for a Sublicensee’s achievement of a particular performance milestone, Licensee will pay to IURTC [***] or [***], but for the avoidance of doubt, Licensee will not be required to pay to IURTC payments under both Paragraph 5.4 and this Paragraph 5.5 with respect to Sublicensee’s achievement of such performance milestone.

 

6

Except as provided in this Fourth Amendment, including the preamble and background section which are incorporated herein by reference, all other terms and conditions of the Original Agreement remain unmodified and in full force and effect.

 

7

This Fourth Amendment may be executed in counterparts, each of which will be deemed an original and all of which when taken together will be deemed one instrument. Facsimile, Portable Document Format (PDF) or photocopied signatures of the Parties will have the same legal validity as original signatures.

 

8

Capitalized terms used in this Fourth Amendment and not otherwise defined shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Original Agreement.

 

3


Witness: The Parties have caused this Fourth Amendment to be executed by their duly authorized representatives as of the Fourth Amendment Effective Date.

 

Indiana University Research and Technology Corporation     MBX Biosciences, Inc.
By:   /s/ Lakshimi Sastry Dent     By:   /s/ P. Kent Hawryluk
Name:   Lakshmi Sastry Dent     Name:   P. Kent Hawryluk
Title:   Director, ICO     Title:   President & CEO
Date:   1/4/2024     Date:   1/4/24

 

4


Exhibit A

Patent Rights

[***]

 

5

EX-10.9

Exhibit 10.9

CERTAIN INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS EXHIBIT, MARKED BY [***], HAS BEEN EXCLUDED FROM THIS EXHIBIT BECAUSE THE REGISTRANT HAS DETERMINED THAT IT IS BOTH NOT MATERIAL AND IS THE TYPE THAT THE REGISTRANT TREATS AS PRIVATE OR CONFIDENTIAL.

OFFICE LEASE

THIS LEASE is entered into and made as of the 28th day of April, 2022 by and between ZELLER- CARMEL PROPERTY, L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company (“Landlord”), and MBX BIOSCIENCES, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”).

WITNESSETH:

Landlord, in consideration of the rents and covenants hereinafter set forth, does hereby demise, let and lease to Tenant, and Tenant does hereby hire, take and lease from Landlord, on the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth, the following described space, hereinafter called the “Premises,” to have and to hold the same, with all appurtenances, unto Tenant for the term hereinafter specified.

 

1.

DESCRIPTION OF THE PREMISES

The Premises consists of approximately 6,493 rentable square feet of space (the “rentable area”) as shown on the demising plan attached as Exhibit A which is referred to as suite number 300 and is located on the 3rd floor of the building commonly known as Meridian Mark II, 11711 N. Meridian Street, in the City of Carmel, County of Hamilton, State of Indiana (hereinafter referred to as the “Building”), situated on the real property described in Exhibit B attached hereto (the “Property”). The Building is currently one of two buildings operated jointly by an affiliate of Landlord, together with appurtenant areas and common areas thereto, known as “Meridian Mark I and II” (collectively, the “Project”).

 

2.

TERM

The term of this Lease (the “Term”) shall be for a period of three (3) years and three (3) months, commencing October 1, 2022 (the “Commencement Date”), and ending on December 31, 2025 (the “Expiration Date”), subject to adjustment as provided in Paragraph 6 hereof, unless this Lease shall be sooner terminated by Landlord as hereinafter provided.

Tenant shall have the option to renew the Lease for one (1) additional three (3) year term commencing as of the first date following the Initial Term (the “Renewal Term”) by notifying Landlord in writing not less than six (6) months prior to the last day of the Initial Term of Tenant’s exercise thereof; otherwise, said option to renew shall be deemed null and void and of no force or effect.

The Renewal Term shall be pursuant to the same terms and conditions as the Initial Term, except that Tenant’s Base Rent shall be adjusted to the then current “Fair Market Rent”. For purposes of determining the Fair Market Rent, the following procedure shall apply: Landlord shall deliver to Tenant, within ten (10) business days after Landlord’s receipt of Tenant’s notice exercising its option to renew the Lease for the applicable Renewal Term pursuant to paragraph two of Section 2 above, Landlord’s determination of the Fair Market Rent (“Landlord’s Determination”). Tenant shall by written notice to Landlord reject or accept Landlord’s Determination within thirty (30) days after Tenant’s receipt of the same (“Tenant’s Response”), and if Tenant has elected to reject Landlord’s Determination which such Tenant’s Response shall include Tenant’s determination of the Fair Market Rent (“Tenant’s Determination”), then


Landlord and Tenant shall thereafter negotiate in each of their sole discretion to determine the Fair Market Rent. If Landlord and Tenant shall mutually agree upon the determination of the Fair Market Rent, such determination shall be the Base Rent for such Renewal Term, and such determination shall be final and binding upon the parties. If Landlord and Tenant are unable to agree upon the Fair Market Rent within thirty (30) days after Tenant’s Response (the “Negotiation Period”), then within five (5) business days after the expiration of the Negotiation Period the parties shall select, as an arbitrator, a mutually acceptable commercial real estate broker licensed in the State of Indiana as a real estate broker having no less than ten (10) years’ experience in office leasing in the City of Carmel, Indiana or north suburb of Indianapolis (an “Approved Broker”). If the parties cannot agree on such person, then within a second (2nd) period of five (5) business days, each shall select an Approved Broker and within a third (3rd) period of five (5) business days, the two (2) appointed Approved Brokers shall select a third (3rd) Approved Broker and the third (3rd) Approved Broker shall be the arbitrator. If either party shall fail to make such appointment within said second five (5) business day period, then the Approved Broker chosen by the other party shall be the arbitrator. Once the arbitrator has been selected as provided for above, then, as soon thereafter as practicable, but in any case within fourteen (14) days after his/her appointment, the arbitrator shall determine the Fair Market Rent by selecting either the Landlord’s or the Tenant’s Determination. There shall be no discovery or similar proceedings. The arbitrator’s decision as to which of the Landlord’s Determination or the Tenant’s Determination shall be used to determine the Fair Market Rent for the Renewal Term shall be rendered in writing to both Landlord and Tenant and such decision shall be final and binding upon the parties. The costs of the arbitrator will be equally divided between Landlord and Tenant. Any fees of any counsel engaged by Landlord or Tenant, however, shall be borne by the party that retained such counsel.

 

3.

RENT

For purposes of Paragraph 3, Rent, the following definitions shall apply:

(i) “Lease Year” shall mean the twelve-month period beginning on the Commencement Date and each anniversary thereof.

(ii) “Base Year” shall mean the 2022 calendar year.

(iii) “Comparison Year” means the calendar year for which a Rent Adjustment computation is being made.

(iv) “Tenant’s Proportionate Share” of Landlord’s Operating Expenses and Taxes shall mean the percentage determined by dividing the rentable area of the Premises by the total rentable area of the Building and at the time of the execution of this Lease is herein fixed as 3.21% (based upon a total rentable area of the Building of 202,068 rentable square feet of space).

(v) “Taxes” shall mean all real estate taxes, installments of special assessments, sewer charges, transit taxes, taxes based upon receipt of rent and any other federal, state or local governmental charge, general, special, ordinary or extraordinary (excluding net income, franchise, or other taxes based upon Landlord’s net income or profit, unless imposed in lieu of real estate taxes or increases therein) which shall now or hereafter be

 

2


levied, assessed or imposed against the Building and/or any other real estate and improvements serving the Building and shall apply to said obligations at such time in which said obligations are accrued or levied. Taxes shall also include all costs (including attorneys’ fees) incurred in connection with any good faith negotiations to reduce or to contest Taxes. If there is a reduction or savings in Taxes due to the lease of any space to a nonprofit entity (“NP”), such reduction or savings shall not be used to compute Taxes for Tenant’s Proportionate Share, but such reduction or savings shall be passed on only to such NP, but if there is any other reduction or savings in Taxes (i.e., not due to the lease of any space to an NP), such reduction or savings shall be used to compute Taxes for Tenant’s Proportionate Share, and such reduction or savings shall be so passed on to Tenant. Without limiting the foregoing, in every case other than due to the lease of any space to an NP, Taxes shall be adjusted to take into account any abatement or refund thereof paid to Landlord, less the reasonable costs of securing such abatement or refund.

(vi) “Operating Expenses” shall mean all of Landlord’s direct costs and expenses of operation and maintenance of the Building and the surrounding parking lots, walks, driveways, and landscaped areas (within the area described in Exhibit B) as determined by Landlord in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles or other recognized accounting practices, in either such case as consistently applied, including by way of illustration and not limitation: insurance premiums; personal property taxes on personal property used in the Building; water, electrical and other utility charges other than the separately billed electrical and other charges described in Paragraph 8 hereof; the charges of any independent contractor who, under a contract with Landlord, or its representatives, does any of the work of operating, maintaining or repairing of the Building, service and other charges incurred in the operation and maintenance of the elevators and the heating, ventilation and air conditioning system; cleaning services; tools and supplies; landscape maintenance costs; ice and snow removal; building security services; license and permit fees; building management fees; wages, bonuses and related employee benefits payable to employees of Landlord actively involved with the Building’s management or to Landlord’s building management agent; fees, costs and assessments of or under any owner’s association, office park declaration or easement agreement; and in general all other costs and expenses which would, under generally accepted accounting principles, be regarded as operating and maintenance costs and expenses, including those which would normally be amortized over a period not exceeding five (5) years. Operating Expenses shall include all additional direct costs and expenses of operation and maintenance which Landlord determines that it would have paid or incurred if the Building had Full Occupancy (with “Full Occupancy” defined as the greater of actual occupancy or 95% occupancy), provided such approach shall only apply to those components of Operating Expenses that vary based on occupancy.

If Landlord shall install a labor saving device, equipment or such other improvement intended to improve the operating efficiency of any system serving the Building (such as an energy management computer system), Landlord may, in determining the amount of Tenant’s Rent Adjustment, add to Operating Expenses of the Building, in each year during the anticipated payback period of such installed device or equipment, an amount equal to the amortization allowance (plus interest at prime plus two (2) percentage points) of the cost of such installed device or equipment as determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.

 

3


Notwithstanding the foregoing, or anything to the contrary herein, Operating Expenses shall not include any of the items set forth in Exhibit H.

Tenant or its accountants (provided that such accountants shall not be retained on a contingency basis or other basis where the accountants’ compensation relates to the cost savings of Tenant) shall have the right to inspect, at reasonable times and locations and in a reasonable manner, during the thirty (30) day period following the delivery of Landlord’s statement of Operating Expenses for a given calendar year, such of Landlord’s books and records as pertain to and contain information concerning such costs and expenses in order to verify the amounts thereof. Unless Tenant takes written exception to any item within thirty (30) days after the furnishing of the statement (which shall be noted on the item as “paid in protest”), such statement shall be considered as final and accepted by Tenant. If Tenant shall dispute any item or items included in the determination of Landlord’s Operating Expenses for a given calendar year, and such dispute is not resolved by the parties hereto within sixty (60) days after the statement for such year was delivered by Landlord, then either party may, within thirty (30) days thereafter, request that a firm of certified public accountants selected by Landlord and reasonably acceptable to Tenant render an opinion as to whether or not the disputed item or items may properly be included in the determination of Landlord’s Operating Expenses of the Building for such year; and the opinion of such firm on the matter shall be conclusive and binding upon the parties hereto. The fees and expenses incurred in obtaining such an opinion shall be borne by Tenant unless Landlord’s statement contains an error of greater than five percent (5%) of Landlord’s Operating Expenses for the Building adversely affecting Tenant. If Tenant shall not dispute any item or items included in the determination of Landlord’s Operating Expenses of the Building for a given calendar year within thirty (30) days after the statement for such year was delivered to it, Tenant shall be deemed to have approved such statement.

(vii) “Rent Adjustment” means any amount owed by Tenant for Operating Expenses or Taxes, or other rental increases, attributable to costs of the Building.

(viii) “Rent Adjustment Payment” shall be, within Landlord’s reasonable estimate from time to time, an amount paid monthly to Landlord equal to the Rent Adjustments due for the next succeeding calendar year or part thereof of the Lease Term.

(a) Base Rent. Tenant shall annually pay to Landlord, at the address listed below in Paragraph 26, Base Rent for the Premises payable in equal monthly Installments as follows:

 

Period

   Rate/RSF      Monthly Base Rent  

October 1, 2022 - December 31, 2022

   $ 0      $ 0  

January 1, 2023 - December 31, 2023

   $ 26.00      $ 14,068.17  

January 1, 2024 - December 31, 2024

   $ 26.65      $ 14,419.87  

January 1, 2025 - December 31, 2025

   $ 27.32      $ 14,782.40  

The Monthly Base Rent shall be paid in advance, on or before the first day of each and every month throughout the Term; provided, however, that f the Commencement Date shall be a day other than the first day of a calendar month, the Monthly Base Rent installment for such first fractional month shall be pro-rated accordingly. Tenant’s obligation to pay Base Rent is a separate and independent covenant and obligation. Tenant shall pay all Base Rent and other sums of money as shall become due from and payable by Tenant to Landlord under this Lease at the times and in the manner provided herein, without abatement and without notice, demand, set-off or counterclaim.

 

4


Tenant shall pay throughout the term of this Lease as “Additional Rent” the following Rent Adjustments:

(b) Taxes and Operating Expenses. Tenant shall pay as Rent Adjustment Tenant’s Proportionate Share of all Operating Expenses and Taxes for a Comparison Year in excess of Tenant’s Proportionate Share of Operating Expenses and Taxes for the Base Year.

(c) Estimate of Rent Adjustments. Rent Adjustment for Taxes and Operating Expenses for each Comparison Year shall be estimated annually by Landlord. Tenant shall pay Landlord each month, at the same time as the Base Rent payment is due, an amount equal to one-twelfth (1/12) of said annual estimate as Rent Adjustment Payment. If Taxes or Operating Expenses increase during a calendar year, Landlord may increase the amount paid as Rent Adjustment Payment during such year by giving Tenant written notice to that effect. As soon as reasonably feasible after the end of each calendar year, Landlord shall prepare and deliver to Tenant a statement showing Tenant’s actual Rent Adjustment. Within thirty (30) days after service of the aforementioned statement, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, or Landlord shall credit against the next rent payment or payments due from Tenant, as the case may be, the difference between Tenant’s actual Rent Adjustment for the preceding calendar year and the Rent Adjustment Payment paid by Tenant during such year. If this Lease shall commence, expire or be terminated on any date other than the last day of a calendar year, then Tenant’s Proportionate Share of Operating Expenses for such partial calendar year shall be pro-rated on the basis of the number of days during the year this Lease was in effect in relation to the total number of days in such year. Without limitation on other obligations of Tenant which shall survive the expiration of the Term, the obligations of Tenant to pay Rent Adjustment shall survive the expiration of the Term.

(d) Service Charge. Tenant’s failure to make any monetary payment required of Tenant hereunder within five (5) business days after the due date therefore shall result in the imposition of a service charge for such late payment in the amount of ten percent (10%) of the amount due; provided, however, that no such fee shall apply to in the first instance in any calendar year. In addition, any sum not paid within thirty (30) days of the due date therefore shall bear interest at a rate equal to the greater of eighteen percent (18%) or the prime rate plus two percent (2%) per annum (or such lesser percentage as may be the maximum amount permitted by law) from the date due until paid.

 

4.

SECURITY DEPOSIT

(a) Concurrently with the execution and delivery of this Lease by Tenant, Tenant shall deposit with Landlord a sum equal to three (3) month’s rent ($42,204.51) as a security deposit (together with any additional security deposit as described below, the “Security Deposit”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, if, as of July 1, 2024, there has not occurred a monetary or material non-monetary event of default beyond the period given to cure such default as set forth in paragraph 19(a) hereof provided, Landlord shall return to Tenant $ 14,068 of the Security Deposit within five (5) business days after such date. The Security Deposit shall be held as security for

 

5


the performance and observance by Tenant of all of its obligations under the terms, conditions and covenants of this Lease throughout the Term of this Lease. If Tenant performs and observes all of the terms, conditions and covenants of this Lease which are required to be performed and observed by it, Landlord shall return the Security Deposit, or balance thereof then held by Landlord, to Tenant within thirty (30) days after the Expiration Date or after Tenant surrenders possession of the Premises, whichever is later. In the event of a default by Tenant in the payment of rent or the performance or observance of any of the other terms, conditions or covenants of this Lease beyond the period given to cure such default as set forth in paragraph 19(a) hereof, then Landlord may, at its option and without notice, apply all or any part of the Security Deposit in payment of such rent or to cure any other such default; and if Landlord does so, Tenant shall, upon request, deposit with Landlord the amount so applied so that Landlord will have on hand at all times throughout the Term of this Lease the full amount of the Security Deposit. Landlord shall not be required to hold the Security Deposit as a separate account, but may commingle it with Landlord’s other funds. The use, application or retention of the Security Deposit or any portion thereof by Landlord shall not prevent Landlord from exercising any other right or remedy provided by this Lease or by law (it being intended that Landlord shall not first be required to proceed against the Security Deposit) and shall not operate as a limitation on any recovery to which Landlord may otherwise be entitled.

(b) In the event of a sale or any other transfer of the Building, Landlord shall have the right to transfer the Security Deposit to its purchaser and Landlord shall thereupon be released by Tenant from all responsibility for the return of such deposit; and Tenant agrees to look solely to such purchaser for the return of such deposit. In the event of an assignment of this Lease, the Security Deposit shall be deemed to be held by Landlord as a deposit made by the assignee, and Landlord shall have no further responsibility for the return of such deposit to the assignor.

 

5.

TENANT FINISH IMPROVEMENTS

Landlord shall construct certain improvements to the Premises (the “Tenant Finish Improvements”) in accordance with the schematic drawings and specifications to be attached to this Lease as Exhibit C, and the Work Letter attached hereto as Exhibit F.

 

6.

DELIVERY OF POSSESSION; ADJUSTMENT OF TERM

(a) Early Delivery of Possession. Landlord expects that Landlord will have the Tenant Finish Improvements completed and the Premises ready for occupancy on or before the Commencement Date. If the Premises are ready for occupancy prior to the Commencement Date, Landlord shall deliver possession of the Premises to Tenant at such time, and Tenant may then occupy the Premises subject to all of the terms, conditions and covenants of this Lease other than the Term and the obligation to pay rent as provided in Paragraphs 2 and 3 hereof. In such event, Tenant shall not be obligated to pay Base Rent or the Rent Adjustment for the period between such date and the Commencement Date.

(b) Late Delivery of Possession. If Landlord determines that Landlord will be unable to substantially complete the Tenant Finish Improvements and have the Premises ready for occupancy by the Commencement Date, and not due to any delay of Tenant, its contractor or any other reason not due to Landlord, its agents, contractors or employees, the Commencement Date shall be postponed to the date upon which Landlord substantially completes the Tenant Finish

 

6


Improvements. In the event of such postponement, the Term of this Lease shall remain the same, and the Expiration Date shall be extended for the same number of days the Commencement Date was postponed; however, in no event shall the Expiration Date fall on any date other than the last day of the month in which the Term expires. Tenant’s obligation to pay Rent shall be postponed for a like number of days, and Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant for any loss or damage resulting from Tenant’s delay in obtaining possession of the Premises nor shall the Lease be void or voidable because of such delay. Should the completion date be delayed by cause of Tenant, its contractor or any other reason not due to Landlord, its agents, contractors or employees, then the Commencement Date shall remain as if there were no delay in completion. Notwithstanding the foregoing, except where a delay of Tenant arises from Tenant’s failure timely to act within on or before a date or time period expressly set forth in the Lease (in which event no Tenant Delay Notice shall be required): (x) in no event shall any act or omission be deemed to be a delay of Tenant until and unless Landlord has given Tenant written notice (the “Tenant Delay Notice”) advising Tenant (a) that a delay of Tenant is occurring, and (b) of the basis on which Landlord has determined that a delay of Tenant is occurring, and (y) no period of time prior to the time that Tenant receives a Tenant Delay Notice shall be included in the period of time charged to Tenant pursuant to such Tenant Delay Notice. In the event Landlord is unable to substantially complete the Tenant Finish Improvements and have the Premises ready for occupancy by October 1, 2022 (the “Target Date”) other that due to a delay of Tenant or due to force majeure, then for each day after the Target Date until Landlord shall so substantially complete the Tenant Finish Improvements and have the Premises ready for occupancy, Tenant shall receive a rent credit equal to one day’s Base Rent to be applied against Base Rent next due and owing until such credit is applied in full.

(c) Tenant’s Acceptance of the Premises. Upon Landlord’s written request following completion of the Tenant Finish Improvements to the Premises as hereinbefore provided, Tenant shall give Landlord an Estoppel Letter, in the form attached to this Lease as Exhibit E, signed by an officer or principal of Tenant acknowledging (i) the original or revised Commencement Date and Expiration Date of this Lease, and (ii) that Tenant has accepted the Premises for occupancy and that the condition of the Premises, including the Tenant Finish Improvements constructed thereon, and the Property and Building and appurtenant areas were at the time satisfactory and in conformity with the provisions of this Lease in all respects (or with such modifications to such statements as may appropriate). Tenant’s Estoppel Letter, fully executed, shall be attached to and made a part of this executed Lease. A certificate signed by Landlord’s architect stating that such improvements were substantially completed in accordance with such plans and specifications shall be conclusive and binding upon Tenant.

 

7.

USE OF THE PREMISES

(a) Specific Use. The Premises shall be occupied and used exclusively for general office purposes and for legal purposes incidental thereto, and shall not be used for any other purpose.

 

7


(b) Covenants Regarding Use. In connection with its use of the Premises, Tenant agrees to do the following:

(i) Tenant shall use the Premises and conduct its business thereon in a lawful manner; shall keep and maintain the Premises in as good a condition as they were when Tenant first took possession thereof and shall make all necessary repairs to the interior, non-structural portions of the Premises other than those which Landlord is obligated to make as provided elsewhere herein.

(ii) Tenant shall not commit, nor allow (by parties for which Tenant is lawfully responsible) to be committed, in, on or about the Premises, Property or the Building and appurtenant areas, any act of waste, including any act which might deface, damage or destroy the Premises, Property or the Building or appurtenant areas, or any part thereof; use or permit to be used on the Premises any hazardous substance, equipment or other thing which might cause injury to person or property or increase the danger of fire or other casualty in, on or about the Premises; permit any unreasonably objectionable or offensive noise or odors to be emitted from the Premises; or do anything, or permit anything to be done, which would, in Landlord’s commercially reasonable opinion, disturb or tend to disturb other tenants occupying leased space in the Building or Property. Upon Landlord’s request, Tenant shall promptly take such action as is necessary to eliminate any noise, odor or disturbance emitted from the Premises.

(iii) Tenant shall not overload the floors of the Premises beyond their designed weight-bearing capacity (Landlord hereby representing that such capacity is approximately 100 lbs/sf). Landlord reserves the right to reasonably direct the positioning of all heavy equipment, furniture and fixtures which Tenant desires to place in the Premises so as to distribute properly the weight thereof, and to require the removal of any equipment or furniture which exceeds the weight limit specified herein.

(iv) Tenant shall not use the Premises, nor allow the Premises to be used, for any purpose or in any manner which would, in Landlord’s opinion, invalidate any policy of insurance now or hereafter carried on the Building or Property or increase the rate of premiums payable on any such insurance policy. Should Tenant fail to comply with this covenant, Landlord may, at its option, require Tenant to stop engaging in such activity or to reimburse Landlord as Additional Rent for any increase in premiums charged during the term of this Lease on the insurance carried by Landlord on the Premises and solely attributable to the use being made of the Premises by Tenant.

(v) Tenant shall not in any manner use, maintain or allow the use or maintenance of the Premises in violation of any law, ordinance, statute, regulation, rule or order (collectively “Laws”) of any governmental authority, including but not limited to, Laws governing zoning, health, safety (including fire safety), occupational hazards, and pollution and environmental control. Tenant shall not use, maintain or allow the use or maintenance of the Premises or any part thereof to treat, store, dispose of, transfer, release, convey or recover hazardous, toxic or infectious waste nor shall Tenant otherwise, in any manner, possess or allow the possession of any hazardous, toxic or infectious waste on or about the Premises. Hazardous, toxic or infectious waste shall mean any solid, liquid or gaseous waste, substance or emission or any combination thereof which may (i) cause or significantly contribute to an increase in mortality or in serious illness, or (ii) pose the risk of a substantial present or potential hazard to human health, to the environment or

 

8


otherwise to animal or plant life, and shall include, without limitation, hazardous substances and materials described in the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980, as amended; the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, as amended, 42 U.S.C. Section 9601 et seq., 42 U.S.C. Section 6901 et seq.; and any other applicable federal, state or local Laws. Tenant shall immediately notify Landlord of the presence or suspected presence of any hazardous, toxic or infectious waste on or about the Premises and shall deliver to Landlord any notice received by Tenant relating thereto.

Landlord and its agents shall have the right, but not the duty, to inspect the Premises and conduct tests thereon at any time to determine whether or the extent to which there is hazardous, toxic or infectious waste on the Premises. Landlord shall have the right to immediately enter upon the Premises to remedy any contamination found thereon. In exercising its rights herein, Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to minimize interference with Tenant’s business but such entry shall not constitute an eviction of Tenant, in whole or in part, and Landlord shall not be liable for any interference, loss or damage to Tenant’s property or business caused thereby. If any lender or governmental agency shall ever require testing to ascertain whether there has been a release of hazardous materials, then the reasonable costs thereof shall be reimbursed by Tenant to Landlord upon demand as Additional Rent if such requirement arose in whole or in part because of Tenant’s use of the Premises. Tenant shall execute affidavits, representations and the like from time to time, at Landlord’s request, concerning Tenant’s best knowledge and belief regarding the presence of any hazardous, toxic or infectious waste on the Premises or Tenant’s intent to store or use toxic materials on the Premises. Tenant shall indemnify and hold harmless Landlord from any and all claims, loss, liability, costs, expenses or damage, including attorneys’ fees and costs of remediation, incurred by Landlord in connection with any breach by Tenant of its obligations under this section. The covenants and obligations of Tenant hereunder shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

To its actual knowledge and without any duty to investigate such matter, Landlord warrants and represents to Tenant that as of the Commencement Date the Building (including the Premises) is in compliance with applicable Laws, and Landlord shall indemnify and hold Tenant harmless against and from all liabilities, fines, suits, procedures, claims and actions of every kind and costs associated therewith (including attorneys’ and consultants’ fees) arising out of the breach of such representation. The covenants and obligations of Landlord hereunder shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

(c) Compliance with Laws. Tenant shall not use or permit the use of any part of the Premises for any purpose prohibited by law. Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, comply with all laws, statutes, ordinances, rules, regulations and orders of any federal, state, municipal or other governmental agency thereof having jurisdiction over and relating to Tenant’s particular manner of use and occupancy of the Premises (as compared to the generic use and occupancy of the Premises for general office purposes, which shall be the responsibility of Landlord), except that Tenant shall not be responsible for or required to make structural repairs to the Building or the Premises unless, in the case of the latter, they are occasioned by its own use of the Premises or negligence.

 

9


(d) Compliance with Building Rules and Regulations. Rules and regulations governing the use and occupancy of the Premises and all other leased space in the Building have been adopted by Landlord for the mutual benefit and protection of all tenants in the Building. Tenant shall comply with and conform to the rules and regulations currently in effect, which are attached to this Lease as Exhibit D. Landlord shall have the right to change such rules and regulations or to make new rules and regulations from time to time in any manner that it deems necessary or desirable in order to ensure the safety, care and cleanliness of the Building and the preservation of order therein. Any such amendments to the rules and regulations shall be set forth in writing and shall be given to Tenant, who shall thereafter comply with and conform to the same. Tenant shall comply with any and all rules and regulations governing the Property in the same manner as set forth in this section. In the event of any conflict between any such rules and regulations and the other provisions of this Lease, this Lease shall control.

(e) Compliance with Zoning. Landlord warrants and represents to Tenant to its actual knowledge without any duty to investigate such matter, that as of the Commencement Date the applicable zoning ordinances and regulations for the Building (including the Premises) allow the same to be used for general office purposes.

 

8.

UTILITIES AND OTHER BUILDING SERVICES

(a) Services to be Provided. Landlord shall furnish Tenant with the following utilities and other building services to the extent reasonably necessary for Tenant’s comfortable use and occupancy of the Premises for general office use or as may be required by law or directed by governmental authority:

(i) Heating, ventilation and air conditioning between the hours of 8:00 a.m. and 6:00 p.m., on Monday through Friday, and 8:00 a.m. and 12:00 p.m. on Saturday of each week, except on legal holidays with temperatures between 71°F and 73°F;

(ii) Electricity for lighting and operating business machines and equipment in the Premises and the common areas and facilities of the Building at all times;

(iii) Water for lavatory and drinking purposes at all times;

(iv) Automatic elevator service at all times;

(v) Cleaning and janitorial service, including the supplying and installing of paper towels, toilet tissue and soap in common washrooms on Monday through Friday of each week except legal holidays;

(vi) Washing of interior and exterior windows at intervals established by Landlord;

(vii) Replacement of all building standard lamps, bulbs, starters and ballasts used in the Building during normal business hours Monday through Friday;

(viii) Cleaning and maintenance of the common areas and facilities of the Building and the walks, driveways, parking lots and landscaped areas adjacent to the Building, including the removal of rubbish and snow during normal business hours Monday through Friday;

 

10


(ix) Repair and maintenance of the Building and certain systems within the Premises to the extent specified in Paragraph 10(a) hereof during normal business hours Monday through Friday; and

(x) Access to/egress from the Premises at all times.

(b) Additional Services. If Tenant requests any other utilities or building services in addition to those identified above or any of the above utilities or building services in frequency, scope, quality or quantities greater than that which Landlord determines are normally required by other tenants in the Building for general office use, then Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to attempt to furnish Tenant with such additional utilities or building services. In the event Landlord is able to and does furnish such additional utilities or building services, the cost thereof shall be borne by Tenant, who shall reimburse Landlord monthly for the same as provided in Paragraph 8(d) hereof.

If any lights, machines or equipment (other than the business machines and equipment typically used for general office use by tenants in office buildings comparable to the Building (personal computers, servers and LANs being examples of such typical electrical equipment)) used by Tenant in the Premises materially affect the temperature otherwise maintained by the Building’s air conditioning system, Landlord shall have the right to install any machinery or equipment which Landlord considers reasonably necessary in order to restore the temperature balance between the Premises and the rest of the Building, including that which modifies the Building’s air conditioning system. All costs expended by Landlord to install any such machinery and equipment and any additional cost of operation and maintenance occasioned thereby shall be borne by Tenant, who shall reimburse Landlord for the same as provided in Paragraph 8(d) hereof.

Tenant shall not install nor connect any electrical machinery or equipment other than the business machines and equipment typically used for general office use by tenants in office buildings comparable to the Building (personal computers, servers and LANs being examples of such typical electrical equipment) nor any water-cooled machinery or equipment without Landlord’s prior written consent. Typical electrical equipment shall not include computer mainframe equipment or other computer systems located within a dedicated data processing room using specialized electrical, fire suppression or similar systems. If Landlord determines that the machinery or equipment to be so installed or connected exceeds the designed load capacity of the Building’s electrical system or is in any way incompatible therewith or will materially affect utility costs, then Landlord shall have the right, as a condition to granting its consent, to make such modifications to any utility system or other parts of the Building or the Premises, or to require Tenant to make such modifications to the equipment to be installed or connected, as Landlord considers to be reasonably necessary before such equipment may be so installed or connected. The cost of any such modifications shall be borne by Tenant, who shall reimburse Landlord for the same (or any portion thereof paid by Landlord) as provided in Paragraph 8(d) hereof. Landlord makes no representation concerning the quality of electrical power delivered to the Building and Tenant shall be solely responsible for determining power conditioning requirements as well as electrical circuiting, grounding and related requirements for Tenant’s electrical power service.

 

11


Landlord shall have the right, at its sole cost, to install meters or submeters to measure the amount of electricity consumed from time to time in the Premises. In such event, Tenant shall pay, as Additional Rent, charges for all utility services consumed in the Premises and measured by any such meters or submeters as the same are billed to Tenant from Landlord from time to time; provided, the cost of such services shall not exceed the rate that Tenant would pay for comparable services if purchased directly from the utility supplying such services. If Landlord chooses to so meter or submeter the Premises, during the period that such meters or submeters are operating, Tenant shall have no obligation to pay, as part of Operating Expenses, the cost of electricity consumed in the Premises or any other premises in the Building occupied by tenants.

(c) Interruption of Services. Tenant understands, acknowledges and agrees that any one or more of the utilities or other building services identified above may be interrupted by reason of accident, emergency or other causes beyond Landlord’s control, or may be discontinued or diminished temporarily by Landlord or other persons until certain repairs, alterations or improvements can be made; that Landlord does not represent or warrant the uninterrupted availability of such utilities or building services; and that any such interruption shall not be deemed an eviction or disturbance of Tenant’s right to possession, occupancy and use of the Premises or any part thereof, or render Landlord liable to Tenant in damages by abatement of rent or otherwise, or relieve Tenant from the obligation to perform its covenants under this Lease. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if all or a material portion of the Premises is made untenantable or inaccessible for more than five (5) consecutive business days by such an interruption that (i) does not result from a fire or other casualty (which is governed by Section 11). an eminent domain taking (which is governed by Section 13) or an act or failure to act by Tenant, and (ii) can be corrected through Landlord’s reasonable efforts, then, as Tenant’s sole remedy, Base Rent shall abate for the period beginning on the day such interruption began and ending on the day such interruption ends, but only in proportion to the percentage of the rentable square footage of the Premises made untenantable or inaccessible.

(d) Payment for Utilities and Building Services. The cost of additional utilities and other building services furnished by Landlord at the request of Tenant or as a result of Tenant’s activities as provided in Paragraph 8(b) hereof shall be borne by Tenant, who shall be separately billed therefore and who shall reimburse and pay Landlord monthly for the same as Additional Rent, at the same time the next monthly installment of Base Rent and other Additional Rent is due. Tenant agrees to give reasonable advance notice, in writing, to Landlord of its request for additional services.

(e) Energy Conservation. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Paragraph 8 or elsewhere in this Lease, Landlord shall have the right to institute such policies, programs and measures as may be necessary or desirable, in Landlord’s discretion, for the conservation and/or preservation of energy related services, or as may be required to comply with any applicable codes, rules and regulations, whether mandatory or voluntary.

 

9.

SIGNS

Tenant shall not inscribe, paint, affix or display any signs, advertisements or notices on or in the Premises, Property or Building visible from outside the Premises, except for such tenant identification information as Landlord, at its own commercially reasonable discretion, permits to

 

12


be included and agrees to install on the directory board in the main lobby and on the tenant access doors to the Premises subject to the approval of Landlord. Tenant shall coordinate any installation and maintenance with Landlord prior to performing any such work and shall maintain the sign in good operating condition. Upon the expiration or early termination of this Lease, Tenant shall remove such sign and repair all damage to the Building including replacement of masonry and not just filling holes, all to the satisfaction of Landlord. Landlord, at its sole cost and expense, shall provide Tenant with one (1) wall mounted suite identification plaque and one (1) directory strip for the Building directory in accordance with building-standard signage criteria, and upon the expiration or early termination of this Lease, Tenant shall no obligation or responsibility for the removal of such.

 

10.

REPAIRS, MAINTENANCE, ALTERATIONS, IMPROVEMENTS AND FIXTURES

(a) Repair and Maintenance of Building. Landlord shall keep and maintain in good order, condition and repair the roof, exterior walls (including any plate glass windows comprising a part thereof) and any interior load-bearing walls (but excluding the interior faces of walls within the Premises), foundation, basement, the common areas and facilities of the Building and the electrical, plumbing, life safety, heating, ventilation and air conditioning systems that serve both the Premises and other parts of the Building. The cost of all repairs required to be made by Landlord shall be an Operating Expense of the Building (subject to the terms of this Lease) unless made necessary by the negligence or willful misconduct of Tenant, its employees, agents, customers or invitees, in which event they shall be borne by Tenant, who shall be separately billed and shall reimburse Landlord for the same as Additional Rent.

(b) Repair and Maintenance of Premises. The repair and maintenance of any electrical, plumbing, heating, ventilation and air conditioning components which have been installed in the Premises pursuant to the provisions of the second paragraph of Paragraph 8(b) hereof (e.g., a separate server room air cooler), and of Tenant’s personal property and trade fixtures, shall be the responsibility of Tenant. Except as provided in Paragraph 10(a) hereof, Tenant shall, at its own expense, keep and maintain the interior, non-structural portions of the Premises in good order, condition and repair at all times during the Term, and Tenant shall promptly repair all damage to the interior, non-structural portions of the Premises and replace or repair all damaged or broken fixtures, equipment and appurtenances with materials equal in quality and class to the original materials, under the supervision and subject to the approval of Landlord, and within any reasonable period of time specified by Landlord. If Tenant fails to do so or requests that Landlord complete repairs on Tenant’s behalf, and such failure continues beyond the period given to cure such default as set forth in paragraph 19(a) hereof, Landlord may, but need not, make such repairs and replacements, and Tenant shall pay Landlord the cost thereof, including Landlord’s Costs, forthwith upon being billed for same. As used in this Lease, the term “Landlord’s Costs” shall mean fifteen percent (15%) of any costs or expenses paid by Landlord, in order to reimburse Landlord for all overhead, general conditions, fees and other costs and expenses arising from Landlord’s actions or involvement.

 

13


(c) Alterations or Improvements. Tenant shall not make, nor permit to be made, alterations or improvements to the Premises, unless Tenant obtains the prior written consent of Landlord thereto. If Landlord permits Tenant to make any such alterations or improvements, Tenant shall make the same in accordance with all applicable laws and building codes, in a good and workmanlike manner and in quality equal to or better than the original construction of the Building and shall comply with such commercially reasonable requirements as Landlord considers reasonably necessary or desirable, including without limitation requirements as to the manner in which and the times at which such work shall be done and the contractor or subcontractors to be selected to perform such work and the posting and re-posting of notices of Landlord’s non-responsibility for mechanics’ liens. Tenant shall promptly pay all costs attributable to such alterations and improvements and shall indemnify,’ defend and hold harmless Landlord from and against any mechanics’ liens or other liens or claims filed or asserted as a result thereof and against any costs or expenses which may be incurred as a result of building code violations attributable to such work. Tenant shall promptly repair any damage to the Premises or the Building caused by any such alterations or improvements. Any alterations or improvements to the Premises, except movable office furniture and equipment and trade fixtures, shall, at Landlord’s election to be made simultaneously with Landlord’s consent to/approval of such alteration or improvement, either (i) become a part of the realty and the property of Landlord and shall not be removed by Tenant, or (ii) be removed by Tenant upon the expiration or sooner termination hereof and any damage caused thereby repaired at Tenant’s cost and expense. In the event Tenant so fails to remove same, Landlord may have same removed and the Premises so repaired at Tenant’s expense. At Landlord’s reasonable election, Landlord and Landlord’s architect, engineers or contractors shall have the right to supervise all construction operations within the Premises, and Tenant shall promptly pay Landlord the out-of-pocket cost of such supervision.

(d) Trade Fixtures. Any trade fixtures installed on the Premises by Tenant at its own expense, such as movable partitions, counters, shelving, showcases, mirrors and the like, may, and at the request of Landlord shall, be removed on the Expiration Date or earlier termination of this Lease, provided that Tenant bears the cost of such removal, and further that Tenant repair at its own expense any and all damage to the Premises resulting from the original installation of and subsequent removal of such trade fixtures. If Tenant fails to remove any and all such trade fixtures from the Premises on the Expiration Date or earlier termination of this Lease, all such trade fixtures shall become the property of Landlord unless Landlord elects to require their removal, in which case Tenant shall promptly remove same and restore the Premises to their prior condition. In the event Tenant so fails to remove same, Landlord may have same removed and the Premises so repaired to their prior condition at Tenant’s expense.

(e) Wiring and Cabling. Any wiring or cabling installed by Tenant in the Premises or in shafts, ducts or portions of the Common Areas shall be removed by Tenant at Tenant’s expense on or before the Expiration Date or earlier termination of this Lease. If Tenant fails to remove any such wiring or cabling, Landlord may have the same removed at Tenant’s expense.

(f) Storefront. If the Premises includes storefront glass entrances or walls at or near public spaces in the Building, Tenant must have specific approval by Landlord of all colors and materials for floorcovering, wallcovering, furniture, open landscape partitions, and artwork visible from the public areas prior to installation.

 

14


(g) Reserved Rights. Landlord reserves the right to decorate and to make, at any time or times, repairs, alterations, additions and improvements, structural or otherwise, in or to the Premises, Property or Building or part thereof, and to perform any acts related to the safety, protection or preservation thereof, and during such operations to take into and through the Premises, Property or Building all material and equipment required and to close or temporarily suspend operation of entrances, doors, corridors, elevators or other facilities, provided that Landlord shall cause as little inconvenience or annoyance to Tenant as is reasonably necessary in the circumstances (including, without limitation, conducting such work desired by Landlord and not requested by Tenant after ordinary business hours), if the noise or vibration of such work materially interferes with the business of Tenant, including coring, shooting track or the use of a nail gun, at no cost to Tenant and shall not do any act which permanently reduces the size of the Premises.

 

11.

FIRE OR OTHER CASUALTY; CASUALTY INSURANCE

(a) Substantial Destruction of the Building. If the Building should be substantially destroyed (which, as used herein, means destruction or damage to at least seventy-five percent (75%) of the Building) by fire or other casualty, Landlord may, at its option, terminate this Lease by giving written notice thereof to the Tenant within thirty (30) days of such casualty. In such event, the rent shall be apportioned to and shall cease as of the date of such casualty. If Landlord does not exercise this option, then the Tenant Finish Improvements in the Premises shall be reconstructed and restored, at Landlord’s expense, to substantially the same condition as existed prior to the casualty to the extent insurance proceeds are available therefor.

(b) Substantial Destruction of the Premises. If the Premises should be substantially destroyed or rendered wholly untenantable for the purpose for which they were leased, by fire or other casualty and the Building is not substantially destroyed as provided above, then the parties hereto shall have the following options:

(i) Tenant may require that the Tenant Finish Improvements in the Premises be reconstructed and restored, at Landlord’s expense, but subject to the availability of insurance proceeds, to substantially the same condition as existed prior to the casualty, except for repair or replacement of Tenant’s personal property, equipment, leasehold improvements and trade fixtures, which shall remain Tenant’s responsibility. This option shall be exercised by Tenant by giving written notice to Landlord within thirty (30) days after the date of the casualty, and upon the exercise thereof, rent shall be abated from the date of the casualty until substantial completion of the reconstruction of the Premises, whereupon this Lease shall continue in full force and effect for the balance of the Term upon the same terms, conditions and covenants as are contained herein. Alternatively, if it is reasonably estimated by Landlord’s architect that such reconstruction and restoration of Tenant Finish Improvements in the Premises will take more than two hundred seventy (270) days from the date of the casualty to complete, then Landlord or Tenant shall have the right and option to terminate this Lease as of the date of the casualty, which option shall be exercised by written notice to be given by such party to the other within thirty (30) days after the date of the casualty, and upon the exercise thereof, rent shall be apportioned to and shall cease as of the date of the casualty. If this Lease is not terminated, Landlord shall reconstruct and restore the Tenant Finish Improvements in the Premises to substantially the same condition as existed prior to the casualty. In such event, this Lease shall continue in full force and effect for the balance of the Term upon the same terms, conditions, and covenants as are contained herein; provided, however, that the rent shall

 

15


be abated from the date of the casualty until substantial completion of the reconstruction of the Tenant Finish Improvements in the Premises. If this Lease is not terminated and Landlord fails to reconstruct and restore the Tenant Finish Improvements in the Premises within two hundred seventy (270) days from the date of the casualty, then Tenant may, at its option, terminate this Lease upon giving Landlord written notice to that effect before the earlier of (i) the three hundredth (300th) day following the date of the casualty or (ii) the date the repair is completed, whereupon rent shall be apportioned to and shall cease as of the date of the casualty and both parties shall be released from all further obligations and liability hereunder, except those which survive termination.

(ii) If the casualty occurs during the last twelve (12) months of the Term, either party shall have the right and option to terminate its Lease as of the date of the casualty, which option shall be exercised by written notice to be given by either party to the other party within thirty (30) days therefrom. If this option is exercised, rent shall be apportioned to and shall cease as of the date of the casualty and both parties shall be released from all further obligations and liability hereunder except those obligations which survive termination of this Lease.

(c) Partial Destruction of the Premises. If the Premises should be rendered only partially (but not substantially) untenantable (for the purpose for which they were leased) by fire or other casualty, then such damaged part of Tenant Finish Improvements in the Premises shall be reconstructed and restored, at Landlord’s expense, but subject to the availability of insurance proceeds, to substantially the same condition as existed prior to the casualty, except for repair or replacement of Tenant’s personal property, equipment, leasehold improvements and trade fixtures, which shall remain Tenant’s responsibility; rent shall be abated in the proportion which the approximate area of the damaged part bears to the total area in the Premises from the date of the casualty until substantial completion of the reconstruction repairs; and this Lease shall continue in full force and effect for the balance of the Term. Landlord shall use reasonable diligence in completing such reconstruction repairs, but in the event Landlord fails to complete the same within two hundred (200) days from the date of the casualty, Tenant may, at its option, terminate this Lease upon giving Landlord written notice to that effect before the earlier of (i) the two hundred thirtieth (230th) day following the date of the casualty or (ii) the date the repair is completed, whereupon rent shall be apportioned to and shall cease as of the date of the casualty and both parties shall be released from all further obligations and liability hereunder except those obligations which survive termination of this Lease.

(d) Casualty Insurance. Landlord shall be responsible for insuring and shall, at all times during the Term, carry as an Operating Expense of the Building (subject to the terms of this Lease) a policy of insurance which insures the Building, including the Premises and any Tenant Finish Improvements, against loss or damage by fire or other casualty (namely, the perils against which insurance is afforded by the standard fire insurance policy and extended coverage and endorsement); provided, however, that Landlord shall not be responsible for, and shall not be obligated to insure against, any loss or damage to personal property (including, but not limited to, any furniture, machinery, equipment, goods or supplies) of Tenant or which Tenant may have on the Premises or any trade fixtures installed by or paid for by Tenant on the Premises or any additional improvements which Tenant may construct on the Premises. If Tenant’s operation or any alterations or improvements made by Tenant pursuant to the provisions of Paragraph 10(c)

 

16


hereof solely result in an increase in the premiums charged during the Term on the casualty insurance carried by Landlord on the Building, then the cost of such increase in insurance premiums shall be borne by Tenant, who shall reimburse Landlord for the same as Additional Rent after being billed therefore. Tenant shall, at all times during the Term, carry at its own expense property insurance covering its personal property, trade fixtures installed by or paid for by Tenant, or any additional improvements which Tenant may construct on the Premises. Tenant shall furnish Landlord with a certificate evidencing that such coverages are in full force and effect.

(e) Waiver of Subrogation. Landlord and Tenant hereby release each other and each other’s employees, agents, customers and invitees (including, without limitation, each party’s respective insurer(s)) from any and all liability for any loss, damage or injury to property occurring in, on or about or to the Premises, improvements to the Building or personal property within the Building, by reason of fire or other casualty which are covered by applicable standard fire and extended coverage insurance policies. Because the provisions of this paragraph will preclude the assignment of any claim mentioned herein by way of subrogation or otherwise to an insurance company or any other person, each party to this Lease shall give to each insurance company which has issued to it one or more policies of fire and extended coverage insurance notice of the terms of the mutual releases contained in this paragraph, and have such insurance policies properly endorsed, if necessary, to prevent the invalidation of insurance coverages by reason of the mutual releases contained in this paragraph.

 

12.

GENERAL PUBLIC LIABILITY, INDEMNIFICATION AND INSURANCE

(a) Except for the gross negligence or intentional misconduct of Landlord, Landlord’s agents, servants or employees. Tenant shall be responsible for any and all liability for any loss, damage or injury to person or property, arising out of use, occupancy or operations of Tenant and occurring in, on or about the Premises and Tenant hereby releases Landlord from any and all liability for the same. Except for the negligence or intentional misconduct of Landlord, Landlord’s agents, servants or employees, Tenant shall insure against, and shall indemnify Landlord and hold it harmless from, any and all liability for any loss, damage or injury to person or property, arising out of use, occupancy or operations of Tenant and occurring in, on or about the Premises and Tenant hereby releases Landlord from any and all liability for the same. Tenant’s obligation to indemnify Landlord hereunder shall include the duty to defend against any claims asserted by reason of such loss, damage or injury and to pay any judgments, settlements, costs, fees and expenses, including attorneys’ fees, incurred in connection therewith.

(b) Tenant shall, at all times during the Term, carry at its own expense for the protection of Tenant, Landlord, Landlord’s management agent, and Landlord’s mortgagee, as their interests may appear, one or more policies of general public liability and property damage insurance, issued by one or more insurance companies acceptable to Landlord, covering Tenant’s use, occupancy and operations providing minimum coverages of $1,000,000 combined single limit for bodily injury and property damage per occurrence with $2,000,000 aggregate coverage. Such insurance policy or policies shall name Landlord and Landlord’s mortgagee and managing agent as additional insureds and shall provide that they may not be canceled or materially changed on less than thirty (30) days prior written notice to Landlord. Tenant shall furnish Landlord with Acord form certificates evidencing such insurance. Should Tenant fail to carry such insurance and furnish Landlord with copies of all such policies or certificates thereof after a request to do so, Landlord

 

17


shall have the right to obtain such insurance and collect the cost thereof from Tenant as Additional Rent. Landlord shall have the right during the term of this Lease to adjust the minimum coverage levels stipulated above upon written notice to Tenant. Within thirty (30) days of such written notice, Tenant shall provide Landlord with evidence of such adjustment. Tenant shall also provide Landlord with certificates evidencing workers’ compensation insurance coverages. Tenant’s insurance coverages required hereby shall be deemed to be additional obligations of Tenant and shall not be a discharge or limitation of Tenant’s indemnity obligations contained in Paragraph 12(a) hereof.

(c) Except for the negligence or intentional misconduct of Tenant or Tenant’s agents, servants or employees, Landlord shall be responsible for, shall have the obligation to insure against, and shall indemnify Tenant and hold it harmless from, any and all liability for any loss, damage or injury to person or property occurring in, on or about the common areas and facilities for the Building and the walks, driveways, parking lot and landscaped areas adjacent to the Building (provided, however, nothing contained herein shall release or diminish Tenant’s obligation to pay Tenant’s Proportionate Share of Operating Expenses), and Landlord hereby releases Tenant from any and all liability for the same. Landlord’s obligation to indemnify Tenant hereunder shall include the duty to defend against any claims asserted by reason of such loss, damage or injury and to pay any judgments, settlements, costs, fees and expenses, including attorneys’ fees, incurred in connection therewith.

(d) Except for the gross negligence or intentional misconduct of Landlord, Landlord’s agents, servants or employees, Landlord and its partners, members, shareholders, affiliates, officers, agents, servants and employees shall not be liable for any damage to person, property or business or resulting from the loss of use thereof sustained by Tenant or by any other persons due to the Building or Property or any part thereof or any appurtenances thereof becoming out of repair, or due to the happening of any accident or event in or about the Building or Property, including the Premises, or due to any act or neglect of any tenant or occupant of the Building or of any other person. This provision shall apply particularly, but not exclusively, to damage caused by gas, electricity, snow, ice, frost, steam, sewage, sewer gas or odors, fire, water, or by the bursting or leaking of pipes, faucets, sprinklers, plumbing fixtures and windows and shall apply without distinction as to the person whose act or neglect was responsible for the damage and whether the damage was due to any of the causes specifically enumerated above or to some other cause. Tenant agrees that all personal property located in the Premises or upon loading docks, receiving and holding areas, or freight elevators of the Building, shall be at the risk of Tenant only, and that except for the gross negligence or intentional misconduct of Landlord, Landlord’s agents, servants or employees, Landlord shall not be liable for any loss or damage thereto or theft thereof.

 

13.

EMINENT DOMAIN

If the whole or any part of the Premises shall be taken for public or quasi-public use by a governmental authority under the power of eminent domain or shall be conveyed to a governmental authority in lieu of such taking, and if such taking or conveyance shall cause the remaining part of the Premises to be untenantable and inadequate for use by Tenant for the purpose for which they were leased, then Tenant may, at its option, terminate this Lease as of the date Tenant is required to surrender possession of the Premises. If a part of the Premises shall be taken or conveyed but the remaining part is tenantable and adequate for Tenant’s use, then this Lease

 

18


shall be terminated as to the part taken or conveyed as of the date Tenant surrenders possession; Landlord shall make such repairs, alterations and improvements as may be necessary to render the part not taken or conveyed tenantable; and the rent shall be reduced in proportion to the part of the Premises so taken or conveyed. All compensation awarded for such taking or conveyance shall be the property of Landlord without any deduction therefrom for any present or future estate of Tenant, and Tenant hereby assigns to Landlord all its right, title and interest in and to any such award. However, Tenant shall have the right to recover from the governmental authority, but not from Landlord, such compensation as may be awarded to Tenant on account of the interruption of Tenant’s business, moving and relocation expenses and depreciation to and removal of Tenant’s trade fixtures and personal property, so long as such award does not reduce the Landlord’s award.

 

14.

LIENS

If, because of any act or omission of Tenant or anyone claiming by, through, or under Tenant, any mechanic’s lien or other lien shall be filed against the Premises or the Building or against other property of Landlord (whether or not such lien is valid or enforceable as such), Tenant shall, at its own expense, cause the same to be discharged of record within a reasonable time, not to exceed thirty (30) days after the date of filing thereof, and shall also defend and indemnify Landlord and hold it harmless from any and all claims, losses, damages, judgments, settlements, costs and expenses, including attorneys’ fees, resulting therefrom or by reason thereof. If such lien is not discharged of record within thirty (30) days after the date of filing thereof, Landlord, at its sole option, may take all action necessary to release and remove such lien (without any duty to investigate the validity thereof) and Tenant shall promptly, upon notice, reimburse Landlord for all sums, costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and Landlord’s Costs) incurred by Landlord in connection with such lien.

 

15.

RENTAL, PERSONAL PROPERTY AND OTHER TAXES

(a) Tenant shall pay before delinquency any and all taxes, assessments, fees or charges (hereinafter referred to as “taxes”), including any sales, gross income, rental, business occupation or other taxes, levied or imposed upon Tenant’s business operation in the Premises and any personal property or similar taxes levied or imposed upon Tenant’s trade fixtures, leasehold improvements or personal property located within the Premises. In the event any such taxes are charged to the account of, or are levied or imposed upon the property of Landlord, Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for the same as Additional Rent. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall have the right to contest in good faith any such tax and to defer payment, if required, until after Tenant’s liability therefore is finally determined.

(b) If any Tenant Finish Improvements, trade fixtures, alterations or improvements or business machines and equipment located in, on or about the Premises, regardless of whether they are installed or paid for by Landlord or Tenant and whether or not they are affixed to and become a part of the realty and the property of Landlord, are assessed for real property tax purposes at a valuation higher than that at which other such property in other leased space in the Building is assessed, then Tenant shall reimburse Landlord as Additional Rent for the amount of real property taxes shown on the appropriate county official’s records as having been levied upon the Building or other property of Landlord by reason of such excess assessed valuation.

 

19


16.

ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING

Tenant shall not assign or otherwise transfer its interest in this Lease or sublet the Premises or any part thereof without the prior written consent of Landlord, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. Tenant shall notify Landlord in writing (“Tenant’s Notice to Assign or Sublet”) thirty (30) days in advance of its intent to transfer, assign or sublet all or any portion of the Premises. Tenant’s Notice to Assign or Sublet shall include the proposed assignment or sublease document as applicable (including complete disclosure of all material terms of the contemplated transaction), name and address of proposed subtenant or assignee, and the accurate business information (including but not limited to current balance sheet, current and historical operating statements, narrative history and description of business) regarding the proposed subtenant or assignee. In the event of any such assignment or subletting, Tenant shall nevertheless at all times remain fully responsible and liable for the payment of rent and the performance and observance of all of Tenant’s other obligations under the terms, conditions and covenants of this Lease. In the event of any assignment or subletting of the Premises, Tenant shall be solely responsible for reimbursing Landlord for its reasonable attorneys’ fees incurred in the review of such documents. No assignment or subletting of the Premises or any part thereof shall be binding upon Landlord unless such assignee or subtenant shall deliver to Landlord an instrument (in recordable form, if requested) containing an agreement of assumption of all of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease and Landlord, Tenant and Subtenant shall execute a commercially reasonable consent form reasonably acceptable to all parties. Landlord agrees to be reasonable in its consent, but Landlord may at its sole discretion withhold its consent to an assignment or sublease to any present tenant of Landlord in the Property or to any tenant whose occupancy would be inconsistent with the character of the Property or whose business is in direct competition with that of another tenant of the Property (if such other tenant’s lease prohibits landlord from consenting to a sublease of space to a competitor). Upon the occurrence of an event of default beyond the period given to cure such default as set forth in paragraph 19(a) hereof, if all or any part of the Premises are then assigned or sublet, Landlord, in addition to any other remedies provided by this Lease or by law, may, at its option, collect directly from the assignee or subtenant all rent becoming due to Landlord by reason of the assignment or subletting. Upon the occurrence of an event of default beyond the period given to cure such default as set forth in paragraph 19(a) hereof, Landlord, at its option, may also terminate any sublease. Any collection by Landlord from the assignee or subtenant shall not be construed to constitute a novation or release of Tenant from the further performance of its obligations under this Lease. Any rents received by Tenant from the assignment of this Lease or subletting of the Premises which exceed the sum of rents payable by Tenant hereunder plus the total of all reasonable costs and expenses incurred by Tenant in connection with such assignment or subletting (including any free-rent, allowances and other inducements) shall constitute assignment/subletting profit, and fifty percent (50%) of any such assignment/subletting profit shall be paid to Landlord as additional compensation within thirty (30) days after receipt by Tenant. Landlord shall have the right to transfer and assign, in whole or in part, all its rights and obligations hereunder and in the Building and all other property referred to herein, and upon the effective date of such transfer, the transferor shall have no further liability hereunder (but any liability existing as of the effective date of such transfer shall remain) and Tenant shall attorn to any such transferee.

 

20


Notwithstanding anything in this Section 16 to the contrary, Tenant shall have the right to make an assignment of this Lease or sublet all or any portion of the Premises to any affiliate of Tenant, to a successor by merger or consolidation of Tenant, or a purchaser of all or substantially all of its assets or stock of Tenant (a “Permitted Transfer”) without the consent of Landlord provided any use of the Premises by such transferee does not violate any exclusive use then applicable to the Building. Landlord represents there are no exclusive uses currently applicable to the Building and Landlord shall not provide an exclusive use for specialty insurance business in the Building during the Term of this Lease. Tenant shall, however, give notice to Landlord of a Permitted Transfer at least ten (10) days prior to the effective date of such Permitted Transfer (or if such prior notice is prohibited by Law, Tenant shall provide such notice promptly after such prohibition no longer applies).

 

17.

SUBORDINATION OF LEASE TO MORTGAGES

This Lease is subject and subordinate to any mortgage, deed of trust or similar encumbrance including ground or underlying leases presently existing or hereafter voluntarily placed upon the Building or the Premises, including any renewals, extensions or modifications thereof; and the recording of any such mortgage, deed of trust or similar encumbrance shall make it prior and superior to this Lease regardless of the date of execution or recording of either document. Tenant shall, at Landlord’s request, execute and deliver within five (5) business days to Landlord, without cost, any commercially reasonable instrument which may be deemed necessary or desirable by Landlord to confirm the subordination of this Lease; and if Tenant fails or refuses to do so, Landlord may execute such instrument in the name and as the act of Tenant.

Landlord shall have the right to sell the Building and Premises at any time during the Term, subject only to the rights of Tenant hereunder; and such sale shall operate to release Landlord from liability hereunder first arising after the date of such conveyance.

 

18.

ATTORNMENT

Tenant hereby agrees that provided such successor recognizes Tenant as the tenant under this Lease, Tenant will recognize as its landlord under this Lease and shall attorn to any person succeeding to the interest of Landlord in respect of the land and the buildings on or in which the demised premises is contained upon any foreclosure of any mortgage or deed of trust upon such land or buildings or upon the execution of any deed in lieu of such foreclosure in respect of such mortgage or deed of trust.

 

19.

DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

(a) Default by Tenant. The occurrence of any one or more of the following events shall be a default and breach of this Lease by Tenant:

(i) Tenant shall fail to pay any monthly installment of Base Rent or Additional Rent or Rent Adjustment when the same shall be due and payable and such failure continues for ten (10) days after notice thereof from Landlord provided notice shall only be required to be given one time each calendar year and a default and breach shall thereafter occur if Tenant fails to pay any such items within ten (10) days after the same shall be due and payable;

 

21


(ii) Tenant shall fail to perform or observe any term, condition, covenant or obligation required to be performed or observed by it under this Lease for a period of thirty (30) days after notice thereof from Landlord; provided, however, that if the term, condition, covenant or obligation to be performed by Tenant is of such nature that the same cannot reasonably be performed within such thirty-day period, such default shall be deemed to have been cured if Tenant commences such performance within said thirty-day period and thereafter diligently undertakes to complete the same, but in any event completes cure within ninety (90) days after notice from Landlord;

(iii) Intentionally omitted;

(iv) Tenant makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors; or substantially all of Tenant’s assets in, on or about the Premises or Tenant’s interest in this Lease are attached or levied upon under execution and Tenant does not discharge the same within thirty (30) days thereafter; or

(v) Tenant causes or permits a hazardous condition to exist on the Premises and fails to cure such condition within ten (10) days after notice thereof from Landlord; provided, however, that if the term, condition, covenant or obligation to be performed by Tenant is of such nature that the same cannot reasonably be performed within such ten-day period, such default shall be deemed to have been cured if Tenant commences such performance within said ten-day period and thereafter diligently undertakes to complete the same within sixty (60) days from the original notice to Tenant.

(b) Remedies of Landlord. Upon the occurrence of any event of default set forth in Paragraph 19(a) hereof, Landlord shall have the following rights and remedies, in addition to those allowed by law, any one or more of which may be exercised without further notice to or demand upon Tenant:

(i) Landlord may re-enter the Premises and cure any default of Tenant, in which event Tenant shall reimburse Landlord as additional rent for any costs and expenses which Landlord may incur to cure such default; and Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant for any loss or damage which Tenant may sustain by reason of Landlord’s action, unless caused by Landlord’s gross negligence or willful misconduct;

(ii) Landlord may terminate this Lease as of the date of such default, in which event: (A) neither Tenant nor any person claiming under or through Tenant shall thereafter be entitled to possession of the Premises, and Tenant shall immediately thereafter surrender the Premises to Landlord; and (B) Landlord may re-enter the Premises and dispossess Tenant or any other occupants of the Premises by summary proceedings, ejectment or otherwise, and may remove their effects, without prejudice to any other remedy which Landlord may have for possession or arrearages in rent.

 

22


(iii) Landlord may terminate Tenant’s right of possession of the Premises and may repossess the Premises by lawful detainer action, by taking peaceful possession or otherwise, without terminating this Lease, in which event Landlord may, but shall be under no obligation to, relet the same for the account of Tenant, for such rent and upon such terms as shall be satisfactory to Landlord. For the purpose of such reletting, Landlord is authorized to decorate, repair, remodel or alter the Premises. If Landlord fails to so relet the Premises, Tenant shall pay to Landlord as damages a sum equal to the rent which would have been due under this Lease for the balance of the Term or exercised renewal period as such rent shall become due and payable hereunder from time to time during the Term. If the Premises are relet and a sufficient sum shall not be realized from such reletting after paying all of the costs and expenses of all decoration, repairs, remodeling, alterations, and additions and the expenses of such reletting and of the collection of the rent accruing therefrom to satisfy the rent provided for in this Lease, Tenant shall satisfy and pay the same upon demand therefor from time to time. Tenant shall not be entitled to any rents received by Landlord in excess of the rent provided for in this Lease.

(iv) Notwithstanding any election by Landlord of any right or remedy set forth herein, and in addition to any other remedies Landlord may have, Landlord shall be entitled at any time and from time to time after default beyond the period given to cure such default as set forth in paragraph 19(a) hereof by Tenant hereunder, to recover from Tenant all damages Landlord may incur by reason of such default, including without limitation, all loss or damage sustained in connection with such default, costs of performing any covenant or covenants of Tenant, costs of recovering possession of, altering, repairing and reletting the Premises, reasonable attorneys’ fees and collection costs, and, if the Lease is terminated, the value at the time of such termination of the amount of rent and Additional Rent which would become payable under this Lease for the remainder of the full Term specified in Paragraph 2 of the Lease, less the value at the time of such termination of the net amount of such rent and Additional Rent for the remainder of the Term which Tenant proves could reasonably be recovered by Landlord from reletting the Premises under then-current and reasonably anticipated market conditions.

(v) Landlord may sue for injunctive relief or to recover damages for any loss resulting from the breach.

Any agreement for an extension of the Term or any additional period thereafter shall not thereby prevent Landlord from terminating this Lease for any reason specified in this Lease. If any such right of termination is exercised by Landlord during the Term or any extension thereof, Tenant’s right to any further extension shall thereby be automatically canceled. Any such right of termination of Landlord contained herein shall continue during the Term and any subsequent extension hereof.

Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to mitigate its damages in the event of the occurrence of any event of default set forth in Paragraph 19(a) hereof.

(c) Default by Landlord and Remedies of Tenant. It shall be a default and breach of this Lease by Landlord if it shall fail to perform or observe any term, condition, covenant or obligation required to be performed or observed by it under this Lease for a period of thirty (30) days after notice thereof from Tenant; provided, however, that if the term, condition, covenant or obligation to be performed by Landlord is of such nature that the same cannot reasonably be performed within such thirty-day period, such default shall be deemed to have been cured if Landlord commences such performance within said thirty-day period and thereafter diligently undertakes to complete the same. Upon the occurrence of any such default, Tenant may sue for injunctive relief or to recover damages for any loss resulting from the breach, but Tenant shall not be entitled to terminate this Lease or withhold or abate any rent due hereunder.

 

23


Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, in the event of any default by Landlord under this Lease which would give Tenant the right to terminate this Lease or to claim a partial or total eviction, Tenant will not exercise any such right until (i) it has notified in writing the mortgagee, or holder of such trust, deed or lessor as the case may be (if the name and address of such mortgagee, holder or lessor shall have previously been furnished by written notice to Tenant) of such default, and (ii) such mortgagee, holder or lessor, as the case may be, fails within a reasonable time (not to exceed 45 days) after receipt of such notice to cause such default to be cured; provided, however, such default shall be deemed to be cured if such mortgagee, holder of such trust, deed or lessor commences such performance within said forty-five day period and thereafter diligently undertakes to complete the same.

(d) Non-Waiver of Defaults. The failure or delay by either party hereto to enforce or exercise at any time any of the rights or remedies or other provisions of this Lease shall not be construed to be a waiver thereof, nor affect the validity of any part of this Lease or the right of either party thereafter to enforce each and every such right or remedy or other provisions. No waiver of any default and breach of this Lease shall be held to be a waiver of any other default or breach. The receipt of rent by Landlord at a time after rent is due under this Lease shall not be construed as a waiver of such default. The receipt by Landlord of less than the full rent due shall not be construed to be other than a payment on account of rent then due, nor shall any statement on Tenant’s check or any letter accompanying Tenant’s check be deemed an accord and satisfaction, and Landlord may accept such payment without prejudice to Landlord’s right to recover the balance of the rent due or to pursue any other remedies provided in this Lease. No act or omission by Landlord or its employees or agents during the term of this Lease shall be deemed an acceptance of a surrender of the Premises, and no agreement to accept such a surrender shall be valid unless in writing and signed by Landlord.

(e) Attorneys’ Fees. If Tenant defaults beyond the period given to cure such default as set forth in paragraph 19(a) hereof in the performance or observance of any of the terms, conditions, covenants or obligations contained in this Lease and Landlord places the enforcement of all or any part of this Lease, the collection of any rent due or to become due or the recovery of possession of the Premises in the hands of an attorney, or if Landlord incurs any fees or out-of-pocket costs in any litigation, negotiation or transaction in which Tenant causes Landlord (without Landlord’s fault) to be involved or concerned, Tenant agrees to reimburse Landlord for the attorneys’ fees and costs incurred thereby, whether or not suit is actually filed.

 

24


20.

BANKRUPTCY OR INSOLVENCY

It is understood and agreed that the following shall apply in the event of the bankruptcy or insolvency of Tenant:

(a) If a petition is filed by, or an order for relief is entered against, Tenant under Chapter 7 of the Bankruptcy Code and the trustee of Tenant elects to assume this Lease for the purpose of assigning it, such election or assignment, or both, may be made only if all of the terms and conditions of subparagraphs (b) and (d) below are satisfied. To be effective, an election to assume this Lease must be in writing and addressed to Landlord, and in Landlord’s business judgment, all of the conditions hereinafter stated, which Landlord and Tenant acknowledge to be commercially reasonable, must have been satisfied. If the trustee fails so to elect to assume this Lease within sixty (60) days after his appointment, this Lease will be deemed to have been rejected, and Landlord shall then immediately be entitled to possession of the Premises without further obligation to Tenant or the trustee and this Lease shall be terminated. Landlord’s right to be compensated for damages in the bankruptcy proceeding, however, shall survive such termination.

(b) If Tenant files a petition for reorganization under Chapters 11 or 13 of the Bankruptcy Code, or if a proceeding filed by or against Tenant under any other chapter of the Bankruptcy Code is converted to a Chapter 11 or 13 proceeding and Tenant’s trustee or Tenant as debtor-in-possession fails to assume this Lease within sixty (60) days from the date of the filing of such petition or conversion, then the trustee or the debtor-in- possession shall be deemed to have rejected this Lease. To be effective, any election to assume this Lease must be in writing addressed to Landlord and, in Landlord’s business judgment, all of the following conditions, which Landlord and Tenant acknowledge to be commercially reasonable, must have been satisfied:

(i) The trustee or the debtor-in-possession has cured or has provided to Landlord adequate assurance, as defined in this subparagraph (b), that

(1) The trustee will cure all monetary defaults under this Lease within ten (10) days from the date of assumption, and

(2) The trustee will cure all non-monetary defaults under this Lease within thirty (30) days from the date of assumption.

(ii) The trustee or the debtor-in-possession has compensated Landlord, or has provided Landlord with adequate assurance, as hereinafter defined, that, within ten (10) days from the date of assumption, Landlord will be compensated for any pecuniary loss it has incurred arising from the default of Tenant, the trustee, or the debtor-in-possession, as recited in Landlord’s written statement of pecuniary loss sent to the trustee or debtor-in-possession.

(iii) The trustee or the debtor-in-possession has provided Landlord with adequate assurance of the future performance of each of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease; provided, however, that:

(1) From and after the date of assumption of this Lease, the trustee or the debtor-in- possession shall pay Base Rent and Rent Adjustment payable under this Lease in advance in equal monthly installments on each date that such rents are payable;

(2) The trustee or debtor-in-possession shall also deposit with Landlord, as security for the timely payment of rent, an amount equal to three (3) months Base Rent, Rent Adjustment and other monetary charges accruing under this Lease;

 

25


(3) If not otherwise required by the terms of this Lease, the trustee or the debtor-in- possession shall also pay in advance, on each day that any installment of Base Rent is payable, one-twelfth (1/12) of the Tenant’s annual Taxes, Operating Expenses, and other obligations under this Lease; and

(4) The obligations imposed upon the trustee or the debtor-in-possession will continue for Tenant after the completion of bankruptcy proceedings.

(iv) Landlord has determined that the assumption of this Lease will not:

(1) Breach any provision in any other lease, mortgage, financing agreement, or other agreement by which Landlord is bound relating to the Building in which the Premises is located, or

(2) Disrupt, in Landlord’s judgment, the tenant mix of the Building or any other attempt by Landlord to provide a specific variety of tenants in the Building which, in Landlord’s judgment, would be most beneficial to all of the tenants thereof and would enhance the image, reputation and profitability thereof.

(v) For purposes of this subparagraph (b), “adequate assurance” means that:

(1) Landlord determines that the trustee or the debtor-in-possession has, and will continue to have, sufficient unencumbered assets after the payment of all secured obligations and administrative expenses to assure Landlord that the trustee or the debtor-in-possession will have sufficient funds timely to fulfill Tenant’s obligations under this Lease and to keep the Premises properly staffed with sufficient employees to conduct a fully-operational, actively-promoted business in the Premises; and

(2) An order shall have been entered segregating sufficient cash payable to Landlord and/or a valid and perfected first lien and security interest shall have been granted in property of Tenant, trustee, or debtor-in-possession which is acceptable in value and kind to Landlord, to secure to Landlord the obligation of the trustee or debtor-in-possession to cure all monetary and non-monetary defaults under this Lease within the time periods set forth above.

(c) In the event this Lease is assumed by a trustee appointed for Tenant or by Tenant as debtor-in- possession under the provisions of subparagraph (b) above, and, thereafter, Tenant is either adjudicated bankrupt or files a subsequent petition for arrangement under Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code, then Landlord may, at its option, terminate this Lease and all the Tenant’s rights under it, by giving written notice of Landlord’s election to so terminate.

(d) If the trustee or the debtor-in-possession has assumed this Lease pursuant to subparagraph (a) or (b) above, to assign or to elect to assign Tenant’s interest under this Lease or the estate created by that interest to any other person, such interest or estate may be assigned only if the intended assignee has provided adequate assurance of future performance, as defined in this subparagraph (d), of all of the terms, covenants, and conditions of this Lease.

 

26


(i) For purposes of this subparagraph (d), “adequate assurance of future performance” means that Landlord has ascertained that each of the following conditions has been satisfied:

(1) The assignee has submitted a current financial statement, audited by a certified public accountant, which shows a net worth and working capital in amounts determined by Landlord to be sufficient to assure the future performance by the assignee of the Tenant’s obligations under this Lease;

(2) If requested by Landlord, the assignee will obtain guarantees, in form and substance satisfactory to Landlord [e.g., letter(s) of credit], from one or more persons who satisfy Landlord’s standards of creditworthiness; and

(3) Landlord has obtained consents or waivers from any third parties which may be required, under any lease, mortgage, financing arrangement, or other agreement by which Landlord is bound, to enable Landlord to permit such assignment.

(e) When, pursuant to the Bankruptcy Code, the trustee or the debtor-in-possession is obligated to pay reasonable use and occupancy charges for the use of all or part of the Premises, it is agreed that such charges will not be less than the Base Rent as defined in this Lease, plus Rent Adjustment and other monetary obligations of Tenant included herein.

(f) Neither Tenant’s interest in this Lease nor any estate of Tenant created in this Lease shall pass to any trustee, receiver, assignee for the benefit of creditors, or any other person or entity, nor otherwise by operation of law under the laws of any state having jurisdiction of the person or property of Tenant, unless Landlord consents in writing to such transfer. Landlord’s acceptance of rent or any other payments from any trustee, receiver, assignee, person, or other entity will not be deemed to have waived or waive either the requirement of Landlord’s consent or Landlord’s right to terminate this Lease for any transfer of Tenant’s interest under this Lease without such consent.

 

21.

ACCESS TO THE PREMISES

Upon reasonable advance written notice, except for an emergency which notice will be given as soon as practical, Landlord, its employees and agents and any mortgagee of the Building, shall have the right to enter any part of the Premises at all reasonable times for the purposes of examining or inspecting the same, showing the same to prospective purchasers, mortgagees or, during the last six (6) months of the Term of this Lease, tenants and for making such repairs, alterations or improvements to the Premises or the Building as Landlord may deem necessary or desirable. If representatives of Tenant shall not be present to open and permit such entry into the Premises at any time when such entry is necessary or permitted hereunder, Landlord and its employees and agents may enter the Premises by means of a master key or otherwise, and except for the gross negligence or intentional misconduct of Landlord, Landlord’s agents, servants or employees, Landlord shall incur no liability to Tenant for such entry, nor shall such entry constitute an eviction of Tenant or a termination of this Lease, nor entitle Tenant to any abatement of rent therefore. In exercising its rights herein, Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to minimize interference with Tenant’s business.

 

27


22.

SURRENDER OF PREMISES

Upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, Tenant shall surrender the Premises to Landlord, together with all keys, access cards, alterations, improvements, and other property as provided elsewhere herein, in broom-clean condition and in good order, condition and repair, except for ordinary wear and tear and damage which Tenant is not obligated to repair, failing which Landlord may restore the Premises to such condition at Tenant’s expense, which shall be payable upon demand. Upon such expiration or termination, Tenant’s trade fixtures, furniture, and equipment shall remain Tenant’s property, and Tenant shall have the right to remove the same prior to the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, Tenant shall promptly repair any damage caused by any such removal, and shall restore the Premises to the condition existing prior to the installation of the items so removed. Any of Tenant’s trade fixtures, furniture or equipment not so removed shall be considered abandoned and may be retained by Landlord or be removed and/or destroyed at Tenant’s expense.

 

23.

HOLDING OVER

If Tenant remains in possession of the Premises after the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, Tenant shall be deemed to hold the Premises as a tenant at will subject to all of the terms, conditions, covenants and provisions of this Lease (which shall be applicable during the holdover period), except that Tenant shall pay to Landlord 150% of the last current monthly installment of Base Rent and Rent Adjustment, which rent shall be payable to Landlord on demand. In addition, Tenant shall be liable to Landlord for all damages occasioned by such holding over, including, without limitation, all direct and indirect damages and losses sustained by Landlord. Tenant shall vacate and surrender the Premises to Landlord upon Tenant’s receipt of notice from Landlord to vacate. No holding over by Tenant, whether with or without the consent of Landlord, shall operate to extend this Lease except as otherwise expressly provided herein.

 

24.

LANDLORD’S RIGHT TO RELOCATE TENANT

Landlord shall have the right, in its sole discretion, upon at least twelve (12) months’ prior written notice to Tenant, to relocate Tenant and to substitute for the Premises described herein other space in the Building or Project containing at least as much rentable area as the Premises provided location in proximity to the elevator shall not be materially different and if the square feet of the new space exceeds 6,453 square feet, no additional Base Rent shall be due. Such substituted space shall be improved by Landlord, at its expense, with improvements at least equal in quantity and quality to those in the Premises. Landlord shall pay all reasonable expenses incurred by Tenant in connection with such relocation, including but not limited to costs of moving, door lettering, telephone relocation and reasonable quantities of new stationery. Upon completion of the relocation, Landlord and Tenant shall amend this Lease to change the description of the Premises and any other matters pertinent thereto.

 

28


25.

QUIET ENJOYMENT

If and so long as Tenant pays the prescribed rent and performs or observes all of the terms, conditions, covenants and obligations of this Lease required to be performed or observed by it hereunder, Tenant shall, at all times during the term hereof, have the peaceable and quiet enjoyment, possession, occupancy and use of the Premises without any interference from Landlord or any person or persons claiming the Premises by, through or under Landlord.

 

26.

NOTICE AND PLACE OF PAYMENT

(a) All rent and other payments required to be made by Tenant to Landlord shall be delivered or mailed to Landlord’s management agent at the following address or any other address Landlord may specify from time to time by written notice given to Tenant:

If via first-class mail:

Zeller-Carmel Property, L.L.C.

[***]

If via overnight courier:

[***]

(b) All payments required to be made by Landlord to Tenant shall be delivered or mailed to Tenant at the address set forth in Paragraph 26(c) hereof or at any other address within the United States as Tenant may specify from time to time by written notice given to Landlord.

(c) Any notice, demand, or request required or permitted to be given under this Lease or by law shall be deemed to have been given if reduced to writing and hand-delivered, delivered by nationally recognized overnight courier, or mailed by Registered or Certified mail, postage prepaid, to the party who is to receive such notice, demand, or request at the address set forth below or at such other address as Landlord or Tenant may specify from time to time by written notice. When delivering such notice, demand, or request shall be deemed to have been given as of the date it was so hand-delivered, deposited with nationally recognized overnight courier, or mailed.

 

Landlord:

 

ZELLER MANAGEMENT CORPORATION

[***]

  

Tenant:

 

MBX Biosciences, Inc.

11711 N. Meridian St., Suite 300

Carmel, IN 46032

With copies to:

 

Zeller Management Corporation

[***]

  

Prior to occupancy of Premises:

 

275 Medical Drive #3094

Carmel, IN 46032

 

29


27.

PARKING

Tenant agrees not to overburden the parking facilities and agrees to reasonably cooperate with Landlord and other tenants in the use of the parking facilities. There will be no assigned parking unless Landlord, in its sole discretion, deems such assigned parking advisable. No vehicle may be repaired or serviced in the parking area and any vehicle brought into the parking area by Tenant, or any of Tenant’s employees, contractors, or invitees, and deemed abandoned by Landlord will be towed and all costs thereof shall be borne by Tenant. All driveways, ingress and egress, and all unreserved parking spaces are for the non-exclusive use of all tenants. There shall be no parking permitted on any of the streets or roadways located within the Property. If Landlord adopts assigned parking for the Building parking lot. Tenant shall park only in parking spaces assigned to it by Landlord, and shall instruct its employees and guests to do likewise. In no event shall Landlord be responsible for policing the parking lot and Tenant shall police its own assigned spaces.

 

28.

ALLOWANCE

The Tenant Finish Improvements shall be completed by Landlord at Tenant’s expense, provided, however, that Landlord shall provide Tenant an allowance of Fifteen Dollars ($15.00) per rentable square feet of the Premises (the “Tenant Improvements Allowance”) to apply toward the Tenant Finish Improvements. The Tenant Improvements Allowance is otherwise limited to Improvement Expenses (as defined below). Landlord shall pay the Tenant Improvements Allowance to Tenant upon submission to Landlord of copies of paid invoices, receipts, canceled checks, or other satisfactory proof of the amounts paid by Tenant for such third-party expenses, together with a lien waiver in form satisfactory to Landlord and executed by each third party (i.e., each contractor, subcontractor or supplier, as required by Landlord). As used herein, the term “Improvement Expenses” means and includes (a) amounts paid by Tenant to third parties (excluding Tenant’s employees) for labor, services, supplies, materials, goods, and other work or items in connection with improving the Premises and (b) the cost of all architectural and engineering construction drawings and specifications required in connection with the Tenant Finish Improvements, all work, labor, material, and equipment necessary to construct the Tenant Finish Improvements in accordance with the approved construction drawings and specifications from the “as is” condition of the Premises (all such construction being hereinafter referred to as the “Work”), and Landlord’s construction review and coordination fee equal to five percent (5%) of the cost of the Work. Tenant may not apply the unused portion of the Tenant Improvements Allowance as a credit against rents next due and payable under the Lease. The Tenant Improvements Allowance must be used (if at all), and the Tenant submissions required above must be received by Landlord, within twelve (12) months after the Commencement Date.

 

29.

MISCELLANEOUS GENERAL PROVISIONS

(a) Payments Deemed Rent. Any amounts of money to be paid by Tenant to Landlord pursuant to the provisions of this Lease, whether or not such payments are denominated “rent” or “additional rent” and whether or not they are to be periodic or recurring, shall be deemed rent or additional rent for purposes of this Lease; and any failure to pay any of same as provided in Paragraph 19(a) hereof shall entitle Landlord to exercise all of the rights and remedies afforded hereby or by law for the collection and enforcement of Tenant’s obligation to pay rent. Tenant’s obligation to pay any such rent or additional rent pursuant to the provisions of this Lease shall survive the expiration or other termination of this Lease and the surrender of possession of the Premises after any holdover period.

 

30


(b) Estoppel Letters. Tenant shall, within five (5) business days following written request from Landlord, execute, acknowledge and deliver to Landlord or to any lender, or prospective lender or prospective purchaser designated by Landlord, a written statement certifying (i) that this Lease is in full force and effect and unmodified (or, if modified, stating the nature of such modification); (ii) the date to which rent has been paid; (iii) that there are not, to Tenant’s knowledge, any uncured defaults (or specifying such defaults if any are claimed); (iv) that any successor Landlord and/or mortgagee shall not be liable for the payment of rent by Tenant more than one month in advance; (v) that any successor Landlord and/or mortgagee shall not be liable for the completion of the Tenant Finish Improvements; (vi) the Lease contains the entire agreement between the parties; (vii) the Lease has not been assigned or subleased; (viii) no damage has occurred to the Premises as the result of a casualty; (ix) the Premises have not been reduced in size as a result of a condemnation proceeding; and (x) such further matters as may be requested by Landlord. Any such statement may be relied upon by Landlord, any lender, prospective lender or prospective purchaser of any interest in Building. Tenant’s failure to deliver such statement within such period shall be conclusive upon Tenant that this Lease is in full force and effect and unmodified, and that there are no uncured defaults in Landlord’s performance hereunder. No such statement shall have the effect of amending this Lease.

(c) Broker. Tenant covenants, warrants and represents that no broker except ALO Property Group (the “Broker(s)”) was instrumental in bringing about or consummating this Lease and that Tenant had no conversations or negotiations with any broker except the Broker(s) concerning the leasing of the Premises. Landlord and Tenant each agree to indemnify and hold harmless one another against and from any claims for any brokerage commissions and all costs, expenses and liabilities incurred by reason of any brokerage commission alleged to be payable because of any act, omission or statement of the indemnifying party. Such indemnity obligation shall be deemed to include the payment of reasonable attorneys’ fees and court costs incurred in defending any such claim. Landlord shall pay any brokerage commission due the Broker(s) pursuant to a separate agreement between Landlord and the Broker(s).

(d) Applicable Law. This Lease and all matters pertinent thereto shall be construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of Indiana. Landlord and Tenant hereby waive any objection to any action or proceeding in an Indiana state court on the basis of lack of personal jurisdiction or forum non conveniens.

(e) Entire Agreement. This Lease, including all Exhibits, Riders and Addenda, constitutes the entire agreement between the parties hereto and may not be modified except by an instrument in writing executed by the parties hereto.

(f) Binding Effect. This Lease and the respective rights and obligations of the parties hereto shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the successors and assigns of the parties hereto as well as the parties themselves; provided, however, that Landlord, its successors and assigns shall be obligated to perform Landlord’s covenants under this Lease only during and in respect of their successive periods as Landlord during the term of this Lease.

(g) Severability. If any provision of this Lease shall be held to be invalid, void or unenforceable, the remaining provisions hereof shall not be affected or impaired, and such remaining provisions shall remain in full force and effect.

 

31


(h) No Partnership. Landlord shall not, by virtue of the execution of this Lease or the leasing of the Premises to Tenant, become or be deemed a partner of Tenant in the conduct of Tenant’s business on the Premises or otherwise.

(i) Headings; Gender. As used in this Lease, the word “person” shall mean and include, where appropriate, an individual, corporation, partnership or other entity; the plural shall be substituted for the singular, and the singular for the plural, where appropriate; and words of any gender shall include any other gender. The topical headings of the several paragraphs of this Lease are inserted only as a matter of convenience and reference, and do not affect, define, limit or describe the scope or intent of this Lease.

(j) WAIVER OF JURY. TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, EACH OF LANDLORD AND TENANT HEREBY WAIVES ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A JURY TRIAL IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION BETWEEN TENANT AND LANDLORD PERTAINING TO THIS LEASE.

(k) Allocation of Rent. Landlord and Tenant agree that no portion of the Base Rent paid by Tenant during the portion of the term of this Lease occurring after the expiration of any period during which such rent was abated shall be allocated by Landlord or Tenant to such rent abatement period, nor is such rent intended by the parties to be allocable to any abatement period.

(l) Right to Change Building and Property Name and Address. Landlord reserves the right to change the name or street address of the Building and Property.

(m) Requirement of Identification. Landlord, or its contractor(s), may require all persons entering or leaving the Building or Property during such hours as Landlord may reasonably determine, to identify themselves by registration or otherwise, and to establish their right to leave or enter, and to exclude or expel any peddler, solicitor or beggar at any time from the Premises, Property or Building.

(n) Financial Statements. Within thirty (30) days after Landlord’s written request, Tenant shall cause to be delivered to Landlord, Tenant’s financial statements as of the end of the then most recent completed operating year, all certified as to accuracy by an independent certified public accountant or an officer of Tenant. Landlord may only make a request hereunder (i) in connection with a transfer or financing/re-financing of Landlord’s interest in the Property, or (ii) for any reason other than in (i), not more than once with regard to any calendar year.

(o) Reserved Areas, Light and Air. This Lease does not give Tenant any right to use, and Landlord hereby excludes and reserves for its sole and exclusive use, the following areas in and about the Premises: janitor closets, stairways and stairwells, fan, mechanical, electrical, telephone and similar rooms (other than those installed for Tenant’s exclusive use); elevator, pipe and other vertical shafts, flues and ducts; all areas above the acoustical ceiling and below the finished floorcovering installed in the Premises; all other structural or mechanical elements serving other areas of the Building; and all subterranean, mineral, air, light and view rights, provided Landlord shall provide Tenant access to areas housing electrical, telephone and cable lines with no less than 24 hours’ notice to Landlord.

 

32


(p) Limitation of Landlord’s Personal Liability. If Landlord shall fail to perform any term, condition, covenant or obligation required to be performed by it under this Lease and if Tenant shall, as a consequence thereof, recover a money judgment against Landlord, Tenant agrees that it shall look solely to Landlord’s right, title and interest in and to the Building for the collection of such judgment and Tenant further agrees that no other assets of Landlord shall be subject to levy, execution or other process for the satisfaction of Tenant’s judgment, and as such, it being agreed and understood that Landlord (and its partners, members and shareholders) shall never be personally liable for any such judgment and Tenant further agrees that Landlord shall not be liable for any deficiency. It is further agreed and understood that Tenant’s partners, members and shareholders shall never be personally liable for any judgment against Tenant.

(q) Time of Essence. Time is of the essence of this Lease and each of its provisions.

(r) Examination of Lease. Submission of this instrument for examination or signature by Tenant does not constitute a reservation of or option for Lease, and it is not effective as a Lease or otherwise until execution by and delivery to both Landlord and Tenant.

(s) Construction. The parties (i.e., the Landlord and Tenant) hereto hereby acknowledge and agree that (i) each party hereto is of equal bargaining strength, (ii) each such party has actively participated in the drafting, preparation and negotiation of this Lease, (iii) each such party has consulted with such party’s own, independent counsel, and such other professional advisors as such party has deemed appropriate, relative to any and all matters contemplated under this Lease, (iv) each such party and such party’s counsel and advisors have reviewed this Lease, (v) each such party has agreed to enter into this Lease following such review and the rendering of such advice, and (vi) any rule of construction to the effect that ambiguities are to be resolved against the drafting parties shall not apply in the interpretation of this Lease, or any portions hereof, or any amendments hereto.

30. RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL

Provided the Lease is in full force and effect and no event of default (beyond all applicable grace and notice and cure periods) shall exist under the Lease at the time, Tenant shall have a one-time right of first refusal (the “Right of First Refusal”) to lease the space on the third (3rd) floor of the Building commonly known as Suite 350 as shown on Exhibit G attached hereto (the “RoFR Space”) as such space becomes available for rent. Such Right of First Refusal shall be subject to and subordinate to all options and rights of existing tenants of the Building, including but not limited to renewal and expansion options and rights. Landlord shall notify Tenant in writing promptly upon receipt of an offer acceptable to Landlord to lease the RoFR Space, and such written notice shall include a summary of all material economic terms of the lease offer. Within five (5) business days after such notice, time being of the essence, Tenant shall give Landlord a written notice that it either will or will not enter into an amendment to this Lease with Landlord for the RoFR Space on the terms presented by Landlord to Tenant. In the event that Tenant’s notice provides that it will not enter into an amendment for the RoFR Space on the terms presented by Landlord to Tenant, or if Tenant fails to give Landlord the notice of its decision respecting the RoFR Space within the above-stated five (5) business day period, then Landlord shall be entitled to proceed to lease the RoFR Space to the third party free and clear of Tenant’s Right of First Refusal and such right shall be deemed forever terminated with respect to the RoFR Space

 

33


described in the notice from Landlord. In the event that Tenant gives Landlord a notice as required above that Tenant wishes to lease the RoFR Space from Landlord, then Tenant shall have fifteen (15) days after Tenant’s receipt of Landlord’s amendment draft within which to sign a mutually acceptable amendment to this Lease in a mutually acceptable manner by adding the RoFR Space. All space taken under the terms of the Right of First Refusal shall be on identical economic terms and conditions to those of the then proposed lease offer, including square footage, length of term, rental rate, operating cost base year or expense stop, and tenant build-out allowance.

The Right of First Refusal granted herein shall be personal to Tenant and, except for a Permitted Transfer, shall not be utilized by any assignee or sublessee approved and/or permitted under Paragraph 16 of the Lease.

[The remainder of this page is intentionally left blank; signature page follows.]

 

34


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Lease as of the day and year first above written.

 

LANDLORD:
ZELLER-CARMEL PROPERTY, L.L.C.,
a Delaware limited liability company
By:   /s/ Tristan Glover
  Tristan Glover, Senior Vice President

TENANT:

 

MBX BIOSCIENCES, INC.,
a Delaware corporation
By:   /s/ Peter Kent Hawryluk
  Peter Kent Hawryluk, CEO

 

35


EXHIBITS

 

A)

Demising Plan

B)

Legal Description

C)

Tenant Improvement Drawings and Specifications

D)

Rules & Regulations

E)

Estoppel Letter

F)

Work Letter

G)

RoFR Space

H)

Exclusions from Operating Expenses

 

36


EXHIBIT A

Demising Plan

[***]

 

37


EXHIBIT B

Legal Description (of Meridian Mark II)

Part of the Southwest Quarter of Section 35, Township 18 North, Range 3 East in Hamilton County, Indiana, being more particularly described as follows:

Beginning at a point on the East line of the said Southwest Quarter Section North 00 degrees 05 minutes 40 seconds West (assumed bearing) 728.45 feet from the Southeast corner of the said Quarter Section; thence North 00 degrees 05 minutes 40 seconds West along the East line 53 8.26 feet; thence South 89 degrees 54 minutes 20 seconds West 80.00 feet; thence North 45 degrees 05 minutes 40 seconds West 275.07 feet; thence South 89 degrees 54 minutes 20 seconds West 47.99 feet; thence North 45 degrees 05 minutes 40 seconds West 267.30 feet; thence South 89 degrees 54 minutes 20 seconds West 75.20 feet to the East limited access right-of-way line of U.S. #31; thence South 00 degrees 04 minutes 52 seconds East along the said East limited access right-of-way line 775.92 feet; thence North 89 degrees 54 minutes 20 seconds East 172.39 feet; thence North 44 degrees 54 minutes 20 seconds East 145.00 feet; thence South 45 degrees 05 minutes 40 seconds East 287.00 feet to a curve having a radius of 117.00 feet, the radius point of which bears North 44 degrees 54 minutes 20 seconds East; thence Southeasterly along the said curve 61.26 feet to a point which bears South 14 degrees 54 minutes 20 seconds West from said radius point; thence South 75 degrees 05 minutes 40 seconds East 58.58 feet to the Beginning Point.

Together with easement rights created and reserved in a Declaration of Coordinated Development Covenants and Easements, executed by Meridian Mile Associates, a limited partnership, on January 14, 1984, and recorded as Instrument Number 84-755 in Miscellaneous Record 177, pages 187-211, in the Office of the Recorder of Hamilton County, Indiana.

Excepting from the above parcel the following tract acquired by the State of Indiana under Cause No. 29C01-1312-PL-012080:

(Parcel 77E)

A part of the Southwest Quarter of Section 35, Township 18 North, Range 3 East, Hamilton County, Indiana, and being that part of the grantor’s land lying within the right of way lines depicted on the Right of Way Parcel Plat attached as Exhibit “B” to the Certification of Payment of Court-Appointed Appraisers’ Award and Request for Transfer filed with the Hamilton County Auditor on May 16, 2014 in connection with a taking in the matter of State of Indiana v. Zeller-Carmel, L.L.C, et al., Hamilton Circuit Court, Cause No. 29C01-1312-PL-12080, described as follows:

Commencing at the southeast comer of said quarter section; thence North 0 degrees 14 minutes 56 seconds East 728.38 feet along the east line of said quarter section; thence North 74 degrees 44 minutes 40 seconds West 58.58 feet; thence Northwesterly 61.33 feet along an arc to the right having a radius 117.00 feet and subtended by a long chord having a bearing of North 59 degrees 43 minutes 50 seconds West and a length of 117.00 feet; thence North 44 degrees 44 minutes 32 seconds West 286.93 feet; thence South 45 degrees 16 minutes 25 seconds West 145.06 feet; thence North 89 degrees 45 minutes 16 seconds West 149.34 feet to the point of beginning of this description; thence continuing North 89 degrees 45 minutes 16 seconds West 23.00 feet to the east boundary of U.S. 31; thence North 0 degrees 15 minutes 14 seconds East 661.01 feet; thence South 20 degrees 43 minutes 11 seconds East 64.26 feet to point “77032” on said plat; thence South 0 degrees 15 minutes 14 seconds West 601.00 feet to the point of beginning and containing 0.333 acres, more or less.

 

38


EXHIBIT C

Tenant Improvement Drawings and Specifications Based on the Following

[***]

 

39


EXHIBIT D

Rules & Regulations

Tenant agrees to observe the rights reserved to Landlord in the Lease and agrees, for itself, its employees, agents, clients, customers, invitees and guests, to comply with the following rules and regulations with such reasonable modifications thereof and additions thereto as Landlord may make, from time to time, for the Building:

1. The sidewalks, entries, passages, courtyard, corridors, stairways, and elevators shall not be obstructed by any tenants, their employees or agents, or used by them for purposes other than ingress and egress to and from their respective suites. Boxes, cartons or any other debris which is to be thrown away by the cleaning crew should not be left in the corridors.

2. All heavy articles (i.e., safes) shall be carried into or through the Premises only at such times and in such manner as shall be prescribed by Landlord, and Landlord shall in all cases have the right to specify the proper weight and position of any such heavy article. Any damage done to the Building by taking in or removing any such equipment or from overloading any floor in any way shall be paid for by Tenant. Defacing or injuring in any way any part of the Building by Tenant, his agents or employees, shall be paid for by Tenant.

3. Tenant will refer all contractors, contractors’ representatives and installation technicians rendering any service on or to the Premises for Tenant to Landlord for Landlord’s approval and supervision before performance of any contractual service. This provision shall apply to all work performed in the Building, including but not limited to the installation of the telephone and other communications equipment, electrical devices and attachments and installations of any nature affecting floors, walls, woodwork, trim, windows, ceilings, equipment or any other physical portion of the Building. Such approval, if given, shall in no way make Landlord a party to any contract between Tenant and any such contractor, and Landlord shall have no liability therefore.

4. No sign, advertisement or notice shall be inscribed, painted or affixed on any part of the inside or outside of said Building. Landlord will supply building standard signage for Tenant’s suite entrance, at Landlord’s cost. Any additions, deletions or changes to the door signage after the original signage is installed shall be at Tenant’s cost. A directory in a conspicuous space, with the names of tenants, will be provided by Landlord; any necessary revisions to the directory will be made by Landlord within a reasonable time after notice from Tenant of the error or change making the revision necessary. No furniture shall be placed in front of the Building or in any lobby or corridor without written consent of Landlord. Landlord shall have the right to remove all other signs and furniture, without notice to Tenant, at the expense of Tenant.

5. Tenant shall have the non-exclusive use in common with Landlord, other tenants, their guests and invitees, of the driveways and sidewalks, subject to reasonable rules and regulations for the use thereof as prescribed from time to time by Landlord. Landlord shall have the right to designate parking areas for the use of tenants of the Building and their employees, and tenants and their employees shall not park in parking areas not so designated, specifically including driveways, fire lanes, loading/unloading areas, walkways and building entrances. Tenant agrees

 

40


that upon written notice from Landlord, it will furnish Landlord, within five (5) days from receipt of such notice, the state automobile license numbers assigned to the automobiles of Tenant and its employees. Landlord shall not be liable for any vehicle of Tenant or its employees that Landlord shall have towed from the premises when illegally parked. Landlord will not be liable for damage to vehicles in the parking areas or for theft of vehicles, personal property from vehicles, or equipment of vehicles.

6. No tenant shall do or permit anything to be done in said Premises or bring or keep anything therein which will in any way increase the rate of fire insurance on said Building, or on property kept therein, or obstruct or interfere with the rights of other tenants, or in any way injure or annoy them, or conflict with the laws relating to fire, or with any regulations of the fire department, or with any insurance policy upon said buildings or any part thereof, or conflict with any rules and ordinances of the local Board of Health or any governing bodies.

7. Employees of the Building will at all times keep a pass key, and agents of Landlord shall at all times be allowed admittance to Tenant’s Premises.

8. No additional locks shall be placed upon any doors without the written consent of Landlord. All keys to the Premises shall be furnished by Landlord in a reasonable number commensurate with the square footage leased. Additional keys shall be furnished at Tenant cost. Upon termination of this Lease, all keys shall be surrendered, and Tenant shall then give Landlord or its agent explanation of the combination of all locks upon any doors or vaults.

9. No windows or other openings that reflect or admit light into the corridors or passageways, or to any other place in said Building, shall be covered or obstructed by any tenant.

10. No person shall disturb the occupants of the Building by the use of any musical instruments, the making of unseemly noises, or any unreasonable noise. Other than lawful service animals, no animals or pets of any kind will be allowed in the building.

11. The water closets and other water fixtures shall not be used for any purpose other than those for which they were constructed, and any damage resulting to them from misuse, or the defacing or injury of any part of the Building, shall be borne by the person who shall occasion it.

12. No bicycles or similar vehicles will be allowed in the Building.

13. Nothing shall be thrown out the windows of the Building or down the stairways or other passages.

14. Tenant shall not be permitted to use or to keep in the Building any kerosene, camphene, burning fluid or other illuminating materials.

15. If any tenant desires, at its cost, telephonic or other electronic connections, Landlord or its agents will direct the electricians as to where and how the wires may be introduced, and without such directions, no boring or cutting for wires will be permitted.

 

41


16. Landlord will furnish building standard mini blinds on all exterior windows in the Premises which Tenant occupies, at Landlord’s cost. If Tenant desires to install draperies, at Tenant’s cost, they must be of such shape, color, materials and make as shall be prescribed by Landlord. Landlord or its agents shall have the right to enter the Premises to examine the same or to make such repairs, alterations or additions as Landlord shall deem necessary for the safety, preservation or improvement of the Building.

17. Six months prior to the expiration of the Lease, Landlord or its agents may show the Premises and may place on the windows or doors thereof, or upon the bulletin board, a notice “For Rent”.

18. No portion of the Building shall be used for the purpose of lodging rooms or for any unlawful purposes.

19. Except for items for which Landlord is responsible under Paragraph 10(a) of the Lease, all glass, locks and trimmings in or about the doors and windows and all electric fixtures belonging to the Premises shall be kept whole, and whenever broken by anyone shall be immediately replaced or repaired and put in order at Tenant’s cost under the direction and to the satisfaction of Landlord, and on removal shall be left whole and in good repair.

20. Tenant shall not install or authorize the installation of any vending machines or food preparation devices without Landlord’s written approval. Notwithstanding the forgoing, Tenant shall be allowed to install the following in the Premises (and Landlord hereby approves of same): refrigerator, dishwasher, microwave, toaster oven, coffee machines.

21. Landlord reserves the right at any time to take one elevator out of service to tenants for exclusive use by management in servicing the Building; provided, however, that there shall always be at least one elevator in service at all times.

22. No electric heaters are allowed on the Premises without the prior written consent of Landlord.

23. Intentionally omitted.

24. Before leaving the Premises unattended, Tenant shall close and securely lock all doors and transoms and use reasonable efforts to shut off all utilities in the Premises so as not to create any waste or damage to the Building. Any damage resulting from failure to do so shall be paid by Tenant.

25. Tenant shall not place any radio or television antenna on the roof or on or in any part of the inside or outside of the Building other than the inside of the Premises, or operate or permit to be operated any musical or sound producing instrument or device inside or outside the Premises which may be heard outside the Premises, or operate any electrical device from which may emanate electrical waves which may interfere with or impair radio or television broadcasting or reception from or in the Building or elsewhere.

26. Tenant shall not make or permit any noise, vibration or odor to emanate from the Premises; or do anything therein tending to create, or maintain, a nuisance; or disturb, solicit or canvass any occupant of the Building, or do any act tending to injure the reputation of the Building.

 

42


27. Tenant shall not place anything or allow anything to be placed near the glass of any door, partition, or window which may be unsightly from outside the Premises; or take or permit to be taken in or out of other entrances of the Building, or take or permit on other elevators, any item normally taken in or out through the trucking concourse or service doors or in oi on freight elevators; or, whether temporarily, accidentally, or otherwise, allow anything to remain in, place or store anything in, or obstruct in any way, any passageway, exit, stairway, elevator, shipping platform, or truck concourse. Tenant shall lend its full cooperation to keep such areas free from all obstruction and in a clean and sightly condition and move all supplies, furniture and equipment as soon as received directly to the ‘remises and move all such items and waste, other than waste customarily removed by employees of the Building, being taken from the Premises, directly to the shipping platform at or about the time arranged for removal therefrom.

28. Tenant shall not do any painting or decorating in the Premises; or mark, paint, cut or drill into, drive nails or screws into, or in any way deface any part of the Premises or the Building, outside or inside, without the prior written consent of Landlord, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned.

29. If Tenant desires signal, communication, alarm or other utility or service connections installed or changed, the same shall be made by and at the expense of Tenant, with the approval and under direction of Landlord.

30. Upon written application by Tenant, and approval thereof by Landlord, Landlord shall furnish freight elevator service for Tenant at times other than those times provided for in the Lease at rates for such usage from time to time maintained in effect by Landlord.

31. Smoking shall be prohibited in the Building except in the areas specifically designated by the Landlord as a “smoking area.”

 

43


EXHIBIT E

Estoppel Letter

 

Dated:    ___/___/2022
To:    ZELLER-CARMEL PROPERTY, L.L.C. (“Landlord”)
   c/o Zeller Realty Group
   11611 N. Meridian St, Suite 120
   Carmel, IN 46032
   Attn: Tristan Glover
Re:    Office Space located at 11711 N. Meridian St., Suite 300, Cannel, IN 46032, for MBX Biosciences, Inc., a Delaware corporation

Gentlemen:

The undersigned, as Tenant under a lease dated April 28,2022 (the “Lease”) for the above-referenced office space, hereby confirms and represents to you the following:

 

  1.

Attached hereto as Exhibit I is a true and correct and complete copy of the Lease. The Lease has not been modified, altered or amended in any way, except by said documents attached hereto.

 

  2.

The term of the Lease commences on October 1, 2022 and expires on December 31, 2025.

 

  3.

The current monthly base rent payable under the Lease commencing January 1, 2023, is Fourteen Thousand Sixty-Eight and 00/100 Dollars ($14,068.00). No rentals or other charges have been paid in advance.

 

  4.

The undersigned has accepted and is in possession of the premises demised pursuant to the terms of the Lease. Landlord has fully performed all of its obligations to construct any improvements in and/or to the premises demised under the Lease. All reimbursements for construction of improvements, if any, have been paid to us by Landlord.

 

  5.

To the best of the undersigned’s knowledge, neither Landlord nor Tenant is in default in any manner in the performance of any of the terms, covenants or provisions of the Lease, and to the best of the undersigned’s knowledge, no fact or condition presently exists which, with the passage of time, the giving of notice, or both, would constitute a default by either Landlord or Tenant under the Lease. The undersigned has not sent nor received any notice of default under the Lease which, as of the date hereof, has not been cured and has no unsatisfied claims against Landlord.

 

44


  6.

The Lease is in full force and effect, and to the best of the undersigned’s knowledge Tenant has no defenses or set-offs arising out of the Lease or in any way relating thereto.

The above statements are made upon the understanding that future owners or financiers of the Premise may rely on the above statements. Nothing herein shall have the effect of amending this Lease.

 

TENANT:

MBX BIOSCIENCES, INC.,

a Delaware corporation

By:    
  Peter Kent Hawryluk, CEO

 

45


EXHIBIT F

Work Letter

(ALLOWANCE)

The terms used herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Lease, unless otherwise stated herein. Landlord and Tenant agree that their respective rights and obligations in reference to the construction of the Tenant Finish Improvements shall be as follows:

1. Construction Documents.

A. Drawings and Specifications. Landlord and Tenant have agreed to schematic drawings and specifications for construction of the Tenant Finish Improvements, which drawings and specifications are attached to this Lease as Exhibit C. Construction drawings and specifications for the Tenant Finish Improvements shall be prepared by Landlord’s architect based on the drawings and specifications included in Exhibit C.

B. Tenant Approval. Upon completion of the construction drawings and specifications. Tenant shall be allowed five (5) business days after receipt thereof in which to review and approve or object to the construction drawings and specifications and to advise Landlord of such approval or objections. Landlord shall be permitted five (5) business days thereafter in which to make, agree to make or reject any change requested by Tenant. Any changes to the construction drawings and specifications which are required by Tenant and are inconsistent with Exhibit C shall be made by Landlord’s architect and the cost of related design fees shall be paid by Tenant.

C. Building Standard Construction. Landlord has designated the type and quantities of materials to be used in the construction of the Tenant Finish Improvements (hereinafter referred to as “Building Standard Construction”). Unless otherwise specified on the construction drawings and specifications, Building Standard Construction shall be utilized for the Tenant Finish Improvements. Landlord shall have the right to designate, am from time to time to change, the materials, fixtures, colors and other items that are Building Standard Construction, provided that such changes are of equal or superior quality and further provided that any such changes shall be subject to the prior approval of Tenant, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.

2. Improvement Price. The “Improvement Price” for the Tenant Finish Improvements shall be calculated and paid as follows:

A. The Improvement Price shall include the cost of all architectural and engineering construction drawings and specifications required in connection with the Improvements, all work, labor, material and equipment necessary to construct the Tenant Finish Improvements in accordance with the approved construct ion drawings and specifications from the “as is” condition of the Premises (all such construction being hereinafter referred to as the “Work”) and Landlord’s construction review and coordination fee equal to five percent (5%) of the cost of the Work.

 

46


B. Landlord will pay the Improvement Price to the extent that it does not exceed the then-unused portion of the Tenant Improvements Allowance (said amount hereinafter referred to as “Landlord’s Contribution”). If the Improvement Price shall exceed Landlord’s Contribution, Tenant shall pay Landlord the difference as set forth herein. Once Landlord has completed the Work, any additional tenant finish improvements shall be at Tenant’s sole cost and expense.

C. To the extent the cost of the Work exceeds Landlord’s Contribution, such Work shall be performed at Tenant’s sole cost and expense. The amount of the cost and expense in excess of Landlord’s Contribution shall be agreed to by Landlord and Tenant prior to commencement of construction of the Tenant Finish Improvements. Tenant shall pay all of such excess to Landlord 50% prior to commencement of construction and 50% upon Landlord completing 50% of the Tenant Finish Improvements as certified by Landlord in its request for payment. Tenant shall )e allowed seven (7) business days to review and approve Landlord’s statement of Improvement Price after receipt thereof and to make payment in accordance with this paragraph.

D. Landlord shall have no obligation for the cost of improvements, finishes, or additional Work not included in the approved construction drawings and specifications (hereinafter referred to as “Additional Work”). Additional Work shall be performed at Tenant’s sole cost and expense. Tenant shall immediately post a deposit with the Landlord for the amount of the Additional Work or any change orders, which from time to time, are approved by Landlord (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed). The Additional Work shall not be performed until Landlord’s receipt of such deposit. The deposit amount will be reconciled with the actual amount of the Additional Work and change orders upon Tenant’s acceptance of the Premises and final completion of any punchlist items. Drawings and specifications, contractors, suppliers and vendors for any Additional Work shall be subject to Landlord’s approval, which shall not be unreasonably withheld. Any delay in completion of Additional Work performed by Tenant shall not delay commencement of the Term of the Lease or limit the obligations of Tenant as set forth herein; provided, however, Landlord shall timely advise Tenant of any such delay(s) or expected delay(s).

E. Failure by Tenant to timely pay any amounts due hereunder and failure by Tenant to perform any of its other obligations hereunder, in each case beyond the period given to cure such default as set forth in paragraph 19(a) hereof, shall entitle Landlord to all of its remedies under the Lease.

3. Completion of the Work; Commencement Date. Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to substantially complete the Work on or before the Commencement Date. Notwithstanding the Commencement Date provided in the Lease, the Commencement Date shall be deferred until Landlord has substantially completed the Work, provided, however, that if Landlord is delayed in substantially completing the Work as a result of (a) Tenant’s failure to provide timely approvals in accordance with this Work Letter; (b) Tenant’s request for changes to the Work as includes in the approved construction drawings and specifications; (c) Tenant’s requests for materials, finishes or installations other than Building Standard Construction; (d) performance of Additional Work in the Premises by Tenant or its contractors, suppliers,

 

47


employees or agents; (e) any other act or omission of Tenant; (all of which shall be deemed to be delays caused by Tenant), then the Commencement Date shall be deferred only until the date on which Landlord would have substantially completed the performance of the Work but for such delays. Deferral of the Commencement Date shall be in full settlement of all claims that Tenant might otherwise have against Landlord by reason of the Premises not being ready for occupancy by Tenant as of the Commencement Date provided in the Lease, and such delay shall not entitle Tenant to rescind or terminate the Lease. Landlord and Tenant shall coordinate a walk-through of the Premises upon substantial completion of the Tenant Finish Improvements and Landlord shall use diligent efforts to correct and complete any work not yet done, but punch list items will not delay the Commencement Date.

4. Entry by Tenant Prior to Commencement Date. Landlord, subject to the following terms and conditions, and in Landlord’s commercially reasonable discretion and upon request by Tenant, may grant to Tenant and Tenant’s agents a license to enter the Premises prior to the Commencement Date in order that Tenant may do other work required by Tenant to make the Premises ready for Tenant’s use and occupancy.

A. Tenant shall give Landlord not less than five (5) days’ prior written notice of the request to have such early access to the Premises, which notice must contain or be accompanied by: (i) a description and schedule for the work to be performed by those persons and entities for whom and which such early access is being requested; (ii) the names and addresses of all contractors, subcontractors and material suppliers for whom and which such access is being requested; (iii) the approximate number of individuals, itemized by trade, who shall be present in the Premises; (iv) copies of all contracts pertaining to the performance of the work for which such early access is being requested; (v) copies of all plans and specifications pertaining to the work for which such access is being requested; (vi) copies of all licenses and permits required in connection with the performance of the work for which such access is being requested; and (vii) certificates of insurance and instruments of indemnification against all claims, costs, expenses, damages, suits, fines, penalties, actions, causes of action and liabilities which may arise in connection with such work. Each of the foregoing shall be subject to Landlord’s approval, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.

B. Early access to the Premises is subject to reasonable scheduling by Landlord.

C. Tenant’s employees, agents, contractors, workers, suppliers, and invitees must work in harmony and not interfere with Landlord and Landlord’s agents in completion of the Work and any additional work in the Premises, Landlord’s work in other premises and in common areas of the Building or the general operation of the Building. If at any time such entry shall cause or threaten to cause disharmony or interference, including labor disharmony, Landlord may withdraw its license upon twenty-four (24) hours prior written notice to Tenant until such disharmony or interference is resolved to Landlord’s reasonable satisfaction.

 

48


D. Tenant agrees that any early entry into the Premises shall be at Tenant’s own risk and Landlord shall not be liable for any injury to persons or damage to property of Tenant, or to Tenant’s employees, licensees or invitees, from any cause whatsoever occurring upon or about the Premises, and Tenant shall indemnify and save Landlord harmless from any and all liability and claims arising out of or connected with any such injury or damage except for the gross negligence or intentional misconduct of Landlord, Landlord’s agents, servants or employees.

E. Tenant shall be liable to Landlord for any damage to the Premises or any portion of the Work caused by Tenant or any of Tenant’s employees, agents, contractors, workers, suppliers or invitees.

5. Landlord’s Entry After Commencement Date. Landlord may enter the Premises at any time after the Commencement Date, upon prior notice to Tenant at mutually acceptable times to complete unfinished details of the Work and such entry by Landlord, its agents, servants, employees, or contractors for such purposes shall not constitute an actual or constructive eviction, in whole or in part, or entitle Tenant to any abatement or diminution of Rent, or relieve Tenant from any obligation under this Lease, or impose any liability upon Landlord or its agents; provided, however, Landlord shall not unreasonably interfere with Tenant’s business and to the extent that any such work will interfere with Tenant’s business, such work will be completed after business hours.

6. Guaranty. Landlord hereby guarantees that the Tenant Finish Improvements will be free of material defects for a period of one (1) year after the Commencement Date, which guaranty period shall be in addition to and concurrent with the period of any applicable special guaranty required by any applicable construction documents relating to the Work. Landlord’s guaranty set forth above shall not deprive Tenant of any action, right, or remedy otherwise available to it for breach of any of the provisions of this Work Letter and the periods referred to above shall not be construed as a limitation on the time in which Tenant may pursue such other action, right or remedy.

7. Landlord’s Property. All work and materials furnished are Landlord’s property and will be considered part of the Building, subject to Tenant’s rights to use the same under the Lease.

8. Binding Agreement. This Agreement is binding upon and inures to the benefit of Landlord and Tenant, and their respective heirs, personal representatives, successors and assigns.

[The remainder of this page is intentionally left blank; signature page follows.]

 

49


LANDLORD:
  ZELLER-CARMEL PROPERTY, L.L.C.
  By:    
    Tristan Glover, Senior Vice President
TENANT:
  MBX BIOSCIENCES, INC.,
a Delaware corporation
  By:    
    Peter Kent Hawryluk, CEO
  Dated:    

 

50


EXHIBIT G

RoFR Space

[***]

 

51


EXHIBIT H

Exclusions from Operating Expenses

Operating Expenses shall not include:

 

  (i)

any amount for depreciation of the Building (except in connection with Permitted Capital Improvements);

 

  (ii)

improvements of a capital nature with the exception of Permitted Capital Improvements (“Permitted Capital Improvements” are defined as the cost of any capital improvements made to the Building or Property by Landlord (A) required by any new (or change in) Laws (as defined below) of any governmental or quasi-governmental authority which are enacted or made applicable to the Building or Property after the Effective Date, or (B) to reduce Operating Expenses (such costs to be amortized over such reasonable periods as Landlord shall reasonably determine together with interest thereon at prime plus two percentage points or such commercially reasonable higher rate as may have been paid by Landlord on funds borrowed for the purpose of funding such improvements));

 

  (iii)

income taxes, gross receipt taxes or similar taxes payable by Landlord;

 

  (iv)

any commissions, fees, or other compensation payable to brokers;

 

  (v)

the cost of finish improvements, painting, repainting, decorating or redecorating for any tenant;

 

  (vi)

legal fees in connection with Landlord’s financing, refinancing, negotiation and preparation of leases, and/or disputes with tenants (other than legal fees in connection with disputes with tenants where such disputes affect a majority of the other tenants of the Building);

 

  (vii)

payments of: (A) principal or interest to any mortgagee; or (B) penalties or premiums for any late payment of such principal or interest;

 

  (viii)

Taxes;

 

  (ix)

the cost of any service that is: (A) paid directly by any tenant, provided that Landlord is not obligated to reimburse the tenant; or (B) reimbursable by a tenant, provided that such reimbursement is in addition to the payment by the tenant of its pro-rata share of Operating Expenses;

 

  (x)

rent under any ground lease of the Property;

 

  (xi)

repairs or other work occasioned by fire, windstorm or other casualty to the extent covered by insurance;

 

52


  (xii)

expenses in connection with services or other benefits of a type which are not available to Tenant but which are provided to another tenant or occupant, if any;

 

  (xiii)

costs, fines or penalties incurred due to violation by Landlord or any other tenant of the terms and conditions of any lease;

 

  (xiv)

income tax personal to the Landlord or other tax customarily paid by landlords (to be distinguished from the taxes passed through to tenants) of similar commercial buildings;

 

  (xv)

expenses for repairs or maintenance related to the Building which were reimbursed to Landlord pursuant to warranties or service contracts;

 

  (xvi)

the cost of any disputes (other than tax disputes and those which generally benefit the tenants of the Building) including, without limitation, legal fees, between Landlord, any employee or agency of Landlord, or any mortgagees of Landlord;

 

  (xvii)

costs incurred because of an intentional tort by Landlord, its agents, employees or contractors;

 

  (xviii)

any fines or penalties incurred, or interest charged, as a result of violations by Landlord of any current federal, state or local governmental rule or authority, which were not caused or due to the actions of Tenant;

 

  (xix)

costs for charitable and political contributions;

 

  (xx)

any bad debt loss, rent loss, or reserves for bad debts or rent loss.; and

 

  (yy)

reserves of any kind.

 

53

EX-21.1

Exhibit 21.1

List of Subsidiaries

None.

EX-23.1

Exhibit 23.1

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

We consent to the reference to our firm under the caption “Experts” and to the use of our report dated March 22, 2024, in the Registration Statement (Form S-1) and related Prospectus of MBX Biosciences, Inc. for the registration of shares of its common stock.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Indianapolis, Indiana

August 23, 2024

EX-FILING FEES

Exhibit 107

Calculation of Filing Fee Tables

Form S-1

(Form Type)

MBX Biosciences, Inc.

(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in its Charter)

Table 1: Newly Registered and Carry Forward Securities

 

                 
     Security
Type
  Security
Class Title
  Fee
Calculation
or Carry
Forward
Rule
  Amount
Registered
  Proposed
Maximum
Offering
Price Per
Unit
  Proposed
Maximum
Aggregate
Offering
Price(1)
  Fee
Rate
  Amount of
Registration
Fee
 
Newly Registered Securities
                 

Fees to

be Paid

  Equity   Common Stock,
$0.0001 par
value per
share
  Rule 457(o)       $100,000,000   $0.00014760   $14,760.00
                 

Fees

Previously

Paid

                 
 
Carry Forward Securities
                 

Carry

Forward

Securities

                 
           
    Total Offering Amounts     $100,000,000   $0.00014760   $14,760.00
           
    Total Fees Previously Paid        
           
    Total Fees Offsets        
           
    Net Fee Due               $14,760.00

 

(1)

Estimated solely for the purpose of computing the registration fee in accordance with Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.